Form 1-A Issuer Information UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 1-A
REGULATION A OFFERING STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
OMB APPROVAL

FORM 1-A

OMB Number: 3235-0286


Estimated average burden hours per response: 608.0

1-A: Filer Information

Issuer CIK
0001720201
Issuer CCC
XXXXXXXX
DOS File Number
Offering File Number
024-10773
Is this a LIVE or TEST Filing? LIVE TEST
Would you like a Return Copy?
Notify via Filing Website only?
Since Last Filing?

Submission Contact Information

Name
Phone
E-Mail Address

1-A: Item 1. Issuer Information

Issuer Infomation

Exact name of issuer as specified in the issuer's charter
iPic Entertainment Inc.
Jurisdiction of Incorporation / Organization
DELAWARE
Year of Incorporation
2017
CIK
0001720201
Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code
RETAIL-EATING & DRINKING PLACES
I.R.S. Employer Identification Number
82-3129582
Total number of full-time employees
204
Total number of part-time employees
2176

Contact Infomation

Address of Principal Executive Offices

Address 1
Mizner Park, 433 Plaza Real, Ste. 335
Address 2
City
Boca Raton
State/Country
FLORIDA
Mailing Zip/ Postal Code
33432
Phone
561-886-3232

Provide the following information for the person the Securities and Exchange Commission's staff should call in connection with any pre-qualification review of the offering statement.

Name
Hamid Hashemi
Address 1
Address 2
City
State/Country
Mailing Zip/ Postal Code
Phone

Provide up to two e-mail addresses to which the Securities and Exchange Commission's staff may send any comment letters relating to the offering statement. After qualification of the offering statement, such e-mail addresses are not required to remain active.

Financial Statements

Industry Group (select one) Banking Insurance Other

Use the financial statements for the most recent period contained in this offering statement to provide the following information about the issuer. The following table does not include all of the line items from the financial statements. Long Term Debt would include notes payable, bonds, mortgages, and similar obligations. To determine "Total Revenues" for all companies selecting "Other" for their industry group, refer to Article 5-03(b)(1) of Regulation S-X. For companies selecting "Insurance", refer to Article 7-04 of Regulation S-X for calculation of "Total Revenues" and paragraphs 5 and 7 of Article 7-04 for "Costs and Expenses Applicable to Revenues".

Balance Sheet Information

Cash and Cash Equivalents
$ 4653481.00
Investment Securities
$ 0.00
Total Investments
$
Accounts and Notes Receivable
$ 4080789.00
Loans
$
Property, Plant and Equipment (PP&E):
$ 164439145.00
Property and Equipment
$
Total Assets
$ 177448239.00
Accounts Payable and Accrued Liabilities
$ 20288567.00
Policy Liabilities and Accruals
$
Deposits
$
Long Term Debt
$ 172712556.00
Total Liabilities
$ 271369405.00
Total Stockholders' Equity
$ -93921166.00
Total Liabilities and Equity
$ 177448239.00

Statement of Comprehensive Income Information

Total Revenues
$ 124815697.00
Total Interest Income
$
Costs and Expenses Applicable to Revenues
$ 132214347.00
Total Interest Expenses
$
Depreciation and Amortization
$ 16019403.00
Net Income
$ -34223126.00
Earnings Per Share - Basic
$ 0.00
Earnings Per Share - Diluted
$ 0.00
Name of Auditor (if any)
Crowe Horwath LLP

Outstanding Securities

Common Equity

Name of Class (if any) Common Equity
Membership Units
Common Equity Units Outstanding
10220629
Common Equity CUSIP (if any):
000000000
Common Equity Units Name of Trading Center or Quotation Medium (if any)
N/A

Preferred Equity

Preferred Equity Name of Class (if any)
N/A
Preferred Equity Units Outstanding
0
Preferred Equity CUSIP (if any)
000000000
Preferred Equity Name of Trading Center or Quotation Medium (if any)
N/A

Debt Securities

Debt Securities Name of Class (if any)
N/A
Debt Securities Units Outstanding
0
Debt Securities CUSIP (if any):
000000000
Debt Securities Name of Trading Center or Quotation Medium (if any)
N/A

1-A: Item 2. Issuer Eligibility

Issuer Eligibility

Check this box to certify that all of the following statements are true for the issuer(s)

1-A: Item 3. Application of Rule 262

Application Rule 262

Check this box to certify that, as of the time of this filing, each person described in Rule 262 of Regulation A is either not disqualified under that rule or is disqualified but has received a waiver of such disqualification.

Check this box if "bad actor" disclosure under Rule 262(d) is provided in Part II of the offering statement.

1-A: Item 4. Summary Information Regarding the Offering and Other Current or Proposed Offerings

Summary Infomation

Check the appropriate box to indicate whether you are conducting a Tier 1 or Tier 2 offering Tier1 Tier2
Check the appropriate box to indicate whether the financial statements have been audited Unaudited Audited
Types of Securities Offered in this Offering Statement (select all that apply)
Equity (common or preferred stock)
Does the issuer intend to offer the securities on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 251(d)(3)? Yes No
Does the issuer intend this offering to last more than one year? Yes No
Does the issuer intend to price this offering after qualification pursuant to Rule 253(b)? Yes No
Will the issuer be conducting a best efforts offering? Yes No
Has the issuer used solicitation of interest communications in connection with the proposed offering? Yes No
Does the proposed offering involve the resale of securities by affiliates of the issuer? Yes No
Number of securities offered
2165000
Number of securities of that class outstanding
0

The information called for by this item below may be omitted if undetermined at the time of filing or submission, except that if a price range has been included in the offering statement, the midpoint of that range must be used to respond. Please refer to Rule 251(a) for the definition of "aggregate offering price" or "aggregate sales" as used in this item. Please leave the field blank if undetermined at this time and include a zero if a particular item is not applicable to the offering.

Price per security
$ 18.5000
The portion of the aggregate offering price attributable to securities being offered on behalf of the issuer
$ 40052500.00
The portion of the aggregate offering price attributable to securities being offered on behalf of selling securityholders
$ 0.00
The portion of the aggregate offering price attributable to all the securities of the issuer sold pursuant to a qualified offering statement within the 12 months before the qualification of this offering statement
$ 0.00
The estimated portion of aggregate sales attributable to securities that may be sold pursuant to any other qualified offering statement concurrently with securities being sold under this offering statement
$ 0.00
Total (the sum of the aggregate offering price and aggregate sales in the four preceding paragraphs)
$ 40052500.00

Anticipated fees in connection with this offering and names of service providers

Underwriters - Name of Service Provider
Underwriters - Fees
$
Sales Commissions - Name of Service Provider
TriPoint Global Equities, LLC, Roth Capital Partners, LLC and Telsey Advisory Group, LLC
Sales Commissions - Fee
$ 2903806.25
Finders' Fees - Name of Service Provider
Finders' Fees - Fees
$
Audit - Name of Service Provider
Audit - Fees
$
Legal - Name of Service Provider
Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP
Legal - Fees
$ 650000.00
Promoters - Name of Service Provider
Promoters - Fees
$
Blue Sky Compliance - Name of Service Provider
Blue Sky Compliance - Fees
$
CRD Number of any broker or dealer listed:
143174
Estimated net proceeds to the issuer
$
Clarification of responses (if necessary)

1-A: Item 5. Jurisdictions in Which Securities are to be Offered

Jurisdictions in Which Securities are to be Offered

Using the list below, select the jurisdictions in which the issuer intends to offer the securities

Selected States and Jurisdictions
ALABAMA
ALASKA
ARIZONA
ARKANSAS
CALIFORNIA
COLORADO
CONNECTICUT
DELAWARE
FLORIDA
GEORGIA
HAWAII
IDAHO
ILLINOIS
INDIANA
IOWA
KANSAS
KENTUCKY
LOUISIANA
MAINE
MARYLAND
MASSACHUSETTS
MICHIGAN
MINNESOTA
MISSISSIPPI
MISSOURI
MONTANA
NEBRASKA
NEVADA
NEW HAMPSHIRE
NEW JERSEY
NEW MEXICO
NEW YORK
NORTH CAROLINA
NORTH DAKOTA
OHIO
OKLAHOMA
OREGON
PENNSYLVANIA
RHODE ISLAND
SOUTH CAROLINA
SOUTH DAKOTA
TENNESSEE
TEXAS
UTAH
VERMONT
VIRGINIA
WASHINGTON
WEST VIRGINIA
WISCONSIN
WYOMING
DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
PUERTO RICO
ALBERTA, CANADA
BRITISH COLUMBIA, CANADA
MANITOBA, CANADA
NEW BRUNSWICK, CANADA
NEWFOUNDLAND, CANADA
NOVA SCOTIA, CANADA
ONTARIO, CANADA
PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND, CANADA
QUEBEC, CANADA
SASKATCHEWAN, CANADA
YUKON, CANADA
CANADA (FEDERAL LEVEL)

Using the list below, select the jurisdictions in which the securities are to be offered by underwriters, dealers or sales persons or check the appropriate box

None
Same as the jurisdictions in which the issuer intends to offer the securities
Selected States and Jurisdictions

ALABAMA
ALASKA
ARIZONA
ARKANSAS
CALIFORNIA
COLORADO
CONNECTICUT
DELAWARE
FLORIDA
GEORGIA
HAWAII
IDAHO
ILLINOIS
INDIANA
IOWA
KANSAS
KENTUCKY
LOUISIANA
MAINE
MARYLAND
MASSACHUSETTS
MICHIGAN
MINNESOTA
MISSISSIPPI
MISSOURI
MONTANA
NEBRASKA
NEVADA
NEW HAMPSHIRE
NEW JERSEY
NEW MEXICO
NEW YORK
NORTH CAROLINA
NORTH DAKOTA
OHIO
OKLAHOMA
OREGON
PENNSYLVANIA
RHODE ISLAND
SOUTH CAROLINA
SOUTH DAKOTA
TENNESSEE
TEXAS
UTAH
VERMONT
VIRGINIA
WASHINGTON
WEST VIRGINIA
WISCONSIN
WYOMING
DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA
PUERTO RICO
ALBERTA, CANADA
BRITISH COLUMBIA, CANADA
MANITOBA, CANADA
NEW BRUNSWICK, CANADA
NEWFOUNDLAND, CANADA
NOVA SCOTIA, CANADA
ONTARIO, CANADA
PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND, CANADA
QUEBEC, CANADA
SASKATCHEWAN, CANADA
YUKON, CANADA
CANADA (FEDERAL LEVEL)

1-A: Item 6. Unregistered Securities Issued or Sold Within One Year

Unregistered Securities Issued or Sold Within One Year

None

Unregistered Securities Issued

As to any unregistered securities issued by the issuer of any of its predecessors or affiliated issuers within one year before the filing of this Form 1-A, state:

(a)Name of such issuer
iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
(b)(1) Title of securities issued
LLC Membership Units
(2) Total Amount of such securities issued
882518
(3) Amount of such securities sold by or for the account of any person who at the time was a director, officer, promoter or principal securityholder of the issuer of such securities, or was an underwriter of any securities of such issuer.
0
(c)(1) Aggregate consideration for which the securities were issued and basis for computing the amount thereof.
$16,000,000, or 882,518 units at $18.13 each.
(2) Aggregate consideration for which the securities listed in (b)(3) of this item (if any) were issued and the basis for computing the amount thereof (if different from the basis described in (c)(1)).

Unregistered Securities Act

(e) Indicate the section of the Securities Act or Commission rule or regulation relied upon for exemption from the registration requirements of such Act and state briefly the facts relied upon for such exemption
Private Placements for LLC Membership Units were conducted under Rule 506(b) to accredited investors without general solicitation.

An offering statement pursuant to Regulation A relating to these securities has been filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. Information contained in this Preliminary Offering Circular is subject to completion or amendment. These securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted before the offering statement filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission is qualified. This Preliminary Offering Circular shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor may there be any sales of these securities in any state in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful before registration or qualification under the laws of any such state. We may elect to satisfy our obligation to deliver a Final Offering Circular by sending you a notice within two business days after the completion of our sale to you that contains the URL where the Final Offering Circular or the offering statement in which such Final Offering Circular was filed may be obtained.

OFFERING CIRCULAR

Subject to Completion, January 10, 2018

2,165,000 SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK

This is the initial public offering of shares of Class A common stock of iPic Entertainment Inc.

We are offering 2,165,000 shares of our Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”), at an offering price of $18.50 per share (the “Shares”) for an offering amount of $40,052,500 (the “Offering”). The Offering will terminate at the earliest of: (1) the date at which $40,052,500 of Shares has been sold, (2) the date which is one year after this Offering being qualified by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC” or the “Commission”), or (3) the date on which this Offering is earlier terminated by the Company in its sole discretion and for any reason (the “Termination Date”).

This Offering is being conducted on a “best efforts” basis without any minimum offering amount pursuant to Regulation A of Section 3(6) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for Tier 2 offerings. The Company currently intends to complete one closing of this Offering, once we have met the NASDAQ minimum listing requirements; however, we reserve the right to undertake one or more closings on a rolling basis even if we have not yet met the NASDAQ minimum listing requirements at such time. Even if we meet the minimum requirements for listing on NASDAQ, we may wait before terminating the Offering and commencing trading of our Class A Common Stock on NASDAQ in order to raise additional proceeds. Until we complete a closing, the proceeds for the Offering will be kept in an escrow account, except with respect to those investors using a BANQ online brokerage account. At a closing, the proceeds will be distributed to the Company and the associated Shares will be issued to the investors in such Shares. If there are no closings or if funds remain in the escrow account upon termination of this Offering without any corresponding closing, the investments for this Offering will be promptly returned to investors, without deduction and generally without interest. Wilmington Trust, N.A. will serve as the escrow agent. There is a 25 share minimum purchase requirement for investors. See “Plan of Distribution.”

Tripoint Global Equities, LLC has agreed to act as our lead managing selling agent, along with Roth Capital Partners, LLC acting as the Institutional Placement Book-Running Agent and Telsey Advisory Group LLC acting as a co-manager (collectively, the “Selling Agents”), to offer the Shares to prospective investors on a “best efforts” basis. In addition, the Selling Agents may engage one or more co-managing selling agents, sub selling agents or selected dealers. The Selling Agents are not purchasing the Shares, and are not required to sell any specific number or dollar amount of the Shares in the Offering.

We expect to commence the offer and sale of the Shares as of the date on which the offering statement of which this Offering Circular is a part (the “Offering Statement”) is qualified by the Commission. Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for our Class A Common Stock. We have applied to list our Class A Common Stock on the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol “IPIC.” We expect our Class A Common Stock to begin trading on NASDAQ upon consummation of the Offering.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act, and, as such, may elect to comply with certain reduced reporting requirements for this Offering Circular and future filings after this Offering.

Investing in our Class A Common Stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14 for a discussion of certain risks that you should consider in connection with an investment in our Class A Common Stock.

 

 

Per Share

 

Total

Price to Public

 

$

18.50

 

$

40,052,500

Selling Agents Discounts and Commissions(1)

 

$

1.34

 

$

2,903,806

Proceeds, Before Expenses, to Us(2)

 

$

17.16

 

$

37,148,694

____________

(1)       We have agreed to reimburse certain expenses of our Selling Agents. Please refer to the section entitled “Plan of Distribution” in this Offering Circular for additional information regarding total compensation for the Selling Agents.

(2)       Assumes that all of the Shares are sold.

NO SALE MAY BE MADE TO YOU IN THIS OFFERING IF THE AGGREGATE PURCHASE PRICE YOU PAY IS MORE THAN 10% OF THE GREATER OF YOUR ANNUAL INCOME OR NET WORTH. DIFFERENT RULES APPLY TO ACCREDITED INVESTORS AND NON-NATURAL PERSONS. BEFORE MAKING ANY REPRESENTATION THAT YOUR INVESTMENT DOES NOT EXCEED APPLICABLE THRESHOLDS, WE ENCOURAGE YOU TO REVIEW RULE 251(d)(2)(i)(C) OF REGULATION A. FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ON INVESTING, WE ENCOURAGE YOU TO REFER TO www.investor.gov.

THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION DOES NOT PASS UPON THE MERITS OF OR GIVE ITS APPROVAL TO ANY SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY OR THE TERMS OF THE OFFERING, NOR DOES IT PASS UPON THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY OFFERING CIRCULAR OR OTHER SOLICITATION MATERIALS. THESE SECURITIES ARE BEING OFFERED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION WITH THE COMMISSION; HOWEVER, THE COMMISSION HAS NOT MADE AN INDEPENDENT DETERMINATION THAT THE SECURITIES OFFERED ARE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

For more information concerning the procedures of the Offering, please refer to “Plan of Distribution” beginning on page 121, including the sections “— Investment Limitations” and “— Procedures for Subscribing.”

This Offering Circular follows the disclosure format of Part I of Form S-1 pursuant to the general instructions of Part II(a)(1)(ii) of Form 1-A.

 

 

 

Lead Managing Selling Agent

 

 

 

Institutional Placement Book-Running Agent

Co-Manager

The date of this Offering Circular is ___________, 2018.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

iii

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

 

iv

OFFERING CIRCULAR SUMMARY

 

1

RISK FACTORS

 

14

THE TRANSACTIONS

 

36

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

43

CAPITALIZATION

 

44

DILUTION

 

46

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

47

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA AND PRO FORMA AS ADJUSTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

48

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

 

58

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

62

BUSINESS

 

76

MANAGEMENT

 

87

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

92

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

102

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

 

105

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

 

107

DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS

 

112

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

115

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK

 

117

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

121

LEGAL MATTERS

 

128

EXPERTS

 

128

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

128

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

F-1

i

We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, the Shares only in jurisdictions where such offers and sales are permitted. You should rely only on the information contained in this Offering Circular. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with any information other than the information contained in this Offering Circular. The information contained in this Offering Circular is accurate only as of its date, regardless of the time of its delivery or of any sale or delivery of our securities. Neither the delivery of this Offering Circular nor any sale or delivery of our securities shall, under any circumstances, imply that there has been no change in our affairs since the date of this Offering Circular. This Offering Circular will be updated and made available for delivery to the extent required by the federal securities laws.

Unless otherwise indicated, data contained in this Offering Circular concerning the hospitality, theater and restaurant markets and the other markets relevant to our operations are based on information from various public sources. Although we believe that these data are generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise, and our estimates and expectations based on these data involve a number of assumptions and limitations. As a result, you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such data, estimates or expectations.

In this Offering Circular, unless the context indicates otherwise, references to “iPic,” “we,” the “Company,” “our” and “us” refer: (i) on or following the consummation of the Transactions, including this Offering, to iPic Entertainment Inc. and, unless otherwise stated or the context requires otherwise, all of its subsidiaries, including (a) iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC, which we refer to as “Holdings,” (b) iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC, which we refer to as “iPic-Gold Class,” and (c) unless otherwise stated, all of iPic-Gold Class’s subsidiaries; and (ii) prior to the completion of the Transactions, including this Offering, to iPic-Gold Class and, unless otherwise stated or the context requires otherwise, all of its subsidiaries. References to “iPic Entertainment” refer to iPic Entertainment Inc.

In this Offering Circular, references to “Class A Common Stock” refer to our Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; references to “Class B Common Stock” refer to our Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; and references to “Common Stock” refer to our Class A Common Stock and our Class B Common Stock collectively.

In this Offering Circular, we refer to our iPic locations as “iPics,” “stores,” “locations,” “units,” and “iPic theaters.”

ii

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain of the statements in this Offering Circular constitute forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements relate to expectations, beliefs, projections, future plans and strategies, anticipated events or trends and similar matters that are not historical facts. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “should,” “will” and “would” or the negatives of these terms or other comparable terminology, but the absence of these particular words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking.

You should not place undue reliance on forward looking statements. The cautionary statements set forth in this Offering Circular, including in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere, identify important factors which you should consider in evaluating our forward-looking statements. These factors include, among other things:

         our inability to successfully identify and secure appropriate sites and timely develop and expand our operations in existing and new markets;

         our inability to optimize our theater circuit through new construction and transforming our existing theaters;

         competition from other theater chains and restaurants;

         our inability to operate profitably;

         our dependence on a small number of suppliers for motion picture products;

         our inability to manage fluctuations in attendance in the motion picture exhibition industry;

         our inability to address the increased use of alternative film delivery methods or other forms of entertainment;

         our ability to serve menu items that appeal to our guests and to avoid food safety problems;

         our inability to obtain sufficient capital to open up new units, to renovate existing units and to deploy strategic initiatives;

         our ability to address issues associated with entering into long-term non-cancelable leases;

         our inability to protect against security breaches of confidential guest information;

         our inability to manage our growth;

         our inability to maintain sufficient levels of cash flow, or access to capital, to meet growth expectations;

         our inability to manage our substantial level of outstanding debt;

         our ability to continue as a going concern;

         our failure to meet any operational and financial performance guidance we provide to the public; and

         our ability to compete and succeed in a highly competitive and evolving industry.

Although the forward-looking statements in this Offering Circular are based on our beliefs, assumptions and expectations, taking into account all information currently available to us, we cannot guarantee future transactions, results, performance, achievements or outcomes. No assurance can be made to any investor by anyone that the expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements will be attained. Should one or more of the risks or uncertainties referred to above and elsewhere in this Offering Circular materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove to be incorrect, our actual results may vary in material and adverse respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

iii

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

Certain financial measures presented in this Offering Circular, such as EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Store-Level EBITDA are not recognized under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, which we refer to as “GAAP.” We define these terms as follows:

         “EBITDA” means, for any reporting period, net loss before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization,

         “Adjusted EBITDA” is a supplemental measure of our performance and is also the basis for performance evaluation under our executive compensation programs. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA adjusted for the impact of certain non-cash and other items that we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing operating performance. These items include, among other things, equity-based compensation expense, pre-opening expenses, other income and loss on disposal of property and equipment, impairment of property and equipment as well as certain non-recurring charges. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is an appropriate measure of operating performance because it eliminates the impact of expenses that do not relate to our ongoing business performance.

         “Store-Level EBITDA” is a supplemental measure of our performance which we believe provides management and investors with additional information to measure the performance of our locations, individually and as an entirety. Store-Level EBITDA is defined by us as EBITDA adjusted for pre-opening expenses, other income, loss on disposal of property and equipment, impairment of property and equipment non-recurring charges, and general and administrative expense. We use Store-Level EBITDA to measure operating performance and returns from opening new stores. We believe that Store-Level EBITDA is another useful measure in evaluating our operating performance because it removes the impact of general and administrative expenses, which are not incurred at the store level, and the costs of opening new stores, which are non-recurring at the store-level, and thereby enables the comparability of the operating performance of our stores for the periods presented. We also believe that Store-Level EBITDA is a useful measure in evaluating our operating performance within the entertainment and dining industry because it permits the evaluation of store-level productivity, efficiency and performance, and we use Store-Level EBITDA as a means of evaluating store financial performance compared with our competitors.

You are encouraged to evaluate the adjustments we have made to GAAP financial measures and the reasons we consider them appropriate for supplemental analysis. In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA and Store-Level EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we may incur income and expenses that are the same as or similar to some of the adjustments in this Offering Circular.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are included in this Offering Circular because they are key metrics used by management and our board of directors to assess our financial performance. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are frequently used by analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry. Store-Level EBITDA is utilized to measure the performance of our locations, both individually and in entirety.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not GAAP measures of our financial performance or liquidity and should not be considered as alternatives to net income (loss) as a measure of financial performance or cash flows from operations as measures of liquidity, or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA and Store-Level EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. Additionally, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not intended to be measures of free cash flow for management’s discretionary use, as they do not reflect tax payments, debt service requirements, capital expenditures, iPic openings and certain other cash costs that may recur in the future, including, among other things, cash requirements for working capital needs and cash costs to replace assets being depreciated and amortized. Management compensates for these limitations by relying on our GAAP results in addition to using EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA supplementally. Our measures of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not necessarily comparable to similarly titled captions of other companies due to different methods of calculation.

iv

See “Offering Circular Summary — Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Other Data — Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a reconciliation of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Store-Level EBITDA to net loss for each of the periods presented.

v

OFFERING CIRCULAR SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this Offering Circular. This summary is not complete and does not contain all the information that you should consider before deciding whether to invest in our Class A Common Stock. You should carefully read the entire Offering Circular, including the risks associated with an investment in the Company discussed in the “Risk Factors” section of this Offering Circular, before making an investment decision. Some of the statements in this Offering Circular are forward-looking statements. See the section entitled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview: The iPic Experience

iPic strives to be our guest’s favorite local destination for a night out on the town. Our newest locations blend three distinct areas — a polished-casual restaurant, a farm-to-glass full-service bar, and our world-class luxury theater auditoriums with in-theater dining — into a one-of-a-kind experience. Our team endeavors to deliver world class hospitality in innovative, one-of-a-kind theaters which we believe are among the finest in the world. Our chefs and mixologists create craveable food and drink offerings that are outstanding on a standalone basis, but it is the interplay between our movie-entertainment, dining and full-service bar areas that is the defining feature of a typical four-hour guest experience. We thoughtfully design the layout, ambiance, and energy-flow of each unit to maximize the crossover between these activities. With constantly changing movie content and menu offerings, each visit is different, providing our customers with a reason to visit us repeatedly. We believe that we deliver an experience that is innovative, unique and cannot be easily replicated at home or elsewhere without the hassle of having to visit multiple destinations. Our locations also act as great venues for private events, family and business functions and other corporate-sponsored events. We believe our concept is well-positioned within today’s ever-increasing experiential economy.

iPic’s Evolution: Our Historical Path

Our Generation I locations: Our initial seven locations are designated as our First-Generation format (Bayshore, WI; Redmond, WA; Pasadena, CA; South Barrington, IL; Bolingbrook, IL; Austin, TX; and Fairview, TX). These units were built between 2007 and 2010, and generally do not have a separate restaurant attached. These initial sites tested and validated the business-model for Premium-Plus seating and service, and, over time, began to showcase the synergistic opportunity of having a complementary restaurant and dining experience within the facility. In 2017, our Generation I locations averaged approximately $5.8 million of revenues, or $814,000 per screen.

Our Generation II locations: We have designated five iPic units as our Second-Generation format (Scottsdale, AZ; Boca Raton, FL; Bethesda, MD; Westwood, CA; and Miami, FL). Built in 2011 to 2014, these units feature a Tuck Hospitality Group signature restaurant (City Perch, Tanzy, or Tuck Room Tavern). Among other things, these units further expanded the quality and quantity of our Premium-Plus auditorium sections (which generally sell-out first, indicating growing consumer preference for added luxury and service), upgraded the in-theater dining experience with our redesigned iPic Express offerings, and launched the iPic Life program, which is a 20-minute on-screen lifestyle program. In 2017, our Generation II locations averaged approximately $10.3 million of revenues, or $1,351,000 per screen.

Our Generation III locations: We have designated four of our units built since the fourth quarter of 2015 as our Third-Generation format (Houston, TX; Ft. Lee, NJ; Fulton Market, NY; and Dobbs Ferry, NY). These units represent our go-forward development design for the foreseeable future. They feature our perfected auditorium layout (six to eight screens; 500 seats; elevated ratio of Premium-Plus seating) and introduced our patent-pending POD seating and Chaise Lounges. In 2017, our Generation III locations that have been open for at least twelve months (Houston, TX; Ft. Lee, NJ; and Fulton Market, NY) averaged approximately $13.4 million of revenues, or $1,658,000 per screen.

iPic: Our Growth Strategy

We believe that we are still in the very nascent stage of our growth story. We currently operate 121 screens at 16 locations in 10 states with an additional 4 locations under construction and a pipeline of an additional 15 sites that either have a signed lease or are in lease negotiations. We believe that we currently control less than 0.5% market share of the theater business in the United States, based on data provided by the National Association of Theatre Owners and our financial results. We believe there is tremendous whitespace opportunity to expand in both existing and new U.S. markets, as well as overseas, and we have invested in our infrastructure through new hires at our home office to enable us to continue to grow with discipline. We plan to upgrade three of our seven Generation I locations in 2018 and open at least four new domestic units per year, starting in 2019, for the foreseeable future. Based on our experience and

1

analysis, along with research we engaged Eastern Consolidated Properties, Inc. to perform for us, we believe that over the long-term we have the potential to grow our iPic U.S. footprint to at least 200 U.S. units and to potentially explore overseas expansion as well. The rate of future growth in any particular period is inherently uncertain and is subject to numerous factors that are outside of our control. As a result, we do not currently have an anticipated timeframe to reach our long-term potential.

Summary Risk Factors

We are subject to a number of risks, including risks that may prevent us from achieving our business objectives or that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects. You should carefully consider the risks discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors,” including the following risks, before investing in our Class A Common Stock:

         Our long-term success is highly dependent on our ability to successfully identify and secure appropriate sites and timely develop and expand our operations in existing and new markets.

         Optimizing our theater circuit through new construction and the transformation of our existing theaters is subject to delay and unanticipated costs.

         Our theaters and restaurants operate in highly competitive environments.

         New iPic locations, once opened, may not be profitable, and the performance of our units that we have experienced in the past may not be indicative of future results.

         We have no control over distributors of the films and our business may be adversely affected if our access to motion pictures is limited or delayed.

         The motion picture exhibition industry has experienced fluctuations in attendance during recent years.

         An increase in the use of alternative film delivery methods or other forms of entertainment may drive down our attendance and limit our ticket prices.

         Our continued success depends in part on the continued popularity of our menu and the experience we offer guests.

         Food safety and food-borne illness incidents could adversely affect guests’ perception of our brand, result in lower sales and increase operating costs.

         Our plans to open new units, and the ongoing need for capital expenditures at our existing units, require us to expend capital.

         We are subject to risks associated with leasing property subject to long-term non-cancelable leases.

         Our substantial debt could adversely affect our operations and prevent us from satisfying those debt obligations.

         Limitations on the availability of capital may prevent deployment of strategic initiatives.

         We have a limited operating history which provides limited reference for you to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objectives.

         Our sales growth and ability to achieve profitability could be adversely affected if comparable-store sales are less than we expect.

         Our results of operations are subject to fluctuations due to the timing of new iPic location openings.

2

Summary of the Transactions

Prior to the consummation of this Offering and the organizational transactions (the “Transactions”) described below, the business and operations of the Company were conducted through iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC (“iPic-Gold Class”), a Delaware limited liability company. iPic Entertainment Inc. (“iPic Entertainment”) was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on October 18, 2017 to serve as the issuer of the Class A Common Stock offered hereby. iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC (“Holdings”) was formed as a Delaware limited liability company on December 22, 2017 to hold the equity interests in iPic-Gold Class. iPic Entertainment will be the sole manager of Holdings, and Holdings will be the sole managing member of iPic-Gold Class immediately following the completion of the Transactions.

Prior to the Transactions, the only members of iPic Gold Class were iPic Holdings, LLC; Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc.; Teachers’ Retirement System of Alabama; Employees’ Retirement System of Alabama; Regal/Atom Holdings, LLC; and PVR Limited (collectively, the “Original iPic Equity Owners”). iPic-Gold Class was treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, was not subject to any U.S. federal entity-level income taxes. Rather, taxable income or loss was included in the U.S. federal income tax returns of iPic-Gold Class’s members.

Transactions

Immediately prior to or in connection with the closing of this Offering, we and the Original iPic Equity Owners will consummate the following organizational transactions:

         all of the membership interests in iPic-Gold Class will be contributed by the Original iPic Equity Owners to Holdings in exchange for all of the membership interests in Holdings (the “LLC Interests”), following which iPic-Gold Class will be 100% owned and controlled by Holdings;

         we will amend and restate the limited liability company agreement of Holdings (the “Holdings LLC Agreement”), to, among other things, provide for the organizational structure described below under “Organizational Structure Following this Offering”;

         we will amend and restate the limited liability company agreement of iPic-Gold Class to appoint Holdings as the sole managing member of iPic-Gold Class and reflect iPic-Gold Class’s status as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings;

         certain of the Original iPic Equity Owners will transfer the LLC Interests that they hold in Holdings to certain direct or indirect members of such Original iPic Equity Owners. The recipients of these LLC Interests, together with the Original iPic Equity Owners that did not transfer any of the LLC Interests that they held in Holdings, are collectively referred to herein as the “Continuing iPic Equity Owners”;

         we will amend and restate iPic Entertainment’s Certificate of Incorporation to, among other things, (i) provide for Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock and (ii) issue shares of Class B Common Stock to the Continuing iPic Equity Owners, on a one-to-one basis with the number of LLC Interests they own, for nominal consideration;

         we will issue up to 2,165,000 shares of our Class A Common Stock to the purchasers in this Offering in exchange for net proceeds of up to approximately $37.1 million, assuming the shares are offered at $18.50 per share, after deducting selling agents discounts and commissions but before offering expenses payable by us;

         we will use all of the net proceeds from this Offering to purchase newly-issued LLC Interests from Holdings at a purchase price per interest equal to the net proceeds, before expenses, to us per share of Class A Common Stock, collectively representing 17.5% of Holdings’s outstanding LLC Interests;

         Holdings will transfer to iPic-Gold Class the proceeds Holdings receives from the sale of LLC Interests to iPic Entertainment;

         iPic-Gold Class will use the proceeds it receives from Holdings as follows: (i) to pay fees and expenses other than the selling agents discounts and commissions of approximately $1.2 million in connection with this Offering and the Transactions, and (ii) to use approximately $35.9 million for general corporate purposes, including opening new iPic locations and renovating existing iPic locations. See “Use of Proceeds”;

3

         the Continuing iPic Equity Owners will continue to own the LLC Interests that they owned prior to this Offering and will have no economic interest in iPic Entertainment despite their ownership of Class B Common Stock (where “economic interests” means the right to receive any distributions or dividends, whether cash or stock, in connection with common stock);

         assuming that all of the LLC Interests of the Continuing iPic Equity Owners are redeemed or exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis, such Continuing iPic Equity Owners would own 10,220,629 shares of iPic Entertainment’s Class A Common Stock, representing approximately 82.5% of the combined voting power of our Common Stock, immediately following the closing of this Offering; and

         iPic Entertainment will enter into the Registration Rights Agreement with certain of the Continuing iPic Equity Owners.

For a description of the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, see “Description of Securities — Registration Rights.”

Organizational Structure Following this Offering

Immediately following the completion of the Transactions, including this Offering:

         iPic Entertainment will be a holding company and the principal asset of iPic Entertainment will be LLC Interests of Holdings;

         Holdings will be a holding company and will own 100% of the limited liability company interests of, and control, iPic-Gold Class, subject to the pledge of such limited liability company interests to secure the obligations under the Non-Revolving Credit Facility as described in “Description of Indebtedness”;

         iPic Entertainment will be the sole manager of Holdings, and Holdings will be the sole managing member of iPic-Gold Class. iPic Entertainment will, therefore, directly or indirectly control the business and affairs of, and conduct its day-to-day business through, iPic-Gold Class and its subsidiaries;

         iPic Entertainment’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Holdings LLC Agreement will require that (i) we at all times maintain a ratio of one LLC Interest owned by us for each share of Class A Common Stock issued by us (subject to certain exceptions for treasury shares and shares underlying certain convertible or exchangeable securities), and (ii) Holdings at all times maintain (x) a one-to-one ratio between the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issued by us and the number of LLC Interests owned by us and (y) a one-to-one ratio between the number of shares of Class B Common Stock owned by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners and the number of LLC Interests owned by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners;

         iPic Entertainment will own LLC Interests representing 17.5% of the economic interest in Holdings;

         the purchasers in this Offering (i) will own 2,165,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, representing approximately 17.5% of the combined voting power of the Common Stock, (ii) will own 100.0% of the economic interest in iPic Entertainment and (iii) through iPic Entertainment’s ownership of LLC Interests, indirectly will hold (applying the percentages in the preceding clause (ii) to iPic Entertainments percentage economic interest in Holdings) approximately 17.5% of the economic interest in Holdings; and

         the Continuing iPic Equity Owners will own (i) LLC Interests, representing 82.5% of the economic interest in Holdings, and (ii) through their ownership of Class B Common Stock, approximately 82.5% of the combined voting power of the Common Stock. Following this Offering, each LLC Interest held by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners will be redeemable, at the election of such members, for, at iPic Entertainment’s option, newly-issued shares of Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis or a cash payment equal to a volume weighted average market price of one share of Class A Common Stock for each LLC Interest redeemed (subject to customary adjustments, including for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications). In the event of such election by a Continuing iPic Equity Owner, iPic Entertainment may, at its option, instead effect a direct exchange of cash or Class A Common Stock for such LLC Interests in lieu of such a redemption. Any such redemption or exchange is required to be in accordance with the terms of the Holdings LLC Agreement. When a Continuing iPic Equity Owner’s LLC Interests are redeemed or exchanged, iPic Entertainment will cancel a number of shares of Class B Common Stock held by such Continuing iPic Equity Owner equal to the number of LLC Interests of such Continuing iPic Equity Owner that were redeemed or exchanged. The decisions made by iPic Entertainment will be made by its board of directors, which will include directors who hold LLC Interests or are affiliated with holders of LLC Interests and may include such directors in the future. See “The Transactions — Holdings LLC Agreement.”

4

Immediately following this Offering, although we will have a minority economic interest in Holdings, we will have the sole voting interest in, and control the management of, Holdings and, indirectly, iPic-Gold Class. As a result, we will consolidate both Holdings and iPic-Gold Class in our consolidated financial statements and will report non-controlling interests related to the LLC Interests held by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners on our consolidated financial statements. iPic Entertainment will have a board of directors and executive officers, but will have no other employees. All of our employees and their functions are expected to reside at iPic-Gold Class and its subsidiaries.

As a result of our ownership structure, we generally expect to obtain an increase in our share of the tax basis of assets owned indirectly by Holdings when the Continuing iPic Equity Owners exchange their LLC Interests or such LLC Interests are redeemed for Class A Common Stock or for cash. These basis increases may have the effect of reducing the amounts that we would otherwise pay in the future to various tax authorities. Our structure does not contemplate a tax receivable agreement. Therefore, any tax benefits realized from this arrangement will inure to our benefit. There can be no assurance that we will generate sufficient taxable income to utilize any such tax benefits.

The following diagram shows our organizational structure after giving effect to the Transactions, including this Offering:

5

Implications of Being an “Emerging Growth Company”

As a public reporting company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of certain reduced reporting requirements and is relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. In particular, as an emerging growth company we:

         are not required to obtain an attestation and report from our auditors on our management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

         are not required to provide a detailed narrative disclosure discussing our compensation principles, objectives and elements and analyzing how those elements fit with our principles and objectives (commonly referred to as “compensation discussion and analysis”);

         are not required to obtain a non-binding advisory vote from our stockholders on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements (commonly referred to as the “say-on-pay,” “say-on-frequency” and “say-on-golden-parachute” votes);

         are exempt from certain executive compensation disclosure provisions requiring a pay-for-performance graph and CEO pay ratio disclosure;

         may present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, or MD&A; and

         are eligible to claim longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under Section 107 of the JOBS Act.

We have elected to take advantage of all of these reduced reporting requirements and exemptions, including the longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under Section 107 of the JOBS Act. Our election to use the phase-in periods may make it difficult to compare our consolidated financial statements to those of non-emerging growth companies and other emerging growth companies that have opted out of the phase-in periods under Section 107 of the JOBS Act.

Certain of these reduced reporting requirements and exemptions were already available to us due to the fact that we also qualify as a “smaller reporting company” under the Commission’s rules. For instance, smaller reporting companies are not required to obtain an auditor attestation and report regarding management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting; are not required to provide a compensation discussion and analysis; are not required to provide a pay-for-performance graph or CEO pay ratio disclosure; and may present only two years of audited financial statements and related MD&A disclosure.

Under the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of the above-described reduced reporting requirements and exemptions for up to five years after our initial sale of common equity pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Securities Act, or such earlier time that we no longer meet the definition of an emerging growth company. Note that this Offering, while a public offering, is not a sale of common equity pursuant to a registration statement, since the Offering is conducted pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements. In this regard, the JOBS Act provides that we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” if we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenues, have more than $700 million in market value of our Common Stock held by non-affiliates, or issue more than $1 billion in principal amount of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. Furthermore, under current Commission rules, we will continue to qualify as a “smaller reporting company” for so long as we have a public float (i.e., the market value of common equity held by non-affiliates) of less than $75 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second quarter.

6

Company and Other Information

The Company was formed in the State of Delaware on October 18, 2017. The Company’s principal executive office is 433 Plaza Real Boulevard, Suite 335, Boca Raton, FL, 33432. Our telephone number is (561) 393-3269. Our internet address is www.ipic.com. We do not incorporate the information on, or accessible through, our website into this Offering Circular, and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our website a part of this Offering Circular.

We own various U.S. federal trademark registrations, certain foreign trademark registrations and applications, and unregistered trademarks, including the following marks referred to in this Offering Circular: “iPic®”. All other trademarks or trade names referred to in this Offering Circular are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this Offering Circular are referred to without the symbols® and ™, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent possible under applicable law, their rights thereto.

7

The Offering

Issuer

 

iPic Entertainment Inc.

 

 

 

Securities offered

 

Class A Common Stock

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock offered by us in this Offering

 


2,165,000 shares

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock to be outstanding after this Offering

 


2,165,000 shares, assuming the maximum amount of shares are sold

 

 

 

Class B Common Stock to be outstanding after this Offering

 


10,220,629

 

 

 

Price per share of Class A Common Stock

 

$18.50

 

 

 

Minimum investment amount

 

25 shares at $18.50 per share, or $462.50

 

 

 

Voting rights

 

Holders of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock will vote together as a single class on all matters presented to stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by law. Each share of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock will entitle its holder to one vote per share on all such matters. See “Description of Securities.”

 

 

 

Voting power held by all holders of Class A Common Stock after giving effect to this Offering

 



17.5%

 

 

 

Voting power held by all holders of Class B Common Stock after giving effect to this Offering

 



82.5%

 

 

 

Ratio of shares of Class A Common Stock to LLC Interests

 


Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Holdings LLC Agreement will require that (i) we at all times maintain a ratio of one LLC Interest owned by us for each share of Class A Common Stock issued by us (subject to certain exceptions for treasury shares and shares underlying certain convertible or exchangeable securities), and (ii) Holdings at all times maintain (x) a one-to-one ratio between the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issued by us and the number of LLC Interests owned by us and (y) a one-to-one ratio between the number of shares of Class B Common Stock owned by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners and the number of LLC Interests owned by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners. This construct is intended to result in the Continuing iPic Equity Owners having a voting interest in iPic Entertainment that is identical to the Continuing iPic Equity Owners’ percentage economic interest in Holdings. The Continuing iPic Equity Owners will own all of our outstanding Class B Common Stock.

8

Proposed listing:

 

We have applied to list our Class A Common Stock on NASDAQ under the symbol “IPIC.” Our Class A Common Stock will not commence trading on NASDAQ until all of the following conditions are met: (i) the Offering is completed; (ii) we have filed a post-qualification amendment to the Offering Statement and a registration statement on Form 8-A (“Form 8-A”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”); (iii) such post-qualification amendment is qualified by the Commission; and (iv) the Form 8-A has become effective. Pursuant to applicable rules under Regulation A, the Form 8-A will not become effective until the SEC qualifies the post-qualification amendment. We intend to file the post-qualification amendment and request its qualification immediately prior to the termination of the Offering so that the Form 8-A may become effective as soon as practicable. The Company currently intends to complete one closing of this Offering, once we have met the NASDAQ minimum listing requirements; however, we reserve the right to undertake one or more closings on a rolling basis even if we have not yet met the NASDAQ minimum listing requirements at such time. Even if we meet the minimum requirements for listing on NASDAQ, we may wait before terminating the Offering and commencing the trading of our Class A Common Stock on NASDAQ in order to raise additional proceeds. As a result, you may experience a delay between the closing of your purchase of shares of our Class A Common Stock and the commencement of exchange trading of our Class A Common Stock on NASDAQ.

 

 

 

Use of proceeds:

 

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this Offering, after deducting selling agents’ discounts and commissions but before offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $37.1 million.

 

 

 

 

 

We intend to use the net proceeds that we receive from this Offering to purchase newly-issued LLC Interests from Holdings at a purchase price per interest equal to the net proceeds, before expenses, to us per share of Class A Common Stock.

 

 

 

 

 

Holdings will transfer to iPic-Gold Class the proceeds Holdings receives from the sale of LLC Interests to iPic Entertainment. We intend to cause iPic-Gold Class to use the proceeds that it receives from this Offering as follows: (i) to pay fees and expenses, other than the selling agents discounts and commissions, of approximately $1.2 million in connection with this Offering and the Transactions, and (ii) to use approximately $35.9 million for general corporate purposes, including opening new iPic locations and renovating existing iPic locations.

 

 

 

Risk factors:

 

Investing in our Class A Common Stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” starting on page 14.

The number of shares of our Class A Common Stock to be outstanding after this Offering excludes:

         1,600,000 shares of Class A Common Stock under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan which was adopted on December 21, 2017 (as described in “Executive Compensation — 2017 Equity Incentive Plan”), of which (i) 955,300 shares of Class A Common Stock are issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted on December 21, 2017 at an exercise price of $18.13 per share and (ii) 644,700 shares of Class A Common Stock are reserved for future issuance, and any additional shares that become available under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan pursuant to provisions thereof that automatically increase the share reserve under the plan each year, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation — 2017 Equity Incentive Plan;”

         10,220,629 shares of Class A Common Stock reserved as of the closing date of this Offering for future issuance upon redemption or exchange of LLC Interests by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners;

         483,864 shares of Class A Common Stock subject to outstanding RSU awards; and

         up to 47,630 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Selling Agents’ Warrants, exercisable at $23.125 per share.

9

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Data

The following tables present the summary historical and pro forma consolidated financial and other data for iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC and its subsidiaries. iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC, is the predecessor of the issuer, iPic Entertainment Inc., for financial reporting purposes. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC and its subsidiaries included elsewhere in this Offering Circular. The summary consolidated statements of operations data for six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2017, and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2017 are derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC and its subsidiaries included elsewhere in this Offering Circular. In the opinion of our management, such unaudited financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for those periods.

The results of operations for the periods presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period and the results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year. The information set forth below should be read together with the “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this Offering Circular.

The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data of iPic Entertainment Inc. presented below have been derived from our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Offering Circular. The summary unaudited pro forma financial data for the year ended December 31, 2016 and as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2017 give effect to the Transactions (Pro Forma) as described in “The Transactions” and the completion of this Offering (Pro Forma As Adjusted) as if all such transactions had occurred on January 1, 2016, in the case of the summary unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations data, and as of June 30, 2017, in the case of the summary unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data. The unaudited pro forma financial information includes various estimates which are subject to material change and may not be indicative of what our operations or financial position would have been had this Offering and related transactions taken place on the dates indicated, or that may be expected to occur in the future. See “Unaudited Pro Forma and Pro Forma As Adjusted Consolidated Financial Statements” for a complete description of the adjustments and assumptions underlying the summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data.

The summary historical consolidated financial and other data of iPic Entertainment Inc. have not been presented below, as iPic Entertainment Inc. is a newly incorporated entity, has had no business transactions or activities to date and had no assets or liabilities during the periods presented in this section. The summary historical financial and other data of iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC have not been presented below, as iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC is a holding company with no operations and no assets other than its ownership of all of the membership interests of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC.

10

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data

$ in thousands, except share and per share data

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

Year Ended

 

Pro Forma

 

 

June 30,
2017

 

June 30,
2016

 

December 31,
2016

 

December 31,
2015

 

Six Months
Ended June
30, 2017

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2016

Statement of Operations data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Food and beverage

 

$

37,701

 

 

$

29,115

 

 

$

64,363

 

 

$

53,025

 

 

$

37,701

 

 

$

64,363

 

Theater

 

 

30,780

 

 

 

25,948

 

 

 

57,459

 

 

 

45,866

 

 

 

30,780

 

 

 

57,459

 

Other

 

 

893

 

 

 

284

 

 

 

2,994

 

 

 

997

 

 

 

893

 

 

 

2,994

 

Total revenues

 

 

69,375

 

 

 

55,348

 

 

 

124,816

 

 

 

99,889

 

 

 

69,375

 

 

 

124,816

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of food and beverage

 

 

10,307

 

 

 

7,762

 

 

 

17,377

 

 

 

14,614

 

 

 

10,307

 

 

 

17,377

 

Cost of theater

 

 

12,283

 

 

 

10,169

 

 

 

22,108

 

 

 

18,709

 

 

 

12,283

 

 

 

22,108

 

Operating payroll and benefits

 

 

18,906

 

 

 

14,488

 

 

 

32,141

 

 

 

25,918

 

 

 

18,906

 

 

 

32,141

 

Occupancy expenses

 

 

8,766

 

 

 

8,334

 

 

 

17,104

 

 

 

13,073

 

 

 

8,766

 

 

 

17,104

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

12,164

 

 

 

9,015

 

 

 

24,781

 

 

 

16,183

 

 

 

12,164

 

 

 

24,781

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

7,011

 

 

 

5,842

 

 

 

14,220

 

 

 

12,471

 

 

 

9,421

 

 

 

17,649

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

9,570

 

 

 

7,232

 

 

 

16,019

 

 

 

11,819

 

 

 

9,570

 

 

 

16,019

 

 Pre-opening expenses

 

 

1,632

 

 

 

870

 

 

 

4,395

 

 

 

3,666

 

 

 

1,632

 

 

 

4,395

 

Impairment of property and equipment

 

 

3,332

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,332

 

 

 

 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

 

 

8

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

211

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

88

 

Operating expenses

 

 

83,979

 

 

 

63,773

 

 

 

148,234

 

 

 

116,665

 

 

 

86,388

 

 

 

151,662

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating loss

 

 

(14,604

)

 

 

(8,425

)

 

 

(23,418

)

 

 

(16,777

)

 

 

(17,014

)

 

 

(26,847

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income (expense), net

 

 

(7,782

)

 

 

(5,259

)

 

 

(10,718

)

 

 

(7,891

)

 

 

(6,937

)

 

 

(9,139

)

Other income

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

 

 

(7,777

)

 

 

(5,259

)

 

 

(10,718

)

 

 

(7,891

)

 

 

(6,932

)

 

 

(9,139

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss before income tax expense

 

 

(22,382

)

 

 

(13,684

)

 

 

(34,136

)

 

 

(24,668

)

 

 

(23,946

)

 

 

(35,986

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

43

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(22,425

)

 

$

(13,715

)

 

$

(34,223

)

 

$

(24,729

)

 

$

(23,989

)

 

$

(36,072

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Net loss attributable to
non-controlling interest

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

(19,719

)

 

$

(29,651

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to iPic Entertainment Inc.

 

$

(22,425

)

 

$

(13,715

)

 

$

(34,223

)

 

$

(24,729

)

 

$

(4,270

)

 

$

(6,421

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss per share of Class A Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(1.97

)

 

$

(2.97

)

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(1.97

)

 

$

(2.97

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,165,000

 

 

 

2,165,000

 

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,165,000

 

 

 

2,165,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-GAAP financial measures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA(1)

 

$

(5,029

)

 

$

(1,193

)

 

$

(7,399

)

 

$

(4,958

)

 

$

(7,438

)

 

$

(10,827

)

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

 

$

(62

)

 

$

(263

)

 

$

932

 

 

$

(1,081

)

 

$

(62

)

 

$

932

 

Store-Level EBITDA(1)

 

$

6,949

 

 

$

5,579

 

 

$

15,152

 

 

$

11,390

 

 

$

6,949

 

 

$

15,152

 

11

$ in thousands

 

 

As of June 30, 2017

 

 

Actual

 

Pro Forma

 

Pro Forma
As Adjusted

Balance Sheet data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

3,895

 

 

$

3,895

 

 

$

39,844

 

Total current assets

 

 

8,994

 

 

 

8,994

 

 

 

44,942

 

Total assets

 

 

157,419

 

 

 

157,419

 

 

 

193,368

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

20,320

 

 

 

19,048

 

 

 

19,048

 

Long-term debt and deferred rent

 

 

188,017

 

 

 

206,017

 

 

 

206,017

 

Total liabilities

 

 

263,979

 

 

 

228,295

 

 

 

228,295

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(140,715

)

 

 

(1,605

)

 

 

(1,605

)

Total members’/stockholders’ deficit

 

 

(106,560

)

 

 

(70,876

)

 

 

(34,927

)

Total liabilities and members’/stockholders’ deficit

 

 

157,419

 

 

 

157,419

 

 

 

193,368

 

____________

(1)      For more information as to how we define and calculate EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level EBITDA and why we believe such measures are appropriate measures of operating performance, see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

The following is a reconciliation of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Store-Level EBITDA to net loss for each of the periods indicated:

 

$ in thousands

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

Year Ended

 

Pro Forma

 

 

June 30,
2017

 

June 30,
2016

 

December 31,
2016

 

December 31,
2015

 

Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2017

 

Year Ended
December 31,
2016

Net loss

 

$

(22,425

)

 

$

(13,715

)

 

$

(34,223

)

 

$

(24,729

)

 

$

(23,989

)

 

$

(36,072

)

Plus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

7,782

 

 

 

5,259

 

 

 

10,718

 

 

 

7,891

 

 

 

6,937

 

 

 

9,139

 

Income tax expense

 

 

43

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

87

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

9,570

 

 

 

7,232

 

 

 

16,019

 

 

 

11,819

 

 

 

9,570

 

 

 

16,019

 

EBITDA

 

 

(5,029

)

 

 

(1,193

)

 

 

(7,399

)

 

 

(4,958

)

 

 

(7,438

)

 

 

(10,827

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-opening expenses(1)

 

 

1,632

 

 

 

870

 

 

 

4,395

 

 

 

3,666

 

 

 

1,632

 

 

 

4,395

 

Other income(2)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

Impairment of property and equipment(3)

 

 

3,332

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,332

 

 

 

 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment(4)

 

 

8

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

211

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

88

 

Non-recurring charges(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,848

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,848

 

Stock-based compensation expense(6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,409

 

 

 

3,429

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

 

(62

)

 

 

(263

)

 

 

932

 

 

 

(1,081

)

 

 

(62

)

 

 

932

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative expense(7)

 

 

7,011

 

 

 

5,842

 

 

 

14,220

 

 

 

12,471

 

 

 

7,011

 

 

 

14,220

 

Store-Level EBITDA

 

$

6,949

 

 

$

5,579

 

 

$

15,152

 

 

$

11,390

 

 

$

6,949

 

 

$

15,152

 

____________

(1)      “Pre-opening expenses” shall mean all expenses incurred in preparation of an iPic location opening, to the extent not capitalized nor amortized in accordance with GAAP.

(2)      “Other income” consists of a loss incurred on the disposition of certain fixed assets.

12

(3)      “Impairment of property and equipment” represents an impairment charge incurred at the Scottsdale, AZ location after evaluating the ongoing value of property and equipment at this location.

(4)      “Loss on disposal of property and equipment” represents the loss incurred on the disposition of certain obsolete property and equipment.

(5)      “Non-recurring charges” represents expenses incurred in connection with a litigation matter that was settled in 2016.

(6)      “Stock-based compensation expense” is a non-cash charge in the amount of the expense associated with equity awards given to employees as part of their compensation package, taken over the vesting period of the equity awards.

(7)      When calculating Store-Level EBITDA, “general and administrative expense” is added back to Adjusted EBITDA, as corporate overhead expenses are not allocated to our locations.

13

RISK FACTORS

Before you decide to purchase shares of our common stock, you should understand the high degree of risk involved. You should consider carefully the following risks and other information in this Offering Circular, including our pro forma and historical financial statements and related notes. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline, perhaps significantly.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our long-term success is highly dependent on our ability to successfully identify and secure appropriate sites and timely develop and expand our operations in existing and new markets.

One of the key means of achieving our growth strategies will be through opening and operating new iPic locations on a profitable basis for the foreseeable future. We must identify target markets where we can enter or expand, taking into account numerous factors such as the location, demographics, traffic patterns and information gathered from our various contacts. We may not be able to open our planned new iPic locations within budget or on a timely basis, if at all, given the uncertainty of these factors, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. As we operate more iPic locations, our rate of expansion relative to the size of our location base will eventually decline.

The number and timing of new units opened during any given period may be negatively impacted by a number of factors including, without limitation:

         the identification and availability of attractive sites for new iPic locations and the ability to negotiate suitable lease terms;

         the lack of development and overall decrease in commercial real estate due to a macroeconomic downturn;

         recruitment and training of qualified personnel in the local market;

         our ability to obtain all required governmental permits, including zonal approvals, on a timely basis;

         our ability to control construction and development costs of new units;

         competition in new markets, including competition for appropriate sites;

         failure of the landlords to timely deliver real estate to us;

         the proximity of potential sites to an existing iPic, and the impact of cannibalization on future growth;

         anticipated commercial, residential and infrastructure development near our new iPic locations; and

         the cost and availability of capital to fund construction costs and pre-opening expenses.

Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully expand as we may not correctly analyze the suitability of a location or anticipate all of the challenges imposed by expanding our operations. Our growth strategy and the substantial investment associated with the development of each new location may cause our operating results to fluctuate and be unpredictable or adversely affect our profits. In addition, as has happened when other restaurant concepts have tried to expand, we may find that our concept has limited appeal in new markets or we may experience a decline in the popularity of our concept in the markets in which we operate. If we are unable to expand in existing markets or penetrate new markets, our ability to increase our revenues and profitability may be materially harmed or we may face losses.

Optimizing our theater circuit through new construction and the transformation of our existing theaters is subject to delay and unanticipated costs.

The availability of attractive site locations for new theater construction is subject to various factors that are beyond our control. These factors include:

         local conditions, such as scarcity of space or increase in demand for real estate, demographic changes and changes in zoning and tax laws; and

         competition for site locations from both theater companies and other businesses.

14

We typically require 24 to 36 months from the time we reach an agreement with a landlord to when a new theater opens. In addition, improving our existing theaters is subject to substantial risks such as difficulty obtaining permits, landlord approvals and new types of operating licenses (e.g. liquor licenses). We may also experience cost overruns from delays or other unanticipated costs in both new construction and facility improvements. Furthermore, our new sites and transformed locations may not perform to our expectations.

Our failure to manage our growth effectively could harm our business and operating results.

Our growth plan includes a significant number of potential new iPic locations. Our existing management systems, financial and management controls and information systems may not be adequate to support our planned expansion. Our ability to manage our growth effectively will require us to continue to enhance these systems, procedures and controls and to locate, hire, train and retain management and operating personnel, particularly in new markets. We may not be able to respond on a timely basis to all of the changing demands that our planned expansion will impose on management and on our existing infrastructure, or be able to hire or retain the necessary management and operating personnel, which could harm our business, financial condition or results of operations. These demands could cause us to operate our existing business less effectively, which in turn could cause deterioration in the financial performance of our existing units. If we experience a decline in financial performance, we may decrease the number of or discontinue new openings, or we may decide to close units that we are unable to operate in a profitable manner.

Our theaters and restaurants operate in highly competitive environments.

The motion picture exhibition industry is fragmented and highly competitive with no significant barriers to entry. Our theaters are subject to varying degrees of competition in the geographic areas in which we operate. Competitors may be national circuits, regional circuits or smaller independent exhibitors. Moviegoers are generally not brand conscious and usually choose a theater based on its location, the films showing there, showtimes and its amenities. Competition among theater exhibition companies is often intense with respect to the following factors:

         Attracting patrons. The competition for patrons is dependent upon factors such as the availability of popular motion pictures, the location and number of theaters and screens in a market, the comfort and quality of the theaters and pricing. Many of our competitors have sought to increase the number of screens that they operate and provide a more luxurious experience by enhancing food and beverage options and installing recliner seating. Certain of the larger theater chains, such as AMC and Regal, have been converting some of their existing theaters to include in-theater dining and recliner seating, often at the same price or a marginally higher price than their traditional theaters. Should other theater operators in our markets choose to implement these or other initiatives, the performance of our theaters may be significantly and negatively impacted.

         Licensing motion pictures. We believe that the principal competitive factors with respect to film licensing include licensing terms, number of seats and screens available for a particular picture, revenue potential and the location and condition of an exhibitor’s theaters.

         New sites and acquisitions. We must compete with exhibitors and others in our efforts to locate and acquire attractive new and existing sites for our iPic units. There can be no assurance that we will be able to acquire such new sites or existing theaters at reasonable prices or on favorable terms. Moreover, some of these competitors may be stronger financially than we are. As a result of the foregoing, we may not succeed in acquiring theaters or may have to pay more than we would prefer to make an acquisition.

         Multiple competitors for both out-of-home and in-home entertainment. The theatrical exhibition industry faces competition from other forms of out-of-home entertainment, such as concerts, amusement parks and sporting events and from other distribution channels for filmed entertainment, such as cable television, pay-per-view, video on demand, subscription based video streaming services, such as Netflix, Amazon Prime and Hulu, and home video systems and from other forms of in-home or on-the-go entertainment.

         New marketing approaches. Many of our competitors have partnered with MoviePass Inc. (“MoviePass”), a subscription-based movie ticketing service. For a monthly fee of $9.95, MoviePass subscribers can attend one movie per day at no additional cost. MoviePass’ growing popularity may negatively impact our theaters by providing patrons with a cheaper alternative to paying each time they go to the movies.

         New technology. New innovations and technology will continue to impact our industry. If we are unable to respond to or invest in future technology and the changing preferences of our customers, we may not be able to compete with other exhibitors or other entertainment venues, which could also adversely affect our results of operations.

15

Like the motion picture exhibition industry, the restaurant industry is fragmented and highly competitive with no significant barriers to entry. We compete in the restaurant industry with multi-unit national, regional and locally-owned and/or operated limited-service restaurants and full-service restaurants. Many of our competitors offer breakfast, lunch and dinner, as well as dine-in, carry-out and delivery services. Many of our competitors have existed longer than we have and may have a more established market presence, better locations and greater name recognition nationally or in some of the local markets in which we operate or plan to operate.

We face significant competition for restaurant guests, and our inability to compete effectively may affect our traffic, iPic sales and store-level operating profit margins.

We rely on our food and beverage service for a majority of our revenue. The restaurant industry is intensely competitive with many well-established companies that compete directly and indirectly with us with respect to food quality, service, price and value, design and location. Some of our competitors have significantly greater financial, marketing, personnel and other resources than we do. In addition, many of our competitors have greater name recognition nationally or in some of the local markets in which we have or plan to have an iPic. Any inability to successfully compete with the restaurants in our markets will place downward pressure on our guest traffic and may prevent us from increasing or sustaining our revenues and profitability.

New iPic locations, once opened, may not be profitable; recently, our comparable-store sales have declined; and the performance of our units that we have experienced in the past may not be indicative of future results.

Our results have been, and in the future may continue to be, significantly impacted by the timing of new location openings (often dictated by factors outside of our control), including landlord delays, associated pre-opening expenses and operating inefficiencies, as well as changes in our geographic concentration due to the opening of new units. We typically incur the most significant portion of pre-opening expenses associated with a given location within the six months preceding the opening. Our experience has been that labor and operating costs associated with a newly opened location for the first several months of operation are materially greater than what can be expected after that time, both in aggregate dollars and as a percentage of sales. Our new units commonly take 16 to 20 weeks to reach planned operating expense levels due to inefficiencies typically associated with new openings, including the training of new personnel, new market learning curves, inability to hire sufficient qualified staff and other factors. We may incur additional costs in new markets, particularly for transportation and distribution, which may impact the profitability of those units. Accordingly, the volume and timing of new openings may have a material adverse impact on our profitability.

In recent periods, our comparable-store sales have declined, as have those of certain of our competitors. Specifically, in the six months ended June 30, 2017 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2016, our comparable-store sales declined by $1.6 million. This was partly due to the fact that there were relatively few successful movie releases during the first six months of calendar year 2017. In the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2015, our comparable-store sales declined by $6.2 million. This was partly due to the fact that there was a material increase in the percentage of the motion picture industry’s 2016 total box-office receipts that stemmed from children’s or animated films that do not generally appeal to our more adult clientele. For 2016, industry reports noted that approximately 50% of industry sales from 2016’s Top-15 grossing films were from children’s or animated films (as opposed to 18% of industry sales from 2015’s Top-15 grossing films coming from children’s or animated films).

Although we target specified operating and financial metrics, new units may not meet these targets or may take longer than anticipated to do so. Any new location we open may not be profitable or achieve operating results similar to those of our existing units, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may not achieve the expected benefits and performance from strategic theater acquisitions.

In any acquisition, we expect to benefit from cost savings through, for example, the reduction of overhead and theater level costs, and from revenue enhancements resulting from the acquisition. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to generate sufficient cash flow from these acquisitions to service any indebtedness incurred to finance such acquisitions or realize any other anticipated benefits, nor can there be any assurance that our profitability will be improved by any one or more acquisitions. Any acquisition may involve operating risks, such as:

         the difficulty of assimilating and integrating the acquired operations and personnel into our current business;

         the potential disruption of our ongoing business;

16

         the diversion of management’s attention and other resources;

         the possible inability of management to maintain uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies;

         the risks of entering markets in which we have little or no experience;

         the potential impairment of relationships with employees;

         the possibility that any liabilities we may incur or assume may prove to be more burdensome than anticipated; and

         the possibility that the acquired theaters do not perform as expected.

We have no control over distributors of the films and our business may be adversely affected if our access to motion pictures is limited or delayed.

We rely on distributors of motion pictures, over whom we have no control, for the films that we exhibit. Major motion picture distributors are required by law to offer and license film to exhibitors, including us, on a film-by-film and theater-by-theater basis. Consequently, we cannot assure ourselves of a supply of motion pictures by entering into long-term arrangements with major distributors, but must compete for our licenses on a film-by-film and theater-by-theater basis. Our business depends on maintaining good relations with these distributors, as this affects our ability to negotiate commercially favorable licensing terms for first-run films or to obtain licenses at all. With only seven distributors representing approximately 90% of the U.S. box office in 2016, there is a high level of concentration in the industry. Our business may be adversely affected if our access to motion pictures is limited or delayed because of deterioration in our relationships with one or more distributors, or for some other reason. To the extent that we are unable to license a popular film for exhibition in our theaters, our operating results may be materially adversely affected.

We depend on motion picture production and performance.

Our ability to operate successfully depends upon the availability, diversity and appeal of motion pictures, our ability to license motion pictures and the performance of such motion pictures in our markets. Our revenues are dependent upon the timing and popularity of film releases by distributors. The most marketable films are usually released during the summer and the calendar year-end holiday seasons. Therefore, our business is subject to significant seasonal fluctuations, with higher attendance and revenues generally occurring during the summer months and holiday seasons. We license first-run motion pictures, the success of which has increasingly depended on the marketing efforts of the major motion picture studios. Poor performance of, or any disruption in the production of these motion pictures (including by reason of a strike or lack of adequate financing), or a reduction in the marketing efforts of the major motion picture studios, could hurt our business and results of operations. Conversely, the successful performance of these motion pictures, particularly the sustained success of any one motion picture, or an increase in effective marketing efforts of the major motion picture studios, may generate positive results for our business and operations in a specific quarter or year that may not necessarily be indicative of, or comparable to, future results of operations. Given the relatively small number of theaters and screens that we operate (particularly when compared to our larger competitors), if a major motion picture studio decides to delay the release of a first-run motion picture from one quarter to a subsequent quarter, that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in the earlier quarter. As movie studios rely on a smaller number of higher grossing “tent pole” films, there may be increased pressure for higher film licensing fees. In addition, a change in the type and breadth of movies offered by motion picture studios may adversely affect the demographic base of moviegoers. As a result of the foregoing factors, our results of operations may vary significantly from quarter to quarter and from year to year.

The motion picture exhibition industry has experienced fluctuations in attendance during recent years.

The U.S. motion picture exhibition industry has been subject to periodic short-term increases and decreases in attendance and box office revenues. According to the Motion Picture Association of America, attendance at movies in the United States and Canada was 1.32 billion during 2016 and 2015 and 1.27 billion during 2014. During the past ten years, attendance at movies in the United States and Canada has ranged from a high of 1.42 billion in 2009 to a low of 1.27 billion in 2014. We expect the cyclical nature of the U.S. motion picture exhibition industry to continue for the foreseeable future, and any decline in attendance could materially adversely affect our results of operations. To offset any decrease in attendance, we plan to offer products unique to the motion picture exhibition industry, such as specially selected alternative programming and a luxury in-theater dining experience. We cannot assure you, however, that our offering of such content and services will offset any decrease in attendance that the industry may experience.

17

An increase in the use of alternative film delivery methods or other forms of entertainment may drive down our attendance and limit our ticket prices.

We compete with other film delivery methods, including network, syndicated cable and satellite television and DVDs, as well as video-on-demand, pay-per-view services, video streaming and downloads via the Internet. We also compete for the public’s leisure time and disposable income with other forms of entertainment, including sporting events, amusement parks, live music concerts and live theater. An increase in the popularity of these alternative film delivery methods and other forms of entertainment could reduce attendance at our theaters, limit the prices we can charge for admission and materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our results of operations may be impacted by shrinking video release windows.

Over the last decade, the average video release window, which represents the time that elapses from the date of a film’s theatrical release to the date a film is available on DVD or similar on-demand release to an important downstream market, has decreased from approximately six months to approximately three to four months. If patrons choose to wait for a DVD release, video streaming or other home entertainment options rather than attend a theater for viewing the film, it may materially adversely impact our business and results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Several major film studios have tested premium video-on-demand products released in homes approximately simultaneously with a movie’s theatrical debut, which threatened the length of the release window. Additionally, for the past several years, Amazon Studios has been producing and acquiring original movies for theatrical release with video streaming available just four to eight weeks after their theatrical debut. We cannot assure you that the release window, which is determined by the film studios, will not shrink further or be eliminated altogether, which could have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations.

Our continued success depends in part on the continued popularity of our menu and the experience we offer guests.

Consumer tastes, nutritional and dietary trends, traffic patterns and the type, number, and location of competing restaurants often affect the restaurant business and our competitors may react more efficiently and effectively to those conditions. In addition, some of our competitors in the past have implemented programs that provide price discounts on certain menu offerings, and they may continue to do so in the future. If we are unable to continue to compete effectively, our traffic, sales and store-level operating profit margins could decline and our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected.

Food safety and food-borne illness incidents could adversely affect guests’ perception of our brand, result in lower sales and increase operating costs.

Food safety is a top priority and we dedicate substantial resources to help ensure that our guests enjoy safe, quality food products. However, food-borne illnesses and other food safety issues have occurred in the food industry in the past, and could occur in the future. A negative report or negative publicity, whether or not related to one of our iPic locations, may have an adverse impact on demand for our food and could result in decreased guest traffic to our units. A decrease in guest traffic to our iPic locations as a result of these health concerns or negative publicity could materially harm our brand, reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

Furthermore, our reliance on third-party food suppliers and distributors increases the risk that food-borne illness incidents could be caused by factors outside of our control and that multiple iPic locations would be affected. We cannot ensure that all food items will be properly maintained during transport throughout the supply chain and that our employees will identify all products that may be spoiled and should not be used. If our guests become ill from food-borne illnesses, we could be forced to temporarily close some units. Furthermore, any instances of food contamination, whether or not at iPic, could subject us or our suppliers to a food recall pursuant to the United States Food and Drug Administration’s recently enacted Food Safety Modernization Act.

Restaurant companies have been the target of class action lawsuits and other proceedings that are costly, divert management attention and, if successful, could result in our payment of substantial damages or settlement costs.

Our business is subject to the risk of litigation by employees, guests, suppliers, licensees, stockholders or others through private actions, class actions, administrative proceedings, regulatory actions or other litigation. The outcome of litigation, particularly class action and regulatory actions, is difficult to assess or quantify. In recent years, restaurant companies have been subject to lawsuits, including class action lawsuits, alleging violations of federal and state laws regarding

18

workplace and employment matters, discrimination and similar matters. A number of these lawsuits have resulted in the payment of substantial damages by the defendants. Similar lawsuits have been instituted from time to time alleging violations of various federal and state wage and hour laws regarding, among other things, employee meal deductions, overtime eligibility and failure to pay for all hours worked. Along those lines, a class action lawsuit was recently filed against us in California state court asserting failure to pay minimum wage, pay overtime wages, provide meal breaks and rest periods, and provide accurate itemized wage statements with respect to certain workers.  Because the case is new and we are not yet even due to respond to the complaint in the lawsuit, it is premature to determine whether this particular case would have a material impact on our business or results of operations. See “Business — Legal Proceedings.”

Occasionally, our guests file complaints or lawsuits against us alleging that we are responsible for some illness or injury they suffered at or after a visit to one of our locations, including actions seeking damages resulting from food-borne illness or accidents at our locations. We are also subject to a variety of other claims from third parties arising in the ordinary course of our business, including contract claims.

Regardless of whether any claims against us are valid or whether we are liable, claims may be expensive to defend and may divert time and money away from our operations. In addition, they may generate negative publicity, which could reduce guest traffic and sales. Although we maintain what we believe to be adequate levels of insurance to cover any of these liabilities, insurance may not be available at all or in sufficient amounts with respect to these or other matters. A judgment or other liability in excess of our insurance coverage for any claims or any adverse publicity resulting from claims could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our plans to open new units, and the ongoing need for capital expenditures at our existing units, require us to expend capital.

Our growth strategy depends on opening new units, which will require us to use cash flows from operations and a portion of the net proceeds of this Offering. We cannot assure you that cash flows from operations and the net proceeds of this Offering will be sufficient to allow us to implement our growth strategy. If this cash is not allocated efficiently among our various projects, or if any of these initiatives prove to be unsuccessful, we may experience reduced profitability and we could be required to delay, significantly curtail or eliminate planned openings, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and the price of our common stock.

In addition, as our units mature, our business will require capital expenditures for the maintenance, renovation and improvement of existing units to remain competitive and maintain the value of our brand standard. This creates an ongoing need for capital, and, to the extent we cannot fund capital expenditures from cash flows from operations, funds will need to be borrowed or otherwise obtained. If we cannot access the capital we need, we may not be able to execute on our growth strategy, take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures.

If the costs of funding new units or renovations or enhancements at existing iPic locations exceed budgeted amounts, and/or the time for building or renovation is longer than anticipated, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

We are subject to risks associated with leasing property subject to long-term non-cancelable leases.

We do not own any real property and all of our iPic locations are located in leased premises. The leases for our units generally have initial terms of 15 to 25 years and typically provide for two to four renewal options in five-year increments as well as for rent escalations.

Generally, our leases are net leases that require us to pay our share of the costs of real estate taxes, utilities, building operating expenses, insurance and other charges in addition to rent. We generally cannot cancel these leases. Additional sites that we lease are likely to be subject to similar long-term non-cancelable leases. If we close a unit, we nonetheless may be obligated to perform our monetary obligations under the applicable lease, including, among other things, payment of the base rent for the balance of the lease term. In addition, as each of our leases expire, we may fail to negotiate renewals, either on commercially acceptable terms or at all, which could cause us to close units in desirable locations.

As of June 30, 2017, we were a party to operating leases associated with our iPic locations and administrative offices requiring future minimum lease payments of $5.6 million for the remainder of 2017 and approximately $361.8 million thereafter, which minimum lease commitments are not reflected as liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet. We depend on cash flows from operations to pay our lease expenses and to fulfill our other cash needs. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operating activities and sufficient funds are not otherwise available to us from borrowings under the Non-Revolving Credit Facility (as defined in “Description of Indebtedness”) or other sources, we may not be able to service our lease expenses or fund our other liquidity and capital needs, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, our results of operations and our financial condition.

19

Our substantial debt could materially adversely affect our operations and prevent us from satisfying those debt obligations.

We have a significant amount of debt. As of June 30, 2017, we had outstanding $187.6 million of indebtedness, which consisted of $136.7 million under our Non-Revolving Credit Facility and $50.9 million of unsecured subordinated notes to related parties. As of June 30, 2017, we also had approximately $367.5 million of undiscounted rental payments under operating leases (with initial base terms generally between 15 to 25 years). While all of the unsecured subordinated notes to related parties will be repaid or cancelled in connection with this Offering, the amount of our remaining indebtedness and lease and other financial obligations could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:

         increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

         limit our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, dividend payments, acquisitions, general corporate purposes or other purposes;

         require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to the payment of lease rentals and principal and interest on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the funds available to us for operations and any future growth or other business opportunities;

         limit our planning flexibility for, or ability to react to, changes in our business and the industry; and

         place us at a competitive disadvantage with competitors who may have less indebtedness and other obligations or greater access to financing.

If we fail to make any required payment under our Non-Revolving Credit Facility or to comply with any of the financial and operating covenants contained therein, we would be in default. Lenders under our Non-Revolving Credit Facility could then vote to accelerate the maturity of the indebtedness under the Non-Revolving Credit Facility and foreclose upon the property that is pledged to secure the Non-Revolving Credit Facility, which property includes substantially all the assets of iPic-Gold Class and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, together with 100% of the equity interests of iPic-Gold Class. Other creditors might then accelerate other indebtedness. If the lenders under the Non-Revolving Credit Facility accelerate the maturity of the indebtedness thereunder, we might not have sufficient assets to satisfy our obligations under the Non-Revolving Credit Facility or our other indebtedness. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Limitations on the availability of capital may prevent deployment of strategic initiatives.

Our key strategic initiatives, including future upgrades of our Generation I and Generation II locations into our latest Generation III furniture, fixture and equipment, require significant capital expenditures to implement. Our net capital expenditures aggregated approximately $57.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 and $11.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. For calendar year 2018, we estimate that our gross cash outflows for capital expenditures will be approximately $15 million to $20 million, inclusive of $1 million to $5 million expected to be supplied in the form of tenant improvement financing. Over the subsequent three years, we estimate that our gross cash outflows for capital expenditures will be approximately $75 million to $85 million, inclusive of $30 million to $35 million expected to be supplied in the form of tenant improvement financing. Actual capital expenditures for calendar year 2018 and for the subsequent years may differ materially from our estimates. The lack of available capital resources due to business performance or other financial commitments could prevent or delay the deployment of innovations in our theaters and restaurants. We may have to seek additional financing or issue additional securities to fully implement our growth strategy. We cannot be certain that we will be able to obtain new financing on favorable terms, or at all. In addition, covenants under our existing indebtedness limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness, and the performance of any additional or improved theaters and restaurants may not be sufficient to service the related indebtedness that we are permitted to incur.

The agreements governing our indebtedness contain covenants that may limit our ability to take advantage of certain business opportunities advantageous to us.

The agreements governing our indebtedness contain various covenants that limit our ability to, among other things:

         incur or guarantee additional indebtedness;

         pay dividends or make other distributions to our stockholders;

20

         make restricted payments;

         incur liens;

         engage in transactions with affiliates; and

         enter into business combinations.

These restrictions could limit our ability to obtain future financing, make acquisitions or needed capital expenditures, withstand economic downturns in our business or the economy in general, conduct operations or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities that may arise.

We have a limited operating history which provides limited reference for you to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objectives.

We were formed in September 2010. Since we have a limited operating history, we are subject to the risks and uncertainties associated with early stage companies and have historically operated at a loss. Accordingly, you will have a limited basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objectives. As of the date hereof, we have 16 locations and have an additional four locations under construction. Our financial condition, results of operations and our future success will, to a significant extent, depend on our ability to continue to open restaurants and theaters throughout the United States and internationally and to achieve economies of scale. We cannot assure you that more restaurants and theaters can be opened on terms favorable to us or at all, or that if we open those restaurants and theaters, we will be able to operate our expanded business profitably. If we fail to achieve our business objectives, then we may not be able to realize our expected revenue growth, maintain our existing revenue levels or operate at a profit. Even if we do realize our business objectives, our business may not be profitable in the future.

We have had significant financial losses in previous years.

Historically, we have had operating losses, negative cash flows from operations and working capital deficiencies. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, and for the six months ended June 30, 2017, we reported net losses of $24.7 million, $34.2 million and $22.4 million, respectively. We expect to have significant net losses and negative cash flow for at least the next several years, as we incur additional costs and expenses for the continued development of new iPic locations. Whether, and when, the Company can attain profitability and positive cash flows from operations is uncertain. If we experience losses in the future, we may be unable to meet our payment obligations on our existing indebtedness, while attempting to expand our theater circuit and withstand competitive pressures or adverse economic conditions.

Our sales growth and ability to achieve profitability could be adversely affected if comparable-store sales decline or are less than we expect.

Comparable-store sales are a year-over-year comparison of sales at iPic locations open at the end of the period which have been open for at least 12 months prior to the start of such quarterly period. It is a key performance indicator used within the industry and is indicative of acceptance of our initiatives as well as local economic and consumer trends. The level of comparable-store sales will affect our sales growth and will continue to be a critical factor affecting our ability to generate profits because the profit margin on comparable-store sales is generally higher than the profit margin on new store sales. Our ability to increase comparable-store sales depends in part on our ability to successfully implement our initiatives to build sales. It is possible such initiatives will not be successful, and that we will not achieve our target comparable-store sales growth or that our comparable-store sales could decline, which may cause a decrease in sales growth and ability to achieve profitability that could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our results of operations are subject to fluctuations due to the timing of new iPic location openings and the relatively small number of iPic locations currently in operation.

The timing of new iPic location openings may result in significant fluctuations in our quarterly performance. We typically incur most cash pre-opening expenses for a new iPic within the six months immediately preceding, and the month of, the iPic’s opening. In addition, the labor and operating costs for a newly opened iPic during the first three to six months of operation are materially greater than what can be expected after that time, both in aggregate dollars and as a percentage of revenues. Additionally, a portion of a current year new location capital expenditures is related to iPic

21

locations that are not expected to open until the following year. Due to these substantial up-front financial requirements to open new iPic locations, the investment risk related to any single iPic is much larger than that associated with many other restaurants or entertainment venues.

Similarly, with respect to revenues, there is some ramp-up time following the opening of a new iPic during which time revenues from that particular location have not yet achieved what is to be expected once the location has been open for a period of three years. This will affect our revenues during periods when we open up one or more new iPic locations.

Furthermore, because we currently operate at only 16 locations, a problem at any one location may have a significant impact on our results of operations from period to period. For example, Hurricane Harvey negatively impacted our location in Houston, TX and Hurricane Irma negatively impacted our locations in Miami, FL and Boca Raton, FL, during the three months ended September 30, 2017.

The impact that general economic, political and social conditions in the United States have on consumer discretionary spending could materially adversely affect our business and financial performance.

Our success depends on general economic, political and social conditions and the willingness of consumers to spend money at restaurants and movie theaters. Any significant decrease in consumer confidence, or periods of economic slowdown or recession, could lead to a curtailing of discretionary spending, which in turn could reduce our revenues and results of operations and materially adversely affect our financial position. Our business is dependent upon consumer discretionary spending and therefore is affected by consumer confidence as well as the future performance of the United States economy. As a result, our results of operations are susceptible to economic slowdowns and recessions. Increases in job losses, home foreclosures, energy prices, investment losses in the financial markets, personal bankruptcies, credit card debt and home mortgage and other borrowing costs, declines in housing values and reduced access to credit, among other factors, may result in lower levels of customer traffic to our iPic locations, a decline in consumer confidence and a curtailing of consumer discretionary spending. We believe that consumers generally are more willing to make discretionary purchases during periods in which favorable economic conditions prevail. If economic conditions worsen, whether in the United States or in the communities in which our iPic locations are located, we could see deterioration in customer traffic or a reduction in the average amount customers spend in our iPic locations.

Geopolitical events, including the threat of domestic terrorism, gun violence or cyber-attacks, could cause people to avoid our theaters or other public places where large crowds are in attendance. For example, in the United States over the past several years, there have been several high-profile incidents involving shootings at movie theaters. In addition, due to our concentration in certain markets, natural or man-made disasters such as hurricanes, earthquakes, severe weather conditions, local strikes or increases in energy prices in those markets could adversely affect our overall results of operations.

Should we choose to expand internationally, the risks of doing business internationally could lower our revenues, increase our costs, reduce our profits or disrupt our business.

In the future, we may choose to open up iPic locations outside of the United States. If we should decide to expand internationally, we will become subject to the risks of doing business outside the United States, including:

         changes in foreign currency exchange rates or currency restructurings and hyperinflation or deflation in the countries in which we choose to operate;

         the imposition of restrictions on currency conversion or the transfer of funds or limitations on our ability to repatriate non-U.S. earnings in a tax effective manner;

         the presence and acceptance of varying levels of business corruption in international markets;

         the ability to comply with, or impact of complying with, complex and changing laws, regulations and policies of foreign governments that may affect investments or operations, including foreign ownership restrictions, import and export controls, tariffs, embargoes, intellectual property, licensing requirements and regulations, increases in taxes paid and other changes in applicable tax laws;

         the difficulties involved in managing an organization doing business in many different countries;

22

         the ability to comply with, or impact of complying with, complex and changing laws, regulations and economic and political policies of the U.S. government, including U.S. laws and regulations relating to economic sanctions, export controls and anti-boycott requirements;

         increases in anti-American sentiment and the identification of the licensed brand as an American brand;

         the effect of disruptions caused by severe weather, natural disasters, outbreak of disease or other events that make travel to a particular region less attractive or more difficult; and

         political and economic instability.

Any or all of these factors may materially adversely affect the performance of our iPic locations located in international markets. In particular, a potential international iPic location may be located in a volatile region that is subject to geopolitical and sociopolitical factors that pose risk to our business operations. In addition, the economy of any region in which our iPic locations are located may be adversely affected to a greater degree than that of other areas of the country or the world by certain developments affecting industries concentrated in that region or country. While these factors and the impact of these factors are difficult to predict, any one or more of them could materially lower our revenues, increase our costs, reduce our profits or disrupt our business.

Our recurring operating losses, members’ deficit, and working capital deficit have raised substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going concern.

We have sustained recurring operating losses since our inception. In addition, we had a members’ deficit, and a working capital deficit at December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, which raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. The perception of our ability to continue as a going concern may make it more difficult for us to obtain financing for the continuation of our operations and could result in the loss of confidence by investors, suppliers and employees. Our consolidated financial statements for all periods have been prepared assuming we will continue as a going concern. As discussed in the notes to those consolidated financial statements, our continuation as a going concern is dependent upon our ability to generate sufficient cash from operations, which is subject to achieving our operating plans, and the continued availability of funding sources. Historically, our main sources of funding have been the Non-Revolving Credit Facility, financing provided by the landlords at certain of our newly-developed locations, and funding from members. To date, we have not generated sufficient cash flows from operations to further access the Non-Revolving Credit Facility without additional equity infusions. We admitted new members in April 2017 and November 2017 that provided capital in the form of equity and debt of approximately $12,000,000 and $4,000,000, respectively.

As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, management has concluded that there was substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Our independent registered public accounting firm also included explanatory going concern language in their report accompanying our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016, included elsewhere in this Offering Circular.

It is not possible at this time for us to predict with assurance the potential success of our business. The revenue and income potential of our business and operations are unknown. We are uncertain whether the proceeds from this Offering will be sufficient to fund our operations to achieve profitability and positive cash flows. These uncertainties cast doubt upon our ability to continue as a going concern. If we cannot continue as a viable entity, we may be unable to continue our operations and you may lose some or all of your investment in our common stock.

If our cash flows prove inadequate to service our debt and provide for our other obligations, we may be required to refinance all or a portion of our existing debt or future debt at terms unfavorable to us.

Our ability to make payments on and refinance our debt and other financial obligations and to fund our capital expenditures and acquisitions will depend on our ability to generate substantial operating cash flow. This will depend on our future performance, which will be subject to prevailing economic conditions and to financial, business and other factors beyond our control. In addition, our notes require us to repay or refinance those notes when they come due. If our cash flows were to prove inadequate to meet our debt service, rental and other obligations in the future, we may be required to refinance all or a portion of our existing or future debt, on or before maturity, to sell assets or to obtain additional financing. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including our Non-Revolving Credit Facility, sell any such assets or obtain additional financing on commercially reasonable terms or at all. The terms of the agreements governing our indebtedness restrict, but do not prohibit us from incurring additional indebtedness. If we are in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in the Non-Revolving Credit

23

Facility and our other outstanding debt instruments, we may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness. If we incur additional indebtedness, the related risks that we face may intensify.

We may suffer future impairment losses and theater and other closure charges.

The opening of new theaters by certain of our competitors has drawn audiences away from some of our older theaters. In addition, demographic changes and competitive pressures have caused some of our theaters to become unprofitable. Since not all theaters are appropriate for our new initiatives, we may have to close certain theaters or recognize impairment losses related to the decrease in value of particular theaters. We review long-lived assets, including intangibles, for impairment as part of an ongoing process and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. Deterioration in the performance of our theaters could require us to recognize additional impairment losses and close additional theaters, which could have a material  adverse effect on the results of our operations. We continually monitor the performance of our theaters, and factors such as changing consumer preferences for filmed entertainment and our inability to sublease vacant retail space could negatively impact operating results and result in future closures, sales, dispositions and significant theater and other closure charges prior to expiration of underlying lease agreements.

We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property, which, in turn, could harm the value of our brands and adversely affect our business.

Our ability to implement our business plan successfully depends in part on our ability to further build brand recognition using our trademarks, service marks, trade dress, proprietary information and other intellectual property, including our name and logos and the unique character and atmosphere of our iPic locations. We rely on trademark, copyright, and trade secret laws, as well as license agreements, nondisclosure agreements, and confidentiality and other contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property. Nevertheless, our competitors may develop a similar character and atmosphere, menu items and concepts, and adequate remedies may not be available in the event of an unauthorized use or disclosure of our trade secrets and other intellectual property.

The success of our business depends on our continued ability to use our existing trademarks and service marks to increase brand awareness and further develop our brand in the markets in which we operate. We have registered and applied to register trademarks and service marks in the United States. We may not be able to adequately protect our trademarks and service marks, and our competitors and others may successfully challenge the validity and/or enforceability of our trademarks and service marks and other intellectual property. We have several patents issued, as well as several pending patent applications in the United States. Such patent applications are subject to the review by and normal course prosecution before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, which may result in the application’s revision or non-approval. As a result, we may not be able to adequately protect the inventions covered by these patent applications, and our competitors and others may benefit as a result of their publication. The steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property in the United States may not be adequate. In addition, should we choose to expand internationally, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property to the same extent as the laws of the United States.

If our efforts to maintain and protect our intellectual property are inadequate, or if any third party misappropriates, dilutes or infringes on our intellectual property, the value of our brands may be harmed, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and might prevent our brands from achieving or maintaining market acceptance.

We may also from time to time be required to institute litigation to enforce our trademarks, service marks and other intellectual property. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could negatively affect our sales, profitability and prospects regardless of whether we are able to successfully enforce our rights.

Third parties may assert that we infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate their intellectual property and may sue us for intellectual property infringement. Even if we are successful in these proceedings, we may incur substantial costs, and the time and attention of our management and other personnel may be diverted in pursuing these proceedings. If a court finds that we infringe a third party’s intellectual property, we may be required to pay damages and/or be subject to an injunction. With respect to any third party intellectual property that we use or wish to use in our business (whether or not asserted against us in litigation), we may not be able to enter into licensing or other arrangements with the owner of such intellectual property at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms.

Our business could be adversely affected if we incur legal liability.

We are subject to, and in the future may become a party to, a variety of litigation or other claims and suits that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of our business. Regardless of the merits of the claims, the cost to defend

24

current and future litigation may be significant, and such matters can be time-consuming and divert management’s attention and resources. The results of litigation and other legal proceedings are inherently uncertain, and adverse judgments or settlements in some or all of these legal disputes may result in materially adverse monetary damages, penalties or injunctive relief against us. Any claims or litigation, even if fully indemnified or insured, could damage our reputation and make it more difficult to compete effectively or to obtain adequate insurance in the future.

While we maintain insurance for certain potential liabilities, such insurance does not cover all types and amounts of potential liabilities and is subject to various exclusions as well as caps on amounts recoverable. Even if we believe a claim is covered by insurance, insurers may dispute our entitlement to recovery for a variety of potential reasons, which may affect the timing and, if they prevail, the amount of our recovery.

Our business is subject to risks related to our sale of alcoholic beverages.

We serve alcoholic beverages at all of our locations. Alcoholic beverage control regulations generally require our locations to apply to a state authority and, in certain locations, county or municipal authorities for a license that must be renewed annually and may be revoked or suspended for cause at any time. Alcoholic beverage control regulations relate to numerous aspects of daily operations of our locations, including minimum age of patrons and employees, hours of operation, advertising, trade practices, wholesale purchasing, other relationships with alcohol manufacturers, wholesalers and distributors, inventory control and handling, storage and dispensing of alcoholic beverages. Any future failure to comply with these regulations and obtain or retain licenses could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are also subject in certain states to “dram shop” statutes, which generally provide a person injured by an intoxicated person the right to recover damages from an establishment that wrongfully served alcoholic beverages to the intoxicated person. We carry liquor liability coverage as part of our existing comprehensive general liability insurance. Recent litigation against restaurant chains has resulted in significant judgments and settlements under dram shop statutes. Because these cases often seek punitive damages, which may not be covered by insurance, such litigation could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Regardless of whether any claims against us are valid or whether we are liable, claims may be expensive to defend and may divert time and resources away from operations and hurt our financial performance. A judgment significantly in excess of our insurance coverage or not covered by insurance could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Shortages or interruptions in the supply or delivery of food products could adversely affect our operating results.

We are dependent on frequent deliveries of food products that meet our exact specifications. Shortages or interruptions in the supply of food products caused by problems in production or distribution, inclement weather, unanticipated demand or other conditions could adversely affect the availability, quality and cost of ingredients, which would adversely affect our operating results.

Disruption of our relationships with various vendors could substantially harm our business.

We rely on our relationships with several key studios in the operations of our business. These relationships include:

         Paramount Pictures/Dreamworks

         Sony Pictures

         20th Century Fox

         Universal Film Exchanges

         Walt Disney Studio Pictures

         Warner Brothers

Although our senior management has long-standing relationships with each of these vendors, we could experience deterioration or loss of any of our vendor relationships, which would significantly disrupt our operations until an alternative source is secured.

25

We are subject to substantial government regulation, which could entail significant cost.

We are subject to various federal, state and local laws, regulations and administrative practices affecting our business, and we must comply with provisions regulating health and sanitation standards, equal employment, environmental, and licensing for the sale of food and, in some theaters, alcoholic beverages. Our new theater openings could be delayed or prevented or our existing theaters could be impacted by difficulties or failures in our ability to obtain or maintain required approvals or licenses. Changes in existing laws or implementation of new laws, regulations and practices could have a significant impact on our business. A significant portion of our theater level employees are part time workers who are paid at or near the applicable minimum wage in the theater’s jurisdiction. Increases in the minimum wage, such as those that occurred in 18 states on January 1, 2018, and implementation of reforms requiring the provision of additional benefits will increase our labor costs.

The restaurant industry is subject to extensive federal, state, local and international laws and regulations. The development and operation of restaurants depend to a significant extent on the selection and acquisition of suitable sites, which are subject to building, zoning, land use, environmental, traffic and other regulations and requirements. We are subject to licensing and regulation by state and local authorities relating to health, sanitation, safety and fire standards and the sale of alcoholic beverages. We are subject to laws and regulations relating to the preparation and sale of food, including regulations regarding product safety, nutritional content and menu labeling. We are subject to federal, state, and local laws governing employment practices and working conditions. These laws cover wage and hour practices, labor relations, paid and family leave, workplace safety, and immigration, among others. The myriad of laws and regulations being passed at the state and local level creates unique challenges for a multi-state employer as different standards apply to different locations, sometimes with conflicting requirements. We must continue to monitor and adapt our employment practices to comply with these various laws and regulations.

Provisions in the Affordable Care Act require restaurant companies such as ours to disclose calorie information on their menus and to make available more detailed nutrition information upon request; however, regulations implementing those statutory provisions have been delayed until May 2018. We do not expect to incur any material costs from compliance with these provisions, but cannot anticipate any changes to guest behavior resulting from the implementation of this portion of the law, which could have an adverse effect on our sales or results of operations.

We are subject to laws relating to information security, privacy, cashless payments and consumer credit, protection and fraud. An increasing number of governments and industry groups have established data privacy laws and standards for the protection of personal information, including social security numbers, financial information (including credit card numbers), and health information. Compliance with these laws and regulations can be costly, and any failure or perceived failure to comply with those laws or any breach of our systems could harm our reputation or lead to litigation, which could adversely affect our financial condition.

Our theaters that sell alcohol require each location to apply to a state authority and, in certain locations, county or municipal authorities for a license that must be renewed annually and may be revoked or suspended for cause at any time. Alcoholic beverage control regulations relate to numerous aspects of daily operations of our locations, including the minimum age of patrons and employees, hours of operation, advertising, trade practices, wholesale purchasing, other relationships with alcohol manufacturers, wholesalers and distributors, inventory control and handling, storage and dispensing of alcoholic beverages. We are also subject in certain states to “dram shop” statutes, which generally provide a person injured by an intoxicated person the right to recover damages from an establishment that wrongfully served alcoholic beverages to the intoxicated person. We may decide not to obtain liquor licenses in certain jurisdictions due to the high costs associated with obtaining liquor licenses in such jurisdictions.

We operate locations throughout the United States and are subject to the environmental laws and regulations of those jurisdictions, particularly laws governing the cleanup of hazardous materials and the management of properties. We might in the future be required to participate in the cleanup of a property that we lease, or at which we have been alleged to have disposed of hazardous materials from one of our locations. In certain circumstances, we might be solely responsible for any such liability under environmental laws, and such claims could be material.

Our theaters must comply with Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (“ADA”). Compliance with the ADA requires that public accommodations “reasonably accommodate” individuals with disabilities and that new construction or alterations made to “commercial facilities” conform to accessibility guidelines unless “structurally impracticable” for new construction or technically infeasible for alterations. Non-compliance with the ADA could result in the imposition of injunctive relief, fines, and an award of damages to private litigants or additional capital expenditures to remedy such noncompliance, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial condition.

26

The impact of current laws and regulations, the effect of future changes in laws or regulations that impose additional requirements and the consequences of litigation relating to current or future laws and regulations, or an insufficient or ineffective response to significant regulatory or public policy issues, could negatively impact our cost structure, operational efficiencies and talent availability, and therefore have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Failure to comply with the laws and regulatory requirements of federal, state and local authorities could result in, among other things, revocation of required licenses, administrative enforcement actions, fines and civil and criminal liability. Compliance with these laws and regulations can be costly and can increase our exposure to litigation or governmental investigations or proceedings.

We depend on key personnel for our current and future performance.

Our current and future performance depends to a significant degree upon the retention of our senior management team and other key personnel. The loss or unavailability to us, or damage to the reputation, of any member of our senior management team or a key employee — including, without limitation, Mr. Hamid Hashemi, our founder, President and CEO — could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We believe that our future success will depend on our continued ability to attract and retain highly skilled and qualified personnel. There is a high level of competition for experienced, successful personnel in our industry. We cannot assure you that we would be able to locate or employ qualified replacements for senior management or key employees on acceptable terms.

We rely on our information systems to conduct our business, and any failure to protect these systems against security breaches or failure of these systems themselves could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and liquidity and could result in litigation and penalties. Additionally, if these systems fail or become unavailable for any significant period of time, our business could be materially harmed.

The efficient operation of our business is dependent on computer hardware and software systems. Among other things, these systems collect and store certain personal information from customers, vendors and employees and process customer payment information. Our mobile application allows patrons to purchase tickets, select seats and order food and beverage. Our information systems and the sensitive data they are designed to protect are vulnerable to security breaches by computer hackers, cyber terrorists and other cyber attackers, and employees exceeding their authorized access. We rely on security measures and technology typical of our industry to securely maintain confidential and proprietary information maintained on our information systems, and we rely on our third party vendors to take appropriate measures to protect the confidentiality of the information on those information systems. However, these measures and technology may not adequately prevent security breaches. Our information systems may become unavailable or fail to perform as anticipated for any reason, including viruses, loss of power or human error. Any significant interruption or failure of our information systems or those maintained by our third party vendors or any significant breach of security could materially adversely affect (i) our reputation with our customers, vendors and employees, (ii) our brand name, and (iii) our business, results of operations and financial condition. Any of the foregoing could result in litigation against us or the imposition of penalties. A significant interruption, failure or breach of the security of our information systems or those of our third party vendors could also require us to expend significant resources to upgrade the security measures and technology that guard sensitive data against computer hackers, cyber terrorists and other cyber attackers. We maintain cyber risk insurance coverage to protect against such risks, however, there can be no assurance that such coverage will be adequate.

Changes in privacy laws could adversely affect our ability to market our products effectively.

Our cinemas rely on a variety of direct marketing techniques, including email marketing. Any expansion on existing and/or new laws and regulations regarding marketing, solicitation or data protection could adversely affect the continuing effectiveness of our email and other marketing techniques and could result in changes to our marketing strategy which could adversely impact our attendance levels and revenues.

Risks Relating to Our Organizational Structure

Our principal asset after the completion of this Offering will be our interest in Holdings, and Holdings’s principal asset will be its interest in iPic-Gold Class, and, accordingly, we will depend on distributions that iPic-Gold Class makes to Holdings and that Holdings makes to us to pay our taxes and expenses. iPic-Gold Class’s ability to make such distributions may be subject to various limitations and restrictions.

Upon the consummation of this Offering, we will be a holding company and will have no material assets other than our ownership of LLC Interests of Holdings, which is itself a holding company that will have no material assets other than

27

its ownership of limited liability company interests of iPic-Gold Class. As such, we will have no independent means of generating revenue or cash flow, and our ability to pay our taxes and operating expenses or declare and pay dividends in the future, if any, will be dependent upon the financial results and cash flows of iPic-Gold Class and its subsidiaries and distributions we receive indirectly from iPic-Gold Class. There can be no assurance that our subsidiaries will generate sufficient cash flow to directly or indirectly distribute funds to us or that applicable state law and contractual restrictions, including negative covenants in our debt instruments, will permit such distributions.

Both Holdings and iPic-Gold Class will continue to be treated as pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, will not be subject to any entity-level U.S. federal income tax. Instead, taxable income will be allocated to holders of LLC Interests, including us. Accordingly, we will incur income taxes on our allocable share of any net taxable income of Holdings. Under the terms of the Holdings LLC Agreement, Holdings will be obligated to make tax distributions to holders of LLC Interests, including us. In addition to tax expenses, we will also incur expenses related to our operations, which we expect could be significant. We intend, as the sole manager of Holdings, which is itself the sole managing member of iPic-Gold Class, to cause iPic-Gold Class to make cash distributions to Holdings out of which (i) Holdings will make cash distributions to the owners of LLC Interests, in an amount sufficient to fund all or part of their tax obligations in respect of taxable income allocated to them and (ii) Holdings will make cash payments to us in an amount sufficient to cover our other expenses. However, Holdings’s and iPic-Glass Class’s ability to make such distributions and payments may be subject to various limitations and restrictions, such as restrictions on distributions that would either violate any contract or agreement to which Holdings or iPic-Gold Class is then a party, including debt agreements, or any applicable law, or that would have the effect of rendering either Holdings or iPic-Gold Class insolvent. If we do not have sufficient funds to pay tax or other liabilities or to fund our operations, we may have to borrow funds, which could materially adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition and subject us to various restrictions imposed by any such lenders. See “The Transactions — Holdings LLC Agreement — Distributions.” In addition, if neither Holdings nor iPic-Gold Class has sufficient funds to make distributions, our ability to declare and pay cash dividends will also be restricted or impaired. See “— Risks Relating to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock” and “Dividend Policy.”

Unanticipated changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We are subject to taxation by U.S. federal, state and local tax authorities, and we may in the future be subject to taxation by foreign tax authorities. As a result, our tax liabilities will be affected by the allocation of expenses to differing jurisdictions. Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:

         changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;

         expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowances;

         tax effects of stock-based compensation;

         changes in tax laws, regulations or interpretations thereof; or

         future earnings being lower than anticipated in countries where we have lower statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated earnings in countries where we have higher statutory tax rates.

In addition, we may be subject to audits of our income, sales and other transaction taxes by U.S. federal, state and local taxing authorities, and we may in the future be subject to audits by foreign taxing authorities. Outcomes from these audits could have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

If we were deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), as a result of our direct ownership of Holdings and our indirect ownership of iPic-Gold Class, applicable restrictions could make it impractical for us to continue our business as contemplated and could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Under Sections 3(a)(1)(A) and (C) of the 1940 Act, a company generally will be deemed to be an “investment company” for purposes of the 1940 Act if (i) it is, or holds itself out as being, engaged primarily, or proposes to engage primarily, in the business of investing, reinvesting or trading in securities or (ii) it engages, or proposes to engage, in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading in securities and it owns or proposes to acquire

28

investment securities having a value exceeding 40% of the value of its total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. We do not believe that we are an “investment company,” as such term is defined in either of those sections of the 1940 Act.

iPic Entertainment will be the sole manager of Holdings, and Holdings will be the sole managing member of iPic-Gold Class. As a result, we will indirectly control and operate iPic-Gold Class. On that basis, we believe that our interest in iPic-Gold Class is not an “investment security” as that term is used in the 1940 Act. However, if we were to cease participation in the management of iPic-Gold Class, our interest in iPic-Gold Class could be deemed an “investment security” for purposes of the 1940 Act.

We, Holdings and iPic-Gold Class intend to conduct our operations so that we will not be deemed an investment company. However, if we were to be deemed an investment company, restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act, including limitations on our capital structure and our ability to transact with affiliates, could make it impractical for us to continue our business as contemplated and could have a material adverse effect on our business.

iPic is controlled by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners, whose interests may differ from those of our public stockholders.

Immediately following this Offering and the application of net proceeds from this Offering, the Continuing iPic Equity Owners will control approximately 82.5% of the combined voting power of our common stock through their ownership of Class B Common Stock. The Continuing iPic Equity Owners will, for the foreseeable future, have significant influence over our corporate management and affairs, and will be able to control virtually all matters requiring stockholder approval. The Continuing iPic Equity Owners are able to, subject to applicable law, elect a majority of the members of our board of directors and control actions to be taken by us and our board of directors, including amendments to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and approval of significant corporate transactions, including mergers and sales of substantially all of our assets. The directors so elected will have the authority, subject to the terms of our indebtedness and applicable rules and regulations, to issue additional stock, implement stock repurchase programs, declare dividends and make other decisions. It is possible that the interests of the Continuing iPic Equity Owners may in some circumstances conflict with our interests and the interests of our other stockholders, including you. For example, the Continuing iPic Equity Owners may have different tax positions from us that could influence their decisions regarding whether and when to dispose of assets, and whether and when to incur new or refinance existing indebtedness. In addition, the determination of future tax reporting positions, the structuring of future transactions and the handling of any future challenges by any taxing authority to our tax reporting positions may take into consideration these Continuing iPic Equity Owners’ tax or other considerations, which may differ from the considerations of us or our other stockholders.

In addition, certain of the Continuing iPic Equity Owners are in the business of making or advising on investments in companies and hold, and may from time to time in the future acquire, interests in or provide advice to businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business or the business of our suppliers. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, none of the Continuing iPic Equity Owners or any director who is not employed by us or his or her affiliates will have any duty to refrain from engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business as us. The Continuing iPic Equity Owners may also pursue acquisitions that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.

Fluctuations in our tax obligations and effective tax rate and realization of our deferred tax assets may result in volatility of our operating results.

We are subject to income taxes in various U.S. jurisdictions. We record tax expense based on our estimates of future payments, which may include reserves for uncertain tax positions in multiple tax jurisdictions, and valuation allowances related to certain net deferred tax assets. At any one time, many tax years may be subject to audit by various taxing jurisdictions. The results of these audits and negotiations with taxing authorities may affect the ultimate settlement of these issues. We expect that throughout the year there could be ongoing variability in our quarterly tax rates as events occur and exposures are evaluated.

In addition, our effective tax rate in a given financial statement period may be materially impacted by a variety of factors including but not limited to changes in the mix and level of earnings, varying tax rates in the different jurisdictions in which we operate, fluctuations in the valuation allowance or by changes to existing accounting rules or regulations.

29

Further, tax legislation may be enacted in the future which could negatively impact our current or future tax structure and effective tax rates.

We are subject to complex taxation and could be subject to changes in our tax rates, the adoption of new U.S. or international tax legislation or exposure to additional tax liabilities.

We are subject to many different forms of taxation in the U.S. and, should we expand internationally, we will also be subject to different forms of taxation in those foreign jurisdictions where we operate. The tax authorities may not agree with the determinations that we made and such disagreements could result in lengthy legal disputes and, ultimately, in the payment of substantial amounts for tax, interest and penalties, which could have a material impact on our results. Additionally, current economic and political conditions make tax rates in any jurisdiction, including the U.S., subject to significant change. Our future effective tax rates could be affected by changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, or changes in tax laws or their interpretation. If the Company’s effective tax rates were to increase, or if the ultimate determination of the Company’s taxes owed in the U.S. or foreign jurisdictions is for an amount in excess of amounts previously accrued, the Company’s operating results, cash flows, and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Recently enacted changes to the U.S. tax laws may have a material adverse impact on our business or financial condition.

On December 20, 2017, the U.S. House of Representatives and the U.S. Senate each voted to approve the Tax Cut and Jobs Act and, on December 22, 2017, President Trump signed the Tax Cut and Jobs Act into law. The Tax Cut and Jobs Act includes provisions that, among other things, reduce the U.S. corporate tax rate, introduce a deduction for certain income earned through pass-through entities, introduce a capital investment deduction, limit the interest deduction, limit the use of net operating losses to offset future taxable income, and make extensive changes to the U.S. international tax system, including the taxation of the accumulated foreign earnings. The limitation on the use of net operating losses to offset future taxable income could result in iPic Entertainment’s being required to pay cash taxes or Holdings’s being required to make tax distributions in an earlier year than would be the case under existing law. In addition, the limitation on the interest deduction could result in the deferral of interest deductions on a portion of our indebtedness to subsequent years (in which our interest deductions would also be subject to limitation and potential deferral), which could materially increase iPic Entertainment’s liability for taxes or the amount of tax distributions Holdings would be required to make in any affected years. Other provisions of the Tax Cut and Jobs Act, such as the reduction in the U.S. corporate tax rate and the capital investment deduction, could have the effect of reducing the amount of taxes to which iPic Entertainment would otherwise have been subject or the amount of tax distributions Holdings would otherwise be required to make in a particular taxable year. The Tax Cut and Jobs Act is complex and far-reaching and we cannot predict the resulting impact its enactment will have on us.

Risks Relating to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

There is no existing market for our common stock, and we do not know if one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity to sell our common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price you paid in this Offering. Downward pressure on the stock price could encourage short-selling.

Prior to this Offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. While we have applied for the listing of our Class A Common Stock on NASDAQ, there can be no assurance that our Class A Common Stock will be quoted or will continue to be quoted on NASDAQ or that a meaningful, consistent and liquid trading market will develop. As a result, our stockholders may not be able to sell or liquidate their holdings in a timely manner or at the then-prevailing trading price of our Class A Common Stock. The initial public offering price for the shares will be determined by negotiations between us and the Selling Agents and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market, and the value of our common stock may decrease from the initial public offering price.

In particular, several other companies that have recently completed initial public offerings pursuant to Regulation A have experienced significant stock price declines following their initial public offerings and short sales in the market may have contributed to these stock price declines. Short selling is a technique used by a stockholder to take advantage of an anticipated decline in the price of a security. Short selling occurs when an individual borrows shares from an investor through a broker and then sells those borrowed shares at the current market price. To the extent the stock price declines, the short seller profits when the stock price falls because he or she can repurchase the stock at a lower price and pay

30

back the person from whom he or she borrowed, thereby making a profit. A significant number of short sales within a relatively short period of time can create downward pressure on the market price of a security. Therefore, if there are significant short sales of our common stock following this Offering, the trading price of our common stock could decline materially, which could cause any of our existing stockholders to sell their shares thereby creating further downward pressure on the trading price of our common stock. It is not possible to predict how much the trading price of our common stock may decline in the event any such short selling occurs, but you could lose all or part of your investment.

The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.

The trading price of our common stock could be volatile, and you can lose all or part of your investment. The following factors, in addition to other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this Offering Circular, may have a significant impact on the market price of our common stock:

         announcements of innovations or new services by us or our competitors;

         any adverse changes to our relationship with our customers or suppliers;

         variations in the costs of products that we use in our restaurants or theaters;

         announcements concerning our competitors or the restaurant and movie theater industry in general;

         achievement of expected sales and profitability;

         supply or distribution shortages;

         adverse actions taken by regulatory agencies with respect to our services or the products we use;

         actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results;

         changes in financial estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;

         trading volume of our common stock;

         sales of our common stock by us, our executive officers and directors or our stockholders in the future;

         general economic and market conditions and overall fluctuations in the U.S. equity markets; and

         changes in accounting principles.

In addition, broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance, and factors beyond our control may cause our stock price to decline rapidly and unexpectedly.

We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.

Our share price may be volatile and, in the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Litigation of this type could result in substantial costs and diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could adversely impact our business. Any adverse determination in litigation could also subject us to significant liabilities.

Immediately following the consummation of this Offering, the Continuing iPic Equity Owners will have the right to have their LLC Interests redeemed pursuant to the terms of the Holdings LLC Agreement.

After this Offering, we will have an aggregate of 87,614,371 shares of Class A Common Stock authorized but unissued, including approximately 10,220,629 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon redemption of LLC Interests that will be held by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners. Holdings will enter into the Holdings LLC Agreement and, subject to certain restrictions set forth therein and as described elsewhere in this Offering Circular, the Continuing iPic Equity Owners will be entitled to have their LLC Interests redeemed for shares of our Class A Common Stock. We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our Class A Common Stock or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of shares of our Class A Common Stock may have on the market price of our Class A Common Stock. Sales

31

or distributions of substantial amounts of our Class A Common Stock, including shares issued in connection with an acquisition, or the perception that such sales or distributions could occur, may cause the market price of our Class A Common Stock to decline.

Investors purchasing common stock in this Offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this Offering and future equity issuances.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this Offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your stock, because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the net tangible book value (deficit) per share of the shares you acquire. As a result, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our assets after subtracting our liabilities. The pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share, calculated as of June 30, 2017 and after giving effect to the Offering (based on the initial public offering price of $18.50 per share and after deducting selling agents discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us), is $(3.16). Investors purchasing common stock in this Offering will experience an immediate and substantial dilution of $21.66 per share, based on the initial public offering price of $18.50 per share. To the extent outstanding options are ultimately exercised, there will be further dilution to investors in this Offering. In addition, if the Selling Agents exercise their warrants to purchase additional shares, or if we issue additional equity securities in the future, investors purchasing common stock in this Offering will experience additional dilution.

As a result of this dilution, investors purchasing stock in this Offering may receive significantly less than the purchase price paid in this Offering in the event of liquidation. See “Dilution.”

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market by our existing stockholders could cause our stock price to fall.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. Substantially all of our existing stockholders are subject to lock-up agreements with the Selling Agents that restrict the stockholders’ ability to transfer shares of our common stock for 180 days following the latest date that the Commission declares the Offering Statement of which this Offering Circular forms a part qualified, subject to certain exceptions. The lock-up agreements limit the number of shares of common stock that may be sold immediately following this Offering. After this Offering, we will have 12,385,629 outstanding shares of Common Stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of January 5, 2018.

The shares of Class A Common Stock issued in this Offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any shares of our Class A Common Stock that may be held or acquired by our directors, executive officers and other affiliates, as that term is defined in the Securities Act, which will be restricted securities under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may not be sold in the public market unless the sale is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is available.

We and each of our directors, executive officers and holders of substantially all of our outstanding common stock, which collectively will hold 82.5% of our outstanding common stock after giving effect to the sale of the maximum shares in this Offering, have agreed with the Selling Agents, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, shares of common stock during the period from the date of this Offering Circular continuing through the date 180 days following the latest date that the Commission declares the Offering Statement of which this Offering Circular forms a part qualified, except with the prior written consent of TriPoint, and except, in our case, that we will be allowed to take the actions described above after 120 days in the event that the closing price of the shares of Class A Common Stock exceeds the per share price to public of the Offering for each of at least 10 consecutive trading days. See “Plan of Distribution.” In addition, shares issued or issuable upon exercise of options or warrants vested as of the expiration of the lock-up period will be eligible for sale at that time. Sales of stock by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our Class A Common Stock. All of our shares of Common Stock outstanding as of the date of this Offering Circular may be sold in the public market by existing stockholders following the expiration of the applicable lock-up period, subject to applicable limitations imposed under federal securities laws.

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of Class A Common Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of outstanding options under our stock plans and outstanding IPO RSUs. Any such Form S-8 registration statements will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such

32

registration statements will be available for sale in the open market following the expiration of the applicable lock-up period, upon exercise of options vested at such time.

Moreover, after this Offering, holders of an aggregate of 7,432,377 shares of our common stock will have rights, subject to certain conditions such as the 180-day lock-up arrangement described above, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares held by our affiliates. Any sales of securities by these stockholders could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

In the future, we may also issue additional securities if we need to raise capital, which could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of common stock.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business or our markets, or if they adversely change their recommendations or publish negative reports regarding our business or our stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us, our business, our markets or our competitors. We do not have any control over these analysts and we cannot provide any assurance that analysts will cover us or provide favorable coverage. If any of the analysts who may cover us adversely change their recommendation regarding our stock, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, our stock price could decline. If any analyst who may cover us were to cease coverage of our Company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive in this Offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this Offering and you will be relying on their judgment in applying these proceeds. Our management might not apply our net proceeds in ways that ultimately increase the value of your investment.

We intend to cause iPic-Gold Class to use the proceeds that it receives from this Offering as follows: (i) to pay fees and expenses other than the selling agents discounts and commissions of approximately $1,200,000 in connection with this Offering and the Transactions, and (ii) to use approximately $35.9 million for general corporate purposes, including opening new iPic locations and renovating existing iPic locations. If we sell all of the Shares offered in this Offering, we believe that the net proceeds of this Offering, together with our current resources, will allow us to fund our operations for at least the next 12 months.

Our management might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use our net proceeds from this Offering.

Because we do not intend to declare cash dividends on our shares of common stock in the foreseeable future, stockholders must rely on appreciation of the value of our common stock, if any, for any return on their investment.

We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, we expect that only appreciation of the price of our common stock, if any, will provide a return to investors in this Offering for the foreseeable future. See “Dividend Policy.”

The requirements of being a public company, including compliance with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and NASDAQ, may strain our resources, increase our costs and distract management, and we may be unable to comply with these requirements in a timely or cost-effective manner.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the corporate governance standards of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), and NASDAQ. As a result, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other costs that we did not incur as a private company. These requirements will place a strain on our management, systems and resources and we will incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses that we have not incurred as a private

33

company. The Exchange Act will require us to file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition within specified time periods and to prepare a proxy statement with respect to our annual meeting of stockholders. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act will require that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. NASDAQ will require that we comply with various corporate governance requirements. To maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting and comply with the Exchange Act and NASDAQ requirements, significant resources and management oversight will be required. This may divert management’s attention from other business concerns and lead to significant costs associated with compliance, which could have a material adverse effect on us and the price of our common stock.

We also expect that it could be difficult and will be significantly more expensive to obtain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. Advocacy efforts by stockholders and third parties may also prompt even more changes in governance and reporting requirements. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of these costs.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and may identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, which may result in material misstatements of our consolidated financial statements or cause us to fail to meet our periodic reporting obligations.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Specifically, we do not have an effective control environment because we do not have formalized internal control policies and procedures. We have also identified material weaknesses related to our lack of adequate review of complex accounting matters, improperly designed period end financial reporting controls, and improperly designed information technology controls.

We are implementing measures designed to improve our internal control over financial reporting to remediate these material weaknesses, including controls designed to require reviews of complex areas in a timely manner. In addition, we are designing and implementing improved processes and internal controls throughout the organization, including enhancing our control environment and redesigning and implementing controls over information technology and our period end financial reporting process such as formalizing our internal control documentation and strengthening supervisory reviews by our management. While we are designing, documenting and implementing improved processes and internal controls, we cannot predict the success of such measures or the outcome of our assessment of these measures at this time. We can give no assurance that additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting will not be identified in the future. Our failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could result in errors in our financial statements that could result in a restatement of our consolidated financial statements or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations.

We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC following the date which is the later of the date we are an accelerated filer or a large accelerated filer, and the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. We will be required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff. We have begun the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404, when applicable, and we may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion.

34

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated Bylaws contain provisions that make it more difficult to effect a change in control of the company.

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective upon the closing of this Offering will contain provisions that could have the effect of rendering more difficult or discouraging an acquisition deemed undesirable by our board of directors. Our corporate governance documents will include provisions that:

         authorize blank check preferred stock, which could be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to our common stock;

         limit the liability of, and provide indemnification to, our directors and officers;

         limit the ability of our stockholders to call and bring business before special meetings and to take action by written consent in lieu of a meeting;

         require advance notice of stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election to our board of directors;

         require that directors only be removed from office for cause; and

         limit the determination of the number of directors on our board and the filling of vacancies or newly created seats on the board to our board of directors then in office.

Further, we are subject to the anti-takeover provisions of section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits us from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. The application of section 203 could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control that could be advantageous to the stockholders.

These provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law, alone or together, could delay or deter hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management. Any provision of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Amended and Restated Bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock. Even in the absence of a takeover attempt, the existence of these provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock if they are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future.

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed to us or our stockholders by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising under the DGCL or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. By becoming a stockholder in our Company, you will be deemed to have notice of and have consented to the provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation related to choice of forum. The choice of forum provision in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation may limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

35

THE TRANSACTIONS

Prior to the consummation of this Offering and the organizational transactions described below, the business and operations of the Company were conducted through iPic-Gold Class. iPic Entertainment was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on October 18, 2017 to serve as the issuer of the Class A Common Stock offered hereby. Holdings was formed as a Delaware limited liability company on December 22, 2017 to hold the equity interests in iPic-Gold Class. iPic Entertainment will be the sole manager of Holdings, and Holdings will be the sole managing member of iPic-Gold Class immediately following the completion of the Transactions.

Prior to the Transactions, the only members of iPic Gold Class were the Original iPic Equity Owners. iPic-Gold Class was treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, was not subject to any U.S. federal entity-level income taxes. Rather, taxable income or loss was included in the U.S. federal income tax returns of iPic-Gold Class’s members.

Transactions

Immediately prior to or in connection with the closing of this Offering, we and the Original iPic Equity Owners will consummate the following organizational transactions:

         all of the membership interests in iPic-Gold Class will be contributed by the Original iPic Equity Owners to Holdings in exchange for all of the membership interests in Holdings (the “LLC Interests”), following which iPic-Gold Class will be 100% owned and controlled by Holdings;

         we will amend and restate the limited liability company agreement of Holdings (the “Holdings LLC Agreement”), to, among other things, provide for the organizational structure described below under “Organizational Structure Following this Offering”

         we will amend and restate the limited liability company agreement of iPic-Gold Class to appoint Holdings as the sole managing member of iPic-Gold Class and reflect iPic-Gold Class’s status as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings;

         certain of the Original iPic Equity Owners will transfer the LLC Interests that they hold in Holdings to certain direct or indirect members of such Original iPic Equity Owners. The recipients of these LLC Interests, together with the Original iPic Equity Owners that did not transfer any of the LLC Interests that they held in Holdings, are collectively referred to herein as the “Continuing iPic Equity Owners”;

         we will amend and restate iPic Entertainment’s Certificate of Incorporation to, among other things, (i) provide for Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock and (ii) issue shares of Class B Common Stock to the Continuing iPic Equity Owners, on a one-to-one basis with the number of LLC Interests they own, for nominal consideration;

         we will issue up to 2,165,000 shares of our Class A Common Stock to the purchasers in this Offering in exchange for net proceeds of up to approximately $37.15 million, assuming the shares are offered at $18.50 per share, after deducting selling agents discounts and commissions but before offering expenses payable by us;

         we will use all of the net proceeds from this Offering to purchase newly-issued LLC Interests from Holdings at a purchase price per interest equal to net proceeds, before expenses, to us per share of Class A Common Stock, collectively representing 17.5% of Holdings’s outstanding LLC Interests;

         Holdings will transfer to iPic-Gold Class the proceeds Holdings receives from the sale of LLC Interests to iPic Entertainment;

         iPic-Gold Class will use the proceeds it receives from Holdings as follows: (i) to pay fees and expenses other than the selling agents discounts and commissions of approximately $1.2 million in connection with this Offering and the Transactions, and (ii) to use approximately $35.9 million for general corporate purposes, including opening new iPic locations and renovating existing iPic locations. See “Use of Proceeds”;

36

         the Continuing iPic Equity Owners will continue to own the LLC Interests that they owned prior to this Offering and will have no economic interest in iPic Entertainment despite their ownership of Class B Common Stock (where “economic interests” means the right to receive any distributions or dividends, whether cash or stock, in connection with common stock);

         assuming that all of the LLC Interests of the Continuing iPic Equity Owners are redeemed or exchanged for newly-issued shares of Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis, such Continuing iPic Equity Owners would own 10,220,629 shares of iPic Entertainment’s Class A Common Stock, representing approximately 82.5% of the combined voting power of our Common Stock, immediately following the closing of this Offering; and

         iPic Entertainment will enter into the Registration Rights Agreement with certain of the Continuing iPic Equity Owners.

For a description of the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, see “Description of Securities — Registration Rights.”

Organizational Structure Following this Offering

Immediately following the completion of the Transactions, including this Offering:

         iPic Entertainment will be a holding company and the principal asset of iPic Entertainment will be LLC Interests of Holdings;

         Holdings will be a holding company and will own 100% of the limited liability company interests of, and control, iPic-Gold Class, subject to the pledge of such limited liability company interests to secure the obligations under the Non-Revolving Credit Facility as described in “Description of Indebtedness”;

         iPic Entertainment will be the sole manager of Holdings, and Holdings will be the sole managing member of iPic-Gold Class. iPic Entertainment will, therefore, directly or indirectly control the business and affairs of, and conduct its day-to-day business through, iPic-Gold Class and its subsidiaries;

         iPic Entertainment’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Holdings LLC Agreement will require that (i) we at all times maintain a ratio of one LLC Interest owned by us for each share of Class A Common Stock issued by us (subject to certain exceptions for treasury shares and shares underlying certain convertible or exchangeable securities), and (ii) Holdings at all times maintain (x) a one-to-one ratio between the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issued by us and the number of LLC Interests owned by us and (y) a one-to-one ratio between the number of shares of Class B Common Stock owned by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners and the number of LLC Interests owned by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners;

         iPic Entertainment will own LLC Interests representing 17.5% of the economic interest in Holdings;

         the purchasers in this Offering (i) will own 2,165,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, representing approximately 17.5% of the combined voting power of the Common Stock, (ii) will own 100.0% of the economic interest in iPic Entertainment and (iii) through iPic Entertainment’s ownership of LLC Interests, indirectly will hold (applying the percentages in the preceding clause (ii) to iPic Entertainments percentage economic interest in Holdings) approximately 17.5% of the economic interest in Holdings; and

         the Continuing iPic Equity Owners will own (i) LLC Interests, representing 82.5% of the economic interest in Holdings, and (ii) through their ownership of Class B Common Stock, approximately 82.5% of the combined voting power of the Common Stock. Following this Offering, each LLC Interest held by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners will be redeemable, at the election of such members, for, at iPic Entertainment’s option, newly-issued shares of Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis or a cash payment equal to a volume weighted average market price of one share of Class A Common Stock for each LLC Interest redeemed (subject to customary adjustments, including for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications). In the event of such election by a Continuing iPic Equity Owner, iPic Entertainment may, at its option, instead effect a direct exchange of cash or Class A Common Stock for such LLC Interests in lieu of such a redemption. Any such redemption or exchange is required to be in accordance with the terms of the Holdings LLC Agreement. When a Continuing iPic Equity Owner’s LLC Interests are redeemed or exchanged, iPic Entertainment will cancel a number of shares of Class B Common Stock held by such Continuing iPic Equity Owner equal to the number of LLC Interests of such Continuing iPic Equity Owner that were redeemed or exchanged. The decisions made by iPic Entertainment will be made by its board of directors, which will include directors who hold LLC Interests or are affiliated with holders of LLC Interests and may include such directors in the future. See “The Transactions — Holdings LLC Agreement.”

37

Immediately following this Offering, although we will have a minority economic interest in Holdings, we will have the sole voting interest in, and control the management of, Holdings and, indirectly, iPic-Gold Class. As a result, we will consolidate both Holdings and iPic-Gold Class in our consolidated financial statements and will report non-controlling interests related to the LLC Interests held by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners on our consolidated financial statements. iPic Entertainment will have a board of directors and executive officers, but will have no other employees. All of our employees and their functions are expected to reside at iPic-Gold Class and its subsidiaries.

As a result of our ownership structure, we generally expect to obtain an increase in our share of the tax basis of assets owned indirectly by Holdings when the Continuing iPic Equity Owners exchange their LLC Interests or such LLC Interests are redeemed for Class A Common Stock or for cash. These basis increases may have the effect of reducing the amounts that we would otherwise pay in the future to various tax authorities. Our structure does not contemplate a tax receivable agreement. Therefore, any tax benefits realized from this arrangement will inure to our benefit. There can be no assurance that we will generate sufficient taxable income to utilize any such tax benefits.

38

The following diagram shows our organizational structure after giving effect to the Transactions, including this Offering:

39

Holdings LLC Agreement

We will operate our business through Holdings, which will in turn operate our business through iPic-Gold Class and its subsidiaries. In connection with the completion of this Offering, we and the Original iPic Equity Owners will enter into Holdings’s amended and restated limited liability company agreement, which we refer to as the “Holdings LLC Agreement.” The operations of Holdings, and the rights and obligations of the holders of LLC Interests, will be set forth in the Holdings LLC Agreement.

Appointment as Manager. Under the Holdings LLC Agreement, we will become a member and the sole manager of Holdings. As the sole manager, we will be able to control all of the day-to-day business affairs and decision-making of Holdings without the approval of any other member. As such, we, through our officers and directors, will be responsible for all operational and administrative decisions of Holdings. Holdings will be the sole managing member of iPic-Gold Class. iPic Entertainment will, therefore, indirectly control the business and affairs of iPic-Gold Class and of iPic-Gold Class’s subsidiaries. Pursuant to the terms of the Holdings LLC Agreement, we cannot, under any circumstances, be removed as the sole manager of Holdings except at our election.

Compensation; Expense Reimbursement. iPic Entertainment will not be entitled to compensation for our services as manager of Holdings. We will be entitled to receive reimbursement, pursuant to that certain Expense Reimbursement Agreement, to be entered into in connection with the Transactions, by and among iPic-Gold Class, Holdings and iPic Entertainment, from either Holdings or iPic-Gold Class for fees and expenses incurred by us, including (i) all expenses associated with this Offering, (ii) reasonably customary corporate, securities and administrative costs associated with being a public company, (iii) losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with any indemnification or expense reimbursement required by applicable law or by any of our organizational documents or an indemnification agreement; (iv) losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with any indemnification obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement; (v) any franchise taxes paid or payable by us and any income taxes paid or payable by us as a result of receiving amounts pursuant to the Expense Reimbursement Agreement; (vi) any costs, fees and expenses payable or reimbursable to any members of our Board of Directors; (vii) to the extent paid by us, any salary, benefits, fees, expenses or other compensation paid to any of our officers or employees; and (viii) any other costs, fees, expenses or similar expenditures reasonably incurred by us.

Exchange of Membership Interests. On December 22, 2017, iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC was formed as a Delaware limited liability company. Prior to this Offering, the Original iPic Equity Owners will contribute their membership interests in iPic-Gold Class in exchange for membership units in Holdings, which we refer to as “LLC Interests.” Certain of the Original iPic Equity Owners will transfer their LLC Interests to certain direct or indirect members of such Original iPic Equity Owners. The recipients of these LLC Interests, together with the Original iPic Equity Owners that did not transfer any of their LLC Interests, are collectively referred to herein as the “Continuing iPic Equity Owners.” The iPic-Gold Class LLC Agreement will be amended and restated to reflect its status as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings and will appoint Holdings as the sole managing member of iPic-Gold Class. The Holdings LLC Agreement will also include a requirement that one LLC Interest can be acquired with the net proceeds received in the Offering from the sale of each share of our Class A Common Stock. Each LLC Interest will entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the net profits and net losses and distributions of Holdings.

Purchase of LLC Interests. We intend to use the net proceeds received from this Offering to purchase newly-issued LLC Interests from Holdings at a purchase price per interest equal to the net proceeds, before expenses, to us per share received from the sale of Class A Common Stock. The Holdings LLC Agreement will require that when shares of Class A Common Stock are sold in this Offering (or in any subsequent public offering) at a price per share that is lower than the price per share for which such shares of Class A Common Stock are sold to the public in this Offering (or in any subsequent public offering, as applicable) after taking into account selling agents’ discounts and commissions or brokers’ fees and commissions, Holdings will reimburse iPic Entertainment for such discount by treating the discount as an additional capital contribution made by iPic Entertainment to Holdings and increasing iPic Entertainment’s capital account by the amount of such discount.

Distributions. The Holdings LLC Agreement will require “tax distributions,” as that term is defined in the Holdings LLC Agreement, to be made by Holdings to its “members,” as that term is defined in the Holdings LLC Agreement. Tax distributions will be made quarterly to each member of Holdings, including us, based on such member’s allocable share of the cumulative net taxable income of Holdings multiplied by the highest combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate applicable to an individual or, if higher, a corporation, resident in the state of Florida, and taking into account such factors considered relevant by the manager, determined in the sole discretion of the manager. The tax

40

rate used to determine tax distributions will apply regardless of the actual final tax liability of any such member. Tax distributions will also be made only to the extent that all previous distributions to such member for the relevant period were less than the tax distributions that such member would have been entitled to receive for such period as calculated in the manner described above. Tax distributions to iPic Entertainment Inc. will be increased to the extent its “assumed tax liability,” as that term is defined in the Holdings LLC Agreement, is less than the amount iPic Entertainment Inc. is required to pay in U.S. federal, state and local income taxes, as determined by the manager in good faith. To the extent that each member of Holdings would otherwise be entitled to less than its “percentage interest,” as that term is defined in the Holdings LLC Agreement, of the aggregate tax distributions to be paid by Holdings on any given date (including as a result of the immediately preceding sentence), the tax distributions to such member shall be increased to ensure that all such distributions be made pro rata in accordance with such member’s percentage interest. The Holdings LLC Agreement will also allow for distributions to be made by Holdings to its members on a pro rata basis out of “distributable cash,” as that term is defined in the Holdings LLC Agreement. We expect Holdings may make distributions out of distributable cash periodically to the extent permitted by the agreements governing our indebtedness and necessary to enable us to cover our operating expenses and other obligations, including our tax liability, as well as to make dividend payments, if any, to the holders of our Class A Common Stock.

LLC Interest Redemption Right. The Holdings LLC Agreement provides a redemption right to the Continuing iPic Equity Owners which entitles them to have their LLC Interests redeemed, at the election of each such person, for, at our option, as determined by or at the direction of our board of directors, which will include directors who hold LLC Interests or are affiliated with holders of LLC Interests and may include such directors in the future, newly-issued shares of our Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis or a cash payment equal to a volume weighted average market price of one share of Class A Common Stock for each LLC Interest redeemed (subject to customary adjustments, including for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications). If we decide to make a cash payment, the Continuing iPic Equity Owner has the option to rescind its redemption request within a specified time period. Upon the exercise of the redemption right, the redeeming member will surrender its LLC Interests to Holdings for cancellation. If the redemption is to be fulfilled with cash from an issuance of Class A Common Stock or with shares of our Class A Common Stock, the Holdings LLC Agreement requires that we contribute such cash or shares of our Class A Common Stock to Holdings in exchange for an amount of newly-issued LLC Interests in Holdings that will be issued to us equal to the number of LLC Interests redeemed from the Continuing iPic Equity Owner. Holdings will then distribute the cash (whether from an issuance of Class A Common Stock or another source) or shares of our Class A Common Stock to such Continuing iPic Equity Owner to complete the redemption. In the event of such election by a Continuing iPic Equity Owner, we may, at our option, instead effect a direct exchange of cash or our Class A Common Stock for such LLC Interests in lieu of such a redemption. Whether by redemption or exchange, we are obligated to ensure that at all times the number of LLC Interests that we own equals the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issued by us (subject to certain exceptions for treasury shares and shares underlying certain convertible or exchangeable securities).

Issuance of LLC Interests Upon Exercise of Options or Issuance of Other Equity Compensation. Upon the exercise of options issued by us, or the issuance of other types of equity compensation by us (such as the issuance of restricted or non-restricted stock, payment of bonuses in stock or settlement of stock appreciation rights in stock), we will be required to acquire from Holdings a number of LLC Interests equal to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock being issued in connection with the exercise of such options or issuance of other types of equity compensation. When we issue shares of Class A Common Stock in settlement of stock options granted to persons that are not officers or employees of Holdings or its subsidiaries, we will make, or be deemed to make, a capital contribution to Holdings equal to the aggregate value of such shares of Class A Common Stock, and Holdings will issue to us a number of LLC Interests equal to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock we issued. When we issue shares of Class A Common Stock in settlement of stock options granted to persons that are officers or employees of Holdings or its subsidiaries, we will be deemed to have sold directly to the person exercising such award a portion of the value of each share of Class A Common Stock equal to the exercise price per share, and we will be deemed to have sold directly to Holdings (or the applicable subsidiary of Holdings) the difference between the exercise price and market price per share for each such share of Class A Common Stock. In cases where we grant other types of equity compensation to employees of Holdings or its subsidiaries, on each applicable vesting date we will be deemed to have sold to Holdings (or such subsidiary) the number of vested shares at a price equal to the market price per share, Holdings (or such subsidiary) will deliver the shares to the applicable person, and we will be deemed to have made a capital contribution to Holdings equal to the purchase price for such shares in exchange for an equal number of LLC Interests.

Maintenance of one-to-one ratio of shares of Class A Common Stock and LLC Interests owned by iPic Entertainment. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Holdings LLC Agreement will require that (i) we at all

41

times maintain a ratio of one LLC Interest owned by us for each share of Class A Common Stock issued by us (subject to certain exceptions for treasury shares and shares underlying certain convertible or exchangeable securities), and (ii) Holdings at all times maintain (x) a one-to-one ratio between the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issued by us and the number of LLC Interests owned by us and (y) a one-to-one ratio between the number of shares of Class B Common Stock owned by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners and the number of LLC Interests owned by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners. This construct is intended to result in the Continuing iPic Equity Owners having a voting interest in iPic Entertainment that is identical to the Continuing iPic Equity Owners’ percentage economic interest in Holdings.

Transfer Restrictions. The Holdings LLC Agreement generally does not permit transfers of LLC Interests by members, subject to limited exceptions. Any transferee of LLC Interests must assume, by operation of law or written agreement, all of the obligations of a transferring member with respect to the transferred units, even if the transferee is not admitted as a member of Holdings.

Dissolution. The Holdings LLC Agreement provides that the unanimous consent of all members holding voting units will be required to voluntarily dissolve Holdings. In addition to a voluntary dissolution, Holdings will be dissolved upon a change of control transaction under certain circumstances, as well as upon the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution or other circumstances in accordance with Delaware law. Upon a dissolution event, the proceeds of a liquidation will be distributed in the following order: (i) first, to pay the expenses of winding up Holdings; (ii) second, to pay debts and liabilities owed to creditors of Holdings, other than members; (iii) third, to pay debts and liabilities owed to members; and (iv) fourth, to the members pro-rata in accordance with their respective percentage ownership interests in Holdings (as determined based on the number of LLC Interests held by a member relative to the aggregate number of all outstanding LLC Interests).

Confidentiality. Each member will agree to maintain the confidentiality of Holdings’s confidential information. This obligation excludes information independently obtained or developed by the members, information that is in the public domain or otherwise disclosed to a member, in either such case not in violation of a confidentiality obligation or disclosures required by law or judicial process or approved by our chief executive officer.

Indemnification and Exculpation. The Holdings LLC Agreement provides for indemnification of the manager, members and officers of Holdings and their respective subsidiaries or affiliates. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Holdings will indemnify us, as its sole manager, its tax matters representative, its authorized officers, its other employees and agents from and against any losses, liabilities, damages, costs, expenses, fees or penalties incurred by any acts or omissions of these persons, provided that the acts or omissions of these indemnified persons are not the result of fraud, intentional misconduct or a violation of the implied contractual duty of good faith and fair dealing, or any iPic standard of conduct permitted under applicable law.

We, as the sole manager, the tax matters representative, and the authorized officers and other employees and agents of Holdings will not be liable to Holdings, its members or their affiliates for damages incurred by any acts or omissions of these persons, provided that the acts or omissions of these exculpated persons are not the result of fraud, or intentional misconduct.

Amendments. The Holdings LLC Agreement may be amended with the consent of the members holding a majority of the voting units then outstanding; provided, however, that if, as of any date of determination, a majority of the voting units are then held by the sole manager or any affiliates controlled by the sole manager, then the Holdings LLC Agreement may be amended with the consent of the sole manager together with members (other than the sole manager and its controlled affiliates) holding a majority of the voting units (excluding voting units held by the sole manager) then outstanding. In addition, the sections of the Holdings LLC Agreement dealing with the management of Holdings and with dissolution may be amended only with the prior written consent of the sole manager, which consent may be given or withheld in the sole manager’s sole discretion.

iPic-Gold Class LLC Agreement

Immediately prior to or in connection with the closing of this Offering, we and the Original iPic Equity Owners will amend and restate the limited liability company agreement of iPic-Gold Class to appoint Holdings as the sole managing member of iPic-Gold Class and reflect iPic-Gold Class’s status as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings.  iPic-Gold Class’s amended and restated limited liability company agreement will contain standard provisions for a single-member limited liability company.

42

USE OF PROCEEDS

We are offering 2,165,000 shares of our Class A Common Stock, at an offering price of $18.50 per share, resulting in estimated net proceeds to us from this Offering, after deducting selling agents’ discounts and commissions, and estimated offering expenses payable by us, of approximately $35.9 million. Our management team will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds of this Offering.

We intend to use the net proceeds that we receive from this Offering to purchase newly-issued LLC Interests from Holdings at a purchase price per interest equal to the net proceeds, before expenses, to us per share of Class A Common Stock. Holdings will transfer to iPic-Gold Class the proceeds Holdings receives from the sale of LLC Interests to iPic Entertainment.

We intend to cause iPic-Gold Class to use the proceeds that it receives from Holdings as follows: (i) to pay fees and expenses other than the selling agents discounts and commissions of approximately $1.2 million  in connection with this Offering and the Transactions, and (ii) to use approximately $35.9 million for general corporate purposes, including opening new iPic locations and renovating existing iPic locations. Pending their use, iPic-Gold Class may invest the balance of the net proceeds to us from this Offering in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments and U.S. government securities.

The expected use of net proceeds from this Offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve and change. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures, specifically with respect to working capital, may vary significantly depending on numerous factors. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this Offering.

If we sell all of the Shares offered in this Offering, we believe that the net proceeds of this Offering, together with our current resources, will allow us to fund our operations for at least the next 12 months. In the event we do not sell all of the Shares offered in this Offering, we may seek additional financing from other sources in order to support the intended use of proceeds indicated above. If we secure additional equity funding, investors in this Offering would be diluted. In all events, there can be no assurance that additional financing would be available to us when desired or needed and, if available, on terms acceptable to us.

43

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents, and our capitalization, as of June 30, 2017, as follows:

         of iPic-Gold Class and its subsidiaries on an actual basis;

         of iPic Entertainment and its subsidiaries on a pro forma basis to give effect to the Transactions (other than the sale and issuance of shares of our Class A Common Stock by us in this Offering), including (i) the elimination of existing members’ contributions of $34.2 million in consolidation of iPic-Gold Class into the consolidated financial statements of iPic Entertainment Inc. and (ii) the issuance of shares of Class B Common Stock to the Continuing iPic Equity Owners on an assumed one-to-one basis with the number of LLC interests they own, for nominal consideration; and

         of iPic Entertainment and its subsidiaries on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the Transactions, including our issuance and sale in this Offering of the maximum amount of Shares, at the price to the public of $18.50 per share, resulting in net proceeds to us of approximately $35.9 million, giving effect to (i) the estimated selling agents’ discounts and commissions and (ii) the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

For more information, please see “The Transactions,” “Use of Proceeds” and “Unaudited Pro Forma and Pro Forma As Adjusted Consolidated Financial Statements” elsewhere in this Offering Circular. You should read this information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Offering Circular and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section and other financial information contained in this Offering Circular.

 

 

As of June 30, 2017

 

 

Actual

 

Pro Forma

 

Pro Forma
As Adjusted

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

 

$

3,895,338

 

 

$

3,895,338

 

 

$

39,844,032

 

Indebtedness:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Revolving Credit Facility(2)

 

$

136,708,191

 

 

$

154,708,191

 

 

$

154,708,191

 

Note Payable

 

 

50,855,598

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total indebtedness

 

 

187,563,789

 

 

 

154,708,191

 

 

 

154,708,191

 

Members’ deficit and Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members’ equity

 

 

34,155,816

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 2,165,000 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

217

 

Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma; 25,000,000 shares authorized, 10,000,000 issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

 

 

 

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

1,000

 

Preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

 

 

 

(11,011,931

)

 

 

24,936,546

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(140,715,335

)

 

 

(1,605,025

)

 

 

(1,605,025

)

Total members’ deficit

 

 

(106,559,519

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity attributable to
iPic Entertainment Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

(12,615,956

)

 

 

23,332,737

 

Noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

(58,260,204

)

 

 

(58,260,204

)

Total members’/stockholders’ equity (deficit)

 

 

(106,559,519

)

 

 

(70,876,160

)

 

 

(34,927,466

)

Total capitalization

 

$

81,004,270

 

 

$

83,832,031

 

$

119,780,725

 

44

____________

(1)      Neither the Pro Forma nor the Pro Forma As Adjusted columns give effect to an additional $2.5 million that we expect Regal/Atom Holdings, LLC, one of the holders of LLC Interests of iPic-Gold Class, to invest in us within 10 business days following the consummation of this Offering pursuant to the terms of the Subscription Agreement that they entered into with us on April 21, 2017 when they made their initial investment.  For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Additional Investment by Regal/Atom Holdings, LLC.”

(2)      Pro Forma and Pro Forma As Adjusted columns reflect an additional advance of $18.0 million under the Non-Revolving Credit Facility to be utilized by the Company to repay outstanding principal and accrued interest on subordinated notes to a related party. See “Description of Indebtedness — Notes Payable to Related Parties.”

The table above excludes (unless stated otherwise above):

         1,600,000 shares of Class A Common Stock under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan which was adopted on December 21, 2017 (as described in “Executive Compensation — 2017 Equity Incentive Plan”), of which (i) 955,300 shares of Class A Common Stock are issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted on December 21, 2017 at an exercise price of $18.13 per share and (ii) 644,700 shares of Class A Common Stock are reserved for future issuance, and any additional shares that become available under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan pursuant to provisions thereof that automatically increase the share reserve under the plan each year, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation — 2017 Equity Incentive Plan;”

         10,220,629 shares of Class A Common Stock reserved as of the closing date of this Offering for future issuance upon redemption or exchange of LLC Interests by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners;

         483,864 shares of Class A Common Stock subject to outstanding RSU awards;

         up to 47,630 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Selling Agents’ Warrants, exercisable at $23.125 per share; and

         220,629 shares of Class B Common Stock issued in November 2017 to a new iPic Equity Owner.

To the extent such stock options or warrants are hereafter exercised, or awards made under such equity compensation plan result in the issuance of additional shares of our Common Stock, there will be further dilution to our investors in this Offering.

45

DILUTION

Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of the shares of Class A Common Stock sold in this Offering exceeds the pro forma net tangible book value per share of Common Stock after this Offering. Net tangible book value per share is determined at any date by subtracting our total liabilities from the total book value of our tangible assets and dividing the difference by the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be outstanding at that date.

The pro forma net tangible book value of our Common Stock as of June 30, 2017 was approximately $(110.1) million, or $(11.01) per share (but not giving effect to the issuance of 220,629 membership units of iPic-Gold Class which were issued in November 2017 at a price of $18.13 per unit). After giving the effect to the sale of 2,165,000 shares of our Class A Common Stock in this Offering at the price to the public of $18.50 per share and after deducting the selling agents’ discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, the pro forma net tangible book value would be approximately $(38.4) million, or $(3.16) per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $7.85 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $21.77 per share to new investors purchasing shares of Common Stock in this Offering. The following table illustrates this substantial and immediate per share dilution to new investors.

Assumed initial public offering price per share

 

 

 

 

 

$

18.50

 

Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share before giving effect to this Offering

 

$

(11.01

)

 

 

 

 

Increase per share attributable to the sale of Common Stock in this Offering(1)

 

 

7.85

 

 

 

 

 

Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share after giving effect to this Offering

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3.16

)

Dilution per share to new investors(2)

 

 

 

 

 

$

21.66

 

____________

(1)      After deducting the selling agents’ commissions and estimated expenses payable by us in this Offering.

(2)      Dilution is determined by subtracting pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share after giving effect to this Offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by a new investor.

The following table sets forth, as of June 30, 2017, assuming the sale of 2,165,000 shares of our Class A Common Stock offered for sale in this Offering, the total number of shares previously issued and sold to existing investors (but not giving effect to the issuance of 220,629 membership units of iPic-Gold Class which were issued in November 2017 at a price of $18.13 per unit), the total consideration paid for the foregoing (factoring in certain capital account adjustments in the case of the Continuing iPic Equity Owners) and the average price per share. As the table shows, new investors purchasing shares of Common Stock may in certain circumstances pay an average price per share substantially higher than the average price per shares paid by our existing stockholders.

 

 

Units/Shares Purchased

 

Total Consideration

 

Average
Price

 

 

Number

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Per Share

Continuing iPic Equity Owners

 

10,000,000

 

82.2

%

 

$

73,618,494

 

64.8

%

 

$

7.36

New investors

 

2,165,000

 

17.8

%

 

$

40,052,500

 

35.2

%

 

$

18.50

Total

 

12,165,000

 

100.0

%

 

$

113,670,994

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

The discussion and the tables above exclude shares of Class B Common Stock, because holders of the Class B Common Stock are not entitled to distributions or dividends, whether cash or stock, from iPic. The number of shares of our Class A Common Stock outstanding after this Offering as shown in the tables above is based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2017, after giving effect to the Transactions, but not giving effect to the issuance of 220,629 membership units of iPic-Gold Class which were issued in November 2017, and excludes (a) 1,600,000 shares of Class A Common Stock under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (as described in “Executive Compensation — 2017 Equity Incentive Plan”), of which (i) 955,300 shares of Class A Common Stock are issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted on December 21, 2017 at an exercise price of $18.13 per share and (ii) 644,700 shares of Class A Common Stock are reserved for future issuance, and any additional shares that become available under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan pursuant to provisions thereof that automatically increase the share reserve under the plan each year, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation — 2017 Equity Incentive Plan;” (b) 483,864 shares of Class A Common Stock subject to outstanding RSU awards; and (c) up to 47,630 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Selling Agents’ Warrants, exercisable at $23.125 per share.

46

DIVIDEND POLICY

Except as described in the following paragraph, we currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business, and therefore iPic Entertainment does not currently expect to pay any cash dividends on its Class A Common Stock. Holders of iPic Entertainment Class B Common Stock are not entitled to participate in any dividends declared by iPic Entertainment’s board of directors. Any future determination to pay dividends to holders of Class A Common Stock will be at the discretion of iPic Entertainment’s board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, restrictions in iPic-Gold Class’s debt agreements and other factors that iPic Entertainment’s board of directors deems relevant. iPic Entertainment is a holding company whose principal asset will be LLC interests of Holdings, which will own 100% of the limited liability company interests of, and control, iPic Gold Class. Accordingly, substantially all of iPic Entertainment’s operations are indirectly carried out by iPic-Gold Class and its subsidiaries. Additionally, under the Non-Revolving Credit Facility, iPic-Gold Class is currently restricted from paying cash dividends, and we expect these restrictions to continue in the future, which may in turn limit iPic Entertainment’s ability to pay dividends on its Class A Common Stock. iPic Entertainment’s ability to pay dividends may also be restricted by the terms of any future credit agreement or any future debt or preferred equity securities of iPic Entertainment or its subsidiaries.

Holdings is required to make tax distributions to its members under certain circumstances provided in the Holdings LLC Agreement. Any such tax distributions are required to be made pro rata in accordance with the members’ percentage interests in Holdings and, accordingly, it is possible that iPic Entertainment will receive tax distributions in excess of the amount required for iPic Entertainment to pay its applicable tax liabilities. In such case, iPic Entertainment may pay dividends out of all or a portion of such excess cash. However, there can be no assurance as to the timing or amount of any tax distributions from Holdings or whether such tax distributions will be in excess of iPic Entertainment’s applicable tax liabilities, and iPic Entertainment is not required to pay dividends out of any such excess cash.

See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock — Because we do not intend to declare cash dividends on our shares of common stock in the foreseeable future, stockholders must rely on appreciation of the value of our common stock for any return on their investment.”

47

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA AND PRO FORMA AS ADJUSTED
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following are the unaudited pro forma and pro forma as adjusted consolidated financial statements of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC and its subsidiaries. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations information for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017 was prepared as if the transactions described under “The Transactions” and this Offering had taken place on January 1, 2016. The unaudited pro forma and pro forma as adjusted consolidated balance sheet information as of June 30, 2017 was prepared as if the transactions described under “The Transactions” and this Offering had taken place on June 30, 2017. See “The Transactions.”

The column labeled “Pro Forma” reflects the Transactions (other than the sale and issuance of shares of our Class A Common Stock by us in this Offering as described in Note (7) below), including (i) the refinancing of one of the existing notes payable — related parties into the long-term debt related party, (ii) the use of the 5% qualified subordinated debt and demand note to satisfy the members’ capital call, (iii) the elimination of existing members’ contributions of $34.2 million in consolidation of iPic-Gold Class into the consolidated financial statements of iPic Entertainment Inc., (iv) the extension of the long-term debt — related party for an additional three years until September 29, 2023 and (v) the issuance of shares of Class B Common Stock to the Continuing iPic Equity Owners on an assumed one-to-one basis with the number of LLC interests they own, for nominal consideration.

The column labeled “Pro Forma As Adjusted” reflects the net effect on cash of the receipt of proceeds of approximately $35.9 million from this Offering, based on an assumed sale of 2,165,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $18.50 per share, which is the price set forth on the cover page of this Offering Circular, net of selling agents’ discounts and commissions, and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Neither the Pro Forma nor the Pro Forma As Adjusted financial statements give effect to an additional $2.5 million that we expect Regal/Atom Holdings, LLC, one of the holders of LLC Interests of iPic-Gold Class, to invest in us within 10 business days following the consummation of this Offering pursuant to the terms of the Subscription Agreement that they entered into with us on April 21, 2017 when they made their initial investment.  For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Additional Investment by Regal/Atom Holdings, LLC.”

The Pro Forma and Pro Forma As Adjusted adjustments above are based upon available information and certain assumptions that management believes are reasonable, factually supportable, directly attributable to either the Transactions or this Offering, and, in connection with Pro Forma and Pro Forma As Adjusted adjustments related to the consolidated statement of operations, expected to have a continuing impact on our results of operations. Adjustments that are based on fair value of the shares are calculated using the assumed initial public offering price of $18.50 per share.

We believe that the Pro Forma and Pro Forma As Adjusted consolidated financial statements provide a helpful perspective to better understand our results of operations and our financial position. The unaudited Pro Forma and Pro Forma As Adjusted consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this Offering Circular.

The unaudited Pro Forma and Pro Forma As Adjusted consolidated financial statements presented are based upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The unaudited Pro Forma and Pro Forma As Adjusted consolidated financial statements do not purport to represent what our results of operations or financial position would have been had the Transactions or this Offering actually occurred on the date or as of the date specified, nor do they purport to project our results of operations for any future period.

48

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
As of June 30, 2017

 

 

iPic-Gold Class
Entertainment,
LLC Actual

 

Transaction
Adjustments(9)

 

 

 

Pro Forma

 

Initial Public
Offering
Adjustments

 

Pro Forma
As Adjusted

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CURRENT ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

3,895,338

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

3,895,338

 

 

$

35,948,694

(7)

 

$

39,844,032

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

2,706,208

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,706,208

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,706,208

 

Inventories

 

 

1,185,312

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,185,312

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,185,312

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

1,206,877

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,206,877

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,206,877

 

Total current assets

 

 

8,993,735

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,993,735

 

 

 

35,948,694

 

 

 

44,942,429

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

147,956,581

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

147,956,581

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

147,956,581

 

Convertible note receivable

 

 

250,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

250,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

250,000

 

Deposits

 

 

218,821

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

218,821

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

218,821

 

Total assets

 

$

157,419,137

 

 

 

 

 

$

157,419,137

 

 

$

35,948,694

 

 

$

193,367,831

 

Liabilities and Equity (Deficit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

7,125,698

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

7,125,698

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

7,125,698

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

1,521,142

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,521,142

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,521,142

 

Accrued interest

 

 

1,594,110

 

 

 

(1,272,001

)(3)

 

 

322,109

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

322,109

 

Accrued payroll

 

 

2,189,720

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,189,720

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,189,720

 

Accrued insurance

 

 

165,825

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

165,825

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

165,825

 

Taxes payable

 

 

1,455,619

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,455,619

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,455,619

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

5,896,811

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,896,811

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,896,811

 

Deposits and other current liabilities

 

 

370,997

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

370,997

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

370,997

 

                                         

Total current liabilities

 

 

20,319,922

 

 

 

(1,272,001

)

 

 

19,047,921

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,047,921

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt – related party

 

 

136,708,191

 

 

 

18,000,000

(2)

 

 

154,708,191

(10)

 

 

 

 

 

 

154,708,191

 

Notes payable to related parties

 

 

50,855,598

 

 

 

(15,000,000

)(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(35,855,598

)(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred rent

 

 

51,309,135

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51,309,135

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51,309,135

 

Accrued interest – long-term

 

 

4,785,810

 

 

 

1,532,037

(1)

 

 

3,230,050

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,230,050

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,000,000

)(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(87,797

)(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

263,978,656

 

 

 

(35,683,359

)

 

 

228,295,297

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

228,295,297

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity (Deficit)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;100,000,000 shares authorized, 2,165,000 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

217

(7)

 

 

217

 

Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value per share; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma; 25,000,000 shares authorized, 10,000,000 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

 

 

 

 

 

1,000

(5)

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,000

 

Preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members’ contributions

 

 

34,155,816

 

 

 

(71,371,212

)(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,215,396

(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

71,370,212

(5)

 

 

(11,011,931

)

 

 

35,948,477

(7)

 

 

24,936,546

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50,848,232

(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,016,997

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(142,247,372

)(6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(140,715,335

)

 

 

142,247,372

(6)

 

 

(1,605,025

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,605,025

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,411,972

(6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,532,037

)(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,016,997

)(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total members’/stockholders’ equity attributable to iPic Entertainment Inc.

 

 

(106,559,519

)

 

 

93,943,563

 

 

 

(12,615,956

)

 

 

35,948,694

 

 

 

23,332,737

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

(50,848,232

)(5)

 

 

(58,260,204

)(8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(58,260,204

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,411,972

)(6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity (deficit)

 

 

(106,559,519

)

 

 

35,683,359

 

 

 

(70,876,160

)

 

 

35,948,694

 

 

 

(34,927,466

)

Total liabilities and equity (deficit)

 

$

157,419,137

 

 

$

 

 

$

157,419,137

 

 

$

35,948,694

 

 

$

193,367,831

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet

49

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet

(1)      Reflects the additional accrued interest expense required to record the minimum interest payable on the 10.5% qualified subordinated debt notes payable — related party, to be refinanced through additional borrowings from the long-term debt — related party. The amount is non-recurring in nature and therefore has not been included in the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations.

(2)      Reflects the refinancing of one of the original member’s notes payable of $15.0 million, plus minimum interest payable on those notes of $3.0 million through additional borrowings under the Non-Revolving Credit Facility. See “Description of Indebtedness — Notes Payable to Related Parties.”

(3)      Reflects the use of the 5% qualified subordinated debt and demand note plus accrued interest, to satisfy the members’ capital call in accordance with the debt agreements prior to the Transactions.

(4)      On December 21, 2017, iPic-Gold Class adopted the iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2017 Equity Incentive Plan”), under which equity awards may be made in respect of 1,600,000 units of iPic-Gold Class in the form of options, restricted units, unit appreciation rights, dividend equivalent rights, unit awards and performance-based awards. It is expected that in connection with the Transactions, the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will be migrated to iPic Entertainment and any awards granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will be converted into options to acquire Class A Common Stock of iPic Entertainment. On December 21, 2017, iPic-Gold Class granted 955,300 options with an exercise price of $18.13 per share to our named executive officers and certain other employees under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan as part of the Transactions (the “IPO Options”). Approximately 10,400 of the IPO Options are expected to become fully vested upon the closing of this Offering and the remaining IPO Options are expected to vest over either a three-year period or four-year period, in each case, commencing on the date of grant.

On December 6, 2017, iPic Entertainment entered into restricted stock unit award agreements (the “IPO RSU Agreements”) with each of our named executive officers and certain other key members of management pursuant to which recipients will be entitled to receive an award of stock-settled restricted stock units (the “IPO RSUs”) in an aggregate dollar amount of approximately $9.0 million. The IPO RSU Agreements provide that each grantee will be entitled to receive a number of IPO RSUs equal to the quotient of (a) each such grantee’s “Aggregate Grant Amount” (set forth in each grantee’s IPO RSU Agreement) divided by (b) the initial public offering price. Pursuant to the IPO RSU Agreements, the IPO RSUs are expected to settle in full on a settlement date as set forth in the IPO RSU Agreement (the “Settlement Date”), regardless of whether the recipient remains employed with iPic Entertainment or any of its subsidiaries through the Settlement Date. The IPO RSUs vest immediately upon the closing of this Offering. The IPO RSUs and the IPO Options that will become fully vested in connection with the closing of this Offering are non-recurring in nature and, as such, have not been included as an adjustment in the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations.

(5)      As a C corporation, we will no longer record members’ equity in the consolidated balance sheet. To reflect the C corporation structure of our equity, we will separately present the value of our common stock, additional paid-in capital and retained earnings. The portion of members’ equity associated with additional paid-in capital was estimated as the remainder of capital contributions we have received less amounts attributed to the par value of common stock and the amount allocated to the non-controlling interests (see Note (8)).

(6)      Reflects the Transactions (other than the sale and issuance of shares of our Class A Common Stock by us in this offering as described in Note (7) below), including (i) the elimination of existing members’ contributions of $34.2 million in consolidation of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC into the consolidated financial statements of iPic Entertainment Inc. and (ii) the issuance of shares of Class B Common Stock to the Original iPic Equity Owners on an assumed one-to-one basis with the number of LLC interests they own, for nominal consideration, for pro forma presentation only. Upon completion of the Transactions, iPic Entertainment Inc. will become the sole manager of Holdings, which will be the sole managing member of iPic-Gold Class. Accordingly, although we will have a minority economic interest in Holdings, we will have the sole voting interest in, and control the management of, Holdings and, indirectly, iPic-Gold Class. As a result, we will consolidate both Holdings and iPic-Gold Class in our consolidated financial statements and will report non-controlling interests related to the LLC Interests held by the Continuing iPic Equity Owners on our consolidated balance sheet.

50

(7)      Reflects the net effect on cash of the receipt of proceeds of $35,948,694 from the offering, based on an assumed sale of 2,165,000 shares of Class A Common Stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $18.50 per share, which is the price set forth on the cover page of this Offering Circular, net of selling agents discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $18.50 per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds we receive from this offering by approximately $2.2 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this Offering Circular remains the same and after deducting offering expenses. Each increase (decrease) of 100,000 shares in the number of shares of Class A Common Stock offered by us would increase (decrease) the amount of our cash, total assets and total members’/stockholders’ equity by approximately $1.72 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $18.50 per share, which is the price set forth on the cover page of this Offering Circular, after deducting selling agents discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(8)      After this Offering and the Transactions, but not giving effect to the issuance of 220,629 membership units of iPic-Gold Class which were issued in November 2017, iPic Entertainment Inc.’s only material asset will be the ownership of 17.8% of the LLC Interests and sole voting interest in Holdings, which will have the sole voting interest in iPic-Gold Class. Following this Offering and the Transactions, iPic Entertainment Inc.’s only business will be to act as the sole manager of Holdings and indirectly as manager of iPic-Gold Class. As a result of this voting interest and control, as well as the obligation to absorb losses of, and receive benefits from, iPic-Gold Class that could be significant, we have determined that, after the Transactions, iPic-Gold Class will be a variable interest entity and that we will be the primary beneficiary of iPic-Gold Class. Therefore, pursuant to ASC 810 Consolidation, we will consolidate the financial results of iPic-Gold Class into our consolidated financial statements. The LLC interests of the Continuing iPic Equity Owners will be accounted for as a non-controlling interest in iPic Entertainment Inc.’s consolidated financial statements’ after this Offering. Immediately following this Offering, but not giving effect to the issuance of 220,629 membership units of iPic-Gold Class which were issued in November 2017, the non-controlling interest of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC will represent 82.2% of the outstanding LLC interests calculated as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Units

 

Percentage

Interest in iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC held by iPic Entertainment Inc.

 

2,165,000

 

17.8

%

Non-controlling interests in iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC held by the Members

 

10,000,000

 

82.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,165,000

 

100.0

%

 (9)    Due to the uncertainty in the amount and timing of future exchanges of LLC interests, the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information assumes that no exchanges of interests have occurred and therefore no increases in tax basis in Holdings’s assets or other tax benefits that may be realized thereunder have been assumed in the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information. For financial reporting purposes, we will assess the tax attributes of Holdings in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes, 740-10-30-5 to determine if it is more likely than not that we will realize any deferred tax assets.

(10)   The maturity date on the credit facility will be extended by three years to September 2023 as part of the Transactions.

51

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2017

 

 

iPic-Gold Class
Entertainment,
LLC Actual

 

Transaction
Adjustments

 

Pro Forma

 

Initial Public
Offering
Adjustments

 

Pro Forma
As Adjusted

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Food and beverage

 

$

37,701,277

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

37,701,277

 

 

$

 

 

$

37,701,277

 

Theater

 

 

30,780,031

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,780,031

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,780,031

 

Other

 

 

893,257

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

893,257

 

 

 

 

 

 

893,257

 

Total revenues

 

 

69,374,565

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

69,374,565

 

 

 

 

 

 

69,374,565

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of food and beverage

 

 

10,307,096

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,307,096

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,307,096

 

Cost of theater

 

 

12,283,222

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,283,222

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,283,222

 

Operating payroll and benefits

 

 

18,905,551

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,905,551

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,905,551

 

Occupancy expenses

 

 

8,765,827

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,765,827

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,765,827

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

12,163,590

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,163,590

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,163,590

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

7,011,499

 

 

 

2,409,227

(1)

 

 

9,420,726

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,420,726

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

9,570,107

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,570,107

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,570,107

 

Pre-opening expenses

 

 

1,632,194

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,632,194

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,632,194

 

Impairment of property and equipment

 

 

3,332,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,332,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,332,000

 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

 

 

7,857

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,857

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,857

 

Operating expenses

 

 

83,978,943

 

 

 

2,409,227

 

 

 

86,388,170

 

 

 

 

 

 

86,388,170

 

Operating loss

 

 

(14,604,378

)

 

 

(2,409,227

)

 

 

(17,013,605

)

 

 

 

 

 

(17,013,605

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income (expense), net

 

 

(7,782,227

)

 

 

845,066

(5)

 

 

(6,937,161

)

 

 

 

 

 

(6,937,161

)

Other income

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,000

 

Total other income (expense)

 

 

(7,777,227

)

 

 

845,066

 

 

 

(6,932,161

)

 

 

 

 

 

(6,932,161

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss before income tax expense

 

 

(22,381,605

)

 

 

(1,564,161

)

 

 

(23,945,766

)

 

 

 

 

(23,945,766

)

Income tax expense

 

 

43,400

 

 

 

(2)

 

 

43,400

 

 

 

 

 

 

43,400

 

Net loss

 

 

(22,425,005

)

 

 

(1,564,161

)

 

 

(23,989,166

)

 

 

 

 

(23,989,166

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19,719,094

)(3)

 

 

(19,719,094

)

 

 

 

 

 

(19,719,094

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to iPic Entertainment Inc.

 

$

(22,425,005

)

 

 

18,154,933

 

 

$

(4,270,072

)

 

$

 

$

(4,270,072

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss per share of Class A Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(1.97

)(4)

 

 

 

 

$

(1.97

)

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(1.97

)

 

 

 

 

$

(1.97

)

Weighted average number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,165,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,165,000

 

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,165,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,165,000

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations

52

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations

(1)      On December 21, 2017, iPic-Gold Class adopted the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, under which equity awards may be made in respect of 1,600,000 units of iPic-Gold Class in the form of options, restricted units, unit appreciation rights, dividend equivalent rights, unit awards and performance-based awards. It is expected that in connection with the Transactions, the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will be migrated to iPic Entertainment and any awards granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will be converted into options to acquire Class A Common Stock of iPic Entertainment. On December 21, 2017, iPic-Gold Class granted 955,300 options with an exercise price of $18.13 per share to our named executive officers and certain other employees under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan as part of the Transactions (the “IPO Options”). Approximately 10,400 of the IPO Options are expected to become fully vested upon the closing of this Offering and the remaining IPO Options are expected to vest over either a three-year period or four-year period, in each case, commencing on the date of grant. The grant date fair value of the stock option awards were determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model using the following assumptions.

Expected volatility

 

33.96

%

Risk-free interest rate

 

2.26

%

Expected term in years

 

6-7 years

 

Dividend rate

 

0

%

Forfeiture Rate

 

5.25

%

The options vest over a 4 year period beginning within six months of the Transactions. Since the first tranche will vest in less than 1 year, the stock compensation expense for the options has been included based on the vesting of each tranche which results in higher expense in the first 6 months.

On December 6, 2017, iPic Entertainment entered into restricted stock unit award agreements (the “IPO RSU Agreements”) with each of our named executive officers and certain other key members of management pursuant to which recipients will be entitled to receive an award of stock-settled restricted stock units (the “IPO RSUs”) in an aggregate dollar amount of approximately $9.0 million. The IPO RSU Agreements provide that each grantee will be entitled to receive a number of IPO RSUs equal to the quotient of (a) each such grantee’s “Aggregate Grant Amount” (set forth in each grantee’s IPO RSU Agreement) divided by (b) the initial public offering price. Pursuant to the IPO RSU Agreements, the IPO RSUs are expected to settle in full on a settlement date as set forth in the IPO RSU Agreement (the “Settlement Date”), regardless of whether the recipient remains employed with iPic Entertainment or any of its subsidiaries through the Settlement Date. The IPO RSUs vest immediately upon the closing of this Offering. The IPO RSUs and the IPO Options that will become fully vested in connection with the closing of this Offering are non-recurring in nature and, as such, have not been included as an adjustment in the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations. The expected grant date fair value of the restricted stock unit awards is based on the fair value on the grant date.

(2)      Following this Offering and the Transactions, iPic Entertainment Inc. will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes, as well as state and local taxes, which will be an allocable share of any net taxable income of Holdings. As a result, the pro forma statements of operations reflect an adjustment to provide for corporate income taxes at our estimated effective rate of (0.18)% for the six months ended June 30, 2017 which includes provision for U.S. federal income taxes and assumes the highest statutory rates apportioned to each state and local jurisdiction.

The Company recognized an income tax benefit on its share of pre-tax book income, exclusive of the non-controlling interests, of $0.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017.

53

The provision for income taxes from operations differs from the amount of income tax computed by applying the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to income before provision for income taxes as follows:

 

 

June 30,
2017

Federal statutory rate

 

35.00

%

Rate benefit from flow-through entity

 

(28.77

)

Partnership outside basis difference

 

(6.41

)

State tax

 

0.19

 

Valuation allowance

 

(0.19

)

Pro forma effective tax rate

 

(0.18

)%

Tax rules generally require that pre-transaction built-in-gains are allocated back to the historical limited liability company members. Our effective tax rate includes a rate benefit attributable to the fact that, after the Transactions, approximately 82.2% of iPic Entertainment Inc.’s earnings will not be subject to corporate level taxes as the applicable income tax expense will be incurred by, and be the obligation of, the members of Holdings holding the non-controlling interests. Thus, the pro forma effective tax rate on the portion of income attributable to iPic Entertainment Inc. is expected to be (0.18)% for the six months ended June 30, 2017.

(3)      After this Offering and the Transactions, but not giving effect to the issuance of 220,629 membership units of iPic-Gold Class which were issued in November 2017, iPic Entertainment Inc.’s only material asset will be the ownership of 17.8% of the LLC Interests and sole voting interest in Holdings, which will have the sole voting interest in iPic-Gold Class. The LLC interests of the Continuing iPic Equity Owners will be accounted for as a non-controlling interest in iPic Entertainment Inc.’s consolidated financial statements after this offering. Immediately following this Offering, but not giving effect to the issuance of 220,629 membership units of iPic-Gold Class which were issued in November 2017, the non-controlling interest of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC will represent 82.2% of the outstanding LLC Interests.

(4)      Pro forma basic income per share is computed by dividing the net income available to Class A Common Stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding during the period. Pro forma diluted net income per share is computed by adjusting the net income available to Class A Common Stockholders and the weighted-average number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding to give effect to potentially dilutive securities. Shares of Class B Common Stock do not participate in earnings of iPic Entertainment Inc. As a result, the shares of Class B Common Stock are not considered participating securities and are not included in the weighted-average shares outstanding for purposes of computing pro forma net income per share. Class B stockholders can convert their membership interests in the LLC to Class A Common Stock in iPic Entertainment Inc. maintaining a one-to-one ratio; therefore the equivalent number of Class A shares could be issued in exchange for the Class B stockholders’ membership interests in Holdings. That potential conversion would not result in dilutive shares as LLC Interests held by iPic Entertainment Inc. would increase in the same ratio as the share increase.

(5)      Reflects the reduction of interest expense based on the use of the 5% qualified subordinated debt and demand note plus accrued interest, to satisfy the members’ capital call in accordance with the debt agreements prior to the Transactions.

54

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
For the Year Ended December 31, 2016

 

 

iPic-Gold Class
Entertainment,
LLC
Actual

 

Transaction
Adjustments

 

Pro Forma

 

Initial Public
Offering
Adjustments

 

Pro Forma
As Adjusted

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Food and beverage

 

$

64,362,624

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

64,362,624

 

 

 

 

 

64,362,624

 

Theater

 

 

57,459,010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

57,459,010

 

 

 

 

 

57,459,010

 

Other

 

 

2,994,063

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,994,063

 

 

 

 

 

2,994,063

 

Total revenues

 

 

124,815,697

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

124,815,697

 

 

 

 

 

124,815,697

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of food and beverage

 

 

17,376,509

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,376,509

 

 

 

 

 

17,376,509

 

Cost of theater

 

 

22,108,200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,108,200

 

 

 

 

 

22,108,200

 

Operating payroll and benefits

 

 

32,141,337

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32,141,337

 

 

 

 

 

32,141,337

 

Occupancy expenses

 

 

17,104,225

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,104,225

 

 

 

 

 

17,104,225

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

24,780,648

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,780,648

 

 

 

 

 

24,780,648

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

14,220,451

 

 

 

3,428,871

(1)

 

 

17,649,322

 

 

 

 

 

17,649,322

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

16,019,403

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,019,403

 

 

 

 

 

16,019,403

 

Pre-opening expenses

 

 

4,394,515

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,394,515

 

 

 

 

 

4,394,515

 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

 

 

88,462

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

88,462

 

 

 

 

 

88,462

 

Operating expenses

 

 

148,233,750

 

 

 

3,428,871

 

 

 

151,662,621

 

 

 

 

 

151,662,621

 

Operating loss

 

 

(23,418,053

)

 

 

(3,428,871

)

 

 

(26,846,924

)

 

 

 

 

(26,846,924

)

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income (expense), net

 

 

(10,718,272

)

 

 

1,579,578

(5)

 

 

(9,138,694

)

 

 

 

 

(9,138,694

)

Total other income (expense)

 

 

(10,718,272

)

 

 

1,579,578

 

 

 

(9,138,694

)

 

 

 

 

(9,138,694

)

Net loss before income tax expense

 

 

(34,136,325

)

 

 

(1,849,293

)

 

 

(35,985,618

)

 

 

 

 

(35,985,618

)

Income tax expense

 

 

86,801

 

 

 

(2)

 

 

86,801

 

 

 

 

 

86,801

 

Net loss

 

 

(34,223,126

)

 

 

(1,849,293

)

 

 

(36,072,419

)

 

 

 

 

(36,072,419

)

Less: Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

(29,651,528

)(3)

 

 

(29,651,528

)

 

 

 

 

(29,651,528

)

Net loss attributable to iPic Entertainment Inc.

 

$

(34,223,126

)

 

 

27,802,235

 

 

$

(6,420,891

)

 

 

 

$

(6,420,891

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss per share of Class A Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(2.97

)(4)

 

 

 

$

(2.97

)

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(2.97

)

 

 

 

$

(2.97

)

Weighted average number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,165,000

 

 

 

 

 

2,165,000

 

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,165,000

 

 

 

 

 

2,165,000

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations

55

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations

(1)      On December 21, 2017, iPic-Gold Class adopted the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, under which equity awards may be made in respect of 1,600,000 units of iPic-Gold Class in the form of options, restricted units, unit appreciation rights, dividend equivalent rights, unit awards and performance-based awards. It is expected that in connection with the Transactions, the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will be migrated to iPic Entertainment and any awards granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will be converted into options to acquire Class A Common Stock of iPic Entertainment. On December 21, 2017, iPic-Gold Class granted 955,300 options with an exercise price of $18.13 per share to our named executive officers and certain other employees under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan as part of the Transactions (the “IPO Options”). Approximately 10,400 of the IPO Options are expected to become fully vested upon the closing of this Offering and the remaining IPO Options are expected to vest over either a three-year period or four-year period, in each case, commencing on the date of grant. The grant date fair value of the stock option awards were determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model using the following assumptions.

Expected volatility

 

33.96

%

Risk-free interest rate

 

2.26

%

Expected term in years

 

6-7 years

 

Dividend rate

 

0

%

Forfeiture rate

 

5.25

%

The options vest over a 4 year period beginning within six months of the Transactions. Since the first tranche will vest in less than 1 year, the stock compensation expense for the options has been included based on the vesting of each tranche which results in higher expense in the first 6 months.

On December 6, 2017, iPic Entertainment entered into restricted stock unit award agreements (the “IPO RSU Agreements”) with each of our named executive officers and certain other key members of management pursuant to which recipients will be entitled to receive an award of stock-settled restricted stock units (the “IPO RSUs”) in an aggregate dollar amount of approximately $9.0 million. The IPO RSU Agreements provide that each grantee will be entitled to receive a number of IPO RSUs equal to the quotient of (a) each such grantee’s “Aggregate Grant Amount” (set forth in each grantee’s IPO RSU Agreement) divided by (b) the initial public offering price. Pursuant to the IPO RSU Agreements, the IPO RSUs are expected to settle in full on a settlement date as set forth in the IPO RSU Agreement (the “Settlement Date”), regardless of whether the recipient remains employed with iPic Entertainment or any of its subsidiaries through the Settlement Date. The IPO RSUs vest immediately upon the closing of this Offering. The IPO RSUs and the IPO Options that will become fully vested in connection with the closing of this Offering are non-recurring in nature and, as such, have not been included as an adjustment in the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations. The expected grant date fair value of the restricted stock unit awards is based on the fair value on the grant date.

(2)      Following this Offering and the Transactions, iPic Entertainment Inc. will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes. In addition to state and local taxes, with respect to its allocable share of any net taxable income of Holdings. As a result, the pro forma statements of operations reflect an adjustment to provide for corporate income taxes at our estimated effective rate of (0.24)% for the year ended December 31, 2016 which includes provision for U.S. federal income taxes and assumes the highest statutory rates apportioned to each state and local jurisdiction.

The Company recognized an income tax expense on its share of pre-tax book income, exclusive of the non-controlling interests, of $0.1 million on for the year ended December 31, 2016.

56

The provision for income taxes from operations differs from the amount of income tax computed by applying the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to income before provision for income taxes as follows:

 

 

December 31,
2016

Federal statutory rate

 

35.00

%

Rate benefit from flow-through entity

 

(28.77

)

Partnership outside basis difference

 

(6.47

)

State tax

 

0.28

 

Valuation allowance

 

(0.28

)

Pro forma effective tax rate

 

(0.24

)%

Tax rules generally require that pre-transaction built-in-gains are allocated back to the historical limited liability company members. Our effective tax rate includes a rate benefit attributable to the fact that, after the Transactions, approximately 82.2% of iPic Entertainment Inc.’s earnings will not be subject to corporate level taxes as the applicable income tax expense will be incurred by, and be the obligation of, the members of Holdings holding the non-controlling interests. Thus, the pro forma effective tax rate on the portion of income attributable to iPic Entertainment Inc. is expected to be (0.24)% for the year ended December 31, 2016.

(3)      After this Offering and the Transactions, but not giving effect to the issuance of 220,629 membership units of iPic-Gold Class which were issued in November 2017, iPic Entertainment Inc.’s only material asset will be the ownership of 17.8% of the LLC Interests and sole voting interest in Holdings, which will have the sole voting interest in iPic-Gold Class. The LLC interests of the Continuing iPic Equity Owners will be accounted for as a non-controlling interest in iPic Entertainment Inc.’s consolidated financial statements after this Offering. Immediately following this Offering, but not giving effect to the issuance of 220,629 membership units of iPic-Gold Class which were issued in November 2017, the non-controlling interest of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC will represent 82.2% of the outstanding LLC Interests.

(4)      Pro forma basic income per share is computed by dividing the net income available to Class A Common Stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding during the period. Pro forma diluted net income per share is computed by adjusting the net income available to Class A Common Stockholders and the weighted-average number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding to give effect to potentially dilutive securities. Shares of Class B Common Stock do not participate in earnings of iPic Entertainment Inc. As a result, the shares of Class B Common Stock are not considered participating securities and are not included in the weighted-average shares outstanding for purposes of computing pro forma net income per share. Class B stockholders can convert their membership interests in the LLC to Class A Common Stock in iPic Entertainment Inc. maintaining a one-to-one ratio; therefore the equivalent number of Class A shares could be issued in exchange for the Class B stockholders’ membership interests in Holdings. That potential conversion would not result in dilutive shares as LLC Interests held by iPic Entertainment Inc. would increase in the same ratio as the share increase.

(5)      Reflects the reduction of interest expense based on the use of the 5% qualified subordinated debt and demand note plus accrued interest, to satisfy the members’ capital call in accordance with the debt agreements prior to the Transactions.

57

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following table presents the selected historical consolidated financial data for iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC and its subsidiaries. iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC, is the predecessor of the issuer, iPic Entertainment Inc., for financial reporting purposes. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC and its subsidiaries included elsewhere in this Offering Circular. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2017, and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2017 are derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC and its subsidiaries included elsewhere in this Offering Circular. In the opinion of our management, such unaudited financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for those periods.

The results of operations for the periods presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period and the results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year. The information set forth below should be read together with the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section and the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Offering Circular.

The selected historical financial data of iPic Entertainment Inc. have not been presented as iPic Entertainment Inc. is a newly incorporated entity, has had no business transactions or activities to date and had no assets or liabilities during the periods presented in this section. The selected historical financial and other data of iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC have not been presented below, as iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC is a holding company with no operations and no assets other than its ownership of all of the membership interests of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC.

58

Selected Historical and Pro Forma
Financial and Operating Data

$ in thousands, except share and per share data

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

Year Ended

 

Pro Forma

 

 

June 30,
2017

 

June 30,
2016

 

December 31,
2016

 

December 31,
2015

 

Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2017

 

Year
Ended
December 31,
2016

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Food and beverage

 

$

37,701

 

 

$

29,115

 

 

$

64,363

 

 

$

53,025

 

 

$

37,701

 

 

$

64,363

 

Theater

 

 

30,780

 

 

 

25,948

 

 

 

57,459

 

 

 

45,866

 

 

 

30,780

 

 

 

57,459

 

Other

 

 

893

 

 

 

284

 

 

 

2,994

 

 

 

997

 

 

 

893

 

 

 

2,994

 

Total revenues

 

 

69,375

 

 

 

55,348

 

 

 

124,816

 

 

 

99,889

 

 

 

69,375

 

 

 

124,816

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of food and beverage

 

 

10,307

 

 

 

7,762

 

 

 

17,377

 

 

 

14,614

 

 

 

10,307

 

 

 

17,377

 

Cost of theater

 

 

12,283

 

 

 

10,169

 

 

 

22,108

 

 

 

18,709

 

 

 

12,283

 

 

 

22,108

 

Operating payroll and benefits

 

 

18,906

 

 

 

14,488

 

 

 

32,141

 

 

 

25,918

 

 

 

18,906

 

 

 

32,141

 

Occupancy expenses

 

 

8,766

 

 

 

8,334

 

 

 

17,104

 

 

 

13,073

 

 

 

8,766

 

 

 

17,104

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

12,164

 

 

 

9,015

 

 

 

24,781

 

 

 

16,183

 

 

 

12,164

 

 

 

24,781

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

7,011

 

 

 

5,842

 

 

 

14,220

 

 

 

12,471

 

 

 

9,421

 

 

 

17,649

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

9,570

 

 

 

7,232

 

 

 

16,019

 

 

 

11,819

 

 

 

9,570

 

 

 

16,019

 

Pre-opening expenses

 

 

1,632

 

 

 

870

 

 

 

4,395

 

 

 

3,666

 

 

 

1,632

 

 

 

4,395

 

Impairment of property and equipment

 

 

3,332

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,332

 

 

 

 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

 

 

8

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

211

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

88

 

Operating expenses

 

 

83,979

 

 

 

63,773

 

 

 

148,234

 

 

 

116,665

 

 

 

86,388

 

 

 

151,662

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating loss

 

 

(14,604

)

 

 

(8,425

)

 

 

(23,418

)

 

 

(16,777

)

 

 

(17,013

)

 

 

(26,847

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income (expense), net

 

 

(7,782

)

 

 

(5,259

)

 

 

(10,718

)

 

 

(7,891

)

 

 

(6,937

)

 

 

(9,139

)

Other income

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

 

 

(7,777

)

 

 

(5,259

)

 

 

(10,718

)

 

 

(7,891

)

 

 

(6,932

)

 

 

(9,139

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss before income tax expense

 

 

(22,382

)

 

 

(13,684

)

 

 

(34,136

)

 

 

(24,668

)

 

 

(23,945

)

 

 

(35,986

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

43

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(22,425

)

 

$

(13,715

)

 

$

(34,223

)

 

$

(24,729

)

 

$

(23,989

)

 

$

(36,072

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

(19,719

)

 

$

(29,651

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to iPic Entertainment Inc.

 

$

(22,425

)

 

$

(13,715

)

 

$

(34,223

)

 

$

(24,729

)

 

$

(4,270

)

 

$

(6,421

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(1.97

)

 

$

(2.97

)

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(1.97

)

 

$

(2.97

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,165,000

 

 

 

2,165,000

 

Diluted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,165,000

 

 

 

2,165,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-GAAP financial measures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA(1)

 

$

(5,029

)

 

$

(1,193

)

 

$

(7,399

)

 

$

(4,958

)

 

$

(7,439

)

 

$

(10,827

)

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

 

$

(62

)

 

$

(263

)

 

$

932

 

 

$

(1,081

)

 

$

(62

)

 

$

932

 

Store-Level EBITDA(1)

 

$

6,949

 

 

$

5,579

 

 

$

15,152

 

 

$

11,390

 

 

$

6,949

 

 

$

15,152

 

59

Consolidated Balance Sheet

$ in thousands

 

 

As of
June 30,
2017

 

As of
December 31,
2016

 

As of
December 31,
2015

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

3,895

 

 

$

4,653

 

 

$

8,182

 

Total current assets

 

 

8,994

 

 

 

12,777

 

 

 

14,114

 

Total assets

 

 

157,419

 

 

 

177,448

 

 

 

141,421

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

20,320

 

 

 

29,958

 

 

 

28,105

 

Long-term debt and deferred rent

 

 

188,017

 

 

 

178,049

 

 

 

123,056

 

Total liabilities

 

 

263,979

 

 

 

271,369

 

 

 

201,119

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(140,715

)

 

 

(118,290

)

 

 

(84,067

)

Total members’/stockholders’ deficit

 

 

(106,560

)

 

 

(93,921

)

 

 

(59,698

)

Total liabilities and members’/stockholders’ deficit

 

 

157,419

 

 

 

177,448

 

 

 

141,421

 

____________

(1)      For more information as to how we define and calculate EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Store-level EBITDA and why we believe such measures are appropriate measures of operating performance, see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”

The following is a reconciliation of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Store-Level EBITDA to net loss for each of the periods indicated:

$ in thousands

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

Year Ended

 

Pro Forma

 

 

June 30,
2017

 

June 30,
2016

 

December 31,
2016

 

December 31,
2015

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,
2017

 

Year Ended December 31, 2016

Net loss

 

$

(22,425

)

 

$

(13,715

)

 

$

(34,223

)

 

$

(24,729

)

 

$

(23,989

)

 

$

(36,072

)

Plus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

7,782

 

 

 

5,259

 

 

 

10,718

 

 

 

7,891

 

 

 

6,937

 

 

 

9,139

 

Income tax expense

 

 

43

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

87

 

Depreciation and amortization
expense

 

 

9,570

 

 

 

7,232

 

 

 

16,019

 

 

 

11,819

 

 

 

9,570

 

 

 

16,019

 

EBITDA

 

 

(5,029

)

 

 

(1,193

)

 

 

(7,399

)

 

 

(4,958

)

 

 

(7,439

)

 

 

(10,827

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-opening expenses(1)

 

 

1,632

 

 

 

870

 

 

 

4,395

 

 

 

3,666

 

 

 

1,632

 

 

 

4,395

 

Other income(2)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

Impairment of property and
equipment(3)

 

 

3,332

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,332

 

 

 

 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment(4)

 

 

8

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

211

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

88

 

Non-recurring charges(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,848

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,848

 

Stock-based compensation expense(6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,409

 

 

 

3,429

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

 

(62

)

 

 

(263

)

 

 

932

 

 

 

(1,081

)

 

 

(62

)

 

 

932

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plus:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative expense(7)

 

 

7,011

 

 

 

5,842

 

 

 

14,220

 

 

 

12,471

 

 

 

7,011

 

 

 

14,220

 

Store-Level EBITDA

 

$

6,949

 

 

$

5,579

 

 

$

15,152

 

 

$

11,390

 

 

$

6,949

 

 

$

15,152

 

____________

(1)      “Pre-opening expenses” shall mean all expenses incurred in preparation of an iPic location opening, to the extent not capitalized nor amortized in accordance with GAAP.

(2)      “Other income” consists of a loss incurred on the disposition of certain fixed assets.

60

(3)      “Impairment of property and equipment” represents an impairment charge incurred at the Scottsdale, AZ location after evaluating the ongoing value of property and equipment at this location.

(4)      “Loss on disposal of property and equipment” represents the loss incurred on the disposition of certain obsolete property and equipment

(5)      “Non-recurring charges” represents expenses incurred in connection with a litigation matter that was settled in 2016.

(6)      “Stock-based compensation expense” is a non-cash charge in the amount of the expense associated with equity awards given to employees as part of their compensation package, taken over the vesting period of the equity awards.

(7)      When calculating Store-Level EBITDA, “general and administrative expense” is added back to Adjusted EBITDA, as corporate overhead expenses are not allocated to our locations.

61

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of our operations together with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Offering Circular. This discussion contains forward-looking statements reflecting our current expectations, whose actual outcomes involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results and the timing of events may differ materially from those stated in or implied by these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those discussed in the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Statement regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and elsewhere in this Offering Circular.

Overview

iPic strives to be our guest’s favorite local destination for a night out on the town. Our newest locations blend three distinct areas — a polished-casual restaurant, a farm-to-glass full-service bar, and our world-class luxury theater auditoriums with in-theater dining — into a one-of-a-kind experience. Our team endeavors to deliver world class hospitality in innovative, one-of-a-kind theaters which we believe are among the finest in the world. Our chefs and mixologists create craveable food and drink offerings that are outstanding on a standalone basis, but it is the interplay between our movie-entertainment, dining and full-service bar areas that is the defining feature of a typical four-hour guest experience. We thoughtfully design the layout, ambiance, and energy-flow of each unit to maximize the crossover between these activities. With constantly changing movie content and menu offerings, each visit is different, providing our customers with a reason to visit us repeatedly. We believe that we deliver an experience that is innovative, unique and cannot be easily replicated at home or elsewhere without the hassle of having to visit multiple destinations. Our locations also act as great venues for private events, family and business functions and other corporate-sponsored events. We believe our concept is well-positioned within today’s ever-increasing experiential economy.

We believe that we pioneered the concept of polished-casual dining in a luxury theater auditorium and are one of the largest combined movie theater and restaurant entertainment destinations with locations engineered from the ground up to provide our guests with a luxurious movie-going experience at an affordable price. We currently operate 121 screens at 16 locations in 10 states, with an additional 4 locations under construction, and a pipeline of an additional 15 sites that either have a signed lease or are in lease negotiations.

Our Restaurant Brands

Our Tuck Hospitality Group operates five different and distinct restaurant brands under the leadership of 3-time James Beard Award winning chef and FoodTV personality Sherry Yard and Master Barman and Advanced Sommelier Adam Seger. Each future iPic location will consist of one of our fine polished-casual dining concepts plus an iPic Express.

City Perch Kitchen + Bar is a social seasonal American dining destination concept featuring locally-sourced ingredients. Offering a rare synergy of culinary art, decades of experience and creative vision, City Perch serves up unique yet playful dishes that enhance the bright flavors of ingredients. Selections include abundant appetizers, just-picked vegetables, generous salads and outstanding main courses from spit-roasted chickens to charbroiled steaks. The menu changes with the seasons, while specials reflect the best of the market. Breads are made from scratch daily and served warm with whipped butters. Desserts are handmade and heartwarming. Spirit enthusiasts will delight in our creative menu of handcrafted cocktails, featuring fresh, spirited takes on classic and inspired creations, expertly prepared by our Master Barman and Advanced Sommelier Adam Seger. His locally driven menu focuses on fresh produce and herbs as well as house-made syrups, bitters and infusions.

Tanzy offers artisanal Italian cuisine is focused on garden-fresh modern Italian flavors in a social environment to share with friends, family, and colleagues. Delight in inspiring flavors where the ingredients are the star in every dish artfully prepared by Tanzy’s executive chef who deftly melds contemporary techniques with classical Italian influences. The resulting flavor profiles are nuanced, modern and unique. Spirit enthusiasts will delight in our creative menu of handcrafted cocktails, featuring fresh produce and herbs as well as house-made syrups, bitters and infusions. A boutique wine list and local craft brews, perfectly complement the flavors coming out of the kitchen. Tanzy’s exquisite architectural backdrop serves as the perfect gathering place for friends, creating a unique setting for lively dining and conversation.

The Tuck Room is a spirited drinking and dining den concept. A vibrant social destination with an inviting and intimate atmosphere, The Tuck Room is hidden away, snug and comfortable and features original creations from Master Sommelier, Adam Seger, who believes in ‘drinking like you eat’, with garden-fresh ingredients, inspired

62

by the classics with exciting modern twists. The thoughtful beverage program, complete with an array of local craft brews, a diverse wine list, and locally-inspired cocktail creations often topped-off with The Tuck Room’s signature Liquid Nitrogen service, is culled from cocktail culture’s rich history that tempts your palate with interesting flavors that layer incredibly with the culinary experience. The menu at the Tuck Room offers unique and artful takes on classic and craveable American flavors, which are meant to be enjoyed with enthusiasm and pleasure.

The Tuck Room Tavern is a neighborhood place where you can eat and drink with enthusiasm and pleasure. The Tuck Room Tavern is a lively and whimsical dining and drinking den offering craveable American cuisine meant to be enjoyed with friends and family in a jovial environment. Our Master Barman has curated a Love Letter to Los Angeles, finding inspiration from the diverse culture and unique history of Los Angeles, focusing on ingredients from the Santa Monica Farmer’s Market. Local craft brews and a diverse wine list round out the thoughtful beverage program that complements the inspired flavors from the kitchen.

iPic Express is our answer to a theater concession stand that features a chef-driven menu from our in-house and guest chefs, prepared to order for our Premium Plus customers to be carried to their seats by our Ninja servers or for our Premium-Level guests to carry into the cinema. Every month we introduce a new menu item that is designed by a celebrity Chef in collaboration with Sherry Yard. Each menu item is designed to be eaten in the dark, without the need of a fork and knife. Prepared to order by our skilled culinary team and crafted for a delicious dining-in-dark experience during the movie, you’ll enjoy creative elevated American comfort food inspired by the seasons and always satisfying to your taste buds. An assortment of signature garden-inspired cocktails, local craft brews, and a thoughtfully curated wine list take your beverage experience to the next level. We wouldn’t forget the classics — iPic Express offers an assortment of classic candies and custom treats as well as classic and gourmet popcorn flavors to satisfy your sweet, or savory, tooth.

Growth Strategies and Outlook

Our growth strategy consists of the following components:

Opening new iPic locations. This is our greatest immediate opportunity for growth. We believe that we are still in the very nascent stage of our growth story. We currently operate 121 screens at 16 locations in 10 states with an additional 4 locations under construction and a pipeline of an additional 15 sites that either have a signed lease or are in lease negotiations. We believe that we currently control less than 0.5% market share of the theater business in the United States, based on data provided by the National Association of Theatre Owners and our financial results. We believe there is tremendous whitespace opportunity to expand in both existing and new U.S. markets, as well as overseas, and we have invested in our infrastructure through new hires at our home office to enable us to continue to grow with discipline. We plan to upgrade three of our seven Generation I locations in 2018 and open at least four new domestic units per year, starting in 2019, for the foreseeable future. Based on our experience and analysis, along with research we engaged Eastern Consolidated Properties, Inc. to perform for us, we believe that over the long-term we have the potential to grow our iPic U.S. footprint to at least 200 U.S. units and to potentially explore overseas expansion as well. The rate of future growth in any particular period is inherently uncertain and is subject to numerous factors that are outside of our control. As a result, we do not currently have an anticipated timeframe to reach our long-term potential. We will use a portion of the proceeds from this Offering to open new iPic locations and renovate existing iPic locations. We will continue to pursue a disciplined new store growth strategy in both new and existing markets where we can achieve consistent high store revenues and attractive store-level cash-on-cash returns.

Growing our comparable-store sales. We intend to grow our comparable-store sales by continuing to differentiate the iPic brand from other food and entertainment alternatives, through the following strategies:

         Differentiate our food and beverage offering

         Relentless efforts on hospitality

         Grow usage of alternative content

         Enhance brand awareness and drive incremental visits to our stores through innovative marketing and promotions

         Grow our special events usage

63

Improving our margins. We believe we are well-positioned to increase margins and believe we have additional opportunities to reduce costs. Based on the operating leverage generated by our business model, which has been enhanced by operating initiatives implemented by management in recent years, we believe we have the potential to improve margins and deliver greater earnings from potential future increases in comparable-store sales. Under our current cost structure, we generally estimate that about 30% of any comparable-store sales growth that exceeds the cost inflation in that store would flow through to our Adjusted EBITDA. We also believe that improved labor scheduling technology will allow us to increase labor productivity in the future. We believe that our continued focus on operating margins at individual locations and the deployment of best practices across our store base is expected to yield incremental margin efficiencies.

For further information about our growth strategies and outlook, see “Business — Our Growth Strategies.”

Key Performance Indicators

We monitor and analyze many key performance measures to manage our business and evaluate financial and operating performance. These measures include:

New store openings. Our ability to expand our business and reach new customers is influenced by the opening of additional iPic locations in both new and existing markets. The success of our new iPic locations is indicative of our brand appeal and the efficacy of our site selection and operating models. During each of 2015 and 2016, we opened two new iPic locations.

Comparable-store sales. Comparable-store sales are a year-over-year comparison of sales at iPic locations open at the end of the period which have been open for at least 12 months prior to the start of such quarterly period. It is a key performance indicator used within the industry and is indicative of acceptance of our initiatives as well as local economic and consumer trends. Our comparable stores consisted of 11 and 13 stores as of the end of 2015 and 2016, respectively. From period to period, comparable-store sales are generally impacted by attendance and average spend per person. Spend per person is, in turn, composed of pricing and sales-mix changes.

Margins. Store-level margins consists of total revenues less store-level expenses that include food-and-beverage cost-of-goods sold, box-office-and-other-income costs-of-goods-sold, labor costs, occupancy expenses and other-operating expenses.

Store-level cash-on-cash returns. We target our new locations, which are approximately 40,000 square feet, to achieve Year Three store-level cash-on-cash returns in excess of 20%. Cash-on-cash returns are defined by Store-level EBITDA divided by net development costs. Net development costs are defined by gross development costs less landlord contributions. To achieve this return, we target a ratio of Year 3 store revenues to net development costs in excess of 1.00 and individual iPic Store-level EBITDA margins in excess of 15%. We do not always achieve these target figures due to factors both within and outside of our control.

64

Result of Operations

The following table presents our results of operations for the periods indicated. The period-to-period comparisons of results are not necessarily indicative of results for future periods.

Selected Historical Financial and Operating Data

$ in thousands

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

Year Ended

 

 

June 30,
2017

 

June 30,
2016

 

December 31, 2016

 

December 31, 2015

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Food and beverage

 

$

37,701

 

 

$

29,115

 

 

$

64,363

 

 

$

53,025

 

Theater

 

 

30,780

 

 

 

25,948

 

 

 

57,459

 

 

 

45,866

 

Other

 

 

893

 

 

 

284

 

 

 

2,994

 

 

 

997

 

Total revenues

 

 

69,375

 

 

 

55,348

 

 

 

124,816

 

 

 

99,889

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of food and beverage

 

 

10,307

 

 

 

7,762

 

 

 

17,377

 

 

 

14,614

 

Cost of theater

 

 

12,283

 

 

 

10,169

 

 

 

22,108

 

 

 

18,709

 

Operating payroll and benefits

 

 

18,906

 

 

 

14,488

 

 

 

32,141

 

 

 

25,918

 

Occupancy expenses

 

 

8,766

 

 

 

8,334

 

 

 

17,104

 

 

 

13,073

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

12,164

 

 

 

9,015

 

 

 

24,781

 

 

 

16,183

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

7,011

 

 

 

5,842

 

 

 

14,220

 

 

 

12,471

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

9,570

 

 

 

7,232

 

 

 

16,019

 

 

 

11,819

 

Pre-opening expenses

 

 

1,632

 

 

 

870

 

 

 

4,395

 

 

 

3,666

 

Impairment of property and equipment

 

 

3,332

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

 

 

8

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

211

 

Operating expenses

 

 

83,979

 

 

 

63,773

 

 

 

148,234

 

 

 

116,665

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating loss

 

 

(14,604

)

 

 

(8,425

)

 

 

(23,418

)

 

 

(16,777

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income (expense), net

 

 

(7,782

)

 

 

(5,259

)

 

 

(10,718

)

 

 

(7,891

)

Other income

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

 

 

(7,777

)

 

 

(5,259

)

 

 

(10,718

)

 

 

(7,891

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss before income tax expense

 

 

(22,382

)

 

 

(13,684

)

 

 

(34,136

)

 

 

(24,668

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

43

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(22,425

)

 

$

(13,715

)

 

$

(34,223

)

 

$

(24,729

)

65

The following table presents the components of our results of operations for the periods indicated as a percentage of revenue:

As a Percent of Total Revenue

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

Year Ended

 

 

June 30,
2017

 

June 30,
2016

 

December 31, 2016

 

December 31, 2015

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Food and beverage

 

54.3

%

 

 

52.6

%

 

 

51.6

%

 

 

53.1

%

 

Theater

 

44.4

%

 

 

46.9

%

 

 

46.0

%

 

 

45.9

%

 

Other

 

1.3

%

 

 

0.5

%

 

 

2.4

%

 

 

1.0

%

 

Total revenues

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of food and beverage

 

14.9

%

 

 

14.0

%

 

 

13.9

%

 

 

14.6

%

 

Cost of theater

 

17.7

%

 

 

18.4

%

 

 

17.7

%

 

 

18.7

%

 

Operating payroll and benefits

 

27.3

%

 

 

26.2

%

 

 

25.8

%

 

 

25.9

%

 

Occupancy expenses

 

12.6

%

 

 

15.1

%

 

 

13.7

%

 

 

13.1

%

 

Other operating expenses

 

17.5

%

 

 

16.3

%

 

 

19.9

%

 

 

16.2

%

 

General and administrative expenses

 

10.1

%

 

 

10.6

%

 

 

11.4

%

 

 

12.5

%

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

13.8

%

 

 

13.1

%

 

 

12.8

%

 

 

11.8

%

 

Pre-opening expenses

 

2.4

%

 

 

1.6

%

 

 

3.5

%

 

 

3.7

%

 

Impairment of property and equipment

 

4.8

%

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

0.0

%

 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

 

0.0

%

 

 

0.1

%

 

 

0.1

%

 

 

0.2

%

 

Operating expenses

 

121.1

%

 

 

115.2

%

 

 

118.8

%

 

 

116.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating loss

 

(21.1

%

)

 

(15.2

%

)

 

(18.8

%

)

 

(16.8

%

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income (expense), net

 

(11.2

%

)

 

(9.5

%

)

 

(8.6

%

)

 

(7.9

%

)

Other income

 

0.0

%

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

0.0

%

 

Total other income (expense)

 

(11.2

%

)

 

(9.5

%

)

 

(8.6

%

)

 

(7.9

%

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss before income tax expense

 

(32.3

%

)

 

(24.7

%

)

 

(27.3

%

)

 

(24.7

%

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

0.1

%

 

 

0.1

%

 

 

0.1

%

 

 

0.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

(32.3

%

)

 

(24.8

%

)

 

(27.4

%

)

 

(24.8

%

)

66

Basis of Presentation

Revenue:Total revenue consists of food and beverage, theater and other revenues. Our revenue growth is primarily influenced by the number of new iPic locations and growth in comparable store revenues. Comparable store revenue growth reflects the change in year-over-year revenue for the comparable store base and is an important measure of our operating performance. Comparable-store sales growth can be generated by increases in average dollar Spend Per Person (SPP) and improvements in customer traffic.

Food and Beverage Revenue is our largest source of revenue, amounting to $64.4 million in 2016. This includes all food and beverage sales within our restaurants, theaters and bars. Food revenues refer to food and non-alcoholic beverages, and food offerings vary based on regional preferences and concepts as described in our restaurant brands section. Popular in-theater food items include our Angus Burger Trio, Parmesan Truffle Fries, and Buffalo Chicken Spring Rolls, whereas our restaurants offer heartier entrees such as Grilled Salmon, Braised Beef Short Ribs, and Brioche-crusted Crab Cakes. Beverage revenues refer to alcoholic beverages within our fully-licensed locations that offer full beverage service, including alcoholic beverages, throughout each location.

Theater Revenue is our second largest source of revenue, amounting to $57.5 million in 2016. We predominantly license first-run films from major distributors through direct negotiation. All of our theaters are equipped to offer content in 2D and 3D format. Theater revenue depends largely on timing and popularity of films released by distributors, so revenues attributed to any one particular distributor can vary significantly from year to year based on content. Theater revenue includes revenue from all sponsorship activities, advertising, rental of auditoriums for private functions, live shows, gaming events, academy screenings, corporate functions, corporate rentals and other revenue-generating showings.

Other Revenue includes membership revenue, bowling, parking and valet, and gift card breakage.

Cost of food and beverage: Food and beverage costs are driven by supplier pricing movements and product mix. We continually strive to negotiate favorable pricing, select high-quality products, and monitor and control the use of our food and beverage products optimally.

Cost of theater: Film rental fees are paid based on box office receipts and are ordinarily paid from 20 to 35 days following receipt. These fees are negotiated directly with distributors and vary from film to film. We maintain strong relationships with the top film distributors, and our film buying group has decades of experience in the industry.

Income Taxes: We have historically filed our income tax returns as a limited liability company, and have been taxed as a partnership for U.S. federal and state income tax purposes. Accordingly, each item of our income, gain, loss, deduction or credit has been ultimately reportable by our members on their individual tax returns, except in certain states and local jurisdictions where we have been subject to income taxes. As such, we have not recorded a provision for federal income taxes or for taxes in states and local jurisdictions that do not assess taxes at the entity level.

A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is more likely than not that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the more-likely-than-not test, no tax benefit is recorded. The Company’s tax filings are generally subject to examination for a period of three years from the filing date. Management has not identified any tax position taken that require income tax reserves to be established.

We recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. We have no amounts accrued for interest or penalties at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016. We do not expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly change in the next 12 months.

We reduce our deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences are deductible. In making this determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence affecting specific deferred tax assets, including our past and anticipated future performance, the reversal of deferred tax liabilities, the length of carry-back and carry-forward periods and the implementation of tax planning strategies.

67

Objective positive evidence is necessary to support a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed for all or a portion of deferred tax assets when significant negative evidence exists. Cumulative tax losses in recent years are the most compelling form of negative evidence considered by management in this determination. Management determined that based on all available evidence, a full valuation allowance was required for all U.S. state deferred tax assets due to losses incurred for income tax reporting purposes for the past several years.

Period-to-Period Comparisons

We have incurred net losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception and anticipate this to continue in the near term as we continue to focus our efforts on expanding our customer base and theater locations.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2017 compared to the Six Months Ended June 30, 2016

Revenues

Total revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2017 increased by $14.1 million to $69.4 million which represented a 25.3% increase in total revenue as compared to $55.3 million of revenue in the six months ended June 30, 2016. The $14.1 million increase in revenue was derived from the following sources: (i) $15.6 million from a net increase in year-over-year revenue from non-comparable stores, including Ft. Lee, NJ and Fulton Market, NY, and in other revenue; and (ii) ($1.5) million from a decrease in comparable-store sales of (3.0)%.

Cost of Food and Beverage

In the six months ended June 30, 2017, cost of food and beverage increased by $2.5 million to $10.3 million (or to 27.3% of applicable revenue) from $7.8 million (or 26.7% of applicable revenue) in the six months ended June 30, 2016. The increase in food and beverage costs as a percent of sales was due largely to inefficiencies from our non-comparable stores as well as from higher overall commodity costs.

Cost of Theater

In the six months ended June 30, 2017, cost of theater increased by $2.1 million to $12.3 million (or to 39.9% of applicable revenue) from $10.2 million (or 39.2% of applicable revenue) in the six months ended June 30, 2016. Cost of theater was higher as a percentage of sales due largely to the differing mix of films between the two periods.

Operating Payroll and Benefits

In the six months ended June 30, 2017, operating payroll and benefits increased by $4.4 million to $18.9 million (or to 27.3% of total revenue) from $14.5 million (or 26.2% of total revenue) in the six months ended June 30, 2016. The increase in operating payroll and benefits was derived from the following sources: (i) $4.7 million higher year-over-year spend associated with sales volumes from non-comparable stores in Ft. Lee, NJ; Fulton Market, NY; and Dobbs Ferry, New York; and (ii) ($0.3) million decrease in labor costs at comparable stores. The year-over-year increase in operating payroll and benefits as a percentage of sales was due mainly to inefficiencies at our non-comparable stores as well as from a decline in comparable-store sales.

Occupancy Expenses

In the six months ended June 30, 2017, occupancy expenses increased by $0.5 million to $8.8 million (or to 12.6% of revenue) from $8.3 million (or 15.1% of revenue) in the six months ended June 30, 2016. The increase in occupancy expenses was derived from the following sources: (i) $0.4 million in occupancy expenses associated with our non-comparable stores in Ft. Lee, NJ; Fulton Market, NY and Dobbs Ferry, New York; and (ii) $0.1 million increase in occupancy expenses at comparable stores. The decrease in occupancy expenses as percentage of sales was due to lower occupancy expenses at our non-comparable stores that was partially offset by a decline in comparable-store sales.

Other Operating Expenses

In the six months ended June 30, 2017, other operating expenses increased by $3.2 million to $12.2 million (or to 17.5% of revenue) from $9.0 million (or 16.3% of revenue) in the six months ended June 30, 2016. The increase in other operating expenses was derived from the following sources: (i) $3.3 million in other operating expenses associated with our non-comparable stores opened in Ft. Lee, NJ; Fulton Market, NY and Dobbs Ferry, New York;

68

and (ii) ($0.1) million decrease in other operating expenses at comparable stores. The year-over-year increase in other operating expenses as a percentage of sales was largely due to inefficiencies at our non-comparable store base as well as from a decline in comparable-store sales.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel, facilities and professional expenses for the various departments of our corporate headquarters. In the six months ended June 30, 2017, general and administrative expenses increased by $1.2 million to $7.0 million (or 10.1% to total revenues) from $5.8 million (or 10.6% of total revenue) in the six months ended June 30, 2016. The majority of the increase in general and administrative expenses was associated with additional staffing and overhead expenses relating to our newest locations in Ft. Lee, NJ; Fulton Market, NY; and Dobbs Ferry, NY, which was more than offset by leverage associated with the added sales from these new locations.

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

Depreciation and amortization expense includes the depreciation of fixed assets and the amortization of trademarks with finite lives. In the six months ended June 30, 2017, depreciation and amortization expense increased by $2.4 million to $9.6 million from $7.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016. The majority of this increase was due to the depreciation from new stores and maintenance capital expenditures.

Pre-Opening Expenses

Pre-opening expenses include costs associated with the opening and organizing of new stores, including pre-opening rent, staff training and recruiting, and travel costs for employees engaged in such pre-opening activities. In the six months ended June 30, 2017, pre-opening expenses increased by $0.7 million to $1.6 million from $0.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016. This was due to a new store opening in the six months ended June 30, 2017.

Loss on Impairment and Disposal of Property and Equipment

In the six months ended June 30, 2017, loss on impairment and disposal of property and equipment increased by $3.28 million to $3.34 million from $0.06 million in the six months ended June 30, 2017. This was due to a $3.3 million impairment charge taken at our Scottsdale, AZ location. After evaluating the ongoing value of this location, we determined that $4.97 million of assets were no longer recoverable, and as such impaired and wrote them down to their estimated fair value of $1.64 million.

Interest Expense

Interest expense includes the cost of our debt obligations including the amortization of loan fees and any interest income earned. In the six months ended June 30, 2017, interest expense increased by $2.5 million to $7.8 million from $5.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016. The increase in interest expense was a result of higher debt levels associated with the full-period financing charges associated with our new store openings in Ft. Lee, NJ; Fulton Market, NY; and Dobbs Ferry, New York locations.

Income Tax Expense

In the six months ended June 30, 2017, income tax expense increased by $0.01 million to $0.04 million from $0.03 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016. Our effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate due to changes in the tax valuation allowance, the deduction for FICA tip credits, state income taxes and the impact of certain expenses which are not deductible for income tax purposes.

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2015

Revenue

Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased by $24.9 million to $124.8 million which represented a 25.0% increase in total revenue as compared to $99.9 million of revenue in the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in year-over-year revenue was derived from the following sources: (1) $31.2 million from a net increase in year-over-year revenue from non-comparable stores sales, including Houston, TX; Miami, FL; Ft. Lee, NJ; and Fulton

69

Market, NY, and in other revenues; and (2) ($6.2) million from a decline in comparable-store sales of (6.5%) (as compared to our 2015 comparable-store growth of 8.6%). We attribute some portion of our negative comparable-store sales performance to the impact from a material increase in the percentage of the industry’s 2016 total box-office receipts that stemmed from children’s or animated films that do not generally appeal to our more adult clientele. For 2016, industry reports noted that approximately 50% of industry sales from 2016’s Top-15 grossing films were from children’s or animated films (as opposed to 18% of industry sales from 2015’s Top-15 grossing films coming from children’s or animated films).

Cost of Food and Beverage

In the year ended December 31, 2016, cost of food and beverage increased by $2.8 million to $17.4 million (or to 27.0% of applicable revenue) from $14.6 million (or 27.6% of applicable revenue) in the year ended December 31, 2015. Our food-and-beverage costs as a percentage of applicable revenue improved due to the impact of buying efficiencies and lower overall commodity costs.

Cost of Theater

In the year ended December 31, 2016, cost of theater increased by $3.4 million to $22.1 million (or to 38.5% of applicable revenue) from $18.7 million (or 40.8% of applicable revenue) in the year ended December 31, 2015. As a percentage of applicable revenue, our improvement in cost of theater in 2016 was due to the differing mix of films between the two periods.

Operating Payroll and Benefits

In the year ended December 31, 2016, operating payroll and benefits increased by $6.2 million to $32.1 million (or 25.8% of total revenue) from $25.9 million (or 25.9% of total revenue) in the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in operating payroll and benefits was derived from the following sources: (i) $7.6 million higher year-over-year spending associated with sales volumes from non-comparable stores; and (2) ($1.4) million decrease in labor costs at comparable-stores. The year-over-year decrease in operating payroll and benefits as a percentage of sales was due mainly to strong efficiencies at our new-location openings largely offset by a decline in comparable-store sales.

Occupancy Expenses

In the year ended December 31, 2016, occupancy expenses increased by $4.0 million to $17.1 million (or to 13.7% of revenue) from $13.1 million (or 13.1% of revenue) in the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in occupancy expenses was derived from the following sources: (i) $3.7 million in occupancy expenses associated with our non-comparable stores; and (ii) $0.3 million increase in occupancy expenses at comparable-stores. As a percentage of sales, the increase in occupancy expenses in 2016 was due to lower occupancy expenses at our non-comparable stores largely offset by a decline in comparable-store sales.

Other Operating Expenses

In the year ended December 31, 2016, other operating expenses increased by $8.6 million to $24.8 million (or to 19.9% of revenue) from $16.2 million (or 16.2% of revenue) in the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in other operating expenses was derived from the following sources: (i) $5.3 million in other operating expenses associated with our non-comparable stores; (ii) ($0.5) million decrease in other operating expenses at comparable stores; and (iii) $3.8 million increase in litigation costs. As a percentage of sales, the year-over-year increase in overall other operating expenses was largely due to increased operating expenses associated with our non-comparable stores and increased litigation costs.

General and Administrative Expenses

In the year ended December 31, 2016, general and administrative expenses increased by $1.7 million to $14.2 million (or 11.4% of total revenues) versus $12.5 million (or 12.5% of total revenue) in the year ended December 31, 2015. The majority of the dollar increase in general and administrative expenses was associated with additional staffing and overhead expenses relating to our non-comparable stores in Houston, Texas; Miami, Florida; Ft. Lee, NJ; and Fulton Market, NY.

70

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

In the year ended December 31, 2016, depreciation and amortization expense increased by $4.2 million to $16.0 million from $11.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was due to increases in depreciation from new store openings and maintenance capital expenditures.

Pre-Opening Expenses

In the year ended December 31, 2016, pre-opening expenses increased by $0.7 million to $4.4 million from $3.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was due to higher expenditures on our two new 2016 store openings in Ft. Lee, NJ and Fulton Market, NY compared to our two new 2015 store openings in Houston, TX and Miami, FL.

Loss on Impairment and Disposal of Property and Equipment

In the year ended December 31, 2016, disposal of property and equipment decreased by $0.12 million to $0.09 million from $0.21 million in the year ended December 31, 2015.

Interest Expense

In the year ended December 31, 2016, interest expense increased by $2.8 million to $10.7 million from $7.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 due to higher debt levels associated with the full-year financing charges associated with our new stores openings in Houston, TX and Miami, FL, as well as partial-year funding of our new locations at Ft. Lee, NJ and Fulton Market, NY.

Income Tax Expense

In the year ended December 31, 2016, income tax expense increased by $0.03 million to $0.09 million from $0.06 million in the year ended December 31, 2015. Our effective tax rate differs from the statutory rate due to changes in the tax valuation allowance, the deduction for FICA tip credits, state income taxes and the impact of certain expenses which are not deductible for income tax purposes.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Based upon our working capital deficiency and members’ deficiency of $11.3 million and $106.6 million, respectively, as of June 30, 2017, we require additional equity and/or debt financing to continue our operations. These conditions raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. If we cannot continue as a viable entity, we may be unable to continue our operations and you may lose some or all of your investment in our common stock.

Based upon our working capital deficiency, outstanding debt and forecasted continued operating losses, and without giving effect to this Offering, we expect that the cash we currently have available will fund our operations only through March 31, 2018. Thereafter, we will need to raise further capital, through the sale of additional equity or debt securities, to support our future operations and to repay our debt (unless, if requested, the debt holders agree to convert their notes into equity or extend the maturity dates of their notes). Our operating needs include costs to operate our business, including amounts required to fund working capital and capital expenditures. Our future capital requirements and the adequacy of our available funds will depend on many factors, including our ability to successfully commercialize and market our products and services, competing technological and market developments, and the need to enter into collaborations with other companies or acquire other companies or technologies to enhance or complement our product and service offerings.

We may be unable to raise sufficient additional capital when we need it or raise capital on favorable terms. Debt financing may require us to pledge certain assets and enter into covenants that could restrict certain business activities or our ability to incur further indebtedness, and may contain other terms that are not favorable to our stockholders or us. Equity financing, if obtained, could result in substantial dilution to our existing stockholders. At its sole discretion, our board of directors may issue additional securities without seeking stockholder approval, and we do not know when we will need additional capital or, if we do, whether it will be available to us. If we are unable to obtain adequate funds on reasonable terms, we may be required to significantly curtail or discontinue operations or obtain funds by entering into financing agreements on unattractive terms.

Except as described in the following paragraph, we currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business, and therefore iPic Entertainment does not currently expect to pay any cash

71

dividends on its Class A Common Stock. Any future determination to pay dividends to holders of Class A Common Stock will be at the discretion of iPic Entertainment’s board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, restrictions in iPic-Gold Class’s debt agreements and other factors that iPic Entertainment’s board of directors deems relevant.

Holdings is required to make tax distributions to its members under certain circumstances provided in the Holdings LLC Agreement. Any such tax distributions are required to be made pro rata in accordance with the members’ percentage interests in Holdings and, accordingly, it is possible that iPic Entertainment will receive tax distributions in excess of the amount required for iPic Entertainment to pay its applicable tax liabilities. In such case, iPic Entertainment may pay dividends out of all or a portion of such excess cash. However, there can be no assurance as to the timing or amount of any tax distributions from Holdings or whether such tax distributions will be in excess of iPic Entertainment’s applicable tax liabilities, and iPic Entertainment is not required to pay dividends out of any such excess cash. See “Dividend Policy.”

Holders of Class B Common Stock will have the same voting rights as holders of Class A Common Stock but holders of Class B Common Stock will not be entitled to receive any distributions from or participate in any dividends declared by iPic’s board of directors.

If we sell all Shares offered in this Offering, we believe that the net proceeds of this Offering, together with our current resources, will allow us to fund our operations for at least the next 12 months. In connection with the Transactions, certain existing notes, along with accrued but unpaid interest thereon, will be contributed to capital by the current members of iPic-Gold Class, following which the existing notes will be extinguished. See “Description of Indebtedness — Notes Payable to Related Parties.”

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Contractual Obligations

We enter into long-term obligations and commitments in the normal course of business, primarily long-term debt obligations and operating lease obligations. Without giving effect to this Offering or the Transactions, we believe that all notes payable to related parties as described in Note 5 of the consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2017 will only be paid once the long-term debt to RSA has been paid.

As of December 31, 2016, without giving effect to this offering or the use of proceeds therefrom, our contractual cash obligations over the next several periods were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

 

Total

 

Less Than 1 Year

 

1-3 Years

 

3-5 Years

 

More than 5 Years

Contractual Obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-Term Debt Obligations

 

$

175,400,997

 

$

 

$

 

$

127,712,556

 

$

47,688,441

Operating Lease Obligations

 

 

361,262,280

 

 

15,851,234

 

 

62,030,079

 

 

68,366,113

 

 

215,014,854

The long-term debt obligations are described further in “Description of Indebtedness — Long-Term Debt — Non-Revolving Credit Facility.”

We utilize operating lease arrangements for all our iPic theaters. We believe that our operating lease arrangements continue to provide the appropriate leverage for our capital structure in a financially efficient manner. Because we lease all of the properties related to our iPic theaters, as well as our home office, we do not have any debt that is secured by real property.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.

Summary of Cash Flows

Our primary sources of liquidity and capital resources have been cash provided from operating activities, cash on hand, contributions from members and the Non-Revolving Credit Facility. Aside from capital expenditures, our primary requirements for liquidity are for lease obligations, working capital and general corporate needs. Guests pay for their food and beverage purchases in cash or on debit or credit cards at the time of the sale and we are able to sell many of our inventory items before payment is due to the supplier of such items.

72

The following table and discussion presents, for the periods indicated, a summary of our key cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities.

$ in thousands

 

 

Six Months Ended

 

Year Ended

 

 

June 30,
2017

 

June 30,
2016

 

December 31, 2016

 

December 31, 2015

Net Cash Flows Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities

 

$

(13,333

)

 

$

8,799

 

 

$

6,519

 

 

$

1,141

 

Net Cash Flows Used in Investing Activities

 

 

(11,645

)

 

 

(31,146

)

 

 

(57,899

)

 

 

(33,686

)

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

 

 

24,220

 

 

 

18,279

 

 

 

47,851

 

 

 

32,565

 

Net Increase/(Decrease) in Cash

 

 

(758

)

 

 

(4,069

)

 

 

(3,528

)

 

 

20

 

Cash at Beginning of Period

 

 

4,653

 

 

 

8,182

 

 

 

8,182

 

 

 

8,162

 

Cash at End of Period

 

 

3,895

 

 

 

4,113

 

 

 

4,653

 

 

 

8,182

 

Operating Activities

We experienced cash flow from operating activities for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 of $(13.3) million and $8.8 million, respectively. The decrease in cash flows from operating activities for the 2017 period as compared to the 2016 period was caused by larger net losses and changes in deferred rent liability.

We experienced positive cash flows from operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015 in the amounts of $6.5 million and $1.1 million, respectively. The increase in cash flows from operating activities for the year ended 2016 period as compared to the year ended 2015 period was caused by changes in deferred rent liability related to tenant improvement allowances received for the Fulton Market iPic location, which was partially offset by increased net losses.

Investing Activities

During the six months ended June 30, 2017, net cash in the amount of $11.6 million was used in investing activities, while during the six months ended June 30, 2016, net cash used in investing activities was $31.1 million, primarily due to the construction of new sites.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, cash in the amount of $57.9 million was used in investing activities due primarily in the construction of new locations. During the year ended December 31, 2015, cash used in investing activities was $33.7 million, also due primarily in the construction of new locations.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2017 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 was $24.2 million and $18.3 million, respectively. During the six months ended June 30, 2017, $12.0 million of financing was provided by an equity raise while $12.2 million was provided by debt financing. During the six months ended June 30, 2016, all the financing activity was a result of net debt additions.

Net cash provided by financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2016 was $47.9 million composed entirely from increase in net debt. During the year ended December 31, 2015, net cash provided by financing activities was $32.6 million, composed of $13.8 million from member contributions and $18.8 million from an increase in net debt.

Post-Offering Taxation and Expenses

After consummation of this Offering, we will become subject to U.S. federal, state and local income taxes with respect to our allocable share of any taxable income of Holdings and will be taxed at the prevailing corporate tax rates. In addition to tax expenses, we also will incur expenses related to our operations, which we expect to be significant. We intend to cause Holdings and intend for Holdings to cause iPic-Gold Class to make distributions and payments to us in an amount sufficient to allow us to pay our tax obligations and operating expenses.

73

In addition, as a public company, we will be implementing additional procedures and processes for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. We expect to incur additional annual expenses related to these steps and, among other things, additional directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees, reporting requirements of the SEC, transfer agent fees, hiring additional accounting, legal and administrative personnel, increased auditing and legal fees, and similar expenses. In addition, we will incur stock-based compensation expense in the future even though we did not incur such expenses in historical periods. See “— Critical Accounting Policies — Stock-Based Compensation” below.

Critical Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting years. These estimates include assessing the collectability of accounts receivable, breakage on gift cards and the useful life and impairment of long-lived assets. Although these estimates are based on management’s knowledge of current events and actions it may undertake in the future, they may ultimately differ from actual results.

Long-Lived Assets

We depreciate and amortize the components of our property and equipment on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The estimates of the assets’ useful lives require our judgment and our knowledge of the assets being depreciated and amortized. When necessary, the assets’ useful lives are revised and the impact on depreciation and amortization is recognized on a prospective basis. Actual economic lives may differ materially from these estimates. In addition, we review long-lived assets for possible impairment using a three-step approach. Under the first step, management determines whether an indicator of impairment is present (a “Triggering Event”). If a Triggering Event has occurred, the second step is to test for recoverability based on a comparison of the asset’s carrying amount with the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of the future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, the third step is to recognize an impairment loss for the excess of the asset’s carrying amount over its fair value. There are a number of estimates and significant judgments that are made by management in performing these impairment evaluations. Such judgments and estimates include estimates of future revenues, cash flows, capital expenditures, and the cost of capital, among others. We believe we have used reasonable and appropriate business judgments. There is considerable management judgment with respect to cash flow estimates and appropriate multiples and discount rates to be used in determining fair value, and, accordingly, actual results could vary significantly from such estimates, which fall under Level 3 within the fair value measurement hierarchy. These estimates determine whether impairments have been incurred, and quantify the amount of any related impairment charge. Given the nature of our business and our recent history, future impairments are possible and they may be material, based upon business conditions that are constantly changing and the competitive business environment in which we operate.

Gift Card Income

As noted in our significant accounting policies for revenue, revenues from gift cards are recognized when gift cards are redeemed. In addition, we recognize “breakage” on unredeemed gift cards based upon historical redemption patterns and the time that has transpired since the card was last used. Prior to 2016, we did not believe we had sufficient historical evidence to record breakage over time and recognized breakage two years after issuance if there had been no activity on the gift card. In 2016, we changed our estimate because we believed that we had sufficient historical information about the redemption patterns and currently recognize breakage proportionally to the percentage of redemptions that historically occur in each year after a gift card is sold.

Income Taxes

Holdings is currently, and will be through the consummation of this Offering, treated as a partnership for U.S. federal and most applicable state and local income tax purposes. As a partnership, taxable income or loss is passed through to and included in the taxable income of its members, including us. Accordingly, the consolidated financial statements included in this Offering Circular do not include a provision for federal income taxes. Holdings is liable for various

74

other state and local taxes. After the consummation of this Offering, pursuant to the Holdings LLC Agreement, Holdings will generally make tax distributions to holders of LLC Interests in an amount sufficient to fund all or part of their tax obligations with respect to the taxable income of Holdings that is allocated to them. See “The Transactions — iPic-Gold Class LLC Agreement — Distributions.”

After consummation of this Offering, we will become subject to U.S. federal, state and local income taxes with respect to our allocable share of any taxable income of Holdings and will be taxed at the prevailing corporate tax rates. In addition to tax expenses, we also will incur expenses related to our operations, which could be significant. We intend to cause Holdings and intend for Holdings to cause iPic-Gold Class to make distributions and payments to us in an amount sufficient to allow us to pay our tax obligations and operating expenses. See “The Transactions — iPic-Gold Class LLC Agreement.”

We account for income taxes under Accounting Standards Codification 740 Income Taxes (“ASC 740”). Under ASC 740, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and net operating loss and credit carryforwards using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to impact taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

ASC 740 also clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return.

Tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return are recorded in our consolidated financial statements. A tax benefit from an uncertain tax position is only recognized if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution. Uncertain tax positions have had no impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for options granted to employees by measuring the cost of services received in exchange for the award of equity instruments based upon the fair value of the award on the date of grant. The fair value of that award is then ratably recognized as expense over the period during which the recipient is required to provide services in exchange for that award.

Options and warrants granted to consultants and other non-employees are recorded at fair value as of the grant date and subsequently adjusted to fair value at the end of each reporting period until such options and warrants vest, and the fair value of such instruments, as adjusted, is expensed over the related vesting period.

The compensation expense for restricted stock units awarded is based on the fair value of the restricted stock units at the date of grant. Compensation expense is recorded in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss) and is recognized over the requisite service period. The determination of obligations and compensation expense requires the use of several mathematical and judgmental factors, including stock price, expected volatility, the anticipated life of the option, the estimated risk-free rate and the number of shares expected to vest.

We have not yet incurred any stock-based compensation charges, but expect that we will begin to incur such charges, which may be significant, following the completion of our IPO.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

As an emerging growth company, the Company has elected the option to defer the effective date for adoption of new or revised accounting guidance. This option allows the Company to adopt new guidance on the effective date for entities that are not public business entities.

See New Accounting Pronouncements in Note 1 to the audited consolidated financial statements starting on page F-12.

75

BUSINESS

Overview

iPic strives to be our guest’s favorite local destination for a night out on the town. Our newest locations blend three distinct areas — a polished-casual restaurant, a farm-to-glass full-service bar, and our world-class luxury theater auditoriums with in-theater dining — into a one-of-a-kind experience. Our team endeavors to deliver world class hospitality in innovative, one-of-a-kind theaters which we believe are among the finest in the world. Our chefs and mixologists create craveable food and drink offerings that are outstanding on a standalone basis, but it is the interplay between our movie-entertainment, dining and full-service bar areas that is the defining feature of a typical four-hour guest experience. We thoughtfully design the layout, ambiance, and energy-flow of each unit to maximize the crossover between these activities. With constantly changing movie content and menu offerings, each visit is different, providing our customers with a reason to visit us repeatedly. We believe that we deliver an experience that is innovative, unique and cannot be easily replicated at home or elsewhere without the hassle of having to visit multiple destinations. Our locations also act as great venues for private events, family and business functions and other corporate-sponsored events. We believe our concept is well-positioned within today’s ever-increasing experiential economy.

We believe that we pioneered the concept of polished-casual dining in a luxury theater auditorium and are one of the largest combined movie theater and restaurant entertainment destinations with locations engineered from the ground up to provide our guests with a luxurious movie-going experience at an affordable price We currently operate 121 screens at 16 locations in 10 states with additional 4 locations under construction, and a pipeline of additional 15 sites that either have a signed lease or are in lease negotiations.

We have three different formats of our iPic locations.

Our Generation I locations: Our initial seven locations are designated as our First-Generation format (Bayshore, WI; Redmond, WA; Pasadena, CA; South Barrington, IL; Bolingbrook, IL; Austin, TX; and Fairview, TX). These units were built between 2007 and 2010, and generally do not have a separate restaurant attached. These initial sites tested and validated the business-model for Premium-Plus seating and service, and, over time, began to showcase the synergistic opportunity of having a complementary restaurant and dining experience within the facility. In 2017, our Generation I locations averaged approximately $5.8 million of revenues, or $814,000 per screen.

Our Generation II locations: We have designated the next five iPic units as our Second-Generation format (Scottsdale, AZ; Boca Raton, FL; Bethesda, MD; Westwood, CA; and Miami, FL). Built in 2011 to 2014, these units feature a Tuck Hospitality Group signature restaurant (City Perch, Tanzy, or Tuck Room Tavern). Among other things, these units further expanded the quality and quantity of our Premium-Plus auditorium sections (which generally sell-out first, indicating growing consumer preference for added luxury and service), upgraded the in-theater dining experience with our redesigned iPic Express offerings, and launched the iPic Life program, which is a 20-minute on screen lifestyle program. In 2017, our Generation II locations averaged approximately $10.3 million of revenues, or $1,351,000 per screen.

Our Generation III locations: The latest four iPic openings are representative of our Third-Generation format (Houston, TX; Ft. Lee, NJ; Fulton Market, NY; and Dobbs Ferry, NY) and represent our go-forward development design for the foreseeable future. These units include our perfected auditorium layout (six to eight screens; 500 seats; elevated ratio of Premium-Plus seating) and introduced our patent-pending POD seating and Chaise Lounges. In 2017, our Generation III locations (Houston, TX; Ft. Lee, NJ; and Fulton Market, NY) averaged approximately $13.4  million of revenues, or $1,658,000 per screen.

Our Strengths

iPic competes in what we believe to be the most profitable dining occasion: destination dining. We believe that the most economic value within the U.S. restaurant industry is created from concepts that have comparatively high sales-mixes of dinner (vs. lunch), dine-in (vs. takeout) and female guests. iPic scores high on these metrics as our sales mix skews more toward dinner, dine-in, and female guests. We believe that return-on-capital is limited for lunch-centric brands given low barriers to entry and low consumer switching costs as evidenced by the high degree of franchise mixes for large-scale U.S. quick-service-restaurant operators. Additionally, we believe that the take-home dinner business presents significant risk of intrusion from digital-centric delivery players within grocery (e.g. Blue Apron; Amazon/Whole Foods) and restaurants (UberEats; DoorDash) that compete for a dining occasion that is consumed within one’s own home, which could further limit the value that the consumer places on the delivery or take-out brands.

76

iPic’s business model is similar to other disruptive concepts. We believe that within the destination dinner experience, there is growing evidence of strong performance being achieved by a handful of national brands that combine high-end restaurants with some form of entertainment, such as Dave and Busters, and Top Golf, that may indicate there is growing demand for affordable, luxurious, extended dinner-and-entertainment venues. Within this restaurant-and-entertainment segment, we believe iPic’s source of entertainment, showing content on a screen within an ultra-premium auditorium, provides our brand with a unique opportunity for long-term consumer relevancy as our content is refreshed continuously over time to match evolving consumer tastes — including the growing opportunity for alternative content such as eGaming, events, and corporate seminars. Additionally, our affluent customer base enables us to drive substantial ancillary revenue from sponsorship income and membership fees, which make up a substantial and growing portion of our revenues. Lastly, we believe that it could prove difficult for most existing stand-alone restaurants to gain access to our motion picture content; and for most existing theater operations to add iPic’s level of culinary expertise and hospitality culture.

Our Food: iPic’s culinary expertise. We deliver a unique food and beverage experience. Our team, led by chef Sherry Yard, designs and delivers an innovative and continuous new stream of menu items to delight our customers. As a Food Network personality herself, Sherry Yard along with a monthly celebrity chef are put on screen to show our guests how they cook the latest menu creation. This allows our customers to experience the food of a different highly acclaimed chef each time they visit iPic. We bring the celebrity chefs to our customers, without our customers having to inconveniently travel to experience their creations.

Our Service: iPic’s empowered hospitality culture. We believe that the culture of our team is an important factor in our success. We train and empower our team to provide our guests with world-class customer service throughout our facility. However, we also recognize that within today’s highly-connected digital economy some of our guests, depending on the occasion, may view the best possible customer experience on a given day to be one that is digitally seamless with only a minimum amount of direct interaction with our team members (such as an Uber or Amazon transaction). As such, we have invested heavily in industry-leading digital technology that could, at our guest’s choosing, create a near frictionless theater experience by using our iPic App to, among other things: purchase and choose their seating ahead of time, open a check anywhere in our facility (like at our bar) and have it move with you throughout your stay, including ordering additional items (like at your theater seats); and when a guest’s stay is over, our App technology will close-out the check automatically (with a prompted or pre-set tip amount, depending on the setting). We have coined our service-model ethos “empowered hospitality” that strives to give our customers the power to choose their desired level of service on each particular visit.

Our Facilities: iPic’s world-class environment and ambiance. We have a history of designing architecturally unique and relevant entertainment destinations that successfully compete with not only other forms of out-of-home entertainment but also with the comfort and convenience of home entertainment options. Our patent pending seating Pods enable our guests to watch a movie in an intimate setting within a shared environment. Our patented Chaise lounges have transformed a historically less-desirable seating area to a highly sought-after section of the auditorium. Our pillows and blankets at each Premium Plus seat along with our non-disruptive table-top service turns movie watching at iPic into an affordable luxury experience available to the general population.

Our Brand: iPic’s differentiated lifestyle brand with broad adult guest appeal. We believe that the multi-faceted guest experience of dining, drinking and watching a movie in a comfortable and luxurious setting, supported by ever changing Hollywood movies and other non-traditional content (such as concerts and eGaming) and combined with our marketing campaigns have helped create a differentiated brand that is widely recognized and has no national direct competitor on the premium end of the market. Our brand’s connection with its guests is best evidenced by our guest loyalty program with over 1.8 million members. This membership program has increased approximately 100% over the last three years. Our guest research shows that our brand skews towards females (60%) that are primarily between the ages of 21 and 54, with only 3% of our guests under the age of 21. Based on guest surveys, the median household income of our frequent members is approximately $119,000, which we believe represents an attractive demographic.

Our multi-faceted guest experience is an affordable luxury that offers excellent value. The average spend of approximately $44 per guest for dinner-and-a-movie at an iPic is a fraction of the cost of other luxury experiences, such as a theatrical play or live sporting event. We believe that our combination of movie-theater entertainment, polished casual-dining and full-service beverage offerings, delivered in a one-of-a-kind curated environment with a local-club atmosphere is an aspirational experience to most Americans. Our multi-faceted guest experience cannot be replicated at home or elsewhere without having to visit multiple destinations. We believe that the cost of visiting an iPic offers an attractive value proposition for our guests relative to pursuing separate dining and entertainment options.

77

Attractive store economic model with diversified cash flows and strong cash-on-cash returns. We have multiple drivers of traffic with desirable demographics that differentiate us from other food and entertainment concepts. New movies drive traffic to our theaters and restaurants while our ever-changing cast of celebrity chef-inspired creations also help drive incremental traffic. This ability to drive traffic gives us a structural advantage in our store economic model compared with traditional restaurant concepts and provides us with leverage to negotiate favorable economic deals for rent and tenant improvement allowances. In addition to traditional food and beverage revenue, we add additional revenue from our theater operations and, importantly, from non-traditional ancillary revenue such as sponsorships and membership fees. Approximately 52% of our total revenues for 2016 were derived from food-and-beverage, and 46% were derived from theater operations.

Our store economic model has led to a 24% compound annual growth rate in attendance since 2011, along with generally increasing revenues per screen and spend per visit over the same period.

History of successful product innovation and marketing initiatives. Our self-developed app enables our guests to purchase their tickets, select their seat, and order food and beverage from their mobile phones. Our fully-automated in-store tracking system signals the kitchen upon our guest’s arrival which eliminates the need for placing an order in person with a server. There is also no need for a presentation of the check at the end of the movies as our guests, who choose to do so, may simply stand up and leave as our app can seamlessly handle checkout. We have transformed the ordering and payment of food and beverage in our theaters to an Uber-like experience. We can target and implement marketing programs for our members based on their likes and dislikes, which we believe has increased their frequency of movie-going significantly. Our marketing team has developed a robust membership and rewards program that enables instant redemption of rewards points, which improves guest loyalty. In fact, based on information we collect from our guests, 85% of our guests recommend iPic as their destination of choice for a night out to their friends and our aggregated positive consumer sentiment is 81%. Our Access point rewards program provides members with special ticket pricing, priority access on all ticket purchases, advance screening events, complementary seating upgrades, and more. We have three membership tiers:

         Access Silver Membership (Free):

         Provides access to members-only ticket pricing all week long

         Access Gold Membership ($29/year):

         Receive a free premium movie ticket at sign-up

         Start earning 1 access point on every dollar spent; redeemable at both theaters & restaurants

78

         Priority access to ticket purchases for select new film releases

         Special member-priced weekday block ticket packages

         Invitations to exclusive iPic events

         Access Platinum Membership ($29/year + 2,000 access points earned each year)

         Exclusive Platinum status level awarded after earning 2,000 access points

         Start earning 1.5 access points on every dollar spent to redeem at both theaters & restaurants

         Two free weekday upgrades to premium plus seating

         Premium movie ticket birthday gift

Our membership program has been steadily growing since 2012.

Management team with proven track record. We are led by a strong management team with extensive experience with national brands in all aspects of casual dining and entertainment operations. Our founder and Chief Executive Officer, Hamid Hashemi, has been in the theatrical entertainment business for over 30 years. Several other executive officers have decades of experience in the theatrical entertainment and food service industries.

Strong commitment to our team, to our community, and to our guests. We recruit and develop team members that possess a high degree of empathy and who are genuinely warm, friendly, motivated, caring, self-aware and intellectually curious. Our team members strive to make every visit a memorable experience for our guests. iPic is a hospitality company with a focus on delivering an out-of-home entertainment experience perceived to be available only to the affluent, but is within reach to all segments of the population at an affordable price. While iPic’s face-value ticket prices are generally higher than other movie-theater options, we believe that the additional amenities included in our offering makes the value proposition substantially greater than other venues. For instance, unlike other movie-theaters, for all iPic seating sections, we do not charge a fee for booking tickets online and we never charge extra for 3D or any other premium-format film. Meanwhile, guests seated in Premium Plus seats are offered unlimited free popcorn, signature iPic pillows and blankets, and dining service to the seats. Our ticket prices for our iPic Premium seats are comparable to the best theaters in their respective market and our guests can enjoy the same menu of food and drinks by visiting the iPic Express and Bar located on the same level as the auditoriums.

79

Our Growth Strategies

Opening new iPic locations. This is our greatest immediate opportunity for growth. We believe that we are still in the very nascent stage of our growth story. We currently operate 121 screens at 16 company-operated units in 10 states, and control less than 0.5% market share of the theater business in the United States, based on data provided by the National Association of Theatre Owners and our financial results. We believe there is tremendous whitespace opportunity to expand in both existing and new U.S. markets, as well as overseas, and we have invested in our infrastructure through new hires at our home office to enable us to continue to grow with discipline. We plan to open four new domestic units per year starting in 2019, and for the foreseeable future. Based on our experience and analysis, along with research we engaged Eastern Consolidated Properties, Inc. to perform for us, we believe that over the long-term we have the potential to grow our iPic U.S. footprint to at least 200 U.S. units and to potentially explore overseas expansion as well. The rate of future growth in any particular period is inherently uncertain and is subject to numerous factors that are outside of our control. As a result, we do not currently have an anticipated timeframe to reach our long-term potential. We believe we have a versatile real estate model built for growth. We have adopted a disciplined expansion strategy designed to leverage the strength of our business model and our significant brand awareness to successfully develop new iPic locations in an array of markets that are primed for growth. We will use a portion of the proceeds from this Offering to open new iPic locations and renovate existing iPic locations. See “Use of Proceeds.”

We will continue to pursue a disciplined new store growth strategy in both new and existing markets where we can achieve consistent high store revenues and attractive store-level cash-on-cash returns. We have built our pipeline by instituting a systematic site-selection process based on consumer research and analysis of transactional data designed to optimize store location, size and design. Our site selection process and flexible store design enable us to customize each store to maximize return on capital given the characteristics of the market and location.

Growing our comparable-store sales. We intend to grow our comparable-store sales by continuing to differentiate the iPic brand from other food and entertainment alternatives, through the following strategies:

Differentiate our food and beverage offering. We frequently test new menu items and seek to improve our food offering to offer up-to-date culinary options and to best align with our customers’ evolving preferences and increasing sense of experimentation with new tastes.

Relentless efforts on hospitality. We strive to provide an engaging and differentiated guest experience that includes standards of excellence in hospitality. We believe there are opportunities to increase our sales and average check through continuous improvement of the server experience, including the dual-track effort of introducing new do-it-yourself technology, such as our order-and-pay App and of boosting speed and accuracy of our ninja service model to include a new tablet ordering system.

Grow usage of alternative content. While Hollywood studios will remain our primary content providers for the foreseeable future, we are nevertheless focused on providing our customers with new and creative alternative content, including: Live shows (including magic acts), Netflix programming, eSporting events (such as MindCraft gaming), concerts, educational and personal events, as well as corporate conferences and seminars.

Enhance brand awareness and drive incremental visits to our locations through innovative marketing and promotions. We plan to continue to invest a significant portion of our marketing spend in social-media advertising. We have recently launched customized local store marketing programs to increase new visits and repeat visits to individual locations. Our guest loyalty program currently has approximately 1.8 million members, and we are aggressively improving our search engine and social marketing efforts. Our loyalty program and digital efforts allow us to communicate promotional offers directly to our most passionate brand fans. We also leverage our investments in technology across our marketing platform, including in-store marketing initiatives to drive incremental sales throughout the iPic location.

Grow our special events usage. We plan to continue to leverage and add resources to our special events sales effort to grow our corporate and personal event business. In addition to driving revenue, we believe our special events business is an important sampling opportunity for these guests because many are experiencing iPic for the first time.

80

Since 2011, our revenues have been growing at a compound annual growth rate of 27%.

 

Improving our margins. We believe we are well-positioned to increase margins and believe we have additional opportunities to reduce costs. Based on the operating leverage generated by our business model, which has been enhanced by operating initiatives implemented by management in recent years, we have the potential to improve margins and deliver greater earnings from potential future increases in comparable-store sales. Under our current cost structure, we generally estimate that about 30% of any comparable-store sales growth that exceeds the cost inflation in that store would flow through to our Adjusted EBITDA. We also believe that improved labor scheduling technology will allow us to further increase labor productivity in the future. We believe that our continued focus on operating margins at individual locations and the deployment of best practices across our store base is expected to yield incremental margin improvements.

Site Selection

iPic is focused on clustered growth in predominantly the top 50 metropolitan statistical areas including the densest urban areas as well as high population/high growth affluent suburban markets. Potential locations are sourced both internally through target market searches and relationships with hundreds of developers, and externally through our network of top retail brokers in each target region. In order to optimize new location productivity, we systematically screen potential sites based on the size and quality of the local population. We utilize multiple data platforms that provide sophisticated demographic analyses allowing us to evaluate not only population and income, but also spending patterns and psychographics of the markets surrounding each potential location.

Marketing, Advertising and Promotion

Our corporate marketing department manages all consumer outreach initiatives for iPic with the goal of driving sales through expanding our customer reach (guest base) and frequency. Our key areas of focus include:

         Marketing and Advertising: Public-relations, media, social media, promotions, in-store merchandising, pricing, and digital programs;

         Food and Beverage: Continuous menu and product development and relentless focus on in-store execution; and

         Guest insights: Ongoing research into brand health and guest tracking.

We have improved marketing effectiveness in 2017 through a number of initiatives designed to improve our local marketing plans, in-store promotions, digital loyalty programs and digital interfaces with consumers that included:

         Performed research to better understand our guest base and fine-tune the brand positioning;

         Refined our marketing strategy to better reach our target audience of 21-54 year-olds;

81

         Created a new advertising campaign;

         Launched a new website and app;

         Invested in menu research and development to differentiate our food offerings from our competition and improve execution;

         Developed product/promotional strategies to attract new guests and increase spending/length of stay;

         Leveraged our loyalty database to engage and motivate guests, including a newly formatted Membership Program;

         Invested more in digital social media to create stronger relationships with consumers; and

         Defined a consistent brand identity that reflects our unique positioning.

Operations — Food and Beverage and Cinema

Management. Food and Beverage management is headed by our Chief Operating Officer. Supported by the National Beverage Director, our Advanced Sommelier and Master Barman, and the Vice President of Restaurant Operations, the Food and Beverage management team is responsible for developing and operating all of iPic’s foodservice operations. Each restaurant is headed by a Restaurant General Manager who reports to the site Senior General Manager. The cinema operations management of our store base is divided into two regions, each of which is overseen by a Regional Operations Director who reports to our Chief Operating Officer. Our Regional Operations Directors oversee seven to nine Company-owned stores each, which we believe enables them to better support the Senior General Managers and achieve sales and profitability targets for each store within their region. Our locations are generally open seven days a week, with hours of operation typically from 11:00 a.m. to 2:00 a.m.

Operational Tools and Programs. We utilize a customized food and beverage analysis program that determines the theoretical food and beverage costs for each store and provides additional tools and reports to help us identify opportunities, including waste management. Consolidated business intelligence and reporting tools are utilized by Regional Operations Directors and Senior General Managers to be able to identify issues, forecast more efficiently, and glean quicker insights for improved decision-making.

Management Information Systems. We utilize a number of proprietary and third party management information systems. These systems are designed to improve operating efficiencies, provide us with timely access to financial and enterprise data, and reduce store and corporate administrative time and expense. We believe our management information systems are sufficient to support our store expansion plans.

Training. We strive to maintain quality and consistency in each of our stores through the careful training and supervision of our team members and the establishment of, and adherence to, high standards relating to personnel performance, food and beverage preparation, and maintenance of our restaurants and cinemas. We provide all new team members with complete orientation and one-on-one training for their positions to help ensure they are able to meet our high standards. All of our new team members are trained by partnering with a certified trainer to assure that the training and information they receive is complete and accurate. Team members are certified by us for their positions by passing a series of tests, including alcohol awareness training. We require our new store managers to complete an 8-week training program that includes front of the house service, kitchen, amusements, and management responsibilities. Newly trained managers are then assigned to their home store where they receive additional training with their Senior General Manager.

Management Development. We place a high priority on our continuing management development programs in order to ensure that qualified managers are available for our future openings. We conduct semi-annual talent reviews with each manager to discuss prior performance and future performance goals. When we open a new store, we provide varying levels of training to team members in each position to ensure the smooth and efficient operation of the store from the first day it opens to the public. Prior to opening a new store, our dedicated training and opening team travels to the location to prepare for an intensive two week training program for all team members hired for the new store opening. Part of the training teams stay on site during the first week of operation. We believe this additional investment in our new stores is important, because it helps us provide our guests with a quality experience from day one. After a store opens and is operating smoothly, the managers supervise the training of new team members.

82

Recruiting and Retention. We seek to hire experienced General Managers and team members, and we believe we offer competitive wage and benefit programs. Our store managers all participate in a performance-based incentive program that is based on sales, profit and employee retention goals. In addition, our salaried employees are also eligible to participate in a 401(k) plan, medical/dental/vision insurance plans and also receive vacation/paid time off based on tenure.

Food Preparation, Quality Control and Purchasing. We strive to maintain high food quality standards. To ensure our quality standards are met, we negotiate directly with independent producers of food products. We provide detailed quality and yield specifications to suppliers for our purchases. Our systems are designed to protect the safety and quality of our food supply throughout the procurement and preparation process. Within each store, the Kitchen Manager is primarily responsible for ensuring the timely and correct preparation of food products, per the recipes we specify. We provide each of our stores with various tools and training to facilitate these activities.

Information Technology

Information Technology is focused on the customer experience and supporting the efficient operation of our restaurants and theaters, as well as the management of our business. We have implemented software and hardware solutions which provide for enhanced capabilities and efficiency within our restaurant and theater operations. We continue to focus on improving the customer experience of purchasing tickets by expanding our ability to sell tickets remotely via the web and our mobile application, while also offering self-service alternatives such as ticketing kiosks. Customers can choose their preferred ticketing option, which in many cases means they can pre-purchase tickets, scan their mobile device and proceed directly to their reserved seat without waiting in line. These solutions align with our goal of delivering a first-class customer experience and will drive incremental revenues and cash flows in a more cost-effective manner. In addition, we continue to strategically pursue technologies to improve the services we provide to our patrons and to provide information to our management allowing them to operate our sites efficiently. The sales and attendance information collected by our point-of-sale system is used directly for film booking and settlement as well as provides the primary source of data for our financial systems. We also use best-in-class inventory management systems to control costs, streamline operations, and reduce waste across our foodservice operations.

Intellectual Property

We rely on patent, trademark, service mark, copyright, and trade secret laws, as well as license agreements, nondisclosure agreements, and confidentiality and other contractual provisions to protect our intellectual property. We have registered and applied to register trademarks and service marks in the United States. We also have certain trade secrets, such as our recipes, processes, proprietary information and certain software programs.

We have several utility and design patents issued, as well as several pending patent applications in the United States. Such patent applications are subject to the review by and normal course prosecution before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, which may result in the application’s revision or non-approval. We also have registered or applied for utility and design patents in various foreign countries. As a result, we may not be able to adequately protect the inventions covered by these patent applications, and our competitors and others may benefit as a result of their publication.

The success of our business depends on our continued ability to use our existing trademarks and service marks to increase brand awareness and further develop our brand in the markets in which we operate.

If our efforts to maintain and protect our intellectual property are inadequate, or if any third party misappropriates, dilutes or infringes on our intellectual property, the value of our brands may be harmed, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and might prevent our brands from achieving or maintaining market acceptance.

Competition

The out-of-home entertainment and dining markets are highly competitive. We compete for guests’ discretionary entertainment and dining dollars with theme parks, as well as with providers of out-of-home entertainment, including localized attraction facilities such as movie theaters, sporting events, bowling alleys, nightclubs and restaurants. We also face competition from local establishments that offer entertainment experiences similar to ours and restaurants that are highly competitive with respect to price, quality of service, location, ambience and type and quality of food.

83

The motion picture exhibition industry is fragmented and highly competitive with no significant barriers to entry. Our theaters are subject to varying degrees of competition in the geographic areas in which we operate. Competitors may be national circuits, regional circuits or smaller independent exhibitors. Moviegoers are generally not brand conscious and usually choose a theater based on its location, the films showing there, showtimes and its amenities. We also face competition from increasingly sophisticated home-based and on-the-go forms of entertainment, such as video-on-demand, video streaming services — such as Netflix, Amazon Prime and Hulu — internet and video gaming. In addition, many of our competitors have partnered with MoviePass Inc., a subscription-based movie ticketing service which enables subscribers to attend one movie per day for a monthly fee of $9.95.

Like the motion picture exhibition industry, the restaurant industry is fragmented and highly competitive with no significant barriers to entry. We compete in the restaurant industry with multi-unit national, regional and locally-owned and/or operated limited-service restaurants and full-service restaurants. Many of our competitors offer breakfast, lunch and dinner, as well as dine-in, carry-out and delivery services. In most cases, these competitors have existed longer than we have and may have a more established market presence, better locations and greater name recognition nationally or in some of the local markets in which we operate or plan to operate.

Seasonality

Our revenues are dependent upon the timing and popularity of film releases by distributors. The most marketable films are usually released during the summer and the calendar year-end holiday seasons. Therefore, our business is subject to significant seasonal fluctuations, with higher attendance and revenues generally occurring during the summer months and holiday seasons. We license first-run motion pictures, the success of which has increasingly depended on the marketing efforts of the major motion picture studios. Poor performance of, or any disruption in the production of these motion pictures (including by reason of a strike or lack of adequate financing), or a reduction in the marketing efforts of the major motion picture studios, could hurt our business and results of operations. Conversely, the successful performance of these motion pictures, particularly the sustained success of any one motion picture, or an increase in effective marketing efforts of the major motion picture studios, may generate positive results for our business and operations in a specific quarter or year that may not necessarily be indicative of, or comparable to, future results of operations. Given the relatively small number of theaters and screens that we operate (particularly when compared to our larger competitors), if a major motion picture studio decides to delay the release of a first-run motion picture from one quarter to a subsequent quarter, that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in the earlier quarter. As movie studios rely on a smaller number of higher grossing “tent pole” films, there may be increased pressure for higher film licensing fees.

In addition, a change in the type and breadth of movies offered by motion picture studios may affect the demographic base of moviegoers. In certain periods, there are a higher percentage of children’s or animated films that do not generally appeal to our more adult clientele. For example, in 2016, industry reports noted that approximately 50% of industry sales for the Top-15 grossing films were from children’s or animated films (as opposed to 18% of industry sales from 2015’s Top-15 grossing films coming from children’s or animated films). In periods with a higher percentage of children’s or animated films, our results of operations are likely to be materially adversely affected. As a result of the foregoing factors, our results of operations may vary significantly from quarter to quarter and from year to year.

Government Regulation

We are subject to various federal, state and local laws, regulations and administrative practices affecting our business, and we must comply with provisions regulating antitrust, health and sanitation standards, equal employment, environmental, and licensing for the sale of food and alcoholic beverages. Our new theater openings could be delayed or prevented or our existing theaters could be impacted by difficulties or failures in our ability to obtain or maintain required approvals or licenses. Changes in existing laws or implementation of new laws, regulations and practices could have a significant impact on our business. A significant portion of our theater level employees are part time workers who are paid at or near the applicable minimum wage in the theater’s jurisdiction. Increases in the minimum wage, such as those that occurred in 18 states on January 1, 2018 and implementation of reforms requiring the provision of additional benefits will increase our labor costs.

The restaurant industry is subject to extensive federal, state, local and international laws and regulations. The development and operation of restaurants depend to a significant extent on the selection and acquisition of suitable sites, which are subject to building, zoning, land use, environmental, traffic and other regulations and requirements. We are subject to licensing and regulation by state and local authorities relating to health, sanitation, safety and fire standards and the sale of alcoholic beverages. We are subject to laws and regulations relating to the preparation and sale of food, including regulations regarding product safety, nutritional content and menu labeling. We are subject to federal, state, and local laws governing employment practices and working conditions. These laws cover wage and

84

hour practices, labor relations, paid and family leave, workplace safety, and immigration, among others. The myriad of laws and regulations being passed at the state and local level creates unique challenges for a multi-state employer as different standards apply to different locations, sometimes with conflicting requirements. We must continue to monitor and adapt our employment practices to comply with these various laws and regulations.

Provisions in the Affordable Care Act require restaurant companies such as ours to disclose calorie information on their menus and to make available more detailed nutrition information upon request; however, regulations implementing those statutory provisions have been delayed until May 2018. We do not expect to incur any material costs from compliance with these provisions, but cannot anticipate any changes to guest behavior resulting from the implementation of this portion of the law, which could have an adverse effect on our sales or results of operations.

We are subject to laws relating to information security, privacy, cashless payments and consumer credit, protection and fraud. An increasing number of governments and industry groups have established data privacy laws and standards for the protection of personal information, including social security numbers, financial information (including credit card numbers), and health information. Compliance with these laws and regulations can be costly, and any failure or perceived failure to comply with those laws or any breach of our systems could harm our reputation or lead to litigation, which could adversely affect our financial condition.

Our theaters that sell alcohol require each location to apply to a state authority and, in certain locations, county or municipal authorities for a license that must be renewed annually and may be revoked or suspended for cause at any time. Alcoholic beverage control regulations relate to numerous aspects of daily operations of our locations, including the minimum age of patrons and employees, hours of operation, advertising, trade practices, wholesale purchasing, other relationships with alcohol manufacturers, wholesalers and distributors, inventory control and handling, storage and dispensing of alcoholic beverages. We are also subject in certain states to “dram shop” statutes, which generally provide a person injured by an intoxicated person the right to recover damages from an establishment that wrongfully served alcoholic beverages to the intoxicated person. We may decide not to obtain liquor licenses in certain jurisdictions due to the high costs associated with obtaining liquor licenses in such jurisdictions.

We operate locations throughout the United States and are subject to the environmental laws and regulations of those jurisdictions, particularly laws governing the cleanup of hazardous materials and the management of properties. We might in the future be required to participate in the cleanup of a property that we lease, or at which we have been alleged to have disposed of hazardous materials from one of our locations. In certain circumstances, we might be solely responsible for any such liability under environmental laws, and such claims could be material.

Our theaters must comply with Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (“ADA”). Compliance with the ADA requires that public accommodations “reasonably accommodate” individuals with disabilities and that new construction or alterations made to “commercial facilities” conform to accessibility guidelines unless “structurally impracticable” for new construction or technically infeasible for alterations. Non-compliance with the ADA could result in the imposition of injunctive relief, fines, and an award of damages to private litigants or additional capital expenditures to remedy such noncompliance, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial condition.

The impact of current laws and regulations, the effect of future changes in laws or regulations that impose additional requirements and the consequences of litigation relating to current or future laws and regulations, or an insufficient or ineffective response to significant regulatory or public policy issues, could negatively impact our cost structure, operational efficiencies and talent availability, and therefore have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Failure to comply with the laws and regulatory requirements of federal, state and local authorities could result in, among other things, revocation of required licenses, administrative enforcement actions, fines and civil and criminal liability. Compliance with these laws and regulations can be costly and can increase our exposure to litigation or governmental investigations or proceedings.

85

Properties

At June 30, 2017, the Company operated a total of sixteen theaters in the following locations throughout the United States, all of which are leased:

    Glendale, Wisconsin

 

    Scottsdale, Arizona

•    Pasadena, California

 

    Bolingbrook, Illinois

    Austin, Texas

 

    South Barrington, Illinois

    Fairview, Texas

 

    Los Angeles, California

    Boca Raton, Florida

 

    Houston, Texas

    Bethesda, Maryland

 

    Fort Lee, New Jersey

    North Miami, Florida

 

    Fulton Market, New York

    Redmond, Washington

 

    Dobbs Ferry, New York

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in various lawsuits and legal proceedings which arise in the ordinary course of business. However, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and an adverse result in these or other matters may arise from time to time that may harm our business.

We currently are a defendant in a class action lawsuit captioned Mary Ryan and Johanna Nielson v. iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC, Case # BC 688633, which was filed in Superior Court of the State of California, County of Los Angeles, on December 29, 2017.  This lawsuit asserts failure to pay minimum wage, pay overtime wages, provide meal breaks and rest periods, and provide accurate itemized wage statements with respect to certain workers. 

We reserve for costs related to contingencies when a loss is probable and the amount is reasonably estimable. As of this date, we have not made a provision for the claim described above.  However, the outcome of the legal proceeding described above is uncertain, and depending upon what the facts reveal once we have had a chance to investigate the claim, we may choose to contest the suit or settle this claim.  In either scenario, we could be subject to paying an amount that could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations in any given future reporting period.

Other than the lawsuit described above, where it is premature to determine what effect the claim will have on our business, we are currently not aware of any such legal proceedings or claims that we believe will have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results or cash flows. However, lawsuits or any other legal or administrative proceeding, regardless of the outcome, may result in diversion of our resources, including our management’s time and attention.

Employees

As of June 30, 2017, we employed a total of 204 full time and 2,176 part time employees. None of our employees is represented by a labor union, and we consider our company culture and employee relations to be strong.

86

MANAGEMENT

Set forth below is a list of names and ages, as of January 5, 2018, of our directors and executive officers, and a description of the business experience of each of them.

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Hamid Hashemi

 

58

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

Paul Westra

 

50

 

Chief Financial Officer

Paul Safran

 

65

 

General Counsel

Clark Woods

 

61

 

Executive Vice President – Films

Sherry Yard

 

53

 

Chief Operating Officer

Robert Kirby

 

66

 

Director

George M. Philip

 

70

 

Director

Ajay Bijli

 

50

 

Director Nominee

Dana Messina

 

56

 

Director Nominee

Each director holds his or her office until he or she resigns or is removed and his or her successor is elected and qualified. Our executive officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers. With respect to our directors and director nominees, each biography contains information regarding the person’s service as a director, business experience, director positions held currently or at any time during the past five years, information regarding involvement in certain legal or administrative proceedings, and the experience, qualifications, attributes or skills that caused our board of directors to determine that the person should serve as a director of our company.

Hamid Hashemi, the Chairman of our Board of Directors, founded the company in 2010. Mr. Hashemi has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since September 2010. Mr. Hashemi has over 30 years of experience owning and operating entertainment venues and is recognized as one of the motion picture industry’s most dynamic business developers, having successfully developed and launched three companies involved in motion picture exhibition. Mr. Hashemi founded iPic to pursue his vision of creating social destinations anchored by theaters and making the luxury screening room movie-going experience available and affordable to the general population. Mr. Hashemi earned a B.S. in microbiology from Florida Atlantic University. He presently serves on the Board of Trustees at Pinecrest Preparatory School in Fort Lauderdale. He is also a current member of World Presidents’ Organization and has made television appearances on shows including The Today Show, CNN, Neil Cavuto, CNBC’s Squawk on the Street, Fox Network, and Wall Street Week. Mr. Hashemi was selected to our board of directors because of his role in our founding and long career in the motion picture exhibition industry and because of his prior experience building the Muvico brand.

Paul Westra, our Chief Financial Officer, joined us in March 2017. Prior to joining us, Mr. Westra served as an Equity Research Analyst for Stifel Financial from June 2013 until March 2017. From June 2002 until June 2013, Mr. Westra served as an Equity Research Analyst for Cowen and Company. In addition to his career in equity research, he spent two years as Vice President of Business Development for Food.com, an outsourced information technology company for restaurants and was also co-founder of two New York City restaurants, Phebe’s and Dylan Prime. Mr. Westra earned a B.A. in business administration from the University of Massachusetts and an M.B.A. from Duke University’s Fuqua School of Business. He is also a CFA charter holder.

Paul Safran, our Senior Vice President and General Counsel, joined us in September 2011. Prior to joining us, Mr. Safran was a partner with Becker & Poliakoff, from 2006 until 2009, and a partner with Roetzel & Andress from 2009 until 2011. From 1999 until 2006, Mr. Safran was Counsel to Transamerica Finance Corporation’s Municipal Finance Division. Mr. Safran earned a B.S. degree in finance, from Nova Southeastern University, where he graduated magna cum laude and a J.D. degree from Nova Southeastern University’s Shepard Broad School of Law, where he was a member of its Law Review.

Clark Woods, our Executive Vice President — Films, joined us in January 2011. Prior to joining us, Mr. Woods was President of Domestic Distribution at MGM from 2006 until 2010. From 1979 until 2006, Mr. Woods was Executive Vice President, General Sales Manager of Paramount Pictures where he distributed the movie Titanic, at the time the largest grossing movie in history. Mr. Woods is responsible for selecting the films and other media in iPic theaters. Mr. Woods earned a B.A. from American University and is a member of the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and

87

Sciences. He has served as President of Variety International, the motion picture industries’ worldwide children’s charity.

Sherry Yard, our Chief Operating Officer, joined us in February 2014. Prior to joining us, Ms. Yard was an independent consultant from February 2013 to February 2014. Prior to that, she served as Executive Chef of Spago from January 1995 until February 2013. Ms. Yard is a 3-time James Beard Award winning chef and a FoodTV personality. Ms. Yard is responsible for developing and operating all of iPic’s foodservice operations. Ms. Yard has an Associate’s Degree in hospitality management from NYC Technical College and a Master Pastry Arts Degree in Culinary Arts from the Culinary Institute of America. Ms. Yard works with numerous philanthropic organizations and is a driving force of the Careers through Culinary Arts Program (C-CAP).

Robert Kirby has served as a director of our Company since September 2010. Mr. Kirby is currently the Co-Executive Chairman and Co-Chief Executive Officer of Village Roadshow Ltd., where he has spent his entire business career. Through the launch of Roadshow Home Video, Mr. Kirby was the driving force behind the Australian video revolution of the 1980’s and 1990’s. He is a pioneer of new cinema concepts in both Australia and internationally and has been at the forefront of Village Roadshow’s successful diversification into theme parks, radio and international film production. Mr. Kirby earned a Bachelor of Commerce from the University of Melbourne. Mr. Kirby is the Deputy Chair of the Peter MacCallum Cancer Foundation, Member of Patrons Council of Epilepsy Foundation and Patron of Arts Centre Melbourne. Mr. Kirby brings to our Board a wealth of operating experience within the hospitality industry having operated theaters in 26 countries and theme parks in Australia.

George M. Philip has served as a director of our Company since October 2017. Mr. Philip served as President of the University at Albany, State University of New York from November 2007 until he retired in January 2013. Prior to the University of Albany, Mr. Philip served in various roles at the New York State Teachers’ Retirement System (NYSTRS) including as Chief Investment Officer from February 1992 until November 2007. Mr. Philip earned B.A. and M.A. degrees from the University at Albany, State University of New York and a J.D. from Western New England University School of Law. Mr. Philip is a current or past member of numerous professional organizations and governing bodies involved in financial, educational and community activities including: First Niagara (FNFG), National Council on Teacher Retirement, Pension Managers Advisory Committee of the New York Stock Exchange, The Research Foundation of SUNY, St. Peter’s Health Partners, Saratoga Performing Arts Center, US Airways Group, Inc., The University at Albany Council and The Council of Institutional Investors. He also serves as an advisor to the Investment Committee of the Kentucky Teachers’ Retirement System, as a member of the board of Community Newspapers Holdings, Inc., owned by the Retirement Systems of Alabama, and a member of the board of Trinity Health. Mr. Philip brings to our Board significant strategic-advisory and financial-management expertise.

Ajay Bijli will become a director of our Company upon the closing of this Offering. Mr. Bijli is currently the Chairman and Managing Director for PVR Limited, the largest film exhibition company in India. Mr. Bijli’s passion for movies led him to create PVR Cinemas in 1995. The company’s joint venture with Village Roadshow, a global film production and exhibition company from Australia, resulted in bringing the multiplex format to India. Today, PVR serves approximately 75 million patrons with 600 screens across the length and breadth of the country. Acknowledging his business acumen, he has been awarded the Asia Innovator of the Year and Most Admired Retailer of the year 2016. Under his leadership, PVR has received the Fortune India’s Next 500 Big and Mid-size companies’ award. Mr. Bijli serves on the Board of Trustees of the Mumbai Academy of the Moving Image and he is the founding member of FICCI Multiplex Association (India). He is also a member of The Film and TV Producers Guild (India), Young Presidents’ Organization and is associated with the Central Board of Film Certification, Government of India. Mr. Bijli brings to our Board significant operating and financial expertise as well as extensive experience in the theater industry.

Dana Messina will become a director of our Company upon the closing of this Offering. Mr. Messina is currently Chairman of Volt Information Sciences, which he joined in October 2015 and is also the President of Kirkland Messina, which he founded in March 1994. From August 1993 until September 2013, Mr. Messina held various positions at Steinway Musical Instruments, including Executive Vice President from August 1993 to August 1996, and Chief Executive Officer from August 1996 to October 2011. In addition, Mr. Messina served on the Board of Steinway Musical Instruments from August 1993 to September 2013. Earlier in his career, Mr. Messina was a Senior Vice President in the High Yield Bond Department at Drexel Burnham Lambert Incorporated. Mr. Messina earned a B.S. in mechanical engineering from Tufts University where he graduated magna cum laude and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Mr. Messina brings to our Board significant operating and financial expertise as well as extensive experience as a public company director.

88

Board Composition

Our Board of Directors currently consists of three members and will, upon the closing of this Offering, consist of 5 members. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, will provide that the size of the board of directors will be fixed from time to time by a majority vote of the board of directors. Each director is elected annually and serves until his or her respective successor is elected.

We have no formal policy regarding board diversity. In selecting board candidates, we seek individuals who will further the interests of our stockholders through an established record of professional accomplishment, the ability to contribute positively to our collaborative culture, knowledge of our business and understanding of our prospective markets. We plan to recruit additional independent directors who can bring specific expertise and experience that is relevant to the Company’s business and future direction.

Director Independence

The listing standards of NASDAQ require that a majority of the members of a listed company’s board of directors qualify as “independent.” When a company is listing on NASDAQ in connection with its initial public offering, the NASDAQ rules allow a transition period of 12 months from the date of listing for compliance with this requirement. The definition of independence under the NASDAQ rules includes a series of objective tests, including that the director is not, and has not been for at least three years, one of our employees and that neither the director, nor any of his family members, has engaged in various types of business dealings with us. In addition, the NASDAQ rules require a subjective determination as to each independent director that no relationships exist that, in the opinion of our board of directors, would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

In making these determinations, our directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities as they may relate to us and our management. Our directors also consulted with our company’s counsel to ensure that our determinations were consistent with relevant securities and other laws and regulations regarding the definition of “independent.” Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that Messrs. Bijli and Messina will qualify as independent directors within the meaning of the applicable NASDAQ listing standards.

Our board of directors expects to elect two additional independent directors following the closing of this Offering, in reliance on the NASDAQ transition rules. After such election, a majority of the members of our board of directors will qualify as “independent” within the meaning of the applicable NASDAQ listing standards.

As required under applicable NASDAQ rules, we anticipate that our independent directors will meet in regularly scheduled executive sessions at which only independent directors are present.

Board Committees

Our Board of Directors has established three standing committees — audit, compensation, and nominating and corporate governance — each of which will operate under a written charter that will be approved by our board of directors. Following this Offering, a copy of each committee’s charter will be posted on the corporate governance section of our website, www.ipictheaters.com. We have appointed persons to the Board of Directors and committees of the Board of Directors as required to meet the corporate governance requirements of the NASDAQ Stock Market or will rely on the NASDAQ transition rules for companies completing an IPO.

Audit Committee

In reliance on the NASDAQ transition rules for companies completing an IPO, the audit committee will initially be comprised of two of our independent directors (Messrs. Bijli and Messina) and one of our non-independent directors (Mr. Kirby). Mr. Messina will be the Chair of our audit committee. Our Board of Directors has determined that each of the members of our audit committee is “independent” within the meaning of the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market and the SEC and that each of the members of our audit committee is financially literate and has accounting or related financial management expertise, as such qualifications are defined under the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market. In addition, our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Messina is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the SEC. Our audit committee will operate under a written charter that will be approved by our board of directors.

89

Our audit committee assists our Board of Directors in its oversight of our accounting and financial reporting process and the audits of our consolidated financial statements. Our audit committee’s responsibilities include:

         appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our registered public accounting firm;

         overseeing the work of our registered public accounting firm, including through the receipt and consideration of reports from such firm;

         reviewing and discussing with management and the registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;

         monitoring our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures and code of business conduct and ethics;

         overseeing our internal accounting function;

         discussing our risk management policies;

         establishing policies regarding hiring employees from our registered public accounting firm and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns;

         meeting independently with our internal accounting staff, registered public accounting firm and management;

         reviewing and approving or ratifying related party transactions; and

         preparing the audit committee reports required by SEC rules.

Compensation Committee

The members of the compensation committee will initially be Messrs. Bijli and Messina. Mr. Messina will be the Chair of the compensation committee. Our Board of Directors has determined that each of the members of the Compensation Committee is “independent” within the meaning of the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market. Our compensation committee assists our Board of Directors in the discharge of its responsibilities relating to the compensation of our executive officers. Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter that will be approved by our board of directors.

The compensation committee’s responsibilities include:

         reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives with respect to Chief Executive Officer compensation;

         making recommendations to our board with respect to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and our other executive officers;

         overseeing evaluations of our senior executives;

         reviewing and assessing the independence of compensation advisers;

         overseeing and administering our equity incentive plans;

         reviewing and making recommendations to our board with respect to director compensation;

         reviewing and discussing with management our “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” disclosure; and

         preparing the compensation committee reports required by SEC rules.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The members of the nominating and corporate governance committee will initially be Messrs. Bijli and Messina. Mr. Messina will be the Chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee. Our Board of Directors has determined that each of the members of the nominating and corporate governance committee is “independent” within the meaning of the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market. Our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter that will be approved by our board of directors.

90

The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include:

         identifying individuals qualified to become board members;

         recommending to our board the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to be appointed to each committee of our Board of Directors;

         reviewing and making recommendations to the board with respect to management succession planning;

         developing and recommending corporate governance principles to the board; and

         overseeing periodic evaluations of board members.

Board Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight

Our Board of Directors currently believes that our company is best served by combining the roles of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer. Our Board of Directors believes that as our founder and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Hashemi is the director most familiar with our business and industry, and most capable of effectively identifying strategic priorities and leading discussion and execution of strategy. Our independent directors will bring experience, oversight and expertise from outside our company, while our Chief Executive Officer brings company-specific experience and expertise. Our Board of Directors believes that the combined role of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer is the best leadership structure for us at the current time as it promotes the efficient and effective development and execution of our strategy and facilitates information flow between management and our Board of Directors. The Board of Directors recognizes, however, that no single leadership model is right for all companies at all times. Accordingly, the Board of Directors intends to periodically review its leadership structure.

The Board of Directors oversees our business and considers the risks associated with our business strategy and decisions. The board currently implements its risk oversight function as a whole. Each of the board committees also provides risk oversight in respect of its areas of concentration and reports material risks to the board for further consideration.

Lead Independent Director

Our Board of Directors currently intends to appoint Mr. Messina as our lead independent director. The lead independent director will coordinate the activities of our other independent directors. In addition to the duties of all members of the Board of Directors, the Lead Independent Director has the following additional responsibilities and authority:

         presiding at meetings of the Board of Directors in the absence of, or upon the request of, the Chairman;

         scheduling, developing the agenda for, and presiding at executive sessions of the independent directors;

         advising the Chairman and/or the Board of Directors as to the decisions reached, if any, at each executive session;

         serving as the principal liaison between the independent directors and the Chairman/CEO;

         advising the Chairman as to the quality, quantity and timeliness of the information submitted by the Company’s management that is necessary or appropriate for the independent directors to effectively and responsibly perform their duties; and

         recommending to the Chairman, at the direction of the independent directors, the retention of outside advisors and consultants who report directly to the Board of Directors on board-wide issues.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We expect to adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Upon the listing of our Class A Common Stock on the NASDAQ Stock Market, we will post on our website a current copy of the code and all disclosures that are required by law or the NASDAQ Stock Market rules in regard to any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code.

91

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the “2017 Summary Compensation Table” below. In 2017, our “named executive officers” and their positions were as follows:

2017 Summary Compensation Table

Name & Principal Position

 

Year

 

Salary
($)

 

Unit Awards
($)(1)

 

Option Awards
($)(1)

 

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation
($)(2)

 

All Other Compensation
($)(3)

 

Total
($)

Hamid Hashemi,

 

2017

 

904,565

 

 

2,397,476

 

1,742,425

 

 

18,496

 

5,062,962

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

2016

 

861,491

 

 

 

 

861,491

 

21,035

 

1,744,017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paul Safran,

 

2017

 

382,500

 

 

2,185,988

 

1,045,455

 

 

 

3,613,943

General Counsel

 

2016

 

361,605

 

 

 

 

180,803

 

 

542,408

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sherry Yard,

 

2017

 

249,696

 

 

1,092,994

 

801,516

 

 

 

2,144,206

Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paul Westra

 

2017

 

251,507

(4)

 

1,092,994

 

724,980

 

 

 

2,069,481

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Clark Woods,

 

2017

 

275,604

 

 

1,092,994

 

627,273

 

 

 

1,995,871

Executive Vice President – Films

 

2016

 

270,200

 

 

 

 

81,060

 

 

 

351,260

____________

(1)      The amounts in this column for 2017 represent the grant date fair value of the award calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The valuation assumptions used in determining such amounts appear in Note 1 of the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2017 included in this Offering Circular.

(2)      The Company has not finalized its results of operations for 2017 and, as a result, non-equity incentive plan compensation for 2017 has not yet been determined. See “— Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table — Annual Cash Incentives.”

(3)      The amount set forth under the “All Other Compensation” for Mr. Hashemi relates to reimbursement of automobile-related expenses.

(4)      This represents the pro-rated amount of base salary earned commencing in March 2017 when he commenced employment with the Company.

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table

Elements of Compensation

In 2017, we compensated our named executive officers through a combination of base salary, annual cash incentives and long-term equity-based incentives.

Base Salary

We believe that the provision of base salary plays an important role in attracting and retaining top executive talent by providing executives with a predictable level of income. Base salaries represent a fixed portion of our named executive officers’ compensation and vary principally based on job responsibility. The Board set 2017 base salaries for our named executive officers, and base salaries are typically reviewed by the Board on an annual basis using information and evaluations provided by the Chief Executive Officer with respect to the other named executive officers and its own assessment of the Chief Executive Officer, taking into account our operating and financial results for the year, a subjective assessment of the contribution of each named executive officer to such results, the achievement of our strategic growth and any changes in our named executive officers’ roles and responsibilities. Effective January 1, 2017, the base salaries for our named executive officers were $904,565 for Mr. Hashemi, $382,500, for Mr. Safran, $249,696 for Ms. Yard, $300,000 for Mr. Westra and $275,604 for Mr. Woods.

92

Annual Cash Incentives

For 2017, our named executive officers are eligible to earn an annual bonus equal to a percentage of base salary under the iPic–Gold Class Entertainment, LLC 2017 Annual Incentive Plan (the “Annual Incentive Plan”), as set forth in the table below. For 2017, annual bonus amounts under the Annual Incentive Plan will be determined by the Board based on achievement measured against Company EBITDA goals and individual performance goals, the weightings of the performance goals were determined for Mr. Hashemi by the Board, and for Messrs. Safran, Westra and Woods and for Ms. Yard, by our Chief Executive Officer.

The Company’s 2017 results have not yet been finalized and therefore any amounts payable under the Annual Incentive Plan for 2017 have not yet been determined.

The following table sets forth the 2017 annual bonus target for each of our named executive officers, expressed as a percentage of base salary:

Name

 

Target

Hamid Hashemi

 

100

%

Paul Safran

 

50

%

Sherry Yard

 

30

%

Paul Westra

 

50

%

Clark Woods

 

30

%

Long-Term Incentives

On December 21, 2017, iPic-Gold Class adopted the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, under which equity awards may be made in respect of 1,600,000 units of iPic-Gold Class in the form of options, restricted units, phantom units, unit appreciation rights, dividend equivalent rights, unit awards and performance-based awards. Concurrent with the adoption of the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, iPic-Gold Class awarded options to purchase units to certain members of management, including each of our named executive officers as set forth in the table below.

Name

 

Number of Options

Hamid Hashemi

 

250,000

Paul Safran

 

150,000

Sherry Yard

 

115,000

Paul Westra

 

100,000

Clark Woods

 

90,000

It is expected that in connection with the Transactions, the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will be migrated to iPic Entertainment and any awards granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will be converted into options to acquire Class A Common Stock of iPic Entertainment. The material terms of the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan are described under the heading “— 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.”

Agreements with Named Executive Officers

On September 30, 2010, the Company entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Hashemi, which was amended on May 5, 2016 (the “Employment Agreement”), which agreement provides that his initial employment term expired on September 30, 2015, has been thereafter automatically extended for successive one-year periods, and will continue to be so extended unless either the Company or Mr. Hashemi provides at least 90 days’ written notice to the other of intent not to renew the term. The Employment Agreement provides that Mr. Hashemi (i) would receive an annual base salary (which is $904,565 as of the date of this Offering Circular) which, beginning January 1, 2012, has been subject to a minimum increase of 5% or any higher percentage based on merit as determined in the discretion of the Board and (ii) shall be eligible to receive a target annual bonus equal to a percentage of his base salary (which is 100% of his base salary as of the date of this Offering Circular based on achieving target performance goals) and up to 125% of his base salary for outperformance of target performance goals. In addition, Mr. Hashemi would be entitled to reimbursement for reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses incurred in performing his duties and is eligible to participate in all perquisite and benefit programs for which other senior employees of the Company are

93

generally eligible. The Employment Agreement also provides for severance upon certain terminations of employment, as described below under “— Payments upon Certain Events of Termination or Change in Control.”

Messrs. Safran, Westra and Woods, and Ms. Yard are currently not party to any employment or similar agreements with the Company.

IPO Awards — Restricted Stock Units

On December 6, 2017, iPic Entertainment entered into restricted stock unit award agreements (the “IPO RSU Agreements”) with each of our named executive officers and certain other employees pursuant to which recipients will be entitled to receive an award of stock-settled restricted stock units (the “IPO RSUs”), the aggregate value of which is equal to approximately $8,951,492. The IPO RSU Agreements provide that each grantee is entitled to receive a number of IPO RSUs equal to the quotient of (a) each such grantee’s “Aggregate Grant Amount” (set forth in each grantee’s IPO RSU Agreement) divided by (b) the initial public offering price. Pursuant to the IPO RSU Agreements, the IPO RSUs are expected to settle in full on a settlement date as set forth in the IPO RSU Agreement (the “Settlement Date”), regardless of whether the recipient remains employed with iPic Entertainment or any of its subsidiaries through the Settlement Date. The Aggregate Grant Amount of the IPO RSUs awarded to each of our named executive officers is set forth in the chart below.

Name

 

IPO RSUs (Aggregate Grant Amount)

Hamid Hashemi

 

$

2,397,476.30

(1)

Paul Safran

 

$

2,185,988.20

(1)

Sherry Yard

 

$

1,092,994.10

(2)

Paul Westra

 

$

1,092,994.10

(2)

Clark Woods

 

$

1,092,994.10

(2)

____________

(1)      These IPO RSUs have a Settlement Date of May 15, 2018.

(2)      These IPO RSUs have a Settlement Date of May 15, 2019.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2017 Fiscal Year-End

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to outstanding options held by each of our named executive officers on December 31, 2017.

 

 

Option Awards

Name

 

Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Exercisable
(#)

 

Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Un‑exercisable
(#)

 

 

Option
Exercise
Price
($)

 

Option
Expiration
Date

Hamid Hashemi

 

0

 

250,000

(1)

 

18.13

 

12/21/2027

Paul Safran

 

0

 

150,000

(1)

 

18.13

 

12/21/2027

Sherry Yard

 

0

 

115,000

(1)

 

18.13

 

12/21/2027

Paul Westra

 

0

 

100,000

(2)

 

18.13

 

12/21/2027

Clark Woods

 

0

 

90,000

(1)

 

18.13

 

12/21/2027

____________

(1)      These options are scheduled to vest as to 25% on each of June 1, 2018, June 1, 2019, June 2020 and June 1, 2021.

(2)      These options are scheduled to vest as to 25% on each of June 1, 2019, June 1, 2020, June 2021 and June 1, 2022.

Additional Narrative Disclosure

Retirement and Other Benefits

Our named executive officers are entitled, on the same basis as our other employees, to participate in our 401(k) plan, a tax-qualified defined contribution plan under Section 401 of the Code. Pursuant to the 401(k) plan, participants may contribute an amount of their pre-tax compensation up to the statutory limit.

94

Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Hashemi is entitled to reimbursement by the Company of reasonable automobile expenses (including lease/finance payments and insurance and gas expenses). Our compensation program does not otherwise include any material benefits or perquisites for our named executive officers.

Payments upon Certain Events of Termination or Change in Control

Pursuant to the terms of the Employment Agreement, Mr. Hashemi is entitled to receive certain payments in connection with certain termination events.

In the event of a termination of employment for any reason, Mr. Hashemi is entitled to any earned but unpaid base salary through the date of termination and any other amounts due pursuant to applicable law.

Upon a termination due to Mr. Hashemi’s death or Disability (as such term is defined in the Employment Agreement), Mr. Hashemi is entitled to receive a lump sum payment equal to the sum of his then-current base salary and a pro-rata portion of his target bonus for the year in which termination occurs.

Upon a termination of Mr. Hashemi’s employment by the Company without Cause (as such term is defined in the Employment Agreement) or due to Mr. Hashemi’s resignation for Good Reason (as such term is defined in the Employment Agreement), Mr. Hashemi is entitled to receive a lump sum payment equal to three times the sum of (x) his then-current base salary and (y) one-half of the sum of his actual bonus paid for the three years preceding the year in which termination occurs.

With respect to each of our named executive officers, assuming a Change in Control (as defined in the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan) occurred on December 31, 2017, and subject to the named executive officer’s continued employment with the Company through the date of such of Change in Control, all of the named executive officer’s options granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan would become fully vested in connection with such Change in Control.

Director Compensation

Shown below is information regarding the compensation for each member of the Board for the year ended December 31, 2017, other than the compensation for Mr. Hashemi, which is reported above under “Executive Compensation — Summary Compensation Table”. Mr. Hodges served as an independent director and is compensated for his service. Mr. Kirby and Mr. Philip are affiliated with certain of our stockholders and do not receive compensation for their Board service.

Name

 

Fees Earned or Paid in Cash
($)

 

Total
($)

Bruce Hodges(1)

 

$

6,667

 

6,667

Robert Kirby

 

 

 

George M. Philip(2)

 

 

 

____________

(1)      Mr. Hodges ceased serving on the Board in October 2017.

(2)      Mr. Philip commenced serving on the Board in October 2017.

Risk Assessment Disclosure

Our Vice President of Human Resources and Chief Executive Officer assessed the risk associated with our compensation practices and policies for employees, including a consideration of the balance between risk-taking incentives and risk-mitigating factors in our practices and policies. The assessment determined that any risks arising from our compensation practices and policies are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition.

IRS Code Section 162(m)

As a private company, in fiscal 2017 we were not subject to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (‘‘Section 162(m)’’). In making future compensation decisions, the Board will consider the potential impact of Section 162(m), as recently amended by the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017. Section 162(m) applies to certain corporations, including corporations with publicly traded securities, and, generally, disallows the corporation

95

from taking a tax deduction for individual compensation exceeding $1 million in any taxable year paid to the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and the next three mostly highly compensated officers (and those who have previously been covered by the Section 162(m) rules). As amended, Section 162(m) no longer provides an exception to the deductibility limitations for “performance-based” compensation, except for certain grandfathered arrangements under the transition rules. The Board, after considering the potential impact of the application of Section 162(m) and future guidance of the new rules, reserves the right to provide compensation to executive officers that may not be tax deductible if it believes providing that compensation is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders. In addition, transition provisions under Section 162(m) for companies that become publicly-held through an initial public offering process may apply for a period of approximately three years following the consummation of our initial public offering (which is not guaranteed to occur) with respect to certain compensation arrangements that were entered into before such initial public offering.

2017 Equity Incentive Plan

The Board has adopted and recommended that our unitholders approve the iPic – Gold Class Entertainment, LLC 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (or the “2017 Equity Incentive Plan”), under which equity awards may be made in respect of 1,600,000 membership units of iPic-Gold Class (“Units”), which number of authorized Units is subject to automatic increases as described further below in the section titled “— Units Available.”

On December 21, 2017, iPic-Gold Class granted 955,300 options with an exercise price of $18.13 per share to our named executive officers and certain other employees under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.

Under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, awards may be granted in the form of options, restricted units, phantom units, unit appreciation rights, dividend equivalent rights, unit awards and performance-based awards (including performance units, performance phantom units and performance-based restricted units). It is expected that in connection with the Transactions, the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will be migrated to iPic Entertainment and any awards granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will be converted into options to acquire Class A Common Stock of iPic Entertainment.

The following is a summary of the material terms of the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, which has been filed as an exhibit to the Offering Statement of which this Offering Circular forms a part.

Administration. The 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by a committee appointed by the board (the “Compensation Committee”). The Compensation Committee shall consist of at least two directors of the board and may consist of the entire board. The Compensation Committee will generally consist of directors considered to be non-employee directors for purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

Plan Term. The 2017 Equity Incentive Plan became effective on December 21, 2017, subject to approval by the Company’s unitholders, and will terminate on the tenth (10th) anniversary thereof, unless earlier terminated by the Board.

Eligibility. Under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, “Eligible Individuals” include officers and employees, consultants to and non-employee directors of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Compensation Committee will determine which Eligible Individuals will receive grants of awards.

Incentives Available. Under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, the Compensation Committee may grant any of the following types of awards to an Eligible Individual: incentive options (“Incentive Options”); nonqualified options (“Nonqualified Options” and, together with Incentive Options, “Options”); unit appreciation rights (“UARs”); restricted units (“Restricted Units”); phantom units (“Phantom Units”); Performance Awards; Dividend Equivalent Rights; and Unit Awards, each as defined below (each type of grant is considered an “Award”).

Units Available. Subject to any adjustment as provided in the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, up to 1,600,000 Units may be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, all of which may be granted as Incentive Options. As of January 5, 2018, options to purchase a total of 955,300 shares of Common Stock pursuant to our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan were outstanding, none of which were exercisable. The number of Units available for issuance under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will be increased on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with the 2019 fiscal year, in an amount equal to three percent (3%) of the outstanding Units on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year.

If an Award or any portion thereof that is granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the Units covered by such Award having been issued or (ii) is settled in cash (i.e., the participant receives cash rather than Units), such expiration, termination or settlement will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of Units that may be available for issuance under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan. If any Units issued

96

pursuant to an Award are forfeited and returned back to or reacquired by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such Units in the participant, then the Units that are forfeited or reacquired will again become available for issuance under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan. Any Units tendered or withheld (i) to pay the exercise price of an Option or (ii) to satisfy tax withholding obligations associated with an Award granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan shall not become available again for issuance under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.

Options. The Compensation Committee may grant Options (which may be Incentive Options or Nonqualified Options) to Eligible Individuals. An Incentive Option is an Option intended to qualify for tax treatment applicable to Incentive Options under Section 422 of the Code. An Incentive Option may be granted only to Eligible Individuals that are employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. A Nonqualified Option is an Option that is not subject to statutory requirements and limitations required for certain tax advantages allowed under Section 422 of the Code.

Exercise Price for Options. The purchase price per Unit with respect to any Option granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan may be not less than 100% of the fair market value of a Unit on the date the Option is granted (110% in the case of an Incentive Option granted to a ten-percent unitholder).

Vesting and Exercise Periods for Options. Each Option granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan may be subject to certain vesting requirements and will become exercisable in accordance with the specific terms and conditions of the Option, as determined by the Compensation Committee at the time of grant and set forth in an Award agreement. The term of an Option generally may not exceed ten years from the date it is granted (five years in the case of an Incentive Option granted to a ten-percent unitholder). Each Option, to the extent it becomes exercisable, may be exercised at any time in whole or in part until its expiration or termination, unless otherwise provided in applicable Award agreement.

Limits on Incentive Options. In order to comply with the requirements for Incentive Options in the Code, no person may receive a grant of an Incentive Option for units that would have an aggregate fair market value in excess of $100,000, determined when the Incentive Option is granted, that would be exercisable for the first time during any calendar year. If any grant of an Incentive Option is made in excess of such limit, the portion that is over the $100,000 limit would be a Nonqualified Option.

Unit Appreciation Rights. The Compensation Committee may grant UARs to Eligible Individuals on terms and conditions determined by the Compensation Committee at the time of grant and set forth in an Award agreement. A UAR may be granted (a) at any time if unrelated to an Option or (b) if related to an Option, either at the time of grant or at any time thereafter during the term of the Option.

Duration. Each UAR will be exercisable or be forfeited or expire on such terms as the Compensation Committee determines. Except in limited circumstances, a UAR shall have a term of no greater than ten years.

Amount Payable. A UAR is a right granted to a participant to receive an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of a Unit on the last business day preceding the date of exercise of such UAR over the fair market value of a Unit on the date the UAR was granted. A UAR may be settled or paid in cash, Units or a combination of each, in accordance with its terms.

Prohibition on Repricings. The Compensation Committee will have no authority to make any adjustment or amendment (other than in connection with certain changes in capitalization or certain corporate transactions in accordance with the terms of the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, as generally described below) that reduces, or would have the effect of reducing, the exercise price of an Option or UAR previously granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, unless the Company’s unitholders approve such adjustment or amendment.

Dividend Equivalent Rights. The Compensation Committee may grant dividend equivalent rights (“Dividend Equivalent Rights”), either in tandem with an Award or as a separate Award, to Eligible Individuals on terms and conditions determined by the Compensation Committee at the time of grant and set forth in an Award agreement. A Dividend Equivalent Right is a right to receive cash or Units based on the value of dividends that are paid with respect to the Units. Amounts payable in respect of Dividend Equivalent Rights may be payable currently or, if applicable, deferred until the lapsing of restrictions on such dividend equivalent rights or until the vesting, exercise, payment, settlement or other lapse of restrictions on the Award to which the Dividend Equivalent Rights relate, subject to compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Dividend Equivalent Rights may be settled in cash or Units or a combination thereof, in a single installment or multiple installments, as determined by the Compensation Committee.

97

Restricted Units; Phantom Units. The Compensation Committee may grant either Restricted Units or Phantom Units, in each case subject to certain vesting requirements, on terms and conditions determined by the Compensation Committee at the time of grant and set forth in an Award agreement.

Restricted Units. Unless the Compensation Committee determines otherwise, upon the issuance of Restricted Units, the participant shall have all of the rights of a unitholder with respect to such Units, including the right to vote the Units and to receive all dividends or other distributions made with respect to the Units. The Compensation Committee may determine that the payment to the participant of dividends, or a specified portion thereof, declared or paid on such Units shall be deferred until the lapsing of the restrictions imposed upon such Units and held by the Company for the account of the participant until such time. Payment of deferred dividends in respect of Restricted Units shall be made upon the lapsing of restrictions imposed on the Restricted Units in respect of which the deferred dividends were paid, and any dividends deferred in respect of any Restricted Units shall be forfeited upon the forfeiture of such Restricted Units.

Period for Lapsing of Restrictions on Restricted Units. During such period as may be set by the Compensation Committee in the Award agreement, the participant shall not be permitted to sell, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or assign Restricted Units awarded under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. The Compensation Committee may also impose such other restrictions and conditions, including the attainment of Performance Objectives (as defined below) or other corporate or individual performance goals, on Restricted Units as it determines in its sole discretion.

Phantom Units. Each Phantom Unit shall represent the right of the participant to receive a payment upon vesting of the Phantom Unit, or on any later date specified by the Compensation Committee, of an amount equal to the fair market value of a Unit as of the date the Phantom Unit becomes vested (together with such dividends as may have accrued with respect to such Unit from the time of the grant of the Award until the time of vesting), or such later date as determined by the Compensation Committee at the time the Phantom Unit is granted (and which will be set forth in the applicable grant agreement). A Phantom Unit may be settled or paid in cash, Units or a combination of each, as determined by the Compensation Committee.

Performance Awards. Performance awards (“Performance Awards”) (including performance units (“Performance Units”), performance phantom units (“Performance Phantom Units”) and performance-based restricted units (“Performance-Based Restricted Units”)) may be granted to Eligible Individuals on terms and conditions determined by the Compensation Committee and set forth in an Award agreement.

Performance Units. Performance Units shall be denominated in a specified dollar amount and, contingent upon the attainment of specified performance objectives within a performance cycle and such other vesting conditions as may be determined by the Compensation Committee (including without limitation, a continued employment requirement following the end of the applicable performance period), represent the right to receive payment of the specified dollar amount or a percentage of the specified dollar amount depending on the level of performance objective attained; provided, however, that the Compensation Committee may at the time a Performance Unit is granted specify a maximum amount payable in respect of a vested Performance Unit. The award agreement for each Performance Unit shall specify the number of Performance Units to which it relates, the Performance Objectives and other conditions which must be satisfied in order for the Performance Unit to vest and the performance cycle within which such Performance Objectives must be satisfied and the circumstances under which the award will be forfeited.

Performance Phantom Units. Performance Phantom Units shall be denominated in Units and, contingent upon the attainment of specified Performance Objectives within a performance cycle and such other vesting conditions as may be determined by the Compensation Committee (including, without limitation, a continued employment requirement following the end of the applicable performance period), represent the right to receive an amount of the fair market value of a Unit on the date the Performance Phantom Unit becomes vested or any other date specified by the Compensation Committee or a percentage of such amount depending on the level of Performance Objective attained; provided, however, that the Compensation Committee may at the time a Performance Phantom Unit is granted specify a maximum amount payable in respect of a vested Performance Phantom Unit. A Performance Phantom Unit may be settled in cash, Units, or a combination of each. The Award agreement for each Performance Phantom Unit shall specify the number of Performance Phantom Units to which it relates, the Performance Objectives and other conditions which must be satisfied in order for the Performance Phantom Unit to vest and the performance cycle within which such Performance Objectives must be satisfied and the circumstances under which the Award will be forfeited.

98

Performance-Based Restricted Units. Performance-Based Restricted Units shall consist of an Award of Restricted Units, issued in the participant’s name and subject to appropriate restrictions and transfer limitations. Unless the Compensation Committee determines otherwise and as set forth in the applicable Award agreement, upon issuance of Performance-Based Restricted Units, the participant shall have all of the rights of a unitholder with respect to such Units, including the right to vote the Units and to receive all dividends or other distributions paid or made with respect to Units. The Award agreement for each Award of Performance-Based Restricted Units will specify the number of Performance-Based Restricted Units to which it relates, the Performance Objectives and other conditions that must be satisfied in order for the Performance-Based Restricted Units to vest, the performance cycle within which the Performance Objectives must be satisfied and the circumstances under which the Award will be forfeited. At the time the Award of Performance-Based Restricted Units is granted, the Compensation Committee may determine that the payment to the participant of dividends, or a specified portion thereof, declared or paid on Units represented by such Award which have been issued by the Company to the participant shall be deferred until the lapsing of the restrictions imposed upon such Performance-Based Restricted Units and held by the Company for the account of the participant until such time. Payment of deferred dividends in respect of Performance-Based Restricted Units shall be made upon the lapsing of restrictions imposed on the Performance-Based Restricted Units in respect of which the deferred dividends were paid, and any dividends deferred in respect of any Performance-Based Restricted Units shall be forfeited upon the forfeiture of such Performance-Based Restricted Units.

Performance Objectives. With respect to any Performance Awards, performance objectives (“Performance Objectives”) may be expressed in terms of (i) net earnings; (ii) earnings per unit; (iii) net debt; (iv) revenue or sales growth; (v) net or operating income; (vi) net operating profit; (vii) return measures (including, but not limited to, return on assets, capital, equity or sales); (viii) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, distributable cash flow and free cash flow); (ix) earnings before or after taxes, interest, depreciation, amortization and/or rent; (x) unit price (including, but not limited to growth measures and total unitholder return); (xi) expense control or loss management; (xii) customer satisfaction; (xiii) market share; (xiv) economic value added; (xv) working capital; (xvi) the formation of joint ventures or the completion of other corporate transactions; (xvii) gross or net profit margins; (xviii) revenue mix; (xix) operating efficiency; (xx) product diversification; (xxi) market penetration; (xxii) measurable achievement in quality, operation or compliance initiatives; (xxiii) quarterly dividends or distributions; (xxiv) employee retention or turnover; (xxv) any combination of or a specified increase in any of the foregoing or (xxvi) any other performance criteria as may be established by the Compensation Committee. Performance Objectives may be absolute or relative (to prior performance of the Company or to the performance of one or more other entities or external indices) and may be expressed in terms of a progression within a specified range. The Compensation Committee may, at the time the Performance Objectives in respect of a Performance Award are established, provide for the manner in which performance will be measured against the Performance Objectives to reflect the impact of specified events, including any one or more of the following with respect to the applicable performance period: (i) the gain, loss, income or expense resulting from changes in accounting principles or tax laws that become effective during the performance period; (ii) the gain, loss, income or expense reported publicly by the Company with respect to the performance period that are extraordinary or unusual in nature or infrequent in occurrence; (iii) the gains or losses resulting from, and the direct expenses incurred in connection with, the disposition of a business or the sale of investments or non-core assets; (iv) the gain or loss from all or certain claims and/or litigation and all or certain insurance recoveries relating to claims or litigation; or (v) the impact of investments or acquisitions made during the year or, to the extent provided by the Compensation Committee, any prior year. The events may relate to the Company as a whole or to any part of the Company’s business or operations, as determined by the Compensation Committee at the time the Performance Objectives are established. Any adjustments based on the effect of certain events are to be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and standards, unless another objective method of measurement is designated by the Compensation Committee.

Prior to the vesting, payment, settlement or lapsing of any restrictions with respect to any Performance Award, the Compensation Committee shall certify in writing that the applicable Performance Objectives have been satisfied. In respect of a Performance Award, the Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, (i) reduce the amount of cash paid or number of Units to be issued or that have been issued and that become vested or on which restrictions lapse, and/or (ii) establish rules and procedures that have the effect of limiting the amount payable to any participant to an amount that is less than the amount that otherwise would be payable under such Award. The Compensation Committee may exercise such discretion in a non-uniform manner among participants.

Unit Awards. The Compensation Committee may grant an Award of Units (“Unit Awards”) to an Eligible Individual on such terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee may determine at the time of grant. A Unit Award may

99

be made as additional compensation for services rendered by the Eligible Individual or may be in lieu of cash or other compensation to which the Eligible Individual is entitled from the Company.

Transferability. The 2017 Equity Incentive Plan generally restricts the transfer of any Awards, except (a) transfers by will or the laws of descent and distribution or (b) to a beneficiary designated by the participant, to whom any benefit under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan is to be paid or who may exercise any rights of the participant in the event of the participant’s death before he or she receives any or all of such benefit or exercises an Award.

Adjustments upon Changes in Capitalization. In the event that the outstanding Units are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of Units or other units or securities or other equity interests of the Company or another corporation or entity, whether through merger, consolidation, reorganizations, recapitalization, reclassification, unit dividend, unit split, reverse unit split, substitution or other similar corporate event or transaction, or an extraordinary dividend or distribution by the Company in respect of its Units or other capital stock or securities convertible into capital stock in cash, securities or other property, the Compensation Committee shall determine the appropriate adjustments, if any, to (a) the maximum number and kind of units or other securities or other equity interests as to which Awards may be granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, (b) the maximum number and class of Units or other stock or securities that may be issued upon exercise of Incentive Options, (c) the number and kind of Units or other securities covered by any or all outstanding Awards that have been granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, (d) the option price of outstanding Options and the base price of outstanding UARs, and (e) the Performance Objectives applicable to outstanding Performance Awards.

Effect of Change in Control or Certain Other Transactions. Generally, the Award agreement evidencing each Award will provide any specific terms applicable to that Award in the event of a Change in Control of the Company (as defined below). Unless otherwise provided in an Award agreement, in connection with a merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other similar change in the units of the Company, or a liquidation or dissolution of the Company or a Change in Control (each a “Corporate Transaction”), Awards shall either: (a) continue following such Corporate Transaction, which may include, in the discretion of the Compensation Committee or the parties to the Corporate Transaction, the assumption, continuation or substitution of the Awards, in each case with appropriate adjustments to the number, kind of securities, and exercise prices of the Awards; or (b) terminate.

For purposes of the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, “Change in Control” generally means the occurrence of any of the following events with respect to the Company: (a) any person (other than directly from the Company) first acquires securities of the Company representing fifty percent or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities, other than an acquisition by certain employee benefit plans, the Company or a related entity, or any person in connection with a non-control transaction; (b) a majority of the members of the board of directors is replaced by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the board of directors serving immediately prior to such appointment or election; (c) any merger, consolidation or reorganization, other than in a non-control transaction; (d) a complete liquidation or dissolution or (e) sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets. A “non-control transaction” generally includes any transaction in which (i) unitholders immediately before such transaction continue to own at least a majority of the combined voting power of such resulting entity following the transaction; (ii) a majority of the members of the board of directors immediately before such transaction continue to constitute at least a majority of the board of the surviving entity following such transaction or (iii) with certain exceptions, no person other than any person who had beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities immediately prior to such transaction has beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent of the combined voting power of the surviving entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after such transaction.

Options and UARs Terminated in Corporate Transaction. If Options or UARs are to terminate in the event of a Corporate Transaction, the holders of vested Options or UARs must be provided either (a) fifteen days to exercise their Options or UARs or (b) payment (in cash or other consideration) in respect of each Unit covered by the Option of UAR being cancelled in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the per Unit consideration to be paid to unitholders in the Corporate Transaction over the price of the Option or the UAR. If the per Unit consideration to be paid to unitholders in the Corporate Transaction is less than the exercise price of the Option or UAR, the Option or UAR may be terminated without payment of any kind. The holders of unvested Options or UARs may also receive payment, at the discretion of the Compensation Committee, in the same manner as described above for vested Options and UARs. The Compensation Committee may also accelerate the vesting on any unvested Option or UAR and provide holders of such Options or UARS a reasonable opportunity to exercise the Award.

100

Other Awards Terminated in Corporate Transaction. If Awards other than Options and UARs are to terminate in connection with a Corporate Transaction, the holders of vested Awards will be provided, and holders of unvested Awards may be provided, at the discretion of the Compensation Committee, payment (in cash or other consideration upon or immediately following the Corporate Transaction, or, to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code, on a deferred basis) in respect of each Unit covered by the Award being cancelled in an amount equal to the per Unit price to be paid to unitholders in the Corporate Transaction, where the value of any non-cash consideration will be determined by the Compensation Committee in good faith.

The Compensation Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for different treatment for different Awards or Awards held by different parties, and where alternative treatment is available for a participant’s Awards, may allow the participant to choose which treatment will apply to his or her Awards.

Amendment or Termination of the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan. The 2017 Equity Incentive Plan may be amended or terminated by the board of directors without unitholder approval, unless unitholder approval of the amendment or termination is required under applicable law, regulation or NASDAQ Stock Market LLC requirement. No amendment may materially and adversely alter or impair any Awards that had been granted under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan prior to the amendment without the impacted participant’s consent. The 2017 Equity Incentive Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of its effective date; however, when the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan terminates, any applicable terms will remain in effect for administration of any Awards outstanding at the time of the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan’s termination.

Forfeiture Events; Clawback. The Compensation Committee may specify in an Award agreement that the participant’s rights, payments and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, clawback or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events or as required by law, in addition to any otherwise applicable forfeiture provisions that apply to the Award. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any Award under the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan shall be subject to the terms of any clawback policy maintained by the Company, as it may be amended from time to time.

101

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Since January 1, 2016, we have engaged in certain transactions with our directors and executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our voting securities and affiliates of our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our voting securities.

The following are summaries of certain provisions of our related party agreements and are qualified in their entirety by reference to all of the provisions of such agreements. Because these descriptions are only summaries of the applicable agreements, they do not necessarily contain all of the information that you may find useful. We therefore urge you to review the agreements in their entirety. Copies of the agreements (or forms of the agreements) have been filed as exhibits to the Offering Statement of which this Offering Circular is a part, and are available electronically on the website of the SEC at www.sec.gov.

Related Party Agreements in Effect Prior to this Offering

Non-Revolving Credit Facility with Retirement Systems of Alabama (RSA)

iPic-Gold Class is a party to the Non-Revolving Credit Facility with RSA, a member of iPic-Gold Class which provides for a non-revolving total commitment of $225.8 million. The Non-Revolving Credit Facility is secured by a first-priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of iPic-Gold Class and the guarantors, together with a pledge of 100% of the equity interests of iPic Gold Class by Holdings. Obligations under the Non-Revolving Credit Facility are guaranteed by each of iPic-Gold Class’s wholly-owned subsidiaries and by Holdings. For a more detailed description, see “Description of Indebtedness — Long-Term Debt — Non-Revolving Credit Facility.”

Notes Payable to VR iPic Finance, LLC

A joint venture between Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. and iPic Holdings, LLC (an entity owned in part by Hamid Hashemi and Dana Messina), called VR iPic Finance, LLC, both members of iPic-Gold Class, is a party to two sets of notes, aggregating $30.9 million. iPic Holdings, LLC owns approximately 37% of iPic-Gold Class. Entities and individuals associated with Hamid Hashemi, our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors, directly or indirectly own a majority of iPic Holdings, LLC.

The first set of VR iPic Notes bear interest on the unpaid principal amount at a rate per annum equal to 5.00%. Payments of outstanding principal and interest on the VR iPic Notes are required to be paid to VR iPic only to the extent that each of iPic Holdings, LLC and Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. are due a distribution under the iPic-Gold Class LLC Agreement. The second set of notes bear interest on the unpaid principal amount at a rate per annum equal to 5.00%, with interest payable monthly. For a more detailed description, see “Description of Indebtedness — Notes Payable to Related Parties.”

Notes Payable to Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc.

iPic-Gold Class is a party to a $15.0 million note payable to Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc, a member of iPic-Gold Class. The notes accrue interest on the unpaid principal amount at 10.5% per annum, subject to a minimum guaranteed interest of $3.0 million over the life of the notes. Interest is payable only if Village Roadshow Attractions USA is due certain distributions as outlined in the iPic-Gold Class LLC Agreement and to the extent of the amount of such distributions. iPic-Gold Class is also a party to a $1.1 million note payable to Village Roadshow Attractions USA. The notes accrue interest on the unpaid principal amount at 5.0% per annum. For a more detailed description, see “Description of Indebtedness — Notes Payable to Related Parties.”

Notes Payable to Regal/Atom Holdings, LLC

iPic-Gold Class is a party to a $3.0 million note payable to Regal/Atom Holdings, LLC, a member of iPic-Gold Class. The note bears interest on the unpaid principal amount at a rate per annum equal to 5.00%. Payments of outstanding principal and interest on the Regal Note are required to be paid to Regal only to the extent that Regal is due a distribution under the iPic-Gold Class LLC Agreement. For a more detailed description, see “Description of Indebtedness — Notes Payable to Related Parties.”

102

Note Payable to iPic Holdings, LLC

iPic-Gold Class is a party to a $0.5 million note payable to iPic Holdings, LLC (an entity owned in part by Hamid Hashemi and Dana Messina), and a member of iPic-Gold Class. The notes accrue interest on the unpaid principal amount at 5.0% per annum. Interest is payable only if iPic Holdings, LLC is due certain distributions as outlined in the iPic-Gold Class LLC Agreement and to the extent of the amount of such distributions. For a more detailed description, see “Description of Indebtedness — Notes Payable to Related Parties.”

Related Party Transactions Entered Into in Connection With This Offering

In connection with the Transactions, we will engage in certain transactions with certain of our directors, executive officers and other persons and entities which are holders of 5% or more of our voting securities, including the issuance of shares of our Class B Common Stock to the Continuing iPic Equity Owners, and the entering into of an amended and restated limited liability company agreement of iPic-Gold Class. These transactions are described in “The Transactions.”

Additional Investment by Regal/Atom Holdings, LLC

On April 21, 2017, we entered into a subscription agreement with Regal/Atom Holdings, LLC (“Regal”) pursuant to which Regal invested $8.6 million in cash and lent us $3.4 million in the form of a qualified subordinated note.  In connection with that transaction, Regal agreed to make an additional $2.5 million equity investment in us if we raised at least $20.0 million in a transaction occurring on or before April 21, 2018.  If we sell at least half of the Shares offered in this Offering, we will meet the condition and we expect that Regal will invest an additional $2.5 million of equity, at the initial public offering price per share of Class A Common Stock, within 10 business days following the consummation of this Offering.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with this Offering, the Company will enter into a Registration Rights Agreement with certain of the Continuing iPic Equity Owners pursuant to which those Continuing iPic Equity Owners that are a party to the agreement will have specified rights to require the Company to register all or any portion of their shares under the Securities Act. See “Description of Securities — Registration Rights.”

Indemnification Agreements

Our Amended and Restated Bylaws, as will be in effect prior to the closing of this Offering, provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to certain exceptions contained in our Amended and Restated Bylaws. In addition, our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as will be in effect prior to the closing of this Offering, will provide that our directors will not be liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty.

Prior to the closing of this Offering, we will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors. The indemnification agreements will provide the executive officers and directors with contractual rights to indemnification, and expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL, subject to certain exceptions contained in those agreements.

There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers to which indemnification is being sought, and we are not aware of any pending litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Prior to the completion of this Offering, we expect that our board of directors will adopt a policy providing that the audit committee will review and approve or ratify transactions in excess of $120,000 of value in which we participate and in which a director, executive officer or beneficial holder of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. Under this policy, the board of directors is to obtain all information it believes to be relevant to a review and approval or ratification of these transactions. After consideration of the relevant information, the audit committee is to approve only those related party transactions that the audit committee believes

103

are on their terms, taken as a whole, no less favorable to us than could be obtained in an arms’-length transaction with an unrelated third party and that the audit committee determines are not inconsistent with our best interests. In particular, our policy with respect to related party transactions will require our audit committee to consider the benefits to us, the impact on a director’s independence in the event the related person is a director, an immediate family member of a director or an entity in which a director has a position or relationship, the availability of other sources for comparable products or services, the terms of the transaction and the terms available to unrelated third-parties or to employees generally. A “related party” is any person who is or was one of our executive officers, directors or director nominees or is a holder of more than 5% of our common stock, or their immediate family members or any entity owned or controlled by any of the foregoing persons. All of the transactions described above were entered into prior to the adoption of this policy.

104

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock after the consummation of the Transactions, including this Offering, for: (1) each holder of more than 5% of our Common Stock; (2) each of our directors and director nominees; (3) each Named Executive Officer; and (4) all of our current directors and executive officers as a group.

In connection with this Offering, we will issue to each Continuing iPic Equity Owner for nominal consideration one share of Class B Common Stock for each LLC Interest it owns. As a result, the number of shares of Class B Common Stock listed in the table below correlates to the number of LLC Interests each such Continuing iPic Equity Owner will own immediately after this Offering. See “The Transactions.”

As described in “The Transactions” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” each Continuing iPic Equity Owner will be entitled to have their LLC Interests redeemed for Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis, or, at the option of iPic, cash equal to the market value of the applicable number of our shares of Class A Common Stock. In addition, at iPic’s election, iPic may instead effect a direct exchange of such Class A Common Stock or such cash for such LLC Interests.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with SEC rules and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. For purposes of this table, a person or group of persons is deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of any shares of Common Stock that such person or any member of such group has the right to acquire within 60 days of January 5, 2018. For purposes of computing the percentage of outstanding shares of our Common Stock held by each person or group of persons named above, any shares that such person or persons has the right to acquire within 60 days of January 5, 2018 are deemed to be outstanding for such person, but not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Each of the stockholders listed has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by such stockholder unless noted otherwise, subject to community property laws where applicable. The inclusion herein of any shares listed as beneficially owned does not constitute an admission of beneficial ownership by any person.

Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each person listed is c/o iPic Entertainment Inc., 433 Plaza Real, Suite 335, Boca Raton, FL 33432.

105

 

 

Shares of Class A Common Stock Beneficially Owned

 

Shares of Class B Common Stock Beneficially Owned

 

Total Common Stock Beneficially Owned

Name of beneficial owner

 

Number

 

Percentage

 

Number

 

Percentage

 

Percentage

Beneficial Owners of More than 5% of our Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Associated Entities of Retirement Systems of Alabama(1)

 

 

 

2,801,433

 

27.4

%

 

22.6

%

Village Roadshow Attractions(2)

 

 

 

2,801,433

 

27.4

%

 

22.6

%

Regal/Atom Holdings(3)

 

 

 

661,889

 

6.5

%

 

5.3

%

Named Executive Officers, Directors and Director Nominees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hamid Hashemi(4)

 

 

 

1,829,511

 

17.9

%

 

14.8

%

Paul Safran

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sherry Yard

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paul Westra

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Clark Woods

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Robert Kirby(2)

 

 

 

2,801,433

 

27.4

%

 

22.6

%

George M. Philip(5)

 

 

 

 

 

Dana Messina(6)

 

 

 

476,625

 

4.7

%

 

3.8

%

Ajay Bijli(7)

 

 

 

220,629

 

2.2

%

 

1.8

%

Executive Officers, Directors and Director Nominees as a Group (9 Persons)

 

 

 

5,328,198

 

52.1

%

 

43.0

%

____________

*         Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of our outstanding common stock.

(1)      Represents (i) 1,876,960 shares of our Class B Common Stock held of record by Teachers’ Retirement System of Alabama and (ii) 924,473 shares of our Class B Common Stock held of record by Employees’ Retirement System of Alabama. Dr. David G. Bronner is the Chief Executive Officer of Teachers’ Retirement System of Alabama and of Employees’ Retirement System of Alabama. In such capacities, Dr. Bronner may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares of our Class B Common Stock held by each of Teachers’ Retirement System of Alabama and Employees’ Retirement System of Alabama. Dr. Bronner disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. The address for Dr. Bronner is c/o Retirement Systems of Alabama, 201 South Union Street, Montgomery, AL 36130.

(2)      Robert Kirby is the executive director of Village Roadshow Attractions. In such capacity, Mr. Kirby may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Village Roadshow Attractions but disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. The address for Mr. Kirby is c/o Village Roadshow Limited, PO Box 2275, Prahran, Victoria 3181, Australia.

(3)      Amy E. Miles is a Manager and the President of Regal/Atom Holdings and Gregory W. Dunn and David H. Ownby are Managers of Regal/Atom Holdings. In such capacity, Ms. Miles and Messrs. Dunn and Ownby may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Regal/Atom Holdings but disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares. The address for Ms. Miles and Messrs. Dunn and Ownby is c/o Regal/Atom Holdings, 101 East Blount Avenue, Knoxville, Tennessee 37920.

(4)      Represents shares held by Hashemi Holdings, LLC. Mr. Hashemi is the sole stockholder of Hashemi Holdings, LLC and has sole voting and dispositive control over the shares. All of the shares owned by Hashemi Holdings, LLC are pledged as collateral in connection with a loan agreement with Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. Excludes 300,000 shares of Class B Common Stock held by irrevocable trusts established for the benefit of Mr. Hashemi’s three children, of which Mr. Hashemi disclaims beneficial ownership.

(5)      Does not include 2,801,433 shares of our Class B Common Stock held of record by the associated entities of the Retirement Systems of Alabama. Mr. Phillip is not an employee or director of the Retirement Systems of Alabama. Mr. Philip serves on our board of directors as a representative of the Retirement Systems of Alabama, but he does not have voting or investment power with respect to the shares of our Class B Common Stock held by the Retirement Systems of Alabama and he disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of our Class B Common Stock held of record by the associated entities of the Retirement Systems of Alabama.

(6)      Represents shares held by Messina Living Trust dated 9/20/2001. Mr. Messina may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares of our Class B Common Stock held of record by the Messina Living Trust dated 9/20/2001, but Mr. Messina disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.

(7)      Represents shares held by PVR Limited. Mr. Ajay Bijli is named as the promoter stockholder of PVR Limited. In such capacity, Mr. Bijli may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by PVR Limited but disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. The address for Mr. Bijli is c/o PVR Limited, Block A, 4th Floor, Building No.9, DLF Cyber City, DLF Phase III, Gurgaon, 122002, India.

106

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

The following description summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock, as they are expected to be in effect upon the closing of this Offering. We expect to adopt an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and an Amended and Restated Bylaws in connection with this Offering, and this description summarizes the provisions that are expected to be included in such documents. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description of the matters set forth in this “Description of Securities,” you should refer to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated Bylaws, which are or will be included as exhibits to the Offering Statement relating to this Offering Circular, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

Our current authorized capital stock consists of 100 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share. As of the consummation of this Offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 100,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 25,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of blank check preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

Common Stock

Upon consummation of this Offering, there will be 2,165,000 shares of our Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding and 10,220,629 shares of our Class B Common Stock issued and outstanding.

Class A Common Stock

Voting Rights

Holders of our Class A Common Stock will be entitled to cast one vote per share. Holders of our Class A Common Stock will not be entitled to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Generally, all matters to be voted on by stockholders must be approved by a majority (or, in the case of election of directors, by a plurality) of the votes entitled to be cast by all stockholders present in person or represented by proxy, voting together as a single class. Except as otherwise provided by law, amendments to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation must be approved by a majority or, in some cases, a super-majority of the combined voting power of all shares entitled to vote, voting together as a single class.

Dividend Rights

Holders of Class A Common Stock will share ratably (based on the number of shares of Class A Common Stock held) if and when any dividend is declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock.

Liquidation Rights

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each holder of Class A Common Stock will be entitled to a pro rata distribution of any assets available for distribution to common stockholders.

Other Matters

No shares of Class A Common Stock will be subject to redemption or have preemptive rights to purchase additional shares of Class A Common Stock. Holders of shares of our Class A Common Stock do not have subscription, redemption or conversion rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class A Common Stock. Upon consummation of this Offering, all the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

107

Class B Common Stock

Issuance of Class B Common Stock with LLC Interests

Shares of Class B Common Stock will be issued to the extent necessary to maintain a one-to-one ratio between the number of LLC Interests held by Continuing iPic Equity Owners and the number of shares of Class B Common Stock issued to Continuing iPic Equity Owners. Shares of Class B Common Stock are transferable only together with an equal number of LLC Interests. Shares of Class B Common Stock will be cancelled on a one-for-one basis if we, at the election of a Continuing iPic Equity Owner, redeem or exchange LLC Interests of such Continuing iPic Equity Owners pursuant to the terms of the Holdings LLC Agreement.

Voting Rights

Holders of Class B Common Stock will be entitled to cast one vote per share, with the number of shares of Class B Common Stock held by each Continuing iPic Equity Owner being equivalent to the number of LLC Interests held by such Continuing iPic Equity Owner. Holders of our Class B Common Stock will not be entitled to cumulate their votes in the election of directors.

Generally, all matters to be voted on by stockholders must be approved by a majority (or, in the case of election of directors, by a plurality) of the votes entitled to be cast by all stockholders present in person or represented by proxy, voting together as a single class. Except as otherwise provided by law, amendments to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation must be approved by a majority or, in some cases, a super-majority of the combined voting power of all shares entitled to vote, voting together as a single class.

Dividend Rights

Holders of our Class B Common Stock will not participate in any dividend declared by the board of directors.

Liquidation Rights

Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of Class B Common Stock will not be entitled to receive any distribution of our assets.

Transfers

Pursuant to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the Holdings LLC Agreement, each holder of Class B Common Stock agrees that:

         the holder will not transfer any shares of Class B Common Stock to any person unless the holder transfers an equal number of LLC Interests to the same person; and

         in the event the holder transfers any LLC Interests to any person, the holder will transfer an equal number of shares of Class B Common Stock to the same person.

Other Matters

No shares of Class B Common Stock will be subject to redemption rights or have preemptive rights to purchase additional shares of Class B Common Stock. Holders of shares of our Class B Common Stock do not have subscription, redemption or conversion rights. There will be no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class B Common Stock. Upon consummation of this Offering, all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that our board of directors has the authority, without action by the stockholders, to designate and issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more classes or series and to fix the powers, rights, preferences, and privileges of each class or series of preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any class or series, which may be greater than the rights of the holders of the common stock. There will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding immediately after this Offering.

108

The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may adversely affect the holders of our Class A Common Stock by restricting dividends on the Class A Common Stock, diluting the voting power of the Class A Common Stock or subordinating the liquidation rights of the Class A Common Stock. As a result of these or other factors, the issuance of preferred stock could have an adverse impact on the market price of our Class A Common Stock.

Exclusive Venue

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as it will be in effect upon the closing of this Offering, will require, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or our Amended and Restated Bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine will have to be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware. Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, our Amended and Restated Bylaws and Delaware Law

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated Bylaws, as they will be in effect upon completion of this Offering, also contain provisions that may delay, defer or discourage another party from acquiring control of us. We expect that these provisions, which are summarized below, will discourage coercive takeover practices or inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors, which we believe may result in an improvement of the terms of any such acquisition in favor of our stockholders. However, they also give our board of directors the power to discourage acquisitions that some stockholders may favor.

Appointment and Removal of Directors

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws will provide that the number of directors constituting our Board of Directors is set only by resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire Board of Directors. Any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of directors, will be filled by vote of a majority of our directors then in office (subject to the rights of holders of any series of preferred stock). Furthermore, our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that the total number of directors may be changed only by the resolution of our board of directors (subject to the rights of holders of any series of preferred stock to elect additional directors). These provisions restricting the filling of vacancies will prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our Board of Directors and gaining control of our Board of Directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. In addition, our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated Bylaws will provide that a member of our Board of Directors may be removed from office by our stockholders only for cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the approval of not less than 75% of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Authorized but Unissued Shares

The authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the listing standards of NASDAQ. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate finance transactions, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could make more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

109

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Meetings, Nominations and Proposals

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will provide that stockholders at an annual meeting may only consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of our board of directors or by a qualified stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered timely written notice in proper form to our secretary of the stockholder’s intention to bring such business before the meeting. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will provide that, subject to applicable law, special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by a resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of the majority of the directors then in office. Our Amended and Restated Bylaws will prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. In addition, any stockholder who wishes to bring business before an annual meeting or nominate directors must comply with the advance notice and duration of ownership requirements set forth in our Amended and Restated Bylaws and provide us with certain information. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers or changes in control of us or our management.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Pursuant to Section 228 of the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides otherwise. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation will provide that stockholder action by written consent will be permitted only if the action to be effected by such written consent and the taking of such action by such written consent have been previously approved by the board of directors.

Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. Upon completion of this Offering, except as otherwise provided by law, amendments to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation must be approved by a majority or, in some cases, a super-majority of the combined voting power of all shares entitled to vote, voting together as a single class. In addition, upon completion of this Offering, our Amended and Restated Bylaws may be amended or repealed by a majority vote of our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the votes which all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors. In addition, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the votes which all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in any election of directors will be required to amend or repeal or to adopt any provisions inconsistent with any of the provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation described above.

The foregoing provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and our Amended and Restated Bylaws could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by our board of directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our shares of Class A Common Stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management or delaying or preventing a transaction that might benefit you or other minority stockholders.

110

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which prohibits persons deemed to be “interested stockholders” from engaging in a “business combination” with a publicly held Delaware corporation for three years following the date these persons become interested stockholders unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the Board of Directors. A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of these provisions with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate of incorporation or bylaws resulting from a stockholders’ amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding voting shares. We have not opted out of these provisions. As a result, mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts of us may be discouraged or prevented.

Registration Rights

We intend to enter into a Registration Rights Agreement with certain of the Continuing iPic Equity Owners in connection with this Offering. The Registration Rights Agreement will provide those Continuing iPic Equity Owners who are a party to the agreement certain registration rights whereby, at any time following the third anniversary of our initial public offering, such Continuing iPic Equity Owners can require us to register under the Securities Act shares of Class A Common Stock issuable to them, at our election, upon redemption or exchange of their LLC Interests. The Registration Rights Agreement will also provide for certain piggyback registration rights.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A Common Stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

Exchange Listing

We have applied to NASDAQ to list shares of our Class A Common Stock under the symbol “IPIC.”

111

DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS

We summarize below the principal terms of the agreements that govern our material indebtedness. The following summary does not include intercompany obligations.

Long-Term Debt

Non-Revolving Credit Facility

iPic-Gold Class is the borrower under a non-revolving credit facility (the “Non-Revolving Credit Facility”) with The Teachers’ Retirement System of Alabama (the “TRSA”) and The Employees’ Retirement System of Alabama (the “ERSA”) (the TRSA and the ERSA are known collectively as the “RSA”), as lenders (the “Lenders”). The Non-Revolving Credit Facility is secured by a first priority security interest in all assets of iPic-Gold Class and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, together with an assignment and pledge of certain equity interests of iPic-Gold Class by certain members of iPic–Gold Class. Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Master Loan and Security Agreement, entered into on September 30, 2010 and as amended from time to time, the Lenders have (i) committed to lend to us, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth therein, funds in an aggregate amount up to $225,828,169, which funds may be borrowed in three tranches (hereinafter, “Tranche 1,” “Tranche 2” and “Tranche 3”). As of June 30, 2017, the Tranche 1 and Tranche 2 commitment amounts of $15,828,169 and $24,000,000, respectively, were fully borrowed against, and $96,880,022 of the Tranche 3 commitment amount of $186,000,000 was borrowed against. We are not obligated to repay the outstanding principal on all three tranches until September 29, 2020, subject to mandatory prepayments to the RSA, as lenders, and mandatory payments to the members under the iPic-Gold Class LLC Agreement in years of excess cash flows, as determined in accordance with the terms of the Non-Revolving Credit Facility. As of June 30, 2017, we did not have any such excess cash flows. Except with respect to (i) certain working capital advances previously consented to by the Lenders and (ii) an advance on the date of the Transactions to repay the VR Notes (as discussed below), proceeds of advances under the Non-Revolving Credit Facility are to be used solely to fund up to 80% of eligible project costs in accordance with the terms of the Non-Revolving Credit Facility. As a condition to any advance, iPic-Gold Class is required to provide funding for the applicable project costs in an amount equal to 25% of the amount of such advance, with the proceeds of either (x) contributions to iPic-Gold Class from its members (other than RSA) or (y) subordinated loans to iPic-Gold Class from its members (other than RSA) (the “Match Condition”). We are required to achieve certain operating targets to borrow under the Non-Revolving Credit Facility.

Accrued but unpaid interest is due and payable by the Company with respect to each individual project tranche on the first scheduled payment date (meaning each January 1 and July 1) following the earlier to occur of (1) the date which is six months following the opening of the individual cinema project funded by any proceeds from the facility, or (2) the date which is twenty-one months following the initial advance for the individual cinema project. The Tranche 1 and Tranche 2 borrowings initially bore interest at a rate per annum equal to 5.00%, with annual increases of 50 basis points, subject to a cap of 8.00% per annum. We recognize interest expense on the Tranche 1 and Tranche 2 borrowings using the effective interest method, which results in an effective interest rate of approximately 6.95% per annum over the life of the debt. The Tranche 3 borrowings bear interest at a fixed rate of 10.50% per annum. During the six months ended June 30, 2017, we incurred approximately $6.5 million of net interest expense with respect to the Non-Revolving Credit Facility. We owed $0.3 million of accrued interest as of June 30, 2017.

The Non-Revolving Credit Facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability, subject to specified exceptions, to incur debt, engage in new lines of business, incur liens, engage in mergers, consolidations or similar transactions, dispose of our assets other than in the ordinary course of business, make investments, loans, advances and acquisitions and enter into transactions with affiliates. In addition, the Non-Revolving Credit Facility contains various events of default, including, subject to specific exceptions, failure to make payments of interest or principal when and as due, the voluntary filing of a petition in bankruptcy by us, any of our subsidiaries or any of our members, and a material adverse change in our financial condition or prospects, among others. As of June 30, 2017, no known events of default have occurred under the Non-Revolving Credit Facility.

On the date of the Transactions, we will amend and restate the Non-Revolving Credit Facility pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Master Loan and Security Agreement, which amendment and restatement will, among other things, permit iPic-Gold Class to enter into the Transactions, remove the requirement to make excess cash flow distributions to members of iPic-Gold Class, permit the Match Condition to be satisfied with funds from sources other than equity contributions or subordinated debt from members, make certain modifications to the covenants in

112

connection therewith, extend the period under which Tranche 3 loans may be drawn until September 29, 2021 and extend the maturity date for all three tranches to September 29, 2023. In addition, following the contribution of the equity interests of iPic-Gold Class to Holdings as described in the first bullet under “Transactions” above, 100% of the equity interests of iPic-Gold Class will be subject to an assignment and pledge by Holdings to secure the obligations of iPic-Gold Class under the Non-Revolving Credit Facility.

This summary describes the material provisions of the Non-Revolving Credit Facility, but may not contain all information that is important to you. We urge you to read the provisions of the Second Amended and Restated Master Loan and Security Agreement which has been filed as an exhibit to the offering statement of which this Offering Circular forms a part. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

Short-Term Debt

We periodically enter into short-term financing arrangements to finance the costs of our property and casualty insurance premiums. The loans are due in equal monthly installments of principal and interest, generally paid over a period of less than one year. Interest accrues on the unpaid principal at 3.63% per annum. As of June 30, 2017, our obligation under premium financing arrangements was $495,475. During the six months ended June 30, 2017, we incurred approximately $36,000 of net interest expense with respect to these short-term financing arrangements.

Notes Payable to Related Parties

On April 21, 2017, we issued a subordinated note (the “Regal Note”) to Regal/Atom Holdings, LLC (“Regal”) in an aggregate principal amount of $3,375,254. The note bears interest on the unpaid principal amount at a rate per annum equal to 5.00%. Payments of outstanding principal and interest on the Regal Note are required to be paid to Regal only to the extent that Regal is due a distribution under the iPic-Gold Class LLC Agreement. There is no stated maturity of the Regal Note. As of June 30, 2017, this note remained unpaid. During the six months ended June 30, 2017, we incurred approximately $33,752 of net interest expense with respect to the Regal Note. In connection with the Transactions, the existing note and accrued but unpaid interest will be contributed to capital by the current member, following which the existing note will be extinguished. The capital contribution will not modify the existing ownership percentage of the member in iPic-Gold Class. No LLC Interests will be issued for this capital contribution.

During the period from June 2015 to June 2016, we issued subordinated notes (the “VR iPic Notes”) to VR iPic Finance, LLC (“VR iPic”) in an aggregate principal amount of $16,124,947. The notes bear interest on the unpaid principal amount at a rate per annum equal to 5.00%. Payments of outstanding principal and interest on the VR iPic Notes are required to be paid to VR iPic only to the extent that each of iPic Holdings, LLC and Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. are due a distribution under the iPic-Gold Class LLC Agreement. There is no stated maturity of the VR iPic Notes. As of June 30, 2017, these notes remained unpaid. During the six months ended June 30, 2017, we incurred approximately $399,810 of net interest expense with respect to the VR iPic Notes. In connection with the Transactions, the existing notes and accrued but unpaid interest will be contributed to capital by the current members, following which the existing notes will be extinguished. The capital contribution will not modify the existing ownership percentages of the members in iPic-Gold Class. No LLC Interests will be issued for this capital contribution.

Between February 2014 and June 2017, we issued subordinated notes (the “VR iPic Notes II”) to VR iPic in an aggregate principal amount of $14,736,903. The notes bear interest on the unpaid principal amount at a rate per annum equal to 5.00%, with interest payable monthly. The VR iPic Notes II have no stated maturity and are due on demand, but the lender has represented that it will not demand repayment prior to July 1, 2018. As of June 30, 2017, this note remained unpaid. During the six months ended June 30, 2017, we incurred approximately $371,646 of net interest expense with respect to the VR iPic Notes II. In connection with the Transactions, the existing notes and accrued but unpaid interest will be contributed to capital by the current members, following which the existing notes will be extinguished. The capital contribution will not modify the existing ownership percentages of the members in iPic-Gold Class. No LLC Interests will be issued for this capital contribution.

Between June 2016 and September 2016, we issued subordinated notes (the “VR Notes”) to Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. (“Village Roadshow”) in an aggregate principal amount of $15.0 million. The notes bear interest on the unpaid principal amount at a rate per annum equal to 10.50%, subject to minimum guaranteed interest of $3.0 million over the life of the notes. Payments of outstanding principal and interest on the VR Notes are required to be paid to Village Roadshow only to the extent that Village Roadshow is due a distribution under the iPic-Gold Class LLC Agreement. There is no stated maturity of the VR Notes. As of June 30, 2017, this note remained unpaid. During

113

the six months ended June 30, 2017, we incurred approximately $781,027 of net interest expense with respect to the VR Notes. We owed $1,467,963 of accrued interest as of June 30, 2017. Upon completion of the Transactions, the VR Notes will be paid in full, along with the minimum guaranteed interest of $3.0 million, with the proceeds of an advance under Tranche 3 of the Non-Revolving Credit Facility.

On May 31, 2016, we issued a subordinated note (the “VR Note II”) to Village Roadshow in an aggregate principal amount of $1,071,429. The note bears interest on the unpaid principal amount at a rate per annum equal to 5.00%. Payments of outstanding principal and interest on the VR Note II are required to be paid to Village Roadshow only to the extent that Village Roadshow is due a distribution under the iPic-Gold Class LLC Agreement. There is no stated maturity of the VR Note II. As of June 30, 2017, this note remained unpaid. During the six months ended June 30, 2017, we incurred approximately $26,565 of net interest expense with respect to the VR Note II. We owed $58,121 of accrued interest as of June 30, 2017. In connection with the Transactions, the existing note and accrued but unpaid interest will be contributed to capital by the current member, following which the existing note will be extinguished. The capital contribution will not modify the existing ownership percentage of the member in iPic-Gold Class. No LLC Interests will be issued for this capital contribution.

On May 31, 2016, we issued a subordinated note (the “iPic Holding Note”) to iPic Holdings, LLC in an aggregate principal amount of $547,065. The note bears interest on the unpaid principal amount at a rate per annum equal to 5.00%. Payments of outstanding principal and interest on the iPic Holding Note are required to be paid to iPic Holdings, LLC only to the extent that iPic Holdings, LLC is due a distribution under the iPic-Gold Class LLC Agreement. There is no stated maturity of the iPic Holding Note. As of June 30, 2017, this note remained unpaid. During the six months ended June 30, 2017, we incurred approximately $13,564 of net interest expense with respect to the iPic Holding Note. We owed $29,676 of accrued interest as of June 30, 2017. In connection with the Transactions, the existing note and accrued but unpaid interest will be contributed to capital by the current member, following which the existing note will be extinguished. The capital contribution will not modify the existing ownership percentage of the member in iPic-Gold Class. No LLC Interests will be issued for this capital contribution.

Each of the notes described above is subordinate in the right of payment to any indebtedness outstanding under the Non-Revolving Credit Facility. In addition, in the case of each note with no stated maturity or demand provision, we have determined that liquidation prior to July 1, 2018 is remote. As such, these notes have been classified as noncurrent liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet.

114

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Immediately prior to this Offering, there has not been a public market for shares of our Class A Common Stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our Class A Common Stock, including shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon the exercise of outstanding options and warrants, or issuable upon redemption or exchange of LLC Interests, in the public market after this Offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could cause the prevailing market price for our Class A Common Stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

After this Offering, we will have outstanding 2,165,000 shares of our Class A Common Stock, consisting of the shares of Class A Common Stock that we are selling in this Offering. All of these shares of Class A Common Stock will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, whose sales would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

The 10,220,629 shares of Class A Common Stock that are issuable upon redemption or exchange of LLC Interests as well as shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options and warrants will, upon issuance be, “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

Rule 144

Under Rule 144, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months (including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate), would be entitled to sell those shares subject only to availability of current public information about us, and after beneficially owning such shares for at least twelve months, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares without restriction.

A person who is an affiliate of ours at such time would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of the following:

         1% of the number of shares of our Class A Common Stock then outstanding; or

         the average weekly trading volume of our Class A Common Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing by such person of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

provided that, in each case, we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days before the sale. Rule 144 trades must also comply with the manner of sale, notice and other provisions of Rule 144, to the extent applicable.

Rule 701

In general, Rule 701 allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our capital stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell those shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this Offering Circular before selling shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Lock-Up Agreements

Except as described below, we and our officers, directors, and more than 5% stockholders have agreed, or will agree, with the Selling Agents, subject to certain exceptions, that, without the prior written consent of TriPoint, we and they will not, directly or indirectly, during the period ending 180 days after the latest date that the Commission declares the Offering Statement of which this Offering Circular forms a part qualified:

         offer, pledge, assign, encumber, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, any shares of Common Stock or any securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock owned either of record or beneficially

115

(as defined in the Exchange Act), whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition; or

         enter into any swap or other agreement or arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of the Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

This agreement does not apply, in our case, to securities issued pursuant to existing employee benefit plans or securities issued upon exercise of options, and other exceptions, and in the case of our officers, directors and other holders of our securities, exercise of stock options issued pursuant to a stock option or similar plans, and other exceptions. In addition, we will be allowed to take the actions described above after 120 days in the event that the closing price of the shares of Class A Common Stock exceeds the per share price to public of the Offering for each of at least 10 consecutive trading days. See “Plan of Distribution — Lock-Up Agreements.”

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this Offering, the holders of 7,432,377 shares of our Common Stock issued or issuable (as calculated as of January 5, 2018) will be entitled to specified rights with respect to the registration of the offer and sale of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement. See “Description of Securities — Registration Rights” for additional information.

Registration Statement on Form S-8

As of January 5, 2018, options to purchase a total of 955,300 shares of Common Stock pursuant to our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan were outstanding, none of which were exercisable. We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act after the closing of this Offering to register shares that may be issued pursuant to our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan and outstanding IPO RSUs. The registration statement on Form S-8 is expected to become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by the registration statement will then become eligible for sale in the public market, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, vesting restrictions and any applicable lock-up agreements and market standoff agreements. For a description of our equity incentive plans, see “Executive Compensation — 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.”

116

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF
OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our Class A Common Stock that is being issued pursuant to this Offering. This summary is limited to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) that hold our Class A Common Stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This summary does not discuss all of the aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder in light of the Non-U.S. Holder’s particular investment or other circumstances. Accordingly, all prospective Non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our Class A Common Stock.

This summary is based on provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (which we refer to as the “Code”), applicable U.S. Treasury regulations and administrative and judicial interpretations, all as in effect or in existence on the date of this Offering Circular. Subsequent developments in U.S. federal income or estate tax law, including changes in law or differing interpretations, which may be applied retroactively, could alter the U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of owning and disposing of our Class A Common Stock as described in this summary. There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) will not take a contrary position with respect to one or more of the tax consequences described herein and we have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain, a ruling from the IRS with respect to the U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our Class A Common Stock.

As used in this summary, the term “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our Class A Common Stock that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

         an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

         a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

         an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership;

         an estate whose income is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

         a trust, if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of the Code) has the authority to control all of the trust’s substantial decisions, or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our Class A Common Stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such a partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Partnerships, and partners in partnerships, that hold our Class A Common Stock should consult their own tax advisors as to the particular U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of owning and disposing of our Class A Common Stock that are applicable to them.

This summary does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a Non-U.S. Holder and does not address any special tax rules that may apply to particular Non-U.S. Holders, such as:

         a Non-U.S. Holder that is a financial institution, insurance company, tax-exempt organization, pension plan, broker, dealer or trader in stocks, securities or currencies, U.S. expatriate, controlled foreign corporation or passive foreign investment company;

         a Non-U.S. Holder holding our Class A Common Stock as part of a conversion, constructive sale, wash sale or other integrated transaction or a hedge, straddle or synthetic security;

         a Non-U.S. Holder that holds or receives our Class A Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation; or

117

         a Non-U.S. Holder that at any time owns, directly, indirectly or constructively, 5% or more of our outstanding Class A Common Stock.

In addition, this summary does not address any U.S. state or local, or non-U.S. or other tax consequences, or any U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences for beneficial owners of a Non-U.S. Holder, including stockholders of a controlled foreign corporation or passive foreign investment company that holds our Class A Common Stock.

Each Non-U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of our Class A Common Stock.

Distributions on Our Class A Common Stock

As discussed under “Dividend Policy” above, we do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends on our Class A Common Stock. If we make distributions of cash or property (other than certain pro rata distributions of our Class A Common Stock) with respect to our Class A Common Stock, any such distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A Common Stock and will reduce (but not below zero) such Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A Common Stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain from a disposition of our Class A Common Stock subject to the tax treatment described below in “Dispositions of Our Class A Common Stock”.

Distributions on our Class A Common Stock that are treated as dividends, and that are not effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30%. A Non-U.S. Holder may be eligible for a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and its jurisdiction of tax residence. In order to claim the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder will be required to provide to the applicable withholding agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) in accordance with the applicable certification and disclosure requirements. Special rules apply to partnerships and other pass-through entities and these certification and disclosure requirements also may apply to beneficial owners of partnerships and other pass-through entities that hold our Class A Common Stock.

Distributions on our Class A Common Stock that are treated as dividends, and that are effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States will be taxed on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates and in the manner applicable to United States persons (unless the Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for and properly claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty and the dividends are not attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States, in which case the Non-U.S. Holder may be eligible for a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and its jurisdiction of tax residence). Dividends that are effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, will not be subject to the withholding of U.S. federal income tax discussed above if the Non-U.S. Holder provides to the applicable withholding agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or other applicable form) in accordance with the applicable certification and disclosure requirements. A Non-U.S. Holder that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may also be subject to a “branch profits” tax at a 30% rate (or a lower rate if the Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty) on the Non-U.S. Holder’s earnings and profits (attributable to dividends on our Class A Common Stock or otherwise) that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States, subject to certain adjustments.

The certifications described above must be provided to the applicable withholding agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. A Non-U.S. Holder may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding their eligibility for benefits under a relevant income tax treaty and the manner of claiming such benefits.

The foregoing discussion is subject to the discussions below under “Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” and “FATCA Withholding”.

118

Dispositions of Our Class A Common Stock

A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax (including withholding thereof) on any gain recognized on any sales or other dispositions of our Class A Common Stock unless:

         the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States); in this case, the gain will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated rates and in the manner applicable to United States persons (unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise) and, if the Non-U.S. Holder is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the “branch profits tax” described above may also apply;

         the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for more than 182 days in the taxable year of the disposition and meets certain other requirements; in this case, except as otherwise provided by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses, generally will be subject to a flat 30% U.S. federal income tax, even though the Non-U.S. Holder is not considered a resident of the United States under the Code; or

         we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of (i) the five-year period ending on the date of disposition and (ii) the period that the Non-U.S. Holder held our Class A Common Stock.

Generally, a corporation is a “United States real property holding corporation” if the fair market value of its “United States real property interests” equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming in the future, a United States real property holding corporation. However, because the determination of whether we are a United States real property holding corporation is made from time to time and depends on the relative fair market values of our assets, there can be no assurance in this regard. If we were a United States real property holding corporation, the tax relating to disposition of stock in a United States real property holding corporation generally will not apply to a Non-U.S. Holder whose holdings, direct, indirect and constructive, constituted 5% or less of our Class A Common Stock at all times during the applicable period, provided that our Class A Common Stock is “regularly traded on an established securities market” (as provided in applicable U.S. Treasury regulations) at any time during the calendar year in which the disposition occurs. However, no assurance can be provided that our Class A Common Stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to them if we are, or were to become, a United States real property holding corporation.

The foregoing discussion is subject to the discussions below under “Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” and “FATCA Withholding”.

Federal Estate Tax

Our Class A Common Stock that is owned (or treated as owned) by an individual who is not a U.S. citizen or resident of the United States (as specially defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will be included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise and, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Backup withholding will not apply to payments of dividends on our Class A Common Stock to a Non-U.S. Holder if the Non-U.S. Holder provides to the applicable withholding agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) certifying under penalties of perjury that the Non-U.S. Holder is not a United States person, or otherwise qualifies for an exemption. However, the applicable withholding agent generally will be required to report to the IRS and to such Non-U.S. Holder payments of dividends on our Class A Common Stock and the amount of U.S. federal income tax, if any, withheld with respect to those payments. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and any withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides under the provisions of a treaty or agreement.

119

The gross proceeds from sales or other dispositions of our Class A Common Stock may be subject, in certain circumstances discussed below, to U.S. backup withholding and information reporting. If a Non-U.S. Holder sells or otherwise disposes of our Class A Common Stock outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker and the disposition proceeds are paid to the Non-U.S. Holder outside the United States, then the U.S. backup withholding and information reporting requirements generally will not apply to that payment. However, U.S. information reporting, but not U.S. backup withholding, will apply to a payment of disposition proceeds, even if that payment is made outside the United States, if a Non-U.S. Holder sells our Class A Common Stock through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is a United States person or has certain enumerated connections with the United States, unless the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the Non-U.S. Holder is not a United States person and certain other conditions are met or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise qualifies for an exemption.

If a Non-U.S. Holder receives payments of the proceeds of a disposition of our Class A Common Stock to or through a U.S. office of a broker, the payment will be subject to both U.S. backup withholding and information reporting unless the Non-U.S. Holder provides to the broker a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) certifying under penalties of perjury that the Non-U.S. Holder is not a United States person, or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise qualifies for an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against the Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability (which may result in the Non-U.S. Holder being entitled to a refund), provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

FATCA Withholding

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act and related Treasury guidance (commonly referred to as “FATCA”) impose U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% on payments to certain foreign entities of (i) U.S.-source dividends (including dividends paid on our Class A Common Stock) and (ii) after December 31, 2018, the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of property that produces U.S.-source dividends (including sales or other dispositions of our Class A Common Stock). This withholding tax applies to a foreign entity, whether acting as a beneficial owner or an intermediary, unless such foreign entity complies with (i) certain information reporting requirements regarding its U.S. account holders and its U.S. owners and (ii) certain withholding obligations regarding certain payments to its account holders and certain other persons. Accordingly, the entity through which a Non-U.S. Holder holds its Class A Common Stock will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Non-U.S. Holders are encouraged to consult their tax advisors regarding FATCA.

120

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Engagement Agreement with the Selling Agents

We anticipate entering into a selling agency agreement with Tripoint Global Equities, LLC and its online division, Banq®, (the “Lead Selling Agent” or TriPoint”), Roth Capital Partners, LLC (“Institutional Placement Book-Running Agent”) and Telsey Advisory Group LLC (“Co-Manager”) (collectively, the “Selling Agents”), upon qualification.

Compensation for Advisory Services. As part of the selling agency agreement, TriPoint agreed to provide us with advice with regard to (i) our business, (ii) entering the U.S. capital markets, (iii) the contemplated marketing and development of the Company as a public company and (iv) our ongoing compliance obligations as a public company. As compensation for these advisory services, we agreed to pay TriPoint $10,000 per month commencing upon the Company’s stock becoming publicly traded and continuing for a period of 2 months thereafter.

Offering Expenses. We are responsible for all Offering fees and expenses, including the following: (i) fees and disbursements of our legal counsel, accountants, and other professionals we engage; (ii) fees and expenses incurred in the production of Offering documents, including design, printing, photograph, and written material procurement costs; (iii) all filing fees, including those charged by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”); (iv) all of the legal fees related to FINRA clearance; and (v) our transportation, accommodation, and other roadshow expenses. We have agreed to reimburse the Selling Agents for their reasonable and documented legal costs (the Company must pre-approve any expenses in excess of $1,000) up to a maximum of $75,000. The Company also agreed to pay a $20,000 due diligence fee upon signing the selling agency agreement with an additional $10,000 due at closing.

Reimbursable Expenses in the Event of Termination. In the event the Offering does not close or the selling agency agreement is terminated for any reason, we have agreed to reimburse the Selling Agents for all unreimbursed, reasonable, documented, out-of-pocket fees, expenses, and disbursements, including the Selling Agents legal fees, up to $15,000.

Selling Agents’ Commission. We have agreed that the definitive selling agency agreement will provide for us to pay a commission of 7.25% of the gross proceeds received by the Company in the Offering, which shall be allocated by the Lead Selling Agent to members of the selling group and soliciting dealers in its sole discretion provided however, that the commission shall be reduced to 2% for any proceeds received from sales/orders placed through TriPoint’s affiliated online platform known as BANQ by investors the Company directly introduces to the Selling Agents and who purchase in excess of $500,000.

Selling Agents’ Warrants. Upon each closing of this Offering, we have agreed to issue certain warrants to the Selling Agents (the “Selling Agents’ Warrants”) to purchase a number of shares of the Common Stock equal to 2.2% of the total shares of the Common Stock sold in such closing. The Selling Agents’ Warrants are exercisable commencing approximately 13 months after the date of the applicable closing, and will be exercisable for three and a half years after such date. The Selling Agents’ Warrants are not redeemable by us. The exercise price for the Selling Agents’ Warrants will be equal to 125% of the public offering price.

The Selling Agents’ Warrants and the Class A Common Stock underlying the Selling Agents’ Warrants have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to Rule 5110(g)(1) of FINRA. The Selling Agents, or permitted assignees under such rule, may not exercise, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or hypothecate the Selling Agents’ Warrants or the Common Stock underlying the Selling Agents’ Warrants, nor will the Selling Agents or permitted assignees engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the Selling Agents’ Warrants or the underlying shares for a period of 366 days following the latest date that the Commission declares the Offering Statement of which this Offering Circular forms a part qualified (the “Qualification Date”), except that they may be transferred, in whole or in part, by operation of law or by reason of our reorganization, or to the Selling Agents or selected dealers participating in this Offering and their officers or partners if the Selling Agents’ Warrants or the underlying shares so transferred remain subject to the foregoing lock-up restrictions for the remainder of the time period. The Selling Agents’ Warrants will provide for adjustment in the number and price of the Selling Agents’ Warrants and the shares underlying such Selling Agents’ Warrants in the event of recapitalization, merger, stock split, or other structural transaction, or a future financing undertaken by us.

Notwithstanding any provision described in the preceding paragraph, we and the Selling Agents have agreed that cashless exercise of the Selling Agents’ Warrants shall be available to the Selling Agents only if the Company has not filed

121

a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 (or an equivalent form) covering the resale of the Warrant Shares within five (5) business days following the date when the Company is first eligible to use such a short-form registration statement (which date will not be earlier than 366 days after the Qualification Date and, based on the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, is likely to be a date later than that).

Lock-Up Agreements

Except as described below, we and our officers, directors, and more than 5% holders of our Common Stock as of the qualification of the Offering Statement have agreed, or will agree, with the Selling Agents, subject to certain exceptions, that, without the prior written consent of TriPoint, we and they will not, directly or indirectly, during the period ending 180 days following the latest date that the Commission declares the Offering Statement of which this Offering Circular forms a part qualified, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of the Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for the Common Stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition; or enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of the Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

This agreement does not apply, in our case, to securities issued pursuant to existing employee benefit plans or securities issued upon exercise of options. In addition, we will be allowed to take the actions described above after 120 days in the event that the closing price of the shares of Class A Common Stock exceeds the per share price to public of the Offering for each of at least 10 consecutive trading days. In the case of our officers, directors and other holders of our securities, the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph do not apply to:

         transactions relating to shares of Common Stock acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this Offering; provided that, no filing by any party under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer;

         exercises of stock options or equity awards granted pursuant to an equity incentive or other plan or warrants to purchase shares of common stock or other securities (including by cashless exercise to the extent permitted by the instruments representing such stock options or warrants so long as such cashless exercise is effected solely by the surrender of outstanding stock options or warrants to the Company and the Company’s cancellation of all or a portion thereof to pay the exercise price), provided that in any such case the securities issued upon exercise shall remain subject to the provisions of this Agreement;

         transfers of shares of Common Stock or other securities to the Company in connection with the vesting or exercise of any equity awards granted pursuant to an equity incentive or other plan and held by the undersigned to the extent, but only to the extent, as may be necessary to satisfy tax withholding obligations pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive or other plans;

         pursuant to an order of a court or regulatory agency;

         any transfer of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock that occurs by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order or in connection with a divorce settlement;

         any distributions or transfers without consideration of shares of Common Stock or any security directly or indirectly convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock to limited partners, members, stockholders or affiliates of the undersigned, or to any partnership, corporation or limited liability company controlled by the undersigned or by a member of the immediate family of the undersigned;

         any transfer made in connection with the sale or other bona fide transfer in a single transaction of all or substantially all of the undersigned’s capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other similar equity interests, as the case may be, or all or substantially all of the undersigned’s assets, in any such case not undertaken for the purpose of avoiding the restrictions imposed by this Agreement;

         the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, for the transfer of shares of our common stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of our common stock during the lock-up period;

122

         transfers to any investment fund or other entity controlled by, or under common control or management with, the undersigned;

         the pledge of up to 1,829,511 LLC Interests currently held by Hamid Hashemi, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and any transfer of such LLC Interests or the shares of Class A Common Stock into which they may be exchanged, in connection with the foreclosure, if any, by the lender pursuant to a pledge agreement, provided that in the event of any such transfer required to be reported with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 4 in accordance with Section 16 of the Exchange Act, such Form 4 will specify, in the footnotes thereof, the reason for such transfer; and

         transfers of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock pursuant to a qualifying bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our common stock.

Exchange Listing

We have applied to NASDAQ to list shares of our Class A Common Stock under the symbol “IPIC.” In order to meet one of the requirements for listing our Common Stock on NASDAQ, the Selling Agents intend to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 400 beneficial holders. Our Common Stock will not commence trading on NASDAQ until each of the following conditions are met: (i) this Offering is terminated; (ii) we have filed a post-qualification amendment to the Offering Statement, which such post-qualification amendment is qualified by the Commission; and (iii) we have filed a registration statement on Form 8-A, which Form 8-A has been declared effective by the SEC. Pursuant to applicable rules under Regulation A, the Form 8-A will not become effective until the SEC qualifies the post-qualification amendment. We intend to file the post-qualification amendment and request its qualification immediately prior to the termination of this Offering in order that the Form 8-A may become effective as soon as practicable. Even if we meet the minimum requirements for listing on NASDAQ, we may wait before terminating this Offering and commencing the trading of our Class A Common Stock on NASDAQ in order to raise additional proceeds. As a result, you may experience a delay between the closing of your purchase of shares of our Class A Common Stock and the commencement of exchange trading of our Common Stock on NASDAQ.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Shares. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiation between us and the Selling Agents. The principal factors considered in determining the initial public offering price include:

         the information set forth in this Offering Circular and otherwise available to the Selling Agents;

         our history and prospects and the history of and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

         our past and present financial performance;

         our prospects for future earnings and the present state of our development;

         an assessment of our management;

         the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this Offering;

         the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

         other factors deemed relevant by the Selling Agents and us.

We intend to price the Offering prior to its qualification pursuant to Rule 253(b).

Indemnification and Control

We have agreed to indemnify the Selling Agents against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we will contribute to the payments the Selling Agents and their affiliates and controlling persons may be required to make in respect of these liabilities.

123

The Selling Agents and their affiliates are engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The Selling Agents and their affiliates may in the future perform various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

Our Relationship with the Selling Agents

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the Selling Agents and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the Company. The Selling Agents and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Investment Limitations if We Do Not Obtain a Listing on a National Securities Exchange

As set forth in Title IV of the JOBS Act, there would be no limits on how many shares an investor may purchase if this Offering results in a listing of our Common Stock on NASDAQ or other national securities exchange. However, our Common Stock will not be listed on NASDAQ upon the initial qualification of this Offering by the SEC.

Therefore, for individuals who are not accredited investors, no sale may be made to you in this Offering if the aggregate purchase price you pay is more than 10% of the greater of your annual income or net worth (please see under “— Procedures for Subscribing — How to Calculate Net Worth”). Different rules apply to accredited investors and non-natural persons. Before making any representation that your investment does not exceed applicable thresholds, we encourage you to review Rule 251(d)(2)(i)(C) of Regulation A. For general information on investing, we encourage you to refer to www.investor.gov.

Because this is a Tier 2, Regulation A offering, most investors in the case of trading on the over-the-counter markets must comply with the 10% limitation on investment in this Offering. The only investors in this Offering exempt from this limitation are “accredited investors” as defined under Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act (an “Accredited Investor”). If you meet one of the following tests you should qualify as an Accredited Investor:

(i)       You are a natural person who has had individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years, or joint income with your spouse in excess of $300,000 in each of these years, and have a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year;

(ii)      You are a natural person and your individual net worth, or joint net worth with your spouse, exceeds $1,000,000 at the time you purchase Shares (please see below under “— Procedures for Subscribing — How to Calculate Net Worth”);

(iii)     You are an executive officer or general partner of the issuer or a director, executive officer or general partner of the general partner of the issuer;

(iv)     You are an organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation or similar business trust or a partnership, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Shares, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000;

(v)      You are a bank or a savings and loan association or other institution as defined in the Securities Act, a broker or dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Exchange Act, an insurance company as defined by the Securities Act, an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “Investment Company Act”), or a business development company as defined in that act, any Small Business Investment Company licensed by the Small Business Investment Act of 1958 or a private business development company as defined in the Investment Advisers Act of 1940;

(vi)     You are an entity (including an Individual Retirement Account trust) in which each equity owner is an accredited investor;

124

(vii)    You are a trust with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, your purchase of Shares is directed by a person who either alone or with his purchaser representative(s) (as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act) has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that he is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment, and you were not formed for the specific purpose of investing in the Shares; or

(viii)   You are a plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has assets in excess of $5,000,000.

Offering Period and Expiration Date

This Offering will start on or after the date that the Offering is qualified by the Commission and will terminate on the Termination Date.

Procedures for Subscribing

U.S. investors may, but are not required to, participate in this Offering by opening an account with BANQ, an online brokerage division of TriPoint. The BANQ website may be found at Banq.co. BANQ is open to qualified U.S. investors and accepts individual, joint, corporate or IRA accounts. The application process takes approximately 5 minutes and there are no account minimums. Deposits to BANQ can be made via wire transfer or ACH deposit or by mailing in a check. Deposits usually post to an account within 3 to 5 days. BANQ® is a division of TriPoint, a member of FINRA and the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“SIPC”), which protects the securities of its members’ customers up to $500,000 (including $250,000 for claims for cash). TriPoint and BANQ do not charge a fee for opening an account or for depositing shares purchased in this Offering into such account.

Investors investing through BANQ will be required to open their accounts and deposit funds into their respective BANQ accounts after the qualification of the Offering Statement relating to this Offering but prior to the applicable closing of this Offering. No investor funds may be used to purchase securities to be issued in this Offering until the Offering Statement relating to this Offering and filed by the Company with the SEC has been qualified by the Commission. After an account is opened but no later than 48 hours prior to the applicable closing of this Offering, the investor will be required to deposit funds into the account sufficient to purchase the amount of securities that the investor intends to purchase in this Offering. Such funds will not be held in an escrow account or otherwise segregated as part of the Offering process.

During the marketing period for this Offering, prospective investors will provide an indication of interest as to the amount of securities the investor intends to purchase; however, firm indications of interest can only be made after the Offering Statement has been qualified. Forty-eight (48) hours prior to the close of this Offering, each investor that has money deposited with BANQ for this Offering will be notified by BANQ via e-mail and notification to the secure messages section of the website for the BANQ online brokerage account that the indication of the amount of securities such investor wishes to purchase, or such lesser amount as may be determined by the Company and the Selling Agents at their discretion, is confirmed and will be finalized on closing. Indications will not be finalized without sufficient funds in the investor’s BANQ online brokerage account or if the investor elects to cancel such indication.

Upon the applicable closing, the funds required to purchase that amount of securities will be removed from such investor’s account and transferred to the account of the Company, and the amount of securities purchased will be deposited into such investor’s account. The investor may cancel such investor’s desired investment within the required time and no funds will be withdrawn, no securities will be provided and the investor’s indication will not be confirmed. In addition, if this Offering does not close, no funds will be withdrawn, no securities will be provided, the investor’s indication will not be confirmed and the funds in the investor’s BANQ account will remain available for withdrawal, in accordance with the investor’s account agreement with BANQ.

Below is a summary of the specific steps involved in the “indication of interest” process:

Step 1. Upon initial qualification of the Offering by the SEC, investors may place an indication of interest for the amount of securities the investor intends to purchase.

125

Step 2. Investors must fund their BANQ online brokerage account or Wilmington Trust Escrow Account (described below under “— Escrow Account”) with sufficient funds to purchase shares if their indication is confirmed and the allocation is approved by the Company and the Selling Agents. Indications of interest will not be finalized without sufficient funds in an investor’s BANQ online brokerage account or the Wilmington Trust Escrow Account.

Step 3. Approximately forty-eight (48) hours prior to closing of this Offering, each investor that has money deposited with BANQ or the Wilmington Trust Escrow Account for this Offering will be notified by BANQ or Wilmington Trust via e-mail (and notification to the secure messages section of the BANQ website for BANQ customers) that the indication of the amount of securities such investor wishes to purchase is confirmed and will be finalized on closing. The investor may cancel such investor’s desired investment within the required timeframe, in which case no funds will be withdrawn, no securities will be provided and the investor’s indication will not be confirmed.

Step 4. Upon closing, investor funds will be debited from their BANQ online brokerage account or the Wilmington Trust Escrow Account, and shares will delivered in the amount of the allocation granted. If this Offering fails to close, no funds will be withdrawn, no securities will be provided, the investor’s indication will not be confirmed, and the funds in the investor’s BANQ account will remain available for withdrawal in accordance with the investor’s account agreement with BANQ, or for non-BANQ customers funds in the Wilmington Trust Escrow Account will be promptly returned to the investor.

Escrow Account: The Company currently intends to complete one closing of this Offering, once we have met the NASDAQ minimum listing requirements; however, we reserve the right to undertake one or more closings on a rolling basis even if we have not yet met the NASDAQ minimum listing requirements at such time. Therefore, investor funds that are held in escrow will be released to the Company in its sole discretion at any time, and without regard to meeting any particular contingency.

Funds deposited in an account with BANQ will be held with Foliofn Investments, Inc. (“Folio”), which is the clearing agent for TriPoint and BANQ. The funds will be included in Folio’s “Cash Sweep” program, which utilizes FDIC-insured accounts to sweep Folio’s customers’ free credit balances in excess of any maintained as free credit balances, from the Folio customers’ securities accounts to FDIC-insured bank accounts. Upon our decision to conduct a closing, which may be made in our sole discretion at any time, investor funds held with Folio will be released to us.

U.S. investors who participate in this Offering other than through BANQ, including through selected dealers who do not maintain clearing agreements, will be required to deposit their funds in an escrow account held at Wilmington Trust, N.A.; any such funds that Wilmington Trust receives shall be held in escrow until the applicable closing of this Offering or such other time as mutually agreed between the Company and the Selling Agents, and then used to complete securities purchases, or returned if this Offering fails to close.

Selected dealers with clearing agreements shall provide the Selling Agents with executed indications and delivery sheets from their customers and shall settle the transaction with the Selling Agents through DTC on closing. In the event that the Company does not qualify or list on NASDAQ, selected dealers who are unable to participate in an over the counter security may withdraw their subscriptions prior to closing.

Non-U.S. investors may participate in this Offering by depositing their funds in the escrow account held at Wilmington Trust, N.A.; any such funds that Wilmington Trust receives shall be held in escrow until the applicable closing of this Offering or such other time as mutually agreed between the Company and the Selling Agents, and then used to complete securities purchases, or returned if this Offering fails to close.

Right to Reject Subscriptions. After we receive your complete, executed subscription agreement (forms of which are attached to the Offering Statement as Exhibits 4.1 and 4.2) and the funds required under the subscription agreement have been transferred to the escrow account or remain in your BANQ account, we have the right to review and accept or reject your subscription in whole or in part, for any reason or for no reason. We will return all monies from rejected subscriptions immediately to you, without interest or deduction.

Acceptance of Subscriptions. Upon our acceptance of a subscription agreement, we will countersign the subscription agreement and issue the shares subscribed at closing. Once you submit the subscription agreement and it is accepted, you may not revoke or change your subscription or request your subscription funds. All accepted subscription agreements are irrevocable.

126

Under Rule 251 of Regulation A, non-accredited, non-natural person investors are subject to the investment limitation and may only invest funds which do not exceed 10% of the greater of the purchaser’s revenue or net assets (as of the purchaser’s most recent fiscal year end). As a result, non-accredited, natural person may only invest funds which do not exceed 10% of the greater of the purchaser’s annual income or net worth (please see below on how to calculate your net worth).

How to Calculate Net Worth: For the purposes of calculating your net worth, it is defined as the difference between total assets and total liabilities. This calculation must exclude the value of your primary residence and may exclude any indebtedness secured by your primary residence (up to an amount equal to the value of your primary residence). In the case of fiduciary accounts, net worth and/or income suitability requirements may be satisfied by the beneficiary of the account or by the fiduciary, if the fiduciary directly or indirectly provides funds for the purchase of the Shares.

In order to purchase the Shares and prior to the acceptance of any funds from an investor, an investor will be required to represent, to the Company’s satisfaction, that he or she is either an accredited investor or is in compliance with the 10% of net worth or annual income limitation on investment in this Offering.

127

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon by Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, New York, New York. Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC, New York, New York is acting as counsel to the Selling Agents.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of the Company appearing elsewhere in this Offering Circular have been included herein in reliance upon the report, which includes an explanatory paragraph as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, of Crowe Horwath LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a Regulation A Offering Statement on Form 1-A under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock offered hereby. This Offering Circular, which constitutes a part of the Offering Statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the Offering Statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the Common Stock offered hereby, we refer you to the Offering Statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this Offering Circular regarding the contents of any contract or other document that is filed as an exhibit to the Offering Statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Offering Statement. Upon the completion of this Offering and listing of our shares of Class A Common Stock on NASDAQ, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. You may read and copy this information at the SEC’s Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, including us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of this site is www.sec.gov. You may also request copies of those documents, at no cost to you, by contacting us at the following address:

iPic Entertainment Inc.

433 Plaza Real Boulevard, Suite 335,

Boca Raton, FL, 33432

Attention: General Counsel

(561) 393-3269

128

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

Page

Contents

 

 

iPic Entertainment Inc.

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheet as of October 18, 2017

 

F-3

Notes to Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

F-4

 

 

 

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC

 

 

Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-5

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

F-6

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

F-7

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members’ Deficit

 

F-8

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

F-9

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-11

Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

 

 

Six Months Ended June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016

 

 

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

F-25

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

F-26

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members’ Deficit

 

F-27

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

F-28

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-30

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder
iPic Entertainment Inc.
Boca Raton, Florida

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of iPic Entertainment Inc. (the “Company”) as of October 18, 2017. The balance sheet is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this balance sheet based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the balance sheet referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at October 18, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

 

/s/ Crowe Horwath LLP

 

 

 

Fort Lauderdale, Florida

 

 

December 5, 2017

 

 

F-2

iPic Entertainment Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheet

October 18, 2017

 

 

October 18,
2017

Assets

 

$

 

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholder’s Equity

 

 

 

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, 100 shares authorized, 100 shares issued and outstanding

 

 

Total Stockholder’s Equity

 

$

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3

iPic Entertainment Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Balance Sheet

October 18, 2017

1. ORGANIZATION

iPic Entertainment Inc. (the “Corporation”) was formed as a Delaware corporation on October 18, 2017. The Corporation was formed for the purpose of completing a public offering and related transactions in order to carry on the business of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC (“Holdings”). The Corporation will be the sole manager of Holdings, which will in turn be the sole managing member of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC (“iPic-Gold Class”), and will operate and control all of the businesses and affairs of Holdings and, through iPic-Gold Class and its subsidiaries, continue to conduct the business now conducted by these subsidiaries.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Accounting — The consolidated balance sheets are presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Separate statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholder’s equity, and cash flows have not been presented in the financial statements because there have been no activities in this entity.

3. STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

The Corporation is authorized to issue 100 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, 100 shares of which have been issued or are outstanding.

F-4

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Members

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC

Boca Raton, Florida

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related statements of operations, changes in members’ deficit and cash flows for the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations, had a members’ deficit, and had negative working capital that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 8. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for uncertainties regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern in 2016 due to the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements-Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern.

     

 

 

/s/ Crowe Horwath LLP

 

 

 

Fort Lauderdale, Florida

 

 

December 5, 2017

 

 

F-5

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31,

 

2016

 

2015

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

4,653,481

 

 

$

8,181,849

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

4,080,789

 

 

 

2,556,394

 

Inventories

 

 

1,227,030

 

 

 

1,097,205

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

2,816,183

 

 

 

2,278,252

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

 

12,777,483

 

 

 

14,113,700

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

164,439,145

 

 

 

127,138,346

 

Deposits

 

 

231,611

 

 

 

169,011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

177,448,239

 

 

$

141,421,057

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Members’ Deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

11,796,500

 

 

$

7,487,061

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

2,600,741

 

 

 

1,412,412

 

Accrued interest

 

 

955,453

 

 

 

4,210,931

 

Accrued payroll

 

 

3,609,277

 

 

 

3,969,294

 

Accrued insurance

 

 

1,326,599

 

 

 

982,843

 

Taxes payable

 

 

2,435,380

 

 

 

2,044,136

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

7,234,129

 

 

 

7,998,738

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

29,958,079

 

 

 

28,105,415

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt – related party

 

 

127,712,556

 

 

 

96,862,686

 

Notes payable to related parties

 

 

47,688,441

 

 

 

28,829,722

 

Deferred rent

 

 

50,336,267

 

 

 

26,193,152

 

Accrued construction liabilities

 

 

12,770,643

 

 

 

19,592,334

 

Accrued interest – long-term

 

 

2,903,419

 

 

 

1,535,788

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

 

271,369,405

 

 

 

201,119,097

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies – Note 5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members’ Deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members’ contributions

 

 

24,369,164

 

 

 

24,369,164

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(118,290,330

)

 

 

(84,067,204

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total members’ deficit

 

 

(93,921,166

)

 

 

(59,698,040

)

Total liabilities and members’ deficit

 

$

177,448,239

 

 

$

141,421,057

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC

Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the years ended December 31,

 

2016

 

2015

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Food and beverage

 

$

64,362,624

 

 

$

53,025,145

 

Theater

 

 

57,459,010

 

 

 

45,866,158

 

Other

 

 

2,994,063

 

 

 

997,197

 

Total revenues

 

 

124,815,697

 

 

 

99,888,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of food and beverage

 

 

17,376,509

 

 

 

14,614,436

 

Cost of theater

 

 

22,108,200

 

 

 

18,709,498

 

Operating payroll and benefits

 

 

32,141,337

 

 

 

25,918,215

 

Occupancy expenses

 

 

17,104,225

 

 

 

13,072,859

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

24,780,648

 

 

 

16,183,293

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

14,220,451

 

 

 

12,471,009

 

Depreciation and amortization expense

 

 

16,019,403

 

 

 

11,819,270

 

Pre-opening expenses

 

 

4,394,515

 

 

 

3,666,337

 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

 

 

88,462

 

 

 

210,514

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating expenses

 

 

148,233,750

 

 

 

116,665,431

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating loss

 

 

(23,418,053

)

 

 

(16,776,931

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income (expense), net

 

 

(10,718,272

)

 

 

(7,890,920

)

Total other income (expense)

 

 

(10,718,272

)

 

 

(7,890,920

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss before income tax expense

 

 

(34,136,325

)

 

 

(24,667,851

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense

 

 

86,801

 

 

 

60,983

 

Net loss

 

$

(34,223,126

)

 

$

(24,728,834

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited pro forma net loss per Class A common share (Note 11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(2.81

)

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

$

(2.81

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited pro forma weighted-average number of Class A common shares outstanding (Note 11)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

2,165,000

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted

 

 

2,165,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited pro forma income tax expense

 

$

86,801

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-7

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members’ Deficit

 

 

Members’ Contributions

 

Accumulated Deficit

 

Total
Members’ Deficit

Members’ deficit – January 1, 2015

 

$

24,927,757

 

 

$

(59,338,370

)

 

$

(34,410,613

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members’ contributions

 

 

13,771,129

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,771,129

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of members’ contributions to debt

 

 

(14,329,722

)

 

 

 

 

 

(14,329,722

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

(24,728,834

)

 

 

(24,728,834

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members’ deficit – December 31, 2015

 

 

24,369,164

 

 

 

(84,067,204

)

 

 

(59,698,040

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

(34,223,126

)

 

 

(34,223,126

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members’ deficit – December 31, 2016

 

$

24,369,164

 

 

$

(118,290,330

)

 

$

(93,921,166

)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-8

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the years ended December 31,

 

2016

 

2015

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(34,223,126

)

 

$

(24,728,834

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

16,019,403

 

 

 

11,819,270

 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

 

 

88,462

 

 

 

210,514

 

Lease incentive payments received from lessors

 

 

24,143,115

 

 

 

7,968,722

 

Effective interest adjustment

 

 

(205,411

)

 

 

(6,271

)

Net changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(1,524,395

)

 

 

(951,294

)

Inventory

 

 

(129,825

)

 

 

(57,760

)

Prepaid expenses

 

 

1,663,164

 

 

 

512,325

 

Deposits

 

 

(62,600

)

 

 

(11,279

)

Accounts payable

 

 

3,562,557

 

 

 

2,313,654

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

(2,047,552

)

 

 

2,175,758

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

(764,609

)

 

 

1,896,103

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

6,519,183

 

 

 

1,140,908

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

 

(57,898,801

)

 

 

(33,686,384

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(57,898,801

)

 

 

(33,686,384

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members’ contributions

 

 

 

 

 

13,771,129

 

Repayment of notes payable to related parties

 

 

(55,000

)

 

 

 

Repayment of short-term borrowings

 

 

(1,857,339

)

 

 

(880,981

)

Borrowings on notes payable to related parties

 

 

18,913,719

 

 

 

 

Borrowings on long-term debt – related party

 

 

30,849,870

 

 

 

19,674,941

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

47,851,250

 

 

 

32,565,089

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(3,528,368

)

 

 

19,613

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year

 

 

8,181,849

 

 

 

8,162,236

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year

 

$

4,653,481

 

 

$

8,181,849

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-9

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized

 

$

11,021,519

 

$

7,949,061

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$

60,983

 

$

58,593

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash flow activity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment financed through liabilities

 

$

3,486,191

 

$

5,809,446

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction of leased property and equipment financed by lessor

 

$

10,031,336

 

$

13,782,888

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members’ contributions converted to debt

 

$

 

$

14,329,722

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance premiums financed through short term borrowings

 

$

2,201,095

 

$

1,200,629

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-10

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2016 and 2015

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC (“iPic-Gold Class”) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”). Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company previously classified several related party notes as current liabilities in its previously issued consolidated financial statements. Those amounts should have been classified as noncurrent liabilities. The Company has revised the following amounts in its consolidated financial statements in the periods noted below to reflect the correction of these immaterial errors. The Company considered Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 99, Materiality and SAB 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements, in assessing materiality.

 

 

As Previously Reported

 

Revision

 

As Revised

Consolidated Balance Sheets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current notes payable – related party

 

$

14,945,000

 

$

(14,945,000

)

 

$

Total current liabilities

 

$

44,903,079

 

$

(14,945,000

)

 

$

29,958,079

Notes payable to related parties

 

$

32,743,441

 

$

14,945,000

 

 

$

47,688,441

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current notes payable – related party

 

$

13,829,722

 

$

(13,829,722

)

 

$

Total current liabilities

 

$

41,935,137

 

$

(13,829,722

)

 

$

28,105,415

Notes payable to related parties

 

$

15,000,000

 

$

13,829,722

 

 

$

28,829,722

iPic-Gold Class is a Delaware limited liability company that was formed on September 22, 2010. iPic-Gold Class manages movie theaters and restaurants across the United States.

The members of iPic-Gold Class are iPic Holdings, LLC; Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc.; the Teachers’ Retirement System of Alabama (“TRSA”) and the Employees’ Retirement System of Alabama (“ERSA”) (TRSA and ERSA are known collectively as the “RSA”). See Note 4 for further details on the ownership of iPic-Gold Class.

iPic-Gold Class was formed to acquire the six operating Gold Class Cinemas formerly owned and operated by Village Roadshow Gold Class Cinemas, LLC, as well as one operating cinema and one under development formerly owned and operated by iPic Holdings, LLC, at the purchase date of September 30, 2010. Village Roadshow Gold Class Cinemas, LLC is an affiliate of Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc.

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company operated a total of fifteen and thirteen cinemas, respectively, in the following locations throughout the United States:

•   Glendale, Wisconsin

 

•   Scottsdale, Arizona

•   Pasadena, California

 

•   Bolingbrook, Illinois

•   Austin, Texas

 

•   South Barrington, Illinois

•   Fairview, Texas

 

•   Los Angeles, California

•   Boca Raton, Florida

 

•   Houston, Texas~

•   Bethesda, Maryland

 

•   Fort Lee, New Jersey*

•   North Miami, Florida~

 

•   New York, New York*

•   Redmond, Washington

 

 

____________

*         Locations were opened during the year ended December 31, 2016.

~        Locations were opened during the year ended December 31, 2015.

F-11

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2016 and 2015

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

In addition, the Company opened one additional cinema location during the year ending December 31, 2017. Dobbs Ferry, New York opened in the second quarter of 2017.

Segments: We have identified one reportable segment for our operations.

Adoption of New Accounting Standards: In August 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements-Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern. The objective of the amendments in ASU No. 2014-15 is to define management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. The Company adopted this guidance as of January 1, 2016. As a result of adopting this guidance, the Company has disclosed additional information related to uncertainties about its ability to continue as a going concern (refer to Note 8).

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Interest-Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs. The objective of the amendments in ASU No. 2015-03 is to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs by requiring that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the consolidated balance sheets as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The amendments in ASU No. 2015-03 were effective for the Company as of January 1, 2016 and were to be applied retroactively to all periods presented. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

New Accounting Pronouncements: As an emerging growth company, the Company has elected the option to defer the effective date for adoption of new or revised accounting guidance. This option allows the Company to adopt new guidance on the effective date for entities that are not public business entities.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. ASU No. 2014-09 will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) when it becomes effective. ASU No. 2014-09 permits the use of either the retrospective or modified retrospective transition method. The original effective date for ASU No.  2014-09 has been deferred and is now effective for public business entities, certain not-for-profit entities, and certain employee benefit plans for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. Earlier application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. All other entities should apply the guidance in ASU No. 2014-09 to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. All other entities may apply the guidance in ASU No. 2014-09 earlier as of an annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. All other entities also may apply the guidance in ASU No. 2014-09 earlier as of an annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning one year after the annual reporting period in which the entity first applies the guidance in ASU No. 2014-09. The Company believes that the adoption of ASU No. 2014-09 will primarily impact its accounting for its membership program, gift cards, customer incentives and amounts recorded as deferred revenue. The Company is continuing to further evaluate the full impact that ASU No. 2014-09 will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. To that end, the Company has begun conducting initial analyses to determine necessary adjustments to existing accounting policies and to support an evaluation of the impact of ASU No. 2014-09 on the Company’s consolidated results of operations and financial position.

In February 2016, the FASB codified Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC” or Topic”) No. 842, Leases, which requires companies to present substantially all leases on their balance sheets but continue to recognize expenses on their income statements in a manner similar to today’s accounting. The new guidance also will result in enhanced quantitative and qualitative disclosures, including significant judgments made by management, to provide greater

F-12

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2016 and 2015

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

insight into the extent of expenses expected to be recognized from existing leases. The new guidance requires companies to adopt its provisions by modified retrospective adoption and will be effective for public business entities for years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those years. Nonpublic business entities should apply the amendments for years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early application is permitted for all entities upon issuance.

The Company is currently evaluating the impacts this new guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements. The Company currently expects that the majority of its operating lease commitments will be recognized as operating lease liabilities and right-of-use assets upon adoption of the new guidance. The Company expects that adoption will result in a material increase in the assets and liabilities presented in its consolidated balance sheets.

In 2016, the FASB issued various amendments to ASU No. 2014-09, including ASU No. 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenues Gross versus Net), ASU No. 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing and ASU No. 2016-12, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients. The purpose of this additional guidance is to clarify the implementation of ASU No. 2014-09. This guidance is effective concurrent with ASU No. 2014-09.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. The purpose of ASU No. 2016-15 is to reduce the diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. ASU No. 2016-15 is effective for public business entities for years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those years. For all other entities, the amendments are effective for years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early application is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company is evaluating the impact that ASU No. 2016-15 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-17, Consolidation (Topic 810): Interests Held through Related Parties That Are under Common Control. The amendments affect reporting entities that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate a variable interest entity (“VIE”) in certain situations involving entities under common control. Specifically, the amendments change the evaluation of whether a reporting entity is the primary beneficiary of a VIE by changing how a reporting entity that is a single decision maker of a VIE treats indirect interests in the entity held through related parties that are under common control with the reporting entity ASU No. 2016-17 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. Early application is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company is evaluating the impact that ASU No. 2016-17 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

Use of Estimates: The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting years. These estimates include assessing the collectability of accounts receivable, breakage on gift cards and the useful life and impairment of long-lived assets. Although these estimates are based on management’s knowledge of current events and actions it may undertake in the future, they may ultimately differ from actual results.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments: The fair value of accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their respective carrying values due to the short-term nature of those instruments. The Company believes it is not practicable to determine the fair value of its debt without incurring excessive costs because interest rates and other terms for similar debt are not readily available.

F-13

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2016 and 2015

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Cash and Cash Equivalents: The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable: Accounts receivable are stated at their estimated net realizable value. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded $4,080,789 and $2,556,394, respectively of accounts receivable, of which $2,007,555 and $1,343,654 relate to amounts owed by Vantiv and American Express for credit card transactions processed before December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Such amounts were collected in early January 2017 and 2016, respectively. Receivables are written off when they are considered uncollectible. The Company does not accrue interest on its receivables. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company determined that all receivables were fully collectible and therefore, no allowance for doubtful accounts has been recorded.

Revenue Recognition: The Company recognizes theater revenue at the time tickets are remitted to the theater for admission. Food and beverage revenue is recognized at the point of sale. The proceeds from advance ticket sales and the sale of gift certificates are deferred and recognized as revenues once the respective admission ticket that was purchased in advance or gift certificate is received at the theaters.

The Company is required to collect certain taxes from customers on behalf of government agencies and remit these to the applicable government agencies on a periodic basis. These taxes are legal assessments on the customer and the Company has a legal obligation to act as a collection agent. Because the Company does not retain these taxes, the Company does not include such amounts in revenues. The Company records a liability when the amounts are collected and relieves the liability when payments are made to the applicable government agencies.

The Company maintains a membership program, whereby members earn and accrue points based on purchases, which are redeemable on future purchases of tickets or food and beverage. For every dollar a member spends, the member receives one point which is equal to ten cents. Points are redeemable once a member earns 200 points or greater. The Company uses the deferred revenue model which results in the transaction price being allocated to the products and services sold and the award credits, with revenue recognized as each element is delivered. The portion of the theater and food and beverage revenues attributed to the rewards is deferred as a reduction of theater and food and beverage revenues, respectively. Upon redemption, deferred rewards are recognized as revenues along with associated cost of goods. The Company charges an annual fee for this membership program, which is recorded as deferred revenue and recognized as revenue ratably over the twelve-month membership period. The revenue from the annual fee is included in other revenues in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

The Company sells gift cards to its customers at its locations and through its website. There are no administrative fees charged nor do the gift cards have an expiration date. Revenues from gift cards are recognized when gift cards are redeemed. In addition, the Company recognizes “breakage” on unredeemed gift cards based upon historical redemption patterns and the time that has transpired since the card was last used. Prior to 2016, the Company did not believe it had sufficient historical evidence to record breakage over time and recognized breakage two years after issuance if there had been no activity on the gift card. In 2016, the Company changed its estimate because it believed that it had sufficient historical information about the redemption patterns and currently recognizes breakage proportionally to the percentage of redemptions that historically occur in each year after a gift card is sold. Revenue from gift card breakage is included in other revenues in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Film Exhibition Costs: Film exhibition costs are accrued based on the applicable theater receipts and estimates of the final settlement to the film licensors. Such amounts are included in cost of theater in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Concentration of Risk: Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable.

F-14

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2016 and 2015

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

The Company places its cash with high credit quality financial institutions. The Company has never experienced any losses related to its uninsured balances. Cash accounts at each U.S. bank are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) up to $250,000 in the aggregate and may exceed federally insured limits. A total of approximately $4,200,000 was held in one financial institution at December 31, 2016.

Inventories: Inventories are comprised of concession goods, which include food and beverage, and theater supplies. Inventories are stated at the lower of average cost or market.

Property and Equipment: Property and equipment is stated at fair value based on assets acquired at inception of iPic-Gold Class (see Note 4) and historical cost for subsequent acquisitions, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciable assets are depreciated from the date of acquisition or, for constructed assets, from the time the asset is completed and held ready for use.

Depreciation of property and equipment is computed under the straight-line method over the expected useful lives of applicable assets. Useful lives by asset class are as follows.

Furniture, fixtures and office equipment

 

5-7 years

Projection equipment and screens

 

7 years

Computer hardware and software

 

2-5 years

Leasehold improvements

 

Lesser of term of lease or asset life

When property and equipment is sold or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation/amortization is removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is included in earnings. The costs of normal maintenance, repairs and minor replacements are charged to expense when incurred.

The Company capitalizes interest costs on borrowings incurred during the new construction or upgrade of qualifying assets. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company incurred interest costs totaling $12,303,114, of which $1,584,670 was capitalized and $8,354,477, of which $463,557 was capitalized, respectively.

Long-Lived Assets: The Company reviews long-lived assets for possible impairment using a three-step approach. Under the first step, management determines whether an indicator of impairment is present (a “Triggering Event”). If a Triggering Event has occurred, the second step is to test for recoverability based on a comparison of the asset’s carrying amount with the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of the future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, the third step is to recognize an impairment loss for the excess of the asset’s carrying amount over its fair value. No impairment was identified for the years ended December 31, 2016 or 2015.

Income Taxes: The Company is a limited liability company. Accordingly, pursuant to its election under Section 701 of the Internal Revenue Code, each item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit of the Company is ultimately reportable by its members in their individual tax returns, except in certain states and local jurisdictions where the Company is subject to income taxes. As such, the Company has not recorded a provision for federal income taxes or for taxes in states and local jurisdictions that do not assess taxes at the entity level.

A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is more likely than not that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the more-likely-than-not test, no tax benefit is recorded. The Company’s tax filings are generally subject to examination for a period of three years from the filing date. Management has not identified any tax positions taken that require income tax reserves to be established.

F-15

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2016 and 2015

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The Company has no amounts accrued for interest or penalties at December 31, 2016 and 2015. The Company does not expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly change in the next 12 months.

We reduce our deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences are deductible. In making this determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence affecting specific deferred tax assets, including our past and anticipated future performance, the reversal of deferred tax liabilities, the length of carry-back and carry-forward periods and the implementation of tax planning strategies.

Objective positive evidence is necessary to support a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed for all or a portion of deferred tax assets when significant negative evidence exists. Cumulative tax losses in recent years are the most compelling form of negative evidence considered by management in this determination. Management determined that based on all available evidence, a full valuation allowance was required for all U.S. state deferred tax assets due to losses incurred for income tax reporting purposes for the past several years.

Accrued Construction Liabilities: Accrued construction liabilities represents costs that were refinanced on a long-term basis subsequent to the date of the unaudited consolidated balance sheets with long-term debt and costs incurred by landlords related to leases for which the Company concludes that it has substantially all of the construction-period risks.

Accrued Interest — Long-Term: Accrued interest — long-term includes deferred interest recorded on the Company’s increasing-rate debt and accrued interest on related party notes that the Company does not expect to liquidate within one year of the dates of the consolidated balance sheets.

Pre-Opening Expenses: Pre-opening expenses consist primarily of advertising and other start-up costs incurred prior to the operation of new theaters and are expensed as incurred.

Advertising and Marketing Expenses: The Company expenses advertising and marketing costs as incurred. The Company incurred advertising and marketing expenses of $2,957,709 and $2,330,548 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. These expenses are included in other operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Leases: The Company’s operations are conducted on premises occupied under lease agreements with initial base terms of 15 to 25 years, with certain leases containing options to extend the leases for up to an additional 20 years. The Company does not believe that exercise of the renewal options in its leases are reasonably assured at the inception of the lease agreements and, therefore, considers the initial base term to be the lease term.

Most of the Company’s leases include escalation clauses. The Company records rent expense for its operating leases on a straight-line basis over the base term of the lease agreements commencing with the date the Company has control and access to the leased premises, which is generally a date prior to the lease commencement date contained in the lease agreement. The Company views “rent holidays” as an inducement contained in the lease agreement that provides for a period of “free rent” during the lease term. The Company records lease incentive payments received from lessors under operating lease agreements as deferred rent, which it amortizes on a straight-line basis as reductions to rent expense over the terms of the respective leases. If the Company concludes that it has substantially all of the construction-period risks, it records a construction asset and related liability for the amount of total project costs incurred during the construction period. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, a liability of $10,031,336 and $13,782,887, respectively, is recorded in accrued construction liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

F-16

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2016 and 2015

NOTE 2 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment, net consists of the following:

December 31,

 

2016

 

2015

Leasehold improvements

 

$

134,396,502

 

 

$

76,591,882

 

Furniture, fixtures and office equipment

 

 

52,228,960

 

 

 

29,611,987

 

Construction in progress (site development)

 

 

17,347,026

 

 

 

50,875,225

 

Projection equipment and screens

 

 

12,683,938

 

 

 

8,384,280

 

Computer hardware and software

 

 

6,280,670

 

 

 

4,219,055

 

 

 

 

222,937,096

 

 

 

169,682,429

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(58,497,951

)

 

 

(42,544,083

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

164,439,145

 

 

$

127,138,346

 

NOTE 3 — BORROWINGS

Notes Payable to Related Parties: Notes payable to related parties consist of the following:

December 31,

 

2016

 

2015

5.00% VR iPic Finance, LLC notes

 

$

16,124,947

 

$

13,829,722

5.00% VR iPic Finance, LLC demand notes

 

 

14,945,000

 

 

15,000,000

10.50% Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. notes

 

 

15,000,000

 

 

5.00% Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. notes

 

 

1,071,429

 

 

5.00% iPic Holdings, LLC notes

 

 

547,065

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

47,688,441

 

$

28,829,722

5.00% notes payable to VR iPic Finance, LLC, which is wholly-owned by iPic Holdings, LLC and Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc.— Principal and interest are only paid if iPic Holdings, LLC and Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. are due certain distributions as outlined in iPic-Gold Class’s Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “LLC Agreement”) and to the extent of the amount of such distributions. The notes have no stated maturity.

5.00% demand notes payable to VR iPic Finance, LLC. — Interest is payable monthly. The notes have no stated maturity.

10.50% notes payable to Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. — The notes accrue interest on the unpaid principal amount at 10.50% per annum, subject to minimum guaranteed interest of $3,000,000 over the life of the notes. Principal and interest are only paid if Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. is due certain distributions as outlined in the LLC Agreement and to the extent of the amount of such distributions. The notes have no stated maturity.

5.00% note payable to Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. — Principal and interest are only paid if Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. is due certain distributions as outlined in the LLC Agreement and to the extent of the amount of such distributions. The note has no stated maturity.

5.00% note payable to iPic Holdings, LLC. — Principal and interest are only paid if iPic Holdings, LLC is due certain distributions as outlined in the LLC Agreement, and to the extent of the amount of such distributions. The note has no stated maturity.

In each case, the notes are subordinated to the non-revolving credit facility with the RSA. VR iPic Finance, LLC has agreed not to call the demand notes until at least July 1, 2018. Repayment of the remaining notes is within the Company’s control and it does not intend to repay the notes within a year of the consolidated balance sheet dates from current assets or by incurring current liabilities. Therefore, these notes have been classified as noncurrent liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

F-17

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2016 and 2015

NOTE 3 — BORROWINGS (cont.)

Long-Term Debt — Related Party: The Company has a $225,828,169 non-revolving credit facility with the RSA. The terms of the facility provide that the Company can borrow under the facility for a ten-year period commencing September 30, 2010 in three tranches (hereinafter, “Tranche 1”, “Tranche 2”, and “Tranche 3”). Proceeds of the loans are used for eligible construction costs.

The Tranche 1 and Tranche 2 commitment amounts of $15,828,169 and $24,000,000 respectively, were fully borrowed against as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. Of the Tranche 3 commitment amount of $186,000,000, $87,884,387 and $57,034,517 was borrowed against as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Proceeds of the RSA non-revolving credit facility may be used to fund up to 80% of eligible project costs. As a condition to any advance, the Company is required to provide funding for the applicable project costs in an amount equal to 25% of such advance, with the proceeds of either (x) contributions to the Company from its members (other than RSA) or (y) subordinated loans to the Company from its members (other than RSA). The remaining availability under the credit facility requires the Company to achieve certain operating targets in order for this to be available to be borrowed.

Accrued but unpaid interest is due and payable by the Company with respect to each individual project tranche on the first scheduled payment date (meaning each January 1 and July 1) following the earlier to occur of (1) the date which is six months following the opening of the individual cinema project funded by any proceeds from the facility, or (2) the date which is twenty-one months following the initial advance for the individual cinema project. The interest rate on Tranche 1 and Tranche 2 borrowings was initially 5.00% per annum, and increases by 50 basis points annually to the cap of 8.00% per annum. Consequently, the Company recognizes interest expense on the Tranche 1 and Tranche 2 borrowings using the effective interest method, which results in the use of a constant interest rate over the life of the debt. The effective interest rate on Tranche 1 and Tranche 2 borrowings is approximately 6.95% per annum. The cumulative difference between the interest computed using the stated interest rates (8.00% and 7.5% at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively) and the effective interest rate of 6.95% is $1,330,377 and $1,535,788 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, and is recorded in accrued interest — long-term in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The interest rate on Tranche 3 borrowings is fixed at 10.50% per annum.

The Company is not obligated to repay the outstanding principal on all three tranches until September 2020, except in years of excess cash flows, as determined in accordance with the loan agreement, over and above $5,000,000 of any budgeted improvements and new construction. Such excess shall be placed in a separate lender-controlled bank account. As of December 31, 2016, the Company did not have excess cash flows and does not expect to have them in the next year. The funds from this account can only be used for purposes permitted by the loan agreement, including the repayment of principal on the loan.

The security for the loan is a first mortgage lien and first priority security interest in the collateral, which is all assets of the Company.

Short-Term Financing: The Company periodically enters into short-term financing arrangements to finance the costs of its property and casualty insurance premiums. The loans are due in equal monthly installments of principal and interest, generally paid over a period of less than one year. Interest accrues on the unpaid principal at 3.63% per annum. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company’s obligation under premium financing arrangements was $1,326,599 and $982,843, respectively, and is included in accrued insurance in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Interest: The majority of the interest expense is paid or payable to related parties.

NOTE 4 — MEMBERS’ EQUITY

iPic-Gold Class is governed by the LLC Agreement. As a limited liability company, the members are not liable for the debts or obligations of iPic-Gold Class. Under the LLC Agreement, iPic-Gold Class will continue until it is dissolved by agreement of the members or upon the sale or liquidation of its assets. Upon the dissolution and after payment of

F-18

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2016 and 2015

NOTE 4 — MEMBERS’ EQUITY (cont.)

the obligations of iPic-Gold Class, the remaining assets will be distributed among the members as set forth in the LLC Agreement. The LLC Agreement calls for the membership interests and profits to be allocated as follows.

iPic Holdings, LLC

 

40.0

%

Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc.

 

30.0

%

TRSA

 

20.1

%

ERSA

 

9.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

100.0

%

At the inception of iPic-Gold Class, the members agreed upon a total equity value of $30,000,000, based upon the relative contributions by the parties whereby iPic Holdings, LLC acquired 40% ownership in iPic-Gold Class, Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. acquired 30% ownership in iPic-Gold Class, and the RSA acquired 30% ownership in iPic-Gold Class. iPic Holdings, LLC contributed $1,000,000 in cash as well as an operating cinema in Glendale, Wisconsin and one site under development in Scottsdale, Arizona. Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. contributed $8,000,000 in cash, as well as six operating cinemas in Illinois, Washington, California and Texas. The RSA acquired its ownership in iPic-Gold Class by exchanging $15,000,000 of existing debt it carried with the previous owners for equity.

Under the LLC Agreement, RSA has approval rights while they hold any interest in the Company acquired under the LLC Agreement over various actions of the Company, including approval of any indebtedness over $100,000 in the aggregate or in any single transaction other than refinancing of the Non-Revolving Credit Facility in full; entering into any transaction with the other members or affiliates; dissolving, liquidating or terminating the Company or any subsidiary; filing of proceedings of bankruptcy; making additional capital calls from members; entering into transactions with third parties with fees over $100,000 except for transactions in the ordinary course of business; paying directly or indirectly certain distributions; issuing any additional interest or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into or for interests in the Company or permitting a member to withdraw from the Company prior to termination; setting compensation in excess of $500,000 annually for any member of management; and selling, leasing, transferring or otherwise disposing of any of the Company’s assets other than in the ordinary course of business.

The LLC Agreement states that the Company will not make any distributions of available assets or Company assets until the Non-revolving Credit Facility has been paid in full, except for specified allowable distributions and certain distributions requiring RSA’s approval.

NOTE 5 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases: At December 31, 2016, future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows.

2017

 

$

15,851,234

2018

 

 

18,876,077

2019

 

 

21,366,860

2020

 

 

21,787,142

2021

 

 

22,456,204

Thereafter

 

 

260,924,763

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

361,262,280

F-19

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2016 and 2015

NOTE 5 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (cont.)

Certain operating leases require contingent rental payments based on a percentage of sales in excess of stipulated amounts. Rent expense during the years ended December 31 was as follows.

 

 

2016

 

2015

Minimum rentals

 

$

11,998,481

 

$

9,208,891

Contingent rentals

 

 

128,761

 

 

131,407

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

12,127,242

 

$

9,340,298

Rent for the operating locations is included in occupancy expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Rent for the corporate office is included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.

Litigation: The Company is exposed to litigation in the normal course of business. The Company believes, based upon the advice of inside legal counsel, that there are no proceedings, either threatened or pending, which could result in a material adverse effect on the results of operations or the financial position of the Company.

American with Disabilities Act: Our theaters must comply with Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (the “ADA”) to the extent that such properties are “public accommodations” and/or “commercial facilities” as defined by the ADA. Compliance with the ADA requires that public accommodations “reasonably accommodate” individuals with disabilities and that new construction or alterations made to “commercial facilities” conform to accessibility guidelines unless “structurally impracticable” for new construction or technically infeasible for alterations. Non-compliance with the ADA could result in the imposition of injunctive relief, fines, awards of damages to private litigants and additional capital expenditures to remedy such non-compliance. The Company believes that it is in substantial compliance with all current applicable regulations relating to accommodations for the disabled. The Company intends to comply with future regulations in this regard and except as set forth above, does not currently anticipate that compliance will require the Company to expend substantial funds.

NOTE 6 — INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

For the years ended December 31,

 

2016

 

2015

Current – state and local

 

$

86,801

 

$

60,983

Deferred – state and local

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

86,801

 

$

60,983

A reconciliation of the statutory income tax rate to the effective tax rate is as follows:

For the years ended December 31,

 

2016

 

2015

Statutory rate

 

35.00

%

 

35.00

%

State and local income taxes

 

(0.25

%)

 

(0.25

%)

LLC flow-through structure

 

(35.00

%)

 

(35.00

%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

 

(0.25

%)

 

(0.25

%)

F-20

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2016 and 2015

NOTE 6 — INCOME TAXES (cont.)

The components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

December 31,

 

2016

 

2015

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred rent

 

$

41,604

 

 

$

18,656

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

2,040

 

 

 

4,281

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

25,812

 

 

 

16,032

 

Net operating loss – states

 

 

232,693

 

 

 

157,395

 

Tenant improvement accretion

 

 

131,886

 

 

 

38,005

 

Other assets

 

 

1,359

 

 

 

1,060

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

435,394

 

 

 

235,429

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment

 

 

(160,722

)

 

 

(62,524

)

Prepaid expenses

 

 

(5,693

)

 

 

(2,718

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(166,415

)

 

 

(65,242

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset before valuation allowance

 

 

268,979

 

 

 

170,187

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(268,979

)

 

 

(170,187

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

 

$

 

 

$

 

We file U.S. federal and state income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. As of December 31, 2016, the 2013 through 2016 tax years generally remain subject to examination by federal and most state tax authorities. The use of net operating losses generated in tax years prior to 2013 may also subject returns for those years to examination. The Company currently does not have any income tax audits in process.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $12.9 million and $10.5 million, respectively, expiring through the year 2037.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the carrying amount of the Company’s net assets was less than their tax basis by $10,527,944 and $5,342,574, respectively.

NOTE 7 — 401(k) PLAN

On January 1, 2016, the Company established a 401(k) Plan (“Plan”) to provide retirement and incidental benefits for its employees who are 21 years of age and with one or more years of service. Employees may contribute a percentage of their annual compensation to the Plan, limited to a maximum annual amount as set periodically by the Internal Revenue Service. They may also make after-tax Roth deferrals to the Plan. Matching contributions are allowed under the Plan. There were no matching contributions in the year ended December 31, 2016.

NOTE 8 — MANAGEMENT’S PLAN REGARDING FUTURE OPERATIONS

The Company incurred net losses for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 of $34,223,126 and $24,728,834, respectively. In addition, the Company had a members’ deficit of $93,921,166 and a working capital deficit of $17,180,596 at December 31, 2016.

The Company had cash and cash equivalents of $4,653,481 at December 31, 2016 and generated approximately $6,500,000 in cash flows from operations for the year ended December 31, 2016.

F-21

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2016 and 2015

NOTE 8 — MANAGEMENT’S PLAN REGARDING FUTURE OPERATIONS (cont.)

The Company’s ability to continue as a going-concern is dependent on its ability to generate sufficient cash from operations, which is subject to achieving its operating plans, and the continued availability of funding sources. The main source of funding in 2016 is the RSA non-revolving credit facility funding expansion into new locations and the funding from members. As discussed in Note 9, the Company admitted a new member in April 2017 that provided capital in the form of equity and debt of approximately $12,000,000.

Management considers the continued availability of the non-revolving credit facility to be a significant condition to meeting its payment obligations related to construction at new locations. As discussed in Note 3, proceeds of the RSA non-revolving credit facility may be used to fund up to 80% of eligible project costs. As a condition to any advance, the Company is required to provide funding for the applicable project costs in an amount equal to 25% of such advance, with the proceeds of either (x) contributions to the Company from its members (other than RSA) or (y) subordinated loans to the Company from its members (other than RSA). Management believes that growth into new locations is critical to the Company’s ability to fund current growth.

Consequently, due to the continued operating losses, negative working capital and lack of access to additional funding through debt or equity infusions, management has determined that these matters raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Part of management’s plan to mitigate the conditions that give rise to the going concern is to raise additional funds in the second half of 2017 and the first quarter of 2018 through debt and equity funding; however, these plans are not within management’s control. Management also has goals to increase comparable-store sales but these increases have yet to materialize. Therefore, these plans are not sufficient to mitigate the substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going-concern. No assurance can be given that any future financing will be available or, if available, that it will be on terms that are satisfactory to the Company. Even if the Company is able to obtain additional financing, it may contain undue restrictions on operations, in the case of debt financing or cause substantial dilution for our members, in the case of equity financing.

NOTE 9 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Subsequent to December 31, 2016, the Company borrowed an additional $10,890,425 under Tranche 3 of the RSA non-revolving credit facility described in Note 3.

In April 2017, the Company admitted a new member. In exchange for a 6.6189% membership interest in the Company, the new member contributed cash in the amount of $8,624,746. In addition, this member made a subordinated loan to the Company in the amount of $3,375,254. The subordinated promissory note accrues interest at 5.00% per annum. Principal and interest are only paid if the lender is due certain distributions as outlined the LLC Agreement and to the extent of the amount of such distributions. The note has no stated maturity.

In April 2017, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with a defendant related to a petition filed by the Company. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company received a cash settlement of approximately $571,000.

In May 2017, the Company loaned $250,000 to an unrelated party. The note accrues interest at 4.00% per annum and contains provisions wherein the principal plus accrued interest thereon may be converted into common stock of the borrower under certain conditions. The note matures in May 2019 if not previously converted.

In May 2017, the Company opened one additional cinema location, Dobbs Ferry, New York.

In May 2017, certain members of the Company established a limited liability company, iPic-Delray Investment, LLC (“Delray”), which simultaneously acquired 50% ownership in a new joint venture, Delray Beach 4th & 5th Avenue Developer, LLC (“Developer”). Delray received its 50% ownership in Developer in exchange for construction in process transferred from Delray’s owners to Developer with a cost basis of approximately $2,400,000. The construction in process consisted primarily of pre-development costs that had been incurred by the Company, which the Company distributed to Delray’s owners immediately prior to Delray’s owners exchanging the assets for Delray’s 50% ownership

F-22

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2016 and 2015

NOTE 9 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (cont.)

in Developer. In addition, the other investor in Developer simultaneously paid cash of approximately $3,400,000 to Delray’s owners, which they immediately contributed to the Company. The assets transferred by the Company to Delray’s owners and the cash contributed by Delray’s owners to the Company will be recorded as capital transactions at the date of transfer, with the assets transferred recorded at their carryover basis.

Developer owns 8% of a limited liability company, Delray Beach 4th and 5th Avenue Holdings, LLC (“Holdings”) that is developing an area in Delray Beach, Florida to include a theater complex, office space, retail shops and parking garages. The Company will be the lessee of the theater and a portion of the office space. The Company has determined that Delray is a variable interest entity; however, the Company will not consolidate Delray because it has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of Delray.

During the six months ended June 30, 2017, the Company determined that the Scottsdale location had a significant decrease in revenue from the six months ended June 30, 2016. The Company accordingly evaluated the recoverability of the long-lived asset group at one of its locations. This resulted in an impairment loss of $3,332,000 being recognized in the six-month period ended June 30, 2017.

In November 2017, the Company admitted a new member that contributed cash in the amount of $4,000,000 in exchange for 220,629 membership units, or $18.13/unit, which equated to a 2.1587% membership interest in the Company.

NOTE 10 — ACCRUED EXPENSES

Components of accrued expenses are summarized as follows.

December 31,

 

2016

 

2015

Accrued merchant fees

 

$

333,323

 

$

281,575

Accrued film rental

 

 

357,505

 

 

29,272

Accrued utilities

 

 

302,975

 

 

96,335

Accrued cost of revenue

 

 

205,749

 

 

Accrued expenses – other

 

 

1,401,189

 

 

1,005,230

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

2,600,741

 

$

1,412,412

NOTE 11 — UNAUDITED PRO FORMA INFORMATION

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in anticipation of a proposed initial public offering of 2,165,000 shares of iPic Entertainment Inc.’s Class A Common Stock. Following the initial public offering, iPic Entertainment Inc. will be the sole manager of iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC (“Holdings”), and Holdings will be the sole managing member of iPic-Gold Class. iPic Entertainment will, therefore, directly or indirectly control the business and affairs of, and conduct its day-to-day business through, the Company. iPic Entertainment Inc., indirectly through Holdings, will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes in addition to certain state and local taxes with respect to its allocable share of any net taxable income of the Company.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share: Unaudited pro forma basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to anticipated Class A Common Stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of Class A Common Stock expected to be issued in the proposed initial public offering, as if such shares were issued and outstanding during the period. Unaudited pro forma diluted net loss per share is computed by adjusting the net loss available to anticipated Class A Common Stockholders and the weighted-average number of shares of anticipated Class A Common Stock outstanding to give effect to potentially dilutive securities. Shares of Class B Common Stock expected to be issued in the anticipated initial public offering will not participate in earnings of iPic Entertainment Inc. As a result, the anticipated shares of Class B Common Stock are not considered participating securities and are not included in the weighted-average shares outstanding for purposes of computing pro forma net loss per share.

F-23

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2016 and 2015

NOTE 11 — UNAUDITED PRO FORMA INFORMATION (cont.)

Anticipated Class B stockholders will have the option to exchange their membership interests in the Company for Class A Common Stock of iPic Entertainment Inc. maintaining a one-to-one ratio. Therefore, the equivalent number of Class A common shares could be issuable in exchange for the anticipated Class B stockholders’ membership interests of the Company. Such exchange is not expected to be dilutive and therefore, is excluded from the calculation of unaudited pro forma net loss per share.

Unaudited Pro Forma Income Tax Expense: Pro forma income tax expense provides for corporate income taxes at an estimated effective rate of (.24)%, which includes provision for U.S. federal income taxes, net of a valuation allowance of 100% and assumes the highest statutory rates apportioned to each state and local jurisdiction.

F-24

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheets

    June 30,
2017
    December 31,
2016
 
Assets                
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 3,895,338     $ 4,653,481  
Accounts receivable     2,706,208       4,080,789  
Inventories     1,185,312       1,227,030  
Prepaid expenses     1,206,877       2,816,183  
                 
Total current assets     8,993,735       12,777,483  
                 
Property and equipment, net     147,956,581       164,439,145  
Convertible note receivable     250,000        
Deposits     218,821       231,611  
                 
Total assets   $ 157,419,137     $ 177,448,239  
                 
Liabilities and Members’ Deficit                
Accounts payable   $ 7,125,698     $ 11,796,500  
Accrued expenses     1,521,142       2,600,741  
Accrued interest     1,594,110       955,453  
Accrued payroll     2,189,720       3,609,277  
Accrued insurance     165,825       1,326,599  
Taxes payable     1,455,619       2,435,380  
Deferred revenue     5,896,811       7,234,129  
Deposits and other current liabilities     370,997        
Total current liabilities     20,319,922       29,958,079  
                 
Long-term debt – related party     136,708,191       127,712,556  
Notes payable to related parties     50,855,598       47,688,441  
Deferred rent     51,309,135       50,336,267  
Accrued construction liabilities           12,770,643  
Accrued interest – long-term     4,785,810       2,903,419  
                 
Total liabilities     263,978,656       271,369,405  
                 
Commitments and Contingencies – Note 7                
                 
Members’ Deficit                
Members’ contributions     34,155,816       24,369,164  
Accumulated deficit     (140,715,335 )     (118,290,330 )
                 
Total members’ deficit     (106,559,519 )     (93,921,166 )
                 
Total liabilities and members’ deficit   $ 157,419,137     $ 177,448,239  

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited consolidated financial statements.

F-25

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the six months ended June 30,   2017   2016
Revenues                
Food and beverage   $ 37,701,277     $ 29,115,486  
Theater     30,780,031       25,948,170  
Other     893,257       283,997  
Total revenues     69,374,565       55,347,653  
                 
Operating expenses                
Cost of food and beverage     10,307,096       7,762,427  
Cost of theater     12,283,222       10,168,573  
Operating payroll and benefits     18,905,551       14,488,227  
Occupancy expenses     8,765,827       8,334,238  
Other operating expenses     12,163,590       9,015,371  
General and administrative expenses     7,011,499       5,841,629  
Depreciation and amortization expense     9,570,107       7,232,367  
Pre-opening expenses     1,632,194       870,201  
Impairment of property and equipment     3,332,000        
Loss on disposal of property and equipment     7,857       59,956  
                 
Operating expenses     83,978,943       63,772,989  
                 
Operating loss     (14,604,378 )     (8,425,336 )
                 
Other income (expense)                
                 
Interest income (expense), net     (7,782,227 )     (5,258,840 )
Other income     5,000        
Total other income (expense)     (7,777,227 )     (5,258,840 )
                 
Net loss before income tax expense     (22,381,605 )     (13,684,176 )
                 
Income tax expense     43,400       30,491  
                 
Net loss   $ (22,425,005 )   $ (13,714,667 )
                 
Unaudited pro forma net loss per Class A common share (Note 12)                
                 
Basic   $ (1.84 )        
Diluted   $ (1.84 )        
                 
Unaudited pro forma weighted-average number of Class A common shares outstanding (Note 12)                
Basic     2,165,000          
Diluted     2,165,000          
                 
Unaudited pro forma income tax expense   $ 43,400          

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited consolidated financial statements.

F-26

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Changes in Members’ Deficit

 

 

Members’ Contributions

 

Accumulated Deficit

 

Total
Members’ Deficit

Members’ deficit – January 1, 2016

 

$

24,369,164

 

$

(84,067,204

)

 

$

(59,698,040

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

(13,714,667

)

 

 

(13,714,667

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members’ deficit – June 30, 2016

 

 

24,369,164

 

 

(97,781,871

)

 

 

(73,412,707

)

 

 

 

Members’ Contributions

 

Accumulated Deficit

 

Total
Members’ Deficit

Members’ deficit – January 1, 2017

 

$

24,369,164

 

 

$

(118,290,330

)

 

$

(93,921,166

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members’ contributions

 

 

12,056,935

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,056,935

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-cash distribution to members

 

 

(2,270,283

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,270,283

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

(22,425,005

)

 

 

(22,425,005

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Members’ deficit – June 30, 2017

 

$

34,155,816

 

 

$

(140,715,335

)

 

$

(106,559,519

)

See accompanying notes to the unaudited consolidated financial statements.

F-27

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the six months ended June 30,   2017   2016
Cash flows from operating activities:                
Net loss   $ (22,425,005 )   $ (13,714,667 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:                
Depreciation and amortization     9,570,107       7,232,367  
Impairment of property and equipment     3,332,000        
Loss on disposal of property and equipment     7,857       59,956  
Lease incentive payments received from lessors     972,867       15,433,119  
Effective interest adjustment     (177,384 )     (77,813 )
Net changes in operating assets and liabilities:                
Tenant improvement receivable           315,642  
Accounts receivable     2,407,402       589,563  
Inventory     41,718       149,125  
Prepaid expenses     1,609,306       1,163,808  
Deposits     12,790       (48,995 )
Accounts payable     (3,700,054 )     (909,013 )
Accrued expenses     (4,018,315 )     (747,029 )
Deferred revenue     (966,322 )     (647,281 )
                 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     (13,333,033 )     8,798,782  
                 
Cash flows from investing activities:                
Purchases of property and equipment     (11,394,837 )     (31,146,019 )
Investment in convertible note receivable     (250,000 )      
                 
Net cash used in investing activities     (11,644,837 )     (31,146,019 )
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:                
Proceeds from long-term debt     12,370,889       18,278,595  
Repayment of notes payable to related parties     (208,097 )      
Members’ contributions     12,056,935        
                 
Net cash provided by financing activities     24,219,727       18,278,595  
                 
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents     (758,143 )     (4,068,642 )
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of period     4,653,481       8,181,849  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of period   $ 3,895,338     $ 4,113,207  

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited consolidated financial statements.

F-28

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized

 

$

7,552,515

 

 

$

3,470,794

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$

86,801

 

 

$

60,983

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of non-cash flow activity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment financed through liabilities

 

$

949,258

 

 

$

1,364,980

Non-cash capital distributions

 

$

(2,270,283

)

 

$

See accompanying notes to the unaudited consolidated financial statements.

F-29

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements include the accounts of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC (“iPic”) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) and should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). In the opinion of management, these unaudited consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair statement of the Company’s financial position and results of operations. Due to the seasonal nature of the Company’s business, results for the periods presented are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for a full year.

We have revised our previously issued unaudited financial statements as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2017 to correct an immaterial error in our presentation of an affiliate. In our initial consolidation analysis of our affiliate in the six months ended June 30, 2017, we determined that we were the primary beneficiary of iPic-Delray Investment, LLC (see Note 2) and therefore were required to consolidate that entity. Upon further evaluation we have determined that we are not the primary beneficiary of iPic-Delray Investment, LLC and consequently we should not consolidate that entity. Also, we previously classified several related party notes as current liabilities in our unaudited consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016. Those amounts should have been classified as noncurrent liabilities. We have revised the following amounts in our unaudited consolidated financial statements in the periods noted below to reflect the correction of those immaterial errors. The Company considered Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 99, Materiality and SAB 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements, in assessing materiality.

 

 

As Previously Reported

 

Revision

 

As Revised

Unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity investment in joint venture

 

$

2,395,662

 

 

$

(2,395,662

)

 

$

 

Total assets

 

 

159,814,799

 

 

 

(2,395,662

)

 

 

157,419,137

 

Current notes payable – related party

 

 

14,736,903

 

 

 

(14,736,903

)

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

35,056,825

 

 

 

(14,736,903

)

 

 

20,319,922

 

Notes payable to related parties (noncurrent)

 

 

36,118,695

 

 

 

14,736,903

 

 

 

50,855,598

 

Total members’ Deficit

 

 

(104,163,857

)

 

 

(2,395,662

)

 

 

(106,559,519

)

Noncontrolling interest

 

 

2,395,662

 

 

 

(2,395,662

)

 

 

 

Total liabilities and members’ deficit

 

 

159,814,799

 

 

 

(2,395,662

)

 

 

157,419,137

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current notes payable – related party

 

$

14,945,000

 

 

$

(14,945,000

)

 

$

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

44,903,079

 

 

 

(14,945,000

)

 

 

29,958,079

 

Notes payable to related parties

 

 

32,743,441

 

 

 

14,945,000

 

 

 

47,688,441

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Six Months ended June 30, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain on consolidation

 

$

2,395,662

 

 

$

(2,395,662

)

 

$

 

Total other income (expense)

 

 

(5,381,565

)

 

 

(2,395,662

)

 

 

(7,777,227

)

Net loss before income tax expense

 

 

(19,985,943

)

 

 

(2,395,662

)

 

 

(22,381,605

)

Net loss

 

 

(20,029,343

)

 

 

(2,395,662

)

 

 

(22,425,005

)

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

 

2,395,662

 

 

 

(2,395,662

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Six Months ended June 30, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain in consolidation

 

$

(2,395,662

)

 

$

2,395,662

 

 

$

 

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

 

 

(13,333,033

)

 

 

 

 

 

(13,333,033

)

F-30

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

iPic-Gold Class is a Delaware limited liability company that was formed on September 22, 2010. iPic-Gold Class manages movie theaters and restaurants across the United States.

The members of iPic-Gold Class are iPic Holdings, LLC; Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc.; the Teachers’ Retirement System of Alabama (“TRSA”); the Employees’ Retirement System of Alabama (“ERSA”) (TRSA and ERSA are known collectively as the “RSA”) and Regal/Atom Holdings, LLC. See Note 6 for further details on the ownership of iPic-Gold Class.

iPic-Gold Class was formed to acquire the six operating Gold Class Cinemas formerly owned and operated by Village Roadshow Gold Class Cinemas LLC, as well as one operating cinema and one under development formerly owned and operated by iPic Holdings, LLC, at the purchase date of September 30, 2010. Village Roadshow Gold Class Cinemas, LLC is an affiliate of Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc.

At June 30, 2017 and 2016, the Company operated a total of sixteen and fifteen cinemas, respectively, in the following locations throughout the United States:

•   Glendale, Wisconsin

 

•   Scottsdale, Arizona

•   Pasadena, California

 

•   Bolingbrook, Illinois

•   Austin, Texas

 

•   South Barrington, Illinois

•   Fairview, Texas

 

•   Los Angeles, California

•   Boca Raton, Florida

 

•   Houston, Texas

•   Bethesda, Maryland

 

•   Fort Lee, New Jersey

•   North Miami, Florida

 

•   New York, New York

•   Redmond, Washington

 

•   Dobbs Ferry, New York*

____________

*         Location was opened during the six months ended June 30, 2017.

Segments: We have identified one reportable segment for our operations.

New Accounting Pronouncements: As an emerging growth company, the Company has elected the option to defer the effective date for adoption of new or revised accounting guidance. This option allows the Company to adopt new guidance on the effective date for entities that are not public business entities.

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. ASU No. 2014-09 will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in GAAP when it becomes effective. ASU No. 2014-09 permits the use of either the retrospective or modified retrospective transition method. The original effective date for ASU No. 2014-09 has been deferred and is now effective for public business entities, certain non-for-profit entities, and certain employee benefit plans for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. Earlier application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. All other entities should apply the guidance in ASU No. 2014-09 to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. All other entities may apply the guidance in ASU No. 2014-09 earlier as of an annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. All other entities also may apply the guidance in ASU No. 2014-09 earlier as of an annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim reporting periods within annual reporting periods beginning one year after the annual reporting period in which the entity first applies the guidance in ASU No. 2014-09. The Company believes that the adoption of ASU No. 2014-09 will primarily impact its accounting for its membership program, gift cards, customer incentives and amounts recorded as deferred revenue. The Company is continuing to further evaluate the full impact that ASU No. 2014-09 will have on its

F-31

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

unaudited consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. To that end, the Company has begun conducting initial analyses to determine necessary adjustments to existing accounting policies and to support an evaluation of the impact of ASU No. 2014-09 on the Company’s unaudited consolidated results of operations and financial position.

In February 2016, the FASB codified Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC” or “Topic”) No. 842, Leases, which requires companies to present substantially all leases on their balance sheets but continue to recognize expenses on their income statements in a manner similar to today’s accounting. The new guidance also will result in enhanced quantitative and qualitative disclosures, including significant judgments made by management, to provide greater insight into the extent of expenses expected to be recognized from existing leases. The new guidance requires companies to adopt its provisions by modified retrospective adoption and will be effective for public business entities for years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those years. Nonpublic business entities should apply the amendments for years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early application is permitted for all entities upon issuance.

The Company is currently evaluating the impacts this new guidance will have on its unaudited consolidated financial statements The Company currently expects that the majority of its operating lease commitments will be recognized as operating lease liabilities and right-of-use assets upon adoption of the new guidance. The Company expects that adoption will result in a material increase in the assets and liabilities presented in its unaudited consolidated balance sheets.

In 2016, the FASB issued various amendments to ASU No. 2014-09, including ASU No. 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenues Gross versus Net), ASU No. 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing and ASU No. 2016-12, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients. The purpose of this additional guidance is to clarify the implementation of ASU No. 2014-09. This guidance is effective concurrent with ASU No. 2014-09.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. The purpose of ASU No. 2016-15 is to reduce the diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. ASU No. 2016-15 is effective for public business entities for years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those years. For all other entities, the amendments are effective for years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early application is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company is evaluating the impact that ASU No. 2016-15 will have on its unaudited consolidated financial statements.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-17, Consolidation (Topic 810): Interests Held through Related Parties That Are under Common Control. The amendments affect reporting entities that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate a variable interest entity (VIE) in certain situations involving entities under common control. Specifically, the amendments change the evaluation of whether a reporting entity is the primary beneficiary of a VIE by changing how a reporting entity that is a single decision maker of a VIE treats indirect interests in the entity held through related parties that are under common control with the reporting entity. ASU No. 2016-17 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. Early application is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company is evaluating the impact that ASU No. 2016-17 will have on its consolidated financial statements.

Use of Estimates: The preparation of unaudited consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the unaudited consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. These estimates include assessing the collectability

F-32

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

of accounts receivable, breakage on gift cards and the useful life and impairment of long-lived assets. Although these estimates are based on management’s knowledge of current events and actions it may undertake in the future, they may ultimately differ from actual results.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments: The fair value of accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their respective carrying values due to the short-term nature of those instruments. The Company believes it is not practicable to determine the fair value of its debt without incurring excessive costs because interest rates and other terms for similar debt are not readily available.

Variable Interest Entities: A variable interest entity (“VIE”) is an entity (1) that has total equity at risk that is not sufficient to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from any entities; (2) where the group of equity holders does not have the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance, or the obligation to absorb the entity’s expected losses or the right to receive the entity’s expected residual returns, or both; or (3) where the voting rights of some investors are not proportional to their obligations to absorb the expected losses of the entity, their rights to receive the expected residual returns of the entity, or both, and substantially all of the entity’s activities either involve or are conducted on behalf of an investor that has disproportionately few voting rights. To determine whether an entity is considered to be a VIE, the Company first performs a qualitative analysis, which requires certain subjective decisions regarding its assessments, including, but not limited to, the existence of a principal-agency relationship between the parties, the design of the entity, the variability that the entity was designed to create and pass along to its interest holders, the rights of the parties, and the purpose of the arrangement.

The Company would consolidate the results of any such entity in which it determined that it had a controlling financial interest. The Company would have a controlling financial interest in such an entity if the Company had both the power to direct the activities that most significantly affect the VIE’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb the losses of, or right to receive benefits from, the VIE that could be potentially significant to the VIE. The Company reassesses regularly whether it has a controlling financial interest in any such entities in which it has a variable interest.

Cash and Cash Equivalents: The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable: Accounts receivable are stated at their estimated net realizable value. As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company recorded $2,706,208 and $4,080,789, respectively, of accounts receivable, of which $1,228,227 and $2,007,555 relate to amounts owed by Vantiv and American Express for credit card transactions processed before June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. Such amounts were collected in early July 2017 and January 2016, respectively. Receivables are written off when they are considered uncollectible. The Company does not accrue interest on its receivables. At June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company determined that all receivables were fully collectible and therefore, no allowance for doubtful accounts has been recorded.

Revenue Recognition: The Company recognizes theater revenue at the time tickets are remitted to the theater for admission. Food and beverage revenue is recognized at the point of sale. The proceeds from advance ticket sales and the sale of gift certificates are deferred and recognized as revenues once the respective admission ticket that was purchased in advance or gift certificate is received at the theaters.

The Company is required to collect certain taxes from customers on behalf of government agencies and remit these to the applicable government agencies on a periodic basis. These taxes are legal assessments on the customer and the Company has a legal obligation to act as a collection agent. Because the Company does not retain these taxes, the Company does not include such amounts in revenues. The Company records a liability when the amounts are collected and relieves the liability when payments are made to the applicable government agencies.

The Company maintains a membership program, whereby members earn and accrue points based on purchases, which are redeemable on future purchases of tickets or food and beverage. For every dollar a member spends, the member receives one point which is equal to ten cents. Points are redeemable once a member earns 200 points or greater. The

F-33

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Company uses the deferred revenue model which results in the transaction price being allocated to the products and services sold and the award credits, with revenue recognized as each element is delivered. The portion of the theater and food and beverage revenues attributed to the rewards is deferred as a reduction of theater and food and beverage revenues, respectively. Upon redemption, deferred rewards are recognized as revenues along with associated cost of goods. The Company charges an annual fee for this membership program, which is recorded as deferred revenue and recognized as revenue ratably over the twelve-month membership period. The revenue from the annual fee is included in other revenues in the accompanying unaudited consolidated statements of operations.

The Company sells gift cards to its customers at its locations and through its website. There are no administrative fees charged nor do the gift cards have an expiration date. Revenues from gift cards are recognized when gift cards are redeemed. In addition, the Company recognizes “breakage” on unredeemed gift cards based upon historical redemption patterns and the time that has transpired since the card was last used. The Company recognizes breakage proportionally to the percentage of redemptions that historically occur in each year after a gift card is sold. Revenue from gift card breakage is included in other revenues in the accompanying unaudited consolidated statements of operations.

Film Exhibition Costs: Film exhibition costs are accrued based on the applicable theater receipts and estimates of the final settlement to the film licensors. Such amounts are included in cost of theater in the accompanying unaudited consolidated statements of operations.

Concentration of Risk: Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable.

The Company places its cash with high credit quality financial institutions. The Company has never experienced any losses related to its uninsured balances. Cash accounts at each U.S. bank are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) up to $250,000 in the aggregate and may exceed federally insured limits. A total of approximately $3,400,000, was held in one financial institution, at June 30, 2017.

Inventories: Inventories are comprised of concession goods, which include food and beverage, and theater supplies. Inventories are stated at the lower of average cost or market.

Property and Equipment: Property and equipment is stated at fair value based on assets acquired at inception of iPic-Gold Class (see Note 6) and historical cost for subsequent acquisitions, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciable assets are depreciated from the date of acquisition or, for constructed assets, from the time the asset is completed and held ready for use.

Depreciation of property and equipment is computed under the straight-line method over the expected useful lives of applicable assets. Useful lives by asset class are as follows.

Furniture, fixtures and office equipment

 

5-7 years

Projection equipment and screens

 

7 years

Computer hardware and software

 

2-5 years

Leasehold improvements

 

Lesser of term of lease or asset life

When property and equipment is sold or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation/amortization is removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is included in earnings. The costs of normal maintenance, repairs and minor replacements are charged to expense when incurred.

The Company capitalizes interest costs on borrowings incurred during the new construction or upgrade of qualifying assets. During the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, the Company incurred interest costs totaling $7,977,436 and $5,416,056, respectively, of which $194,518 and $157,059 was capitalized, respectively.

Long-Lived Assets: The Company reviews long-lived assets for possible impairment using a three-step approach. Under the first step, management determines whether an indicator of impairment is present (a “Triggering Event”).

F-34

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

If a Triggering Event has occurred, the second step is to test for recoverability based on a comparison of the asset’s carrying amount with the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If the sum of the future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the asset, the third step is to recognize an impairment loss for the excess of the asset’s carrying amount over its fair value. There were Triggering Events in the six months ended June 30, 2017 that required us to test the recoverability of certain long-lived assets and an impairment loss of $3,332,000 was recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2017 for one of our locations. No impairment loss was identified for the six months ended June 30, 2016.

Income Taxes: The Company is a limited liability company. Accordingly, pursuant to its election under Section 701 of the Internal Revenue Code, each item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit of the Company is ultimately reportable by its members in their individual tax returns, except in certain states and local jurisdictions where the Company is subject to income taxes. As such, the Company has not recorded a provision for federal income taxes or for taxes in states and local jurisdictions that do not assess taxes at the entity level.

A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is more likely than not that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the more-likely-than-not test, no tax benefit is recorded. The Company’s tax filings are generally subject to examination for a period of three years from the filing date. Management has not identified any tax position taken that require income tax reserves to be established.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The Company has no amounts accrued for interest or penalties at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016. The Company does not expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly change in the next 12 months.

We reduce our deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences are deductible. In making this determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence affecting specific deferred tax assets, including our past and anticipated future performance, the reversal of deferred tax liabilities, the length of carry-back and carry-forward periods and the implementation of tax planning strategies.

Objective positive evidence is necessary to support a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed for all or a portion of deferred tax assets when significant negative evidence exists. Cumulative tax losses in recent years are the most compelling form of negative evidence considered by management in this determination. Management determined that based on all available evidence, a full valuation allowance was required for all U.S. state deferred tax assets due to losses incurred for income tax reporting purposes for the past several years.

Accrued Construction Liabilities: Accrued construction liabilities represents costs that were refinanced on a long-term basis subsequent to the date of the unaudited consolidated balance sheets with long-term debt and costs incurred by landlords related to leases for which the Company concludes that it has substantially all of the construction-period risks.

Accrued Interest — Long-Term: Accrued interest — long-term includes deferred interest recorded on the Company’s increasing-rate debt and accrued interest on related party notes that the Company does not expect to liquidate within one year of the date of the unaudited consolidated balance sheets.

Pre-Opening Expenses: Pre-opening expenses consist primarily of advertising and other start-up costs incurred prior to the operation of new theaters and are expensed as incurred.

Advertising and Marketing Expenses: The Company expenses advertising and marketing costs as incurred. The Company incurred advertising and marketing expenses of $1,537,558 and $1,194,420 for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. These expenses are included in other operating expenses in the accompanying unaudited consolidated statements of operations.

F-35

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 1 — DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

Leases: The Company’s operations are conducted on premises occupied under lease agreements with initial base terms of 15 to 25 years, with certain leases containing options to extend the leases for up to an additional 20 years. The Company does not believe that exercise of the renewal options in its leases are reasonably assured at the inception of the lease agreements and, therefore, considers the initial base term to be the lease term.

Most of the Company’s leases include escalation clauses. The Company records rent expense for its operating leases on a straight-line basis over the base term of the lease agreements commencing with the date the Company has control and access to the leased premises, which is generally a date prior to the lease commencement date contained in the lease agreement. The Company views “rent holidays” as an inducement contained in the lease agreement that provides for a period of “free rent” during the lease term. The Company records lease incentive payments received from lessors under operating lease agreements as deferred rent, which it amortizes on a straight-line basis as reductions to rent expense over the terms of the respective leases. If the Company concludes that it has substantially all of the construction-period risks, it records a construction asset and related liability for the amount of total project costs incurred during the construction-period. At June 30, 2017, there was no balance in the accrued construction liability. As of December 31, 2016, a liability of $10,031,336 is recorded in accrued construction liability in the accompanying unaudited consolidated balance sheets.

NOTE 2 — VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

In May 2017, certain members of the Company established a limited liability company, iPic-Delray Investment, LLC (“Delray”) which has a 50% ownership in a joint venture, Delray Beach 4th and 5th Avenue Developer, LLC (Developer”). Developer owns 8% of a limited liability company, Delray Beach 4th and 5th Avenue Holdings, LLC (“Holdings”) that is developing an area in Delray Beach, Florida to include a theater complex, office space, retail shops and parking garages. The Company will be the lessee of the theater and a portion of the office space, which will serve as the Company’s new headquarters. In total, iPic will lease approximately 65% of the available property.

In May 2017, the Company distributed construction in process with a cost basis of approximately $2,400,000, primarily consisting of pre-development costs that had been incurred to date, to certain of its members (the owners of Delray). Those members in turn contributed those assets to Delray in exchange for their ownership interest. Delray then contributed those assets to Developer and Holdings in exchange for its ownership interests in those entities. These capital contributions were determined to have an estimated fair value of approximately $6,400,000. As the fair value exceeded the contribution required to acquire Delray’s ownership in Developer and Holdings, cash totaling approximately $4,000,000 million was paid by the 92% owners of Holdings to Developer as an initial distribution upon formation of the respective entities. Of this amount, approximately $3,400,000 was distributed by Developer to Delray, which Delray distributed to its owners. Delray’s owners then contributed this cash back to the Company. The distribution of assets was accounted for by the Company at carryover basis with a resulting increase in equity resulting from the difference between the cash received from its members and the cost basis of the assets distributed.

Delray is not a business and was established to participate in the development of the theater and office space. The Company has a shared services agreement with Delray to provide Delray with employees, technical services, administrative and support services. Under this agreement the Company agreed to assume operating responsibility for Developer under the ultimate supervision and control of Delray pursuant to a development management agreement that Developer has with Holdings to provide these services. These agreements will end upon completion of the development of the project, which is anticipated to occur in January 2019. The Company will be paid an annual fee for these services under the shared services agreement that equates to 50% of the fee paid to Developer under the development management agreement. The other 50% will be paid to the other 50% owner of Developer. In addition, the Company is obligated to cover certain losses or additional capital calls that may arise related to a completion guaranty on the development project. The Company has also signed an indemnification agreement, along with an affiliate of the other 50% owner of Developer, to indemnify Holdings for certain conditions and to maintain a minimum aggregate net worth, on a combined basis, of $15 million which shall include $1,650,000, on a combined basis, of liquid assets through the completion of the development of the project. Should the combined net worth of iPic and the affiliate of the other 50% owner in Developer fall below $15,000,000, the parties must provide additional collateral to Holdings subject to their review and consent.

F-36

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 2 — VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES (cont.)

Delray was determined to be a VIE because its total equity at risk is not sufficient to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from any entities. Based on the Company’s qualitative analysis, the Company made the determination that while it has the obligation to absorb losses of Delray that may be significant pursuant to the completion guaranty, it does not have the power to direct the activities of Delray that most significantly impact its economic performance. Therefore, consolidation of Delray by the Company is not required because the Company is not the primary beneficiary of Delray.

Developer and Holdings were also determined by the Company to be VIE’s because their total equity at risk is not sufficient to finance their activities without additional subordinated financial support from any entities. The Company’s involvement with these entities consists of assisting in the formation and financing of the entities, providing recourse and/or liquidity support if necessary, and receiving fees for services provided under the shared services agreement through the development management agreement. Based on the Company’s qualitative analysis, including consideration of the related party nature of the entities involved, the Company is not required to consolidate Developer because power is shared 50/50 under the terms of the joint venture agreement. In addition, based on the Company’s qualitative analysis, the Company is not required to consolidate Holdings because the nature of the Company’s involvement with the activities of Holdings does not give it the power over decisions that most significantly impact Holdings’s economic performance.

The Company’s largest exposure to any single unconsolidated VIE is its responsibility to act under the completion guaranty whereby the Company is obligated to cover certain losses or additional capital calls required by Delray until the completion of the development of the project related to its ownership in Developer. Of this amount, the Company would be responsible for half with the other half being guaranteed by an affiliate of the other 50% owner of Developer. As of June 30, 2017, the value of this potential guarantee was determined to be nominal, as the probability of the Company’s requirement to act under the guarantee was determined to be remote. The Company did not hold any assets or liabilities in any of the unconsolidated VIEs as of June 30, 2017. The Company will continue to evaluate its relationships to these VIEs on an ongoing basis.

NOTE 3 — CONVERTIBLE NOTE RECEIVABLE

In May 2017, the Company invested $250,000 in a convertible note receivable with an unrelated party. The note accrues interest at 4.00% per annum and contains provisions wherein the principal plus accrued interest thereon may be converted into common stock of the borrower under certain conditions. The note matures in May 2019, if not previously converted.

NOTE 4 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment, net consists of the following:

    June 30,
2017
  December 31, 2016
Leasehold improvements   $ 136,150,787     $ 134,396,502  
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment     53,382,541       52,228,960  
Construction in progress (site development)     1,570,419       17,347,026  
Projection equipment and screens     12,749,682       12,683,938  
Computer hardware and software     6,882,691       6,280,670  
      210,736,120       222,937,096  
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization     (62,779,539 )     (58,497,951 )
                 
Total   $ 147,956,581     $ 164,439,145  

F-37

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 4 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (cont.)

During the six months ended June 30, 2017, the Company determined that the Scottsdale location had a significant decrease in revenue from the six months ended June 30, 2016. Accordingly, the Company evaluated the ongoing value of the Scottsdale location. Based on this evaluation, the Company determined that long-lived assets with a carrying value of $4.967 million were no longer recoverable and were in fact impaired and wrote them down to their estimated fair value of $1.636 million. Fair value was based on expected future cash flows using Level 3 inputs under ASC 820. The cash flows are those expected to be generated by market participants, discounted at the risk-free rate of interest. Because of lower marketplace demand, it is reasonably possible that the estimate of expected future cash flows may change in the near term resulting in the need to adjust our determination of fair value. The impairment loss of $3,332,000 is included in the unaudited consolidated statement of operations.

NOTE 5 — BORROWINGS

Notes Payable to Related Parties: Notes payable to related parties consist of the following:

      June 30,
2017
    December 31, 2016
5.00% VR iPic Finance, LLC notes   $ 16,124,947   $ 16,124,947
5.00% VR iPic Finance, LLC demand notes     14,736,903     14,945,000
10.50% Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. notes     15,000,000     15,000,000
5.00% Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. notes     1,071,429     1,071,429
5.00% iPic Holdings, LLC notes     547,065     547,065
5.00% Regal/Atom Holdings, LLC note     3,375,254    
Long-term portion   $ 50,855,598   $ 47,688,441

5.00% notes payable to VR iPic Finance, LLC, which is a joint venture between iPic Holdings, LLC and Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. — Principal and interest are only paid if iPic Holdings, LLC and Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. are due distributions as outlined in iPic-Gold Class’s Limited Liability Company Agreement (the “LLC Agreement”) and to the extent of the amount of such distributions. The notes have no stated maturity.

5.00% demand notes payable to VR iPic Finance, LLC. — Interest is payable monthly. The notes have no stated maturity. The lender has provided a letter to confirm that a demand for repayment will not occur prior to July 1, 2018.

10.50% notes payable to Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. — The notes accrue interest on the unpaid principal amount at 10.50% per annum, subject to minimum guaranteed interest of $3,000,000 over the life of the notes. Principal and interest are only paid if Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. is due a distribution as outlined in the LLC Agreement and to the extent of the amount of such distribution. The notes have no stated maturity.

5.00% note payable to Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. — Principal and interest are only paid if Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. is due a distribution as outlined in the LLC Agreement and to the extent of the amount of such distribution. The note has no stated maturity.

5.00% note payable to iPic Holdings, LLC — Principal and interest are only paid if iPic Holdings, LLC is due a distribution as outlined in the LLC Agreement, and to the extent of the amount of such distribution. The note has no stated maturity.

5.00% note payable to Regal/Atom Holdings, LLC. — Principal and interest are only paid if Regal/Atom Holdings, LLC is due a distribution as outlined in the LLC Agreement, and to the extent of the amount of such distribution. The note has no stated maturity.

F-38

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 5 — BORROWINGS (cont.)

In each case, the notes are subordinated to the non-revolving credit facility with the RSA. VR iPic Finance, LLC has agreed not to call the demand notes within a year of the consolidated balance sheet dates. Repayment of the remaining notes is within the Company’s control and it does not intend to repay the notes within a year of the consolidated balance sheet dates from current assets or by incurring current liabilities. Therefore, these notes have been classified as noncurrent liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Long-Term Debt — Related Party: The Company has a $225,828,169 non-revolving credit facility with the RSA. The terms of the facility provide that the Company can borrow under the facility for a ten-year period commencing September 30, 2010 in three tranches (hereinafter, “Tranche 1”, “Tranche 2”, and “Tranche 3”). Proceeds of the loans are used for eligible construction costs.

The Tranche 1 and Tranche 2 commitment amounts of $15,828,169 and $24,000,000 respectively, were fully borrowed against as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016. Of the Tranche 3 commitment amount of $186,000,000, $96,880,022 and $87,884,387 was borrowed against it as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

Proceeds of the RSA non-revolving credit facility may be used to fund up to 80% of eligible project costs. As a condition to any advance, the Company is required to provide funding for the applicable project costs in an amount equal to 25% of such advance, with the proceeds of either (x) contributions to the Company from its members (other than RSA) or (y) subordinated loans to the Company from its members (other than RSA). The remaining availability under the credit facility requires the Company to achieve certain operating targets in order for this to be available to be borrowed.

Accrued but unpaid interest is due and payable by the Company with respect to each individual project tranche on the first scheduled payment date (meaning each January 1 and July 1) following the earlier to occur of (1) the date which is six months following the opening of the individual cinema project funded by any proceeds from the facility, or (2) the date which is twenty-one months following the initial advance for the individual cinema project. The interest rate on Tranche 1 and Tranche 2 borrowings was initially 5.00% per annum, and increases by 50 basis points annually to the cap of 8.00% per annum. Consequently, the Company recognizes interest expense on the Tranche 1 and Tranche 2 borrowings using the effective interest method, which results in the use of a constant interest rate over the life of the debt. The effective interest rate on Tranche 1 and Tranche 2 borrowings is approximately 6.95% per annum. The cumulative difference between the interest computed using the stated interest rates (8.00% at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016) and the effective interest rate of 6.95% is $1,152,993 and $1,330,377 at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively, and is recorded in accrued interest - long-term in the accompanying unaudited consolidated balance sheets. The interest rate on Tranche 3 borrowings is fixed at 10.50% per annum.

The Company is not obligated to repay the outstanding principal on all three tranches until September 2020, except in years of excess cash flows, as determined in accordance with the loan agreement, over and above $5,000,000 of any budgeted improvements and new construction. Such excess shall be placed in a separate lender-controlled bank account. The funds from this account can only be used for purposes permitted by the loan agreement, including the repayment of principal on the loan. As of June 30, 2017, the Company did not have excess cash flows.

The security for the loan is a first mortgage lien and first priority security interest in the collateral, which is all assets of the Company.

Short-Term Financing: The Company periodically enters into short-term financing arrangements to finance the costs of its property and casualty insurance premiums. The loans are due in equal monthly installments of principal and interest, generally paid over a period of less than one year. Interest accrues on the unpaid principal at 3.63% per annum. At June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company’s obligation under premium financing arrangements was $165,825 and $1,326,599, respectively, and is included in accrued insurance in the accompanying unaudited consolidated balance sheets.

Interest: The majority of the interest expense is paid or payable to related parties.

F-39

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 6 — MEMBERS’ EQUITY

iPic-Gold Class is governed by the LLC Agreement. As a limited liability company, the members are not liable for the debts or obligations of iPic-Gold Class. Under the LLC Agreement, iPic-Gold Class will continue until it is dissolved by agreement of the members or upon the sale or liquidation of its assets. Upon the dissolution and after payment of the obligations of iPic-Gold Class, the remaining assets will be distributed among the members as set forth in the LLC Agreement. The LLC Agreement calls for the membership interests and profits to be allocated as follows.

 

 

June 30,
2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

IPic Holdings, LLC

 

37.3525

%

 

40.0000

%

Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc.

 

28.0143

%

 

30.0000

%

TRSA

 

18.7696

%

 

20.1000

%

ERSA

 

9.2447

%

 

9.9000

%

Regal/Atom Holdings, LLC.

 

6.6189

%

 

%

 

 

100.0000

%

 

100.0000

%

At the inception of iPic-Gold Class, the initial members agreed upon a total equity value of $30,000,000, based upon the relative contributions by the parties whereby iPic Holdings, LLC acquired 40% ownership in iPic-Gold Class, Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. acquired 30% ownership in iPic-Gold Class, and the RSA acquired 30% ownership in iPic-Gold Class. iPic Holdings, LLC contributed $1,000,000 in cash as well as an operating cinema in Glendale, Wisconsin and one site under development in Scottsdale, Arizona. Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. contributed $8,000,000 in cash, as well as six operating cinemas in Illinois, Washington, California and Texas. The RSA acquired its ownership in iPic-Gold Class by exchanging $15,000,000 of existing debt it carried with the previous owners for equity.

In April 2017, the Company admitted Regal/Atom Holdings, LLC. as a new member. In exchange for a 6.6189% membership interest in the Company, the new member contributed cash in the amount of $8,624,746.

Under the LLC Agreement, RSA has approval rights while they hold any interest in the Company acquired under the LLC Agreement over various actions of the Company, including approval of any indebtedness over $100,000 in the aggregate or in any single transaction other than refinancing of the Non-Revolving Credit Facility in full; entering into any transaction with the other members or affiliates; dissolving, liquidating or terminating the Company or any subsidiary; filing of proceedings of bankruptcy; making additional capital calls from members; entering into transactions with third parties with fees over $100,000 except for transactions in the ordinary course of business; paying directly or indirectly certain distributions; issuing any additional interest or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into or for interests in the Company or permitting a member to withdraw from the Company prior to termination; setting compensation in excess of $500,000 annually for any member of management; and selling, leasing, transferring or otherwise disposing of any of the Company’s assets other than in the ordinary course of business.

The LLC Agreement states that the Company will not make any distributions of available assets or Company assets until the Non-Revolving Credit Facility has been paid in full, except for specified allowable distributions and certain distributions requiring RSA’s approval.

NOTE 7 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases: At June 30, 2017, future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows.

2017 – 2018

 

$

13,844,660

2018 – 2019

 

 

17,044,296

2019 – 2020

 

 

20,725,408

2020 – 2021

 

 

21,524,280

2021 – 2022

 

 

22,133,176

Thereafter

 

 

272,212,201

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

367,484,021

F-40

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 7 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (cont.)

Certain operating leases require contingent rental payments based on a percentage of sales in excess of stipulated amounts. Rent expense during the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 was as follows.

 

 

 

June 30,
2017

 

 

 

June 30,
2016

Minimum rentals

 

$

7,129,524

 

 

$

5,713,092

Contingent rentals

 

 

(43,787

)

 

 

51,723

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

7,085,737

 

 

$

5,764,815

Rent for the operating locations is included in occupancy expense in the accompanying unaudited consolidated statements of operations. Rent for the corporate office is included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying unaudited consolidated statement of operations.

Litigation: The Company is exposed to litigation in the normal course of business. The Company believes, based upon the advice of inside legal counsel, that there are no proceedings, either threatened or pending, which could result in a material adverse effect on the results of operations or the financial position of the Company.

American with Disabilities Act: Our theaters must comply with Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (the “ADA”) to the extent that such properties are “public accommodations” and/or “commercial facilities” as defined by the ADA. Compliance with the ADA requires that public accommodations “reasonably accommodate” individuals with disabilities and that new construction or alterations made to “commercial facilities” conform to accessibility guidelines unless “structurally impracticable” for new construction or technically infeasible for alterations. Non-compliance with the ADA could result in the imposition of injunctive relief, fines, awards of damages to private litigants and additional capital expenditures to remedy such non-compliance. The Company believes that it is in substantial compliance with all current applicable regulations relating to accommodations for the disabled. The Company intends to comply with future regulations in this regard and except as set forth above, does not currently anticipate that compliance will require the Company to expend substantial funds.

NOTE 8 — INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes consists of the following:

For the six months ended,

 

 

June 30,
2017

 

 

June 30,
2016

Current – state and local

 

$

43,400

 

$

30,491

Deferred – state and local

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

43,400

 

$

30,491

A reconciliation of the statutory income tax rate to the effective tax rate is as follows:

For the six months ended,

 

June 30,
2017

 

 

June 30,
2016

 

Statutory rate

 

35.00

%

 

35.00

%

State and local income taxes

 

(0.23

%)

 

(0.22

%)

LLC flow-through structure

 

(35.00

%)

 

(35.00

%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

 

(0.23

%)

 

(0.22

%)

F-41

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 8 — INCOME TAXES (cont.)

The components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

 

 

June 30,
2017

 

 

 

December 31, 2016

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred rent

 

$

44,825

 

 

$

41,604

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

2,040

 

 

 

2,040

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

29,258

 

 

 

25,812

 

Net operating loss – states

 

 

259,093

 

 

 

232,693

 

Tenant improvement allowance

 

 

132,017

 

 

 

131,886

 

Other assets

 

 

1,290

 

 

 

1,359

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

468,523

 

 

 

435,394

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment

 

 

(153,410

)

 

 

(160,722

)

Prepaid expenses

 

 

(1,957

)

 

 

(5,693

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(155,367

)

 

 

(166,415

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax asset before valuation allowance

 

 

313,156

 

 

 

268,979

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(313,156

)

 

 

(268,979

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

 

$

 

 

$

 

We file U.S federal and state income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. As of June 30, 2017, the 2014 through 2016 tax years generally remain subject to examination by federal and most state tax authorities. The use of net operating losses generated in tax years prior to 2013 may also subject returns for those years to examination. The Company currently does not have any income tax audits in process.

As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company has state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $13.8 million and $12.9 million, respectively, expiring through the year 2029.

As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the carrying amount of the Company’s net assets was less than their tax basis by $15,685,927 and $10,527,944 respectively.

NOTE 9 — MANAGEMENT’S PLAN REGARDING FUTURE OPERATIONS

The Company incurred a net loss for the six months ended June 30, 2017 of $22,425,005. In addition, the Company had a members’ deficit of $106,559,519 and a working capital deficit of $11,326,187 at June 30, 2017.

The Company had cash and cash equivalents of $3,895,338 at June 30, 2017 and used approximately $13,300,000 in cash flows from operations for the six months ended June 30, 2017.

The Company’s ability to continue as a going-concern is dependent on its ability to generate sufficient cash from operations, which is subject to achieving its operating plans, and the continued availability of funding sources. The main source of funding in 2017 is expected to be the RSA non-revolving credit facility funding expansion into new locations and the funding from members.

Management considers the continued availability of the non-revolving credit facility to be a significant condition to meeting its payment obligations related to construction at new locations. As discussed in Note 5, proceeds of the RSA non-revolving credit facility may be used to fund up to 80% of eligible project costs. As a condition to any advance, the Company is required to provide funding for the applicable project costs in an amount equal to 25% of such advance,

F-42

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 9 — MANAGEMENT’S PLAN REGARDING FUTURE OPERATIONS (cont.)

with the proceeds of either (x) contributions to the Company from its members (other than RSA) or (y) subordinated loans to the Company from its members (other than RSA). Management believes that growth into new locations is critical to the Company’s ability to fund current growth.

Consequently, due to the continued operating losses, negative working capital and lack of access to additional funding through debt or equity infusions, management has determined that these matters raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Part of management’s plan to mitigate the conditions that give rise to the going concern is to raise additional funds in the second half of 2017 and the first quarter of 2018 through debt and equity funding, however, these plans are not in management’s control. Management also has goals to increase same store sales but these increases have yet to materialize. Therefore, these plans are not sufficient to mitigate the substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going-concern. No assurance can be given that any future financing will be available or, if available, that it will be on terms that are satisfactory to the Company. Even if the Company is able to obtain additional financing, it may contain undue restrictions on operations, in the case of debt financing or cause substantial dilution for our members, in the case of equity financing.

NOTE 10 — 401(k) PLAN

The Company has a 401(k) Plan (“Plan”) to provide retirement and incidental benefits for its employees who are 21 years of age and with one or more years of service. Employees may contribute a percentage of their annual compensation to the Plan, limited to a maximum annual amount as set periodically by the Internal Revenue Service. They may also make after-tax Roth deferrals to the Plan. Matching contributions are allowed under the Plan. There were no matching contributions made in either period.

NOTE 11 — ACCRUED EXPENSES

Components of accrued expenses are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

June 30,
2017

 

 

December 31, 2016

Accrued merchant fees

 

$

235,616

 

$

333,323

Accrued film rental

 

 

128,686

 

 

357,505

Accrued utilities

 

 

235,000

 

 

302,975

Accrued cost of revenue

 

 

376,551

 

 

205,749

Accrued expenses – other

 

 

545,289

 

 

1,401,189

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

1,521,142

 

$

2,600,741

NOTE 12 — UNAUDITED PRO FORMA INFORMATION

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in anticipation of a proposed initial public offering of 2,165,000 shares of iPic Entertainment Inc.’s Class A Common Stock. Following the initial public offering, iPic Entertainment Inc. will be the sole manager of iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC (“Holdings”), and Holdings will be the sole managing member of iPic-Gold Class. iPic Entertainment will, therefore, directly or indirectly control the business and affairs of, and conduct its day-to-day business through, the Company. iPic Entertainment Inc., indirectly through Holdings, will be subject to U.S. federal income taxes in addition to certain state and local taxes with respect to its allocable share of any net taxable income of the Company.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share: Unaudited pro forma basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to anticipated Class A Common Stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of Class A Common Stock expected to be issued in the proposed initial public offering, as if such shares were issued

F-43

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements
June 30, 2017 and 2016

NOTE 12 — UNAUDITED PRO FORMA INFORMATION (cont.)

and outstanding during the period. Unaudited pro forma diluted net loss per share is computed by adjusting the net loss available to anticipated Class A Common Stockholders and the weighted-average number of shares of anticipated Class A Common Stock outstanding to give effect to potentially dilutive securities. Shares of Class B Common Stock expected to be issued in the anticipated initial public offering will not participate in earnings of iPic Entertainment Inc. As a result, the anticipated shares of Class B Common Stock are not considered participating securities and are not included in the weighted-average shares outstanding for purposes of computing pro forma net loss per share. Anticipated Class B stockholders will have the option to exchange their membership interests in the Company for Class A Common Stock of iPic Entertainment Inc. maintaining a one-to-one ratio. Therefore, the equivalent number of Class A common shares could be issuable in exchange for the anticipated Class B stockholders’ membership interests of the Company. Such exchange is not expected to be dilutive and therefore, is excluded from the calculation of unaudited pro forma net loss per share.

Unaudited Pro Forma Income Tax Expense: Pro forma income tax expense provides for corporate income taxes at an estimated effective rate of (.19)%, which includes provision for U.S. federal income taxes, net of a valuation allowance of 100%, and assumes the highest statutory rates apportioned to each state and local jurisdiction.

NOTE 13 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Subsequent to June 30, 2017, the Company borrowed an additional $1,894,790 under Tranche 3 of the RSA non-revolving credit facility described in Note 5.

In November 2017, the Company admitted a new member that contributed cash in the amount of $4,000,000 in exchange for 220,629 membership units, or $18.13 per unit, which equated to a 2.1587% membership interest in the Company.

F-44

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART III OF FORM 1-A

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit No.

 

Exhibit Description

1.1*

 

Form of Selling Agency Agreement.

2.1**

 

Certificate of Incorporation (as currently in effect).

2.2*

 

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (to be effective upon the closing of this Offering).

2.3**

 

Bylaws (as currently in effect).

2.4*

 

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws (to be effective upon the closing of this Offering).

3.1*

 

Form of Selling Agents Warrant.

4.1*

 

Form of Subscription Agreement.

4.2*

 

Form of Subscription Agreement for BANQ subscribers.

6.1*

 

Form of Second Amended and Restated Master Loan and Security Agreement with The Teachers’ Retirement System of Alabama and The Employees’ Retirement System of Alabama.

6.2

 

[intentionally omitted].

6.3*

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement to be entered into between iPic Entertainment Inc. and its directors and executive officers, to be effective upon the closing of this offering.

6.4+**

 

Form of iPic Entertainment Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Agreement.

6.5+**

 

Form of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.

6.6+**

 

Form of Nonqualified Option Agreement under the iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.

6.7*

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement, to be effective upon the closing of this offering.

6.8*

 

Form of Amended and Restated LLC Agreement of iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC, to be effective upon the closing of this offering.

6.9*

 

Form of Membership Unit Purchase Agreement.

6.10*

 

Form of Expense Reimbursement Agreement.

6.11**

 

Office Lease, dated May 16, 2017, by and among Delray Beach 4th & 5th Avenue, LLC and iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC.

6.12**

 

Subscription Agreement, dated April 21, 2017, by and among iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC and Regal/Atom Holdings, LLC.

6.13**

 

Subscription Agreement, dated November 21, 2017, by and among iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC and PVR Limited.

6.14+*

 

Employment Agreement, dated September 30, 2010, by and among iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC and Hamid Hashemi.

6.15+*

 

Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated May 5, 2016, by and among iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC and Hamid Hashemi.

8.1*

 

Form of Closing Escrow Agreement with Wilmington Trust, N.A.

10.1**

 

Power of attorney.

11.1*

 

Consent of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP (included in Exhibit 12.1).

11.2*

 

Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP.

11.3*

 

Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP.

11.4**

 

Consent of Ajay Bijli, Director Nominee.

11.5**

 

Consent of Dana Messina, Director Nominee.

11.6*

 

Consent of Eastern Consolidated Properties, Inc.

12.1*

 

Opinion of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP.

13.1*

 

“Testing the waters” materials.

____________

*         Filed herewith

**       Previously filed

+        Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

III-1

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Regulation A, the issuer certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 1-A and has duly caused this Offering Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Boca Raton, Florida, on January 10, 2018.

 

 

iPic Entertainment Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Hamid Hashemi

 

 

 

 

Hamid Hashemi

 

 

 

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board

This offering statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Hamid Hashemi

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

 

January 10, 2018

Hamid Hashemi

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Paul Westra

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

January 10, 2018

Paul Westra

 

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Director

 

January 10, 2018

Robert Kirby

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Director

 

January 10, 2018

George M. Philip

 

 

 

 

* By: /s/ Paul Westra

Paul Westra

Attorney-in-fact

III-2

Exhibit 1.1

 

iPic Entertainment Inc.

 

Maximum: 2,165,000 Shares of Common Stock

$0.0001 par value per share

 

FORM OF SELLING AGENCY AGREEMENT

 

[ ], 2018

 

Tripoint Global Equities, LLC

1450 Broadway, 26th Floor

New York, New York 10018

 

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

888 San Clemente Dr.

Newport Beach, California 92660

 

Telsey Advisory Group, LLC

555 5th Ave, 7th Floor

New York, New York 10017

 

Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

iPic Entertainment Inc. a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Selling Agency Agreement (this “Agreement”), to issue and sell, on a best efforts basis up to a maximum of 2,165,000 shares Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Company (the “Class A Common Stock”) to investors (individually, an “Investor,” and collectively, the “Investors”) in an initial public offering (the “Offering”) pursuant to Regulation A through Tripoint Global Equities, LLC and its online division, Banq®, as Lead Selling Agent; Roth Capital Partners, LLC (the “Institutional Placement Book-Running Agent”); and Telsey Advisory Group, LLC (the “Co-Manager”) (collectively, the “Selling Agents”),acting on a best efforts basis only, in connection with such sales. The aforesaid shares of Class A Common Stock to be sold in this offering are referred to herein as the “Shares.” The Shares are more fully described in the Offering Statement (as hereinafter defined).

 

The Company hereby confirms its agreement with the Selling Agents concerning the purchase and sale of the Shares, as follows:

 

1. Agreement to Act on a Best Efforts Basis. On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements of the Company herein contained and subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Selling Agents agree to act on a best efforts basis only, in connection with the issuance and sale by the Company of the Shares to the Investors. Under no circumstances will the Selling Agents be obligated to underwrite or purchase any of the Shares for their own accounts or otherwise provide any financing. The Selling Agent shall have no authority to bind the Company with respect to any prospective offer to purchase Shares and the Company shall have the sole right to accept offers to purchase Shares and may reject any such offer, in whole or in part. The Company will pay to the Selling Agents a fee equal to seven and one quarter percent (7.25%) (the “Fee”) of the gross offering proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the Shares, which shall be allocated by the Lead Selling Agent to Dealers (as hereinafter defined) participating in the offering, in its sole discretion; provided, however, that the Fee shall be reduced to two percent (2%) for any proceeds received from sales/orders placed through Banq® by investors the Company directly introduces to Tripoint or from existing security holders of the Company, in either case as designated by the Company and who purchase in excess of $500,000 worth of Shares, as set forth on the cover page of the Final Offering Circular (as hereinafter defined).

 

The Selling Agents shall have the right to enter into selected dealer agreements with other broker-dealers participating in the Offering (each dealer being referred to herein as a “Dealer” and said dealers being collectively referred to herein as the “Dealers”).  The Fee shall be re-allowable, in whole or in part, to the Dealers.  The Company will not be liable or responsible to any Dealer for direct payment of compensation to any Dealer, it being the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Selling Agents for payment of compensation to Dealers.

 

  1  

 

 

2. Delivery and Payment.

 

(a) On or after the date of this Agreement, the Company, the Lead Selling Agent, as representative of the Selling Agents, and Wilmington Trust (the “Escrow Agent”) will enter into an Escrow Agreement substantially in the form included as an exhibit to the Offering Statement (the “Escrow Agreement”), pursuant to which escrow accounts will be established, at the Company’s expense, for the benefit of those Investors who do not choose to invest through the Banq® online platform (the “Escrow Accounts”).

 

(b) Prior to the initial Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) of the Offering and any subsequent Closing Date, (i) each Investor will execute and deliver a Purchaser Questionnaire and Subscription Agreement (each, an “Investor Subscription Agreement”) to the Company and the Company will make available to the Selling Agents and the Escrow Agent copies of each such Investor Subscription Agreement; (ii) each Investor will transfer to the Escrow Account funds in an amount equal to the price per Share as shown on the cover page of the Final Offering Circular (as hereinafter defined) multiplied by the number of Shares subscribed by such Investor; (iii) subscription funds received from any Investor will be promptly transmitted to the appropriate Escrow Accounts in compliance with Rule 15c2-4 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and (iv) the Escrow Agent will notify the Company and the Selling Agents in writing as to the balance of the collected funds in the Escrow Accounts.

 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing Section 2(b), Investors that maintain an account with Banq®, a division of the Lead Selling Agent, may participate in the Offering without depositing funds with the Escrow Agent, provided such Investors maintain sufficient funds in their account with Banq®. Investors who wish to participate in the Offering through their account with Banq® will be asked to confirm their respective investment immediately prior to each Closing, at which time each Investor will be required to have funds in its account sufficient to fund the purchase of any Shares for which it subscribes in the Offering. At each Closing, any amounts subscribed for will be removed from such Investor’s account and sent immediately to the account of the Company less any Fees due to the Selling Agents. Such funds maintained in Banq® accounts will not be held in a separate Escrow Account or otherwise segregated.

 

(d) If the Escrow Agent shall have received written notice from the Company and the Selling Agents on or before 4:00 p.m., New York City time, on [ ], 2018, or at such other time(s) on such other date(s), not more than thirty (30) days thereafter, as may be agreed upon by the Company and the Selling Agents (each such date, a “Closing Date”), the Escrow Agent will release the balance of the Escrow Accounts for collection by the Company and the Selling Agents as provided in the Escrow Agreement and the Company shall deliver the Shares purchased on such Closing Date to the Investors, which delivery may be made through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or via book entry with the Company’s securities registrar and transfer agent, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (the “Transfer Agent”). The initial closing (the “Closing”) and any subsequent closing (each, a “Subsequent Closing” and together with the Closing, the “Closings”) shall take place at the office of one of the Selling Agents or such other location as the Selling Agents and the Company shall mutually agree. All actions taken at the Closing shall be deemed to have occurred simultaneously on the date of the Closing and all actions taken at any Subsequent Closing shall be deemed to have occurred simultaneously on the date of any such Subsequent Closing.

 

(e) If the Company and the Selling Agents determine that the offering will not proceed, the Company will so notify the Selling Agent in writing within two (2) business days of such determination, and then the Escrow Agent will promptly return the funds to the Investors without interest.

 

(f)  On each Closing Date, the Company will issue to the Selling Agents (and/or its designee) warrants to purchase that number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to 2.2% of the shares issued and sold by the Company on such Closing Date (adjusted upward to the nearest whole share) (the “Selling Agents’ Warrants”). The Selling Agents’ Warrants shall be in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto. The Selling Agents’ Warrants shall have an exercise price per share equal to one hundred and twenty-five percent (125%) of the price per Share as shown on the cover page of the Final Offering Circular (as defined below). The Selling Agents’ Warrants will be exercisable for a term of three and one-half years beginning on the Qualification Date (as defined below).

 

  2  

 

 

The Selling Agents understand and agree that there are significant restrictions pursuant to Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) Rule 5110 against transferring the Selling Agents’ Warrants and the underlying shares of Class A Common Stock during the one hundred eighty (180) days after the Qualification Date and by its acceptance hereof agrees that it will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate the Selling Agents’ Warrants, or any portion thereof, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of such securities for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the Qualification Date to anyone other than (i) one of the Selling Agents or Dealers in connection with the offering contemplated hereby or (ii) a bona fide officer or partner of any Selling Agent or Dealer; and in either case only if any such transferee agrees to the foregoing lock-up restrictions.

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement, the Company and the Selling Agents hereby agree that the Selling Agents’ Warrants shall not be exercisable until 366 days after the Qualification Date.

 

 3. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants and covenants to the Selling Agents that:

 

(a) The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) an offering statement on Form 1-A (File No. 024-10773) (collectively, with the various parts of such offering statement, each as amended as of the first date when the Commission declares the Offering Statement relating to the Offering qualified for such part, including any Offering Circular (as defined below) and all exhibits to such offering statement, the “Offering Statement”) relating to the Shares pursuant to Regulation A as promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and the other applicable rules, orders and regulations (collectively referred to as the “Rules and Regulations”) of the Commission promulgated under the Act.  As used in this Agreement:

 

(1) “Applicable Time” means [ ] (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement;

 

(2) “Final Offering Circular” means the final offering circular relating to the public offering of the Shares as filed with the Commission pursuant to Regulation A of the Rules and Regulations;

 

(3) “Preliminary Offering Circular” means any preliminary offering circular relating to the Shares included in the Offering Statement pursuant to Regulation A of the Rules and Regulations;

 

(4) “Pricing Disclosure Materials” means the most recent Preliminary Offering Circular and the materials identified in Schedule 1 hereto;

 

(5) “Qualification Date” means the date that the Commission, pursuant to Regulation A, the Act, and the Rules and Regulations, declares the Offering Statement relating to the Offering qualified and, unless the context indicates otherwise, shall refer to the latest date on which the Commission declared the Offering Statement qualified;

 

(6) “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communications with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Rule 255 of the Rules and Regulations; and

 

(7) “Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 of the Rules and Regulations.

 

(b) The Offering Statement has been filed with the Commission in accordance with the Act and Regulation A of the Rules and Regulations; no stop order of the Commission preventing or suspending the qualification or use of the Offering Statement, or any amendment thereto, has been issued, and no proceedings for such purpose have been instituted or, to the Company’s, knowledge, are contemplated by the Commission.

 

  3  

 

 

(c) The Offering Statement, at the time it became qualified, as of the date hereof, and as of each Closing Date, conformed and will conform in all material respects to the requirements of Regulation A, the Act and the Rules and Regulations.

 

(d) The Offering Statement, at the time it became qualified, as of the date hereof, and as of each Closing Date, did not and will not, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

 

(e) The Preliminary Offering Circular did not, as of its date, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to the statements contained in the Preliminary Offering Circular as provided by the Selling Agents in Section 8(ii).

 

(f) The Final Offering Circular will not, as of its date and on each Closing Date, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to the statements contained in the Final Offering Circular as provided by the Selling Agents in Section 8(ii).

 

(g)   the Pricing Disclosure Materials and each Testing-the-Waters Communication, when considered together, did not, as of the Applicable Time, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, provided, however, that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to the statements contained in the Preliminary Offering Circular as provided by the Selling Agents in Section 8(ii).

 

(h) The Company is, and will as of each Closing Date, be duly organized and validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has full power and authority to conduct all the activities conducted by it, to own and lease all the assets owned and leased by it and to conduct its business as presently conducted and as described in the Offering Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Materials and the Final Offering Circular. The Company is duly licensed or qualified to do business and in good standing as a foreign organization in all jurisdictions in which the nature of its business or the character of the assets owned or leased by it makes such licensing or qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing or have such power or authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, prospects, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, or results of operations of the Company (a “Material Adverse Effect”). Complete and correct copies of the certificate of incorporation and of the bylaws of the Company and all amendments thereto as of the date hereof have been made available to the Selling Agent.

 

(i) The Company has no subsidiaries, nor does it own a controlling interest in any entity other than those entities set forth on Schedule 2 to this Agreement (each a “Subsidiary” and collectively the “Subsidiaries”). Each Subsidiary has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization. Each Subsidiary is duly qualified and in good standing as a foreign organization in each jurisdiction in which the character or location of its properties (owned, leased or licensed) or the nature or conduct of its business makes such qualification necessary, except for those failures to be so qualified or in good standing which would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth on Schedule 2 to this Agreement, all of the shares of issued capital stock of each corporate subsidiary, and all of the share capital, membership interests and/or equity interests of each subsidiary that is not a corporation, have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of any lien, encumbrance, claim, security interest, restriction on transfer, shareholders’ agreement, proxy, voting trust or other defect of title whatsoever.

 

(j) The Company is organized in, and its principal place of business is in, the United States.

 

  4  

 

 

(k) The Company is not subject to the ongoing reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and has not been subject to an order by the Commission denying, suspending, or revoking the registration of any class of securities pursuant to Section 12(j) of the Exchange Act that was entered within five years preceding the date the Offering Statement was originally filed with the Commission.  The Company is not, and has not been at any time during the two-year period preceding the date the Offering Statement was originally filed with the Commission, required to file with the Commission the ongoing reports required by the rules under Regulation A.

 

(l) The Company is not, nor upon completion of the transactions contemplated herein will it be, an “investment company” or an “affiliated person” of, or “promoter” or “principal underwriter” for, an “investment company,” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). The Company is not a development stage company or a “business development company” as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act.  The Company is not a blank check company and is not an issuer of fractional undivided interests in oil or gas rights or similar interests in other mineral rights.  The Company is not an issuer of asset-backed securities as defined in Item 1101(c) of Regulation AB.

 

(m) Neither the Company, nor any predecessor of the Company; nor any other issuer affiliated with the Company; nor any director or executive officer of the Company or other officer of the Company participating in the offering, nor any beneficial owner of 20% or more of the Company’s outstanding voting equity securities, nor any promoter connected with the Company, is subject to the disqualification provisions of Rule 262 of the Rules and Regulations, except for a disqualification event as to which Rule 262(b)(2)-(4) or (c) is applicable.

 

(n) The Company is not a “foreign private issuer,” as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Act.

 

(o) The Company has full legal right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement and perform the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. This Agreement and the Escrow Agreement have each been authorized and validly executed and delivered by the Company and are each a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, (A) subject to the effect of applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and equitable principles of general applicability, and (B) provided, however, that the foregoing representation regarding enforceability does not apply to any provisions contained herein relating to indemnification or contribution.

 

(p) The issuance and sale of the Shares have been duly authorized by the Company, and, when issued and paid for in accordance with this Agreement, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and will not be subject to preemptive or similar rights. The Shares, when issued, will conform to the description thereof set forth in the Final Offering Circular in all material respects.

 

(q) The Company has not authorized anyone other than the management of the Company and the Selling Agents to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Selling Agents have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Schedule 3 hereto.

 

(r) The financial statements and the related notes included in the Offering Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Materials and the Final Offering Circular present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and the statements of operations and cash flows at the dates and for the periods covered thereby in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), except as may be stated in the related notes thereto. No other financial statements or schedules of the Company, any Subsidiary or any other entity are required by the Act or the Rules and Regulations to be included in the Offering Statement or the Final Offering Circular. There are no off-balance sheet arrangements (as defined in Regulation S-K Item 303(a)(4)(ii)) that may have a material current or future effect on the Company’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources. The financial statements of the Company and the related notes and schedules included in the Offering Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Materials and the Final Offering Circular comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations and present fairly the information shown therein.

 

  5  

 

 

(s) Crowe Horwath, LLP (the “Accountants”), who have reported on the financial statements and schedules described in Section 3(r), are registered independent public accountants with respect to the Company as required by the Act, the Rules and Regulations, and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board.

 

(t) Since the date of the most recent financial statements of the Company included or incorporated by reference in the Offering Statement and the most recent Preliminary Offering Circular, other than as described in the Final Offering Circular (A) there has not been any material change in the capital stock of the Company or long-term debt of the Company or any Subsidiary, or any material adverse change, or any development that would reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change, in or affecting the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (a “Material Adverse Change”), (B) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, set aside for payment, paid or made by the Company on any class of capital stock or equity interests and (C) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has sustained any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor disturbance or dispute or any action, order or decree of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except in each case as otherwise disclosed in the Offering Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Materials and the Final Offering Circular.

 

(u) Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the most recent Preliminary Offering Circular, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has (i) entered into any transaction or agreement, not in the ordinary course of business, that is material to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, or (ii) incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, not in the ordinary course of business, that is material to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

(v) The Company and each Subsidiary has good and valid title to leasehold in the real property described in the Offering Statement or the Final Offering Circular as being leased by it and title to all personal property described in the Offering Statement or the Final Offering Circular as being owned by it, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances or restrictions, except as described in the Offering Statement or the Final Offering Circular or to the extent that failure to have such title or the existence of such liens, encumbrances or restrictions would not reasonably be expected to (1) materially interfere with the use made of such property by the Company and its Subsidiaries or (2) individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(w) There are no legal, governmental or regulatory actions, suits or proceedings pending, either domestic or foreign, to which the Company is a party or to which any property of the Company is the subject, nor are there, to the Company’s knowledge, any threatened legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, either domestic or foreign, involving the Company or any property of the Company that, individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the Company, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or materially and adversely affect the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

(x) The Company and each Subsidiary has (1) all governmental licenses, permits, consents, orders, approvals and other authorizations necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted except where the failure to have such governmental licenses, permits, consents, orders, approvals and other authorizations would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (2) performed all its obligations required to be performed, and is not in default, under any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, voting trust agreement, loan agreement, bond, debenture, note agreement, lease, contract or other agreement or instrument (collectively, a “contract or other agreement”) to which it is a party or by which its property is bound or affected except where the failure to do so would not reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and its Subsidiaries are not in violation of any provision of their respective organizational or governing documents, except where such violation would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(y) The Company has obtained all authorizations, approvals, consents, licenses, orders, registrations, exemptions, qualifications or decrees of, any court or governmental authority or agency or any sub-division thereof that is required for the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Shares under this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as may be required under federal, state, local and foreign laws, the Act or the Rules and Regulations, state securities or Blue Sky laws, the rules and regulations of FINRA or the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC .

 

  6  

 

 

(z) There is no actual or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, enforcement action or investigation by any governmental authority that has jurisdiction over the Company, and the Company has received no notice of any pending or threatened claim or investigation against the Company that would provide a legal basis for any enforcement action, and the Company has no reason to believe that any governmental authority is considering such action.

 

(aa) Neither the execution of this Agreement, nor the issuance, offering or sale of the Shares, nor the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated herein, nor the compliance by the Company with the terms and provisions hereof or thereof will conflict with, or will result in a breach of, any of the terms and provisions of, or has constituted or will constitute a default under, or has resulted in or will result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of any contract or other agreement to which the Company or any Subsidiary may be bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary is subject, except such conflicts, breaches or defaults as may have been waived or would not, in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; nor will such action result in any violation, except such violations that would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, of (1) the provisions of the organizational or governing documents of the Company or any Subsidiary, or (2) any statute or any order, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or any Subsidiary or of any court or of any federal, state or other regulatory authority or other government body having jurisdiction over the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

(bb) There is no document or contract of a character required to be described in the Offering Statement or the Final Offering Circular or to be filed as an exhibit to the Offering Statement which is not described or filed as required in all material respects. With respect to the documents or contracts that are filed as an exhibit to the Offering Stastement, all such contracts to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party have been authorized, executed and delivered by the Company or any Subsidiary, and constitute valid and binding agreements of the Company or any Subsidiary, and are enforceable against the Company or the Subsidiary, as the case may be, in accordance with the terms thereof, (A) subject to the effect of applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and equitable principles of general applicability, and (B) provided, however, that the foregoing representation regarding enforceability does not apply to any provisions contained in such agreements relating to indemnification or contribution.

 

(cc) Neither the Company, nor to the Company’s knowledge, its directors, officers or controlling persons have taken, directly or indirectly, any action intended, or which might reasonably be expected, to cause or result, under the Act or otherwise, in, or which has constituted, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Company’s Class A Common Stock.

 

(dd) Other than as previously disclosed to the Selling Agents, the Company, or, to the Company’s knowledge, any person acting on behalf of the Company, has not and, except in consultation with the Selling Agents, will not publish, advertise or otherwise make any announcements concerning the distribution of the Shares, and has not and, except in consultation with the Selling Agent, will not conduct road shows, seminars or similar activities relating to the distribution of the Shares nor has it taken or will it take any other action for the purpose of, or that could reasonably be expected to have the effect of, preparing the market, or creating demand, for the Shares.

 

(ee) No holder of securities of the Company has rights to the registration of any securities of the Company as a result of the filing of the Offering Statement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for such rights as have been waived or as are described in the Offering Statement.

 

 

(ff) No labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any Subsidiary exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is threatened, and the Company is not aware of any existing or threatened labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or any Subsidiary’s principal suppliers, manufacturers, customers or contractors, which, in either case, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  7  

 

 

(gg) The Company and each of its subsidiaries: (i) are and have been in material compliance with all laws, to the extent applicable, and the regulations promulgated pursuant to such laws, and comparable state laws, and all other local, state, federal, national, supranational and foreign laws, manual provisions, policies and administrative guidance relating to the regulation of the Company and its subsidiaries except for such non-compliance as would not be reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) have not received written notice of any ongoing claim, action, suit, proceeding, hearing, enforcement, investigation, arbitration or other action from any governmental body, regulatory body, administrative agency or other authority, body or agency (each a “Governmental Authority”) alleging that any product operation or activity is in material violation of any laws and has no knowledge that any such Governmental Authority is considering any such claim, litigation, arbitration, action, suit, investigation or proceeding; and (iii) are not a party to any material corporate integrity agreement, deferred prosecution agreement, monitoring agreement, consent decree, settlement order, or similar agreements, or has any reporting obligations pursuant to any such agreement, plan or correction or other remedial measure entered into with any Governmental Authority.

 

(hh) The business and operations of the Company, and each of its Subsidiaries, have been and are being conducted in compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, licenses, permits, approvals, plans, authorizations or requirements relating to occupational safety and health, or pollution, or protection of health or the environment (including, without limitation, those relating to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of pollutants, contaminants or hazardous or toxic substances, materials or wastes into ambient air, surface water, groundwater or land, or relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of chemical substances, pollutants, contaminants or hazardous or toxic substances, materials or wastes, whether solid, gaseous or liquid in nature) of any governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality of the United States, any state or political subdivision thereof, or any foreign jurisdiction (“Environmental Laws”), and all applicable judicial or administrative agency or regulatory decrees, awards, judgments and orders relating thereto, except where the failure to be in such compliance would not be reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice from any governmental instrumentality or any third party alleging any material violation thereof or liability thereunder (including, without limitation, liability for costs of investigating or remediating sites containing hazardous substances and/or damages to natural resources), except for any notice that would not be reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(ii) There has been no storage, generation, transportation, use, handling, treatment, Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials (as defined below) by or caused by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or, to the knowledge of the Company, any other entity (including any predecessor) for whose acts or omissions the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is or could reasonably be expected to be liable) at, on, under or from any property or facility now or previously owned, operated or leased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or at, on, under or from any other property or facility, in violation of any Environmental Laws or in a manner or amount or to a location that could reasonably be expected to result in any liability under any Environmental Law, except for any violation or liability which would not be reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. “Hazardous Materials” means any material, chemical, substance, waste, pollutant, contaminant, compound, mixture, or constituent thereof, in any form or amount, including petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) and petroleum products, natural gas liquids, asbestos and asbestos containing materials, naturally occurring radioactive materials, brine, and drilling mud, regulated or which can give rise to liability under any Environmental Law. “Release” means any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, dispersing, or migrating in, into or through the environment, or in, into from or through any building or structure.

 

(jj) The Company and its Subsidiaries own, possess, license or have other adequate rights to use all material patents, patent applications, trade and service marks, trade and service mark registrations, trade names, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets, technology, know-how and other intellectual property necessary for the conduct of the Company’s and each of its Subsidiary’s business as now conducted (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”), except to the extent such failure to own, possess or have other rights to use such Intellectual Property would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth in the Final Offering Circular: (1) no third party has been granted an exclusive license to use any material portion of such Intellectual Property owned by the Company or its Subsidiaries; (2) to the knowledge of the Company, there is no material infringement by third parties of any such Intellectual Property owned by or exclusively licensed to the Company or its Subsidiaries; and (3) there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ rights in or to any Intellectual Property, and the Company and its Subsidiaries are unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim, other than as would be reasonably expected in the ordinary course of the Company’s prosecution of such Intellectual Property.

 

  8  

 

 

(kk) Except as would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and each Subsidiary (1) has timely filed all federal, state, provincial, local and foreign tax returns that are required to be filed by such entity through the date hereof, which returns are true and correct, or has received timely extensions for the filing thereof, and (2) has paid all taxes, assessments, penalties, interest, fees and other charges due or claimed to be due from the Company, other than (A) any such amounts being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP or (B) any such amounts currently payable without penalty or interest. There are no tax audits or investigations pending, which if adversely determined could have a Material Adverse Effect; nor to the knowledge of the Company is there any proposed additional tax assessments against the Company or any Subsidiary which could have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. No transaction, stamp, capital or other issuance, registration, transaction, transfer or withholding tax or duty is payable by or on behalf of the Selling Agents to any foreign government outside the United States or any political subdivision thereof or any authority or agency thereof or therein having the power to tax in connection with (i) the issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares by the Company; (ii) the purchase from the Company, and the initial sale and delivery of the Shares to purchasers thereof; or (iii) the execution and delivery of this Agreement or any other document to be furnished hereunder.

 

(ll) On each Closing Date, all stock transfer or other taxes (other than income taxes) which are required to be paid in connection with the sale and transfer of the Shares to be issued and sold on such Closing Date will be, or will have been, fully paid or provided for by the Company and all laws imposing such taxes will be or will have been fully complied with.

 

(mm) The Company and its Subsidiaries are insured with insurers which the Company reasonably believes have appropriately rated claims paying abilities against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary for the businesses in which they are engaged, and all such insurance is in full force and effect in all material respects. There are no claims by the Company or its Subsidiaries under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has been denied any material insurance coverage which it has sought or which it has applied for; and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires, or to obtain comparable coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that is not materially greater than the current cost. The Company has obtained directors and officers insurance.

   

(nn) Neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent or employee of either the Company or any Subsidiary has directly or indirectly, (1) made any unlawful contribution to any federal, state, local and foreign candidate for public office, or failed to disclose fully any contribution in violation of law, (2) made any unlawful payment to any federal, state, local and foreign governmental officer or official, or other person charged with similar public or quasi-public duties, other than payments required or permitted by the laws of the United States or any jurisdiction thereof, (3) violated or is in violation of any provisions of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, or (4) made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment.

 

(oo) The operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance in all material respects with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no material action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

  9  

 

 

(pp) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent or employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions (the “Sanctions Regulations”) administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”); and the Company has no plans to directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC or listed on the OFAC Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List. Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent or employee of the Company, is named on any denied party or entity list administered by the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U.S. Department of Commerce pursuant to the Export Administration Regulations (“EAR”); and the Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any Sanctions Regulations or to support activities in or with countries sanctioned by said authorities, to the extent in violation of any Sanctions Regulations, or for engaging in transactions that violate the EAR.

 

(qq) The Company has not distributed and, prior to the later to occur of the last Closing Date and completion of the distribution of the Shares, will not distribute any offering materials in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares other than the Preliminary Offering Circular, the Pricing Disclosure Materials, the Final Offering Circular and any other materials permitted by the Act, including any Testing-the-Waters Communications under Regulation A, or such other materials as to which the Selling Agents shall have consented in writing.

 

(rr) Each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and all stock purchase, stock option, stock-based severance, employment, change-in-control, medical, disability, fringe benefit, bonus, incentive, deferred compensation, employee loan and all other employee benefit plans, agreements, programs, policies or other arrangements, whether or not subject to ERISA (collectively, the “Plans”), that is maintained, administered or contributed to by the Company or any of its affiliates for employees or former employees, directors or independent contractors of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or under which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has had or has any present or future obligation or liability, has been maintained in material compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to ERISA and the Code; no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred which would result in a material liability to the Company with respect to any such plan excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption; no event has occurred with respect to any Plan (including a “reportable event” as such term is defined in Section 4043 of ERISA) and no condition exists that would subject the Company to any material tax, fine, lien, penalty, or liability imposed by ERISA, the Code or other applicable law; and for each such Plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, no “accumulated funding deficiency” as defined in Section 412 of the Code has been incurred, whether or not waived, and the fair market value of the assets of each such Plan (excluding for these purposes accrued but unpaid contributions) exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such plan determined using reasonable actuarial assumptions.

   

(ss) No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company or any Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the directors, officers, stockholders, customers or suppliers of the Company or any Subsidiary, on the other, which would be required to be disclosed in the Offering Statement, the Preliminary Offering Circular and the Final Offering Circular and is not so disclosed in all material respects.

 

(tt) The Company has not sold or issued any securities that would, to its knowledge, be integrated with the offering of the Shares contemplated by this Agreement pursuant to the Act, the Rules and Regulations or the interpretations thereof by the Commission or that would fail to come within the safe harbor for integration under Regulation A.

 

(uu) The Shares have been conditionally approved and at the Closing will have been approved for listing on the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, under the symbol “IPIC.”

 

  10  

 

 

(vv) Except as set forth in this Agreement, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or the Selling Agents for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with the offering of the Shares.

 

(ww) To the knowledge of the Company, there are no affiliations with FINRA among the Company’s directors, officers or any five percent or greater stockholder of the Company or any beneficial owner of the Company’s unregistered equity securities that were acquired during the 180-day period immediately preceding the initial filing date of the Offering Statement.

 

(xx) There are no outstanding loans, advances (except normal advances for business expenses in the ordinary course of business) or guarantees of indebtedness by the Company to or for the benefit of any of the executive officers or directors of the Company or any of their respective family members. The Company has not directly or indirectly, including through its Subsidiaries, extended or maintained credit, arranged for the extension of credit, or renewed any extension of credit, in the form of a personal loan to or for any director or executive officer of the Company or any of their respective related interests, other than any extensions of credit that ceased to be outstanding prior to the initial filing of the Offering Statement.

 

(yy) No transaction has occurred between or among the Company and any of its officers or directors, stockholders, customers, suppliers or any affiliate or affiliates of the foregoing that is required to be described in or filed as an exhibit to the Offering Statement, the Preliminary Offering Circular, the Pricing Disclosure Materials or the Final Offering Circular and is not so described.

 

(zz) The Selling Agents’ Warrants have been duly authorized for issuance. The Company has reserved a sufficient number of shares of its Class A Common Stock for issuance upon exercise of the Selling Agents’ Warrants and, when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of the Selling Agents’ Warrants, such shares of Class A Common Stock will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (such shares of Class A Common Stock, together with the Selling Agents’ Warrants, the “Selling Agents’ Securities”). The issuance of the Class A Common Stock pursuant to the Selling Agents’ Warrants will not be subject to any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other similar rights to subscribe for or purchase securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

4. Agreements of the Company.

 

(a) The Offering Statement has become qualified, and the Company will file the Final Offering Circular within the prescribed time period and will provide a copy of such filing to the Selling Agents promptly following such filing.

 

(b) The Company will not, during such period as the Final Offering Circular would be required by law to be delivered in connection with sales of the Shares by an underwriter or dealer in connection with the offering contemplated by this Agreement (whether physically or through compliance with Rules 251 and 254 under the Act or any similar rule(s)), file any amendment or supplement to the Offering Statement or the Final Offering Circular unless a copy thereof shall first have been submitted to the Selling Agents within a reasonable period of time prior to the filing thereof and the Selling Agents shall have consented thereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(c) The Company will notify the Selling Agents promptly, and will, if requested, confirm such notification in writing: (1) when any amendment to the Offering Statement is filed; (2) of any request by the Commission for any amendments to the Offering Statement or any amendment or supplements to the Final Offering Circular or for additional information; (3) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order preventing or suspending the qualification of the Offering Statement or the Final Offering Circular, or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose or the threat thereof; (4) of becoming aware of the occurrence of any event that in the judgment of the Company makes any statement made in the Offering Statement, the Preliminary Offering Circular, the Pricing Disclosure Materials or the Final Offering Circular untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in the Offering Statement, the Preliminary Offering Circular, the Pricing Disclosure Materials or the Final Offering Circular in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading; and (5) of receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to any suspension of the qualification or exemption from registration of the Shares for offer and sale in any jurisdiction. If at any time the Commission shall issue any order suspending the qualification of the Offering Statement in connection with the offering contemplated hereby or in connection with sales of Class A Common Stock pursuant to market making activities by the Selling Agents, the Company will make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal of any such order at the earliest possible moment. If the Company has omitted any material information from the Offering Statement, it will use its best efforts to comply with the provisions of and make all requisite filings with the Commission pursuant to Regulation A, the Act and the Rules and Regulations and to notify the Selling Agents promptly of all such filings.

 

  11  

 

 

(d) If, at any time when the Final Offering Circular relating to the Shares is required to be delivered under the Act, the Company becomes aware of the occurrence of any event as a result of which the Final Offering Circular, as then amended or supplemented, would, in the reasonable judgment of counsel to the Company or counsel to the Selling Agents, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or the Offering Statement, as then amended or supplemented, would, in the reasonable judgment of counsel to the Company or counsel to the Selling Agents, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or if for any other reason it is necessary, in the reasonable judgment of counsel to the Company or counsel to the Selling Agents, at any time to amend or supplement the Final Offering Circular or the Offering Statement to comply with the Act or the Rules and Regulations, the Company will promptly notify the Selling Agents and will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, at the Company’s expense, an amendment to the Offering Statement and/or an amendment or supplement to the Final Offering Circular that corrects such statement and/or omission or effects such compliance and will deliver to the Selling Agents, without charge, such number of copies thereof as the Selling Agents may reasonably request. The Company consents to the use of the Final Offering Circular or any amendment or supplement thereto by the Selling Agents, and the Selling Agents agree to provide to each Investor, prior to the Closing and, as applicable, any Subsequent Closing, a copy of the Final Offering Circular and any amendments or supplements thereto.

 

(e) The Company will furnish to the Selling Agents and their counsel, without charge (a) one conformed copy of the Offering Statement as originally filed with the Commission and each amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and all exhibits thereto, and (b) so long as an offering circular relating to the Shares is required to be delivered under the Act or the Rules and Regulations, as many copies of each Preliminary Offering Circular or the Final Offering Circular or any amendment or supplement thereto as the Selling Agents may reasonably request.

 

(f) If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company has or will promptly notify the Selling Agents in writing and has or will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

 

(g) The Company will comply with any undertakings contained in the Offering Statement.

 

(h) Prior to the sale of the Shares to the Investors, the Company will cooperate with the Selling Agents and its counsel in connection with the registration or qualification, or exemption therefrom, of the Shares for offer and sale under the state securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Selling Agents may reasonably request; provided, that in no event shall the Company be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to general service of process in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject.

 

(i) The Company will apply the net proceeds from the offering and sale of the Shares substantially in the manner set forth in the Final Offering Circular under the caption “Use of Proceeds.”

 

(j) The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to effect and maintain the quotation of the Class A Common Stock on the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC.

 

  12  

 

 

(k) The Company will not at any time, directly or indirectly, take any action intended, or which might reasonably be expected, to cause or result in, or which will constitute, stabilization of the price of the Shares to facilitate the sale or resale of any of the Shares.

 

(l) The Company will not, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Selling Agents, offer to sell, sell, contract to sell, grant any option or warrant to purchase, make any short sale, or otherwise dispose of (or announce any offer, sale, grant of any option or warrant to purchase or other disposition), any shares of capital stock of the Company or securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, shares of capital stock of the Company, (the “Lock-Up Securities”) for a period of 180 days (unless shortened pursuant to the provisions of Section 4(n) below) after the Qualification Date (the “Lock-Up Period”), except with respect to (i) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (ii) the issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock upon the exercise of stock options and warrants outstanding as of the date hereof and the issuance of Common Stock or stock options under any employee benefit or stock incentive plan of the Company existing on the date hereof, and described in the Final Offering Circular, (iii) the issuance of Class A Common Stock or stock options under any stock-based compensation plan or dividend reinvestment plan described in the Final Offering Circular, or (iv) the issuance of any shares of Common Stock by the Company in connection with a licensing agreement, joint venture, commercial relationship, acquisition or business combination or other collaboration or strategic transaction, including any employee benefit plans assumed by the Company in connection with such transaction, provided, however that recipients of such shares of Class A Common Stock agree to be bound by the terms of the lock-up letter described in Section 7(x) hereof and the sum of the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock so issued shall not exceed 10% of the total outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding immediately following the consummation of this offering of Shares. If the Selling Agents agree to waive or release any Lock-Up Securities from the Lock-Up Period for any officer or director of the Company, the Company will announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of such release or waiver.

 

(n) In the event that the closing price of the shares of Class A Common Stock exceeds the per share price to public of the Offering for each of at least 10 consecutive trading days (as defined below), at any time at least 120 calendar days following the Qualification Date, then starting on the trading day immediately following such 10 consecutive trading days, the restrictions set forth in Section 4(l) of this Agreement shall no longer be in effect and the Company will be freely able to offer to sell, sell, contract to sell, grant any option or warrant to purchase, make any short sale, or otherwise dispose of (or announce any offer, sale, grant of any option or warrant to purchase or other disposition), any shares of capital stock of the Company or securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, shares of capital stock of the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, “Trading Day” means any day on which the Class A Common Stock is quoted and traded on The Nasdaq Stock Market or any other national securities exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is then listed or quoted.

 

(o) Solely in the event that cashless exercise of the Selling Agents’ Warrants is permitted under the terms thereof, the Company will either issue letters of instruction to the Company’s transfer agent or use its reasonable best efforts to request its counsel to issue legal opinions to the Company’s transfer agent, as requested by the Selling Agents, to enable the Selling Agents to resell the shares issuable upon cashless exercise of the Selling Agents’ Warrant in accordance with the provisions of Rule 144 under the Act.

 

5. Representations and Warranties of the Selling Agents; Agreements of the Selling Agents. The Selling Agents represent and warrant and covenant to the Company that:

 

(a) The Selling Agents agree that it shall not include any “issuer information” (as defined in Rule 433 under the Act) in any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication used or referred to by the Selling Agents without the prior written consent of the Company (any such issuer information with respect to whose use the Company has given its written consent, “Permitted Issuer Information”), provided that “issuer information” (as defined in Rule 433 under the Act) within the meaning of this Section 5 shall not be deemed to include information prepared by the Selling Agents on the basis of, or derived from, “issuer information”.

 

(b) None of the Selling Agents nor any Dealer, nor a managing member of any Selling Agent or any Dealer, nor a director or executive officer of any Selling Agent or any Dealer or other officer of the Selling Agents or any Dealer participating in the offering of the Shares is subject to the disqualification provisions of Rule 262 of the Rules and Regulations.  No registered representative of any Selling Agent or any Dealer, or any other person being compensated by or through the Selling Agents or any Dealer for the solicitation of Investors, is subject to the disqualification provisions of Rule 262 of the Rules and Regulations.

 

  13  

 

 

(c) Each Selling Agent and each Dealer is a member of FINRA and each of them and their respective employees and representatives have all required licenses and registrations (federal and state) to act under this Agreement, and each shall remain a member or duly licensed, as the case may be, during the Offering.

 

(d) Except for Participating Dealer Agreements and that certain side letter agreement dated of even date herewith between the Selling Agents, no agreement will be made by the Selling Agents with any person permitting the resale, repurchase or distribution of any Shares purchased by such person. 

 

(e) Except as otherwise consented to by the Company in writing, the Selling Agents have not and will not use or distribute any written offering materials other than the Preliminary Offering Circular, Pricing Disclosure Materials and the Final Offering Circular. The Selling Agents have not and will not use any “broker-dealer use only” materials with members of the public, or has not and will not make any unauthorized verbal representations or verbal representations which contradict or are inconsistent with the statements made in the Offering Statement in connection with offers or sales of the Shares.

 

6. Expenses.

 

(i) The Company is responsible for all fees and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including the following: (i) fees and disbursements of the Company’s legal counsel, accountants, and advisors; (ii) fees and expenses incurred in the production of Offering documents, including design, printing, photograph, and written material procurement costs; (iii) all filing fees, including those charged by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”); (iv) all of the legal fees related to FINRA clearance, it being acknowledged that these fees are part of the capped legal fees for the Selling Agent described in the final sentence of this paragraph; and (v) the Company’s transportation, accommodation, and other roadshow expenses. The Company has agreed to reimburse TriPoint for its reasonable and documented legal costs (the Company must pre-approve any expenses in excess of $1,000) up to a maximum of $75,000.

 

(ii) As compensation for advisory services provided by the Selling Agents, the Company agreed to pay the Selling Agents $10,000 per month commencing upon the Company’s stock becoming publicly traded and continuing for a period of 2 months thereafter. The Company also agreed to pay an accountable $20,000 due diligence fee upon signing of this Agreement with an additional $10,000 due at the closing of the Offering.

 

(iii) If this Agreement is terminated by the Selling Agents in accordance with the provisions of Section 7, Section 9(i)(c), (d) or (f), the Company shall reimburse the Selling Agents for all of its reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses, including the fees of its counsel; provided, however, that upon abandonment of the Offering or expiration or termination of this Agreement, the legal counsel shall submit their legal fees to the Company, not to exceed $15,000 (“Reimbursable Expenses”).

 

7. Conditions of the Obligations of the Selling Agents. The obligations of the Selling Agents hereunder at the Closing and at any Subsequent Closing are subject to the following conditions:

 

(i) (a) No stop order suspending the qualification of the Offering Statement shall have been issued, and no proceedings for that purpose shall be pending or threatened by any securities or other governmental authority (including, without limitation, the Commission), (b) no order suspending the effectiveness of the Offering Statement or the qualification or exemption of the Shares under the securities or Blue Sky laws of any jurisdiction shall be in effect and no proceeding for such purpose shall be pending before, or threatened or contemplated by, any securities or other governmental authority (including, without limitation, the Commission), (c) any request for additional information on the part of the staff of any securities or other governmental authority (including, without limitation, the Commission) shall have been complied with to the satisfaction of the staff of the Commission or such authorities and (d) after the date hereof no amendment or supplement to the Offering Statement or the Final Offering Circular shall have been filed unless a copy thereof was first submitted to the Selling Agents and the Selling Agents did not object thereto in good faith, and the Selling Agents shall have received certificates of the Company, dated as of each Closing Date and signed by the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, to the effect of clauses (a), (b) and (c).

 

  14  

 

 

(ii) Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Offering Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Materials and the Final Offering Circular, (a) there shall not have been a Material Adverse Change, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, in each case other than as set forth in or contemplated by the Offering Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Materials and the Final Offering Circular and (b) the Company shall not have sustained any material loss or interference with its business or properties from fire, explosion, flood or other casualty, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or any court or legislative or other governmental action, order or decree, which is not set forth in the Offering Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Materials and the Final Offering Circular, if in the reasonable judgment of the Selling Agents any such development makes it impracticable or inadvisable to consummate the sale and delivery of the Shares to Investors and the delivery of the Selling Agents’ Securities as contemplated hereby.

 

(iii) Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Offering Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Materials and the Final Offering Circular, there shall have been no litigation or other proceeding instituted against the Company or any of its officers or directors in their capacities as such, before or by any federal, state or local or foreign court, commission, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental body, domestic or foreign, which litigation or proceeding, in the reasonable judgment of the Selling Agents, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(iv) Each of the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein shall be true and correct as of each Closing Date in all respects for those representations and warranties qualified by materiality and in all material respects for those representations and warranties that are not qualified by materiality, as if made on such date, and all covenants and agreements herein contained to be performed on the part of the Company and all conditions herein contained to be fulfilled or complied with by the Company at or prior to such Closing Date shall have been duly performed, fulfilled or complied with in all material respects.

 

(v) The Selling Agents shall have received an opinion and 10b-5 negative assurances letter, dated as of each Closing Date, of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, as counsel to the Company, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to counsel for the Selling Agent.

 

(vi) The Selling Agents shall have received an opinion, dated as of each Closing Date, of Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li, LLC, as counsel to the Selling Agents.

 

(vii) At the Closing and at any Subsequent Closing, the Accountants shall have furnished to the Selling Agents a letter, dated the date of its delivery (the “Comfort Letter”), addressed to the Selling Agents and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Selling Agents containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to Selling Agents with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Offering Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Materials and the Final Offering Circular.

 

(viii) At the Closing and at any Subsequent Closing, there shall be furnished to the Selling Agents a certificate, dated the date of its delivery, signed by each of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to the Selling Agents to the effect that each signer has carefully examined the Offering Statement, the Final Offering Circular and the Pricing Disclosure Materials, and that to each of such person’s knowledge:

 

(a) (1) As of the date of each such certificate, (x) the Offering Statement does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading and (y) neither the Final Offering Circular nor the Pricing Disclosure Materials contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (2) no event has occurred as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Final Offering Circular in order to make the statements therein not untrue or misleading in any material respect.

 

  15  

 

 

(b) Each of the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement were, when originally made, and are, at the time such certificate is delivered, true and correct in all respects for those representations and warranties qualified by materiality and in all material respects for those representations and warranties that are not qualified by materiality.

 

(c) Each of the covenants required herein to be performed by the Company on or prior to the date of such certificate has been duly, timely and fully performed and each condition herein required to be complied with by the Company on or prior to the delivery of such certificate has been duly, timely and fully complied with in all material respects. 

 

(d) No stop order suspending the qualification of the Offering Statement or of any part thereof has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are contemplated by the Commission.

 

(e) Subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statements in the Offering Statement and in the Final Offering Circular, there has been no Material Adverse Change.

 

(ix) The Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to the Selling Agents such certificates, in addition to those specifically mentioned herein, as the Selling Agents may have reasonably requested as to the accuracy and completeness on any Closing Date of any statement in the Offering Statement, the Preliminary Offering Circular, the Pricing Disclosure Materials or the Final Offering Circular, as to the accuracy on such Closing Date of the representations and warranties of the Company as to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, or as to the fulfillment of the conditions concurrent and precedent to the obligations hereunder of the Selling Agents.

 

(x) The Selling Agents shall have received the lock-up letters substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto signed by the persons listed on Schedule 4 hereto.

 

(xi) The Shares have been approved for quotation upon notice of issuance on the NASDAQ.

 

(xii) The Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to the Selling Agents on each Closing Date satisfactory evidence of the good standing of (A) the Company, (B) iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC and (C) iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC (defined as the “Company” and its “Significant Subsidiaries”) in their respective jurisdiction of organization and the good standing of the Company and each of its Significant Subsidiaries as foreign entities in such other jurisdictions as the Selling Agents may reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of telecommunication from the appropriate governmental authorities of such jurisdictions.

 

(xiii) FINRA shall not have raised any objection with respect to the fairness or reasonableness of the plan of distribution, or other arrangements of the transactions, contemplated hereby.

 

(xiv) Between the Applicable Time and the Closing (or any Subsequent Closing) there shall not have occurred any of the following: (a) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on NASDAQ; (b) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (c) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (d) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any material adverse change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (c) or (d) in the judgment of the Selling Agents make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered on any Closing Date on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Final Offering Circular.

 

  16  

 

 

8. Indemnification.

 

(i) The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each of the Selling Agents and each of the Dealers, and each of their directors, officers, employees and agents and each person, if any, who controls each of the Selling Agents within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each an “Indemnified Party”), from and against any and all losses, claims, liabilities, expenses and damages, joint or several (including any and all investigative, legal and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with, and any amount paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claim asserted (whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party thereto)), to which it, or any of them, may become subject under the Act or other Federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, liabilities, expenses or damages arise out of or are based on (a) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement made by the Company in Section 3 of this Agreement, (b) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in (1) any Preliminary Offering Circular, the Offering Statement or the Final Offering Circular or any amendment or supplement thereto, (2) the Pricing Disclosure Materials, (3) any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or (4) any application or other document, or any amendment or supplement thereto, executed by the Company based upon written information furnished by or on behalf of the Company filed in any jurisdiction in order to qualify the Shares under the securities or Blue Sky laws thereof or filed with the Commission or any securities association or securities exchange (each, an “Application”), or (c) the omission or alleged omission to state in any Preliminary Offering Circular, the Offering Statement, the Final Offering Circular, the Pricing Disclosure Materials, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any Permitted Issuer Information, a material fact required to be stated therein (in the case of the Offering Statement) or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable to the extent that such loss, claim, liability, expense or damage is based solely on an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance on and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Indemnified Party through the Selling Agents expressly for inclusion in the Offering Statement, any Preliminary Offering Circular, the Final Offering Circular, or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, or in any amendment or supplement thereto, in any Application or in any Permitted Issuer Information, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Indemnified Party consists of the information described as such in subsection (ii) below. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.

 

(ii) The Selling Agents will indemnify and hold harmless the Company against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) that (a) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement made by the Selling Agents in Section 5 of this Agreement, (b) arise out of or are based upon any failure or alleged failure of the Selling Agents to pay any compensation to a Dealer or Dealers, or (c) arise out of or are based solely upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Offering Statement, any Preliminary Offering Circular or the Final Offering Circular, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, or (d) arise out of or are based solely upon the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein (in the case of the Offering Statement) or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Offering Statement, any Preliminary Offering Circular or the Final Offering Circular, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the Selling Agents expressly for use therein; and will reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred. The Company acknowledges that, for all purposes under this Agreement, the statements set forth in the paragraphs under the caption “Plan of Distribution” in any Preliminary Offering Circular and the Final Offering Circular constitute the only information furnished in writing to the Company by the Selling Agents expressly for inclusion in the Offering Statement, any Preliminary Offering Circular, the Final Offering Circular or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications. In no event shall any Selling Agent indemnify the Company for any amount in excess of the fees actually received by such Selling Agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

  17  

 

 

(iii) Promptly after receipt by an Indemnified Party under subsection (i) or (ii) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such Indemnified Party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any Indemnified Party otherwise than under such subsection unless it has been materially prejudiced thereby. In case any such action shall be brought against any Indemnified Party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such Indemnified Party (who shall not, except with the consent of the Indemnified Party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such Indemnified Party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such Indemnified Party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such Indemnified Party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (a) includes an unconditional release of the Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (b) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.

 

(iv) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an Indemnified Party under subsection (i) or (ii) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Selling Agents on the other from the offering of the Shares. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Selling Agents on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Selling Agents on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bears to the Fee received by the Selling Agents. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or the Selling Agents on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and the Selling Agents agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection (iv) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (iv). The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (iv) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (iv), the Selling Agents will not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the Fee received by the Selling Agents. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

9. Termination.

 

(i) The obligations of the Selling Agents under this Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the initial Closing Date, by notice to the Company from the Selling Agents, without liability on the part of the Selling Agents to the Company if, prior to delivery and payment for the Shares, in the sole judgment of the Selling Agents: (a) there has occurred any material adverse change in the securities markets or any event, act or occurrence that has materially disrupted the securities markets or there shall be such a material adverse change in general financial, political or economic conditions or the effect of international conditions on the financial markets in the United States is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Selling Agents, inadvisable or impracticable to market the Shares or enforce contracts for the sale of the Shares; (b) there has occurred any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any material adverse change or development involving a prospective material adverse change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, including without limitation as a result of terrorist activities, such as to make it, in the judgment of the Selling Agents, inadvisable or impracticable to market the Shares or enforce contracts for the sale of the Shares; (c) trading in the Shares or any securities of the Company has been suspended or materially limited; (d) trading generally on NASDAQ has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities have been required, by any of said exchanges or by such system or by order of the Commission, FINRA, or any other governmental or regulatory authority; (e) a banking moratorium has been declared by any state or Federal authority; or (f) in the judgment of the Selling Agents, there has been, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Final Offering Circular, any material adverse change in the assets, properties, condition, financial or otherwise, or in the results of operations or business affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries considered as a whole, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business. 

 

  18  

 

 

(ii) If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 6 hereof.

 

10. Notices. Notice given pursuant to any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and, unless otherwise specified, shall be mailed or delivered (i) if to the Company, at the office of the Company, 433 Plaza Real, Suite 335, Boca Raton, Florida 33432, Attention: Hamid Hashemi, with copies to Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, Attention: Andrew Barkan, One New York Plaza, New York, NY 10004 or (ii) if to the Selling Agents, at the office of Tripoint Global Equities, LLC, 1450 Broadway, 26th Floor, New York, New York 10018 Attention: Mark Elenowitz, with copies to Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li, LLC, Attention: Louis Taubman, 1450 Broadway, 26th Floor, New York, New York 10018 Attention: Louis Taubman, Esq. Any such notice shall be effective only upon receipt. Any notice under Section 8 may be made by facsimile or telephone, but if so made shall be subsequently confirmed in writing.

 

11. Survival. The respective representations, warranties, agreements, covenants, indemnities and other statements of the Company and the Selling Agents set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company, any of its officers or directors, the Selling Agents or any controlling person referred to in Section 8 hereof and (ii) delivery of and payment for the Shares. The respective agreements, covenants, indemnities and other statements set forth in Sections 6, 7, 8 and 10 hereof shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination or cancellation of this Agreement.

 

12. Successors. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Selling Agents, the Company and their respective successors, and nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any other person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement, or any provisions herein contained, this Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof being intended to be and being for the sole and exclusive benefit of such persons and for the benefit of no other person except that (i) the indemnification and contribution contained in Sections 8(i) and (iv) of this Agreement shall also be for the benefit of the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Selling Agents and any person or persons who control the Selling Agents within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and (ii) the indemnification and contribution contained in Sections 8(ii) and (iv) of this Agreement shall also be for the benefit of the directors of the Company, the officers of the Company who have signed the Offering Statement and any person or persons who control the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act. No purchaser of Shares shall be deemed a successor because of such purchase.

 

13. Governing Law Provisions. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed in such state. Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (“Related Proceedings”) may be instituted in the federal courts of the United States of America located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan, unless any such federal court determines that it lacks jurisdiction over a Related Proceeding in which case such Related Proceeding shall be instituted in the courts of the state of New York, in each case located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan (collectively, the “Specified Courts”), and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction (except for proceedings instituted in regard to the enforcement of a judgment of any such court (a “Related Judgment”), as to which such jurisdiction is non-exclusive) of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

  19  

 

 

With respect to any Related Proceeding, each party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, all immunity (whether on the basis of sovereignty or otherwise) from jurisdiction, service of process, attachment (both before and after judgment) and execution to which it might otherwise be entitled in the Specified Courts, and with respect to any Related Judgment, each party waives any such immunity in the Specified Courts or any other court of competent jurisdiction, and will not raise or claim or cause to be pleaded any such immunity at or in respect of any such Related Proceeding or Related Judgment, including, without limitation, any immunity pursuant to the United States Foreign Sovereign Immunities Act of 1976, as amended.

 

14. Acknowledgement. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Selling Agents are acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length contractual counterparty to the Company with respect to the offering of Shares contemplated hereby. Additionally, the Selling Agents are not advising the Company or any other person as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether the Selling Agents have advised or are advising the Company on other matters). The Company has conferred with its own advisors concerning such matters and shall be responsible for making its own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the Selling Agents shall have no responsibility or liability to the Company or any other person with respect thereto. The Selling Agents advise that they and their affiliates are engaged in a broad range of securities and financial services and that it or its affiliates may have business relationships or enter into contractual relationships with purchasers or potential purchasers of the Company’s securities. Any review by the Selling Agents of the Company, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions will be performed solely for the benefit of the Selling Agents and shall not be on behalf of, or for the benefit of, the Company.

 

15. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

16. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding between the parties hereto as to the matters covered hereby and supersedes all prior understandings, written or oral, relating to such subject matter.

 

[signature page follows]

 

  20  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date hereof.

 

IPIC ENTERTAINMENT INC.  
     
By:    
Name: Hamid Hashemi  
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer  
     
Accepted as of the date hereof:  
     
TRIPOINT GLOBAL EQUITIES, LLC  
     
By:    
Name: Mark Elenowitz  
Title:  Chief Executive Officer  
     
ROTH CAPITAL PARTNERS LLC  
     
By:    
Name:    
Title:    
     
TELSEY ADVISORY GROUP, LLC  
     
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

[signature page to Selling Agent Agreement]

 

  21  

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Form of Lock Up Agreement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  22  

 

 

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

 

Tripoint Global Equities., LLC

1450 Broadway, 26th Floor

New York, NY 10018

 

Re: iPic Entertainment Inc. – Lock-Up Agreement

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned, a holder of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class A Common Stock”), or a holder of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class B Common Stock” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, “Common Stock”) or rights to acquire Common Stock, of iPic Entertainment Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), understands that Tripoint Global Equities, LLC (the “Selling Agent”), proposes to enter into a Selling Agency Agreement (the “Selling Agency Agreement”) with the Company providing for the public offering (the “Public Offering”) of shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company (the “Shares”).

 

To induce the Selling Agent to continue its efforts in connection with the Public Offering, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees for the benefit of the Company and the Selling Agent that, without the Selling Agent’s prior written consent, the undersigned will not, during the period commencing on the latest date when the United States Securities and Exchange Commission declares the offering statement (the “Offering Statement”) relating to the Public Offering qualified (the “Qualification Date”) and ending 180 days following the Qualification Date (the “Lock-Up Period”), directly or indirectly (1) offer, pledge, assign, encumber, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, any shares of Common Stock or any securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock owned either of record or beneficially (as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), by the undersigned on the date hereof or hereafter acquired (the “Lock-Up Shares”) or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement or arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing. If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing restrictions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed shares of Common Stock the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Offering is abandoned or does not close by March 31, 2018, the Lock-up Period shall terminate on such date.

 

The foregoing shall not apply to:

 

(i) the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Selling Agency Agreement; or

 

(ii) transactions relating to shares of Common Stock acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the Public Offering; provided that, no filing by any party under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer; or

 

(iii) (a) exercises of stock options or equity awards granted pursuant to an equity incentive or other plan or warrants to purchase shares of common stock or other securities (including by cashless exercise to the extent permitted by the instruments representing such stock options or warrants so long as such cashless exercise is effected solely by the surrender of outstanding stock options or warrants to the Company and the Company’s cancellation of all or a portion thereof to pay the exercise price), provided that in any such case the securities issued upon exercise shall remain subject to the provisions of this Agreement; (b) transfers of shares of Common Stock or other securities to the Company in connection with the vesting or exercise of any equity awards granted pursuant to an equity incentive or other plan and held by the undersigned to the extent, but only to the extent, as may be necessary to satisfy tax withholding obligations pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive or other plans; or

 

(iv) pursuant to an order of a court or regulatory agency; or

 

 

 

 

(v) any transfer of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock that occurs by operation of law, such as pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order or in connection with a divorce settlement; or

 

(vi) any distributions or transfers without consideration of shares of Common Stock or any security directly or indirectly convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock to limited partners, members, stockholders or affiliates of the undersigned, or to any partnership, corporation or limited liability company controlled by the undersigned or by a member of the immediate family of the undersigned; or

 

(vii) any transfer made in connection with the sale or other bona fide transfer in a single transaction of all or substantially all of the undersigned’s capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other similar equity interests, as the case may be, or all or substantially all of the undersigned’s assets, in any such case not undertaken for the purpose of avoiding the restrictions imposed by this Agreement; or

 

(viii) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b 5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Common Stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of Common Stock during the Lock-Up Period; or

 

(ix) transfers to any investment fund or other entity controlled by, or under common control or management with, the undersigned; or

 

(x) transfers of shares of Common Stock or any security directly or indirectly convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock as a bona fide gift or in connection with estate planning, including, but not limited to, dispositions to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family (for purposes of this lock-up agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption) of the undersigned and dispositions from any grantor retained annuity trust established for the direct benefit of the undersigned or a member of the immediate family of the undersigned, or by will or intestacy,

 

(xi) any transfer pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Common Stock involving a change of control (as defined below) of the Company that occurs after the consummation of the Public Offering (provided that in the event that such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the undersigned’s Lock-Up Shares shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this agreement)[.][;or

 

(xii) the pledge of up to 1,829,511 Lock-Up Shares currently held by Hashemi Holdings, LLC, and/or affiliates thereof, of which Hamid Hashemi has sole voting and dispositive control in connection with that certain pledge agreement (the “Pledge Agreement”), and any transfer thereof in connection with the foreclosure by Village Roadshow Attractions USA, Inc. pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, provided that in the event of any such transfer required to be reported with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 4 in accordance with Section 16 of the Exchange Act, such Form 4 will specify, in the footnotes thereof, the reason for such transfer.]1

 

Provided¸ however, that (a) in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (iv), (vi), (vii) or (x), each donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter agreement substantially in the form of this letter agreement (the “agreement”) and (b) in the case of any transaction pursuant to clauses (iv), (vi), (vii), (viii) or (x), such transaction is not required to be reported during the Lock-Up Period by anyone in any public report or filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission or otherwise (other than a required filing on Form 5, Schedule 13D or Schedule 13G (or 13D/A or 13G/A) and no such filing shall be made voluntarily during the Lock-Up Period. In addition, the undersigned agrees that, without the Selling Agent’s prior written consent, it will not, during the Lock-Up Period, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security directly or indirectly convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock.

 

 

1 Clause (xii) to be included only with respect to Mr. Hashemi’s shares.

 

 

 

 

 

For purposes of clause (xi) above, “change of control” shall mean the consummation of any bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction the result of which is that any “person” (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), or group of persons, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) of a majority of total voting power of the voting stock of the Company.

 

The undersigned hereby further agrees that, prior to engaging in any transaction or taking any other action that is subject to the terms of this agreement during the period from the date of this agreement to the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, it will give notice thereof to the Company and will not consummate such transaction or take such action unless it has received written confirmation from the Company that the Lock-Up Period has expired.

 

In furtherance of the foregoing, (1) the undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with any duly appointed transfer agent for the registration or transfer of the securities described herein against the transfer of any such securities except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions, and (2) the Company, and any duly appointed transfer agent for the registration or transfer of the securities described herein, are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this agreement.

 

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (i) the Selling Agent agrees that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, the Selling Agent will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (ii) the Company has agreed in the Selling Agency Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Selling Agent hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (a) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (b) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

 

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this agreement. The undersigned hereby waives any applicable notice requirement concerning the Company’s intention to file the Offering Statement and sell shares of Common Stock thereunder.

 

The undersigned understands that the Company and the Selling Agent are relying upon this agreement in proceeding toward consummation of the Public Offering. The undersigned further understands that this agreement is irrevocable and shall be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

The undersigned acknowledges that whether or not the Public Offering actually occurs depends on a number of factors, including market conditions, that any Public Offering will be made only pursuant to a Selling Agency Agreement the terms of which are subject to negotiation between the Company and the Selling Agent and that there is no assurance that the Company and the Selling Agent will enter into an Selling Agency Agreement with respect to the Public Offering or that the Public Offering will be consummated.

 

This agreement shall automatically terminate upon the earliest to occur, if any, of (1) either the Selling Agent, on the one hand, or the Company, on the other hand, advising the other in writing, prior to the execution of the Selling Agency Agreement, that they have determined not to proceed with the Public Offering, (2) termination of the Selling Agency Agreement before the sale of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Selling Agency Agreement, (3) the withdrawal of the Offering Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to the Public Offering, or (4) March 31, 2018, in the event that the Selling Agency Agreement has not been executed by that date.

 

This agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

 

[Signature on following page]

 

 

 

 

 

Sincerely,  
     
STOCKHOLDER  
     
     
   
     
Name:    

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit B

 

List of Intellectual Property

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  23  

 

 

 

Exhibit C

 

Selling Agents’ Warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  24  

 

 

 

Schedule 1

 

Pricing Disclosure Materials

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  25  

 

 

 

Schedule 2

 

List of Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  26  

 

 

 

Schedule 3

 

Testing-the-Waters Communications

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  27  

 

 

 

Schedule 4

 

Lock-Up Agreement Signatories

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28

 

 

Exhibit 2.2

 

FORM OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

IPIC ENTERTAINMENT INC.

 

iPic Entertainment Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”) hereby certifies as follows:

 

1.       The name of the Corporation is iPic Entertainment Inc. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on October 18, 2017. The name under which the Corporation was originally incorporated was iPic Entertainment Inc.

 

2.       This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was duly adopted by the stockholder of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

3.       Immediately prior to the effective time of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation has authorized 100 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Original Common Stock”), and has issued one share of Original Common Stock.

 

4.       The text of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, is hereby amended and restated to read in full as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1.

 

The name of the corporation is iPic Entertainment Inc. (the “Corporation”).

 

ARTICLE 2.

 

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1013 Centre Road, Suite 403-B, Wilmington, Delaware 19805, in the County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Vcorp Services, LLC.

 

ARTICLE 3.

 

The nature of the business of the Corporation and the objects or purposes to be transacted, promoted or carried on by it are as follows: To engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

 

ARTICLE 4.

 

A.       The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation is authorized to issue is 135,000,000, consisting of:

 

100,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, with a par value of $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock”);
25,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, with a par value of $0.0001 per share (the “Class B Common Stock”, and together with the Class A Common Stock, the “Common Stock”); and
10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with a par value of $0.0001 per share as of the effective time of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and thereafter as may be established by the Board of Directors with respect to any series thereof in the applicable Preferred Stock Designation (the “Preferred Stock”).

 

 

 

Immediately prior to the effective time of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, (i) no shares of Class A Common Stock were authorized, issued or outstanding, no shares of Class B Common Stock were authorized, issued or outstanding and no shares of Preferred Stock were authorized, issued or outstanding and (ii) one hundred shares of Original Common Stock were authorized and outstanding, which shares of Original Common Stock are being redeemed for the par value thereof upon the Effective Time of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in accordance with Section 151(b) General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and immediately following the redemption of such share of Original Common Stock, shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock will be issued in accordance with Section 151(b) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

B.       The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, and by filing a certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware (such certificate being hereinafter referred to as a “Preferred Stock Designation”), to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the par value thereof and to fix the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including, without limitation, the authority to fix or alter the dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, exchange rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking and purchase fund provisions), the redemption price or prices, the dissolution preferences and the rights in respect to any distribution of assets of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock and the number of shares constituting any such series, and the designation thereof, or any of them and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series so created, subsequent to the issue of that series but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series. There shall be no limitation or restriction on any variation between any of the different series of Preferred Stock as to the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof; and the several series of Preferred Stock may vary in any and all respects as fixed and determined by the resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors or by a committee of the Board of Directors, providing for the issuance of the various series of Preferred Stock.

 

C.       The number of authorized shares of any of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of any holders of the Class A Common Stock, Class B Common Stock or Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a separate vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any Preferred Stock Designation, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

 

D.       Except as otherwise required by law,

 

1.       Each share of Class A Common Stock shall entitle the record holder thereof to one vote on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote.

 

2.       Each share of Class B Common Stock shall entitle the record holder thereof to one vote on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote.

 

3.       Except as otherwise required in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or by applicable law, the holders of Common Stock shall vote together as a single class on all matters (or, if any holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together with the holders of Common Stock, as a single class with such holders of Preferred Stock).

 

4.       Except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or to a Preferred Stock Designation that alters or changes the powers, preferences, rights or other terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other series of Preferred Stock, to vote thereon as a separate class pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or a Preferred Stock Designation or pursuant to the DGCL as currently in effect or as the same may hereafter be amended.

 

2

 

 

E.       From and after the effective time of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, additional shares of Class B Common Stock may be issued only to, and registered in the name of, the Existing Owners, their respective successors and assigns as well as their respective transferees permitted in accordance with Article 4.H (including all subsequent successors, assigns and permitted transferees) (the Existing Owners together with such persons, collectively, “Permitted Class B Owners”) in accordance with Article 6 and the aggregate number of shares of Class B Common Stock following any such issuance registered in the name of each such Permitted Class B Owner must be equal to the aggregate number of Units (as defined below) held of record by such Permitted Class B Owner under the LLC Agreement (as defined below). As used in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (i) “Existing Owner” means each of the holders of Units of iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or any successor entities thereto (the “LLC”) as set forth on Schedule A hereto, (ii) “Unit” means a membership interest in the LLC, authorized and issued under its Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of the same date as this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as such agreement may be further amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “LLC Agreement”), and constituting a “Unit” as defined in the LLC Agreement as in effect as of the effective time of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

F.       Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or any class or series of stock having a preference over or the right to participate with the Class A Common Stock with respect to the payment of dividends, dividends may be declared and paid on the Class A Common Stock out of the assets of the Corporation that are by law available therefor, at such times and in such amounts as the Board of Directors in its discretion shall determine. Dividends shall not be declared or paid on the Class B Common Stock.

 

G.       Subject to applicable law and the rights, if any, of the holders of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation and of the preferential and other amounts, if any, to which the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled, the holders of all outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by each such stockholder. The holders of shares of Class B Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to receive any assets of the Corporation in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation. A consolidation, reorganization or merger of the Corporation with any other person or persons, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, shall not be considered to be a dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Article 4.G.

 

H.       Transfer of Class B Common Stock:

 

1.       A holder of Class B Common Stock may surrender shares of Class B Common Stock to the Corporation for no consideration at any time. Following the surrender of any shares of Class B Common Stock to the Corporation, the Corporation will take all actions necessary to retire such shares and such shares shall not be re-issued by the Corporation.

 

2.       A holder of Class B Common Stock may transfer shares of Class B Common Stock to any transferee (other than the Corporation) only if, and only to the extent permitted by the LLC Agreement, and only if such holder also simultaneously transfers an equal number of such holder’s Units (as such numbers may be adjusted to reflect equitably any stock split, subdivision, combination or similar change with respect to the Class B Common Stock or Units) to such transferee in compliance with the LLC Agreement. The transfer restrictions described in this Article 4.H.2 are referred to as the “Restrictions”.

 

3.       Any purported transfer of shares of Class B Common Stock in violation of the Restrictions shall be null and void. If, notwithstanding the Restrictions, a person shall, voluntarily or involuntarily, purportedly become or attempt to become, the purported owner (“Purported Owner”) of shares of Class B Common Stock in violation of the Restrictions, then the Purported Owner shall not obtain any rights in and to such shares of Class B Common Stock (the “Restricted Shares”), and the purported transfer of the Restricted Shares to the Purported Owner shall not be recognized by the Corporation’s transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”).

 

3

 

 

4.       Upon a determination by the Board of Directors that a person has attempted or may attempt to transfer or to acquire Restricted Shares in violation of the Restrictions, the Board of Directors may take such action as it deems advisable to refuse to give effect to such transfer or acquisition on the books and records of the Corporation, including without limitation to cause the Transfer Agent to record the Purported Owner’s transferor as the record owner of the Restricted Shares, and to institute proceedings to enjoin or rescind any such transfer or acquisition.

 

5.       The Board of Directors may, to the extent permitted by law, from time to time establish, modify, amend or rescind, by bylaw or otherwise, regulations and procedures that are consistent with the provisions of this Article 4.H for determining whether any transfer or acquisition of shares of Class B Common Stock would violate the Restrictions and for the orderly application, administration and implementation of the provisions of this Article 4.H. Any such procedures and regulations shall be kept on file with the Secretary of the Corporation and with its Transfer Agent and shall be made available for inspection by any prospective transferee and, upon written request, shall be mailed to holders of shares of Class B Common Stock.

 

6.       The Board of Directors shall have all powers necessary to implement the Restrictions, including without limitation the power to prohibit the transfer of any shares of Class B Common Stock in violation thereof.

 

I.       To the extent that any Permitted Class B Owner exercises its right pursuant to the LLC Agreement to have its Units redeemed by the LLC in accordance with the LLC Agreement, then simultaneous with the payment of, at the Corporation’s election, cash or Class A Common Stock consideration to such Permitted Class B Owner by the LLC (in the case of a redemption) or the Corporation (in the case of an election by the Corporation pursuant to the LLC Agreement to effect a direct exchange with such Permitted Class B Owner), the Corporation shall cancel for no consideration a number of shares of Class B Common Stock registered in the name of the redeeming or exchanging Permitted Class B Owner equal to the number of Units held by such Permitted Class B Owner that are redeemed or exchanged in such redemption or exchange transaction. Notwithstanding the Restrictions, (i) in the event that any outstanding share of Class B Common Stock shall cease to be held by a registered holder of Units, such share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically and without further action on the part of the Corporation or any holder of Class B Common Stock be cancelled for no consideration, and the Corporation will take all actions necessary to retire such share and such share shall not be re-issued by the Corporation, (ii) in the event that any registered holder of the Class B Common Stock no longer holds an interest in the Units, the shares of Class B Common Stock registered in the name of such holder shall automatically and without further action on the part of the Corporation or any holder of Class B Common Stock be cancelled for no consideration, and the Corporation will take all actions necessary to retire such shares and such shares shall not be re-issued by the Corporation and (iii) in the event that no Permitted Class B Owner owns any Units that are redeemable pursuant to the LLC Agreement, then all shares of Class B Common Stock will be cancelled for no consideration, and the Corporation will take all actions necessary to retire such shares and such shares shall not be re-issued by the Corporation.

 

J.       All certificates or book entries representing shares of Class B Common Stock, as the case may be, shall bear a legend substantially in the following form (or in such other form as the Board of Directors may determine):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS [CERTIFICATE][BOOK ENTRY] ARE SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS (INCLUDING RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER) SET FORTH IN THE AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION (A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION AND SHALL BE PROVIDED FREE OF CHARGE TO ANY STOCKHOLDER MAKING A REQUEST THEREFOR).

 

4

 

 

K.       The Class B Common Stock may be issued and transferred in fractions of a share which shall entitle the holder to exercise voting rights and to have the benefit of all other rights of holders of Class B Common Stock. Subject to the Restrictions, holders of shares of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to transfer fractions thereof and the Corporation shall, and shall cause the Transfer Agent to, facilitate any such transfers, including by issuing certificates or making book entries representing any such fractional shares. For all purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, Article 4.D, Article 4.G, Article 4.H, Article 4.I, this Article 4.K, Article 6.D and Article 6.E hereof), all references to the Class B Common Stock or any share thereof (whether in the singular or plural) shall be deemed to include references to any fraction of a share of Class B Common Stock.

 

ARTICLE 5.

 

The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares or other securities the number of shares or securities required pursuant to the LLC Agreement; provided that nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude the Corporation from satisfying its obligations in respect of any such exchange by delivery of shares of Class A Common Stock which are held in the treasury of the Corporation. The Corporation covenants that all shares of Class A Common Stock issued upon any such exchange will, upon issuance, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

ARTICLE 6.

 

A.       The Corporation shall undertake all actions, including, without limitation, a reclassification, dividend, division or recapitalization, with respect to the shares of Class A Common Stock necessary to maintain at all times a one-to-one ratio between the number of Units owned by the Corporation and the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, disregarding, for purposes of maintaining the one-to-one ratio, (i) shares of Class A Common Stock issued pursuant to the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, and any other stock incentive plan adopted by the Corporation from time to time, that have not vested thereunder, (ii) treasury stock, or (iii) Preferred Stock or other debt or equity securities (including without limitation warrants, options and rights) issued by the Corporation that are convertible or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock.

 

B.       The Corporation shall undertake all actions, including, without limitation, a reclassification, dividend, division or recapitalization, with respect to the shares of Class B Common Stock necessary to maintain at all times a one-to-one ratio between the number of Units owned by all Permitted Class B Owners and the number of outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock owned by all Permitted Class B Owners.

 

C.       The Corporation shall not undertake or authorize (i) any subdivision (by any stock split, stock dividend, reclassification, recapitalization or similar event) or combination (by reverse stock split, reclassification, recapitalization or similar event) of the Class A Common Stock that is not accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination of the Units to maintain at all times a one-to-one ratio between the number of Units owned by the Corporation and the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock; or (ii) any subdivision (by any stock split, stock dividend, reclassification, recapitalization or similar event) or combination (by reverse stock split, reclassification, recapitalization or similar event) of the Class B Common Stock that is not accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination of the Units to maintain at all times, subject to the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, a one-to-one ratio between the number of Units owned by the Permitted Class B Owners and the number of outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, unless, in the case of clause (i) or (ii) of this Article 6.C, such action is necessary to maintain at all times both a one-to-one ratio between the number of Units owned by the Corporation and the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and a one-to-one ratio between the number of Units owned by the Permitted Class B Owners and the number of outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock.

 

5

 

 

D.       The Corporation shall not issue, transfer or deliver from treasury stock or repurchase shares of Class A Common Stock unless in connection with any such issuance, transfer, delivery or repurchase the Corporation takes or authorizes all requisite action such that, after giving effect to all such issuances, transfers, deliveries or repurchases, the number of Units owned by the Corporation will equal on a one-for-one basis the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, disregarding, for purposes of maintaining the one-to-one ratio, (i) shares of Class A Common Stock issued pursuant to the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, and any other stock incentive plan adopted by the Corporation from time to time, that have not vested thereunder, (ii) treasury stock or (iii) Preferred Stock or other debt or equity securities (including without limitation warrants, options and rights) issued by the Corporation that are convertible or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock (except to the extent the net proceeds from such other securities, including without limitation any exercise or purchase price payable upon conversion, exercise or exchange thereof, has been contributed by the Corporation to the equity capital of the LLC). The Corporation shall not issue, transfer or deliver from treasury stock or repurchase or redeem shares of Preferred Stock unless in connection with any such issuance, transfer, delivery, repurchase or redemption the Corporation takes all requisite action such that, after giving effect to all such issuances, transfers, repurchases or redemptions, the Corporation holds (in the case of any issuance, transfer or delivery) or ceases to hold (in the case of any repurchase or redemption) equity interests in the LLC which (in the good faith determination by the Board of Directors) are in the aggregate substantially equivalent in all respects to the outstanding Preferred Stock so issued, transferred, delivered, repurchased or redeemed.

 

E.       The Corporation shall not consolidate, merge, combine or consummate any other transaction (other than an action or transaction for which an adjustment is provided in one of the preceding paragraphs of this Article 6 or in Article 4) in which shares of Class A Common Stock are exchanged for or converted into other stock or securities, or the right to receive cash and/or any other property, unless in connection with any such consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction each Unit shall be entitled to be exchanged for or converted into (without duplication of any corresponding share of Class A common stock which the Corporation may elect to issue upon a redemption of such Unit by the holder thereof) the same kind and amount of stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Class A Common Stock is exchanged or converted, in each case to maintain at all times a one-to-one ratio between (x) the stock or securities, or rights to receive cash and/or any other property issuable in such transaction in exchange for or conversion of one share of Class A common stock and (y) the stock or securities, or rights to receive cash and/or any other property issuable in such transaction in exchange for or conversion of one Unit. The foregoing provisions of this Article 6.E shall not apply to any action or transaction (including any consolidation, merger or combination) approved by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, each voting as a separate class.

 

ARTICLE 7.

 

The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend and repeal the bylaws of the Corporation (the “Bylaws”).

 

ARTICLE 8.

 

A.       Except as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by law or in this Certificate or the Bylaws, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

 

B.       Elections of the directors comprising the Board of Directors (each such director, in such capacity, a “Director”) need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws shall so provide.

 

C.       Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolutions adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. For purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directors for the Board of Directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships.

 

6

 

 

D.       Except as otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from the death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall be filled only by a majority vote of the Directors then in office and entitled to vote thereon, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining Director entitled to vote thereon, and not by the stockholders. Any Director so chosen shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such Director shall have been chosen and until his successor shall be elected and qualified.

 

E.       Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any Director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office, but only for cause, at a meeting called for that purpose, and only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding representing 75% or more of the votes eligible to be cast in an election of Directors.

 

F.       Each initial director of the Board shall hold office until the first annual meeting of stockholders and until his successor has been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Thereafter, each director who is elected at an annual meeting of stockholders, and each director who is elected in the interim to fill a vacancy or a newly created directorship, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his successor has been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. A majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board and, except as otherwise expressly required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board.

 

G.       Advance notice of stockholder nominations for election of Directors and other business to be brought by stockholders before a meeting of stockholders shall be given in the manner provided by the Bylaws.

 

ARTICLE 9.

 

Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken upon the vote of stockholders at an annual or special meeting duly noticed and called in accordance with the DGCL, as amended from time to time, and may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, are signed by the holders of outstanding shares of the relevant class(es) or series of stock of the Corporation representing not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of stock of the Corporation then issued and outstanding (other than treasury stock) entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded; provided, however, that, subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock, no action by stockholders may be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting of stockholders unless such written consent and the taking of the action specified therein have been previously approved by the affirmative vote of Directors constituting a majority of the Whole Board. Special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by a resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of Directors constituting a majority of the Whole Board.

 

ARTICLE 10.

 

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation; provided that any amendment to Article 9 hereof shall be effective only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding representing 66 2/3% or more of the votes eligible to be cast in an election of Directors.

 

If any provision or provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, each portion of any sentence of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) and the application of such provision to other persons or entities and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

7

 

 

ARTICLE 11.

 

The Corporation is authorized to indemnify, and to advance expenses to, each current, former or prospective Director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL. To the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware, no Director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. No amendment to, or modification or repeal of, this Article 11 shall adversely affect any right or protection of a Director or of any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation existing hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, modification or repeal. The rights conferred on any person by this Article 11 shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, this certificate of incorporation, the by-laws, any agreement with the Corporation, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE 12.

 

To the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware, (a) the Corporation hereby renounces all interest and expectancy that it otherwise would be entitled to have in, and all rights to be offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity that from time to time may be presented to (i) the Board of Directors or any Director, (ii) any stockholder, officer or agent of the Corporation, or (iii) any affiliate of any person or entity identified in the preceding clause (i) or (ii), but in each case excluding any such person in its capacity as an employee of the Corporation or its subsidiaries; (b) no holder of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock and no Director that is not an employee of the Corporation or its subsidiaries will have any duty to refrain from (i) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which the Corporation or its subsidiaries from time to time is engaged or proposes to engage or (ii) otherwise competing, directly or indirectly, with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries; and (c) if any holder of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock or any Director that is not an employee of the Corporation or its subsidiaries acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity both for such holder of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock or such Director or any of their respective affiliates, on the one hand, and for the Corporation or its subsidiaries, on the other hand, such holder of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock or Director shall have no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to the Corporation or its subsidiaries and such holder of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock or Director may take any and all such transactions or opportunities for itself or offer such transactions or opportunities to any other person or entity. The preceding sentence of this Article 12 shall not apply to any potential transaction or business opportunity that is expressly offered to a Director, who is not an employee of the Corporation or its subsidiaries, solely in his or her capacity as a Director.

 

To the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware, no potential transaction or business opportunity may be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity of the Corporation or its subsidiaries unless (a) the Corporation and its subsidiaries would be permitted to undertake such transaction or opportunity in accordance with this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, (b) the Corporation and its subsidiaries at such time have sufficient financial resources to undertake such transaction or opportunity and (c) such transaction or opportunity would be in the same or similar line of business in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries are then engaged or a line of business that is reasonably related to, or a reasonable extension of, such line of business.

 

No holder of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock and no Director will be liable to the Corporation or its subsidiaries or stockholders for breach of any duty (contractual or otherwise) by reason of any activities or omissions of the types referred to in this Article 12, except to the extent such actions or omissions are in breach of this Agreement.

 

8

 

 

ARTICLE 13.

 

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (the “Court of Chancery”) shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any Director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, any Director or the Corporation’s officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, any Director or the Corporation’s officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine, except, as to each of clauses (i) through (iv) above, for any claim as to which the Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten (10) days following such determination), which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery, or for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction.

 

ARTICLE 14.

 

The Corporation expressly elects to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.

 

ARTICLE 15.

 

The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator is as follows:

 

Mark Konzelmann

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP

One New York Plaza

New York, New York 10004-1980

 

The powers of the incorporator shall terminate upon the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

ARTICLE 16.

 

The effective time of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be the date and time that this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

9

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL, to be signed by [●], its [●], on this [●] day of [·], 2018.

 

  IPIC ENTERTAINMENT INC.
     
  By:  
  Name: Hamid Hashemi
  Title: President

 

10

 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

Listing of the Holders of Units of iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC

 

 

 

A-1

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 2.4

 

 

 

FORM OF

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

 

OF

 

IPIC ENTERTAINMENT INC.

 

Dated as of [●] [●], 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONTENTS

 

    Page
     
Article I. Meetings of Stockholders  
     
Section 1.01 Place of Meetings 1
Section 1.02 Annual Meetings 1
Section 1.03 Special Meetings 1
Section 1.04 Notice of Meetings 1
Section 1.05 Adjournments 1
Section 1.06 Quorum 2
Section 1.07 Organization 2
Section 1.08 Voting; Proxies 2
Section 1.09 Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record 2
Section 1.10 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote 3
Section 1.11 Action by Written Consent of Stockholders 3
Section 1.12 Inspectors of Election 3
Section 1.13 Conduct of Meetings 4
Section 1.14 Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations 4
Section 1.15 Submission of Questionnaire, Representation and Agreement 7
Section 1.16 Remote Communication 8
   
Article II. Board of Directors  
     
Section 2.01 Number; Qualifications 8
Section 2.02 Election; Resignation; Vacancies 8
Section 2.03 Regular Meetings 8
Section 2.04 Special Meetings 8
Section 2.05 Telephonic Meetings Permitted 8
Section 2.06 Quorum; Vote Required for Action 9
Section 2.07 Organization 9
Section 2.08 Action by Unanimous Consent of Directors 9
Section 2.09 Compensation of Directors 9
Section 2.10 Reliance on Books and Records 9
     
Article III. Committees  
     
Section 3.01 Committees 9
Section 3.02 Committee Rules 9
     
Article IV. Officers  
     
Section 4.01 Officers 10
Section 4.02 Removal, Resignation and Vacancies 10
Section 4.03 Chairperson 10
Section 4.04 Chief Executive Officer 10
Section 4.05 Chief Financial Officer 10
Section 4.06 Vice Presidents 10
Section 4.07 Treasurer 11
Section 4.08 Controller 11
Section 4.09 Secretary 11
Section 4.10 Appointing Attorneys and Agents; Voting Securities of Other Entities 11
Section 4.11 Additional Matters 12
Section 4.12 Corporate Funds and Checks 12
Section 4.13 Contracts and Other Documents 12

 

i

 

 

Article V. Stock  
     
Section 5.01 Certificates 12
Section 5.02 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates 12
     
Article VI. Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses  
     
Section 6.01 Right to Indemnification 13
Section 6.02 Advancement of Expenses 13
Section 6.03 Claims 13
Section 6.04 Non-exclusivity of Rights 13
Section 6.05 Other Sources 13
Section 6.06 Amendment or Repeal 13
Section 6.07 Other Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses 13
     
Article VII. Miscellaneous  
     
Section 7.01 Fiscal Year 13
Section 7.02 Seal 13
Section 7.03 Manner of Notice 14
Section 7.04 Waiver of Notice of Meetings of Stockholders, Directors and Committees 14
Section 7.05 Construction; Section Headings 14
Section 7.06 Form of Records 14
Section 7.07 Amendment of Bylaws 14

 

ii

 

 

ARTICLE I.
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1.01          Place of Meetings.  Meetings of Stockholders of iPic Entertainment Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”; and such Stockholders, the “Stockholders”), may be held at any place, within or without the State of Delaware, as may be designated by the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”).  In the absence of such designation, meetings of Stockholders shall be held at the principal executive office of the Corporation.  The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of Stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication authorized by and in accordance with Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 1.02          Annual Meetings.  If required by applicable law, an annual meeting of Stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date and time as may be designated by resolution of the Board of Directors from time to time.  Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting.  The Corporation may postpone, reschedule or cancel any annual meeting of Stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 1.03          Special Meetings.  Special meetings of Stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called only in the manner provided in the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation dated as of [●] [●], 2018 (as the same may be further amended, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Certificate of Incorporation”).  Special meetings validly called in accordance with Article 9 of the Certificate of Incorporation may be held at such date and time as specified in the applicable notice.  Business transacted at any special meeting of Stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.  The Corporation may postpone, reschedule or cancel any special meeting of Stockholders previously scheduled by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 1.04          Notice of Meetings.  Whenever Stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a notice of the meeting shall be given that shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which Stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the Stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (if such date is different from the record date for Stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting) and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.  Unless otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these amended and restated bylaws adopted by the Board of Directors as of [●][●], 2018 (as the same may be further amended, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, these “Bylaws”), the notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each Stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting as of the record date for determining the Stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the Stockholder at such Stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.

 

Section 1.05          Adjournments.  Any meeting of Stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, if any, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.  At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.  If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.  If after the adjournment a new record date for determination of Stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix the record date for determining Stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting as provided in Section 1.09(a) of these Bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each Stockholder of record as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the Stockholder at such Stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.

 

  1  

 

 

Section 1.06          Quorum.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, at each meeting of Stockholders the presence or participation in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation (“Stock”) entitled to vote at the meeting shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum.  In the absence of a quorum, the Stockholders so present may, by a majority in voting power thereof, adjourn the meeting from time to time in the manner provided in Section 1.05 of these Bylaws until a quorum shall attend or participate.  Shares of Stock belonging to the Corporation or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation is held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not limit the right of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation to vote shares of Stock held by it in a fiduciary capacity.

 

Section 1.07          Organization.  Meetings of Stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairperson, or in his or her absence by any Vice Chairperson, if any, or in his or her absence by the Chief Executive Officer, or in his or her absence by a Vice President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting by vote of a majority of the Stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting.  The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

Section 1.08          Voting; Proxies.  Except as otherwise provided by or pursuant to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, each Stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of Stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Stock held by such Stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question.  Each Stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of Stockholders or express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting (if permitted by the Certificate of Incorporation) may authorize another person or persons to act for such Stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.  A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power.  A Stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the Secretary a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date.  Voting at meetings of Stockholders need not be by written ballot.  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, at all meetings of Stockholders for the election of directors at which a quorum is present a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect directors.  All other elections and questions presented to the Stockholders at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall, unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, or applicable law or pursuant to any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of Stock which are present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon.

 

Section 1.09          Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record.

 

(a)     In order that the Corporation may determine the Stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of Stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting.  If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the Stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.  If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining Stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of Stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.  A determination of Stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of Stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for determination of Stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for Stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of Stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

 

  2  

 

 

(b)    In order that the Corporation may determine the Stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of Stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such action.  If no such record date is fixed, the record date for determining Stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

(c)     Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, in order that the Corporation may determine the Stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors.  If no record date for determining Stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting is fixed by the Board of Directors, (i) when no prior action of the Board of Directors is required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the record date for such purpose shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in accordance with applicable law, and (ii) if prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the record date for such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

Section 1.10          List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote.  The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of Stockholders, a complete list of the Stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, if the record date for determining the Stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the Stockholders entitled to vote as of a date that is no more than 10 days before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each Stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each Stockholder as of the record date (or such other date).  Such list shall be open to the examination of any Stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of meeting or (ii) during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation.  If the meeting is to be held at a place, then a list of Stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be examined by any Stockholder who is present.  If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any Stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the Stockholders entitled to examine the list of Stockholders required by this Section 1.10 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of Stockholders.

 

Section 1.11          Action by Written Consent of Stockholders.  Except as provided by, and in accordance with, the Certificate of Incorporation, no action that is required or permitted to be taken by the Stockholders at any annual or special meeting of Stockholders may be effected by written consent of Stockholders in lieu of a meeting of Stockholders.

 

Section 1.12          Inspectors of Election.  The Corporation may, and shall if required by law, in advance of any meeting of Stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election, who may be employees of the Corporation, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and to make a written report thereof.  The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act.  In the event that no inspector so appointed or designated is able to act at a meeting of Stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting.  Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability.  The inspector or inspectors so appointed or designated shall (i) ascertain the number of shares of Stock outstanding and the voting power of each such share, (ii) determine the shares of Stock represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (v) certify their determination of the number of shares of Stock represented at the meeting and such inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots. Such certification and report shall specify such other information as may be required by law.  In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of Stockholders, the inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law.  No person who is a candidate for an office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election.

 

  3  

 

 

Section 1.13          Conduct of Meetings.  The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the Stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the person presiding over the meeting.  The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of Stockholders as it shall deem appropriate.  Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the person presiding over any meeting of Stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such presiding person, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting.  Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the presiding person of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to Stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the presiding person of the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.  The presiding person at any meeting of Stockholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a matter or business was not properly brought before the meeting and if such presiding person should so determine, such presiding person shall so declare to the meeting and any such matter or business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted or considered.  Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the person presiding over the meeting, meetings of Stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

Section 1.14          Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations.

 

(a)     Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

 

(i)      Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of other business to be considered by the Stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of Stockholders only (A) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto), (B) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or the nominating and corporate governance committee thereof or (C) by any Stockholder who was a Stockholder of record at the time the notice provided for in this Section 1.14 is delivered to the Secretary, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.14.

 

(ii)    For any nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a Stockholder pursuant to Section 1.14(a)(i)(C) of these Bylaws, the Stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary and any such proposed business (other than the nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors) must constitute a proper matter for Stockholder action.  To be timely, a Stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day, nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day, prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting (provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than seventy (70) days after such anniversary date, notice by the Stockholder must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation).  In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a Stockholder’s notice as described above.  To be in proper form, such Stockholder’s notice must:

 

(A)   as to each person whom the Stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director of the Corporation, set forth (I) all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and (II) such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director of the Corporation if elected;

 

  4  

 

 

(B)   with respect to each nominee for election or reelection to the Board of Directors, include the completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by Section 1.15 of these Bylaws;

 

(C)   as to any other business that the Stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, set forth a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the language of the proposed amendment), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such Stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and

 

(D)   as to the Stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, set forth (I) the name and address of such Stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (II) the class or series and number of shares of Stock which are owned beneficially and of record by such Stockholder and such beneficial owner, (III) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to the nomination or proposal between or among such Stockholder and/or such beneficial owner, any of their respective affiliates or associates, and any others acting in concert with any of the foregoing, including, in the case of a nomination, the nominee, (IV) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any derivative or short positions, profit interests, options, warrants, convertible securities, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into as of the date of the Stockholder’s notice by, or on behalf of, such Stockholder and such beneficial owners, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in underlying shares of Stock, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Stockholder or such beneficial owner, with respect to securities of the Corporation, (V) a representation that the Stockholder is a holder of record of Stock entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination, (VI) a representation whether the Stockholder or the beneficial owner, if any, intends or is part of a group which intends (x) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of outstanding Stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or elect the nominee and/or (y) otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from Stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination, and (VII) any other information relating to such Stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or for the election of directors in an election contest pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

  5  

 

 

The foregoing notice requirements of this Section 1.14(a) shall be deemed satisfied by a Stockholder with respect to business other than a nomination for election as a director of the Corporation if the Stockholder has notified the Corporation of his, her or its intention to present a proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and such Stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting.  The Corporation may require any proposed nominee for election as a director of the Corporation to furnish such other information as the Corporation may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation.

 

(iii)  Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 1.14(a)(ii) of these Bylaws to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors at the annual meeting is increased effective after the time period for which nominations would otherwise be due under Section 1.14(a)(ii) of these Bylaws and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming the nominees for the additional directorships at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a Stockholder’s notice required by this Section 1.14 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

(b)    Special Meetings of Stockholders.  Except to the extent required by law, special meetings of Stockholders may be called only in accordance with Article 9 of the Certificate of Incorporation.  Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of Stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of Stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (1) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or the nominating and corporate governance committee thereof or (2) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any Stockholder who is a Stockholder of record at the time the notice provided for in this Section 1.14 is delivered to the Secretary, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and upon such election and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.14.  In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of Stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such Stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the Stockholder’s notice required by Section 1.14(a)(ii) of these Bylaws (including the completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement required by Section 1.15 of these Bylaws and any other information, documents, affidavits, or certifications required by the Corporation) shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting.  In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a Stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(c)     General.

 

(i)      Except as otherwise expressly provided in any applicable rule or regulation promulgated under the Exchange Act, only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.14 shall be eligible to be elected at an annual or special meeting of Stockholders to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of Stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.14.  Except as otherwise provided by law, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty (A) to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.14 (including whether the Stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made or solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies or votes in support of such Stockholder’s nominee or proposal in compliance with such Stockholder’s representation as required by Section 1.14(a)(ii)(D)(VI) of these Bylaws) and (B) if any proposed nomination or business was not made or proposed in compliance with this Section 1.14, to declare that such nomination shall be disregarded or that such proposed business shall not be transacted.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.14, unless otherwise required by law, if the Stockholder (or a qualified representative of the Stockholder) does not appear at the annual or special meeting of Stockholders to present a nomination or proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded and such proposed business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation.  For purposes of this Section 1.14, to be considered a qualified representative of the Stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such Stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such Stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such Stockholder to act for such Stockholder as proxy at the meeting of Stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of Stockholders.

 

  6  

 

 

(ii)    For purposes of this Section 1.14, “public announcement” shall include disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or other national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(iii)  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.14, a Stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 1.14; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to this Section 1.14 (including clause (a)(i)(C) hereof and clause (b) hereof), and compliance with clauses (a)(i)(C) and (b) of this Section 1.14 shall be the exclusive means for a Stockholder to make nominations or submit other business (other than, as provided in the penultimate sentence of clause (a)(ii) hereof, business other than nominations brought properly under and in compliance with Rule 14a-8 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as may be amended from time to time).  Nothing in this Section 1.14 shall be deemed to affect any rights (x) of Stockholders to request inclusion of proposals or nominations in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act or (y) of the holders of any series of preferred Stock of the Corporation (“Preferred Stock”) to elect directors pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Section 1.15          Submission of Questionnaire, Representation and Agreement. To be eligible to be a nominee for election or reelection as a director of the Corporation, the candidate for nomination must have previously delivered (in accordance with the time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under Section 1.14 of these Bylaws), to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, (a) a completed written questionnaire (in a form provided by the Corporation) with respect to the background, qualifications, stock ownership and independence of such proposed nominee and (b) a written representation and agreement (in form provided by the Corporation) that such candidate for nomination (i) is not and, if elected as a director during his or her term of office, will not become a party to (A) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given and will not give any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such proposed nominee, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) or (B) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such proposed nominee’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such proposed nominee’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (ii) is not, and will not become a party to, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation or reimbursement for service as a director and (iii) if elected as a director of the Corporation, will comply with all applicable corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality, stock ownership and trading and other policies and guidelines of the Corporation applicable to directors and in effect during such person’s term in office as a director of the Corporation (and, if requested by any candidate for nomination, the Secretary shall provide to such candidate for nomination all such policies and guidelines then in effect).

 

  7  

 

 

Section 1.16         Remote Communication. If authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders and proxy holders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:

 

(a)     participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

 

(b)    be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that:

 

(i) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder;

 

(ii) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings; and

 

(iii) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE II.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 2.01          Number; Qualifications.  Subject to the Certificate of Incorporation, the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors shall be fixed from time to time solely by resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board.  For purposes of these Bylaws, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directors for the Board of Directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships.  Directors need not be Stockholders.

 

Section 2.02          Election; Resignation; Vacancies.  Each initial director of the Board shall hold office until the first annual meeting of stockholders and until his successor has been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Thereafter, each director who is elected at an annual meeting of stockholders, and each director who is elected in the interim to fill a vacancy or a newly created directorship, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his successor has been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

Section 2.03          Regular Meetings.  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such places, if any, within or without the State of Delaware and at such times as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

Section 2.04          Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or place, if any, within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairperson, a Vice Chairperson, the Chief Executive Officer, the Secretary, or by any two members of the Board of Directors.  Notice of a special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given by the person or persons calling the meeting at least twenty-four hours before the special meeting.

 

Section 2.05          Telephonic Meetings Permitted.  Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting thereof by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 2.05 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

  8  

 

 

Section 2.06          Quorum; Vote Required for Action.  At all meetings of the Board of Directors, the directors entitled to cast a majority of the votes of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; provided that, solely for the purposes of filling vacancies pursuant to Section 2.02 of these Bylaws, a meeting of the Board of Directors may be held if a majority of the directors then in office participate in such meeting.  Except in cases in which the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or applicable law otherwise provides, a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 2.07          Organization.  Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, or in his or her absence by the Lead Independent Director, if any, or in his or her absence by a chairperson chosen at the meeting by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at the meeting.  The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

Section 2.08          Action by Unanimous Consent of Directors.  Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee in accordance with applicable law.

 

Section 2.09          Compensation of Directors.  Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.  The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary or other compensation as a director.  No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.  Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.  Any director of the Corporation may decline any or all such compensation payable to such director in his or her discretion.

 

Section 2.10          Reliance on Books and RecordsA member of the Board of Directors, or a member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors shall, in the performance of such person’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE III.
COMMITTEES

 

Section 3.01          Committees.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of such committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member of any committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Any such committee, to the extent permitted by law and to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.

 

Section 3.02          Committee Rules.  Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, each committee designated by the Board of Directors may make, alter and repeal rules for the conduct of its business.  In the absence of such rules each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board of Directors conducts its business pursuant to Article II of these Bylaws.

 

  9  

 

 

ARTICLE IV.
OFFICERS

 

Section 4.01          Officers.  The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a chairperson of the Board of Directors (the “Chairperson”), a chief executive officer (the “Chief Executive Officer”), a chief financial officer (the “Chief Financial Officer”), one or more vice presidents (each, a “Vice President”), a Secretary (the “Secretary”), a treasurer (the “Treasurer”), a controller (the “Controller”) and such other officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine, each of whom shall be appointed by the Board of Directors, each to have such authority, functions or duties as set forth in these Bylaws or as determined by the Board of Directors.  Each officer shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall hold office for such term as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors and until such person’s successor shall have been duly chosen and qualified, or until such person’s earlier death, disqualification, resignation or removal.  The Board of Directors, in its discretion, from time to time may determine not to appoint one or more of the officers identified in the first sentence of this Section 4.01 or to leave such officer position vacant.

 

Section 4.02          Removal, Resignation and Vacancies.  Any officer of the Corporation may be removed, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors, without prejudice to the rights, if any, of such officer under any contract to which it is a party.  Any officer may resign at any time upon written or electronic notice to the Corporation, without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which such officer is a party.  If any vacancy occurs in any office of the Corporation, the Board of Directors may appoint a successor to fill such vacancy for the remainder of the unexpired term and until a successor shall have been duly chosen and qualified.

 

Section 4.03          Chairperson.  The Chairperson shall be deemed an officer of the Corporation, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, and shall report directly to the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, from time to time appoint one or more vice chairpersons (each, a “Vice Chairperson”) each of whom shall be deemed an officer of the Corporation, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, and shall report directly to the Chairperson.

 

Section 4.04          Chief Executive Officer.  The Chief Executive Officer shall have general supervision and direction of the business and affairs of the Corporation, shall be responsible for corporate policy and strategy, and shall report directly to the Chairperson.  Unless otherwise provided in these Bylaws, all other officers of the Corporation shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer or as otherwise determined by the Chief Executive Officer.  The Chief Executive Officer shall, if present and in the absence of the Chairperson or any Vice Chairperson, preside at meetings of the Stockholders and of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.05          Chief Financial Officer.  The Chief Financial Officer shall exercise all the powers and perform the duties of the office of the chief financial officer and in general have overall supervision of the financial operations of the Corporation.  The Chief Financial Officer shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as such officer may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

Section 4.06          Vice Presidents.  The Vice President shall have such powers and duties as shall be prescribed by his or her superior officer or the Chief Executive Officer.  A Vice President shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as such officer may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.  In accordance with Sections 4.01 and 4.11 of these Bylaws, the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer and/or the Chief Financial Officer may, in his, her or their discretion, from time to time appoint one or more executive vice presidents of the Corporation (each, an “Executive Vice President”) and/or assistant vice presidents of the Corporation (each, an “Assistant Vice President”).

 

  10  

 

 

Section 4.07          Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall supervise and be responsible for all the funds and securities of the Corporation, the deposit of all moneys and other valuables to the credit of the Corporation in depositories of the Corporation, borrowings and compliance with the provisions of all indentures, agreements and instruments governing such borrowings to which the Corporation is a party, the disbursement of funds of the Corporation and the investment of its funds, and in general shall perform all of the duties incident to the office of the Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall report to the Chief Financial Officer and, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as such officer may agree with the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. In accordance with Sections 4.01 and 4.11 of these Bylaws, the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer and/or the Chief Financial Officer may, in his, her or their discretion, from time to time appoint one or more assistant treasurers of the Corporation (each, an “Assistant Treasurer”).

 

Section 4.08          Controller.  The Controller shall be the chief accounting officer of the Corporation.  The Controller shall report to the Chief Financial Officer and, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as such officer may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

Section 4.09          Secretary.  The powers and duties of the Secretary are:  (i) to act as Secretary at all meetings of the Board of Directors, of the committees of the Board of Directors and of the Stockholders and to record the proceedings of such meetings in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; (ii) to see that all notices required to be given by the Corporation are duly given and served; (iii) to act as custodian of the seal of the Corporation and affix the seal or cause it to be affixed to all certificates of Stock and to all documents, the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws; (iv) to have charge of the books, records and papers of the Corporation and see that the reports, statements and other documents required by law to be kept and filed are properly kept and filed; and (v) to perform all of the duties incident to the office of Secretary.  The Secretary shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as such officer may agree with the Chief Executive Officer or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.  In accordance with Sections 4.01 and 4.11 of these Bylaws, the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer and/or the Chief Financial Officer may, in his, her or their discretion, from time to time appoint one or more assistant secretaries of the Corporation (each, an “Assistant Secretary”).

 

Section 4.10          Appointing Attorneys and Agents; Voting Securities of Other Entities.  Unless otherwise provided by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson, any Vice Chairperson, the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer may from time to time appoint an attorney or attorneys or agent or agents of the Corporation, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to (a) cast the votes which the Corporation may be entitled to cast as the holder of stock or other securities in any other corporation or other entity, any of whose stock or other securities may be held by the Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the stock or other securities of such other corporation or other entity, or to consent in writing, in the name of the Corporation as such holder, to any action by such other corporation or other entity, and may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or giving such consents, and may execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and under its corporate seal or otherwise, all such written proxies or other instruments as he or she may deem necessary or proper and (b) exercise the rights of the Corporation in its capacity as a general partner of a partnership, or in its capacity as a managing member or a manager of a limited liability company as to which the Corporation, in such capacity, is entitled to exercise pursuant to the applicable partnership agreement or limited liability company operating agreement, including without limitation to take or refrain from taking any action, or to consent in writing, in each case in the name of the Corporation as such general partner or managing member, to any action by such partnership or limited liability company, and may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of taking such actions or giving such consents, and may execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and under its corporate seal or otherwise, all such written proxies or other instruments as he or she may deem necessary or proper.  Unless otherwise provided by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors, any of the rights set forth in this Section 4.10 which may be delegated to an attorney or agent may also be exercised directly by the Chairperson, a Vice Chairperson, the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer.

 

  11  

 

 

Section 4.11          Additional Matters.  The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer shall have the authority to designate employees of the Corporation to have the title of Executive Vice President, Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary.  Any employee so designated shall have the powers and duties determined by the officer making such designation.  A person designated as an Executive Vice President, Vice President, Assistant Vice President, Assistant Treasurer or Assistant Secretary shall not be deemed to be an officer of the Corporation unless the Board of Directors has adopted a resolution approving such person in such capacity as an officer of the Corporation (including by means of direct appointment by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 4.01 of these Bylaws).

 

Section 4.12          Corporate Funds and Checks.  The funds of the Corporation shall be kept in such depositories as shall from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors or its designees selected for such purposes. All checks or other orders for the payment of money shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer, a Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary or such other person or agent as may from time to time be authorized by the Board of Directors and with such countersignature, if any, as may be required by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.13          Contracts and Other DocumentsThe Chief Executive Officer, the Secretary and such other officer or officers as may from time to time be authorized by the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors or any other committee given specific authority by the Board of Directors during the intervals between the meetings of the Board of Directors to authorize such action, shall each have the power to sign and execute on behalf of the Corporation deeds, conveyances, contracts and any and all other documents requiring execution by the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE V.
STOCK

 

Section 5.01          Certificates.  The shares of Stock shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of Stock shall be uncertificated shares.  Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation.  Every holder of Stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the Corporation by (a) any one officer of the Corporation who is the Chairperson, a Vice Chairperson, the Chief Executive Officer or a Vice President, and (b) by any one officer of the Corporation who is the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, with such signatories certifying the number of shares of the applicable class or series of Stock owned by such holder in the Corporation.  Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

 

Section 5.02          Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates.  The Corporation may issue a new certificate for shares of Stock in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

 

  12  

 

 

ARTICLE VI.
INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES

 

Section 6.01          Right to Indemnification.  The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law (including  as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended), any person (a “Covered Person”) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (any such action, suit or proceeding, a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such Covered Person.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.03 of these Bylaws, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a Covered Person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Covered Person only if the commencement of such proceeding (or part thereof) by the Covered Person was authorized in the specific case by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 6.02          Advancement of Expenses.  The Corporation shall to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided, however, that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Covered Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VI or otherwise.

 

Section 6.03          Claims.  If a claim for indemnification under this Article VI (following the final disposition of such proceeding) is not paid in full within ninety (90) days after the Corporation has received a claim therefor by the Covered Person, or if a claim for any advancement of expenses under this Article VI is not paid in full within thirty (30) days after the Corporation has received a statement or statements requesting such amounts to be advanced, the Covered Person shall thereupon (but not before) be entitled to file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim.  If successful in whole or in part, the Covered Person shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim to the fullest extent permitted by law.  In any such action, the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Covered Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

 

Section 6.04          Non-exclusivity of Rights.  The rights conferred on any Covered Person by this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such Covered Person may have or hereafter acquires under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, agreement, vote of Stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

  

Section 6.05          Other Sources.  The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or to advance expenses to any Covered Person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity shall be reduced by any amount such Covered Person may collect as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit enterprise.

 

Section 6.06          Amendment or Repeal.  Any right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses of any Covered Person arising hereunder shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to or repeal of these Bylaws after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought.

 

Section 6.07          Other Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses.  This Article VI shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than Covered Persons when and as authorized by appropriate corporate action.

 

ARTICLE VII.
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 7.01          Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be December 31st of each year, unless otherwise determined by a resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 7.02          Seal.  The corporate seal shall have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

  13  

 

 

Section 7.03          Manner of Notice.  Except as otherwise provided herein or permitted by applicable law, notices to directors and Stockholders shall be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to the directors or Stockholders at their addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation.  Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to Stockholders, and except as prohibited by applicable law, any notice to Stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to Stockholders who share an address if consented to by the Stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given.  Any such consent shall be revocable by the Stockholder by written notice to the Corporation.  Any Stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Corporation, within sixty (60) days of having been given written notice by the Corporation of its intention to send the single notice permitted under this Section 7.03, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.  Notice to directors may be given in person, by mail or by e-mail, telephone, telecopier or other means of electronic transmission.

 

Section 7.04          Waiver of Notice of Meetings of Stockholders, Directors and Committees.  Any waiver of notice, given by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.  Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Stockholders, Board of Directors, or members of a committee of the Board of Directors need be specified in a waiver of notice.

 

Section 7.05          Construction; Section Headings.  For purposes of these Bylaws, unless the context otherwise requires, (i) references to “Articles” and “Sections” refer to articles and sections of these Bylaws and (ii) the term “include” or “includes” means includes, without limitation, and “including” means including, without limitation.  Section headings in these Bylaws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

 

Section 7.06          Form of Records.  Any records maintained by the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account, and minute books, may be kept on, or by means of, or be in the form of, any information storage device or method, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time.

 

Section 7.07          Amendment of Bylaws.  These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed, and new bylaws made, only by the affirmative vote of (a) a majority of the Board of Directors or (b) Stockholders representing at least 66-2/3% of the votes eligible to be cast in an election of directors of the Corporation.

 

*            *            *

 

14

 

 

Exhibit 3.1

  

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE HEREOF MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, OR HYPOTHECATED, OR BE THE SUBJECT OF ANY HEDGING, SHORT SALE, DERIVATIVE, PUT, OR CALL TRANSACTION THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE EFFECTIVE ECONOMIC DISPOSITION OF SUCH SECURITIES BY ANY PERSON FOR A PERIOD OF ONE HUNDRED AND EIGHTY (180) DAYS IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING THE QUALIFICATION DATE OF THE OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES PURSUANT TO OFFERING STATEMENT NO. 024-10773, AS FILED WITH THE U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH FINRA RULE 5110(g)(2).

 

THIS PURCHASE WARRANT IS NOT EXERCISABLE PRIOR TO _____________1. VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M., EASTERN TIME, _____________2.

 

 

IPIC ENTERTAINMENT INC.

 

FORM OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

  

Warrant Shares: [  •  ] Issuance Date: [  •  ], 2018

  

THIS CLASS A COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT (the “Warrant”) certifies that, for value received, Tripoint Global Equities, LLC or its assigns (the “Holder”) is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the limitations on exercise and the conditions hereinafter set forth, at any time on or after the date that is 366 days after the latest date when the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) declares the Offering Statement relating to the initial public offering of the shares of Class A Common Stock of the Company (as defined below) qualified (the “Qualification Date”) (the “Initial Exercise Date”) and on or before the close of business on the date which is three and one-half (3.5) years following the Qualification Date of the Offering Statement (the “Termination Date”) but not thereafter, to subscribe for and purchase from iPic Entertainment Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), up to 47,630 shares (as subject to adjustment hereunder, the “Warrant Shares”) of Class A Common Stock. The purchase price of one share of Class A Common Stock under this Warrant shall be equal to the Exercise Price, as defined in Section 2(b).

 

Section 1. Definitions.

 

Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Selling Agency Agreement, dated [ • ], 2018 (the “Agreement”), between the Company and Tripoint Global Equities, LLC.

 

Section 2. Exercise.

 

(a) Method of Exercise. Exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be made, in whole or in part, at any time or times on or after the Initial Exercise Date and on or before the Termination Date by delivery to the Company (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice in writing to the registered Holder at the address of the Holder appearing on the books of the Company) of a duly executed facsimile copy of the Notice of Exercise form annexed hereto (the “Notice of Exercise”). Within three (3) trading days after the date of exercise as aforesaid, the Holder shall deliver the aggregate Exercise Price for the shares specified in the applicable Notice of Exercise by wire transfer or cashier’s check drawn on a United States bank unless the cashless exercise procedure specified in Section 2(c) below is available and specified in the applicable Notice of Exercise. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Holder shall not be required to physically surrender this Warrant to the Company until the Holder has purchased all of the Warrant Shares available hereunder and the Warrant has been exercised in full, in which case, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company for cancellation within three (3) trading days of the date the final Notice of Exercise is delivered to the Company. Partial exercises of this Warrant resulting in purchases of a portion of the total number of Warrant Shares available hereunder shall have the effect of lowering the outstanding number of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder in an amount equal to the applicable number of Warrant Shares purchased. The Holder and the Company shall maintain records showing the number of Warrant Shares purchased and the date of such purchases; provided that the records of the Company, absent manifest error, will be conclusive with respect to the number of Warrant Shares purchasable from time to time hereunder. The Company shall deliver any objection to any Notice of Exercise within two (2) business days after receipt of such notice. The Holder and any assignee, by acceptance of this Warrant, acknowledge and agree that, by reason of the provisions of this paragraph, following the purchase of a portion of the Warrant Shares hereunder, the number of Warrant Shares available for purchase hereunder at any given time may be less than the amount stated on the face hereof.

  

 

1 Date that is 366 days following the Qualification Date.

2 Date that is three and one half (3.5) years following the Qualification Date.

 

  1  

 

 

(b) Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of the Class A Common Stock under this Warrant shall be $23.125, subject to adjustment hereunder (the “Exercise Price”). Except as where otherwise permitted in accordance with Section 2(c), this Warrant may only be exercised by means of payment by wire transfer or cashier’s check drawn on a United States bank.

 

(c) Cashless Exercise. This Warrant may at the option of the Holder be exercised, in whole or in part, at such time by means of a “cashless exercise” in which the Holder shall be entitled to receive a number of Warrant Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (A-B) (X) by (A), where:

 

(A) = the VWAP on the trading day immediately preceding the date on which Holder elects to exercise this Warrant by means of a “cashless exercise,” as set forth in the applicable Notice of Exercise;

 

(B) = the Exercise Price of this Warrant, as adjusted hereunder; and

 

(X) = the number of Warrant Shares that would be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms of this Warrant if such exercise were by means of a cash exercise rather than a cashless exercise.

 

VWAP” means, for any date, the price determined by the first of the following clauses that applies: (a) if the Class A Common Stock is then listed or quoted on a Trading Market (as defined below), the daily volume weighted average price of the Class A Common Stock for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on the Trading Market on which the Class A Common Stock is then listed or quoted as reported by Bloomberg L.P. (“Bloomberg”) (based on a trading day from 9:30 a.m., Eastern time, to 4:00 p.m., Eastern time), (b) if the OTC Bulletin Board or any market, exchange or quotation system maintained by the OTC Markets Group, Inc., including, without limitation, OTCQB, OTCQX or OTC Pink (or any successors of the foregoing) is not a Trading Market and the Class A Common Stock is then traded on such market, exchange or quotation system, the volume weighted average price of the Class A Common Stock for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on such market, exchange or quotation system or (c) in all other cases, the fair market value of a share of Class A Common Stock as determined by an independent appraiser selected in good faith by the board of directors of the Company and reasonably acceptable to the Holder, the fees and expenses of which shall be paid by the Company. 

 

Trading Market” means the NYSE:MKT, Nasdaq Capital Market, Nasdaq Global Market, Nasdaq Global Select Market, or any other national securities exchange, market, or trading or quotation facility on which the Class A Common Stock is then listed or quoted.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, cashless exercise shall be available to the Holder only if the Company has not filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 (or an equivalent form) covering the resale of the Warrant Shares within five (5) business days following the date when the Company is first eligible to use such a short-form registration statement (which date will not be earlier than 366 days after the Qualification Date and, based on the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC, is likely to be a date later than that). The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to have such shelf registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable following filing.

  

  2  

 

 

(d) Mechanics of Exercise.

 

(i) Delivery of Warrant Shares Upon Exercise. The Company shall use best efforts to cause the Warrant Shares purchased hereunder to be transmitted by the Company’s stock transfer agent and registrar (the “Transfer Agent”) to the Holder by physical delivery to the address specified by the Holder in the Notice of Exercise by the date that is five (5) trading days after the latest of (A) the delivery to the Company of the Notice of Exercise, (B) surrender of this Warrant (if required) and (C) payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as set forth above (including by cashless exercise, if permitted) (such date, the “Warrant Share Delivery Date”). The Warrant Shares shall be deemed to have been issued, and the Holder or any other person so designated to be named therein shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such shares for all purposes, as of the date the Warrant has been exercised, with payment to the Company of the Exercise Price (or by cashless exercise, if permitted) and all taxes required to be paid by the Holder, if any, pursuant to Section 2(d)(vi) before the issuance of such shares, having been paid.

 

(ii) Delivery of New Warrants Upon Exercise. If this Warrant shall have been exercised in part, the Company shall, at the request of a Holder and upon surrender of this Warrant, at the time of delivery of the Warrant Shares, deliver to the Holder a new Warrant evidencing the rights of the Holder to purchase the unpurchased Warrant Shares called for by this Warrant, which new Warrant shall in all other respects be identical with this Warrant.

 

(iii) Rescission Rights. If the Company fails to cause the Transfer Agent to transmit to the Holder the Warrant Shares pursuant to Section 2(d)(i) by the Warrant Share Delivery Date, then the Holder will have the right to rescind such exercise.

 

(iv) Compensation for Buy-In on Failure to Timely Deliver Warrant Shares Upon Exercise. In addition to any other rights available to the Holder, if the Company fails to cause the Transfer Agent to transmit to the Holder the Warrant Shares pursuant to an exercise on or before the Warrant Share Delivery Date, and if after such date the Holder is required by its broker to purchase (in an open market transaction or otherwise) or the Holder’s brokerage firm otherwise purchases, shares of Class A Common Stock to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by the Holder of the Warrant Shares which the Holder anticipated receiving upon such exercise (a “Buy-In”), then the Company shall (A) pay in cash to the Holder the amount, if any, by which (x) the Holder’s total purchase price (including brokerage commissions, if any) for the shares of Class A Common Stock so purchased exceeds (y) the amount obtained by multiplying (1) the number of Warrant Shares that the Company was required to deliver to the Holder in connection with the exercise at issue times (2) the price at which the sell order giving rise to such purchase obligation was executed, and (B) at the option of the Holder, either reinstate the portion of the Warrant and equivalent number of Warrant Shares for which such exercise was not honored (in which case such exercise shall be deemed rescinded) or deliver to the Holder the number of shares of Class A Common Stock that would have been issued had the Company timely complied with its exercise and delivery obligations hereunder. For example, if the Holder purchases Class A Common Stock having a total purchase price of $11,000 to cover a Buy-In with respect to an attempted exercise of shares of Class A Common Stock with an aggregate sale price giving rise to such purchase obligation of $10,000, under clause (A) of the immediately preceding sentence the Company shall be required to pay the Holder $1,000. The Holder shall provide the Company written notice indicating the amounts payable to the Holder in respect of the Buy-In and, upon request of the Company, evidence of the amount of such loss. Nothing herein shall limit a Holder’s right to pursue any other remedies available to it hereunder, at law or in equity including, without limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief with respect to the Company’s failure to timely deliver shares of Class A Common Stock upon exercise of the Warrant as required pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

(v) No Fractional Shares or Scrip. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant. As to any fraction of a share which the Holder would otherwise be entitled to purchase upon such exercise, the Company shall, at its election, either pay a cash adjustment in respect of such final fraction in an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the Exercise Price or round up to the next whole share.

 

(vi) Charges, Taxes and Expenses. Issuance of Warrant Shares shall be made without charge to the Holder for any issue or transfer tax or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance of such Warrant Shares, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Company, and such Warrant Shares shall be issued in the name of the Holder or in such name or names as may be directed by the Holder; providedhowever, that, in the event Warrant Shares are to be issued in a name other than the name of the Holder, this Warrant when surrendered for exercise shall be accompanied by the assignment form attached hereto duly executed by the Holder and the Company may require, as a condition thereto, the payment of a sum sufficient to reimburse it for any transfer tax incidental thereto. The Company shall pay all Transfer Agent fees required for same-day processing of any Notice of Exercise.

 

(vii) Closing of Books. The Company will not close its stockholder books or records in any manner which prevents the timely exercise of this Warrant, pursuant to the terms hereof.

  

  3  

 

 

(e) Holder’s Exercise Limitations. The Company shall not effect any exercise of this Warrant, and a Holder shall not have the right to exercise any portion of this Warrant, pursuant to Section 2 or otherwise, to the extent that after giving effect to such issuance after exercise as set forth on the applicable Notice of Exercise, the Holder (together with the Holder’s Affiliates (as defined below), and any other Persons (as defined below) acting as a group together with the Holder or any of the Holder’s Affiliates), would beneficially own in excess of the Beneficial Ownership Limitation (as defined below). For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock beneficially owned by the Holder and its Affiliates shall include the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with respect to which such determination is being made, but shall exclude the number of shares of Class A Common Stock which would be issuable upon (i) exercise of the remaining, nonexercised portion of this Warrant beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates and (ii) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or nonconverted portion of any other securities of the Company (including, without limitation, any other Class A Common Stock Equivalents, as defined below) subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for purposes of this Section 2(e), beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, it being acknowledged by the Holder that the Company is not representing to the Holder that such calculation is in compliance with Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the Holder is solely responsible for any schedules required to be filed in accordance therewith. To the extent that the limitation contained in this Section 2(e) applies, the determination of whether this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any Affiliates) and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable shall be in the sole discretion of the Holder, and the submission of a Notice of Exercise shall be deemed to be the Holder’s determination of whether, and representation and certification to the Company that, this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any Affiliates) and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable, in each case subject to the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, and the Company shall have no obligation to verify or confirm the accuracy of such determination. In addition, a determination as to any group status as contemplated above shall be determined in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. For purposes of this Section 2(e), in determining the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, a Holder may rely on the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock as reflected in (A) the Company’s most recent periodic or annual report filed with the SEC, as the case may be, (B) a more recent public announcement by the Company or (C) a more recent written notice by the Company or the Transfer Agent setting forth the number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding. Upon the written or oral request of a Holder, the Company shall within two (2) trading days confirm orally and in writing to the Holder the number of shares of Class A Common Stock then outstanding. In any case, the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion or exercise of securities of the Company, including this Warrant, by the Holder or its Affiliates since the date as of which such number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock was reported. The “Beneficial Ownership Limitation” shall be 4.99% of the number of shares of the Class A Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant. The Holder, upon not less than 61 days’ prior written notice to the Company, may increase or decrease the Beneficial Ownership Limitation provisions of this Section 2(e), provided that the Beneficial Ownership Limitation in no event exceeds 9.99% of the number of shares of the Class A Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of Class A Common Stock upon exercise of this Warrant held by the Holder and the provisions of this Section 2(e) shall continue to apply. Any such increase or decrease will not be effective until the 61st day after such notice is delivered to the Company. The provisions of this paragraph shall be construed and implemented in a manner otherwise than in strict conformity with the terms of this Section 2(e) to correct this paragraph (or any portion hereof) which may be defective or inconsistent with the intended Beneficial Ownership Limitation herein contained or to make changes or supplements necessary or desirable to properly give effect to such limitation. The limitations contained in this paragraph shall apply to a successor holder of this Warrant. 

  

  4  

 

 

Affiliate” means any Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, a Person.

 

Class A Common Stock Equivalents” means any securities of the Company which would entitle the holder thereof to acquire at any time Class A Common Stock, including, without limitation, any debt, preferred stock, right, option, warrant or other instrument that is at any time convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or otherwise entitles the holder thereof to receive, Class A Common Stock.

 

Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, or association.

 

Section 3. Certain Adjustments.

 

(a) Stock Dividends and Splits. If the Company, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding: (i) pays a stock dividend or otherwise makes a distribution or distributions on shares of its Class A Common Stock or any other equity or equity equivalent securities payable in shares of Class A Common Stock (which, for avoidance of doubt, shall not include any shares of Class A Common Stock issued by the Company upon exercise of this Warrant), (ii) subdivides outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock into a larger number of shares, (iii) combines (including by way of reverse stock split) outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, or (iv) issues by reclassification of shares of the Class A Common Stock any shares of capital stock of the Company, then in each case the Exercise Price shall be multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Class A Common Stock (excluding treasury shares, if any) outstanding immediately before such event and of which the denominator shall be the number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event, and the number of shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be proportionately adjusted such that the aggregate Exercise Price of this Warrant shall remain unchanged. Any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 3(a) shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution and shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or re-classification.

 

(b) Subsequent Rights Offerings. In addition to any adjustments pursuant to Section 3(a) above, if at any time during which this Warrant is outstanding the Company grants, issues or sells any Class A Common Stock Equivalents or other rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property pro rata to the record holders of any class of shares of Class A Common Stock (the “Purchase Rights”), then the Holder will be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which the Holder could have acquired if the Holder had held the number of shares of Class A Common Stock acquirable upon complete exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on exercise hereof, including without limitation, the Beneficial Ownership Limitation) immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of shares of Class A Common Stock are to be determined for the grant, issue or sale of such Purchase Rights (providedhowever, to the extent that the Holder’s right to participate in any such Purchase Right would result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, then the Holder shall not be entitled to participate in such Purchase Right to such extent (or beneficial ownership of such shares of Class A Common Stock as a result of such Purchase Right to such extent) and such Purchase Right to such extent shall be held in abeyance for the Holder until such time, if ever, as its right thereto would not result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation). The provisions of this Section 3(b) will not apply to any grant, issuance or sale of Class A Common Stock Equivalents or other rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property of the Company which is not made pro rata to the record holders of any class of shares of Class A Common Stock. 

  

  5  

 

 

(c) Fundamental Transaction. If, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding, (i) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another Person, (ii) the Company, directly or indirectly, effects any sale, lease, license, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of its assets in one or a series of related transactions, (iii) any, direct or indirect, purchase offer, tender offer or exchange offer (whether by the Company or another Person) is completed pursuant to which holders of Class A Common Stock are permitted to sell, tender or exchange their shares for other securities, cash or property and has been accepted by the holders of 50% or more of the outstanding Class A Common Stock, (iv) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of the Class A Common Stock or any compulsory share exchange pursuant to which the Class A Common Stock is effectively converted into or exchanged for other securities, cash or property, or (v) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions consummates a stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off or scheme of arrangement) with another Person or group of Persons whereby such other Person or group acquires more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock (not including any shares of Class A Common Stock held by the other Person or other Persons making or party to, or associated or affiliated with the other Persons making or party to, such stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination) (each a “Fundamental Transaction”), then, upon any subsequent exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to receive, for each Warrant Share that would have been issuable upon such exercise immediately prior to the occurrence of such Fundamental Transaction (without regard to any limitation in Section 2(e) on the exercise of this Warrant), the number of shares of Class A Common Stock of the successor or acquiring corporation or of the Company, if it is the surviving corporation, and any additional consideration (the “Alternate Consideration”) receivable as a result of such Fundamental Transaction by a holder of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock for which this Warrant is exercisable immediately prior to such Fundamental Transaction (without regard to any limitation in Section 2(e) on the exercise of this Warrant). For purposes of any such exercise, the determination of the Exercise Price shall be appropriately adjusted to apply to such Alternate Consideration based on the amount of Alternate Consideration issuable in respect of one share of Class A Common Stock in such Fundamental Transaction, and the Company shall apportion the Exercise Price among the Alternate Consideration in a reasonable manner reflecting the relative value of any different components of the Alternate Consideration. If holders of Class A Common Stock are given any choice as to the securities, cash or property to be received in a Fundamental Transaction, then the Holder shall be given the same choice as to the Alternate Consideration it receives upon any exercise of this Warrant after such Fundamental Transaction. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in the event of a Fundamental Transaction that is (1) an all cash transaction, (2) a “Rule 13e-3 transaction” as defined in Rule 13e-3 under the Exchange Act, or (3) a Fundamental Transaction involving a person or entity not traded on a national securities exchange, including, but not limited to, the NYSE:MKT, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, or the Nasdaq Capital Market, the Company or any Successor Entity (as defined below) shall, at the option of the Holder or the Company or any Successor Entity, exercisable at any time concurrently with, or within 30 days after, the consummation of the Fundamental Transaction, purchase this Warrant from the Holder by paying to the Holder an amount of cash equal to the Black Scholes Value of the remaining unexercised portion of this Warrant on the date of the consummation of such Fundamental Transaction. “Black Scholes Value” means the value of this Warrant based on the Black Scholes Option Pricing Model obtained from the “OV” function on Bloomberg determined as of the day of consummation of the applicable Fundamental Transaction for pricing purposes and reflecting (A) a risk-free interest rate corresponding to the U.S. Treasury rate for a period equal to the time between the date of the public announcement of the applicable Fundamental Transaction and the Termination Date, (B) an expected volatility equal to the greater of 100% and the 100 day volatility obtained from the HVT function on Bloomberg as of the trading day immediately following the public announcement of the applicable Fundamental Transaction, (C) the underlying price per share used in such calculation shall be the sum of the price per share being offered in cash, if any, plus the value of any non-cash consideration, if any, being offered in such Fundamental Transaction and (D) a remaining option time equal to the time between the date of the public announcement of the applicable Fundamental Transaction and the Termination Date. The Company shall cause any successor entity in a Fundamental Transaction in which the Company is not the survivor (the “Successor Entity”) to assume in writing all of the obligations of the Company under this Warrant in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3(c), and to deliver to the Holder in exchange for this Warrant a security of the Successor Entity evidenced by a written instrument substantially similar in form and substance to this Warrant which is exercisable for a corresponding number of shares of capital stock of such Successor Entity (or its parent entity) equivalent to the shares of Class A Common Stock acquirable and receivable upon exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on the exercise of this Warrant) before such Fundamental Transaction, and with an exercise price which applies the exercise price hereunder to such shares of capital stock (but taking into account the relative value of the shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to such Fundamental Transaction and the value of such shares of capital stock, such number of shares of capital stock and such exercise price being for the purpose of protecting the economic value of this Warrant immediately prior to the consummation of such Fundamental Transaction). Upon the occurrence of any such Fundamental Transaction, the Successor Entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such Fundamental Transaction, the provisions of this Warrant and the other Transaction Documents referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the Successor Entity), and may exercise every right and power of the Company and shall assume all of the obligations of the Company under this Warrant and the other Transaction Documents with the same effect as if such Successor Entity had been named as the Company herein. 

  

  6  

 

 

(d) Calculations. All calculations under this Section 3 shall be made to the nearest cent or the nearest 1/100th of a share, as the case may be. For purposes of this Section 3, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock deemed to be issued and outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of the number of shares of Class A Common Stock (excluding treasury shares, if any) issued and outstanding.

 

(e) Notice to Holder.

 

(i) Adjustment to Exercise Price. Whenever the Exercise Price is adjusted pursuant to any provision of this Section 3, the Company shall promptly mail to the Holder a notice setting forth the Exercise Price after such adjustment and any resulting adjustment to the number of Warrant Shares and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment.

 

(ii) Notice to Allow Exercise by Holder. If (A) the Company shall declare a dividend (or any other distribution in whatever form) on the Class A Common Stock, (B) the Company shall declare a special nonrecurring cash dividend on or a redemption of the Class A Common Stock, (C) the Company shall authorize the granting to all holders of the Class A Common Stock rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or of any rights, (D) the approval of any stockholders of the Company shall be required in connection with any reclassification of the Class A Common Stock, any consolidation or merger to which the Company is a party, any sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any compulsory share exchange whereby the Class A Common Stock is converted into other securities, cash or property, or (E) the Company shall authorize the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Company, then, in each case, the Company shall cause to be mailed to the Holder at its last address as it shall appear upon the Warrant Register (as defined in Section 4(c)) of the Company, at least 10 business days before the applicable record or effective date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (x) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution, redemption, rights or warrants, or if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of the Class A Common Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend, distributions, redemption, rights or warrants are to be determined or (y) the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange is expected to become effective or close, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of the Class A Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their shares of the Class A Common Stock for securities, cash or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange; provided that the failure to mail such notice or any defect therein or in the mailing thereof shall not affect the validity of the corporate action required to be specified in such notice. To the extent that any notice provided hereunder constitutes, or contains, material, non-public information regarding the Company, the Company shall simultaneously file such notice with the SEC pursuant to a Current Report on Form 8-K. The Holder shall remain entitled to exercise this Warrant during the period commencing on the date of such notice to the effective date of the event triggering such notice except as may otherwise be expressly set forth herein.

   

Section 4. Transfer of Warrant.

 

(a) Transferability. This Warrant and all rights hereunder (including, without limitation, any registration rights) are transferable, in whole or in part, upon surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company or its designated agent, together with a written assignment of this Warrant substantially in the form attached hereto duly executed by the Holder or its agent or attorney and funds sufficient to pay any transfer taxes payable upon the making of such transfer. Upon such surrender and, if required, such payment, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in the name of the assignee or assignees, as applicable, and in the denomination or denominations specified in such instrument of assignment, and shall issue to the assignor a new Warrant evidencing the portion of this Warrant not so assigned, and this original Warrant shall promptly be cancelled. The Warrant, if properly assigned in accordance herewith, may be exercised by a new holder for the purchase of Warrant Shares without having a new Warrant issued. Neither this Warrant nor any Warrant Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the securities by any person for a period of 180 days following the Qualification Date of the Offering Statement of the offering pursuant to which this Warrant is being issued, except the transfer of any security: 

  

(i) by operation of law or by reason of reorganization of the Company;

 

  7  

 

 

(ii) to any FINRA member firm participating in the offering and the officers or partners thereof, if all securities so transferred remain subject to the lock-up restriction in this Section 4(a) for the remainder of the time period; or

 

(iii) the exercise or conversion of any security, if all securities received remain subject to the lock-up restriction in this Section 4(a) for the remainder of the time period.

 

(b) New Warrants. This Warrant may be divided or combined with other Warrants upon presentation hereof at the aforesaid office of the Company, together with a written notice specifying the names and denominations in which new Warrants are to be issued, signed by the Holder or its agent or attorney. Subject to compliance with Section 4(a), as to any transfer which may be involved in such division or combination, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in exchange for the Warrant or Warrants to be divided or combined in accordance with such notice. All Warrants issued on transfers or exchanges shall be dated the initial issuance date of this Warrant and shall be identical with this Warrant except as to the number of Warrant Shares issuable pursuant thereto.

 

(c) Warrant Register. The Company shall register this Warrant, upon records to be maintained by the Company for that purpose (the “Warrant Register”), in the name of the record Holder hereof from time to time. The Company may deem and treat the registered Holder of this Warrant as the absolute owner hereof for the purpose of any exercise hereof or any distribution to the Holder, and for all other purposes, absent actual notice to the contrary.

 

Section 5. Piggyback Registration Rights.

 

To the extent the Company does not maintain an effective registration statement for the Warrant Shares and in the further event that the Company plans to file a registration statement with the SEC covering the sale of its shares of Class A Common Stock (other than a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8 or any similar successor forms thereto, or on another form, or in another context, in which such “piggyback” registration would be inappropriate), then, for a period commencing six (6) months after the Initial Exercise Date and terminating on the Termination Date, the Company shall give written notice (the “Piggyback Notice”) of such proposed filing to the holders of Warrant Shares as soon as practicable but in no event less than five (5) business days before the anticipated filing date, which notice shall describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such offering, the intended method(s) of distribution, and the name of the proposed managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, of the offering, and offer to the holders of Warrant Shares in such notice the opportunity to register the sale of such number of shares of Warrant Shares as such holders may request in writing within three (3) business days after receipt of such Piggyback Notice (a “Piggyback Registration”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may delay any Piggyback Notice to any holders of Warrant Shares, including until after filing a registration statement, so long as all recipients of such notice have the same amount of time to determine whether to participate in an offering as they would have had if such notice had not been so delayed. The Company shall cause such Warrant Shares to be included in such registration and shall use its best efforts to cause the managing underwriter or underwriters of a proposed underwritten offering to permit the Warrant Shares requested to be included in a Piggyback Registration on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Warrant Shares in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. All holders of Warrant Shares proposing to distribute their securities through a Piggyback Registration that involves an underwriter or underwriters shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such Piggyback Registration.

 

Section 6. Miscellaneous.

 

(a) No Rights as Stockholder Until Exercise. This Warrant does not entitle the Holder to any voting rights, dividend rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company before the exercise hereof as set forth in Section 2(d)(i), except as expressly set forth herein.

  

  8  

 

 

(b) Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant. The Company covenants that upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant or any stock certificate relating to the Warrant Shares, and in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it (which, in the case of the Warrant, shall not include the posting of any bond), and upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant or stock certificate, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new Warrant or stock certificate of like tenor and dated as of such cancellation, in lieu of such Warrant or stock certificate.

 

(c) Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, etc. If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall not be a business day, then, such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding business day.

 

(d) Authorized Shares. The Company covenants that, during the period the Warrant is outstanding, it will reserve from its authorized and unissued Class A Common Stock a sufficient number of shares to provide for the issuance of the Warrant Shares upon the exercise of any purchase rights under this Warrant. The Company further covenants that its issuance of this Warrant shall constitute full authority to its officers who are charged with the duty of executing stock certificates to execute and issue the necessary Warrant Shares upon the exercise of the purchase rights under this Warrant. The Company will take all such commercially reasonable action as may be necessary to assure that such Warrant Shares may be issued as provided herein without violation of any applicable law or regulation, or of any requirements of the Trading Market upon which the Class A Common Stock may be listed. The Company covenants that all Warrant Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant will, upon exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant and payment for such Warrant Shares in accordance herewith, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges created by the Company in respect of the issue thereof (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously with such issue). 

 

Except and to the extent as waived or consented to by the Holder, the Company shall not by any action, including, without limitation, amending its certificate of incorporation or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to protect the rights of the Holder as set forth in this Warrant against impairment. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will (i) not increase the par value of any Warrant Shares above the amount payable therefor upon such exercise immediately prior to such increase in par value, (ii) take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable Warrant Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant, and (iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all such authorizations, exemptions or consents from any public regulatory body having jurisdiction thereof, as may be, necessary to enable the Company to perform its obligations under this Warrant.

 

Before taking any action which would result in an adjustment in the number of Warrant Shares for which this Warrant is exercisable or in the Exercise Price, the Company shall obtain all such authorizations or exemptions therefor, or consents thereto, as may be necessary from any public regulatory body or bodies having jurisdiction thereof.

 

(e) Jurisdiction. All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Warrant shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof, and federal or state courts sitting in the City of New York shall have exclusive jurisdiction over matters arising out of this Warrant.

 

(f) Restrictions. The Holder acknowledges that the Warrant Shares acquired upon the exercise of this Warrant, if not registered, will have restrictions upon resale imposed by state and federal securities laws.

 

(g) Nonwaiver and Expenses. No course of dealing or any delay or failure to exercise any right hereunder on the part of Holder shall operate as a waiver of such right or otherwise prejudice the Holder’s rights, powers or remedies. Without limiting any other provision of this Warrant or the Agreement, if the Company willfully and knowingly fails to comply with any provision of this Warrant, which results in any material damages to the Holder, the Company shall pay to the Holder such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover any and all costs and expenses including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees, including those of appellate proceedings, incurred by the Holder in collecting any amounts due pursuant hereto or in otherwise enforcing any of its rights, powers or remedies hereunder. 

  

  9  

 

 

(h) Notices. Any notice, request or other document required or permitted to be given or delivered to the Holder by the Company shall be delivered to the Holder at its last address as it shall appear upon the Warrant Register.

 

(i) Limitation of Liability. No provision hereof, in the absence of any affirmative action by the Holder to exercise this Warrant to purchase Warrant Shares, and no enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of the Holder, shall give rise to any liability of the Holder for the purchase price of any Class A Common Stock or as a stockholder of the Company, whether such liability is asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company.

 

(j) Remedies. The Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law, including recovery of damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Warrant. The Company agrees that monetary damages alone would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Warrant and hereby agrees to waive and not to assert the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

(k) Successors and Assigns. Subject to applicable securities laws, this Warrant and the rights and obligations evidenced hereby shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the Company and the successors and permitted assigns of Holder. The provisions of this Warrant are intended to be for the benefit of any Holder from time to time of this Warrant and shall be enforceable by the Holder or holder of Warrant Shares.

 

(l) Amendment. This Warrant may be modified or amended or the provisions hereof waived with the written consent of the Company and the Holder.

 

(m) Severability. Wherever possible, each provision of this Warrant shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Warrant shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provisions or the remaining provisions of this Warrant.

 

(n) Headings. The headings used in this Warrant are for the convenience of reference only and shall not, for any purpose, be deemed a part of this Warrant.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

   

  10  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above indicated.

 

    iPic Entertainment Inc.
     
    By:  
      Name:  
      Title:  
     
[CORPORATE SEAL]    
     
ATTEST:    
     
Secretary    

  

[Signature Page to Selling Agent’s Warrant]

  

  11  

 

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO: IPIC ENTERTAINMENT INC.

 

(1) The undersigned hereby elects to purchase ________ Warrant Shares of the Company pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, dated _______, 2017, and tenders herewith payment of the exercise price in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

(2) Payment shall take the form of (check applicable box):

 

in lawful money of the United States by wire transfer or cashier’s check drawn on a United States bank; or

 

if permitted by the terms of the Warrant, the cancellation of such number of Warrant Shares as is necessary, in accordance with the formula set forth in subsection 2(c), to exercise this Warrant pursuant to the cashless exercise procedure set forth in subsection 2(c).

 

(3) Please issue said Warrant Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

   

 

The Warrant Shares shall be delivered to the following DWAC Account Number:

   
   
   

 

[SIGNATURE OF HOLDER]

 

Name of Investing Entity:   
Signature of Authorized Signatory of Investing Entity:  
Name of Authorized Signatory:  
Title of Authorized Signatory:  
Date:  

  

  12  

 

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

(To assign the foregoing Warrant, execute
this form and supply required information.
Do not use this form to exercise the Warrant.)

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, ____ all of or _______ shares of the foregoing Warrant and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby assigned to

 

   whose address is:

 

 

 

 

 

Date: ______________, _______

 

Holder’s Signature:  
   
Holder’s Address:  
   
   

 

Signature Guaranteed:  

  

NOTE: The signature to this Assignment Form must correspond with the name as it appears on the face of the Warrant, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever, and must be guaranteed by a bank or trust company. Officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should file proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Warrant.

 

13

 

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

FORM OF SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

Class A Common Stock
Of
iPic Entertainment Inc.

 

This Subscription Agreement relates to my/our agreement to purchase ________ shares of Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the "Shares"), to be issued by iPic Entertainment Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), for a purchase price of $18.50 per Share, for a total purchase price of $___________ ("Subscription Price"), subject to the terms, conditions, acknowledgments, representations and warranties stated herein and in the Offering Circular for the sale of the Shares, dated ________ __, 2018 (the "Offering Circular"). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Offering Circular.

  

Simultaneously with or subsequent to the execution and delivery hereof, if I have an account with Banq.co®, I am authorizing the Selling Agent to debit funds equal to the amount of the Subscription Price from my account at Banq.co® in the amount of my Subscription Price, provided that if my broker-dealer or the Selling Agent has arranged to facilitate the funding of the Subscription Price to the escrow account (as described below) through a clearing agent, then I agree to deliver the funds for the Subscription Price pursuant to the instructions provided by such clearing agent, such broker-dealer or the Selling Agent. I understand that if I wish to purchase Shares, I must complete this Subscription Agreement and, if I have an account with Banq.co®, have sufficient funds in my account at the time of the execution and delivery of this Subscription Agreement; or, if I do not maintain an account with Banq.co®, submit the applicable Subscription Price as set forth herein. Subscription funds submitted by Investors who do not have an account with Banq.co® will be held by and at an FDIC insured bank in compliance with SEC Rule 15c2-4, with funds to be released to the Company at closing, as described in the Offering Circular. The escrow account will be maintained by Wilmington Trust, N.A., as escrow agent. In the event that the Offering is terminated, then the Offered Shares will not be sold to investors pursuant to this offering and all funds will be returned to investors from escrow together with interest, if any. If any portion of the Shares is not sold in the offering, any funds paid by me for such portion of the Shares will be returned to me promptly; or, if I have an account with Banq.co®, funds for such unsold Shares will not be debited from my account at closing.

 

In order to induce the Company to accept this Subscription Agreement for the Shares and as further consideration for such acceptance, I hereby make, adopt, confirm and agree to all of the following covenants, acknowledgments, representations and warranties with the full knowledge that the Company and its affiliates will expressly rely thereon in making a decision to accept or reject this Subscription Agreement:

 

1. Type of Ownership

 

Individual Joint   Institution

  

2. Investor Information (You must include a permanent street address even if your mailing address is a P.O. Box.)

 

Individual/Beneficial Owner: Joint-Owner/Minor: (If applicable.)
Name: Name:
Social Security/Tax ID Number: Social Security/Tax ID Number:
Street Address: Street Address:
City: City:
State: State:
Postal Code: Postal Code:
Country: Country:
Phone Number: Phone Number:
Email Address: Email Address:

 

 

 

 

3. Investor Eligibility Certifications

 

I understand that to purchase Shares, I must either be an "accredited investor" as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”), or unless the securities issued in the Offering initially trade on a registered national securities exchange upon qualification,I must limit my investment in the Shares to a maximum of: (i) 10% of my net worth or annual income, whichever is greater, if I am a natural person; or (ii) 10% of my revenues or net assets, whichever is greater, for my most recently completed fiscal year, if I am a non-natural person.

 

I understand that if I am a natural person I should determine my net worth for purposes of these representations by calculating the difference between my total assets and total liabilities. I understand this calculation must exclude the value of my primary residence and may exclude any indebtedness secured by my primary residence (up to an amount equal to the value of my primary residence). In the case of fiduciary accounts, net worth and/or income suitability requirements may be satisfied by the beneficiary of the account or by the fiduciary, if the fiduciary directly or indirectly provides funds for the purchase of the Shares.

 

I hereby represent and warrant that I meet the qualifications to purchase Shares because:

 

The aggregate purchase price for the Common Stock I am purchasing in the Offering does not exceed 10% of my net worth or annual income, whichever is greater.

 

I am an accredited investor.

 

4. I understand that the Company reserves the right to, in its sole discretion, accept or reject this subscription, in whole or in part, for any reason whatsoever, and to the extent not accepted, unused funds will be returned from escrow together with interest, if any.  

 

5. I have received the Offering Circular.

 

6. I accept the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.

 

7. I am purchasing the Shares for my own account.

 

8. I hereby represent and warrant that I am not on, and am not acting as an agent, representative, intermediary or nominee for any person identified on, the list of blocked persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Department of Treasury. In addition, I have complied with all applicable U.S. laws, regulations, directives, and executive orders relating to anti-money laundering, including but not limited to the following laws: (1) the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 107-56; and (2) Executive Order 13224 (Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism) of September 23, 2001. By making the foregoing representations you have not waived any right of action you may have under federal or state securities law. Any such waiver would be unenforceable. The Company will assert your representations as a defense in any subsequent litigation where such assertion would be relevant. This subscription agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the principles of conflict of laws.

 

2

 

 

9. Digital ("electronic") signatures, often referred to as an "e-signature", enable paperless contracts and help speed up business transactions. The 2001 E-Sign Act was meant to ease the adoption of electronic signatures. The mechanics of this Subscription Agreement's electronic signature include your signing this Agreement below by typing in your name, with the underlying software recording your IP address, your browser identification, the timestamp, and a securities hash within an SSL encrypted environment. This electronically signed Subscription Agreement will be available to both you and the Company, as well as any associated brokers, so they can store and access it at any time, and it will be stored and accessible on Banq.co®. You and the Company each hereby consent and agree that electronically signing this Agreement constitutes your signature, acceptance and agreement as if actually signed by you in writing. Further, all parties agree that no certification authority or other third party verification is necessary to validate any electronic signature; and that the lack of such certification or third party verification will not in any way affect the enforceability of your signature or resulting contract between you and the Company. You understand and agree that your e-signature executed in conjunction with the electronic submission of this Subscription Agreement shall be legally binding and such transaction shall be considered authorized by you. You agree your electronic signature is the legal equivalent of your manual signature on this Subscription Agreement and you consent to be legally bound by this Subscription Agreement's terms and conditions. Furthermore, you and the Company each hereby agree that all current and future notices, confirmations and other communications regarding this Subscription Agreement specifically, and future communications in general between the parties, may be made by email, sent to the email address of record as set forth in this Subscription Agreement or as otherwise from time to time changed or updated and disclosed to the other party, without necessity of confirmation of receipt, delivery or reading, and such form of electronic communication is sufficient for all matters regarding the relationship between the parties. If any such electronically sent communication fails to be received for any reason, including but not limited to such communication being diverted to the recipient’s spam filters by the recipient’s email service provider, or due to a recipient's change of address, or due to technology issues by the recipient’s service provider, the parties agree that the burden of such failure to receive is on the recipient and not the sender, and that the sender is under no obligation to resend communications via any other means, including but not limited to postal service or overnight courier, and that such communications shall for all purposes, including legal and regulatory, be deemed to have been delivered and received. No physical, paper documents will be sent to you, and if you desire physical documents then you agree to be satisfied by directly and personally printing, at your own expense, the electronically sent communication(s) and maintaining such physical records in any manner or form that you desire.

 

10. Delivery Instructions. If you are funding outside of your BANQ® account via escrow through either an ACH authorization or a wire transfer pursuant to the escrow instructions set forth in the Offering Circular, or delivered to you by your broker-dealer, in the amount of your Subscription Price, please fill out the information below to have your shares delivered to your broker, held at the transfer agent or delivered to your residence. All accepted orders entered on BANQ® will result in shares being delivered directly to your BANQ® account.

 

Retain at the transfer agent

 

Deliver to the address of record above.

 

Deliver to my brokerage account at the following instructions:

 

DWAC INSTRUCTIONS

 

Name of DTC Participant (broker-dealer at which the account

or accounts to be credited with the Common Stock are maintained):                                                                                                                                              

 

DTC Participant Number:                                                                                                                                              

 

Name of Account at DTC Participant being

credited with the Common Stock                                                                                                                                              

 

Account Number at DTC Participant being credited

with the Common Stock:                                                                                                                                              

  

3

 

 

Your Consent is Hereby Given: By signing this Subscription Agreement electronically, you are explicitly agreeing to receive documents electronically including your copy of this signed Subscription Agreement as well as ongoing disclosures, communications and notices.

  

SIGNATURES:

 

THE UNDERSIGNED HAS THE AUTHORITY TO ENTER INTO THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT ON BEHALF OF THE PERSON(S) OR ENTITY REGISTERED ABOVE.

 

Subscriber:   Issuer:
     
    /s/ Hamid Hashemi
Name:    Name: Hamid Hashemi
Email:    Company: iPic Entertainment Inc.
Date:   Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.2

 

FORM OF SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

Class A Common Stock
of
iPic Entertainment Inc.

 

This Subscription Agreement relates to my/our agreement to purchase ________ shares of Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Shares”), to be issued by iPic Entertainment Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), for a purchase price of $18.50 per Share, for a total purchase price of $___________ (“Subscription Price”), subject to the terms, conditions, acknowledgments, representations and warranties stated herein and in the Offering Circular for the sale of the Shares, dated ________ __, 2018 (the “Offering Circular”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Offering Circular.

 

Simultaneously with or subsequent to the execution and delivery hereof, if I have an account with Banq.co®, I am authorizing the Selling Agent to debit funds equal to the amount of the Subscription Price from my account at Banq.co®; or, if I do not have an account with Banq.co®, I am making either an ACH authorization or a wire transfer pursuant to the escrow instructions set forth in the Offering Circular, or delivered to me by my broker-dealer, in the amount of my Subscription Price, provided that if my broker-dealer or the Selling Agent has arranged to facilitate the funding of the Subscription Price to the escrow account (as described below) through a clearing agent, then I agree to deliver the funds for the Subscription Price pursuant to the instructions provided by such clearing agent, such broker-dealer or the Selling Agent. I understand that if I wish to purchase Shares, I must complete this Subscription Agreement and, if I have an account with Banq.co®, have sufficient funds in my account at the time of the execution and delivery of this Subscription Agreement; or, if I do not maintain an account with Banq.co®, submit the applicable Subscription Price as set forth herein. Subscription funds submitted by Investors who do not have an account with Banq.co® will be held by and at an FDIC insured bank in compliance with SEC Rule 15c2-4, with funds to be released to the Company at closing, as described in the Offering Circular. The escrow account will be maintained by Wilmington Trust, N.A., as escrow agent. In the event that the Offering is terminated, then the Offered Shares will not be sold to investors pursuant to this offering and all funds will be returned to investors from escrow together with interest, if any. If any portion of the Shares is not sold in the offering, any funds paid by me for such portion of the Shares will be returned to me promptly; or, if I have an account with Banq.co®, funds for such unsold Shares will not be debited from my account at closing.

 

In order to induce the Company to accept this Subscription Agreement for the Shares and as further consideration for such acceptance, I hereby make, adopt, confirm and agree to all of the following covenants, acknowledgments, representations and warranties with the full knowledge that the Company and its affiliates will expressly rely thereon in making a decision to accept or reject this Subscription Agreement:

 

1. Type of Ownership

 

☐ Individual

☐ Institution

 

2. Investor Information (You must include a permanent street address even if your mailing address is a P.O. Box.)

 

Individual/Beneficial Owner:  
Name: Social Security/Tax ID Number:
Street Address: City:
Region: Postal Code:
Country: Phone Number:
Email Address:  

 

 

 

 

Joint-Owner/Minor: (If applicable.)  
Name: Social Security/Tax ID Number:
Street Address: City:
Region: Postal Code:
Country: Phone Number:
Email Address:  

 

3. Investor Eligibility Certifications

 

I understand that to purchase Shares, I must either be an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”), or, unless the securities issued in the Offering initially trade on a registered national securities exchange upon qualification, I must limit my investment in the Shares to a maximum of: (i) 10% of my net worth or annual income, whichever is greater, if I am a natural person; or (ii) 10% of my revenues or net assets, whichever is greater, for my most recently completed fiscal year, if I am a non-natural person.

 

I understand that if I am a natural person I should determine my net worth for purposes of these representations by calculating the difference between my total assets and total liabilities. I understand this calculation must exclude the value of my primary residence and may exclude any indebtedness secured by my primary residence (up to an amount equal to the value of my primary residence). In the case of fiduciary accounts, net worth and/or income suitability requirements may be satisfied by the beneficiary of the account or by the fiduciary, if the fiduciary directly or indirectly provides funds for the purchase of the Shares.

 

I hereby represent and warrant that I meet the qualifications to purchase Shares because:

 

☐ The aggregate purchase price for the Common Stock I am purchasing in the Offering does not exceed 10% of my net worth or annual income, whichever is greater.

 

☐ I am an accredited investor.

 

4. I understand that the Company reserves the right to, in its sole discretion, accept or reject this subscription, in whole or in part, for any reason whatsoever, and to the extent not accepted, unused funds maintained in my account at Banq.co® or transmitted herewith shall either not be debited from my account at Banq.co® or be returned to the undersigned in full, with any interest accrued thereon.

 

5. I have received the Offering Circular.

 

6. I accept the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.

 

7. I am purchasing the Shares for my own account.

 

8. I hereby represent and warrant that I am not on, and am not acting as an agent, representative, intermediary or nominee for any person identified on, the list of blocked persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Department of Treasury. In addition, I have complied with all applicable U.S. laws, regulations, directives, and executive orders relating to anti-money laundering, including but not limited to the following laws: (1) the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 107-56; and (2) Executive Order 13224 (Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism) of September 23, 2001.

 

2

 

 

By making the foregoing representations, you have not waived any right of action you may have under federal or state securities law. Any such waiver would be unenforceable. The Company will assert your representations as a defense in any subsequent litigation where such assertion would be relevant. This subscription agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

9. Digital (“electronic”) signatures, often referred to as an “e-signature”, enable paperless contracts and help speed up business transactions. The 2001 E-Sign Act was meant to ease the adoption of electronic signatures. The mechanics of this Subscription Agreement’s electronic signature include your signing this Agreement below by typing in your name, with the underlying software recording your IP address, your browser identification, the timestamp, and a securities hash within an SSL encrypted environment. This electronically signed Subscription Agreement will be available to both you and the Company, as well as any associated brokers, so they can store and access it at any time, and it will be stored and accessible on Banq.co®. You and the Company each hereby consent and agree that electronically signing this Agreement constitutes your signature, acceptance and agreement as if actually signed by you in writing. Further, all parties agree that no certification authority or other third party verification is necessary to validate any electronic signature; and that the lack of such certification or third party verification will not in any way affect the enforceability of your signature or resulting contract between you and the Company. You understand and agree that your e-signature executed in conjunction with the electronic submission of this Subscription Agreement shall be legally binding and such transaction shall be considered authorized by you. You agree your electronic signature is the legal equivalent of your manual signature on this Subscription Agreement and you consent to be legally bound by this Subscription Agreement’s terms and conditions. Furthermore, you and the Company each hereby agree that all current and future notices, confirmations and other communications regarding this Subscription Agreement specifically, and future communications in general between the parties, may be made by email, sent to the email address of record as set forth in this Subscription Agreement or as otherwise from time to time changed or updated and disclosed to the other party, without necessity of confirmation of receipt, delivery or reading, and such form of electronic communication is sufficient for all matters regarding the relationship between the parties. If any such electronically sent communication fails to be received for any reason, including but not limited to such communication being diverted to the recipient’s spam filters by the recipient’s email service provider, or due to a recipient’s change of address, or due to technology issues by the recipient’s service provider, the parties agree that the burden of such failure to receive is on the recipient and not the sender, and that the sender is under no obligation to resend communications via any other means, including but not limited to postal service or overnight courier, and that such communications shall for all purposes, including legal and regulatory, be deemed to have been delivered and received. No physical, paper documents will be sent to you, and if you desire physical documents then you agree to be satisfied by directly and personally printing, at your own expense, the electronically sent communication(s) and maintaining such physical records in any manner or form that you desire.

 

10. Delivery Instructions. If you are funding outside of your BANQ® account via escrow through either an ACH authorization or a wire transfer pursuant to the escrow instructions set forth in the Offering Circular, or delivered to you by your broker-dealer, in the amount of your Subscription Price, please fill out the information below to have your shares delivered to your broker, held at the transfer agent or delivered to your residence. All accepted orders entered on BANQ® will result in shares being delivered directly to your BANQ® account.

 

☐ Retain at the transfer agent

 

☐ Deliver to the address of record above.

 

☐ Deliver to my brokerage account at the following instructions:

 

DWAC INSTRUCTIONS

 

Name of DTC Participant (broker-dealer at which the account or accounts to be credited with the Common Stock are maintained):                                                                                                  

 

DTC Participant Number:                                                                                        

 

Name of Account at DTC Participant being credited with the Common Stock                                                                         

 

Account Number at DTC Participant being credited with the Common Stock:                                                                                     

 

3

 

 

Your Consent is Hereby Given: By signing this Subscription Agreement electronically, you are explicitly agreeing to receive documents electronically including your copy of this signed Subscription Agreement as well as ongoing disclosures, communications and notices.

  

SIGNATURES:

 

THE UNDERSIGNED HAS THE AUTHORITY TO ENTER INTO THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT ON BEHALF OF THE PERSON(S) OR ENTITY REGISTERED ABOVE.

 

Subscriber:

 

                                                                                      

Name: 

Email: 

Date: 

 

 

 

Issuer:

 

/s/ Hamid Hashemi                                                    

Name: Hamid Hashemi

Company: iPic Entertainment Inc.

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Exhibit 6.1

 

FORM OF SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
MASTER LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

By and Among

 

IPIC-GOLD CLASS ENTERTAINMENT, LLC,
as Borrower

 

IPIC GOLD CLASS HOLDINGS LLC,
as Holdings,

 

Each Borrower Subsidiary from time to time party hereto,

 

and

 

THE EMPLOYEES’ RETIREMENT SYSTEM OF ALABAMA
and
THE TEACHERS’ RETIREMENT SYSTEM OF ALABAMA,
as Lenders

 

[●], 2018

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

      Page
       
ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS, ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES, UCC TERMS. 2
1.1   Definitions 2
       
ARTICLE II. THE LOAN AND COLLATERAL 19
2.1   The Loan 19
2.2   Security for the Loan. 20
2.3   Interest Rate. 20
2.4   Repayment of Loan. 21
2.5   Late Charges On Overdue Installments; Default Rate; Collection Costs. 24
2.6   Expiration/Termination of Lenders’ Commitment to Lend. 24
2.7   Cross-Collateralization and Cross-Default. 25
2.8   Grant of Lien and Security Interest. 25
2.9   Maintenance of Lien. 25
2.10   Village Note Payoff Advance 26
       
ARTICLE III. CONDITIONS TO THE LOAN 26
3.1   Conditions Precedent to this Agreement 26
3.2   Project Approval: Advances For Project Costs 27
3.3   Project Development Budget Review and Revision: Reallocation of Committed Amount. 29
       
ARTICLE IV. ADVANCES OF THE LOAN FOR EACH PROJECT 30
4.1   Disbursement Procedure. 30
4.2   Direct Advances. 34
4.3   Delivery of Funds 35
4.4   Required Borrower Funds. 35
4.5   Deposit Accounts. 36
       
ARTICLE V. BORROWER’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, 38
5.1   Existence, Power and Qualification. 38
5.2   Intentionally Omitted. 39
5.3   Authority to Borrow Hereunder 39
5.4   Due Execution and Enforceability 39
5.5   No Conflict 39
5.6   No Claims or Litigation 39
5.7   Solvency and Accuracy of Financial Information 40
5.8   No Defaults or Restrictions 40
5.9   Payment of Taxes 40
5.10   Necessary Permits, Etc 40
5.11   ERISA 41
5.12   Regulation U 41
5.13   Controlled Companies 41
5.14   Title to Assets 41

 

i

 

 

5.15   Places of Business 41
5.16   Compliance with Applicable Environmental Laws 41
5.17   Disclosure 41
5.18   Condemnation 42
5.19   Roads and Utilities 42
5.20   Construction 42
5.21   Priority of Mortgages and Financing Statements 42
5.22   Borrower’s Expertise 42
5.23   Anti-Terrorism Laws 42
5.24   Holdings and Borrower Subsidiaries 43
       
ARTICLE VI. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS 43
6.1   Payment and Performance of Obligations 43
6.2   Maintenance of Existence 43
6.3   Compliance with Laws 43
6.4   Accrual and Payment of Taxes 44
6.5   Payment of Claims 44
6.6   Maintenance of Properties 44
6.7   Other Indebtedness 44
6.8   Examination of Records and Visitation By Lenders 44
6.9   Access 44
6.10   Intentionally Omitted. 44
6.11   Accounting Records 45
6.12   Maintenance of Permits, Etc 45
6.13   Conduct of Business 45
6.14   Correction of Defects 45
6.15   Further Assurances 45
6.16   Quarterly Reporting Requirements 45
6.17   Annual Reporting Requirements 46
6.18   Project Financial Statements and Reconciliations 47
6.19   Employee Plan Reports and Notices 47
6.20   Other Reports and Notices 47
6.21   Payment of Fees; Indemnity 48
6.22   Deficiencies 48
6.23   Construct Improvements and Complete the Projects 48
6.24   Use of Proceeds 49
6.25   Insurance 49
6.26   Ownership of Personalty 52
6.27   Discharge Liens 52
6.28   General Operating Budgets 52
6.29   The Borrower’s Commitment to the Projects 53
6.30   EBITDA Requirement 53
6.31   Holdings and Borrower Subsidiaries 53
6.32   Web-cam 53

 

ii

 

 

ARTICLE VII. NEGATIVE COVENANTS 54
7.1   No Liens 54
7.2   Merger, Consolidation, Change in Ownership 55
7.3   Disposition of Assets 55
7.4   Loan and Investments 55
7.5   Indebtedness 56
7.6   Distributions and Redemptions 57
7.7   Change in Business 57
7.8   Places of Business 57
7.9   Changes in Fiscal Year or Accounting 57
7.10   ERISA Funding and Termination 58
7.11   Transactions with Affiliates 58
7.12   Sale and Lease-Back 58
7.13   Assignment or Conveyance 58
7.14   Change of Use 58
7.15   Acquisition of Other Assets 59
7.16   No Fees 59
7.17   No Change to LLC Agreement 59
7.18   Third Party Fees 59
7.19   Holdings and Borrower Subsidiaries 59
       
ARTICLE VIII. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES, 59
8.1   Events of Default 59
8.2   General Remedies 61
8.3   Lenders’ Additional Rights and Remedies 62
8.4   No Limitation on Rights and Remedies 65
8.5   Repossession of the Collateral Care and Custody of the Collateral, Etc. 66
8.6   Application of Proceeds 66
8.7   Attorney-in-Fact 66
8.8   Default Costs 68
       
ARTICLE IX. MISCELLANEOUS. 68
9.1   Waiver 68
9.2   Costs and Expenses 68
9.3   Performance of Lenders 69
9.4   Headings 69
9.5   Survival of Covenants 69
9.6   Agent Lender 69
9.7   Notices, etc. 70
9.8   Register; Participant Register 71
9.9   Borrower Subsidiaries 71
9.10   Ground Leases Involving Borrower Building Construction 71
9.11   Inspections and Reviews 72
9.12   Benefits 72
9.13   Supersedes Prior Agreements; Counterparts 72
9.14   Controlling Law 72
9.15   Confidentiality 73
9.16   Waiver of Jury Trial 73
9.17   Consent 73
9.18   No Oral Agreements/Notice 74
9.19   Amendment and Restatement; No Novation 74
9.20   Video Rights 74

 

iii

 

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED MASTER LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED MASTER LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made as of this [●]th day of [●], 2018 by and among IPIC-GOLD CLASS ENTERTAINMENT, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower”), IPIC GOLD CLASS HOLDINGS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), IPIC TEXAS, LLC, a Texas limited liability company (“IPIC Texas”), IPIC MEDIA, LLC, a Florida limited liability company (“IPIC Media”), DELRAY BEACH HOLDINGS, LLC, a Florida limited liability company (“DB Holdings”), BAY COLONY REALTY, LLC, a Florida limited liability company (“Bay Colony” and, together with IPIC Texas, IPIC Media, DB Holdings and each other Person which the Borrower owns and/or controls one hundred percent (100%) of the Equity Interest of such Person, collectively, the “Borrower Subsidiaries” and each individually a “Borrower Subsidiary”) TEACHERS’ RETIREMENT SYSTEM OF ALABAMA, a body corporate of the State of Alabama created under Section 16-25-1 a mg., Code of Alabama (1975), as amended (“TRS”) and THE EMPLOYEES’ RETIREMENT SYSTEM OF ALABAMA, a body corporate of the State of Alabama created under Section 36-27-I et. seq., Code of Alabama (1975), as amended (“ERS” and, together with TRS, the “Lenders” and each individually a “Lender”).

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to a Master Loan and Security Agreement dated May 25, 2007 (as amended, the “Original Loan Agreement”), Lenders agreed to make a loan to Village Roadshow Gold Class Cinemas LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“VRGCC”) in the stated principal amount of One Hundred Twenty Million Dollars ($120,000,000.00) (the “Original Loan”);

 

WHEREAS, on or about September 10, 2010, (x) the Borrower and IPIC Texas acquired substantially all of the assets of VRGCC and VRGCC Texas LLC, a Texas limited liability company (“VRGCC Texas”), and assumed a portion of the Original Loan equal to the “Tranche 1 Committed Amount” (as hereinafter defined), as more particularly set forth in the Assumption Agreement and (y) the Borrower, IPIC Texas and the Lenders entered into that certain Amended and Restated Master Loan and Security Agreement (as amended pursuant to (i) the Amendment to Amended and Restated Master Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2011, (ii) the Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Master Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 22, 2011, (iii) the Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Master Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2012, (iv) the Fourth Amendment to Master Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 10, 2013, (v) the Modification Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2013 (the “Modification Agreement”), (vi) the Second Modification Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2014, (vii) the Third Modification Agreement, dated as of February 23, 2016, (viii) the Fourth Modification Agreement, dated as of October 9, 2017 (the “Fourth Modification Agreement”), and (ix) the Fifth Modification Agreement, dated as of November 27, 2017, and as otherwise amended, modified or supplemented prior to the date hereof, the “Existing Loan Agreement”).

 

  1  

 

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the consummation of the Parent IPO (as defined below), the Borrower has requested from the Lenders certain modifications to the Existing Loan Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, to effect such modifications, and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3.1 hereof, the Existing Loan Agreement shall be amended and restated in its entirety as set forth herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the Recitals above and other good and valuable consideration, it is hereby agreed as follows:

 

ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS, ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES, UCC TERMS.

 

1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following words and terms shall have the meanings specified below unless the context hereof shall otherwise indicate:

 

“Advances” means the advances of the Loan to be made by the Lenders in accordance with the provisions of Article IV hereof.

 

“Affiliate” means, when used with respect to any Person, any other Person (1) which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person specified, (2) which beneficially owns or holds 5% or more of any class of the voting Equity Interests of such Person, (3) 5% or more of the voting Equity Interests of which is beneficially owned or held by such Person or a subsidiary of such Person, or (4) who is any director or executive officer or manager of such Person. For purposes of the foregoing, no Lender shall be deemed an Affiliate of Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary and the term “control” (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

“Agent Lender” means TRS, or such successor Agent Lender as may be chosen by Lenders with notice to Borrower, which shall serve as the agent (including, as collateral agent) for the Lenders with respect to the Loan for the purposes set forth herein and for any other such purposes as may be determined by the Lenders from time to time.

 

“Amortization Expense” means the amortization expense for the applicable period (to the extent included in the computation of Net Income), according to GAAP.

 

Applicable Environmental Law” shall mean any applicable federal, state or local laws, rules or regulations pertaining to health or the environment, or petroleum products, or radon radiation, or oil or hazardous substances, including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (“CERCLA”), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended (“RCRA”) and the Federal Emergency Planning and Community Right-To-Know Act of 1986, as amended. The terms “hazardous substance” and “release” shall have the meanings specified in CERCLA, and the terms “solid waste,” disposal,” “dispose,” and “disposed” shall have the meanings specified in RCRA, except that if such acts are amended to broaden the meanings thereof, the broader meaning shall apply herein prospectively from and after the date of such amendments; notwithstanding the foregoing, provided, to the extent that the laws of the state in which the Property is located establish a meaning for “hazardous substance” or “release” which is broader than that specified in CERCLA, as CERCLA may be amended from time to time, or a meaning for “solid waste,” “disposal,” and “disposed” which is broader than specified in RCRA, as RCRA may be amended from time to time, such broader meanings under said state law shall apply in all matters relating to the laws of such State.

 

  2  

 

 

“Approved Project” shall mean each Existing Project, each Planned Project, together with any other Future Project which meets the definition of “Approved Project” as defined in Section 3.2(b) hereof.

 

“Architect” means the architect of any Project that has been retained by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary to prepare the Plans and Specifications and provide other architectural services for any Project.

 

“Assignment of Contracts” means, collectively, the separate Assignment of Contract Documents from the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary to Agent Lender, assigning to Agent Lender, and granting to the Agent Lender a first priority security interest in, all rights of the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary in and to the construction contracts, architectural contracts, engineering contracts, management agreements, and such other contracts and agreements relating to each of the Projects as may be required by the Agent Lender. The form of the Assignment of Contracts to be executed in connection with each Project is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

“Assignments of Accounts” means, collectively, that certain Assignment of Deposit Accounts from Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary to Agent Lender, together with one or more Assignment(s) of Deposit Account to be provided by Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary to Agent Lender upon establishing each of the Lessor Contribution Account(s) and Operating Account(s), pledging the Disbursement Account, Excess Cash Flow Account, Lessor Contribution Account(s) and Operating Account(s) as additional Collateral for the Loan Obligations, as the same may be amended.

 

“Assignment and Assumption Documents” means the Assumption Agreement; those certain Assumptions Of Leasehold Deed Of Trust, Assignment Of Rents, Security Agreement And Fixture Filing with respect to each Mortgage encumbering each Existing Project located in the States of Texas and California, those certain Assumptions Of Leasehold Mortgage, Assignment Of Rents, Security Agreement And Fixture Filing with respect to each Mortgage encumbering each Existing Project located in the State of Illinois and that certain Assumption Of Commercial Deed Of Trust, Security Agreement with Assignment Of Rents And Fixture Filing with respect to the Mortgage encumbering the Existing Project located in the State of Washington, together with any and all other documents and instruments evidencing the assignment and assumption of the Original Loan Agreement and other “Loan Documents” (as defined in the Original Loan Agreement) from VRGCC and VRGCC Texas to Borrower and IPIC Texas, respectively.

 

  3  

 

 

“Assumption Agreement” means that certain Assignment and Assumption of Master Loan and Security Agreement dated as of the Existing Loan Agreement Effective Date and other Loan Documents of the same date by and among VRGCC, VRGCC Texas, Lenders, Borrower and Borrower Subsidiaries.

 

“Authorized Representatives” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.1(d) hereof.

 

“Available Committed Amount” shall mean the Tranche 3 Committed Amount less the sum of (a) the Village Note Payoff Advance, (b) the Operating Expense Advance, (c) the stated amount of all Project Tranches for all Existing Projects, Planned Projects and Future Projects previously incurred under the Tranche 3 Committed Amount and (d) any sums not identified in any Project Development Budget for any Existing Project, Planned Project or Future Project but which are reasonably identified by Agent Lender as amounts required to complete the development of any Existing Project, Planned Project or Future Project (i.e., any “overrun” amounts), as such amount may be adjusted from time to time by Agent Lender to account for changes to Project Development Budgets for Existing Projects, Planned Projects and Future Projects, cost-savings or cost-overruns in any Project Development Budgets for an Existing Project, Planned Project or Future Project, or the availability of Lessor Contributions for Project development or operating costs, all as more particularly provided herein.

 

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 1 I of the United States Code, as amended from time to time.

 

“Borrower LLC Agreement” means the Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of even date herewith, as such may be amended in accordance with the provisions thereof, as well as the provisions set forth herein.

 

“Borrower Subsidiaries” shall have the meaning given to such term in the recitals.

 

“Business Day” means a day, other than Saturday or Sunday and legal holidays, when the Agent Lender is open for ordinary business.

 

“Capital Expenditures” means all expenditures made by a Person, directly or indirectly for equipment, fixed assets, real property or improvements, or for replacements or substitutions therefor or additions thereto, that should be, in accordance with GAAP, reflected as additions to property, plant or equipment on a balance sheet of such Person or which have a useful life of more than one year.

 

“Capitalized Lease” means a lease that is required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP.

 

  4  

 

 

“Cash Equivalents” means, as to any Person, (a) securities issued, or directly, unconditionally and fully guaranteed or insured, by the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition by such Person; (b) time deposits and certificates of deposit of any lender or any commercial bank (or which is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia) having capital and surplus aggregating in excess of $500 million and a rating of “A” (or such other similar equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the Securities Act) with maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition by such Person; (c) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (a) above entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (b) above, which repurchase obligations are secured by a valid perfected security interest in the underlying securities; (d) commercial paper issued by any Person incorporated in the United States rated at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor’s Rating Service or at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s Investors Service Inc., and in each case maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition by such Person; (e) investments in money market funds substantially all of whose assets are comprised of securities of the types described in clauses (a) through (d) above; and (f) demand Deposit Accounts maintained in the ordinary course of business.

 

“Change in Control” means Parent shall no longer hold 100% of the power, directly or indirectly, to direct the management, operation and policies of Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary, whether through ownership of voting securities, ownership interests, by contract or otherwise; (b) the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings, Borrower, any Borrower Subsidiary or Parent, whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions, or (c) the consolidation of Borrower, Borrower Subsidiary or Parent with, or merger of any such Person into, another Person, or the merger or consolidation of another Person with or into such Person which results in an event described under (a) or (b) above.

 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Collateral” means:

 

(a) All Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary’s right, title and interest in and to the Projects and including the following assets of every kind, nature and description, wherever located, whether now or hereafter existing and whether now owned or hereafter acquired:

 

(1) The Mortgaged Property;

 

(2) All of the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary’s assets which are or may be subject to Article 9 of the UCC, together with all replacements therefor, additions and accessions thereto, and proceeds (including, but without limitation, insurance proceeds) and products thereof, including, without limitation, the following (as more particularly set forth in Section 1.3 below, capitalized terms used in this subsection without definition set forth in this Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the UCC):

 

(i) Accounts;

 

(ii) Chattel Paper;

 

(iii) Commercial Tort Claims;

 

  5  

 

 

(iv) Deposit Accounts and Lockbox Accounts;

 

(v) Documents;

 

(vi) Equipment;

 

(vii) General Intangibles;

 

(viii) Goods;

 

(ix) Instruments;

 

(x) Inventory;

 

(xi) Investment Property;

 

(xii) Letter-of-Credit Rights;

 

(xiii) Permits;

 

(xiv) Payment Intangibles;

 

(xv) Intellectual Property;

 

(xvi) Software; and

 

(xvii) Supporting Obligations;

 

(3) All existing and future Leases and use agreements of real or personal property entered into by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary as lessor with other Persons as lessees, including without limitation the right to receive and collect all rentals and other monies, including security deposits, at any time payable under such Leases and agreements;

 

(4) Any existing and future Leases and use agreements of real or personal property entered into by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary as lessee with other Persons as lessors, including without limitation the leasehold interest of the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary in such property, and all options to purchase such property or to extend any such Lease or agreement;

 

(5) All Fixtures (as defined by the UCC) of the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary (including, but not limited to, any Fixtures located on any Mortgaged Property);

 

(b) All Records pertaining to any of the Collateral;

 

(c) Any and all other assets of the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary of any kind, nature, or description and which are intended to serve as collateral for the Loans under any one or more of the Loan Documents;

 

  6  

 

 

(d) All Equity Interests of the Borrower now or hereafter owned by Holdings;

 

(e) All Equity Interests of any Borrower Subsidiary now or hereafter owned by the Borrower;

 

(f) All Equity Interests of any other Person now or hereafter owned by Borrower; and

 

(g) All interest, dividends, Proceeds (as defined by the UCC), accessions, products, rents, royalties, issues and profits of any of the property described above, including, without limitation, all monies due and to become due with respect to such property, together with all rights to receive the same.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall be excluded from the definition of “Collateral”: (a) any permit or license issued by a governmental authority to the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary or any agreement to which the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary is a party, in each case, only to the extent and for so long as the terms of such permit, license or agreement or any requirement of law applicable thereto, prohibit the creation by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary of a security interest in such permit, license or agreement in favor of the Lenders (after giving effect to Sections 9-406(d), 9-407(a), 9-408(a) or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) or any other applicable law (including the Bankruptcy Code) or principles of equity), (b) Equipment owned by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary on the date hereof or hereafter acquired that is subject to a Lien securing a purchase money obligation or capital lease obligation permitted to be incurred pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement if the contract or other agreement in which such Lien is granted (or the documentation providing for such purchase money obligation or capital lease obligation) validly prohibits the creation of any other Lien on such Equipment; (c) any Equity Interests in partnerships, joint ventures and subsidiaries (other than Borrower Subsidiaries) that would require the consent of any Person who owns Equity Interests in such partnership, joint venture or subsidiary which consent has not been obtained, (d) any Equity Interests in any foreign subsidiary (or any domestic subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist directly or indirectly of Equity Interests in any foreign subsidiary) that are in excess of 65% of the Equity Interests of such foreign subsidiary entitled to vote; (e) any “intent-to-use” application for registration of a Trademark filed pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Lanham Act, 15 U.S.C. Section 1051, prior to the filing and acceptance of a “Statement of Use” pursuant to Section 1(d) of the Lanham Act or an “Amendment to Allege Use” pursuant to Section 1(c) of the Lanham Act with respect thereto; (f) to the extent used exclusively to hold funds in trust for the benefit of third parties, (A) payroll, health and other employee wage and benefit accounts, (B) tax accounts, including, without limitation, sales tax accounts, (C) escrow, defeasance and redemption accounts and (D) fiduciary or trust accounts and, in the case of clauses (A) through (D), the funds or other property held or maintained in such account; (g) except with respect to Loan Obligations relating to the Pasadena Project, the Pasadena Project; and (h) except with respect to Loan Obligations relating to the Westwood Project, the Westwood Project.

 

“Commitment Period” shall mean the period during which the Lenders are committed to make Advances, as more particularly set forth in Section 4.1(j) hereof.

 

  7  

 

 

“Committed Amount” means Two Hundred Twenty-Five Million Eight Hundred Twenty-Eight Thousand One Hundred Sixty-Nine and 12/100 Dollars ($225,828,169.12) being the sum of the Tranche 1 Committed Amount, the Tranche 2 Committed Amount and the Tranche 3 Committed Amount.

 

“Default” means the occurrence or existence of any event which, but for the giving of notice or expiration of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

“Default Rate” means a fixed per annum rate equal to twelve and 50/100 percent (12.5%).

 

“Deposit Accounts” shall mean the Excess Cash Flow Account, the Lessor Contribution Accounts and the Operating Accounts, and any other “Deposit Account” of Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary as such term is defined in the UCC.

 

“Depreciation Expense” means depreciation expense for an applicable period (to the extent included in the computation of Net Income), according to GAAP.

 

“Disbursement Account” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 4.3 hereof.

 

“EBITDA” means Net Income for an applicable period equal to the 12 full calendar months preceding the date of calculation, plus the sum of (without duplication) Interest Expense, Income Tax Expense, Amortization Expense and Depreciation Expense, all determined in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles.

 

“EBITDA Requirement” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in section 6.30 hereof.

 

“Employee Plan” means an “employee pension benefit plan” as defined in ERISA § 3(2) that is subject to the funding requirements of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code and which has been established, maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary or any other Person which, together with the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary, constitute elements of either a controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code), a group of trades or businesses under common control (within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Code), or Section 4001 of ERISA, an affiliated service group (within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code), or another arrangement covered by Section 414(o) of the Code.

 

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares, interests, rights, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in or units in) such Person and all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase, acquisition or exchange from such Person of any of the foregoing (including through convertible securities).

 

“ERS” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 

  8  

 

 

“ERS Percentage” shall mean 33%, being ERS’s undivided interest in the Loan.

 

“Event of Default” means any “Event of Default” as set forth in Section 8.1 hereof.

 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“Excess Cash Flow” means, the difference, if any, of (a) the sum, without duplication, of (i) the Net Income (calculated on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and any Borrower Subsidiary in accordance with GAAP) of the Borrower and all Borrower Subsidiaries from all sources (i.e., generally including interest income and income from all Projects but excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, proceeds of any capital-raising transaction (including the Parent IPO, subsequent equity raises and proceeds of any debt issuance)) during such applicable period, adjusted by adding thereto, in each case only to the extent (and in the same proportion) deducted in determining such Net Income and without duplication: (A) Amortization Expense for such period calculated in accordance with GAAP, (B) Depreciation Expense for such period calculated in accordance with GAAP, (C) all other non-cash charges reducing Net Income for such period calculated in accordance with GAAP and, (D) Excess Cash on Hand, MINUS (b) without duplication, the aggregate amount actually paid by the Borrower in cash during the fiscal year on account of (i) Capital Expenditures (minus the principal amount of Indebtedness incurred in connection with such expenditures), but after providing for appropriate reserves reasonably necessary for each Project, including Capital Expenditures committed but not yet paid and the operation of the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary to the extent reasonably approved by the Lenders and (ii) Restricted Payments pursuant to Sections 7.6(b), (c), (d) and (g) hereof. In calculating Excess Cash Flow, expenses shall not include the following without the prior written approval of Agent Lender: (i) fees payable to Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower (including, without limitation, development fees or property management fees) which are outside the ordinary course of business and not specifically reflected in an approved Project Development Budget or General Operating Budget as an Affiliate payment, or (ii) any amounts payable to employees of Borrower or any Affiliate of Borrower which are outside the ordinary course of business or not specifically reflected in an approved Project Development Budget or General Operating Budget as an Affiliate payment. Calculations of Excess Cash Flow must be supported by the Financial Statements provided by Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary from time to time pursuant to this Agreement.

 

“Excess Cash Flow Account” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 4.5 hereof.

 

“Excess Cash on Hand” as of a given date, shall mean the amount by which Borrower’s primary operating cash account balance (as determined on a book balance basis after adjusting for unpresented checks and uncleared funds) exceeds $5,000,000.

 

“Excess Cash Sweep Threshold” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 4.5(h).

 

“Exhibit” means an Exhibit to this Agreement, unless the context refers to another document, and each such Exhibit shall be deemed a part of this Agreement to the same extent as if it were set forth in its entirety wherever reference is made thereto.

 

  9  

 

 

“Existing Loan Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 

“Existing Loan Agreement Effective Date” means September 30, 2010.

 

“Existing Project” shall mean each Project described on the attached Exhibit N.

 

“Existing Subordinated Notes” refers to each of the Subordinated Notes described on Exhibit Q hereto.

 

“Expense Reimbursement Agreement” means that certain Expense Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, between the Borrower and Parent.

 

“Financial Statements” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.7 hereof.

 

“Financing Statements” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.2 hereof.

 

“Future Projects” shall mean each Approved Project (other than the Existing Projects and the Planned Projects) approved after the Existing Loan Agreement Effective Date in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 3.2 hereof.

 

“GAAP” means, as in effect from time to time, generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied as accepted by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

 

“General Contractor” means the general contractor for any Project.

 

“General Operating Budget” means a detailed estimation of any operating costs and expenses of Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary which is not otherwise set forth in a Project Development Budget, as the same shall be prepared by Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary from time to time pursuant to this Agreement.

 

“General Project Parameters” means the general Project parameters as outlined in Exhibit B attached hereto and made a part hereof.

 

“Holdings” has the meaning given to such term in the recitals.

 

“Holdings LLC Agreement” means the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Holdings of even date herewith, in which a membership interest in Holdings is given to the Lenders, as such may be amended in accordance with the provisions thereof, as well as the provisions set forth herein.

 

“Improvements” means all buildings, structures, fixtures and improvements of every nature acquired or paid for with the proceeds of the Loan and/or funds advanced by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary pursuant to this Agreement, including, but not limited to, all site work, mechanical systems, electrical systems, landscaping, gas and electric fixtures, radiators, heaters, engines and machinery, boilers, ranges, elevators and motors, plumbing and heating fixtures, carpeting and other floor coverings, water heaters, awnings and storm sashes, and cleaning apparatus which are or shall be attached to the Properties or said buildings, structures or improvements, together with all items acquired in substitution therefor or as a renewal or replacement thereof.

 

  10  

 

 

“Income Tax Expense” means the income tax expense for the applicable period (to the extent included in the computation of Net Income), determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Indebtedness” means any (i) obligations for borrowed money (including obligations under financing leases), (ii) obligations representing the deferred purchase price of property other than accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of the business of Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary, (iii) obligations, whether or not assumed, secured by Liens on property now or hereafter owned or acquired, and (iv) guarantee or otherwise undertaking to pay, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether directly or indirectly.

 

“Initial Estimated Advance Schedule” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.2(e) hereof.

 

“Intellectual Property” All of Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary’s right, title and interest in and to any trademarks, trade names, patents, trade secrets, licenses, copyrights and other intellectual property and rights of every description.

 

“Interest Expense” means the interest expense for the applicable period (to the extent included in the computation of Net Income), determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

“IPIC Texas” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 

“Leases” means, collectively, the leases or occupancy agreements between the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary and any occupant of any Project, the leases or operating agreements between the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary and its landlords, and all other leases with respect to any space in the Projects.

 

“Lessor Contributions” means any amounts of cash incentives, rebates or tenant improvement contributions payable by any Project lessor to Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary pursuant to a Project Lease or otherwise in connection with Project development.

 

“Lessor Contribution Accounts” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 4.5 hereof.

 

“Lessor Estoppel Agreement” means, collectively, the separate Lessor Recognition and Estoppel Agreements from each of Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary’s Project lessors. The form of the Lessor Estoppel Agreement to be executed prior to the initial Advance for any Project is attached hereto as Exhibit K.

 

“Lien” means any voluntary or involuntary mortgage, security deed, deed of trust, lien, pledge, assignment, security interest, title retention agreement, financing lease, levy, execution, seizure, judgment, attachment, garnishment, charge, or other encumbrance of any kind, including those contemplated by or permitted in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

  11  

 

 

“Loan” the loan from the Lenders to the Borrower to be made pursuant to this Agreement in the maximum stated principal amount of up to Two Hundred Twenty-Five Million Eight Hundred Twenty-Eight Thousand One Hundred Sixty-Nine and 12/100 Dollars ($225,828,169.12) and consisting of three components as follows: (i) the Tranche 1 Committed Amount, (ii) the Tranche 2 Committed Amount, and (iii) the Tranche 3 Committed Amount.

 

“Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Note, the Mortgages, the Financing Statements, the Pledge of Membership Interest, the Assignments of Contracts, the Assignments of Accounts, the Pasadena Documents, the Texas Documents, the Westwood Documents, the Assignment and Assumption Documents, the Pre-Opening Funding Agreement, together with any and all other documents executed by the Borrower, Holdings or any Borrower Subsidiary, or others, evidencing, securing or otherwise relating to the Loan and/or any Project as they may from time to time be supplemented, modified, or amended by one or more instruments entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof.

 

“Loan Obligations” means the aggregate of all principal and interest owing from time to time under the Note and this Agreement and all expenses, charges and other amounts from time to time owing under the Note, this Agreement, and the other Loan Documents and all covenants, agreements and other obligations from time to time owing to, or for the benefit of, the Lenders pursuant to the Loan Documents.

 

“Major Subcontractor” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in section 4.1(c)(1)(ii) hereof.

 

Material Adverse Effect” means that which reasonably could be deemed to be or reasonably be expected to result in (a) a material impairment of the ability of the Borrower, Holdings or any Borrower Subsidiary to fully and timely perform any of its Loan Obligations; or (b) a material adverse effect on the Collateral or the Liens in favor of the Lenders on the Collateral or the priority of such Liens.

 

“Material Condemnation” means any condemnation or deed in lieu of condemnation affecting any portion of the Improvements, any access from the Improvements to public roads, or any portion of the parking area of any Project which materially and adversely affects such Project, including, but not limited to, a failure to satisfy code parking requirements.

 

“Maturity Date” means, September 29, 2023.

 

“Milwaukee Project” means that certain Project described on the attached Exhibit O.

 

“Modification Agreement” shall have the meaning given to such term in the recitals.

 

“Mortgaged Property” means, collectively, the real and personal property more particularly described in the Mortgages now or hereafter executed by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary in favor of the Lenders.

 

  12  

 

 

“Mortgages” means, collectively, the separate Mortgage/Deed of Trust, Leasehold Mortgage/Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents and Leases, Security Agreement and Fixture Filings from the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary in favor of the Agent Lender, encumbering the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary’s interest in each of the Projects, including, without limitation, those Mortgages listed on the attached Exhibit N for each Existing Project, as assumed by Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary (as to the Texas Documents), and also including the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary’s interest in each of the Properties, granting to the Agent Lender, among other things, a first priority Lien on the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary’s interest in each of the Properties and the Improvements and a first priority security interest in certain Collateral and assigning the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary’s interest in all Rents and Leases. The form of the Mortgage/Deed of Trust (as applicable), Leasehold Mortgage/Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents and Leases, Security Agreement and Fixture Filings to be executed prior to the initial Advance for any Project is attached hereto as Exhibit D. Each Mortgage for a Project shall be in an amount equal to no less than one hundred twenty percent (120%) of the Project Tranche for such Project, unless otherwise agreed by Agent Lender; provided, however, for all Existing Projects, the amount set forth in the Mortgage for such Existing Project shall not be modified except as acceptable to Lender in Lender’s sole discretion.

 

Net Income” means the net income for the applicable period as determined in accordance with GAAP (but excluding for purposes of determining any financial ratios or EBITDA requirements (but not Excess Cash Flow) under this Agreement, all extraordinary receipts and any Income Tax Expense on such extraordinary receipts and any tax deductions or credits on account of such extraordinary receipts).

 

Note” means, collectively, (i) that certain Master Promissory Note dated September 30, 2010 in the stated principal amount of $70,904,873.43, payable by the Borrower to the order of TRS, as modified by the Modification Agreement to increase the stated principal amount payable to the amount of $151,304,873.31 (the “TRS Note”) (ii) that certain Master Promissory Note September 30, 2010 in the stated principal amount of $34,923,295.69, payable by the Borrower to the order of ERS, as modified by the Modification Agreement to increase the stated principal amount payable to the amount of $74,523,295.81 (the “ERS Note”), evidencing the Borrower’s obligation to repay the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Loan to the Lenders. As used herein, the term “Note” shall also mean, to the extent applicable, any Project specific note executed by Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary to Lenders evidencing a Project Tranche, including, but not limited to, the Pasadena Note and the Westwood Note.

 

“Original Loan Agreement” shall have the meaning given to such term in the recitals.

 

Operating Account” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 4.5 hereof.

 

“Operating Expense Advance” shall mean an Advance in the aggregate principal amount of $4,000,000 disbursed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Fourth Modification Agreement.

 

“Parent” means iPic Entertainment Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

“Parent Financials Test” means, as of the date of any particular financial statement, (a) Parent does not have any material assets or liabilities other than Equity Interests in the Borrower, and (b) for purposes of preparing financial statements of Parent, the entire financial condition and all of the financial operations of the Borrower and its subsidiaries will, in accordance with GAAP, be consolidated into the financial condition and financial operations of Parent.

 

  13  

 

 

“Parent IPO” means an initial public offering of the class A common stock of Parent.

 

Pasadena Documents” means the Pasadena Note and any and all other documents and/or instruments executed by the Borrower to evidence and/or secure the indebtedness evidenced by the Pasadena Note.

 

“Pasadena Note” means (i) that certain Promissory Note dated June 29, 2009 in the stated principal amount of $3,176,482.06 from Borrower to TRS (the “TRS Pasadena Note”) and (ii) that certain Promissory Note of even date herewith in the stated principal amount of $1,564,535.94 from Borrower to ERS (the “ERS Pasadena Note”) in the collective amount of the Project Tranche for the Pasadena Project, evidencing the Borrower’s obligation to pay the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Project Tranche for the Pasadena Project to the Lenders, together with interest thereon, as the same may be amended from time to time. The Amount of the Pasadena Note may be modified, as determined by Lender in Lender’s sole discretion, to reflect changes to the Pasadena Project Tranche.

 

“Pasadena Project” means the Project located at the One Colorado Shopping Center located in Pasadena, California.

 

“Permits” means all licenses, permits and certificates of the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary and any of its Affiliates used or useful in connection with the ownership, operation, use or occupancy of the Properties or the Projects, including, without limitation, business licenses, state health department licenses, food service licenses, alcoholic beverage licenses, licenses to conduct business and all other permits, licenses and rights, obtained from any governmental, quasi-governmental or private person or entity whatsoever concerning ownership, operation, use or occupancy of the Properties or the Projects.

 

“Permitted Force Majeure Delays” means delays in the construction of a Project or in connection with the ability to obtain a temporary certificate of occupancy for a Project (or any portion thereof) caused by any of the following: strikes or other labor disputes, lock-outs, acts of God, shortage of or inability to obtain labor, materials or tools, lawsuits brought by plaintiffs unaffiliated with the Borrower, restrictions imposed or mandated by governmental or quasi-governmental entities in issuing requisite approvals or consents, enemy action, civil commotion, riots, fire, flood, earthquake, severe or inclement weather, each of which events or circumstances must be beyond the reasonable control of the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary.

 

“Permitted Holder” means each Person that holds Equity Interests of the Borrower on the Second Restatement Effective Date, together with their Affiliates.

 

“Person” means any person, firm, company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, association, or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

  14  

 

 

“Planned Project” shall mean each Project described on the attached Exhibit P. Borrower shall have the right to substitute another Planned Project in lieu of the Coral Springs Project, upon Lender’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

“Plans and Specifications” means the Plans and Specifications for each of the Projects as prepared by the Architect for such Project.

 

“Pledge of Membership Interest” means, collectively, the Assignment and Pledge of Membership Interest of even date with this Agreement among Holdings and Agent Lender, pursuant to which Holdings pledges and grants to the Agent Lender a first priority security interest in its membership interests in the Borrower as security for the Loan Obligations, and the Amended and Restated Assignment and Pledges of Membership Interests dated ____________________ among the Borrower and the Agent Lender, pursuant to which the Borrower pledges and grants to the Agent Lender a first priority security interest in its membership interests in each of Borrower Subsidiaries a party to this Agreement as security for the Loan Obligations.

 

“Pre-Opening Funding Agreement” means that certain Agreement to Fund Non-Approved Construction and Operation Costs, dated as of November 4, 2016, among the Borrower, IPIC Texas and the Lenders.

 

“Project Development Budget” means a detailed estimation of the cost to reconfigure (as to Existing Projects), acquire, construct, furnish, improve, equip, stock and otherwise complete and establish a Project, which estimation may include soft costs approved by Agent Lender in accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 3.3 of this Agreement.

 

“Project Specific Due Diligence” means the due diligence items for a Project required by Section 3.2(d) to be provided by Borrower for review and approval by Agent Lender, as more particularly set forth in such Section, prior to Advances of Loan proceeds or the use of Lessor Contributions to finance any Project costs.

 

“Project Tranche” means the maximum amount available for Advances as proceeds from the Loan with respect to each Existing Project, Planned Project or Future Project, said Project Tranche being the lesser of (i) eighty percent (80%) of the total remaining cost to develop such Project as set forth in the Project Development Budget approved by the Agent Lender for such Project, or (ii) the Available Committed Amount calculated at the time such Project and Project Development Budget are approved by the Agent Lender for such Project; provided, however, that the Project Tranche may be adjusted by Agent Lender from time to time for changes in the Project Development Budget, overruns, cost-savings, or for verified availability of Lessor Contributions, as provided herein. Without limiting the foregoing, the Project Tranche for any Existing Project shall not include previously incurred costs to acquire, construct or equip such Existing Project, and such Project Tranche shall only include the remaining costs to reconfigure such Existing Project.

 

  15  

 

 

“Projects” means, collectively, the Existing Projects, the Planned Projects, the Milwaukee Project and Future Projects, being upscale “IPIC” cinema projects to be constructed (as to Future Projects and Planned Projects) and/or renovated (as to Existing Projects) and maintained (as to all Projects) on each of the Properties, together with food preparation and dining areas, theatre seating, concession areas, indoor common areas, outdoor common areas, and related parking, landscaping and site improvements, all to be constructed and/or renovated and maintained, as applicable, in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, together with all Collateral used or useful in connection therewith. Each Project shall be a cinema committed to a first class quality experience to include film, food, wine and liquor, and service for customers with core features including 40 to 52 seat auditoriums, (full recline) seating, and food and beverage offering available before, during and/or after film screenings, a bowling alley containing 10 to 24 lanes, and up to a 200 seat restaurant.

 

“Properties” means the real estate upon which the Projects are located.

 

“Public Company Costs” means (a) costs, expenses and disbursements associated with, related to or incurred in anticipation of, or preparation for compliance with (x) the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, (y) the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, as applicable to companies with publicly-traded equity or debt securities, and (z) the rules of the national securities exchange on which its equity or debt securities are traded, and (b) costs and expenses associated with investor relations, shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders or debtholders and listing fees.

 

“Records” means correspondence, memoranda, tapes, discs, microfilm, microfiche, papers, books and other documents, or transcribed information of any type, whether expressed in ordinary or machine language, and all filing cabinets and other containers in which any of the foregoing is stored or maintained.

 

“Rents” means all rent and other payments of whatever nature from time to time payable to Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary pursuant to the Leases and any other operating agreements, leases, subleases or other agreements for occupancy of any portion of the Projects, or for retail space or other space at the Projects.

 

“Required Borrower Funds” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.4(a) hereof.

 

“Scheduled Completion Date” means, as to each Projects (other than Existing Projects, which are complete as of the date of this Agreement), the date by which such Project is to be completed and open for business, and shall be no later than fifteen (15) months after the initial Advance for such Project, subject to reasonable extensions for Permitted Force Majeure Delays, with such date to be certified by Borrower and Agent Lender upon the initial advance for each Project other than the first Project by execution of the form attached hereto as Exhibit E.

 

“Scheduled Interest Payment Date” means each January 1 and July 1; provided, however, that if such date is not a Business Day, such payment date shall automatically be deemed extended to the next Business Day.

 

“Scheduled Principal Payment Date” means each January 1; provided, however, that if such date is not a Business Day, such payment date shall automatically be deemed extended to the next Business Day.

 

  16  

 

 

“Second Restatement Effective Date” means the date on which the conditions precedent in Section 3.1 hereof shall have been satisfied or waived.

 

“Subsidiary Sublease” shall have the meaning assigned, to such term in Section 7.14 hereof.

 

“Sweep Date” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.5(d) hereof.

 

“Texas Documents” means the any and all documents and/or instruments executed by IPIC Texas to evidence and/or secure the indebtedness evidenced by the Note.

 

“Title Company” means any title insurance company approved by Agent Lender and who insures any Mortgage.

 

“Title Policies” means, collectively, each of the mortgagee title insurance policies issued by a Title Company for a Project in standard ALTA form insuring (i) the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary’s leasehold interest in an amount equal to the total amount of the Project Development Budget for such Project, and (ii) the Lien on the leasehold interest of the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary created by the Mortgage, in form reasonably satisfactory to Agent Lender and in an amount equal to 120% of the Project Tranche for such Project; provided, however, the Title Policy for each Existing Project shall not be less than the amount of the Project Tranche identified in the Original Loan Agreement.

 

“Total Approved Project Costs To Date” shall have the meaning ascribed to such in section 4.1(m)(1) hereof.

 

“Tranche 1 Applicable Rate” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(a).

 

“Tranche 1 Committed Amount” means a portion of the principal indebtedness of the Loan in the maximum principal amount of $15,828,169.12, and any interest accruing thereon. As of the Second Restatement Effective Date, the Tranche 1 Committed Amount has been fully Advanced.

 

“Tranche 2 Committed Amount” means a portion of the principal indebtedness of the Loan in the maximum principal amount of $24,000,000.00, and any interest accruing thereon. As of the Second Restatement Effective Date, the Tranche 2 Committed Amount has been fully Advanced.

 

“Tranche 3 Committed Amount” means a portion of the principal indebtedness of the Loan in the maximum principal amount of One Hundred Eighty-Six Million and No/100 Dollars ($186,000,000.00), and any interest accruing thereon. As of the Second Restatement Effective Date, $________________ of the Tranche 3 Committed Amount has been Advanced.

 

“TRS” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 

“TRS Percentage” shall mean 67%, being TRS’s undivided interest in the Loan. “UCC” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.3 hereof.

 

  17  

 

 

“Village” means Village Roadshow Attractions USA Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

“Village Note Payoff Advance” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.10.

 

“Village Subordinated Notes” means, collectively, (i) that certain Subordinated Note, dated July 1, 2016, issued by the Borrower to Village in an aggregate principal amount of $8,000,000.00 and (ii) that certain Subordinated Note, dated September 30, 2016, issued by the Borrower to Village in an aggregate principal amount of $7,000,000.

 

“VRGCC” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 

“VRGCC Texas” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 

Westwood Documents” means the Westwood Note and any and all other documents and/or instruments executed by the Borrower to evidence and/or secure the indebtedness evidenced by the Westwood Note.

 

Westwood Note” means, collectively, the Project specific notes executed by Borrower in favor of the ERS and TRS in the collective amount of the Project Tranche for the Westwood Project, evidencing the Borrower’s obligation to pay the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Project Tranche for the Westwood Project to the Lenders, together with interest thereon, as the same may be amended from time to time. The amount of the Westwood Note may be modified, as determined by Lender in Lender’s sole discretion, to reflect changes to the Westwood Project Tranche.

 

Westwood Project” means the Project located at the Avco Center located in Los Angeles, California.

 

1.2 Singular terms shall include the plural forms and vice versa, as applicable, of the terms defined.

 

1.3 Terms contained in this Agreement shall, unless otherwise defined herein or unless the context otherwise indicates, have the meanings, if any, assigned to them by Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of Alabama from time to time (the “UCC”).

 

1.4 All accounting terms used in this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, except as otherwise defined or expressly set forth herein.

 

1.5 All references to any Loan Documents or instruments shall be deemed to refer to such documents or instruments as they may hereafter be extended, renewed, modified, or amended and all replacements and substitutions therefor.

 

1.6 All references to Exhibits and Schedules shall mean Exhibits and Schedules to this Agreement, unless the context refers to another document, and each such Exhibit and Schedule shall be deemed a part of this Agreement to the same extent as if it were set forth in its entirety wherever reference is made thereto.

 

  18  

 

 

ARTICLE II.
THE LOAN AND COLLATERAL

 

2.1 The Loan The Lenders severally and not jointly agree, subject to the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, to make Advances of the Loan to the Borrower during the Commitment Period as provided herein. Borrower, Holdings and Borrower Subsidiaries have made the covenants, representations and warranties herein and in the other Loan Documents as a material inducement to the Lenders to make the Loan and enter this Agreement. The maximum aggregate principal amount of the Loan to be made by the Lenders hereunder shall be the sum of (i) the Tranche 1 Committed Amount; (ii) the Tranche 2 Committed Amount and (iii) the Tranche 3 Committed Amount and of such amount, TRS agrees to make Advances to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the TRS Percentage and ERS agrees to make Advances to the Borrower in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the ERS Percentage. On each occasion when Advances are to be made hereunder, each Lender shall concurrently make an Advance in an amount in proportion to such Lender’s percentage.

 

Advances of the Loan by ERS shall be evidenced by the ERS Note and Advances of the Loan by TRS shall be evidenced by the TRS Note; provided, however, that Advances of the Loan relating to the Pasadena Project shall be evidenced by the Pasadena Note and Advances of the Loan relating to the Westwood Project shall be evidenced by the Westwood Note. Such Advances will bear interest and will be payable in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and in the ERS Note as to Advances by ERS and the TRS Note as to Advances by TRS, except in the case of the Pasadena Project and the Westwood Project, where the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in the Pasadena Note or the Westwood Note shall apply. The forms of all documents to be executed to evidence and/or secure the Loan shall be subject to the Agent Lender’s approval. Unless otherwise expressly set forth herein, any references to “Note” shall mean the ERS Note and the TRS Note, collectively, as well as, to the extent applicable and relating to the Pasadena Project, the Pasadena Note and, to the extent applicable and as relating to the Westwood Project, the Westwood Note. Notwithstanding the execution by Borrower of the Pasadena Note, the Westwood Note or any Future Project-specific promissory notes as may be required by Lender, in no event shall Lender be obligated to make Advances collectively exceeding the Committed Amount. In connection with the foregoing, upon the execution of the Pasadena Note, the Westwood Note and any Future Project-specific promissory note(s) as may be required by Lenders, the stated maximum principal amount of the ERS Note shall automatically be reduced by an amount equal to the maximum principal amount of the applicable Project-specific promissory notes made in favor of the ERS, and the stated maximum principal amount of the TRS Note shall automatically be reduced by an amount equal to the maximum principal amount of the applicable Project-specific promissory notes made in favor of the TRS.

 

  19  

 

 

2.2 Security for the Loan.

 

The Loan will be secured by a first mortgage lien against and first priority security interest in the Collateral; except that the Pasadena Project shall only secure the Loan Obligations relating to the Pasadena Project and the Westwood Project shall only secure the Loan Obligations relating to the Westwood Project. All of the Collateral shall stand as one general, continuing security for all of the Loan Obligations until all of the Loan Obligations have been paid and satisfied in full; except that the Pasadena Project shall only stand as a general, continuing security for the Loan Obligations relating to the Pasadena Project and the Westwood Project shall only stand as a general, continuing security agreement for the Loan Obligations relating to the Westwood Project. In connection with the security interest granted to the Lenders as provided for herein and in the other Loan Documents, Lender may file such financing statements (including amendments thereto and continuation statements thereof) as the Agent Lender may from time to time require (the “Financing Statements”), with Borrower to be responsible for all fees and expenses associated with the same. The Borrower shall also cause Holdings to pledge to the Lenders all of its membership interests in the Borrower as security for the Loan by execution of the Pledge of Membership Interest, and such pledge shall be a first priority security interest.

 

2.3 Interest Rate.

 

(a) Tranche 1 Committed Amount:

 

(1) Except during any period of time in which an Event of Default then exists, interest shall accrue on the unpaid principal balance of all Advances under the Tranche 1 Committed Amount at the Tranche 1 Applicable Rate. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, interest shall thereafter accrue on the unpaid principal balance of all Advances under the Loan at the Default Rate in accordance with Section 2.5(b). As used herein, “Tranche 1 Applicable Rate” shall mean the following amounts for the following periods:

 

(i) from the Existing Loan Agreement Effective Date through and including September 30, 2011, a per annum rate of five percent (5.0%) fixed;

 

(ii) from October 1, 2011 through and including September 30, 2012, a per annum rate of five and 50/100 percent (5.5%) fixed;

 

(iii) from October 1, 2012 through and including September 30, 2013, a per annum rate of six percent (6.0%) fixed;

 

(iv) from October 1, 2013 through and including September 30, 2014, a per annum rate of six and 50/100 percent (6.5%);

 

(v) from October 1, 2014 through and including September 30, 2015, a per annum rate of seven percent (7.0%) fixed;

 

(vi) from October 1, 2015 through and including September 30, 2016, a per annum rate of seven and 50/100 percent (7.5%) fixed;

 

(vii) from October 1, 2016 through and including the date all Obligations are paid in full, a per annum rate of eight percent (8.0%) fixed;

 

(2) All interest will be calculated on the basis of a 360 day year comprised of twelve (12) consecutive thirty (30) day months.

 

  20  

 

 

(3) Interest will accrue on each Advance of the Loan until repaid in full; however, accrued interest will be due and payable as more particularly set forth in Section 2.4 below.

 

(b) Tranche 2 Committed Amount:

 

(1) Except during any period of time in which an Event of Default then exists, interest shall accrue on the unpaid principal balance of all Advances under the Tranche 2 Committed Amount at the Tranche 1 Applicable Rate then in effect, which shall be subject to scheduled annual interest rate increases as provided for in Section 2.3(a). Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, interest shall thereafter accrue on the unpaid principal balance of all Advances under the Loan at the Default Rate in accordance with Section 2.5(b).

 

(2) All interest will be calculated on the basis of a 360 day year comprised of twelve (12) consecutive thirty (30) day months.

 

(3) Interest will accrue on each Advance of the Loan until repaid in full; however, accrued interest will be due and payable on a Project Tranche by Project Tranche basis as more particularly set forth in Section 2.4 below.

 

(c) Tranche 3 Committed Amount:

 

(1) Except during any period of time in which an Event of Default then exists, interest shall accrue on the unpaid principal balance of all Advances under the Tranche 3 Committed Amount at the per annum rate of ten and 50/100 percent (10.5%) fixed. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, interest shall thereafter accrue on the unpaid principal balance of all Advances under the Loan at the Default Rate in accordance with Section 2.5(b).

 

(2) All interest will be calculated on the basis of a 360 day year comprised of twelve (12) consecutive thirty (30) day months.

 

(3) Interest will accrue on each Advance of the Loan until repaid in full; however, accrued interest will be due and payable on a Project Tranche by Project Tranche basis as more particularly set forth in Section 2.4 below.

 

2.4 Repayment of Loan.

 

(a) Payment/Wire Instructions. Each payment of the Loan Obligations shall be paid directly to the Agent Lender, for the account of ERS and TRS, in lawful money of the

 

  21  

 

 

United States of America, in immediately available funds by wire transfer as set forth below, or to such other place or account as the Agent Lender shall designate in writing to the Borrower at least three (3) Business Days prior to the due date of the first payment to which such change is to apply:

 

If for the account of TRS:

 

  Bank: State Street Bank & Trust
  ABA #: 011000028
  Account #: 00042549
  Beneficiary: RSA
    201 S.  Union Street, Montgomery, Alabama 36130
  Attention: Jen Healey Reference: Acct# BDMO(TRS)

 

If for the account of ERS:

 

  Bank: State Street Bank & Trust
  ABA #: 011000028
  Account #: 00042663
  Beneficiary: RSA
    201 S.  Union Street, Montgomery, Alabama 36130
  Attention: Jen Healey
  Reference: Acct# BDLO(ERS)

 

In each case, not later than 3:00 p.m., Montgomery, Alabama time on the date on which such payment shall become due.

 

(b) Payment of Interest. Interest under the Loan shall be repaid as follows:

 

(1) Tranche 1 Committed Amount. With respect to the Tranche 1 Committed Amount, being that portion of the Advanced and outstanding principal balance of the Loan assumed by Borrower on the Existing Loan Agreement Effective Date, commencing on January 1, 2011, and on each Scheduled Interest Payment Date thereafter through and including the Scheduled Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date, all accrued but unpaid interest on the outstanding principal balance of the Tranche 1 Committed Amount shall be due and payable.

 

(2) Tranche 2 Committed Amount. With respect to the Tranche 2 Committed Amount, being that portion of the outstanding principal balance of the Loan to be Advanced to Borrower in connection with the Existing Projects and Planned Projects, commencing on January 1, 2011, and on each Scheduled Interest Payment Date thereafter through and including the Scheduled Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date, all accrued but unpaid interest on the outstanding principal balance of all Advances of the Tranche 2 Committed Amount shall be due and payable.

 

(3) Tranche 3 Committed Amount. Interest shall be paid on Advances of the Tranche 3 Committed Amount as follows:

 

(i) With respect to that portion of the Tranche 3 Committed Amount Advanced to Borrower in connection with the Existing Projects and Planned Projects, commencing on January 1, 2012, and on each Scheduled Interest Payment Date thereafter through and including the Scheduled Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date, all accrued but unpaid interest on the outstanding principal balance of all Advances of the Tranche 3 Committed Amount Advanced in connection with the Existing Projects and Planned Projects shall be due and payable.

 

  22  

 

 

(ii) With respect to the Tranche 3 Committed Amount, being that portion of the outstanding principal balance of the Loan to be Advanced to Borrower in connection with a Future Project, interest shall be payable on Advances of such Tranche 3 Committed Amount on a Project Tranche by Project Tranche basis as follows: on the first Scheduled Interest Payment Date following the earlier to occur of (1) the date which is six (6) months following the opening of a Future Project funded by any proceeds of the Project Tranche designated for such Future Project, or (2) the date which is twenty-one (21) months following the initial Advance of the Project Tranche designated for such Future Project, and on each Scheduled Interest Payment Date thereafter through and including the Scheduled Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date, all accrued but unpaid interest on the outstanding principal balance of all Advances of the Project Tranche designated for such Future Project shall be due and payable.

 

(iii) With respect to the Tranche 3 Committed Amount, being that portion of the outstanding principal balance of the Loan Advanced on the Second Restatement Effective Date in connection with the Village Note Payoff Advance, interest shall be payable commencing on the first Scheduled Interest Payment Date following the Second Restatement Effective Date, and on each Scheduled Interest Payment Date thereafter through and including the Scheduled Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date.

 

(iv) With respect to the Tranche 3 Committed Amount, being that portion of the outstanding principal balance of the Loan Advanced in connection with the Operating Expense Advance, interest on Advances of the Operating Expense Advance shall be payable commencing on the first Scheduled Interest Payment Date following the initial Advance of the Operating Expense Advance, and on each Scheduled Interest Payment Date thereafter through and including the Scheduled Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the Maturity Date.

 

(4) On the Maturity Date, all accrued and unpaid interest on the Loan, including any interest accrued under (1)-(3) above, together with the outstanding principal amount of the Loan and all other sums owing to the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be due and payable in full to the Agent Lender.

 

(c) Payment of Principal. Principal under the Loan shall be repaid as and when required by section 4.5(h) hereof. On the Maturity Date, the outstanding principal balance of the Loan, together with all accrued and unpaid interest on the Loan and all other sums owing to the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be due and payable in full to the Agent Lender,

 

(d) All payments hereunder shall be made to Agent Lender. Agent Lender shall coordinate all allocations of payments between the Lenders.

 

(e) Principal repayments and prepayments may not be reborrowed.

 

  23  

 

 

(f) If any Advance would otherwise constitute an “applicable high-yield discount obligation” within the meaning of Section 163(i) of the Code, or any successor provisions (an “AHYDO”), then, at the end of each “accrual period” (as defined in Section 1272(a)(5) of the Code) ending after the fifth anniversary of the making of such Advance, the Borrower shall prepay for cash a portion of such Advance equal to the Mandatory Principal Prepayment Amount. The “Mandatory Principal Prepayment Amount” will equal the portion of the Advance required to be prepaid to prevent the Advance from being treated as an AHYDO within the meaning of Section 163(i)(l) of the Code. The redemption price for the portion of the Advance prepaid will be 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus any accrued interest thereon to the date of prepayment. This provision is intended to cause each of the Advances not to be treated as an AHYDO and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

 

2.5 Late Charges On Overdue Installments; Default Rate; Collection Costs.

 

(a) If any scheduled payment of principal or interest or other agreed charge is not paid within two (2) Business Days of the due date thereof, Borrower agrees to pay to Lenders a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the amount of the payment or charge which is late.

 

(b) Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, the Borrower agrees to pay interest to the Lenders at the Default Rate on the aggregate outstanding Loan Obligations (including accrued interest) until the earlier of (i) payment in full of all Loan Obligations or (ii) Lender agrees, in its sole and absolute discretion, to permit Borrower to cure such Event of Default. Such interest shall continue to be due and payable when required by this Agreement (whether on a payment date for interest only, on a payment date for payment of interest and principal, on the Maturity Date, or upon an acceleration by Lenders pursuant to the terms of this Agreement).

 

(c) The Borrower will also pay to the Lenders, in addition to amounts otherwise due as provided above, all reasonable costs actually incurred by Lenders in the course of collecting, securing, or attempting to collect or secure the Note or otherwise in connection with the Loan, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees, including reasonable attorneys’ fees related to any Project-specific Loan Documents, due diligence reviews or closings or related to any appellate and bankruptcy proceedings. Except as otherwise required herein with respect to Project-specific closings, such amounts shall be due and payable within thirty (30) days of Agent Lender’s written request for the same. Payment of such amounts shall be required regardless of the availability of Excess Cash Flow. Amounts of such costs and expenses related to Project-specific closings and development (as opposed to costs of collection and enforcement) may be included in Project Development Budgets.

 

2.6 Expiration/Termination of Lenders’ Commitment to Lend. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Lenders shall have the right to terminate their commitment to make any Advance hereunder (i) at any time after the expiration of the Commitment Period without further notice to the Borrower; provided, however, Advances shall continue to be available to complete a Project if the initial Advance for such Project was made prior to the expiration of the Commitment Period and the Borrower is diligently pursuing completion of such Project in a manner reasonably expected to achieve completion on or prior to such Project’s Scheduled Completion Date, or (ii) upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default.

 

  24  

 

 

2.7 Cross-Collateralization and Cross-Default. The Loan and all Advances thereunder shall be secured by the Collateral, including all Projects (but excluding the Pasadena Mortgaged Property and the Westwood Mortgaged Property which shall secure only that portion of the Loan and those Advances that relate solely to the Pasadena Project and the Westwood Project, as applicable; as evidenced by the Pasadena Note and the Westwood Note respectively), and Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary agree that the Collateral described in each of the respective Loan Documents, excluding the Pasadena Mortgaged Property and the Westwood Mortgaged Property, shall secure, in addition to the Project Tranche designated for such Project and other Loan Obligations described therein, and on a pari passu basis with each of the other Project Tranches, the Tranche 1 Committed Amount, the Tranche 2 Committed Amount and the Tranche 3 Committed Amount, the Loan Obligations under each of the other Loan Documents, as the same may hereafter be renewed, modified, amended or extended. The Loan Documents also are hereby cross-defaulted with one another and Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary agree that the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default pursuant to any of the Loan Documents shall constitute an immediate Default Or Event of Default (without need of notice or the expiration of any additional cure period other than as may be specified in such Loan. Documents) under all other Loan Documents.

 

2.8 Grant of Lien and Security Interest.

 

(a) As security for the prompt satisfaction of all Loan Obligations, Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary hereby assigns, transfers, and sets over to the Agent Lender, for the benefit of both Lenders, all of Holdings, the Borrower’s and each Borrower Subsidiary’s right, title and interest of whatever kind, nature or description in and to, and grants the Agent Lender, for the benefit of both Lenders, a lien on and security interest in the Collateral; provided, however, that the Pasadena Project and the Westwood Project shall only serve as security for the prompt satisfaction of all Loan Obligations relating to the Pasadena Project and the Westwood Project, respectively.

 

(b) No submission by Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary of a schedule or other particular identification of Collateral shall be necessary to vest in the Lenders security title to and a security interest in each and every item of Collateral now existing or hereafter created and acquired, but rather such title and security interest shall vest in the Lenders immediately upon the creation or acquisition of any item of Collateral hereafter created or acquired, without the necessity for any other or further action by Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary.

 

2.9 Maintenance of Lien.

 

(a) Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary authorize the Agent Lender to file one or more Financing Statements (including initial financial statements and continuation and amendment statements) to perfect the Lenders’ lien on and security interest in the Collateral pursuant to the UCC, such Financing Statements to be in form and substance as required by the Agent Lender.

 

  25  

 

 

(b) Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary hereby appoints the Lenders as its attorney-in-fact (without requiring the Lenders to act as such) to perform, upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, all acts that the Agent Lender deems appropriate to perfect and continue the Lenders’ lien on and security interest in the Collateral and to protect and preserve the Collateral.

 

(c) In connection with the Agent Lender’s lien on and security interest in the Collateral, Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary will;

 

(1) Execute and deliver, and cause to be executed and delivered, such documents and instruments, including amendments to the Loan Documents and Financing Statements (including amendments thereto and continuation statements thereof) in form satisfactory to the Agent Lender, from time to time, as the Agent Lender may specify, and pay, or reimburse the Agent Lender upon demand for payment, all costs and taxes of filing or recording the same in such jurisdictions as the Agent Lender may designate; and

 

(2) Take such other steps as the Agent Lender, from time to time, may reasonably direct to protect, perfect, and maintain the Lenders’ lien on and security interest in the Collateral.

 

2.10 Village Note Payoff Advance. The Lenders severally agree to make an Advance on the Second Restatement Effective Date under the Tranche 3 Committed Amount in an aggregate principal amount equal to $18,000,000 (the “Village Note Payoff Advance”), the proceeds of which shall be used on the Second Restatement Effective Date to repay in full the outstanding principal and interest under the Village Subordinated Notes; provided that, not less than five Business Days prior to the Second Restatement Effective Date (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Agent Lender in its sole discretion) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Agent Lender a request for an Advance substantially in the form of Exhibit H (but without including any Project-related information and with such other modifications as may be reasonably acceptable to Agent Lender).

 

ARTICLE III.
CONDITIONS TO THE LOAN

 

The Lenders’ obligation to enter into this Agreement, and to make any Advance under the Loan shall be effective only upon fulfillment of the following conditions, and the conditions stated elsewhere in this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents, each of which shall be fulfilled in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Agent Lender.

 

3.1 Conditions Precedent to this Agreement. The obligation of the Lenders to enter into this Agreement is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(a) Organizational Documents. Receipt and approval by the Agent Lender of a certificate by the Borrower, dated on or about the date hereof, attaching (i) certified copies of the Articles of Organization and the organizational documents of Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary and all amendments thereto, (ii) resolutions evidencing the limited liability company action or corporate action (as applicable) taken by Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and (iii) certifying as to the incumbency and signatures of the officers signing this Agreement and each other document to be delivered pursuant hereto.

 ’

  26  

 

 

(b) Payment of Fees. Payment by the Borrower of all out-of-pocket costs, fees and reasonable expenses required by this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Lenders’ reasonable attorneys’ fees and the recording costs.

 

(c) Execution and Delivery of Loan Documents. Receipt and approval by the Agent Lender of original executed counterparts of this Agreement, the Pledge of Membership Interests, and, if required by the Agent Lender, recording or filing of documents evidencing or securing this Agreement and all such other documents (including Financing Statements), all in form and content satisfactory to the Agent Lender.

 

(d) Legal Opinion. An opinion of counsel for Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary, dated as of the date hereof, in form and content satisfactory to the Agent Lender, together with any other local counsel opinions as may be required as a result of issues of applicable law or Project locations.

 

(e) Certificate of Existence. A certificate of good standing dated no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the date of this Agreement, to evidence that Borrower, each Borrower Subsidiary and Holdings is validly existing and in good standing (where such concept is applicable) in its jurisdiction of organization.

 

(f) Consummation of Transactions. The Parent IPO shall be consummated substantially simultaneously with the entering into of this Agreement.

 

(g) Cancellation of Subordinated Notes. The Lenders shall have received satisfactory evidence that the Existing Subordinated Notes shall have been cancelled (or, in the case of the Village Subordinated Notes, repaid).

 

3.2 Project Approval: Advances For Project Costs

 

(a) Multiple Projects. The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that proceeds from the Loan (other than the Village Note Payoff Advance and Operating Expense Advance) (and under certain conditions as herein provided, Lessor Contributions) are to be used for purposes of financing all costs and/or expenses incurred in connection with leasing, acquiring, developing, opening, and operating the Projects described herein. Generally, the parties contemplate that in addition to the Existing Projects and Planned Projects, up to approximately twenty (20) different Projects may be approved and developed by the Borrower, some of which will be developed simultaneously, at an estimated cost of approximately $5,000,000 per Project site. The parties, however, acknowledge, that the cost per Project will differ and will be more accurately estimated in each Project Development Budget and that the number of Projects may exceed twenty (20) depending on availability of Advances hereunder, identification and approval of acceptable Project sites, and satisfaction of funding requirements pursuant to this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

 

(b) General Project Parameters. Each Project (whether Borrower is initially requesting Advances of the Loan therefor or for which Borrower is proposing to initially invest Lessor Contributions in accordance with Section 4.5) must either (i) satisfy all General Project Parameters or (ii) be separately approved by the Agent Lender (each such Project qualifying under (i) or (ii) being herein referenced as an “Approved Project”). No Advances or Lessor Contributions shall be used by Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary for Projects not qualifying as an Approved Project.

 

  27  

 

 

(c) Alabama Project. Borrower hereby agrees to investigate and in good faith strongly consider a potential Project site in the Birmingham, Alabama metropolitan area; provided, however, that notwithstanding any commercially reasonable determination by the Borrower after such investigation that Birmingham, Alabama is not a viable option for a Project location, Borrower shall continue to consider other suitable Project sites in the State of Alabama as the same may be presented to Borrower.

 

(d) Initial Advance or Investment for each Project/Project Specific Due Diligence.

 

(1) Assuming a Project has qualified as an Approved Project, prior to making the initial Advance of Loan Proceeds therefor or prior to the Borrower using any Lessor Contributions to pay for costs and/or expenses incurred in connection with such Project, the Agent Lender must first have received, reviewed and approved those items set forth on the attached Exhibit F (the “Project Specific Due Diligence”) relating to such Project. By separate agreement, Borrower and Agent Lender may document agreements regarding funding limitations for a Project based upon the timing or availability of any Project due diligence items. As indicated in Exhibit F, certain Project Specific Due Diligence involves Project-specific loan documentation and collateral due diligence which must be in place prior to Project commencement; therefore, as to such items, Lenders reserve full reasonable review and approval rights to the same (the “Priority Project Due Diligence”). As to all other Project Specific Due Diligence, Lenders agree that their review and comments shall primarily focus on issues which the Lenders believe in good faith reasonably impact the development or value of the proposed Project or Collateral or issues otherwise specifically addressed by this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, acknowledging the difficulty in exactly establishing the standard of review for non-Priority Project Due Diligence and the importance to Lenders in having a complete and accurate set of Project Specific Due Diligence for every Project, Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary agrees to reasonably cooperate with Agent Lender in responding to comments and questions regarding the Project Specific Due Diligence.

 

(2) The review and approval of Project-Specific Due Diligence for a new Project will require a Project-specific closing process involving Agent Lender’s and Lender’s legal counsel’s review of Project-specific due diligence as well as the drafting, execution, and recording or filing, as applicable, of Project-specific Loan Documents, including, without limitation, a Project Mortgage, Financing Statements, Assignment of Contracts, and Lessor Estoppel Agreement. Borrower shall be responsible for payment of Lenders’ expenses and costs associated with such Project-specific closings at such closing, including, without limitation, any recording or filing fees and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, but such costs and expenses may be included in Project Development Budgets. Lenders’ attorneys’ fees for Project-specific closings shall not exceed $20,000 for each Project, exclusive of any third party expenses incurred by Lenders (e.g., title searches, UCC searches, Secretary of State certifications, etc.). Notwithstanding the foregoing, such cap on Lenders’ attorneys’ fees (i) shall not apply in the event additional attorneys’ fees are incurred as a result of a lack of good faith cooperation by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary or Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary’s legal counsel in connection with the providing of due diligence required by this Agreement for new Projects, (ii) shall not apply in the event additional attorneys’ fees are incurred as a result of unforeseen legal issues or other circumstances relating to a specific Project, and (iii) shall not apply to any enforcement or collection efforts or any other legal fees and expenses for which Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary is otherwise responsible pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

  28  

 

 

(e) Estimated Advance Schedule. As part of the Project Specific Due Diligence for each Project, Borrower shall submit an estimated Advance schedule for the applicable Project substantially in the form of estimated Advance schedule attached hereto as Exhibit G (the “Initial Estimated Advance Schedule”).

 

3.3 Project Development Budget Review and Revision: Reallocation of Committed Amount.

 

(a) Each Project Development Budget shall be subject to the initial review and approval of Agent Lender, such review not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Borrower agrees to cooperate with Agent Lender in providing such additional information needed by Agent Lender to review and evaluate the accuracy and completeness of each Project Development Budget.

 

(b) In the event the Project Development Budget for any proposed Project site proposes to pay for all or a portion of such development costs and/or expenses with proceeds from the Loan, the total amount of Loan proceeds required by such Project Development Budget may not exceed the lesser of (i) the Available Committed Amount or (ii) eighty percent (80%) of the total costs to develop the Project and do all things necessary for the opening of such Project, as set forth in the Project Development Budget.

 

(c) Once a Project Development Budget for an Approved Project is approved by Agent Lender, an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the total remaining costs to develop the Project as shown on such Project Development Budget shall constitute the “Project Tranche” applicable thereto. The parties anticipate that changes to Project Development Budgets may be desired by Borrower in the course of developing a Project through reallocations among line items, cost-savings or cost overruns. Such changes to Project Development Budgets may be made by Borrower with prior notice to Agent Lender, but without Agent Lender approval or consent as provided in Section 4.1(f) hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any changes to the amount of a Project Tranche (either increases or decreases) shall be subject to Agent Lender’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld as long as such changes will not result in a negative Available Committed Amount and Agent Lender reasonably believes the new proposed Project Tranche for the Project remains sufficient to permit the completion of the Project. In the event the Agent Lender consents to any modification to a Project Tranche amount, the Available Committed Amount will be adjusted upward or downward accordingly. To the extent that Project Development Budget changes by Borrower result in increased Project costs for which there is no Available Committed Amount sufficient to permit such an increase in the Project Tranche, Borrower shall be responsible for paying the full amount of such Deficiency, as hereinafter provided. To the extent an approved modification to an existing Project Tranche amount results in (i) an increase to the Available Committed Amount with respect to Advances for an Existing Project or Planned Project, the amount of such increase shall then be available for other Existing Projects or Planned Projects, subject, however, to appropriate and acceptable adjustments to the Project Development Budgets for such other Existing Projects or Planned Projects or (ii) an increase to the Available Committed Amount with respect to Advances for a Future Project, the amount of such increase shall then be available for other Future Projects, subject, however, to appropriate and acceptable adjustments to the Project Development Budgets for such other Future Projects.

 

  29  

 

 

(d) Intentionally Omitted.

 

In the event the Lenders, at their option, elect to make one or more Advances prior to receipt and approval of all items required by this Article III, such election shall not obligate the Lenders to make any subsequent Advance until the applicable conditions are timely satisfied.

 

ARTICLE IV.
ADVANCES OF THE LOAN FOR EACH PROJECT

 

4.1 Disbursement Procedure.

 

(a) Tranche 1 Committed Amount and Tranche 2 Committed Amount; Milwaukee Project. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the Tranche 1 Committed Amount and the Tranche 2 Committed Amount are each fully Advanced as of the date of this Agreement. Borrower further acknowledges and agrees that no further Advances shall be permitted with respect to the Milwaukee Project.

 

(b) Tranche 3 Committed Amounts. With respect to Advances of the Tranche 3 Committed Amount (other than in respect of the Village Note Payoff Advance (which shall be Advanced in accordance with Section 2.10 hereof) and the Operating Expense Advance (which has been fully Advanced as of the date hereof and no further Advances are available related thereto)), upon the Agent Lender’s receipt and approval, as and to the extent required by this Agreement, of Project Specific Due Diligence for a Project (including, without limitation, the Project Development Budget), the Lenders agree, on the terms and conditions and relying on the representations set forth herein, to lend to the Borrower an amount not to exceed:

 

(1) as to each Project, an amount equal to the Project Tranche for such Project calculated pursuant to Section 3.3(c) above; and

 

(2) as to all Projects in the aggregate, the lesser of (i) the Tranche 3 Committed Amount less any Tranche 3 Committed Amount previously advanced for any Existing Project, Planned Project, Future Project, the Village Note Payoff Advance and Operating Expense Advance and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of all established Project Tranches for Existing Projects, Planned Projects and Future Projects, as the same may be adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 3.3(c) above, less any sums not identified in any Project Development Budget (as the same may be amended as permitted herein) but which are reasonably identified by the Agent Lender as amounts required to complete the development of any Existing Projects and Planned Projects (i.e., any “overrun” amounts), however, an Advance for any overrun amount is subject to the Agent Lender’s approval, in its sole discretion.

 

  30  

 

 

(c) Subject to compliance by Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary with all of the provisions of this Agreement and so long as no Default or Event of Default then exists, Loan proceeds applicable to each Project shall be disbursed by the Lenders making Advances in accordance with the following procedures:

 

(1) Not less than five (5) Business Days before the date on which the Borrower desires an Advance for a Project, the Borrower shall submit to the Agent Lender a request for an Advance in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H. A separate Advance request must be completed for each Project for which an Advance is requested. While Advances may be made simultaneously to finance costs of more than one Project, Advances shall be made not more than once each calendar month, and the Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that it must coordinate requests for multiple Projects such that the Lenders are not required to Advance more than once per month. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein provided, no Advances shall be made during the last five (5) Business Days in September of any year. Each request for an Advance shall identify the Project for which such Advance is made with specificity, must be signed by an Authorized Representative, must be submitted in compliance with the provisions of Section 9.7 herein (with an e-mail transmission notification to each of hunter.harrell@rsa-al.gov, rachel.daniels@rsa-al.gov. and steve.timms@rsa-al.gov (or such other e-mail addresses provided to Borrower by the Agent Lender) as to the incoming Advance request), and must be accompanied by the following:

 

(i) a copy of the Project Development Budget for such Project, together with a cost breakdown by line item showing the cost of Improvements and any budgeted soft costs spent to the date of the requisition and showing the percentage of completion, certified by the Borrower as correct;

 

(ii) AIA Documents G702 and G703 and conditional lien waivers from the General Contractor and any Major Subcontractor (as hereinafter defined) and invoices supporting all nonconstruction costs. As used herein “Major Subcontractor” means any subcontractor or supplier of materials entering into contracts for services and/or supply of materials for the Project in an amount greater than $50,000;

 

(iii) unless not available in a Project jurisdiction or otherwise waived by Agent Lender for a Project, an endorsement to the Title Policy which brings the effective date of the Title Policy insuring the Mortgage forward to the date of such Advance, which shows no unapproved title exceptions, which evidences to the Lenders’ satisfaction that there has been no change in the status of the title to the Property or the Borrower’s interest therein or creation of any new encumbrances thereon, or occurrence of any event that could in Lenders’ opinion impair the priority of the Lien of the Mortgage as of the time of each advance, and which increases the amount of title insurance thereunder, and otherwise is in form and content acceptable to the Lenders;

 

(iv) evidence in form satisfactory to the Agent Lender that the Borrower has injected the Required Borrower Funds as to the Advance made the basis of such request in the manner described in Section 4.4 below;

 

  31  

 

 

(v) a certificate of Borrower, Holdings and Borrower Subsidiaries to the effect that (1) the representations and warranties made by the Borrower, Holdings and Borrower Subsidiaries in this Agreement and all other Loan Documents are true and correct on and as of the date of the making of such request for an Advance with the same force and effect as if made on and as of such date, (2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (3) all completed construction is substantially in accordance with the Plans and Specifications for such Project, (4) all construction and nonconstruction costs for the payment of which the Lenders have previously made Advances (including Advances for the Project made the basis of the request and all prior Advances for any other Project) have in fact been paid (except to the extent reasonable reserves have been established with respect to amounts due or to become due), (5) as of the date of such Advance, to its knowledge, none of Holdings, Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiaries has any defenses, equities or setoffs with respect to the Loan Obligations, (6) that the Project Development Budgets (as the same may have been amended to the extent permitted herein and including any amendments thereto of which Borrower is then providing the required notice to Agent Lender) for all other Approved Projects remain true, accurate and complete in all material respects and include all costs required to develop and open the Projects to which they pertain; and (7) including such other certifications, representations and warranties as Agent Lender may reasonably request; and

 

(vi) such other items related to (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above as may be reasonably required by the Agent Lender in connection with any such request for an Advance.

 

(d) Borrower appoints __________________________ jointly and each of them severally if more than one, as its agents to make requests for Advances and to act as the Borrower’s authorized representatives (“Authorized Representatives”) for purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Such Authorized Representatives may act by the joint and concurrent action of all agents named above (if more than one), or by the sole and exclusive action of any of the agents named above, acting alone. The Borrower may hereafter by written notice to the Agent Lender appoint one or more other Authorized Representatives or change Authorized Representatives to make such requests, provided any such notice is not effective until actually received by the Agent Lender.

 

(e) From time to time, at Agent Lender’s option, the progress of the development and construction of each of the Projects may be reviewed by the Agent Lender. Borrower agrees to pay the reasonable expenses of Agent Lender incurred in conducting such inspections, but no more than twice per each fifteen (15) month period per Project in the absence of an Event of Default, which such amounts can be included can be included in Project Development Budgets. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall reimburse Agent Lender for all expenses for inspections conducted during the continuance of an Event of Default. Agent Lender reserves the right to utilize third party professionals of its choosing to review the status of Project development; provided, however, Borrower shall be responsible for fees and expenses related to such third party professionals only during the continuance of an Event of Default.

 

(f) Advances shall be made for costs on each line item shown on the Project Development Budget only up to the amount budgeted on the Project Development Budget for such line item. A reallocation among line items by Borrower may be made only with prior written notice and explanation to Agent Lender, provided, however, Agent Lender’s consent and approval shall not be required as long as such reallocation does not involve or result in a need to change a Project Tranche amount, all as more particularly set forth in Section 3.3(c).

 

  32  

 

 

(g) On the date of each Advance for a Project, (1) such Project shall not have been materially damaged by fire, wind, flood, vandalism or other casualty or, in the alternative, the Lenders must have determined that sufficient proceeds from insurance or other non-Loan sources exist to repair and/or restore such damage prior to the termination of the Commitment Period, and (2) such Project shall not be subject to condemnation proceedings or negotiations for sale in lieu thereof or, in the alternative, the Lenders must have determined that such condemnation proceedings and/or sale in lieu thereof will not have a material adverse effect on the Project made the basis of such proceeding and/or that the proceeds from such proceeding will be available to the Lenders for purposes of paying down the Loan in such amount as the Lenders may reasonably determine.

 

(h) The Lenders reserve the right to limit the total amount advanced for any Project at any time to an amount which, when deducted from the Project Tranche designated and supported by the related Project Development Budget, leaves a balance equal to eighty percent (80%) of the sum of the cost of completion of all Improvements for such Project plus remaining nonconstruction expenses for such Project necessary for completion, as reasonably determined by the Agent Lender from time to time.

 

(i) On the date of each Advance for a Project, the Agent Lender must be reasonably satisfied that Project work is completed and Permits have been obtained to an extent appropriate for the amount of the Project Tranche for such Project advanced through such date and that all documents submitted to the Agent Lender are in good order and comply with the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents.

 

(j) Advances of Loan proceeds for any Project will be limited to the Project Tranche related thereto and, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein in Section 2.6, will be available until the earlier of (i) the Scheduled Completion Date for such Project, (ii) completion of the applicable Project (which shall be evidenced by the delivery of a certificate of the Borrower certifying as to the completion of the Project and a certificate of substantial completion from the Architect of the applicable Project and the issuance of certificates of occupancy, Permits, and other governmental approvals necessary to commence operation of the applicable Project), (iii) the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default relating to any Project Tranche or Project (unless such Default or Event of Default is cured during the applicable cure period (if any)), at which time the Lenders’ obligations to make Advances shall be terminated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Advances of the Tranche 3 Committed Amount may be requested after September 29, 2021 (all subject to the penultimate sentence in section 4.1(c)(1)).

 

(k) The provisions of this Section 4.1 are solely for the benefit of the Lenders. The Lenders may make one or more Advances to the Borrower upon written or oral disbursement requests not complying with the requirements of this Section 4.1, and such Advances will be conclusively deemed to be Advances to the Borrower hereunder.

 

  33  

 

 

(l) In the event any Project Development Budget includes a line item designated to pay a hard cost or soft cost contingency, such amounts may be disbursed upon requests therefor by Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided, however, any material reallocation from any such contingency line item shall be subject to prior written notice and explanation to Agent Lender. Interest will be payable by the Borrower to the Lenders on that portion of the contingency reserves actually disbursed by the Lenders. The contingency reserves will be included in the computation of the undisbursed portion of the Project Tranche designated for such Project for purposes of determining whether the undisbursed portion of the Project Tranche will be sufficient to complete the construction of the Project made the basis of such Project Development Budget.

 

(m) As to each Project, and except as otherwise expressly adjusted as set forth herein, the maximum allowable Advance to be made by the Lenders following approval of a request pursuant to this Section 4.1 will equal an amount calculated as:

 

(1) the total of all soft and hard costs incurred for the Project to date or expected to be incurred and paid within the next thirty (30) days, as shown on the Project Development Budget for such Project, less any applicable adjustments to be made pursuant to this Article IV (collectively, the “Total Approved Project Costs To Date”);

 

less

 

(2) the sum of all Advances previously made to pay Total Approved Project Costs To Date, plus any Lessor Contributions previously used to pay Total Approved Project Costs To Date, plus, any Required Borrower Funds injected by Borrower to date or required to be injected by Borrower to pay Total Approved Project Costs To Date.

 

(n) Without limiting any of the foregoing, Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that any request for an Advance of the Tranche 3 Committed Amount shall be deemed a certification from Borrower that it has satisfied the “EBITDA Requirement” as more particularly set forth in section 6.30. Lenders shall be entitled to withhold any and all Advances of the Tranche 3 Committed Amount in the event Agent Lender determines in its sole discretion that Borrower has failed to satisfy and maintain the EBITDA Requirement, regardless of any certification by Borrower to the contrary. In making its determination, Agent. Lender shall be entitled to rely on Borrower’s certification, Lenders’ review of such information as may be provided by Borrowers and such other information as Lenders may reasonably request; provided, however, Borrower agrees to provide any such information within five (5) days of Lenders’ request therefor.

 

4.2 Direct Advances. After the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Lenders may from time to time make Advances for any other costs on the Project Development Budget, regardless of whether the Borrower has submitted a requisition therefor. Such Advances may be made directly to parties to whom such amounts are due or to the Lenders to reimburse the Lenders for sums due to them. All such Advances to parties other than the Borrower shall be deemed Advances to the Borrower hereunder and shall be secured by the Collateral to the same extent as if they were made directly to the Borrower.

 

  34  

 

 

4.3 Delivery of Funds. The Lenders will make Advances by depositing the same to a disbursement account created by Borrower for such purpose, as instructed by Borrower from time to time (the “Disbursement Account”). The Disbursement Account shall be maintained at a nationally recognized bank reasonably acceptable to Agent Lender (JPMorgan Bank being hereby approved). Separate Deposit Account shall be established for the purpose of holding Excess Cash Flows, Lessor Contributions and Borrower’s general operating purposes (as provided in Section 4.5 hereof), including for completed Projects, and the funds in such Deposit Account shall not be commingled with funds in the development disbursement account. Pursuant to the Assignment of Accounts, Borrower has pledged and assigned to Agent Lender a security interest in the Disbursement Account as additional collateral for the Loan Obligations. Borrower will assist Agent Lender in obtaining an executed account control agreement from the depository bank holding the Disbursement Account for purposes of perfecting Lenders’ security interest in the Disbursement Account. Such a control agreement must be in place before any Advances of the Loan are made into the Disbursement Account. After the occurrence and during continuation of any Event of Default, the Lenders may, in their discretion, make Advances through a disbursing agent appointed by the Agent Lender at the Borrower’s expense, and any Advance to such agent will be deemed to be an Advance to the Borrower. The making of an Advance by the Lenders shall not constitute the Lenders’ approval or acceptance of the construction theretofore completed. The Lenders’ inspection and approval of the Plans and Specifications, the construction of the Improvements, or the workmanship and materials used therein, shall impose no liability or fiduciary duty of any kind on the Lenders, the sole obligation of the Lenders as the result of such inspection and approval being to make the Advances if, and to the extent, required by this Agreement. The Lenders have not undertaken and hereby disclaim any duty or responsibility to inspect the construction progress or to monitor the proper application by the General Contractor or others of funds disbursed pursuant hereto, on behalf of the Borrower, and the Borrower acknowledges and agrees that it must satisfy itself as to the status of construction, the workmanship and materials used therein, and the application of moneys by the General Contractor or others.

 

4.4 Required Borrower Funds.

 

(a) The parties acknowledge and agree that, as a condition to any Advance for a particular Project by the Lenders, the Borrower must (i) inject, whether through equity contributions (Lenders shall have no obligation to make any equity contributions to Borrower in their capacity as members of Borrower and, in any event, any such equity contributions made by Lender shall be excluded when calculating Required Borrower Funds), cash on hand or otherwise, cash in an amount equal to no less than twenty-five percent (25.0%) of the Advance of the Loan requested, (ii) have previously injected, whether through equity contributions (Lenders shall have no obligation to make any equity contributions to Borrower in their capacity as members of Borrower and, in any event, any such equity contributions made by Lender shall be excluded when calculating Required Borrower Funds), cash on hand or otherwise, an amount in cash in excess of the amount required pursuant to subsection (i) above for prior Advances such that Borrower is carrying forward a credit for Borrower’s funds injected in an amount equal to no less than twenty-five percent (25.0%) of the Advance of the Loan requested, or (iii) satisfy the twenty-five percent (25.0%) requirement through a combination of (i) or (ii) above (in any of the foregoing cases, the “Required Borrower Funds”), and the Agent Lender shall be entitled to receive such evidence as the Agent Lender may reasonably require to substantiate the prior injection of such Required Borrower Funds or the contemporaneous funding of Required Borrower Funds with the Advance related thereto.

 

  35  

 

 

(b) Intentionally Omitted.

 

(c) Intentionally Omitted.

 

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein provided, Borrower’s use of Lessor Contributions for Projects to the extent permitted herein, shall not count towards satisfaction of Required Borrower Funds.

 

4.5 Deposit Accounts.

 

(a) Disbursement Account. The Disbursement Account shall be governed by section 4.3 above.

 

(b) Excess Cash Flow Account. Excess Cash Flow shall be maintained by Borrower in a separate Deposit Account of Borrower maintained at a nationally recognized bank reasonably acceptable to Agent Lender (JP Morgan/Chase being hereby approved) (the “Excess Cash Flow Account”) until used for a purpose permitted in this Agreement. Borrower hereby assigns and pledges Lenders a security interest in the Excess Cash Flow Account and agrees to, upon request of Agent Lender, provide additional documentation evidencing Lenders’ security interest in the Excess Cash Flow Account, including, without limitation, the Assignment of Excess Cash Flow Account. Borrower shall be restricted from obtaining access to any funds held in the Excess Cash Flow Account without Agent Lenders prior written consent and will also assist Agent Lender in obtaining an executed account control agreement from the depository bank holding the Excess Cash Flow Account for purposes of Lenders perfecting their security interest in the Excess Cash Flow Account. Such a control agreement must be in place before any deposits of any Excess Cash Flow are made into the Excess Cash Flow Account and prior to any use of Excess Cash Flow for the purposes permitted herein.

 

(c) Lessor Contribution Account. Lessor Contributions shall be maintained by Borrower in one or more separate Deposit Accounts of Borrower maintained at a nationally recognized bank reasonably acceptable to Agent Lender (JP Morgan/Chase being hereby approved) (the “Lessor Contribution Accounts”) until used for a purpose permitted in this Agreement. Borrower hereby assigns and pledges Lenders a security interest in the Lessor Contribution Accounts and agrees to, upon request of Agent Lender, provide additional documentation evidencing Lenders’ security interest in the Lessor Contribution Accounts, including, without limitation, the Assignment of Lessor Contribution Accounts. Borrower will also assist Agent Lender in obtaining an executed account control agreement from the depository bank holding the Lessor Contribution Accounts for purposes of Lenders perfecting their security interest in the Lessor Contribution Accounts. Such a control agreement must be in place before any deposits of any Lessor Contributions are made into the Lessor Contribution Accounts and prior to any use of Lessor Contributions for the purposes permitted herein.

 

  36  

 

 

(d) Operating Accounts. All other Deposit Accounts of Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary shall be maintained by Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary in one or more separate Deposit Accounts of Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary maintained at a nationally recognized bank reasonably acceptable to Agent Lender (JP Morgan/Chase being hereby approved) (the “Operating Accounts”) until used for a purpose permitted in this Agreement. Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary hereby agrees to transfer from the Operating Accounts within forty-five (45) days after each Scheduled Principal Payment Date (each, a “Sweep Date”) all Excess Cash Flows calculated for the twelve month period ended as of such Scheduled Principal Payment Date to the Excess Cash Flow Account; provided, however, that Borrower must provide Agent Lender a full accounting of any uses of funds held in one or more of its Operating Accounts on each Sweep Date. Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary hereby assigns and pledges Lenders a security interest in the Operating Accounts and agrees to, upon request of Agent Lender, provide additional documentation evidencing Lenders’ security interest in the Operating Accounts, including, without limitation, the Assignment of Operating Accounts. Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary will also assist Agent Lender in obtaining an executed account control agreement from the depository bank holding the Operating Accounts for purposes of Lenders perfecting their security interest in the Operating Accounts. Such a control agreement must be in place before any deposits are made into the Operating Accounts and prior to any use of any funds for the purposes permitted herein.

 

(e) Borrower may elect during the Commitment Period and so long as no Default or Event of Default then exists to apply any Lessor Contributions toward the payment of Total Approved Project Costs To Date (as defined in Section 4.1(m)(1) herein). Notwithstanding that such use of Lessor Contributions may be applied in lieu of Required Borrower Funds and Advances of the Loan to pay Total Approved Project Costs To Date, nothing herein shall be deemed to limit or modify the Borrower’s obligation to the Lenders to comply with all obligations to provide Project Specific Due Diligence for the Project to be financed with such Lessor Contributions as set forth in Section 3.2(d), including but not limited to confirmation that the Lenders’ lien on and security interest in such Project and related Collateral has attached and is perfected on a first priority basis.

 

(f) Intentionally omitted

 

(g) Any Lessor Contributions not applied to Project development costs in the manner permitted by subsection (e) above shall, upon completion of the Project in accordance with section 6.23 hereof, be transferred to the Excess Cash Flow Account for application in the same manner and for the same purposes as Excess Cash Flows.

 

(h) Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.5 to the contrary, so long as no Default exists, to the extent accrued and unused Excess Cash Flow, in the aggregate, as of each Sweep Date exceeds $5,000,000 (the “Excess Cash Sweep Threshold”), eighty-percent of such excess shall be swept by Agent Lender to be applied to the Loan Obligations in such order and priority as the Lenders shall determine; provided, however, any payment to principal shall be applied first to reduce any outstanding Advances of the Tranche 3 Committed Amount prior to application to either the Tranche 1 Committed Amount or the Tranche 2 Committed Amount.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties agree that the $5,000,000 Excess Cash Sweep Threshold may be revised from time to time in Lenders’ discretion based on the performance of the Projects, the status and anticipated costs of development of Future Projects, and Borrower’s compliance with the terms of the loan documentation; provided however, Excess Cash Sweep Threshold shall not exceed $10 million.

 

  37  

 

 

An example of the Excess Cash Flow calculation is set forth on Exhibit M attached hereto Excess Cash Flow calculations and reporting pursuant to this Agreement shall be consistent with the form Exhibit M hereto. Borrower shall also include in its required financial reporting to Agent Lender an accounting of Lessor Contributions received for each Project.

 

ARTICLE V.
BORROWER’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES,

 

In order to induce the Lenders to enter into this Agreement, and to make the Loan and Advances to the Borrower from time to time in accordance with the Loan Documents, the Borrower hereby makes to the Lenders the representations and warranties set forth in this Article V. All representations and warranties made herein or in any other Loan Document shall be deemed to have been relied upon by the Lenders notwithstanding any independent investigation of the facts or circumstances heretofore or hereafter made by or on behalf of the Lenders. All representations and warranties made herein are made as of the date hereof, but are continuing in nature and shall likewise be deemed to be made as of the date of this Agreement and as of each Advance of Loan proceeds to the Borrower, it being agreed that each request for an Advance by the Borrower shall constitute a reaffirmation of such representations and warranties unless, concurrently with such request and prior to such disbursement, the Borrower shall have disclosed to the Agent Lender in writing any variation from such representation or warranty. To the extent that any of the representations or warranties set forth herein pertain to specific aspects of a Project not yet in existence, the same shall be prospectively applicable to each and every Project hereafter commenced by the Borrower. Accordingly, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Lenders that:

 

5.1 Existence, Power and Qualification.

 

(a) Borrower and Holdings. Each of the Borrower and Holdings (a) is a duly organized and validly existing Delaware limited liability company and is in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and (b) has the full power and authority and the legal right to own its property and to conduct its business in the manner in which it is now conducted or hereafter contemplates conducting its business. The ownership of the membership interests of the Borrower and Holdings as of the Second Restatement Effective Date is correctly set forth in Exhibit I attached hereto. Holdings hereby acknowledges and agrees that, as of the Second Restatement Effective Date, the Lenders hold an aggregate of [●]% of the Equity Interests of Holdings; provided, however, Holdings hereby further agrees that the ownership by the Lenders of such interests shall not result in any fiduciary duty to Holdings (or any of its subsidiaries) being imposed on the Lenders in their capacity as Lenders Holdings hereby expressly disclaims any such duty in its favor.

 

(b) Borrower Subsidiaries. The Borrower Subsidiaries (a) are duly organized and validly existing limited liability companies and are in good standing under the laws of the State of their organization, and (b) have the full power and authority and the legal right to own their property and to conduct their business in the manner in which it is now conducted or hereafter contemplates conducting its business. The ownership of the membership interests of those Borrower Subsidiaries currently in existence are correctly set forth in Exhibit I attached hereto.

 

  38  

 

 

5.2 Intentionally Omitted.

 

5.3 Authority to Borrow Hereunder. The Borrower has the full power and authority and the legal right to make, deliver and perform each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and to incur the Loan Obligations thereunder. The Borrower has taken all necessary action on its part to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and the borrowing and other transactions contemplated thereby. No consent or authorization of, or filing with, any federal, state, county or municipal government, or any department or agency of any such government, is required of the Borrower in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, or the borrowing and other transactions contemplated thereby.

 

5.4 Due Execution and Enforceability. Each of the Loan Documents to which the Borrower is a party has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of the Borrower, and such Loan Documents constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditor’s rights generally, and general principles of equity which may limit the availability of equitable remedies.

 

5.5 No Conflict. The execution, delivery and performance of each of the Loan Documents to which the Borrower is a party, and the consummation of the transactions therein contemplated, will not conflict with or be in contravention of any law, regulation, rule, order or judgment applicable to the Borrower, the organizational documents of the Borrower, or any material agreement, instrument, mortgage, deed of trust, Lien, lease, judgment, decree or order to which the Borrower is a party or is subject or by which the Borrower or any of its properties or any of the Projects is or may be bound or affected.

 

5.6 No Claims or Litigation. Except in each case or in the aggregate as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, there is no litigation, claim, lawsuit, investigation, action or other proceeding pending or, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened against the Borrower or any of the Projects before any court, agency, arbitrator or other tribunal which involve any of the transactions contemplated in the Loan Documents; and the Borrower is not in default with respect to any judgment, injunction, decree, rule or regulation of any court or federal, state, municipal or other governmental department, commission, board, agency or instrumentality.

 

  39  

 

 

5.7 Solvency and Accuracy of Financial Information. The Borrower is solvent within the meanings of both 11 U.S.C. § 548 and GAAP, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not render the Borrower insolvent within the meanings of 11 U.S.C. § 548 or GAAP. All financial statements, balance sheets, operating statements, cash flow statements and other financial information of the Borrower delivered to the Lenders (the “Financial Statements”), were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period involved and are correct and complete and fairly present the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower for such period, except that quarterly Financial Statements remain subject to year end adjustments and may lack footnotes required by GAAP and internally prepared management reports are not prepared in accordance with GAAP). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower does not know of any material liabilities, contingent or otherwise, of the Borrower that are not reflected in the Financial Statements. Prior to the date of this Agreement, there has been no:

 

(a) Materially adverse change in the financial condition or prospects of the Borrower (and, at any time after the development of any one or more Projects, such adverse change is evidenced by an inability of the Projects in the aggregate to generate revenue necessary for the continued operation of the Projects);

 

(b) Damage, destruction or loss, whether covered by insurance or not so covered, which would have a material adverse effect on the properties or business of the Borrower;

 

(c) Declaration, setting aside or payment of any distribution or withdrawal of capital in respect of the membership interests in the Borrower except as permitted hereunder or otherwise approved by the Lenders in writing;

 

(d) Direct or indirect redemption, purchase or other acquisition of any of the membership interests in the Borrower except as permitted hereunder or otherwise approved by the Lenders in writing; or

 

(e) Other event or condition of any character which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.8 No Defaults or Restrictions. There is no outstanding default under any agreement or instrument to which the Borrower is a party or by which it or its properties is or may be bound, nor does there exist any restriction under the organizational documents of the Borrower which could cause a material adverse effect on the business, properties, operations or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Borrower.

 

5.9 Payment of Taxes. The Borrower has filed all federal, state and local tax returns which are required to be filed and has paid, or made adequate provision for the payment of, all taxes which have or may become due pursuant to said returns or with respect to any assessments received or anticipated by the Borrower, except to the extent being contested in good faith by proper proceedings which effectively stay the imposition of any penalty, fine or Lien resulting from the nonpayment thereof and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside for the payment thereof.

 

5.10 Necessary Permits, Etc. Borrower possesses all franchises, trademarks, Permits, licenses, consents, agreements and governmental approvals that are necessary or required by any authority in order to carry on its current business and to construct and operate each Project to the extent appropriate for the present stage of construction and operation. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, Borrower has not received any notice of default or termination of any such Permit, license, consent, approval or agreement, or any notice of noncompliance therewith.

 

  40  

 

 

5.11 ERISA. Borrower is in compliance with all applicable provisions of ERISA.

 

5.12 Regulation U. The Borrower is not engaged, nor will it engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of “purchasing” or “carrying” any “margin stock” (as each of the quoted terms is defined or used in Regulation U), and no part of the Loan proceeds will be used for so “purchasing” or “carrying” “margin stock” or for any purpose which violates the provisions of Regulation U. If requested by the Agent Lender, the Borrower will furnish to the Agent Lender a statement in conformity with the requirements of Regulation U to the foregoing effect.

 

5.13 Controlled Companies. The Borrower is not an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or is subject to regulation under the Public Utility Holding Act of 1935, the Federal Power Act, the Interstate Commerce Act, or any other law or regulation which relates to the incurring of debt, including, but not limited to, laws and regulations regulating common or contract carriers or the sale of electricity, gas, steam, water or other public utility services.

 

5.14 Title to Assets. The Borrower has good and marketable title to all of its properties and assets, including, without limitation, the Collateral. The Collateral is free and clear of mortgage, pledges, Liens, charges and other encumbrances except as otherwise permitted or required by the Loan Documents.

 

5.15 Places of Business. The address of the principal place of business of the Borrower is set forth in Section 9.7 hereof.

 

5.16 Compliance with Applicable Environmental Laws. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Collateral nor the Borrower, or any other real estate owned or leased by the Borrower, is in violation of or subject to any existing, pending, or to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened investigation or inquiry by any governmental authority or any remedial obligations under any Applicable Environmental Law, and there are no facts, conditions or circumstances known to the Borrower which would result in any such investigation or inquiry if such facts, conditions or circumstances, if any, were fully disclosed to the applicable governmental authority. The Borrower has obtained, or will properly obtain, all permits, licenses, or similar authorizations required under Applicable Environmental Laws in order to construct, occupy, operate and use the Projects and all other Collateral, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.17 Disclosure. Neither this Agreement nor any other document, Financial Statement, credit information, certificate or written statement required herein to be furnished to the Lenders by the Borrower in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents contains any untrue, incorrect or misleading statement of material fact.

 

  41  

 

 

5.18 Condemnation. There are no proceedings pending, or, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened, to acquire by power of condemnation or eminent domain any portion of any Collateral, or any interest therein, or to enjoin or similarly prevent the construction and/or use of any of the Collateral which would constitute a Material Condemnation.

 

5.19 Roads and Utilities. All utility and sanitary sewage services necessary for the construction and use of the Projects are or will be available to the Properties upon which the Improvements are to be constructed prior to commencement of construction, or the necessary rights-of-way or easements therefor have been or will be acquired or dedicated, and all necessary steps have been or will be taken to insure the completion thereof prior to the date of termination of the Lenders’ obligations to make Advances on each applicable Project, and the Borrower has or will receive permission to make such use thereof as is necessary for construction and to make permanent connections thereto upon completion of such Improvements.

 

5.20 Construction. Each of the Projects will be constructed by the General Contractor substantially in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. Agent Lender shall be furnished with fully executed counterparts of all contracts in regard to the Projects during construction and thereafter. The Projects, when completed, will comply with all applicable building codes and standards and other applicable governmental requirements.

 

5.21 Priority of Mortgages and Financing Statements. Each of the Mortgages and each security interest granted herein or in any other Loan Document, when duly executed, delivered, and recorded or for which a Financing Statement is filed (as applicable), will constitute a first-priority Lien against the Property therein described, prior to all other Liens and encumbrances, including those which may hereafter accrue, except for such matters as shall have been approved by the Agent Lender and set forth in the Mortgages or herein as a “Permitted Encumbrance.”

 

5.22 Borrower’s Expertise. The Borrower is sophisticated and experienced in the business to which the Projects relate, and the Borrower has been and will be represented by competent counsel of its choice with regard to the Loan and the Loan Documents.

 

5.23 Anti-Terrorism Laws.

 

(a) General. Neither the Borrower, to its knowledge, nor any Affiliate of the Borrower is in violation of any laws relating to terrorism or money laundering, including Executive Order No. 13224 and the USA Patriot Act (“Anti-Terrorism Law”) or engages in or conspires to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

(b) Executive Order No. 13224.

 

(1) Neither the Borrower nor, to its knowledge, any Affiliate of the Borrower is any of the following (each a “Blocked Person”):

 

(i) A Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224;

 

  42  

 

 

(ii) A Person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224;

 

(iii) A Person with which any bank or other financial institution is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law;

 

(iv) A Person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in Executive Order No. 13224;

 

(v) A Person that is named as a “specially designated national” on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control at its official website or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list; or

 

(vi) A Person who is Affiliated with a Person listed above.

 

(2) neither the Borrower nor, to its knowledge, any Affiliate of the Borrower (i) conducts any business or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person or (ii) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224.

 

5.24 Holdings and Borrower Subsidiaries. Each of the representations and warranties set forth above as 5.3 through 5.23 are and remain true, accurate and complete in all material respects with respect to the Holdings and each of the Borrower Subsidiaries (with Holdings or such Borrower Subsidiary being substituted for the “Borrower” in each such representations and warranties) and the Loan Documents to which Holdings or such Borrower Subsidiaries are a party (with such Loan Documents being substituted for the “Loan Documents” in each such representations and warranties) and any Project owned by it.

 

ARTICLE VI.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that, until the Loan Obligations have been fully and indefeasibly paid and satisfied, and the Lenders have no further obligation to make additional Advances to the Borrower, the Borrower shall:

 

6.1 Payment and Performance of Obligations. Duly and punctually pay and perform the Loan Obligations as and when specified under the Loan Documents.

 

6.2 Maintenance of Existence. Maintain its existence as a limited liability company under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and maintain all necessary registrations or qualifications in good standing.

 

6.3 Compliance with Laws. Comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders, such compliance to include, without limitation, compliance with ERISA and with all Applicable Environmental Laws.

 

  43  

 

 

6.4 Accrual and Payment of Taxes. Accrue all current tax liabilities of all kinds, any required withholdings of income taxes of employees, all required old age and unemployment contributions, and all other assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon the Borrower or upon its income, profits or properties, and pay the same when due and prior to the delinquency thereof or the imposition of any penalties or interest with respect thereto, except to the extent contested in good faith by proper proceedings which effectively stay the imposition of any. penalty, fine or Lien resulting from the nonpayment thereof and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside for payment thereof.

 

6.5 Payment of Claims. Pay all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would reasonably be expected to become a Lien upon any of the Collateral, except to the extent contested in good faith by proper proceedings which effectively stay the imposition of any penalty, fine or Lien resulting from the nonpayment thereof and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside for payment thereof.

 

6.6 Maintenance of Properties. Keep the Collateral and assets in reasonably good repair, working order and condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted, and damage from casualty excepted provided repairs are promptly commenced to the extent required by Section 6.24 hereof, and from time to time make all needed and proper repairs, renewals, replacements, additions, and improvements thereto, and comply in all material respects with the provisions of all leases to which the Borrower is a party or under which it rents or occupies any property so as to prevent any loss or forfeiture thereof or thereunder. The Borrower shall not be deemed in default due to any alleged breach of this Section 6.6 so long as, upon receiving notice of such alleged breach from the Lenders, or any other party, the Borrower takes immediate action to correct such alleged breach and institutes reasonable procedures to avoid future similar occurrences.

 

6.7 Other Indebtedness. Duly and punctually pay or cause to be paid all principal and interest of any Indebtedness of the Borrower owing to other creditors, comply with and perform all conditions, terms and obligations of the notes or other instruments evidencing such Indebtedness and the mortgages, deeds of trust, security agreements and other instruments evidencing security for such Indebtedness, all only to the extent such Indebtedness is permitted under this Agreement.

 

6.8 Examination of Records and Visitation By Lenders. Upon reasonable written notice to the Borrower, at any time and from time to time during normal business hours, permit the Lenders and their representatives to examine and make copies and abstracts from all Records and books of account of the Borrower, to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Borrower with any of its members, directors, managers, Authorized Representatives or employees, and to demand and receive from the Borrower, the General Contractor and the Borrower’s agents, Authorized Representatives and employees any information regarding the Projects and the finances connected therewith.

 

6.9 Access. To permit the Lenders and their agents to have access to the Property and Improvements at all reasonable times.

 

6.10 Intentionally Omitted.

 

  44  

 

 

6.11 Accounting Records. Keep adequate Records and books of account, with complete entries made in accordance with GAAP consistently applied, reflecting all of its financial transactions and the operation of the Projects.

 

6.12 Maintenance of Permits, Etc. Obtain, maintain and do all things necessary to preserve in full force and effect all Permits, licenses, authorizations, approvals, franchises, certificates and accreditations which are necessary for the proper conduct of its businesses and/or the use and operation of the Projects, except to the extent it would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.13 Conduct of Business. Continuously and diligently conduct its business and each Project as contemplated hereby in accordance with reasonable standards of quality and performance.

 

6.14 Correction of Defects. At the request of the Agent Lender, promptly correct any defect, error or omission which may be discovered in the contents of the Loan Documents, or in the execution thereof.

 

6.15 Further Assurances. Execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be necessary or as may be reasonably requested by the Agent Lender to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Agreement, or to create, perfect or continue any Lien against the Collateral in favor of the Lenders, or to insure the priority thereof.

 

6.16 Quarterly Reporting Requirements. Furnish or cause to be furnished to the Agent Lender as soon as available, and in any event within the later of (x) sixty (60) days after the end of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of Borrower and (y) the date on which Parent is required to file (or, if earlier, files) a Form 10-Q under the Exchange Act, the following:

 

(a) unaudited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations of Holdings and its subsidiaries, prepared in accordance with GAAP (subject to year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes), and duly certified by the Borrower as (i) fairly presenting the financial condition of the Borrower as of the end of such quarter and the results of the operations of Holdings for such period, and (ii) having been prepared in accordance with GAAP (subject to year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes);

 

(b) a certificate of the Borrower certifying that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is outstanding, or if an Event of Default or Default has occurred and is continuing, statements as to the nature of each such Event of Default or Default and the action which the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto; and

 

(c) a current monthly management report, including statement of Excess Cash Flows in the form of Exhibit M hereto and other such information as may be reasonably requested by the Agent Lender, duly certified by the Borrower.

 

  45  

 

 

6.17 Annual Reporting Requirements.

 

(a) Furnish or cause to be furnished to the Agent Lender as soon as available, and in any event within the later of (x) one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower and (y) the date on which Parent is required to file (or, if earlier, files) a Form 10-K under the Exchange Act, the following:

 

(1) Parent Audited Statements. If the Parent Financials Test is satisfied, each of the following:

 

(i) the audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations of Parent and its subsidiaries as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by independent public accountants of national standing or otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Agent Lender and certified by the Borrower to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Parent and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied,

 

(ii) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations of Holdings and its subsidiaries as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all certified by the Borrower as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Holdings and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, and

 

(iii) an explanation, in reasonable detail, of any differences between the financial statements of Parent and its subsidiaries described in the foregoing clause (i), on the one hand, and the information relating to Holdings and its subsidiaries described in the foregoing clause (ii), on the other hand; or

 

(2) Borrower Audited Statements. If the Parent Financials Test is not satisfied, the audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of operations of Holdings and its subsidiaries as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all reported on by independent public accountants of national standing or otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Agent Lender and certified by the Borrower to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Holdings, the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries on a consolidated and consolidating basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

 

(3) a certificate of the Borrower certifying that no Event of Default or Default has occurred and is outstanding, or if an Event of Default or Default has occurred and is continuing, statements as to the nature of each such Event of Default or Default and the action which the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto; and

 

(4) any such other information as may be reasonably requested by the Agent Lender for each completed Project, duly certified by the Borrower.

 

(b) Furnish or cause to be furnished to the Agent Lender, as soon as available, and in any event prior to the commencement of each fiscal year of Borrower, (1) projections of Borrower’s financial performance and conditions, including calculations of Borrower’s projected EBITDA for each quarter during such fiscal year, which projections shall be subject to Lenders’ review and approval (“EBITDA Projections”) and (2) operating and capital expenditure budgets for such fiscal year.

 

  46  

 

 

If at any time, any audit or subsequent Financial Statements reveal that the Excess Cash Flow reported by Borrower during the applicable fiscal year is lower than Borrower’s actual Excess Cash Flow for such year, the Agent Lender shall notify the Borrower of such deficiency, and the Borrower shall pay such deficiency within ten (10) Business Days after the Borrower’s receipt of Agent Lender’s notice thereof as a principal payment under the Loan.

 

6.18 Project Financial Statements and Reconciliations. To the extent not otherwise provided by Section 6.16 or 6.17 above, the Borrower shall also provide to the Agent Lender:

 

(a) monthly internally prepared management reports of Holdings, the Borrower and any Borrower Subsidiaries within forty-five (45) days after the end of each calendar month;

 

(b) monthly internally prepared financial statements for each Project within forty-five (45) days after the end of each calendar month, to the extent not included in (a) above; and

 

(c) annual internally prepared financial statements for each Project within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year.

 

All financial statements required by this Section 6.18 shall include a balance sheet, income statement, statement of cash flows, statement of Excess Cash Flow in the form of Exhibit M hereto, and such other information as may be reasonably requested by the Agent Lender; provided, however that in no event and notwithstanding anything in this Section 6.18 to the contrary, shall Borrower be required to deliver monthly balance sheets to Agent Lender.

 

6.19 Employee Plan Reports and Notices. Promptly furnish to the Agent Lender after the filing or receipt thereof copies of all reports and notices, if any, which the Borrower files under the Code or ERISA with the Internal Revenue Service, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or the U.S. Department of Labor, or which the Borrower receives from any such agency, other than any routine or periodic filings or notices, in respect to any Employee Plan hereafter commenced, if any of the information therein would reasonably be expected to form the basis of, or any dispute referred to therein, if determined adversely to the Borrower, would reasonably be expected to constitute or give rise to, an Event of Default.

 

6.20 Other Reports and Notices. Furnish promptly to the Agent Lender such information as the Agent Lender may reasonably require concerning costs, progress of construction, marketing, operation, and such other factors as the Agent Lender may reasonably require; notify the Agent Lender promptly of any litigation, to its knowledge, instituted or threatened against the Borrower which, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to individually or in the aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect; notify the Agent Lender promptly of any deficiencies asserted or Liens filed by the Internal Revenue Service against the Borrower or any part of the Projects; notify the Agent Lender promptly of any audits of any Federal or State tax returns of the Borrower, and the results of any such audit; notify the Agent Lender promptly of any material condemnation or similar proceedings with respect to any of the Projects, any proceeding seeking to enjoin the intended use of any of the Projects, and of all changes in governmental requirements pertaining to any of the Projects, utility availability, anticipated costs of completion, and any other matters which would reasonably be expected have a Material Adverse Effect on any Project.

 

  47  

 

 

6.21 Payment of Fees; Indemnity. Pay all expenses involved in perfecting the lien status or priority of the Lenders’ Lien upon the Collateral and all other reasonable out of pocket expenses of the Lenders related to the Loan or the protection and preservation of the Projects or the enforcement of any provision of the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, recording fees and taxes, tax, title and lien search charges, title insurance charges, architects’, engineers’ and reasonable attorneys’ fees (including reasonable attorneys’ fees at trial and in any appellate or bankruptcy proceedings), real property taxes and insurance premiums, and to indemnify against, and hold the Lenders harmless from, any loss, or liability on account of any claim by any party arising out of the Loan or the Lenders’ interest in or Lien upon the Projects and the other Collateral.

 

6.22 Deficiencies. Pay the difference between the undisbursed Loan funds with respect to any Project Tranche, and the amount necessary fully to complete the acquisition, construction, equipping and installation of the corresponding Project free of all Liens, including direct and indirect costs and work performed but for which payment has not been made, and the Lenders shall be under no obligation to make any further Advances until any amount so demanded is so paid by the Borrower. All materials, supplies and other property so acquired, constructed or installed for or as a part of the Projects shall become a part of the Projects, subject to the Lien of the Lenders and the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

6.23 Construct Improvements and Complete the Projects. Commence construction, reconfiguration and/or renovation, as applicable, of each of the Existing Projects, Planned Projects and Future Projects within sixty (60) days following the initial Advance of the corresponding Project Tranche, but in any event to commence construction of each of the Projects no later than the expiration of the Commitment Period; cause each set of Improvements to be constructed substantially in accordance with the Plans and Specifications therefor, and in compliance with all applicable restrictive covenants, zoning ordinances, setback requirements, building codes and governmental regulations, and so as not to encroach upon or overhang into any easement or right-of-way; cause such construction to proceed continuously and permit no cessation of work; and complete each of the Projects and obtain all required Permits and a certificate of occupancy or other final governmental approval of such Improvements for their intended use on or before the Scheduled Completion Date therefor, time being of the essence.

 

The completion of each of the Projects and the payment of all costs and expenses incidental thereto shall be evidenced by the Borrower’s delivery to the Agent Lender of a certificate signed by the Borrower stating that:

 

(1) the acquisition, construction, installation and equipping of such Project has been completed in all material respects substantially in accordance with the Plans and Specifications;

 

  48  

 

 

(2) the Borrower shall have received and made all Permits, approvals, consents, licenses (including environmental permits) and authorizations of, and registrations, filings and recordings with, and declarations to, and other actions by governmental authorities, the lack of which if not issued, granted or otherwise in existence, would materially impair commencement of operation of the Project;

 

(3) all amounts due for labor, materials, supplies and other costs incurred in connection with the acquisition, construction, installation and equipping of the Project have been paid except for amounts which the Borrower is entitled to retain pursuant to its respective purchase orders or for amounts being disputed by the Borrower in good faith as being due and payable, which amounts shall be set forth in the certificate and held in the disbursement account established for such Project until payment is due.

 

6.24 Use of Proceeds. Use the Advances under the Loan and the Borrower Required Funds (other than (i) the Village Note Payoff Advance, which shall be used for the purposes described in Section 2.10 and (ii) the Operating Expense Advance, which was used solely for the purposes set forth in the Fourth Modification) solely and exclusively for the purposes set forth in the approved Project Development Budgets with respect to the corresponding Project, and to pay such fees, closing costs, and other nonconstruction expenses relating to such Project or the construction of the Improvements or operation of Projects, as the Lenders have approved or may from time to time approve in writing. The Borrower shall not commingle any of the Advances or any of the funds of the Borrower which are to be invested in the Projects with the funds of any other entity or Person or use any of the Advances or Required Borrower Funds for any uses except as permitted by this Agreement. The Lenders reserve the right, at any time, to require satisfactory proof as to the disposition made of any of the proceeds of the Loan and the Required Borrower Funds. Nothing contained herein, however, shall be construed to require the Lenders to follow the disposition, or to monitor the proper application; of any funds advanced by the Lenders. Borrower shall also use Excess Cash Flow and Lessor Contributions only for such purposes as permitted herein.

 

6.25 Insurance. At all times while the Borrower is indebted to the Lenders, to maintain the following forms of insurance coverage to be provided by a financially sound and reputable insurance company reasonably acceptable to the Agent Lender.

 

(a) Builders Risk. The Borrower shall maintain or cause the General Contractor to maintain for the full course of construction and until the date of final acceptance Insurance Blanket Builders Risk coverage for the full replacement cost with respect to each Project. The policy shall be written on an “all risk” basis including but not limited to flood, earthquake, and extra expense (soft cost). The Agent Lender shall be named as loss payee and provided waiver of subrogation on its behalf. The policy shall include the interest of Lenders, the Borrower, General Contractor, and subcontractors as their interests may appear.

 

(b) General Liability, The Borrower shall provide, and shall cause all General Contractors and any other contractors, and any Major Subcontractors (as hereinabove defined in Section.4.1) to provide, during construction and for a period of at least 2 years after the date of final acceptance, Commercial General Liability insurance with available limits of at least $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 annual aggregate; such insurance shall comply with and include the following:

 

  Occurrence Form - Claims made not acceptable.
     
  Bodily Injury including but not limited to bodily injury, mental injury, mental anguish, sickness or disease..
     
  Property Damage, broad form type including all loss of use and “x”, “c” and “u” coverage.
     
  Personal Injury
     
  Premises or Operations.
     
  Products and Completed Operations.
     
  Subcontracted Operations (Owners and Contractors Protective).
     
  Contractual - Including, without limitation, defense costs and the indemnity requirements of Section 6.21.
     
  Fellow Employee Coverage.
     
  Injury to Leased Workers.
     
  Amendment to Aggregate Limits, per Project CG25031185 and per location CG25041185.
     
  Mobile Equipment.

 

(c) Comprehensive Automobile Liability. The Borrower shall provide, and shall require all General Contractors and any other contractors, the subcontractors (each tier) and others involved with each of the Projects to provide, Combined Single Limit of not less than $1,000,000 for bodily injury and property damage covering all owned, non-owned, or hired motor vehicles, trailers, or semi-trailers designed for travel on public roads, whether licensed or not (including any machinery or apparatus attached thereto) according to the 1986 ISO definitions. Coverage shall include protection for fellow employee suits.

 

(d) Workers Compensation and Employers Liability. The Borrower shall maintain, and shall require all General Contractors and any other contractors, the subcontractors (each tier) and others involved with each of the Projects to maintain, coverage including Employers Liability limits of not less than $1,000,000 for each accident, $1,000,000 occupational disease per employee. Coverage shall be in accordance with applicable statutory requirements.

 

  49  

 

 

(e) Umbrella Liability. The minimum limits established for General Liability (including Products/Completed Operations), Automobile Liability and Employers Liability shall be as follows:

 

Borrower   $ 10,000,000  
         
General Contractor   $ 10,000,000  
         
All subcontractors (any tier)   $ 2,000,000  
         
All other contracts   $ 2,000,000  

 

 

An Umbrella policy may be provided as excess coverage over the underlying limits in order to satisfy the minimum limits and/or coverage set forth above. All such Umbrella policies shall be written with a self-insured retention not to exceed $25,000. All Umbrella/Excess policies shall be on a “following form” basis.

 

(f) Property Insurance. After the completion of construction or occupancy of each of the Projects (whichever first occurs), “all risk” coverage on the Improvements and Equipment comprising the same in an amount not less than the replacement cost thereof, insuring against such potential causes of loss as shall be required by the Agent Lender, including but not limited to, loss or damage from wind, fire, ice, subsidence and if requested by the Agent Lender, earthquake and flood.

 

(g) Business Interruption Insurance. After completion of construction of each Project, business interruption insurance with respect thereto equal to not less than twelve (12) months’ estimated gross revenues of such Project, less those expenses not ordinarily incurred during a period of business interruption. Business Interruption policy shall include the same insured perils as set forth above.

 

Each of the property policies described above shall name the Agent Lender as mortgagee and loss payee under a standard non-contributory mortgagee and lender loss payable clause satisfactory to the Agent Lender, and shall provide that the Agent Lender shall receive not less than thirty (30) days written notice prior to cancellation or termination of any such policy.

 

(h) Proceeds. The proceeds of any of the policies described above in (f) and (g) above shall be payable by check to the Agent Lender and delivered to the Agent Lender to be used as follows: (i) during the continuance of an Event of Default, to the full or partial payment or prepayment of the Loan Obligations in such manner as Agent Lender shall elect, (ii) in the absence of an Event of Default in a situation in which Borrower plans to restore the damaged or destroyed Collateral, to Borrower for the repair and/or restoration of the damaged or destroyed Collateral, subject to the conditions set forth below, or (iii) in the absence of an Event of Default in a situation in which Borrower does not plan to restore the damaged or destroyed Collateral, to the full or partial payment or prepayment of the Loan Obligations in such manner as Agent Lender shall elect. In the event net proceeds of insurance or condemnation are Made available to the Borrower for the Borrower’s repair, restoration and replacement of Collateral, the same shall be subject to the following terms and Borrower’s satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

(1) at the time of such loss or damage and at all times thereafter while the Lenders are holding any portion of such proceeds, there shall exist no Default or Event of Default;

 

  50  

 

 

(2) the Improvements and Equipment for which loss or damage has resulted shall be capable of being restored to their pre-existing condition and utility in all material respects with the value equal to or greater than prior to such loss or damage and shall be capable of being completed prior to the earlier of (A) the Maturity Date of the Loan, or (B) the date which is twelve (12) months after the date of casualty;

 

(3) within thirty (30) days from the date of such loss or damage or required notice timelines contained in the lease regarding reconstruction, whichever is later, the Borrower shall have given the Agent Lender a written notice electing to have the proceeds applied for such purpose;

 

(4) within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date of notice under the preceding subparagraph (3) and prior to any proceeds being disbursed to the Borrower, the Borrower shall have provided to the Agent Lender all of the following:

 

(i) complete plans and specifications for restoration, repair and replacement of the Improvements and Equipment damaged to the preexisting condition, utility and value required by (2),

 

(ii) builders’ risk insurance and other insurance required in this Agreement for the full cost of construction with the Lenders’ named under a standard mortgagee loss-payable clause,

 

(iii) such additional funds as in the Lenders’ reasonable opinion are necessary to complete the repair, restoration and replacement, and

 

(iv) copies of all permits and licenses necessary to complete the work in accordance with the plans and specifications;

 

(5) no portion of such proceeds shall be made available by the Lenders for architectural reviews or for any other purposes which are not directly attributable to the cost of repairing, restoring or replacing the Improvements and Equipment for which a loss or damage has occurred unless the same are recoverable by such insurance;

 

(6) the Borrower shall commence such work within the timeframes set forth therefor in the lease and shall diligently pursue such work to completion;

 

(7) each disbursement by the Lenders of such proceeds and deposits shall be funded subject to conditions and in accordance with Section 4.1 hereof;

 

(8) the Lenders shall have the first Lien and security interests in all building materials and completed repair and restoration work and in all Improvements and Equipment acquired with such proceeds, and the Borrower shall execute and deliver such Loan Documents and other instruments as the Lender shall request to create, evidence or perfect such Lien and security interests; and

 

  51  

 

 

(9) in the event and to the extent such proceeds are not required or used for the repair, restoration and replacement of the Improvements and Equipment for which a loss or damage has occurred, or in the event the Borrower fails timely to make such election or having made such election fails timely to comply with the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Lenders shall be entitled without notice to or consent from the Borrower to apply such proceeds, or the balance thereof, at the Agent Lender’s option either (1) to the full or partial payment or prepayment of the Loan Obligations in the manner aforesaid, or (2) to the repair, restoration and/or replacement of all or any part of such Improvements and Equipment for which a loss or damage has occurred.

 

(10) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, in the event of a casualty or loss to a Project with regard to which the repairs or replacement will not exceed $100,000 in cost, the Borrower shall be allowed to utilized the insurance proceeds paid with respect to such casualty or loss subject only to compliance with subparagraphs (h)(1) and (h)(2) above.

 

(i) Attorney-in-Fact. The Borrower appoints the Agent Lender as the Borrower’s attorney-in-fact, which power shall be coupled with an interest and irrevocable, to cause the issuance of or an endorsement to any policy to bring the Borrower into compliance herewith and, at the Agent Lender’s sole option, to make any claim for, receive payment for, and execute and endorse any documents, checks or other instruments in payment for loss, theft, or damage covered under any such insurance policy; provided, however, that in no event will the Lenders be liable for failure to collect any amounts payable under any insurance policy.

 

(j) Insurance Policies. All insurance shall be obtained through a financially sound and reputable insurance company acceptable to the Agent Lender. All policies shall name the Agent Lender as additional insured and/or mortgagee, as applicable, and shall include waivers of subrogation in favor of the Agent Lender.

 

6.26 Ownership of Personalty. Furnish to the Agent Lender, if the Agent so requests, the contracts, bills of sale, receipted vouchers, and agreements, or any of them, under which the Borrower claims title to any of the Collateral with a value exceeding $100,000.

 

6.27 Discharge Liens. Discharge immediately, or make other arrangements acceptable to the Agent Lender (including, without limitation, bonding off or insuring over any such Lien) with respect to, any mechanic’s, materialman’s or other Lien filed against any Project, or any other Lien against any Collateral, within thirty (30) days after the date the Borrower receives notice of such Lien.

 

6.28 General Operating Budgets. Deliver to the Agent Lender no later than January 31 of each year an updated General Operating Budget for such year containing such detail as the Agent Lender (or 30 days after the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, if such fiscal year ends on a date other than December 31) may reasonably request and deliver to the Agent Lender any revised General Operating Budgets prepared by Borrower at any time.

 

  52  

 

 

6.29 The Borrower’s Commitment to the Projects. The Borrower acknowledges that the Lenders’ agreements and commitments hereunder are predicated upon the Borrower’s commitment to construct, develop, operate and manage the Projects, furnishing all required administration (including all senior management), expending of all funds necessary to complete the Projects in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, Project Development Budgets and any General Operating Budgets approved as herein provided and paying such fees and expenses as are incurred by the Borrower in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, except to the extent this Agreement, or any budget or other approved item contemplated hereby contemplates or provides for the funding of such fees and expenses from the Loan by the Lenders, it being acknowledged by the parties that the Lenders’ only function hereunder shall be that of a lender to the Borrower with respect to the Projects as herein provided.

 

6.30 EBITDA Requirement. From and after the date Borrower requests any Advance of the Tranche 3 Committed Amount, Borrower shall satisfy and maintain a minimum EBITDA (the “EBITDA Requirement”) equal to 75% of the EBITDA projected by Borrower pursuant to the EBITDA Projections provided by Borrower pursuant to section 6.17 for the EBITDA Projections reflecting a positive number, and 100% of the EBITDA projected by Borrower pursuant to EBITDA Projections provided by Borrower pursuant to section 6.17 for EBITDA Projections reflecting zero or a negative number, for the trailing twelve month period ending on the last day of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the Advance request for which financial statements are available. Borrower shall provide Lender with an EBITDA Compliance Certificate in such form as mutually agreed upon by Borrower and Lender, together with such Advance request.

 

6.31 Holdings and Borrower Subsidiaries. Holdings and each Borrower Subsidiary hereby agrees to each of the affirmative covenants set forth above as 6.1 through 6.29 (with Holdings or such Borrower Subsidiary, as applicable, being substituted for the “Borrower” in each such affirmative covenant) and the Loan Documents to which Holdings or such Borrower Subsidiaries are a party with such Loan Documents being substituted for the “Loan Documents” in each such affirmative covenant) and the Project owned by it.

 

6.32 Web-cam. Borrower, at its sole cost and expense, shall take such steps as are commercially reasonable to retain a construction monitoring company approved by Lenders, in Lenders’ reasonable discretion, to install video and/or web-cam equipment at each Project during the construction phase of said Project for the purpose of verifying and providing to Lenders evidence of construction progress and the completion status of each such Project. Borrower acknowledges and agrees that Lenders shall have the right to communicate directly with any such monitoring company retained pursuant to the foregoing.

 

  53  

 

 

ARTICLE VII.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

The Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that, until the Loan Obligations have been fully and indefeasibly paid and satisfied, and the Lenders have no further obligation to make additional advances of the Loan to the Borrower, the Borrower shall not:

 

7.1 No Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon or with respect to the Projects or the other Collateral or any of the Borrower’s other properties, rights, income or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than:

 

(a) Liens at any time existing in favor of the Lenders;

 

(b) Inchoate Liens arising by operation of law to secure claims for the purchase of labor, services, materials, equipment or supplies to the extent that payment thereof shall not at the time be delinquent;

 

(c) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance or other forms of governmental insurance or benefits, or to secure performance of tenders, statutory obligations, and contracts (other than for money borrowed or for credit received in respect of property acquired) entered into in the ordinary course of business as presently conducted or to secure obligations for surety or appeal bonds, excluding, however, in any such case any Lien arising in favor of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation;

 

(d) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies if payment thereof shall not at the time be delinquent, or are being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and adequate reserves for the payment thereof are being maintained on the Borrower’s books in the event of a determination adverse to the Borrower;

 

(e) Liens arising out of judgments, attachments or awards not resulting in an Event of Default and in respect of which the Borrower shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for review in respect of which there shall be secured a subsisting stay of execution pending such appeal or proceedings;

 

(f) Leases of the properties of the Borrower entered into in the ordinary course of the Borrower’s business so long as such Leases are subordinate in all respects to the Liens granted and evidenced by the Loan Documents;

 

(g) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business in accordance with the past practices;

 

(h) Liens securing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Sections 7.5(e) and (g);

 

(i) Customary bankers’ Liens, rights of setoff and other similar Liens existing solely with respect to cash and cash equivalents on deposit in one or more accounts maintained by the Borrower, in each case granted in the ordinary course of business in favor of the bank or banks with which such accounts are maintained, securing amounts owing to such bank with respect to cash management and operating account arrangements, including those involving pooled accounts and netting arrangements, subject, however to the terms of any account control agreement in favor of Lenders;

 

(j) The filing of UCC financing statements solely as a precautionary measure in connection with operating leases or consignment of goods;

 

  54  

 

 

(k) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums or reimbursement obligations with respect thereto and Liens arising out of deposits of cash and Cash Equivalents at any time securing deductibles, self-insurance, co-payment, co-insurance, indemnification obligations, reimbursement, retentions and similar obligations to providers of insurance in the ordinary course of business;

 

(l) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower with respect to obligations that do not in the aggregate for all Projects exceed $2,000,000 at any time outstanding or exceed $500,000 in the aggregate for any single Project at any time outstanding, so long as such Liens, to the extent covering any Collateral, are junior to the Liens granted pursuant to the Loan Documents.

 

7.2 Merger, Consolidation, Change in Ownership. Allow the dissolution, liquidation or termination of Borrower or enter into or permit any merger, consolidation or similar transaction, or permit the transfer, sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary at any time while the Loan Obligations remain outstanding, except that, if no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (i) any Borrower Subsidiary may merge into the Borrower in a transaction in which the Borrower is the surviving entity, (ii) any Borrower Subsidiary may merge into any other Borrower Subsidiary and (iii) any unprofitable and immaterial Borrower Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve in the ordinary course of business.

 

7.3 Disposition of Assets. Sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets or of the assets of any Project other than in the ordinary course of business, including the disposition of obsolete or surplus equipment, inventory and property, and any permitted investment activities.

 

7.4 Loan and Investments. Make loans or advances to any Person, or purchase or acquire the obligations or stock of, or any other interest in, any Person except (i) the Borrower may (a) acquire and hold accounts receivables owing to it if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary terms, (b) invest in, acquire and hold cash and Cash Equivalents, (c) endorse negotiable instruments held for collection in the ordinary course of business, or (d) make lease, utility and other similar deposits in the ordinary course of business; (ii) investments in securities of trade creditors or customers in the ordinary course of business received upon foreclosure or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or liquidation or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers; (iii) investments in cash or Cash Equivalents made by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary as a result of consideration received in connection with any disposition of assets made in compliance with Section 7.3; (iv) investments in any Borrower Subsidiary which is established by Borrower in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business of developing and operating the Projects and operating the general business of Borrower related thereto; (v) investments in lieu of Restricted Payments to the extent permitted under Section 7.6; (vi) investments in joint ventures (provided that such investments shall not be made with proceeds of any Loans hereunder); and (vii) other investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 at any one time outstanding.

 

  55  

 

 

7.5 Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness or other obligation for money borrowed, guaranteed or endorsed, or otherwise be or become contingently liable in connection with the obligations of any Person, except:

 

(a) Indebtedness for taxes and assessments not at the time due and payable or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and against which reserves deemed adequate by the Agent Lender have been established;

 

(b) Contingent liabilities arising out of the endorsement of negotiable instruments in the ordinary course of collection, or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business;

 

(c) Indebtedness, other than for borrowed money, incurred in the ordinary course of business, in an aggregate amount equal or less than $100,000;

 

(d) the Loan Obligations;

 

(e) Indebtedness in respect of bid, performance or surety bonds, workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations and bankers acceptances issued for the account of the Borrower in the ordinary course of business, including guarantees or obligations of the Borrower with respect to letters of credit supporting such bid, performance or surety bonds, workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance obligations and bankers acceptances (in each case other than for an obligation for money borrowed);

 

(f) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five (5) Business Days of incurrence;

 

(g) Indebtedness in respect of purchase money obligations and capital lease obligations, and refinancings or renewals thereof, in an aggregate amount for all Projects not to exceed $2,000,000 at any time outstanding, or exceed $500,000 in the aggregate for any single Project at any time outstanding;

 

(h) Guaranties by Borrower of Borrower Subsidiaries; provided, that in such case, such underlying guaranteed obligations of Borrower Subsidiaries are not for borrowed money and are obligations otherwise permitted pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents;

 

(i) Unsecured Indebtedness, including revolving line(s) of credit, incurred for the sole purpose of funding working capital including revolving line(s) of credit, incurred for the sole purpose of funding working capital requirements of the Projects in an amount(s) of up to $7,500,000 in the aggregate; and

 

(j) Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the financing of insurance premiums.

 

  56  

 

 

7.6 Distributions and Redemptions. Unless the prior written consent of the Agent Lender has first been obtained, declare or pay any distributions, purchase, redeem, retire, or otherwise acquire for value any of its membership interests now or hereafter outstanding, return any capital to its members as such, or make any distribution of profits or assets to its members as such (collectively, “Restricted Payments”), except:

 

(a) Restricted Payments with respect to its Equity Interests payable solely in additional shares or units of such Equity Interests;

 

(b) Restricted Payments the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings to make distributions in accordance with the terms of Section 4.01(b) of the Holdings LLC Agreement;

 

(c) Restricted Payments, the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings to pay operating expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and other corporate overhead costs and expenses (including, without limitation, administrative, legal, accounting and similar expenses provided by third parties), which are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business plus (y) any reasonable and customary compensation, expense reimbursements and indemnification claims made by directors or officers of Holdings attributable to the ownership or operations of the Borrower and its subsidiaries;

 

(d) Restricted Payments, the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings to pay franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain the corporate existence of Holdings or otherwise imposed on Holdings as an entity;

 

(e) Restricted Payments from the Borrower Subsidiaries to Borrower; and

 

(f) Restricted Payments, the proceeds of which are used to redeem units in accordance with Article XI of the Holdings LLC Agreement; and

 

(g) Restricted Payments, the proceeds of which are used by Holdings (x) to make payments pursuant to the Expense Reimbursement Agreement or (y) to make indemnification payments pursuant to Section 7.04 of the Holdings LLC Agreement.

 

7.7 Change in Business. Engage in any business other than constructing and operating the Projects or other business directly related to the constructing and operating of the Projects.

 

7.8 Places of Business. Change the principal place of its business or, without the prior written consent of the Agent Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), cease doing business at any locations or commence doing business at any location not disclosed to the Agent Lender.

 

7.9 Changes in Fiscal Year or Accounting. Change its fiscal year to a fiscal year other than that which is set forth in the Holdings LLC Agreement, or change its method of accounting, unless such change in its method of accounting is permitted by GAAP and provided such change in its method of accounting does not have the effect of curing or preventing what would otherwise be an Event of Default or change the calculation of Excess Cash Flow had such change in its method of accounting not taken place.

 

  57  

 

 

7.10 ERISA Funding and Termination. Permit the funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any Employee Plan ever to be less than the minimum required by ERISA or, any Employee Plan ever to be subject to involuntary termination proceedings.

 

7.11 Transactions with Affiliates. Enter into any transaction with an Affiliate of the Borrower other than (i) transactions among Holdings, the Borrower and the Borrower Subsidiaries (except to the extent otherwise prohibited hereunder), (ii) any Restricted Payment permitted by Section 7.6, (iii) director, manager, officer, employee and consultant compensation, benefit, reimbursement and indemnification agreements, plans and arrangements entered into by the Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, (iv) transactions pursuant to the Expense Reimbursement Agreement and (v) transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business and on fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the Borrower than those that might have been obtained in a comparable arms-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate, and in any event in the case of clause (v) above, only if only if written consent of the Lenders is first obtained, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The transactions listed on Exhibit L hereto are hereby approved by Agent Lender.

 

7.12 Sale and Lease-Back. Enter into any arrangement whereby it shall sell or transfer all or any material part of its property then owned by it and shall thereupon within one year thereafter rent or lease the property so sold or transferred, other than in connection with any Indebtedness otherwise permitted under Section 7.5 hereof.

 

7.13 Assignment or Conveyance. Except as otherwise permitted herein (including, without limitation, any sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business), permit any conveyance, Lease, mortgage, Lien or any other alienation or encumbrance of the Collateral or any portion thereof.

 

7.14 Change of Use. Terminate, alter or change the use of any Project or enter into any sublease or management agreement for any Project, unless the Borrower first notifies the Agent Lender and provides the Agent Lender with a copy of the proposed sublease or management agreement, obtains the Agent Lender’s written consent thereto and obtains and provides the Agent Lender with a subordination agreement in form satisfactory to the Agent Lender from such sublessee or manager subordinating to all rights of the Lenders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood that Borrower may utilize assignments or subleases to Borrower Subsidiaries in certain jurisdictions where required or desired in connection with applicable local laws and licensure issues (herein, a “Subsidiary Sublease”). Agent Lender must receive prior notice of any proposed Subsidiary Sublease and must receive draft documentation therefor for Agent Lender’s approval. Lender’s approval of Subsidiary Subleases shall not be unreasonably withheld so long as (i) such Subsidiary Sublease does not constitute a default under the Project Lease or Borrower has obtained its landlord’s written consent for the same; (ii) Borrower will remain fully obligated under the Project lease, notwithstanding the Subsidiary Sublease; (iii) the Subsidiary Sublease in no way affects the liabilities and responsibilities of Borrower under this Agreement and the Loan Documents; (iv) the Subsidiary Sublease and any and all Collateral related thereto shall remain at all times subject to the Lien of Lenders pursuant to this Agreement and the Loan Documents in all respects and the same must be expressly set forth in the Subsidiary Sublease; (v) Borrower shall assign and pledge to Agent Lender as additional Collateral for the Loan Obligations all ownership interests in such Borrower Subsidiary, and (vi) Borrower and any Borrower Subsidiary which is party to such Subsidiary Sublease shall provide any other documentation or agreements relating to the Subsidiary Sublease reasonably required by Agent Lender consistent with these requirements.

 

  58  

 

 

7.15 Acquisition of Other Assets. Acquire any assets other than the Projects or assets directly related thereto or related to the operation of the business of the Borrower generally, except as otherwise expressly permitted in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents and as provided in a General Operating Budget.

 

7.16 No Fees. Pay from the operations of the Projects, accrue or include within the operating expenses, or utilize in determining Excess Cash Flow any fees to the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower (including, without limitation, development fees or property management fees), or any amounts to employees of the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower other than employees of the Borrower or any of its Affiliates who are exclusively employed full-time at one or more of the Projects and are being paid reasonable rates of compensation, based on the scope of employment and region in which the Project is located, and as set forth in submitted and approved Project Development Budgets and/or General Operating Budgets or otherwise approved by the Agent Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

7.17 No Change to LLC Agreement or Expense Reimbursement Agreement. Without the prior written consent of the Agent Lender, amend, restate, supplement or otherwise modify (i) the Holdings LLC Agreement or the Borrower LLC Agreement in any manner that would adversely affect the Lenders hereunder or (ii) the Expense Reimbursement Agreement.

 

7.18 Third Party Fees. Enter into any transaction with a third party or incur any third party fees in excess of $100,000 except for transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business.

 

7.19 Holdings and Borrower Subsidiaries. Holdings and each Borrower Subsidiary hereby agree to each of the negative covenants set forth above as 7.1 through 7.18 above with respect to Holdings and such Borrower Subsidiary (with Holdings or each Borrower Subsidiary, as applicable, being substituted for the “Borrower” in each such negative covenants) and the Loan Documents to which Holdings or such Borrower Subsidiary is a party (with such Loan Documents being substituted for the “Loan Documents” in each such negative covenants) and the Project owned by it.

 

ARTICLE VIII.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES,

 

8.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the events listed in this Section 8.1 shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Agreement:

 

(a) Failure of the Borrower to make any payment of interest or principal or any other monetary Loan Obligations due, when and as due, whether by acceleration or otherwise, under the terms of the Note, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document, subject to any applicable notice or grace period provided in such documents; provided that the same remains unremedied for three (3) or more Business Days.

 

  59  

 

 

(b) Except as expressly permitted in this Agreement, the assignment or attempted assignment by the Borrower of this Agreement, or any obligations hereunder;

 

(c) The filing by Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary of a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary’s adjudication as a bankrupt or insolvent, or the filing by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary of any petition or answer seeking or acquiescing in any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief for itself under any present or future federal, state or other statute, law or regulation relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or other relief for debtors, or Holdings, the Borrower’s, any Borrower Subsidiary’s seeking or consenting to or acquiescence in the appointment of any trustee, receiver or liquidator of Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary or of all or any substantial part its property or of any or all of the rents, revenues, issues, earnings, profits or income thereof, or the making of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors or the admission in writing by Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due;

 

(d) The entry by a court of competent jurisdiction of an order, judgment, or decree approving a petition filed against Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary seeking any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any present or future federal, state or other statute, law or regulation relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, or other relief for debtors, which order, judgment or decree remains unvacated and unstayed for an aggregate of ninety (90) days (whether or not consecutive) from the date of entry thereof, or the appointment of any trustee, receiver or liquidator of Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary or of all or any substantial part of its property or of any or all of the rents, revenues; issues, earnings, profits or income thereof which appointment shall remain unvacated and unstayed for an aggregate of ninety (90) days (whether or not consecutive);

 

(e) Except as otherwise permitted herein, the transfer or further encumbrance of any portion of or interest in any Collateral or the occurrence of a Change in Control;

 

(f) If any certificate, statement, representation, warranty or audit heretofore or hereafter furnished by or on behalf of Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or otherwise or as an inducement to the Lenders to extend any credit to or to enter into this or any other agreement with Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary proves to have been untrue in any respect at the time as of which the facts therein set forth were stated or certified or to have omitted any substantial contingent or unliquidated liability or claim against the Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary, in each case which such falsities or omissions relate to facts or circumstances which would individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or if on the date of execution of this Agreement there shall have been any change in any of the facts previously disclosed by any such certificate, statement, representation, warranty or audit, which change shall not have been disclosed to the Lenders at or prior to the time of such execution which would individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  60  

 

 

(g) Any materially adverse change in the financial condition or prospects of Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary as evidenced by an inability of the Projects in the aggregate to generate revenue necessary for the continued operation of the Projects;

 

(h) Final non-appealable judgments in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate for all Projects or in excess of $250,000 in the aggregate for any single Project shall be rendered by a court of law or equity against Holdings, the Borrower, any Borrower Subsidiary and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of thirty (30) days, unless such judgment is either (i) substantially covered by collectible insurance and such insurer has within such period acknowledged such coverage in writing, or (ii) although not fully covered by insurance, enforcement of such judgment has been effectively stayed, such judgment is being contested or appealed by appropriate proceedings and Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary as the case may be, has established reserves adequate for payment in the event such party is ultimately unsuccessful in such contest or appeal and evidence thereof is provided to the Agent Lender;

 

(i) Intentionally Deleted;

 

(j) The termination of any Project Lease or any default or breach by the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary under any Project Lease which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(k) Any “Event of Default” pursuant to (and as defined in) any of the Loan Documents; or

 

(l) Failure by Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary to perform or observe any other term, condition or covenant herein which failure is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from the Agent Lender to Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary or within such longer period of time, not to exceed sixty (60) days, as may be reasonably necessary to cure such non-performance if Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary is diligently and with continuity of effort pursuing such cure and the failure is susceptible of cure within such additional sixty (60) day period.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, all requirements of notice shall be deemed eliminated if the Lenders are prevented from giving such notice by bankruptcy or other applicable law. Unless otherwise specifically specified herein, the cure period, if any, shall then run from the occurrence of the Event of Default or condition of Default rather than from the date of notice.

 

8.2 General Remedies. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, the Lenders shall have, in addition to the rights and remedies given them by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, all those allowed by all applicable laws, including but without limitation, the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in any State in which any Collateral may be located. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Lenders may in accordance with the Loan Documents and the requirements of applicable law, sell at public or private sale or otherwise realize upon, the whole or, from time to time, any part of the Collateral, or any interest which Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary may have therein.

 

  61  

 

 

8.3 Lenders’ Additional Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default and except as may otherwise be prohibited or expressly provided for to the contrary under applicable law, in addition to any rights or remedies the Lenders may otherwise have under this Agreement, any other Loan Documents, or under applicable laws, without notice, the Lenders shall have the right to take any or all of the following actions at the same or different times:

 

(a) To cancel the Lenders’ obligations arising under this Agreement;

 

(b) To institute appropriate proceedings to specifically enforce performance of the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

 

(c) To take immediate possession of the Collateral;

 

(d) To take immediate possession of all other property to which title is held by Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary as is necessary to fully complete all onsite and offsite Improvements to the Project(s) and complete the construction and equipping of the Project(s) and do anything in its sole judgment to fulfill the obligations of Holdings, Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary hereunder or under any other agreement with respect to the Project(s), including availing itself of and procuring performance of existing contracts, amending the same, or entering into new contracts with the same contractors or others and employment of watchmen to protect the Project(s) from injury. Without restricting the generality of the foregoing and for the purposes aforesaid, Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary hereby appoints and constitutes the Lenders its lawful attorney in fact with full power of substitution in the premises to take all actions as Lenders may deem necessary or appropriate to complete the Project(s); to pay all expenses and costs relating to the Project(s) and to add the amounts of any such payments to the Loan Obligations; to execute change orders and make/execute such other changes in the General Contractors or other contracts to which Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary is a party which shall be necessary or desirable to complete any Project; to retain or employ new contractors, subcontractors, architects, engineers and inspectors as shall be required for said purposes; to pay, settle, or compromise all bills and claims, which may be incurred in connection with constructing and equipping any Project; to purchase any fixtures, equipment, machinery, furniture or any other personal property as may be necessary or desirable for the completion of the construction and equipping of any Project or for the clearance of title; to execute all applications and certificates in the name of Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary which may be required; to prosecute and defend all actions or proceedings in connection with any Project; and to do any act which Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary might do in its own behalf relating to any Project, it being understood and agreed that this power of attorney shall be a power coupled with an interest and cannot be revoked;

 

(e) To appoint or seek appointment of a receiver, without notice and without regard to the solvency of Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary or the adequacy of the security, for the purpose of preserving the Collateral, preventing waste, and to protect all rights accruing to the Lenders by virtue of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. All expenses incurred in connection with the appointment of such receiver, or in protecting, preserving, or improving the Collateral, shall be charged against the Borrower and shall be secured by the Lenders’ lien;

 

  62  

 

 

(f) To proceed to perform any and all of the duties and obligations and exercise all the rights and remedies of Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary contained in any agreements assigned to the Lenders under the Loan Documents as fully as the Borrower could itself;

 

(g) To take possession of the Mortgaged Property and any Rents and have, hold, manage, lease and operate the Mortgaged Property on such terms and for such period of time as the Lenders may in their discretion deem proper, and, either with or without taking possession of the Mortgaged Property, in the Lenders’ own names:

 

(1) Make any payment or perform any act which Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary has failed to make or perform, in such manner and to such extent as the Lenders may deem necessary to protect the security provided for in this Agreement, or otherwise, including without limitation, the right to appear in and defend any action or proceeding purporting to affect the security provided for in this Agreement, or the rights or powers of the Lenders;

 

(2) Lease the Mortgaged Property or any portion thereof in such manner and for such Rents as the Lenders shall determine in its discretion; or

 

(3) Demand, sue for, or otherwise collect and receive from all Persons all Rents, including those past due and unpaid, with full power to make from time to time all alterations, renovations, repairs or replacements of and to the Mortgaged Property (or any part thereof) as may seem proper to the Lenders and to apply the Rents to the payment of (in such order of priority as the Lenders, in their discretion, may determine):

 

(i) All expenses of managing the Mortgaged Property, including, without limitation, the salaries, fees and wages of a manager the Lenders and such other employees as the Lenders may deem necessary or desirable;

 

(ii) All taxes, charges, claims, assessments, water rents, sewer rents, and any other liens, and premiums for all insurance which the Lenders may deem necessary or desirable, and the cost of all alterations, renovations, repairs, or replacements, and all expenses incidental to taking and retaining possession of the Mortgaged Property;

 

(iii) All or any portion of the Loan; and/or

 

(iv) All costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in connection therewith.

 

In connection with the foregoing, the Borrower hereby authorizes and directs each party to any Loan Document (other than Borrower), upon receipt from the Agent Lender of written notice to the effect that an Event of Default exists, to perform all of its obligations under the Loan Document as directed by the Agent Lender, and to continue to do as so directed until otherwise notified by the Agent Lender.

 

  63  

 

 

(h) To enforce payment of any Accounts, to prosecute any action or proceeding with respect to Accounts, to extend the time of payment of any and all Accounts, to make allowances and adjustments with respect thereto and to issue credits in the name of the Lenders or the Borrower;

 

(i) To settle, compromise, extend, renew, release, terminate or discharge, in whole or in part, any Account or deal with the same as the Lenders may deem advisable;

 

(j) To charge, set-off and otherwise apply all or any part of the Loan Obligations against any funds of Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary held by or controlled by the Lenders, including any Deposit Accounts, or any part thereof;

 

(k) To exercise any and all rights and remedies of Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary under or in connection with any agreement assigned to the Lenders as Collateral or otherwise in respect of the Collateral, including, without limitation, any and all rights of Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary to demand or otherwise require payment of any amount under, or performance of any provision of, any agreement assigned to the Lenders as Collateral;

 

(l) To enter upon the premises of Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary or any other place or places where the Collateral is located and kept, and through self-help and without judicial process, without first obtaining a final judgment or giving Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary notice and opportunity for a hearing on the validity of the Lenders’ claim, without any pre-seizure hearing as a condition to repossession through court action and without any obligation to pay rent to Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary, to remove the Collateral therefrom to the premises of the Lenders or of any the lenders of the Lenders, for such time as the Lenders may desire, in order effectively to collect or liquidate the Collateral;

 

(m) To require Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary, upon the request of the Agent Lender, to assemble the Inventory, Equipment and any other property included in the Collateral and make it available to the Lenders at places which the Lenders shall select, whether at Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary’s premises or elsewhere, and to make available to the Lenders all of Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary’s premises and facilities for the purpose of the Lenders taking possession of, removing or putting the Inventory and such other goods in salable form;

 

(n) To collect, receive, appropriate, repossess and realize upon the Collateral, or any part thereof, and to sell, lease, assign, give option or options to purchase, or sell or otherwise dispose of and deliver the Collateral (or contract to do so), or any part thereof, in one or more parcels, at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange broker’s board or at any of the Lenders’ offices or elsewhere, at such prices as the Lenders nay deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk. The Lenders shall have the right upon any such public sale or sales, and to the extent permitted by law, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, free of any right or equity of redemption, which equity of redemption Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary hereby releases, and Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary waive all claims, damages and demands against the Lenders arising out of the repossession, retention or sale of the Collateral;

 

  64  

 

 

(o) To use, and to permit any purchaser of any of the Collateral from the Lenders to use without charge, Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary’s labels, General Intangibles, and advertising matter or any property of a similar nature, as it pertains to, or is included in, any of the Collateral, in advertising for sale, preparing for sale and selling any Collateral, and finishing the manufacture, processing, fabrication, packaging and delivery of the Inventory, and Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to the Lenders’ benefit;

 

(p) To send any written notice to Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary required by law or this Agreement in the manner set forth in this Agreement; and any notice sent by the Lenders in such manner at least ten (10) Business Days (counting the date of sending) prior to the date of a proposed disposition of the Collateral shall be deemed to be reasonable notice (provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be deemed to require ten (10) Business Days’ notice if, under the applicable circumstances, a shorter period of time would be allowed under applicable law); and

 

(q) To exercise, in addition to all other rights which it has under this Agreement or other applicable law, all of the rights and remedies of a secured party upon default under the UCC or other applicable law.

 

8.4 No Limitation on Rights and Remedies. The enumeration of the powers, rights and remedies in this Article shall not be construed to limit the exercise thereof to such time as an Event of Default occurs if, under applicable law or any other provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the Lenders have any of such powers, rights and remedies regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred, and any limitation contained herein or in any of the other Loan Documents as to the Lenders’ exercise of any power, right or remedy for a period of time only during the continuance of an Event of Default shall only be applicable at such time as the Lenders shall have actual knowledge that such Event of Default is no longer continuing and for a reasonable time thereafter as may be necessary for the Lenders to cease the exercise of such powers, rights and remedies (it being expressly understood and agreed that until such time as the Lenders shall obtain such knowledge and after the expiration of such reasonable time, the Lenders shall have no liability whatsoever for the commencement of or continuing exercise of any such power, right or remedy).

 

  65  

 

 

8.5 Repossession of the Collateral Care and Custody of the Collateral, Etc. Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary agree to give the Agent Lender notice in the manner set forth in this Agreement within twenty-four (24) hours of the time of repossession of the Collateral, or any part thereof, by the Lenders as to any other property of Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary alleged to have been left on, upon or in the repossessed Collateral at the time of repossession; and such notice shall be an express condition precedent to any action or suit for loss or damages in connection therewith. Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary agree that the Lenders may hold any such property of Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary without liability for a reasonable time after any such notice is received, and that the Lenders will have a reasonable time to notify Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary as to where Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary can collect such property. Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary agree that if the Lenders shall repossess the Collateral, or any part thereof, at a time when no Event of Default shall have occurred hereunder, and the repossessed Collateral is thereafter returned to the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary, the damages therefor, if any, shall not exceed the fair rental value of the repossessed Collateral for the time it was in the Lenders’ possession. Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary hereby expressly and irrevocably consents to, and to the extent that the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary may lawfully do so, invites the Lenders and its lenders to come upon any premises on which the Collateral, or any part thereof, is now or hereafter located for any and all purposes related to the Collateral including without limitation repossession of the Collateral, or any part thereof. To the extent that the Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary may lawfully do so, Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary further covenant and warrant that (a) any entry by the Lenders and its lenders upon such premises for the purpose of repossessing the Collateral, or any part thereof, shall not be trespass upon such premises, and (b) any such repossession shall not constitute conversion of the Collateral, or any part thereof, and Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary further agree to indemnify and hold the Lenders harmless against, and hereby releases the Lenders from any actions, costs, obligations or expenses arising directly, indirectly or remotely from any attempt to enter such premises and repossess the Collateral, or any part thereof. The Lenders shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in its possession if it takes such reasonable actions for that purpose as the Borrower shall request in writing, but the Lenders shall have sole power to determine whether such actions are reasonable. Any omission to do any act not requested by Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary shall not be deemed a failure to exercise reasonable care. Holdings, the Borrower shall at all times be responsible for the preservation of the Collateral and shall be liable for any failure to realize upon, or to exercise any right or power with respect to, the Collateral, or for any delay in so doing, whether or not the Collateral is in Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary’s possession.

 

8.6 Application of Proceeds. Except as otherwise expressly required to the contrary by applicable law or any Loan Document, the net cash proceeds resulting from the exercise of any of the rights and remedies of the Lenders under this Agreement, after deducting all reasonable charges, expenses, costs and attorneys’ fees relating thereto, shall be applied by the Lenders to Loan Obligations in such order and priority as Lenders shall determine in their sole discretion, and the Borrowers shall remain liable to the Lenders for any deficiency.

 

8.7 Attorney-in-Fact. Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary hereby constitute and appoint the Lenders, or any other Person whom the Lenders may designate, as Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary’s attorney-in-fact (such appointment being coupled with an interest and being irrevocable until the Lenders’ lien shall have been terminated in writing as set forth in this Agreement), at the Borrower’s sole cost and expense, to exercise any one or more of the following rights and powers at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default (and all acts of such attorney-in-fact or designee taken pursuant to this Section are hereby ratified and approved by Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary, and said attorney or designee shall not be liable for any acts or omissions nor for any error of judgment or mistake of fact or law):

 

(a) To take or to bring, in the name of the Lenders or in the name of Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary, all steps, action, suits or proceeding deemed by the Lenders necessary or desirable to effect collection of the Accounts;

 

  66  

 

  

(b) To settle, adjust, compromise, extend, renew, discharge, terminate or release the Accounts in whole or in part;

 

(c) To settle, adjust or compromise any legal proceedings brought to collect the Accounts;

 

(d) To notify Purchasers to make payments on the Accounts directly to the Lenders or to a lockbox designated by the Lenders;

 

(e) To transmit to Purchasers notice of the Lenders’ interest in the Accounts and to demand and receive from such Purchasers at any time, in the name of the Lenders or of Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary or of the designee of the Lenders, information concerning the Accounts and the amounts owing thereon;

 

(f) To use Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary’s stationery and sign the name of Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary to verifications of the Accounts and notices thereof to Purchasers;

 

(g) To sell or assign any of the Collateral upon such terms, for such amounts and at such time or times as Lenders deems advisable, and to execute any bills of sale or assignments in the name of Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary in relation thereto;

 

(h) To take control, in any manner, of any item of payment on, or proceeds of, Collateral;

 

(i) To prepare, file and sign Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary’s name on any proof of claim in bankruptcy or similar document against any Purchaser;

 

(j) To prepare, file and sign Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary’s name on any notice of lien, assignment or satisfaction of lien or similar document in connection with the Collateral;

 

(k) To sign or endorse the name of Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary upon any Chattel Paper, Document, Instrument, invoice, freight bill, bill of lading, warehouse receipt or similar document or agreement relating to the Collateral;

 

(l) To use the information recorded on or contained in any data processing equipment and computer hardware and software relating to the Collateral to which Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary has access;

 

  67  

 

 

(m) To receive, take, endorse, assign and deliver in the Lenders’ name or in the name of Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary any and all checks, notes, drafts and other instruments;

 

(n) To receive, open and dispose of all mail addressed to Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary and to notify postal authorities to change the address for the delivery thereof to such address as the Lenders may designate; and

 

(o) To do all acts and things necessary, in the Lenders’ discretion, to fulfill Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary’s obligations under this Agreement and to otherwise carry out the purposes of this Agreement.

 

8.8 Default Costs. Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary hereby agree to pay to each Lender upon demand all default costs incurred by such Lender, which agreement shall be a continuing agreement and shall survive payment of the Loans and termination of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE IX.

MISCELLANEOUS.

 

9.1 Waiver. No remedy conferred upon, or reserved to, the Lenders in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy or remedies, and each and every remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing in law or in equity. Exercise or omission to exercise any right of the Lenders shall not affect any subsequent right of the Lenders to exercise the same. No course of dealing between Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary and the Lenders or any delay on the Lenders’ part in exercising any rights shall operate as a waiver of any of the Lenders’ rights. No waiver of any Default or Event of Default under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent or other then existing Default or Event of Default or shall impair any rights, remedies or powers of the Lenders,

 

9.2 Costs and Expenses. The Borrower will bear all taxes, reasonable fees and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses of counsel for the Lenders) incurred in connection with the Loan, the Note, the preparation of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including any amendments hereafter made), and in connection with any modifications thereto and the recording of any of the Loan Documents, other than any income or franchise tax or financial institutions tax which may be due and payable by the Lenders as a result of the Loan. If, at any time, a Default or Event of Default occurs or the Lenders become a party to any suit or proceeding in order to protect their interests or priority in any Collateral for any of the Loan Obligations or their rights under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or if the Lenders are made a party to any suit or proceeding by virtue of the Loan, the Loan Documents or any Collateral for any Loan Obligations and as a result of any of the foregoing, the Lenders employ counsel to advise or provide other representation with respect to the Loan Documents, or to collect the balance of the Loan Obligations, or to take any action in or with respect to any suit or proceeding relating to this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents, any Collateral for any of the Loan Obligations, Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary or to protect, collect, or liquidate any of the security for the Loan Obligations, or attempt to enforce any security interest or Lien granted to the Lenders by any of the Loan Documents, then in any such events, all of the reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred from such services, including fees on appeal and in any bankruptcy proceedings, and any reasonable expenses, costs and charges relating thereto shall constitute additional obligations of Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary to the Lenders payable on demand of the Lenders. Without limiting the foregoing, Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary have undertaken the obligation for payment of, and shall pay, all recording and filing fees, revenue or documentary stamps or taxes, intangibles taxes, and other taxes, expenses and charges payable in connection with this Agreement, each of the Loan Documents, the Loan Obligations, and the filing of any financing statements or other instruments required to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement, and should Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary fail to do so, the Borrower agrees to reimburse the Lenders for the amounts paid by the Lenders, together with penalties or interest, if any, incurred by the Lenders as a result of underpayment or nonpayment. This Section shall survive repayment of the Loan Obligations.

 

  68  

 

 

9.3 Performance of Lenders. At its option, upon Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary’s failure to do so, the Lenders, after giving reasonable notice to the Borrower under the circumstances but not required to exceed five (5) days, may make any payment or do any act on Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary’s behalf that Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary or others are required to do to remain in compliance with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents in connection with the protection and preservation of the Collateral, and the Borrower agrees to reimburse the Lenders, on demand, for any reasonable payment made or expense incurred by the Lenders pursuant to the foregoing authorization, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees actually incurred, and until so repaid any sums advanced by the Lenders shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the date advanced until repaid.

 

9.4 Headings. The headings of the Sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall not limit or otherwise affect any of the terms hereof.

 

9.5 Survival of Covenants. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made herein and in certificates or reports delivered pursuant hereto shall be deemed to have been material and relied on by the Lenders, notwithstanding any investigation made by or on behalf of the Lenders, and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Note, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to the Lenders.

 

9.6 Agent Lender. The Lenders have selected TRS as the initial Agent Lender for the Loans.

 

  69  

 

 

9.7 Notices, etc. Any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or by applicable law shall be in writing and shall be deemed received (a) on the date delivered, if sent by hand delivery (to the person or department if one is specified below), (b) three (3) days following the date deposited in U.S. mail, certified or registered, with return receipt requested, or (c) one (1) day following the date deposited with FedEx or other national overnight carrier, and in each case addressed as follows:

 

If to the Borrower

 

Ipic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC

433 Plaza Real

Suite 335

Boca Raton, FL 33432

Attention: Hamid Hashemi

Facsimile: (561) 886-3258

 

With a copy to:

 

Paul Safran, General Counsel

433 Plaza Real

Suite 335

Boca Raton, FL 33432

Facsimile: (561) 886-3258

 

If to the Lenders to Agent Lender:

 

The Teachers’ Retirement System of Alabama

201 South Union Street

Montgomery, Alabama 36130

Attention: Private Placement Dept.

 

With a copy to:

 

Donald M. Warren, Esq.

Burr & Forman LLP

420 North 20th Street

Suite 3400

Birmingham, Alabama 35203

 

Either party may change its address to another single address by notice given as herein provided, except any change of address notice must be actually received in order to be effective. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Borrower’s convenience in sending notices to Agent Lender, Borrower may precede any written notice otherwise sent in accordance with this Section 9.7 with email communications to hunter.harrell@rsa-al.gov, rachel.daniels@rsa-al.gov. and steve.timins@rsa-al.gov; provided however, any such email communications must be followed by written notice delivered by hand delivery, U.S. Mail, or by national overnight carrier as required above.

 

  70  

 

 

9.8 Register; Participant Register. The Agent Lender, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain a register, in accordance with its current practice as of the Restatement Effective Date, for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the commitments of, and principal amounts (and stated interest) of the Advances owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error and the Borrower, the Agent Lender and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. In the event that a Lender sells a participation in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall, acting solely for this purposes as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the Advances or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any participant or any information relating to a participant’s interest in any commitments, loans or other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, the Agent Lender (in its capacity as such) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

 

9.9 Borrower Subsidiaries. To the extent permitted by this Agreement, it is anticipated that Borrower may create and invest in Borrower Subsidiaries for the purpose of developing and operating certain of the Projects and otherwise conducting the ordinary course of business of Borrower and the Projects, including, but not limited to the herein named Borrower Subsidiaries. Borrower, each Borrower Subsidiary and Lender agree that each Borrower Subsidiary shall be subject to and restricted by all the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to the same extent as Borrower, including restrictions relating to the establishment of Deposit Accounts, Lenders’ interests therein and control thereof. Additionally, Borrower, each Borrower Subsidiary and Lender agree that all of Borrower Subsidiary’s interest (other than the interest of any Borrower Subsidiary that is a foreign subsidiary (or any domestic subsidiary substantially all of the assets of which consist directly or indirectly of Equity Interests in any foreign subsidiary)) in any Collateral shall be subject to the Lender lien on and security interest therein and upon the creation of any other Borrower Subsidiary, Borrower shall assign and pledge to Agent Lender all Borrower’s ownership interests in such Borrower Subsidiary by executing a document substantially in the same form as the Pledge of Membership Interest and such other documentation as reasonably required by Agent Lender.

 

9.10 Ground Leases Involving Borrower Building Construction. As provided in the last paragraph of the General Project Parameters set forth in Exhibit B hereto, Borrower may develop a Project utilizing a ground lease structure whereby Borrower would hold fee title to and be responsible for constructing the actual building-shell Improvements as opposed to leasing such building from an un-affiliated owner/lessor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower anticipates most Projects will involve leasing building Improvements; and therefore, this Agreement primarily addresses such situations. In the event Borrower desires to utilize a ground lease structure for a Project, Agent Lender reserves the right to require additional Project- Specific Due Diligence not otherwise required by this Agreement prior to Advances for such Project, such additional Project-Specific Due Diligence being due diligence as might reasonably be expected to be required by construction lenders in making construction loans similar in size and scope to that of the proposed Project. Such additional Project-Specific Due Diligence may include, without limitation, environmental phase I site assessment reports, ALTA surveys, geotechnical reports, and typical construction due diligence related to the building Improvements.

 

  71  

 

 

9.11 Inspections and Reviews. The review of surveys, title commitments or reports, construction plans and specifications, construction inspection reports, environmental reports, property condition reports or any other documents or matters relating to the Property or Improvements, including, without limitation, matters relating to the construction (collectively, the “Project Documents and Matters”) by the Lenders or any third party consultants retained by the Lenders (the “Consultants”) is solely for the use and benefit of the Lenders and Consultants in connection with the Lenders’ decision to make the Loan or advances thereof and shall not result in any obligation or liability of any kind upon the Lenders or any of the Consultants. Such reviews are not intended to supplement or replace a diligent review of Project Documents and Matters or similar reports by the Borrower or professionals retained by the Borrower, and the Borrower shall not be entitled to rely upon such reviews by the Lenders or the Consultants even though Borrower may have agreed to reimburse the Lenders for the costs thereof. None of the Consultants shall be considered an agent, employee or contractor of or for the Borrower, and the Borrower is not an intended beneficiary of their work or their contracts with the Lenders. Neither the Lenders nor the Consultants shall have any duty to disclose to the Borrower the results or conclusions of any such reviews. Neither the Lenders nor the Consultants will be responsible for the condition, quality or safety of any Improvements.

 

9.12 Benefits. All of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, provided that the Borrower shall have no right to assign its rights under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents without the Agent Lender’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld in the Agent Lender’s sole discretion, and any such attempted assignment shall be void and of no force and effect. No Person other than the Borrower or the Lenders shall be entitled to rely upon this Agreement or be entitled to the benefits of this Agreement.

 

9.13 Supersedes Prior Agreements; Counterparts. This Agreement and the instruments referred to herein supersede and incorporate all representations, promises, and statements, oral or written, made by the Lenders in connection with the Loan. This Agreement may not be varied, altered, or amended except by a written instrument executed by an authorized officer of the Lenders and the Borrower. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be an original, but such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

9.14 Controlling Law. The validity, interpretation, enforcement and effect of this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Alabama. The Lenders’ principal place of business is located in Montgomery County in the State of Alabama, and Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary agree that this Agreement shall be delivered to and held by the Lenders at such principal place of business, and the holding of this Agreement by the Lenders thereat shall constitute sufficient minimum contacts of Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary with Montgomery County and the State of Alabama for the purpose of conferring jurisdiction upon the federal and state courts presiding in such county and state. Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary consent that any legal action or proceeding arising hereunder may be brought in the circuit court of the State of Alabama, Montgomery County, Alabama or the United States District Court for the Middle District of Alabama and each assents and submits to the personal jurisdiction of any such court in any action or proceeding involving this Agreement. Nothing herein shall limit the jurisdiction of any other court.

 

  72  

 

 

9.15 Confidentiality. Except to the extent required by law, any publicity, press releases, or similar disclosures relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby may be made only with the prior written consent of Borrower and Agent Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld). Upon the sale or refinance of the Projects resulting in payment in full of all Loan Obligations and the sale of Lenders’ interest as a member of Borrower, no further reference shall be made to Lenders’ association with the development of the Projects.

 

9.16 Waiver of Jury Trial. HOLDINGS, THE BORROWER AND EACH BORROWER SUBSIDIARY AND LENDERS HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHT THAT ANY OF THEM MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY ON ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM, SETOFF, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION (A) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR THE LOAN, OR (B) IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR PERTAINING OR RELATED TO OR INCIDENTAL TO ANY DEALINGS OF THE LENDERS AND HOLDINGS, THE BORROWER AND EACH BORROWER SUBSIDIARY WITH RESPECT TO THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE EXERCISE OF ANY PARTY’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, OR OTHERWISE, OR THE CONDUCT OR THE RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES HERETO, IN ALL OF THE FOREGOING CASES WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE. HOLDINGS, THE BORROWER AND EACH BORROWER SUBSIDIARY AND LENDERS AGREE THAT ANY OF THEM MAY FILE A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE KNOWING, VOLUNTARY, AND BARGAINED AGREEMENT OF HOLDINGS, THE BORROWER AND EACH BORROWER SUBSIDIARY AND LENDERS IRREVOCABLY TO WAIVE THEIR RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY AS AN INDUCEMENT OF THE PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT, AND THAT, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY DISPUTE OR CONTROVERSY WHATSOEVER (WHETHER OR NOT MODIFIED HEREIN) BETWEEN HOLDINGS, THE BORROWER AND EACH BORROWER SUBSIDIARY AND THE LENDERS SHALL INSTEAD BE TRIED IN A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION BY A JUDGE SITTING WITHOUT A JURY.

 

9.17 Consent. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, whenever the consent or approval of the Lenders or Agent Lender is required as to any matter described herein, such consent or approval may be given or withheld in the sole and absolute discretion of the Lenders or Agent Lender, as applicable. The consent or approval by the

 

Lenders as to any matter described herein shall not bind the Lenders as to subsequent matters required to be submitted to the Lenders or limit or impair the Lenders’ right to grant or withhold their consent or approval in their sole and absolute discretion as to any other matter described herein.

 

  73  

 

 

9.18 No Oral Agreements/Notice. THIS WRITTEN LOAN AGREEMENT AND THE LOAN DOCUMENTS EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

 

9.19 Amendment and Restatement; No Novation. This agreement constitutes and amendment and restatement of the Existing Loan Agreement and does not extinguish the obligations for the payment of money under the Existing Loan Agreement or discharge or release the Loan Obligations under, and as defined in, the Existing Loan Agreement or the Lien or priority of any mortgage, pledge, security agreement or any other security therefore. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as a substitution or novation of the Loan Obligations outstanding under, and as defined in, the Existing Loan Agreement or instruments securing the same, which shall remain in full force and effect, except as modified hereby or by instruments or documents executed concurrently herewith. Holdings, the Borrower and each Borrower Subsidiary hereby (a) confirms and agrees that each Loan Document to which it is a party is, and shall continue to be, in full force and effect, as modified by this Agreement and instruments or documents executed concurrently herewith, and is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects except that on and after the Effective Date all references in any such Loan Document to the “Financing Agreement,” “thereto,” “thereof,” “thereunder” or words of like import referring to the Existing Loan Agreement shall mean the Existing Loan Agreement as amended and restated by this Agreement and (b) confirms and agrees that to the extent any such Loan Document purports to assign or pledge to the Agent Lender a security interest in or Lien on, any collateral as security for the obligations of the Borrower and Borrower Subsidiaries from time to time existing in respect of the Existing Loan Agreement and the Loan Documents, such pledge, assignment and/or grant of the security interest or Lien is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.

 

9.20 Video Rights. Lenders, so long as the Loan Obligations remain outstanding, shall have the right to designate a video with Alabama-related content of up to one minute (or longer by mutual agreement) with such content as shall have been approved in writing by the Borrower and Agent Lender to be played prior to each showing of a feature film to a paying audience at each theater owned by Holdings, the Borrower or any Borrower Subsidiary. All costs associated with such videos including, without limitation, graphics, materials and installation, shall be borne by Borrower up to $1,000,000.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

  74  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed all as of the date first above written.

 

  BORROWER:
   
  IPIC-GOLD CLASS ENTERTAINMENT, LLC
     
  By:  
  Print Name:          
  Its:  

 

STATE OF __________________

COUNTY OF ________________

 

I, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said County, in said State, hereby certify that _______________, whose name as _____________________ of IPIC-GOLD CLASS ENTERTAINMENT LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, is signed to the foregoing instrument, and who is known to me, acknowledged before me on this day that, being informed of the contents of the instrument, he, as such officer and with full authority, executed the same voluntarily for and as the act of said limited liability company, on the day the same bears date.

 

Given under my hand and seal this _____ day of _________________, 2018.

 

   
  Notary Public
  My commission expires: __________________________

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed all as of the date first above written.

 

  HOLDINGS:
   
  IPIC GOLD CLASS HOLDINGS LLC
     
  By:  
  Print Name:        
  Its:  

 

STATE OF __________________

COUNTY OF ________________

 

I, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said County, in said State, hereby certify that _______________, whose name as _____________________ of IPIC-GOLD CLASS ENTERTAINMENT LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, is signed to the foregoing instrument, and who is known to me, acknowledged before me on this day that, being informed of the contents of the instrument, he, as such officer and with full authority, executed the same voluntarily for and as the act of said limited liability company, on the day the same bears date.

 

Given under my hand and seal this _____ day of _________________, 2018.

 

   
  Notary Public
  My commission expires: __________________________

 

 

 

 

  BORROWER SUBSIDIARY:
   
  IPIC TEXAS, LLC
     
  By:  
  Print Name:         
  Its:  

 

STATE OF __________________

COUNTY OF ________________

 

I, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said County, in said State, hereby certify that _______________, whose name as _____________________ of IPIC TEXAS, LLC, a Texas limited liability company, is signed to the foregoing instrument, and who is known to me, acknowledged before me on this day that, being informed of the contents of the instrument, he, as such officer and with full authority, executed the same voluntarily for and as the act of said limited liability company, on the day the same bears date.

 

Given under my hand and seal this _____ day of _________________, 2018.

 

   
  Notary Public
  My commission expires: __________________________

 

 

 

 

  BORROWER SUBSIDIARY:
   
  IPIC MEDIA, LLC
     
  By:  
  Print Name:           
  Its:  

 

STATE OF __________________

COUNTY OF ________________

 

I, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said County, in said State, hereby certify that _______________, whose name as _____________________ of IPIC MEDIA, LLC, a Florida limited liability company, is signed to the foregoing instrument, and who is known to me, acknowledged before me on this day that, being informed of the contents of the instrument, he, as such officer and with full authority, executed the same voluntarily for and as the act of said limited liability company, on the day the same bears date.

 

Given under my hand and seal this _____ day of _________________, 2018.

 

   
  Notary Public
  My commission expires: __________________________

 

 

 

 

  BORROWER SUBSIDIARY:
   
  DELRAY BEACH HOLDINGS, LLC
     
  By:  
  Print Name:       
  Its:  

 

STATE OF __________________

COUNTY OF ________________

 

I, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said County, in said State, hereby certify that _______________, whose name as _____________________ of DELRAY BEACH HOLDINGS, LLC, a [●] limited liability company, is signed to the foregoing instrument, and who is known to me, acknowledged before me on this day that, being informed of the contents of the instrument, he, as such officer and with full authority, executed the same voluntarily for and as the act of said limited liability company, on the day the same bears date.

 

Given under my hand and seal this _____ day of _________________, 2018.

 

   
  Notary Public
  My commission expires: __________________________

 

 

 

 

  BORROWER SUBSIDIARY:
   
  BAY COLONY REALTY, LLC
     
  By:  
  Print Name:       
  Its:  

 

STATE OF __________________

COUNTY OF ________________

 

I, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said County, in said State, hereby certify that _______________, whose name as _____________________ of BAY COLONY REALTY, LLC, a [●] limited liability company, is signed to the foregoing instrument, and who is known to me, acknowledged before me on this day that, being informed of the contents of the instrument, he, as such officer and with full authority, executed the same voluntarily for and as the act of said limited liability company, on the day the same bears date.

 

Given under my hand and seal this _____ day of _________________, 2018.

 

   
  Notary Public
  My commission expires: __________________________

 

 

 

 

 

LENDERS:

   
  THE TEACHERS’ RETIREMENT SYSTEM OF ALABAMA
     
  BY:                
  Its:  

 

STATE OF __________________

COUNTY OF ________________

 

I, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said County, in said State, hereby certify that _______________, whose name as _____________________ of Teachers’ Retirement System of Alabama is signed to the foregoing Agreement, and who is known to me, acknowledged before me on this day that, being informed of the contents of the Agreement, he, as such officer and with full authority, executed the same voluntarily for and as the act of said body corporate of the State of Alabama acting in its capacity as aforesaid.

 

Given under my hand and official seal this _____ day of _________________, 2018.

 

   
  Notary Public
  My commission expires: __________________________

 

 

 

  

  THE EMPLOYEES’ RETIREMENT SYSTEM OF ALABAMA
     
  BY:                
  Its:  

 

STATE OF __________________

COUNTY OF ________________

 

I, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said County, in said State, hereby certify that _______________, whose name as _____________________ of Teachers’ Retirement System of Alabama is signed to the foregoing Agreement, and who is known to me, acknowledged before me on this day that, being informed of the contents of the Agreement, he, as such officer and with full authority, executed the same voluntarily for and as the act of said body corporate of the State of Alabama acting in its capacity as aforesaid.

 

Given under my hand and official seal this _____ day of _________________, 2018.

 

   
  Notary Public
  My commission expires: __________________________

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT LISTING

 

A.       Form Assignment of Contracts

 

B.       General Project Parameters

 

C.       Intentionally Omitted

 

D.       Form Mortgage

 

E.       Initial Advance Certification of Dates (Subsequent Projects)

 

F.       Project Specific Due Diligence

 

G.       Initial Estimated Advance Schedule

 

H.       Advance Request Form

 

I.        Ownership Interests of Borrower

 

I-1     Ownership Interests of each Borrower Subsidiary

 

J.        Intentionally Omitted

 

K.       Lessor Estoppel Agreement Form

 

L.       Preapproved Affiliate Transactions

 

M.      Excess Cash Flow Example

 

N.       Existing Projects Existing Project Exhibit: [On the Exhibit, include the Project, together with other information we need to have the Borrower confirm in a representation and warranty at closing, including, but not limited to, the address, the lease description, the budget which would include amounts drawn to date for each line item and amounts remaining to be funded in accordance with the Committed Amount, lease information, including landlord name and a description of the lease, as affected by the applicable Lessor Estoppel Agreement, and each Mortgage encumbering that particular existing Project, etc.].

 

O.      Milwaukee Project

 

P.       Planned Projects

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 6.3

 

FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnification Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this [       ] day of [       ], 2018, by and between iPic Entertainment Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [         ] (“Indemnitee”).

 

WHEREAS, Indemnitee’s service to the Company substantially benefits the Company;

 

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly-held corporations as directors or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance and adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

 

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

 

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

 

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he will be so indemnified;

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and this Agreement shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor shall this Agreement be deemed to limit, diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee, intending to be legally bound, do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

 

(a)       “Board” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

(b)       “Change in Control” means a change in control of the Company occurring after the Effective Date of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement; provided, however, that, without limitation, such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if after the Effective Date: (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than any “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) as of the date of this Agreement, becomes the “beneficial owner,” directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or (ii) the Company is a party to a merger, consolidation, sale of assets, plan of liquidation or other reorganization as a consequence of which members of the Board in office immediately prior to such transaction or event constitute less than a majority of the Board thereafter.

 

(c)       “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

 

(d)       “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to a Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

(e)       “Effective Date” means [       ].

 

(f)       “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other reasonable disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also include (i) expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or their equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 12(d), expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments, penalties or fines against Indemnitee.

 

(g)       “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporate law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party; or (ii) any other party to a Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person, who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

(h)       “Proceeding” includes any action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, administrative hearing or any other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, except one (i) initiated by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 11 of this Agreement to enforce his rights under this Agreement or (ii) pending on or before the Effective Date.

 

Section 2. Services by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director, officer, employee and/or agent of the Company, as applicable. Indemnitee may, at any time and for any reason, resign from such position(s) (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that Indemnitee’s employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries), if any, is at will, and the Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, except as may be otherwise provided in any written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries), other applicable formal severance policies duly adopted by the Board, or, with respect to service as a director of the Company, by the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The foregoing notwithstanding, this Agreement shall continue in force after Indemnitee has ceased to serve as an officer, director, agent and/or employee of the Company.

 

Section 3. Indemnification - General. The Company shall indemnify, and advance Expenses to, Indemnitee (a) as provided in this Agreement and (b) (subject to the provisions of this Agreement) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law in effect on the date hereof and as amended from time to time. The rights of Indemnitee provided under the preceding sentence shall include, but shall not be limited to, the rights set forth in the other sections of this Agreement.

 

Section 4. Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 4 if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 5. Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 5 if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 5, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, that, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that the court in which such Proceeding shall have been brought or is pending shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

 

Section 6. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. In addition to indemnification authorized under any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in defense of such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. The parties hereto shall make a reasonable allocation of those Expenses that relate to each such claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

  

Section 7. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

 

Section 8. Advancement of Expenses. The Company shall advance all reasonable Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding within ten (10) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall evidence the Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.

 

  2  

 

 

Section 9. Procedure for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification.

 

(a)       To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification.

 

(b)       Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 9(a) hereof, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (ii) if a Change of Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, or (B) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Such determination shall be made as promptly as is reasonably practicable, taking into account all facts and circumstances. Any reasonable costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 

(c)       In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 9(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 9(c). If a Change of Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change of Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within thirty (30) days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 9(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and Expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 9(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and Expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 9(c), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 11(a)(iii) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

 

Section 10. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

 

If a Change of Control shall have occurred, in making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption.

 

The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

  3  

 

 

Section 11. Remedies of Indemnitee.

 

(a)       In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 9 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 9(b) of this Agreement within 90 days after receipt of the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 6 or 7 of this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 11(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his rights under Section 6 of this Agreement.

 

(b)       In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 9(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 11 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and the Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. If a Change of Control shall have occurred, in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 11, the Company shall have the burden of proving that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

 

(c)       If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 9(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 11, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

(d)       In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 11, seeks a judicial adjudication of or an award in arbitration to enforce his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Company, and shall be indemnified by the Company against, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication or arbitration, but only if he prevails therein. If it shall be determined in said judicial adjudication or arbitration that Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification or advancement of Expenses sought, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such judicial adjudication or arbitration shall be prorated accordingly between Indemnitee and the Company.

  

Section 12. Selection of Counsel. In the event the Company shall be obligated under this Agreement to pay the Expenses of any Proceeding against Indemnitee, the Company, if appropriate, shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same proceeding, provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his counsel in any such proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense; and (ii) if (A) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense or (C) the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such proceeding, then the fees and Expenses of Indemnitee counsel shall be at the expense of the Company.

 

Section 13. Mutual Acknowledgment. Both the Company and Indemnitee acknowledge that in certain instances Federal law or applicable public policy may prohibit the Company from indemnifying its directors, officers, employees and agents under this Agreement or otherwise. Indemnitee understands and acknowledges that the Company has undertaken or may be required in the future to undertake with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission to submit the question of indemnification to a court in certain circumstances for a determination of the Company’s right under public policy to indemnify Indemnitee.

 

Section 14. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.

 

(a)       The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement or of any provision hereof in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

 

(b)       To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees or agents of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall have the status as an insured under such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee or agent under such policy or policies.

 

(c)       In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all actions necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

  4  

 

 

(d)       The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

(e)       The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

 

Section 15. Duration of Agreement. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of: (a) ten (10) years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director, officer, employee and/or agent of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which Indemnitee served at the request of the Company (the “Anniversary Date”); or (b) the final termination of any Proceeding then pending on the Anniversary Date in respect of which Indemnitee is seeking rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 11 of this Agreement relating thereto. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his heirs, executors and administrators.

 

Section 16. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

Section 17. Exception to Right of Indemnification or Advancement of Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Agreement with respect to any Proceeding brought by Indemnitee, unless the bringing of such Proceeding or making of such claim shall have been approved by the Board.

 

Section 18. Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

  

Section 19. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

Section 20. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

Section 21. Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees to notify promptly the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder.

 

Section 22. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand or air courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, on the fifth (5th) business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

 

If to Indemnitee, to:

 

[            ]
[            ]
[            ]

 

If to the Company, to:

 

iPic Entertainment Inc.
433 Plaza Real Boulevard, Suite 335
Boca Raton, FL 33432
Attention: General Counsel

 

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be, in accordance with the foregoing requirements.

 

  5  

 

 

Section 23. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under the applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding, and (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

  

Section 24. Governing Law. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules.

 

Section 25. Miscellaneous. Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate.

 

[Signatures follow on next page]

 

  6  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date first above written.

 

INDEMNITEE:

 

     
By:    
Name:    
     
IPIC ENTERTAINMENT INC. 

 

     
By:                  
Name:     
Title:    

 

 

7

 

Exhibit 6.7

 

FORM OF

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

by and among

 

iPic Entertainment Inc.,

 

the Major Investors,

 

the Other Investors

 

and

 

THE HOLDERS THAT ARE SIGNATORIES HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME

 

Dated as of [_______], 2018

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

      Page
       
Section 1. Certain Definitions 2
Section 2. Registration Rights. 8
  2.1. Demand Registrations 8
  2.2. Piggyback Registrations 12
  2.3. Allocation of Securities Included in Registration Statement 14
  2.4. Registration Procedures 17
  2.5. Registration Expenses 24
  2.6. Certain Limitations on Registration Rights 24
  2.7. Limitations on Sale or Distribution of Other Securities 24
  2.8. No Required Sale 25
  2.9. Indemnification 25
  2.10. Limitations on Registration of Other Securities; Representation 28
  2.11. No Inconsistent Agreements 29
Section 3. Underwritten Offerings. 29
  3.1. Requested Underwritten Offerings 29
  3.2. Piggyback Underwritten Offerings 29
Section 4. General. 30
  4.1. Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities 30
  4.2. Rule 144 and Rule 144A 30
  4.3. Nominees for Beneficial Owners 31
  4.4. Amendments and Waivers 31
  4.5. Notices 31
  4.6. Successors and Assigns 32
  4.7. Entire Agreement 33
  4.8. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Court Proceedings; Waiver of Jury Trial 33
  4.9. Interpretation; Construction 33
  4.10. Counterparts 33
  4.11. Severability 33
  4.12. Remedies 34
  4.13. Further Assurances 34
  4.14. Confidentiality 34
  4.15. Opt-Out Requests 34

 

Schedule A Notices
Exhibit A Assumption Agreement

 

 

 

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of [______], 2018 (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, this “Agreement”), by and among (i) iPic Entertainment Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), (ii) the parties identified on Schedule A as the “Major Investors” (together with their Permitted Transferees, the “Major Investors”), and (iii) the parties identified on Schedule A as the “Other Investors” (together with their Permitted Transferees, the “Other Investors”).

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS, the Company is contemplating an IPO (as defined below);

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to use all of the net proceeds from the IPO to purchase Membership Units (as defined below) of iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Holdings”), and Holdings desires to issue its Membership Units to the Company in exchange for the net proceeds from the IPO;

 

WHEREAS, immediately prior to the consummation of the IPO, certain of the original iPic Equity Owners (the “Original iPic Equity Owners”) will liquidate and distribute Units of Holdings to their direct or indirect equity owners who will then become direct holders of Units of Holdings (such distributees referred to herein as the “Continuing iPic Equity Owners”);

 

WHEREAS, immediately prior to the IPO, the Original iPic Equity Owners and the Continuing iPic Equity Owners (collectively, the “Pre-IPO Members”) will be the sole members of Holdings;

 

WHEREAS, immediately prior to or simultaneous with the purchase by the Company of the Membership Units, the Company, Holdings and the Pre-IPO Members will enter into that certain Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Holdings (such agreement, as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified form time to time, the “LLC Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the closing of the IPO, (i) the Company will become the sole manager of Holdings, (ii) each Major Investor will own the number of Membership Units of the Company set forth on Schedule A hereto; and (iii) each Other Investor will own the number of Membership Units of the Company set forth on Schedule A hereto; and

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO and the transactions described above, the Company has agreed to grant to the Holders (as defined below) certain rights with respect to the registration of the Registrable Securities (as defined below) on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

 

 

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement hereby agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Certain Definitions. As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Additional Piggyback Rights” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.2(b).

 

Affiliate” as applied to any Person, means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, that Person. For the purposes of this definition “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities (the ownership of more than 50% of the voting securities of an entity shall for purposes of this definition be deemed to be “control”), by contract or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, neither the Company nor any Person controlled by the Company shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any Holder.

 

Agreement” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble.

 

Applicable Initiating Holders” means the Majority Participating Holders for such underwritten offering.

 

Assumption Agreement” means an agreement in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto whereby a Permitted Transferee of a Holder who acquires Registrable Securities becomes a party to, and agrees to be bound, to the same extent as its transferor, by the terms of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) if the transferor of such shares was a Major Investor, such transferee will be subject to the same rights and obligations as such Major Investor, or (ii) if the transferor of such shares was an Other Investor, such transferee will be subject to the same rights and obligations as such Other Investor.

 

automatic shelf registration statement” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a)(i).

 

Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Business Day” means any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any day which is a legal holiday under the Laws of the State of New York or the State of Delaware, or is a day on which banking institutions located in the State of New York, the City of New York or the State of Delaware are authorized or required by Law or other governmental action to close.

 

Claims” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.9(a).

 

Common Stock” means all the Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company and any and all securities of any kind whatsoever which may be issued after the date hereof in respect of, or in exchange for, such shares of common stock of the Company pursuant to a merger, consolidation, stock split, stock dividend or recapitalization of the Company or otherwise.

 

  2  

 

 

Common Stock Equivalents” means, with respect to the Company, all options, warrants and other securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for (at any time or upon the occurrence of any event or contingency and without regard to any vesting or other conditions to which such securities may be subject), shares of Common Stock or other equity securities of the Company (including, without limitation, any note or debt security convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock or other equity securities of the Company).

 

Company” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble and, for purposes of this Agreement, such term shall include any Subsidiary or parent company of iPic Entertainment Inc. and any successor to iPic Entertainment Inc. that elects to effect an IPO.

 

Company Shelf Notice” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.2(a).

 

Company Shelf Underwriting” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.2(a).

 

Company Underwritten Block Trade” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.2(a).

 

Company Underwritten Block Trade Notice” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.2(a).

 

Confidential Information” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.14.

 

Continuing iPic Equity Owners” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals.

 

Demand Exercise Notice” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a)(i).

 

Demand Registration” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a)(i).

 

Demand Registration Request” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a)(i).

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC issued under such Act, as they may from time to time be in effect.

 

Expenses” means any and all fees and expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with Section 2, including, without limitation: (i) SEC, stock exchange, FINRA and all other registration and filing fees and all listing fees and fees with respect to the inclusion of securities on the New York Stock Exchange, Nasdaq or on any other U.S. or non-U.S. securities market on which the Common Stock is or may be listed or quoted, (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or “blue sky” Laws of any state or jurisdiction of the United States or compliance with the securities Laws of foreign jurisdictions and in connection with the preparation of a “blue sky” survey, including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of outside “blue sky” counsel and securities counsel in foreign jurisdictions, (iii) word processing, printing and copying expenses, (iv) messenger and delivery expenses, (v) expenses incurred in connection with any road show, (vi) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, (vii) with respect to each registration or underwritten offering, the fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Participating Holder(s) collectively (selected by the holders of a majority of the shares of the Company held by such other Participating Holder(s)), together, in each case, with any local counsel, (viii) fees and disbursements of all independent public accountants (including the expenses of any audit/review and/or “cold comfort” letter and updates thereof) and fees and expenses of other Persons, including special experts, retained by the Company, (ix) fees and expenses payable to a Qualified Independent Underwriter, if any (but expressly excluding any underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, with respect to Registrable Securities of any Holder), (x) fees and expenses of any transfer agent or custodian, (xi) any other fees and expenses customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, including fees and disbursements of underwriters (but expressly excluding any underwriting discounts and commission and transfer taxes, if any, with respect to Registrable Securities of any Holder) and reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the underwriters in connection with any filing with or review by FINRA and (xii) expenses for securities Law liability insurance and, if any, rating agency fees.

 

  3  

 

 

FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

 

Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other government or quasi-governmental authority or any department, agency, commission, board, subdivision, bureau, agency, instrumentality, court or other tribunal of any of the foregoing.

 

Holder” or “Holders” means (1) any Person (other than the Company) who is a signatory to this Agreement, (2) any Person (other than the Company) who executes a joinder to this Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Major Investors, or (3) any Permitted Transferee of Registrable Securities to which any Person who is a signatory to this Agreement shall assign or transfer any rights hereunder, provided, that such transferee has agreed to be bound by the terms of this Agreement in respect of such Registrable Securities by executing an Assumption Agreement.

 

Holder Representatives” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.14.

 

Holdings” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals.

 

Initiating Holders” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a)(i).

 

IPO” means (a) the initial bona fide underwritten public offering and sale of Common Stock (or other equity securities of the Company) pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than on Form S-4 or S-8 or any similar or successor forms) filed under the Securities Act, or (b) an underwritten or best efforts public offering and sale of Common Stock (or other equity securities of the Company) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, including, without limitation, Regulation A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

Law” means (a) any federal, state, local or foreign constitution, treaty, law, statute, code, regulation, ordinance, order, decree, rule or other requirement with similar effect of any Governmental Authority (including common or case law) and (b) any judgment, order, writ, injunction, decision, ruling, decree or award of any Governmental Authority.

 

LLC Agreement” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals.

 

Major Investors” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble.

 

  4  

 

 

Majority Holders’ Counsel” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.4(a).

 

Majority Participating Holders” means Participating Holders holding more than 50% of the Registrable Securities proposed to be included in any offering of Registrable Securities by such Participating Holders pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2.

 

Manager” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(c).

 

Minimum Threshold” means $50 million.

 

Opt-Out Request” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.16.

 

Original iPic Equity Owners” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals.

 

Other Investors” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Preamble.

 

Participating Holders” means all Holders of Registrable Securities which are proposed to be included in any registration or offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2.

 

Partner Distribution” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a)(iii).

 

Permitted Transferee” means any Person to whom Registrable Securities are transferred by a Major Investor or by an Other Investor; provided, in each case, that such transferee executes an Assumption Agreement.

 

Person” means any individual, firm, corporation, company, limited liability company, partnership, trust, joint stock company, business trust, incorporated or unincorporated association or organization, joint venture, governmental authority or other legal entity of any nature whatsoever.

 

Piggyback Notice” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.2(a).

 

Piggyback Shares” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(a)(iii).

 

Postponement Period” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(b).

 

Pre-IPO Members” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Recitals.

 

Qualified Independent Underwriter” means a “qualified independent underwriter” within the meaning of FINRA Rule 5121.

 

  5  

 

 

Registrable Securities” means (i) any Common Stock issued by the Company in a Share Settlement in connection with (x) the redemption by the Company of Membership Units owned by any Continuing iPic Equity Owners or (y) at the election of the Company, in a direct exchange for Membership Units owned by any Continuing iPic Equity Owner, in each case in accordance with the terms of the LLC Agreement, (ii) any Common Stock of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company issued or issuable with respect to the securities referred to in clause (i) above by way of dividend, distribution, split or combination of securities, or any recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization, and (iii) any other Shares owned by Persons that are the registered holders of securities described in clauses (i) or (ii) above. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (A) a registration statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have been declared effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been disposed of in accordance with such registration statement, (B) such securities shall have been sold in compliance with the requirements of Rule 144 (or any successor provision thereto), (C) such securities have been sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under this Agreement are not assigned to the transferee of the securities, or (D) such securities have ceased to be outstanding. For purposes of this Agreement, a Person shall be deemed to be a Holder, and the Registrable Securities shall be deemed to be in existence, whenever such Person has the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, such Registrable Securities (upon conversion or exercise in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise, but disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected, and such Person shall be entitled to exercise the rights of a holder of Registrable Securities hereunder; provided, a holder of Registrable Securities may only request that Registrable Securities in the form of capital stock of the Company that is registered or to be registered as a class under Section 12 of the Exchange Act be registered pursuant to this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, while Membership Units and/or shares of Class B Common Stock may constitute Registrable Securities, under no circumstances shall the Company be obligated to register Membership Units or shares of Class B Common Stock, and only Shares issuable upon redemption or exchange of such Membership Units and/or Class B Common Stock will be registered. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Registrable Securities held by any Person that may be sold under Rule 144(b)(1)(i) without limitation under any other of the requirements of Rule 144 shall not be deemed to be Registrable Securities upon notice from the Company to such Person and the Company shall, at such Person’s request, remove the legend attached to such Shares.

 

Rule 144” and “Rule 144A” have the meaning ascribed to such terms in Section 4.2.

 

SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or such other federal agency which at such time administers the Securities Act.

 

Section 2.3(a) Sale Number” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(a).

 

Section 2.3(a)(x) Sale Number” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(a).

 

Section 2.3(a) Block Trade Sale Number” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(a).

 

Section 2.3(b) Sale Number” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(b).

 

Section 2.3(b)(x) Sale Number” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(b).

 

Section 2.3(b) Block Trade Sale Number” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(b).

 

Section 2.3(c) Sale Number” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(c).

 

Section 2.3(c)(x) Sale Number” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(c).

 

Section 2.3(c) Block Trade Sale Number” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.3(c).

 

  6  

 

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC issued under such Act, as they may from time to time be in effect.

 

Shares” means particular shares of Common Stock of the Company.

 

Shelf Registrable Securities” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(e).

 

Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a)(i).

 

Shelf Underwriting” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(e).

 

Shelf Underwriting Notice” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(e).

 

Shelf Underwriting Request” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(e).

 

Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company on the date hereof and any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company organized or acquired after the date hereof.

 

Underwritten Block Trade” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(e).

 

Underwritten Block Trade Notice” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.2(e).

 

Valid Business Reason” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(b).

 

WKSI” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a)(i).

 

  7  

 

 

Section 2. Registration Rights.

 

2.1.       Demand Registrations.

 

(a) (i) Subject to Sections 2.1(b), 2.1(g), 2.3 and 2.7, at any time and from time to time, but in all circumstances no earlier than the date which is three years after the closing of an IPO, each of the Major Investors shall have the right to require the Company to file up to two (2) registration statements under the Securities Act covering all or any part of their and their respective Affiliates’ Registrable Securities by delivering a written request therefor to the Company specifying the number of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration and the intended method of sale or distribution thereof. Any such request by a Major Investor pursuant to this Section 2.1(a)(i) is referred to herein as a “Demand Registration Request,” and the registration so requested is referred to herein as a “Demand Registration” (with respect to any Demand Registration, the Major Investor(s) making such demand for registration being referred to as the “Initiating Holders”). If a single Demand Registration Request is delivered by more than one Initiating Holder, the registration requested by such Demand Registration Request shall constitute only one Demand Registration. Any Demand Registration Request may request that the Company register Registrable Securities on an appropriate form, including a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act on Form S-3 (if the Company is eligible to file a shelf registration statement on Form S-3) or Form S-1 (any such shelf registration statement on Form S-3 or Form S-1, a “Shelf Registration Statement”), and, if the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, a “WKSI”), an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, an “automatic shelf registration statement”). The Company shall give written notice (the “Demand Exercise Notice”) of such Demand Registration Request to each of the Holders of record of Registrable Securities, at least five (5) Business Days prior to the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may delay any Demand Exercise Notice, including until after filing a registration statement, so long as all recipients of such notice have the same amount of time to determine whether to participate in an offering as they would have had if such notice had not been so delayed.

 

(ii)       The Company, subject to Sections 2.3 and 2.6, shall include in a Demand Registration (x) the number of Registrable Securities of the Initiating Holders requested to be included therein and (y) the number of Registrable Securities of any other Holder of Registrable Securities requested by such Holder in a written request to the Company for inclusion in such registration pursuant to Section 2.2 within five (5) days following the receipt of any such Demand Exercise Notice.

 

(iii)       The Company shall, as expeditiously as possible, but subject to Section 2.1(b), use its reasonable best efforts to (x) file with the SEC (no later than forty-five (45) days from the Company’s receipt of the applicable Demand Registration Request) and cause to be declared effective such registration under the Securities Act as soon as reasonably practicable (including, without limitation, by means of a shelf registration pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act if so requested and if the Company is then eligible to use such a registration) relating to the Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register, for distribution in accordance with the intended method of distribution, including a distribution to, and registered resale by, the members, partners or other equity holders of a Holder (a “Partner Distribution”) and (y) if requested by the Initiating Holders, obtain acceleration of the effective date of the registration statement relating to such registration.

 

(iv)       Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Company shall, at the request of any Holder seeking to effect or considering a Partner Distribution, file any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendments, or include in the initial registration statement any disclosure or language, or include in any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment any disclosure or language, and otherwise take any action, deemed necessary or advisable by such Holder to effect such Partner Distribution.

 

  8  

 

 

(b)       Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.1(a), the Demand Registration rights granted in Section 2.1(a) are subject to the following limitations: (i) the Company shall not be required to cause a registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a) to be declared effective within a period of ninety (90) days after the effective date of any other registration of the Company (or one hundred eighty (180) days in the case of an IPO) filed pursuant to the Securities Act (other than a Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar or successor forms or forms filed in connection with an exchange offer or any employee benefit or dividend reinvestment plan) or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act; (ii) each registration in respect of a Demand Registration Request made by any Holder must include, in the aggregate, Registrable Securities having an aggregate market value of at least the lesser of (a) the Minimum Threshold (based on the Registrable Securities included in such registration by all Holders participating in such registration) and (b) the market value of the Initiating Holder’s remaining Registrable Securities; and (iii) if the Board, in its good faith judgment, determines that any registration of Registrable Securities should not be made or continued because it would materially and adversely interfere with any existing or potential material financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization, merger, share exchange or other transaction or event involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any parent company or because the Company does not yet have appropriate financial statements of the Company or any acquired or to be acquired entities available for filing (in each case, a “Valid Business Reason”), then (x) the Company may postpone filing a registration statement relating to a Demand Registration Request until five (5) Business Days after such Valid Business Reason no longer exists, but in no event for more than forty-five (45) days after the date the Board determines a Valid Business Reason exists and (y) in case a registration statement has been filed relating to a Demand Registration Request, the Company may, to the extent determined in the good faith judgment of the Board to be reasonably necessary to avoid interference with any of the transactions described above, suspend use of or, if required by the SEC, cause such registration statement to be withdrawn and its effectiveness terminated or may postpone amending or supplementing such registration statement until five (5) Business Days after such Valid Business Reason no longer exists, but in no event for more than forty-five (45) days after the date the Board determines a Valid Business Reason exists (such period of postponement or withdrawal under this clause (iii), the “Postponement Period”). The Company shall give written notice to the Initiating Holders and any other Holders that have requested registration pursuant to Sections 2.1(a)(ii) or 2.2 of its determination to postpone or suspend use of or withdraw a registration statement and of the fact that the Valid Business Reason for such postponement or suspension or withdrawal no longer exists, in each case, promptly after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, the Company shall not be permitted to postpone or suspend use of or withdraw a registration statement after the expiration of any Postponement Period until twelve (12) months after the expiration of such Postponement Period .

 

If the Company shall give any notice of postponement or suspension or withdrawal of any registration statement pursuant to clause (iii) above, the Company shall not, during the Postponement Period, register any Common Stock, other than pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8 (or any similar or successor forms). Each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company that the Company has determined to suspend use of, withdraw or postpone amending or supplementing any registration statement pursuant to clause (iii) above, such Holder will discontinue its disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement. If the Company shall have suspended use of or withdrawn a registration statement filed under Section 2.1(a)(i) (whether pursuant to clause (iii) above or as a result of any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other Governmental Authority or court), the Company shall not be considered to have effected a Demand Registration for the purposes of this Agreement until the Company shall have permitted use of such suspended registration statement or filed a new registration statement covering the Registrable Securities covered by the withdrawn registration statement and such registration statement shall have been declared effective and shall not have been withdrawn. If the Company shall give any notice of suspension, withdrawal or postponement of a registration statement, the Company shall, not later than five (5) Business Days after the Valid Business Reason that caused such suspension, withdrawal or postponement no longer exists (but in no event later than forty-five (45) days after the date of the suspension, postponement or withdrawal), as applicable, permit use of such suspended registration statement or use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of the Registrable Securities covered by the withdrawn or postponed registration statement in accordance with this Section 2.1 (unless the Initiating Holders shall have withdrawn such request, in which case the Company shall not be considered to have effected a Demand Registration for purposes of this Agreement and such request shall not count as a Demand Registration Request under this Agreement), and following such permission or such effectiveness such registration shall no longer be deemed to be suspended, withdrawn or postponed pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 2.1(b) above.

 

  9  

 

 

(c)       In connection with any Demand Registration (including any Shelf Underwriting or Underwritten Block Trade), the Applicable Initiating Holders shall have the right to designate the lead managing underwriter(s) (any lead managing underwriter for the purposes of this Agreement, the “Manager”) in connection with any underwritten offering pursuant to such registration and each other managing underwriter for any such underwritten offering; provided that, in each case, (other than in connection with an Underwritten Block Trade), each such underwriter is reasonably satisfactory to the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

(d)    No Demand Registration shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of Section 2.1(a) (i) if the registration statement relating thereto (x) does not become effective, (y) is not maintained effective for a period of at least one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date thereof (or, with respect to a Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3, three (3) years) or such shorter period during which all Registrable Securities included in such registration statement have actually been sold (provided, however, that such period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period during which the Holders of Registrable Securities refrain from selling any securities included in such registration statement at the request of the Company or an underwriter of the Company), or (z) is subject to a stop order, injunction, or similar order or requirement of the SEC during such period, (ii) if the method of disposition is a firm commitment underwritten public offering and any of the applicable Registrable Securities have not been sold pursuant thereto or (iii) if the conditions to closing specified in any underwriting agreement, purchase agreement or similar agreement entered into in connection with the offering relating to such request are not satisfied (other than as a result of a default or breach thereunder by the Initiating Holders) or are otherwise not waived by the Initiating Holders.

 

  10  

 

 

(e) Upon a Demand Registration Request made in accordance with Section 2.1(a), at any time following such time as the Company shall have become eligible to file a Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3 in accordance with Rule 415 under the Securities Act, (i) the Company shall use its best efforts to file a Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3 in accordance with Rule 415 under the Securities Act and to effect and maintain in effect a Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3 in accordance with this Section 2.1(e) (including, if requested by a Major Investor, filing a replacement registration statement upon expiration of such Shelf Registration Statement), (ii) such Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for an offer to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act relating to the offer and sale, from time to time, of all of those Registrable Securities that are requested to be registered on such Shelf Registration Statement and (iii) the Major Investors shall have the right at any time and from time to time to elect (without limitation on the number of such elections) to sell pursuant to an underwritten offering Registrable Securities available for sale pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement. Any of the Major Investors, subject to Section 2.7, may make such election to sell Registrable Securities pursuant to an underwritten offering by delivering to the Company a written request (a “Shelf Underwriting Request”) for such underwritten offering specifying the number of Registrable Securities that such Major Investor desires to sell pursuant to such underwritten offering (the “Shelf Underwriting”). As promptly as practicable, but no later than two (2) Business Days after receipt of a Shelf Underwriting Request, the Company shall give written notice (the “Shelf Underwriting Notice”) of such Shelf Underwriting Request to the Holders of record of other Registrable Securities registered on such Shelf Registration Statement (the, “Shelf Registrable Securities”). The Company, subject to Sections 2.3 and 2.6, shall include in such Shelf Underwriting (x) the number of Shelf Registrable Securities of the Initiating Holders requested to be included therein and (y) the number of Shelf Registrable Securities of any other Holder of Shelf Registrable Securities requested by such Holder in a written request to the Company for inclusion in such Shelf Underwriting pursuant to Section 2.2 within five (5) days following the receipt of any such Shelf Underwriting Notice. The Company shall, as expeditiously as possible (and in any event within twenty (20) days after the receipt of a Shelf Underwriting Request), but subject to Section 2.1(b), use its reasonable best efforts to facilitate such Shelf Underwriting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Major Investor wishes to engage in an underwritten block trade or similar transaction or other transaction with a 2-day or less marketing period (collectively, “Underwritten Block Trade”) pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement (either through filing an automatic shelf registration statement or through a take-down from an already effective Shelf Registration Statement), then notwithstanding the foregoing time periods, such Major Investor only needs to notify (a “Underwritten Block Trade Notice”) the Company of the Underwritten Block Trade two (2) Business Days prior to the day such Underwritten Block Trade is to commence, and the Company shall notify the other Major Investors (in each case, if then a Holder of (i) Shelf Registrable Securities or (ii) Registrable Securities that may be added to such Shelf Registration Statement through the filing of a prospectus supplement), on the same day and such other Major Investors, as applicable, must elect whether or not to participate by the next Business Day (i.e., one (1) Business Day prior to the date such offering is to commence), and the Company shall as expeditiously as possible, but subject to Section 2.1(b), use its reasonable best efforts to facilitate such Underwritten Block Trade (which may close as early as two (2) Business Days after the date it commences); provided, however, that the Major Investor requesting such Underwritten Block Trade shall use commercially reasonable efforts to work with the Company and the underwriters prior to making such request in order to facilitate preparation of the registration statement (including, if applicable, filing an automatic shelf registration statement), prospectus and other offering documentation related to the Underwritten Block Trade. In the event any Major Investor requests such an Underwritten Block Trade, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.1 or in Section 2.2, no other Holder that is not a Major Investor shall have any right to notice of or to participate in such Underwritten Block Trade at any time. The Company shall, at the request of any Major Investor requesting a Shelf Underwriting or Underwritten Block Trade, file any prospectus supplement or, if the applicable Shelf Registration Statement is an automatic shelf registration statement, any post-effective amendment and otherwise take any action necessary to include therein all disclosure and language deemed necessary or advisable by such requesting Holder(s) or any other Participating Holder of Shelf Registrable Securities to effect such Shelf Underwriting or Underwritten Block Trade, as applicable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.1(e), once a Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective, with respect to such Shelf Registration Statement, the Major Investors may request, and the Company shall be required to facilitate, subject to Sections 2.1(b) and 2.7, an unlimited number of Shelf Underwritings and Underwritten Block Trades, provided, however, that there shall be no more than one Shelf Underwriting or Underwritten Block Trade requested by the Major Investors in any period of six (6) consecutive months without the prior written consent of the Board (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.1(e), each Shelf Underwriting and Underwritten Block Trade must include, in the aggregate, Registrable Securities having an aggregate market value of at least the lesser of (a) the Minimum Threshold (based on the Registrable Securities included in such Shelf Underwriting or Underwritten Block Trade by all Holders participating in such Shelf Underwriting or Underwritten Block Trade) and (b) the market value of the remaining Registrable Securities held by the Holder requesting such Shelf Underwriting or Underwritten Block Trade, as applicable.

 

  11  

 

 

(f) Any Initiating Holder may withdraw or revoke a Demand Registration Request (or Shelf Underwriting Request or Underwritten Block Trade Notice) delivered by such Initiating Holder at any time prior to the effectiveness of such Demand Registration (or the sale pursuant to such Shelf Underwriting or Underwritten Block Trade) and such Demand Registration (or Shelf Underwriting or Underwritten Block Trade) shall have no further force or effect and such request shall not count as a Demand Registration Request (or Shelf Underwriting Request or Underwritten Block Trade) under this Agreement. The Company may, at its election, give written notice of such withdrawal or revocation to each Holder of record of Registrable Securities entitled to notice of such Demand Registration Request, Shelf Underwriting Request or Underwritten Block Trade Notice, as applicable, and thereupon will be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such Demand Registration or sell any Registrable Securities in connection with such Shelf Underwriting or Underwritten Block Trade, as applicable.

 

(g) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, (i) the demand registration rights set forth in Section 2.1(a)(i) shall not apply to any Holder in connection with the IPO, and (ii) no demand registration rights pursuant to this Agreement may be effected or requested on any date earlier than the date which is three years after the closing of an IPO.

 

2.2. Piggyback Registrations.

 

(a) If the Company proposes or is required (pursuant to Section 2.1 or otherwise) to register any of its equity securities for its own account or for the account of any other stockholder under the Securities Act (other than pursuant to registrations on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar or successor forms), the Company shall give written notice (the “Piggyback Notice”) of its intention to do so to the Other Investors, promptly after deciding to undertake such registration (and in no event more than five (5) Business Days thereafter). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may delay any Piggyback Notice, including until after filing a registration statement, so long as all recipients of such notice have the same amount of time to determine whether to participate in an offering as they would have had if such notice had not been so delayed. Upon the written request of any such Holder, made within five (5) days following the receipt of any such Piggyback Notice (which request shall specify the maximum number of Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Holder in such registration and the intended method of sale or distribution thereof), the Company shall, subject to Sections 2.2(c), 2.2(f), 2.3 and 2.6 hereof, use its reasonable best efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities, the Holders of which have so requested the registration thereof, to be registered under the Securities Act with the securities which the Company at the time proposes to register to permit the sale or other disposition by the Holders (in accordance with the intended method of sale or distribution thereof) of the Registrable Securities to be so registered, including, if necessary, by filing with the SEC a post-effective amendment or a supplement to the registration statement filed by the Company or the prospectus related thereto. There is no limitation on the number of such piggyback registrations pursuant to the preceding sentence which the Company is obligated to effect. No registration of Registrable Securities effected under this Section 2.2(a) shall relieve the Company of its obligations to effect Demand Registrations under Section 2.1 hereof. If the Company proposes to sell any of its equity securities for its own account in an underwritten offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement (a “Company Shelf Underwriting”), the Company shall, as promptly as practicable, give written notice of such Company Shelf Underwriting (a “Company Shelf Notice”) to each Holder of record of Shelf Registrable Securities. In addition to any equity securities that the Company proposes to sell for its own account in such Company Shelf Underwriting, the Company shall, subject to Sections 2.3 and 2.6, include in such Company Shelf Underwriting the Shelf Registrable Securities of any other Holder of Shelf Registrable Securities which shall have made a written request to the Company for inclusion in such Company Shelf Underwriting (which request shall specify the maximum number of Shelf Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Holder in such offering) within five (5) days following the receipt of the Company Shelf Notice. If a Major Investor proposes to sell any of its Registrable Securities in a Shelf Underwriting, then the provisions set forth in Section 2.1(e) shall apply to such Shelf Underwriting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) if the Company wishes to sell any of its equity securities for its own account in an Underwritten Block Trade (a “Company Underwritten Block Trade”) pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement (either through filing an automatic shelf registration statement or through a take-down from an already effective Shelf Registration Statement), then notwithstanding the foregoing time periods, the Company only needs to notify (a “Company Underwritten Block Trade Notice”) the Major Investors (in each case, if such Major Investor is then a Holder of (i) Shelf Registrable Securities or (ii) Registrable Securities that may be added to such Shelf Registration Statement through the filing of a prospectus supplement) of the Company Underwritten Block Trade two (2) Business Days prior to the day such Company Underwritten Block Trade is to commence and such Major Investor must elect whether or not to participate by the next Business Day (i.e., one (1) Business Day prior to the date such Company Underwritten Block Trade is to commence), and the Company shall as expeditiously as possible use its reasonable best efforts to facilitate such Company Underwritten Block Trade (which may close as early as two (2) Business Days after the date it commences), and (y) if a Major Investor wishes to engage in an Underwritten Block Trade pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, then the provisions set forth in Section 2.1(e) shall apply to such Underwritten Block Trade. In the event the Company proposes to effect a Company Underwritten Block Trade, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.1 or in this Section 2.2, no Holder that is not a Major Investor shall have any right to notice of or to participate in such Company Underwritten Block Trade at any time. The Company shall, at the request of any Major Investor requesting to participate in a Company Shelf Underwriting or Company Underwritten Block Trade, file any prospectus supplement or, if the applicable Shelf Registration Statement is an automatic shelf registration statement, any post-effective amendment and otherwise take any action necessary to include therein all disclosure and language deemed necessary or advisable by the Major Investors or any other Participating Holder of Shelf Registrable Securities to effect such Company Shelf Underwriting or Company Underwritten Block Trade, as applicable.

 

  12  

 

 

(b) The Company, subject to Sections 2.3 and 2.6, may elect to include in any registration statement and offering pursuant to demand registration rights by any Person or otherwise (i) authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock or shares of Common Stock held by the Company as treasury shares and (ii) any other shares of Common Stock which are requested to be included in such registration pursuant to the exercise of piggyback registration rights granted by the Company after the date hereof and which are not inconsistent with the rights granted in, or otherwise conflict with the terms of, this Agreement (“Additional Piggyback Rights”); provided, however, that, with respect to any underwritten offering, including a block trade, such inclusion shall be permitted only to the extent that it is pursuant to, and subject to, the terms of the underwriting agreement or arrangements, if any, entered into by the Applicable Initiating Holders.

 

(c) Other than in connection with a Demand Registration (or a Shelf Underwriting or Underwritten Block Trade), if, at any time after giving a Piggyback Notice (or a Company Shelf Notice or a Company Underwritten Block Trade Notice) and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration (or the sale pursuant to a Company Shelf Underwriting or Company Underwritten Block Trade), the Company shall determine for any reason not to register (or sell) or to delay registration (or sale) of such equity securities, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to each Holder of record of Registrable Securities (except, in the case of a Company Underwritten Block Trade, then, only to the Major Investors) and (i) in the case of a determination not to register (or sell), shall be relieved of its obligation to register (or sell) any Registrable Securities in connection with such abandoned registration (or abandoned sale), without prejudice, however, to the rights of Holders of Registrable Securities under Section 2.1, and (ii) in the case of a determination to delay such registration (or sale) of its equity securities, shall be permitted to delay the registration (or sale) of such Registrable Securities for the same period as the delay in registering (or selling) such other equity securities.

 

(d) Any Holder shall have the right to withdraw its request for inclusion of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement or offering pursuant to this Section 2.2 by giving written notice to the Company of its request to withdraw; provided, however, that such request must be made in writing prior to the earlier of the execution of the underwriting agreement or the execution of any custody agreement with respect to such registration or offering or as otherwise required by the underwriters.

 

  13  

 

 

(e) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Company shall, at the request of any Holder seeking to effect a Partner Distribution, file any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendments, or include in the initial registration statement any disclosure or language, or include in any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment any disclosure or language, and otherwise take any action, deemed necessary or advisable by such Holder to effect such Partner Distribution.

 

(f) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the piggyback registration rights set forth in Sections 2.1(a)(i) or 2.2(a) shall not apply to any Holder in connection with the IPO.

 

2.3. Allocation of Securities Included in Registration Statement.

 

(a) If any requested registration or offering made pursuant to Section 2.1 (including a Shelf Underwriting) involves (x) an underwritten offering and the Manager of such offering shall advise the Company that, in its view, the number of securities requested to be included in such underwritten offering by the Participating Holders, the Company or any other Persons exercising Additional Piggyback Rights exceeds the largest number (the “Section 2.3(a)(x) Sale Number”) that can be sold in an orderly manner in such underwritten offering within a price range acceptable to the Applicable Initiating Holders or (y) an Underwritten Block Trade and the number of securities requested to be included in such Underwritten Block Trade by the Major Investors or any other Persons exceeds the number that are sold in any such Underwritten Block Trade (the “Section 2.3(a) Block Trade Sale Number” and, together with the Section 2.3(a)(x) Sale Number, the “Section 2.3(a) Sale Number”), the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to include in such underwritten offering:

 

(i) first, all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such underwritten offering by the Holders thereof (including pursuant to the exercise of piggyback rights pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2); provided, however, that if the number of such Registrable Securities exceeds the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number, the number of such Registrable Securities (not to exceed the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number) to be included in such underwritten offering shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all Holders requesting that Registrable Securities be included in such underwritten offering (including pursuant to the exercise of piggyback rights pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2), based on the number of Registrable Securities then beneficially owned by each such Holder requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Registrable Securities then beneficially owned by all Holders requesting inclusion;

 

(ii) second, to the extent that the number of Registrable Securities to be included pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 2.3(a) is less than the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number, any equity securities that the Company proposes to register or sell, up to the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number; and

 

(iii) third, to the extent that the number of Registrable Securities and equity securities to be included pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.3(a) is less than the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number, the remaining equity securities to be included in such underwritten offering shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all Persons requesting that equity securities of the Company be included in such underwritten offering pursuant to the exercise of Additional Piggyback Rights (“Piggyback Shares”), based on the number of Piggyback Shares then beneficially owned by each Person requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Piggyback Shares then beneficially owned by all Persons requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number.

 

  14  

 

 

(b) If any registration or offering made pursuant to Section 2.2 (including a Company Shelf Underwriting) involves (x) an underwritten primary offering on behalf of the Company after the date hereof and the Manager shall advise the Company that, in its view, the number of securities requested to be included in such underwritten offering by the Holders of Registrable Securities, the Company or any other Persons exercising Additional Piggyback Rights exceeds the largest number (the “Section 2.3(b)(x) Sale Number”) that can be sold in an orderly manner in such underwritten offering within a price range acceptable to the Company or (y) a Company Underwritten Block Trade and the number of securities requested to be included in such Company Underwritten Block Trade by the Company, the Major Investors or any other Persons exceeds the number that are sold in any such Company Underwritten Block Trade (the “Section 2.3(b) Block Trade Sale Number” and, together with the Section 2.3(b)(x) Sale Number, the “Section 2.3(b) Sale Number”), the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to include in such underwritten offering:

 

(i) first, all equity securities that the Company proposes to register or sell for its own account;

 

(ii) second, to the extent that the number of equity securities to be included pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 2.3(b) is less than the Section 2.3(b) Sale Number, the remaining equity securities to be included in such underwritten offering shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all Holders requesting that Registrable Securities be included in such underwritten offering pursuant to the exercise of piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2.2(a), based on the number of Registrable Securities then beneficially owned by each such Holder requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Registrable Securities then beneficially owned by all Holders requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(b) Sale Number; and

 

(iii) third, to the extent that the number of equity securities and Registrable Securities to be included pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.3(b) is less than the Section 2.3(b) Sale Number, the remaining equity securities to be included in such underwritten offering shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all Persons requesting that equity securities of the Company be included in such underwritten offering pursuant to the exercise of Additional Piggyback Rights, based on the number of Piggyback Shares then beneficially owned by each Person requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Piggyback Shares then beneficially owned by all Persons requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(b) Sale Number.

 

  15  

 

 

(c) If any registration or offering made pursuant to Section 2.2 involves (x) an underwritten offering that was initially requested by any Person(s) (other than a Holder) to whom the Company has granted registration rights which are not inconsistent with the rights granted in, and do not otherwise conflict with the terms of, this Agreement and the Manager shall advise the Company that, in its view, the number of securities requested to be included in such underwritten offering by the Company, any Holders of Registrable Securities or such Person(s) exceeds the number (the “Section 2.3(c)(x) Sale Number”) that can be sold in an orderly manner in such underwritten offering within a price range acceptable to the Company or (y) a block trade and the number of securities requested to be included in such block trade by the Company, the Major Investors or any other Persons exceeds the number that are sold in any such block trade (the “Section 2.3(c) Block Trade Sale Number” and, together with the Section 2.3(c)(x) Sale Number, the “Section 2.3(c) Sale Number”), the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to include in such underwritten offering:

 

(i) first, the equity securities requested to be included in such underwritten offering shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among the Person(s) requesting the registration or offering and all Holders requesting that Registrable Securities be included in such underwritten offering pursuant to the exercise of piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2.2(a), based on the aggregate number of equity securities of the Company or Registrable Securities, as applicable, then beneficially owned by each of the foregoing requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of equity securities of the Company or Registrable Securities, as applicable, then beneficially owned by all such Holders and Persons requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number;

 

(ii) second, to the extent that the number of equity securities and Registrable Securities to be included pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 2.3(c) is less than the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number, the remaining equity securities to be included in such underwritten offering shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all Persons requesting that equity securities be included in such underwritten offering pursuant to the exercise of Additional Piggyback Rights, based on the number of Piggyback Shares then beneficially owned by each Person requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Piggyback Shares then beneficially owned by all Persons requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number; and

 

(iii) third, to the extent that the number of equity securities and Registrable Securities to be included pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.3(c) is less than the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number, the remaining equity securities to be included in such underwritten offering shall be allocated to equity securities the Company proposes to register or sell for its own account, up to the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number.

 

(d) If, as a result of the proration provisions set forth in clauses (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 2.3, any Holder shall not be entitled to include all Registrable Securities in an underwritten offering that such Holder has requested be included, such Holder may elect to withdraw such Holder’s request to include Registrable Securities in such underwritten offering or the registration to which such underwritten offering relates or may reduce the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included; provided, however, that (x) such request must be made in writing prior to the earlier of the execution of the underwriting agreement or the execution of any custody agreement with respect to such registration or offering and (y) such withdrawal or reduction shall be irrevocable and, after making such withdrawal or reduction, such Holder shall no longer have any right to include Registrable Securities in such underwritten offering or the registration to which such withdrawal or reduction was made to the extent of the Registrable Securities so withdrawn or reduced.

 

  16  

 

 

2.4. Registration Procedures. If and whenever the Company is required by the provisions of this Agreement to effect or cause the registration of and/or participate in any offering or sale of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in this Agreement (or use reasonable best efforts to accomplish the same), the Company shall, as expeditiously as possible:

 

(a) prepare and file all filings with the SEC and FINRA required for the effectiveness of the registration or the consummation of the offering, including preparing and filing with the SEC a registration statement (including all required exhibits and financial statements) on an appropriate registration form of the SEC for the disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof (including, without limitation, a Partner Distribution), which registration form (i) shall be selected by the Company (except as provided for in a Demand Registration Request) and (ii) shall, in the case of a shelf registration, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the Participating Holders thereof from time to time and such registration statement shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable registration form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith, and the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and remain continuously effective for such period as any Participating Holder pursuant to such registration statement shall request (provided, however, that as far in advance as reasonably practicable before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, or comparable statements under securities or state “blue sky” Laws of any jurisdiction, or any free writing prospectus related thereto, the Company will furnish to one counsel for the Major Investors and for all other Participating Holder(s) collectively (selected by the holders of a majority of the shares of the Company held by the other Participating Holder(s)) (the “Majority Holders’ Counsel”) and to one counsel for the Manager, if any, copies of reasonably complete drafts of all such documents proposed to be filed (excluding, unless otherwise expressly requested, copies of all exhibits thereto and each document incorporated by reference therein to the extent then required by the rules and regulations of the SEC), which documents will be subject to the reasonable review and reasonable comment of such counsel (including any objections to any information pertaining to any Participating Holder and its plan of distribution and otherwise to the extent necessary, if at all, to complete the filing or maintain the effectiveness thereof), and the Company shall make the changes reasonably requested by such counsel and shall not file any registration statement or amendment thereto, any prospectus or supplement thereto or any free writing prospectus related thereto to which either (i) the Manager, if any, or (ii) the Applicable Initiating Holders shall reasonably object; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Company be required to file any document with the SEC which in the view of the Company or its counsel contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make any statement therein not misleading;

 

(b) (i) prepare and file with the SEC such pre- and post-effective amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith and such free writing prospectuses and Exchange Act reports (x) as may be necessary to keep such registration statement continuously effective for such period as any Participating Holder pursuant to such registration statement shall request, (y) as may be reasonably requested by either (i) the Manager or (ii) the Applicable Initiating Holders and (z) as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the sale or other disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, and any prospectus so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement and (ii) provide notice to such sellers of Registrable Securities and the Manager, if any, of the Company’s reasonable determination that a post-effective amendment to a registration statement would be appropriate;

 

  17  

 

 

(c) furnish, without charge, to each Participating Holder and each underwriter, if any, of the securities covered by such registration statement such number of copies of such registration statement, each pre- and post-effective amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits), the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus) and any other prospectus filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act, each free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith, in each case, in all material respects in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and other documents, as such seller and underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller (the Company hereby consenting to the use in accordance with all applicable Laws of each such registration statement (or amendment or post-effective amendment thereto) and each such prospectus (or preliminary prospectus or supplement thereto) or free writing prospectus by each such Participating Holder and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement or prospectus);

 

(d) use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or state “blue sky” Laws of such jurisdictions as any sellers of Registrable Securities or any managing underwriter, if any, shall reasonably request in writing, and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such sellers or underwriter, if any, to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions in accordance with the intended methods of disposition (including keeping such registration or qualification in effect for so long as such registration statement remains in effect), except that in no event shall the Company be required to qualify to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction where it would not, but for the requirements of this paragraph (d), be required to be so qualified, to subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or to consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

 

(e) promptly notify each Participating Holder and each managing underwriter, if any: (i) when the registration statement, any pre-effective amendment, the prospectus or any prospectus supplement related thereto, any post-effective amendment to the registration statement or any free writing prospectus has been filed with the SEC and, with respect to the registration statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective; (ii) of any request by the SEC or state securities authority for amendments or supplements to the registration statement or the prospectus related thereto or for additional information; (iii) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose; (iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the securities or state “blue sky” Laws of any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose; (v) of the existence of any fact of which the Company becomes aware which results in the registration statement or any amendment thereto, the prospectus related thereto or any supplement thereto, any document incorporated therein by reference, any free writing prospectus or the information conveyed to any purchaser at the time of sale to such purchaser containing, in the case of the registration statement, an untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make any statement therein not misleading, and, in all other cases, an untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (which notice shall notify the Participating Holders only of the occurrence of such an event and shall provide no additional information regarding such event to the extent such information would constitute material non-public information); and (vi) if at any time the representations and warranties contemplated by any underwriting agreement, securities sale agreement, or other similar agreement, relating to the offering shall cease to be true and correct; and, if the notification relates to an event described in clause (v), unless the Company has declared that a Postponement Period exists, the Company shall promptly prepare a supplement or amendment to such registration statement, the prospectus related thereto or free writing prospectus and furnish to each Participating Holder and each underwriter, if any, a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus or free writing prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter filed with the SEC or delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, as the case may be, such registration statement shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and such prospectus or free writing prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

  18  

 

 

(f) comply (and continue to comply) with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC (including, without limitation, maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)) in accordance with the Exchange Act), and make generally available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable after the effective date of the registration statement (and in any event within forty-five (45) days, or ninety (90) days if it is a fiscal year, after the end of such twelve month period described hereafter), an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering the period of at least twelve (12) consecutive months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first calendar quarter after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

 

(g) (i) (A) cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on the principal securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed (if any), if the listing of such Registrable Securities is then permitted under the rules of such exchange, or (B) if no similar securities are then so listed, to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on a national securities exchange and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, take all actions that may be required by the Company as the issuer of such Registrable Securities in order to facilitate the managing underwriter’s arranging for the registration of at least two market makers as such with respect to such shares with FINRA, and (ii) comply (and continue to comply) with the requirements of any self-regulatory organization applicable to the Company, including without limitation all corporate governance requirements;

 

(h) cause its senior management, officers, employees and independent public accountants to participate in, make themselves available, supply such information as may be reasonably requested and to otherwise facilitate and cooperate with the preparation of the registration statement and prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and any other offering documentation (including participating in meetings, drafting sessions, due diligence sessions and rating agency presentations) taking into account the Company’s reasonable business needs;

 

(i) provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement not later than the effective date of such registration statement and, in the case of any secondary equity offering, provide and enter into any reasonable agreements with a custodian for the Registrable Securities;

 

(j) enter into such customary agreements (including, if applicable, an underwriting agreement) and take such other actions as either (i) the underwriters or (ii) the Applicable Initiating Holders shall reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

(k) use its reasonable best efforts to (i) obtain opinions from the Company’s counsel, including without limitation local and/or regulatory counsel, and a “cold comfort” letter, updates thereof and consents from the independent public accountants who have certified the financial statements of the Company (and/or any other financial statements) included or incorporated by reference in such registration statement, in each case, in customary form and covering such matters as are customarily covered by such opinions and “cold comfort” letters (including, in the case of such “cold comfort” letter, events subsequent to the date of such financial statements) delivered to underwriters in underwritten public offerings, which opinions and letters shall be dated the dates such opinions and “cold comfort” letters are customarily dated and, in the case of an underwritten offering, addressed to the underwriters and otherwise reasonably satisfactory to (a) the underwriters, if any, and to (b) the Applicable Initiating Holders, and (ii) furnish to each Participating Holder upon its request and to each underwriter, if any, a copy of such opinions and letters addressed to such underwriter and each Participating Holder, as applicable, to the extent permitted by the Company’s counsel and independent public accountants;

 

  19  

 

 

(l) deliver promptly to Majority Holders’ Counsel and to each managing underwriter, if any, copies of all correspondence between the SEC and the Company, its counsel or auditors, and, upon receipt of such confidentiality agreements as the Company may reasonably request, make reasonably available for inspection by Majority Holders’ Counsel, by counsel for any underwriter participating in any disposition to be effected pursuant to such registration statement and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by (i) any such underwriter, or (ii) the Majority Participating Holders, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause all of the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by the Majority Holders’ Counsel, counsel for an underwriter or any attorney, accountant or agent retained by the foregoing in connection with such registration statement;

 

(m) use its reasonable best efforts to prevent the issuance or obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of the registration statement, or the lifting of any suspension of the qualification of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction, in each case, as promptly as reasonably practicable;

 

(n) provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities, not later than the effective date of the registration statement and, if applicable, provide the applicable transfer agent with printed certificates for the Registrable Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company;

 

(o) use its reasonable best efforts to make available its senior management, employees and personnel for the preparation of and participation in “road shows” and other marketing efforts and otherwise provide reasonable assistance to the underwriters (taking into account the Company’s reasonable business needs and the requirements of the marketing process) in the marketing of Registrable Securities in any underwritten offering;

 

(p) promptly prior to the filing of any document which is to be incorporated by reference into the registration statement or the prospectus (after the initial filing of such registration statement), and prior to the filing or use of any free writing prospectus, provide copies of such document to Majority Holders’ Counsel upon its request and to counsel for the underwriters, if any, upon its request and make the Company’s representatives reasonably available for discussion of such document and make such changes in such document concerning the Participating Holders prior to the filing thereof as Majority Holders’ Counsel or counsel for the underwriters may reasonably request (provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Company be required to file any document with the SEC which in the view of the Company or its counsel contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make any statement therein not misleading);

 

(q) furnish to Majority Holders’ Counsel upon its request and to each managing underwriter upon its request, in each case, without charge, at least one conformed copy of the registration statement and any post-effective amendments or supplements thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated therein by reference, the prospectus contained in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus), any other prospectus and prospectus supplement filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act and all exhibits (including those incorporated by reference) and any free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith;

 

(r) cooperate with the Participating Holders and the managing underwriter, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates or book-entry statements, as the case may be, not bearing any restrictive legends representing the Registrable Securities to be sold, and, in each case, cause such Registrable Securities to be issued in such denominations and registered in such names in accordance with the underwriting agreement at least two (2) Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities to the underwriters or, if not an underwritten offering, in accordance with the instructions of the Participating Holders at least two (2) Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities and instruct any transfer agent and registrar of Registrable Securities to release any stop transfer orders in respect thereof (and, in the case of Registrable Securities registered on a Shelf Registration Statement, at the request of any Holder, to the extent permitted by the Securities Act, prepare and deliver certificates or book-entry statements, as the case may be, representing such Registrable Securities not bearing any restrictive legends and deliver or cause to be delivered an opinion or instructions to the transfer agent in order to allow such Registrable Securities to be sold from time to time);

 

  20  

 

 

(s) include in any prospectus or prospectus supplement if requested by any managing underwriter updated financial or business information for the Company’s most recent period or current quarterly period (including estimated results or ranges of results) if required for purposes of marketing the offering in the view of such managing underwriter;

 

(t) take no direct or indirect action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that to the extent that any prohibition is applicable to the Company, the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to make any such prohibition inapplicable;

 

(u) use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the Participating Holders or the underwriters, if any, to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended methods thereof;

 

(v) take all such other commercially reasonable actions as are necessary or advisable in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

 

(w) take all reasonable action to ensure that any free writing prospectus utilized in connection with any registration or offering covered by Sections 2.1 or 2.2 complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, will not conflict with a related prospectus, prospectus supplement or related documents and, when taken together with the related prospectus, prospectus supplement and related documents, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(x) in connection with any underwritten offering, if at any time the information conveyed to a purchaser at the time of sale includes any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, promptly file with the SEC such amendments or supplements to such information as may be necessary so that the statements as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, be misleading;

 

(y) to the extent required by the rules and regulations of FINRA, retain a Qualified Independent Underwriter acceptable to the managing underwriters; and

 

(z) use reasonable best efforts to cooperate with the managing underwriters, Participating Holders, any indemnitee of the Company and their respective counsel in connection with the preparation and filing of any applications, notices, registrations and responses to requests for additional information with FINRA, the New York Stock Exchange, Nasdaq, or any other national securities exchange on which the shares of Common Stock are or are to be listed.

 

  21  

 

 

To the extent the Company is a WKSI at the time any Demand Registration Request is submitted to the Company, the Company shall file an automatic shelf registration statement which covers those Registrable Securities which are requested to be registered. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to remain a WKSI (and not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)) during the period during which such automatic shelf registration statement is required to remain effective. If the Company does not pay the filing fee covering the Registrable Securities at the time the automatic shelf registration statement is filed, the Company agrees to pay such fee at such time or times as the Registrable Securities are to be sold in compliance with the SEC rules. If the automatic shelf registration statement has been outstanding for at least three (3) years, at or prior to the end of the third year the Company shall promptly upon the request of any Major Investor refile a new automatic shelf registration statement covering the Registrable Securities that remain outstanding thereunder. If at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to refile the Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-3 and, if such form is not available, Form S-1 and keep such registration statement effective during the period during which such registration statement is required to be kept effective.

 

If the Company files any Shelf Registration Statement for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the Holders, and the Holders do not request that their Registrable Securities be included in such Shelf Registration Statement, the Company agrees that it shall include in such registration statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B under the Securities Act (referring to the unnamed selling security holders in a generic manner by identifying the initial offering of the securities to the Holders) in order to ensure that the Holders of Registrable Securities may be added to such Shelf Registration Statement at a later time through the filing of a prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment.

 

The Company may require that each Participating Holder as to which any registration or offering is being effected (i) furnish the Company such information regarding such seller and the sale or distribution of such securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request, provided that such information is necessary for the Company to consummate such registration or offering and shall be used only in connection with such registration or offering and (ii) provide any underwriters participating in the sale or distribution of such securities such information as the underwriters may request and execute and deliver any agreements, certificates or other documents as the underwriters may request. Each Participating Holder agrees to notify the Company as promptly as reasonably practicable of any inaccuracy or change in information previously furnished to the Company by such Participating Holder or of the occurrence of any event that would cause (i) any registration statement to include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (ii) any prospectus or free writing prospectus to include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and, in each case, to furnish to the Company, as promptly as practicable, any additional information required to correct and update the information previously furnished by such Holder such that (x) such registration statement shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (y) such prospectus or free writing prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

  22  

 

 

Each Holder of Registrable Securities agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in clause (v) of paragraph (e) of this Section 2.4, such Holder will discontinue such Holder’s disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus or free writing prospectus contemplated by paragraph (e) of this Section 2.4 and, if so directed by the Company, will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such Holder’s possession of the prospectus or free writing prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that was in effect at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the applicable period mentioned in paragraph (b) of this Section 2.4 shall be extended by the number of days during such period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each Participating Holder covered by such registration statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by paragraph (e) of this Section 2.4. The period(s) during which the Holders are required to discontinue disposition of securities pursuant to this paragraph shall not exceed forty-five (45) days with respect to any one such period, or ninety (90) days during any period of three hundred sixty (360) days with respect to multiple such periods.

 

The Company agrees not to file or make any amendment to any registration statement with respect to any Registrable Securities, any prospectus, or any amendment of or supplement to the prospectus, or any free writing prospectus, that refers to any Major Investor (or any of their respective Affiliates) covered thereby by name, or otherwise identifies any Major Investor (or any of their respective Affiliates), without the consent of the applicable Major Investor, as the case may be, (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), which consent shall be deemed given if no written objection is received by the Company on or before the end of such five (5) Business day period, unless such disclosure is required by Law. If any such registration statement or comparable statement under state “blue sky” Laws refers to any Holder by name or otherwise as the Holder of any securities of the Company, then such Holder shall have the right to require the insertion therein of language, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Holder and the Company, to the effect that the holding by such Holder of such securities is not to be construed as a recommendation by such Holder of the investment quality of the Company’s securities covered thereby and that such holding does not imply that such Holder will assist in meeting any future financial requirements of the Company.

 

To the extent that any Major Investor is or may be deemed to be an “underwriter” of Registrable Securities pursuant to any SEC comments or policies, the Company agrees that (1) the indemnification and contribution provisions contained in Section 2.9 shall be applicable to the benefit of the Major Investors, as applicable, in their role as an underwriter or deemed underwriter in addition to their capacity as a Holder and (2) the Major Investors, as applicable, shall be entitled to conduct the due diligence which they would normally conduct in connection with an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act, including without limitation receipt of customary opinions and comfort letters addressed to the Major Investors, as applicable.

 

  23  

 

 

2.5. Registration Expenses.

 

(a) The Company shall pay all Expenses with respect to any registration or offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2, whether or not a registration statement becomes effective or the offering is consummated.

 

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) the provisions of this Section 2.5 shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to cause these expense provisions to comply with state “blue sky” Laws of each state in which the offering is made and (y) in connection with any underwritten offering hereunder, each Participating Holder shall pay all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale of such Registrable Securities, pro rata with respect to payments of discounts and commissions in accordance with the number of shares sold in the offering by such Participating Holder.

 

2.6. Certain Limitations on Registration Rights. In the case of any registration or underwritten offering under Sections 2.1 or 2.2, if the Company has determined to enter into an underwriting agreement in connection therewith, all securities to be included in such registration or underwritten offering shall be subject to such underwriting agreement and no Person may participate in such registration or offering unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided therein and completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, certificates and other documents (including custody agreements and powers of attorney, if any) which must be executed in connection therewith; provided, however, that all such documents shall be consistent in all material respects with the provisions hereof and (ii) provides such other information to the Company or the underwriter as may be necessary to register or sell such Person’s securities.

 

2.7. Limitations on Sale or Distribution of Other Securities.

 

(a) Each Holder agrees (whether or not such Holder can participate in any such offering), (i) to the extent requested by a managing underwriter, if any, of any underwritten offering pursuant to a registration or offering effected pursuant to Section 2.1 (including any Shelf Underwriting or Underwritten Block Trade), or of the IPO, not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144, any Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalent (other than as part of such underwritten offering) during the time period reasonably requested by the managing underwriter, not to exceed ninety (90) days from the pricing date of such offering or such shorter period as the managing underwriter shall agree to (other than in the case of the IPO, which time period shall be one hundred eighty (180) days from the pricing date of such offering), and (ii) to the extent requested by a managing underwriter of any underwritten offering effected by the Company for its own account (including any offering in which one or more Holders is selling Registrable Securities pursuant to the exercise of piggyback rights under Section 2.2), or of the IPO, not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144, any Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalent (other than as part of such underwritten offering) during the time period reasonably requested by the managing underwriter, which period shall not exceed ninety (90) days from the pricing date of such offering or such shorter period as the managing underwriter shall agree to (other than in the case of the IPO, which time period shall be one hundred eighty (180) days from the pricing date of such offering). Each Holder agrees to execute and deliver customary lock-up agreements for the benefit of the underwriters with such form and substance as the managing underwriter shall reasonably determine. The Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to cause each holder of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents, purchased or otherwise acquired from the Company (other than in a public offering) at any time to agree, and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause each of its officers, directors and beneficial holders of 5% or more of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock to agree, not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144, any Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalent (other than as part of such underwritten offering) during the period referred to in the first sentence of this clause (a).

 

  24  

 

 

(b) The Company hereby agrees that, in connection with an offering effected pursuant to Section 2.1 (including any Shelf Underwriting or Underwritten Block Trade), Section 2.2 (including any Company Shelf Underwriting or Company Underwritten Block Trade), or the IPO, the Company shall not sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of, any Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalent (other than as part of such underwritten offering or a registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any similar or successor forms which is (x) then in effect or (y) shall become effective upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any then outstanding Common Stock Equivalent), until a period of ninety (90) days (or such shorter period to which the managing underwriter shall agree, but one hundred eighty (180) days in the case of the IPO) shall have elapsed from the pricing date of such offering; and the Company shall so provide in any registration rights agreements hereafter entered into with respect to any of its securities.

 

2.8. No Required Sale. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create an independent obligation on the part of any Holder to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to any effective registration statement. A Holder is not required to include any of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement, is not required to sell any of its Registrable Securities which are included in any effective registration statement, and, subject to Section 2.7, may sell any of its Registrable Securities in any manner in compliance with the terms of this Agreement and applicable Law (including pursuant to Rule 144) even if such Registrable Securities are already included on an effective registration statement.

 

2.9. Indemnification.

 

(a) In the event of any registration or offer and sale of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act pursuant to this Section 2, the Company will (without limitation as to time), and hereby agrees to, and hereby does, indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, each Participating Holder, its directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees, stockholders, members, general and limited partners, agents, affiliates, consultants, representatives, successors and assigns (and the directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees, stockholders, members, general and limited partners, agents, affiliates, consultants, representatives, successors and assigns thereof), each other Person who participates as a seller (and its directors, officers, fiduciaries, employees, stockholders, members, general and limited partners, agents, affiliates, consultants, representatives, successors and assigns), underwriter or Qualified Independent Underwriter, if any, in the offering or sale of such securities, each officer, director, employee, stockholder, fiduciary, managing director, agent, affiliate, consultant, representative, successor, assign or partner of such underwriter or Qualified Independent Underwriter, and each other Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) such seller or any such underwriter or Qualified Independent Underwriter and each director, officer, employee, stockholder, fiduciary, managing director, agent, affiliate, consultant, representative, successor, assign or partner of such controlling Person, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, penalties, judgments, suits or liabilities, joint or several, actions or proceedings (whether commenced or threatened) and expenses (including reasonable fees of counsel and any amounts paid in any settlement effected with the Company’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to which each such indemnified party may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise in respect thereof (collectively, “Claims”), insofar as such Claims arise out of, are based upon, relate to or are in connection with (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein, under which such securities were registered under the Securities Act or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any preliminary, final or summary prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein, or any free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact in the information conveyed by the Company or any underwriter to any purchaser at the time of the sale to such purchaser, or the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or (iv) any violation by the Company of any federal, state or common Law rule or regulation applicable to the Company and relating to any action required of or inaction by the Company in connection with any such offering of Registrable Securities, and the Company will reimburse any such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable to any such indemnified party in any such case to the extent such Claim arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission of a material fact made in such registration statement or in any such prospectus or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or in any document incorporated by reference therein or in any free writing prospectus in reliance upon and in strict conformity with written information furnished to the Company or its representatives by or on behalf of such indemnified party specifically for use therein. Such indemnity and reimbursement of expenses shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such seller.

 

  25  

 

 

(b) Each Participating Holder (and, if the Company requires as a condition to including any Registrable Securities in any registration statement filed in accordance with Section 2.1 or 2.2, any underwriter and Qualified Independent Underwriter, if any) shall, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 2.9), to the extent permitted by Law, the Company, its officers who signed the applicable registration statement and its directors, each Person controlling the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act and all other prospective sellers and their directors, officers, stockholders, fiduciaries, managing directors, agents, affiliates, consultants, representatives, successors, assigns or general and limited partners and respective controlling Persons with respect to any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact in, or omission or alleged omission of any material fact from, such registration statement, any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein, or any free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith, if such statement or alleged statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in strict conformity with written information furnished to the Company or its representatives by or on behalf of such Participating Holder or underwriter or Qualified Independent Underwriter, if any, specifically for use therein, and each such Participating Holder, underwriter or Qualified Independent Underwriter, if any, shall reimburse such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the aggregate amount which any such Participating Holder shall be required to pay pursuant to this Section 2.9 (including pursuant to indemnity, contribution or otherwise) shall in no case be greater than the amount of the net proceeds received by such Participating Holder upon the sale of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement giving rise to such Claim; provided, further, that such Participating Holder shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that prior to the filing of any such registration statement or prospectus or amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein, or any free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith, such Participating Holder has furnished in writing to the Company information expressly for use in such registration statement or prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any document incorporated by reference therein or free writing prospectus which corrected or made not misleading information previously furnished to the Company. The Company and each Participating Holder hereby acknowledge and agree that, unless otherwise expressly agreed to in writing by such Participating Holders to the contrary, for all purposes of this Agreement, the only information furnished or to be furnished to the Company for use in any such registration statement, preliminary, final or summary prospectus or amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein, or any free writing prospectus, are statements specifically relating to (i) the beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock by such Participating Holder and its Affiliates as disclosed in the section of such document entitled “Selling Stockholders” or “Principal and Selling Stockholders” or other documents thereof and (ii) the name, address and other information with respect to such Participating Holder that appears in the table and corresponding footnotes describing such Participating Holder in the section of such document entitled “Selling Stockholders” or “Principal and Selling Stockholders” or other documents thereof. If any additional information about such Holder or the plan of sale or distribution (other than for an underwritten offering) is required by Law to be disclosed in any such document, then such Holder shall not unreasonably withhold its agreement referred to in the immediately preceding sentence. Such indemnity and reimbursement of expenses shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such Holder.

 

  26  

 

 

(c) Indemnification similar to that specified in the preceding paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 2.9 (with appropriate modifications) shall be given by the Company and each Participating Holder with respect to any required registration or other qualification of securities under any applicable securities and state “blue sky” Laws.

 

(d) Any Person entitled to indemnification under this Agreement shall notify promptly the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of any action or proceeding with respect to which a claim for indemnification may be made pursuant to this Section 2.9, but the failure of any indemnified party to provide such notice shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 2.9, except to the extent the indemnifying party is materially and actually prejudiced thereby and shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2. In case any action or proceeding is brought against an indemnified party and such indemnified party shall have notified the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof (as required above), the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, unless in the reasonable opinion of outside counsel to the indemnified party a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist in respect of such Claim, to assume the defense thereof jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to the extent that it chooses, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party that it so chooses, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that: (i) if the indemnifying party fails to take reasonable steps necessary to defend diligently the action or proceeding within twenty (20) days after receiving notice from such indemnified party that the indemnified party believes it has failed to do so; or (ii) if such indemnified party who is a defendant in any action or proceeding which is also brought against the indemnifying party reasonably shall have concluded that there may be one or more legal or equitable defenses available to such indemnified party which are not available to the indemnifying party or which may conflict with or be different from those available to another indemnified party with respect to such Claim; or (iii) if representation of both parties by the same counsel is otherwise inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct, then, in any such case, the indemnified party shall have the right to assume or continue its own defense as set forth above (but with no more than one counsel for all indemnified parties in each jurisdiction, except to the extent any indemnified party or parties reasonably shall have made a conclusion described in clause (ii) or (iii) above) and the indemnifying party shall be liable for any expenses therefor. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (A) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (B) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

  27  

 

 

(e) If for any reason the foregoing indemnity is unavailable, unenforceable or is insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Sections 2.9(a), (b) or (c), then each applicable indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable to such indemnified party as a result of any Claim in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party, on the one hand, and the indemnified party, on the other hand, with respect to such Claim. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. If, however, the allocation provided in the second preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable Law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative faults but also the relative benefits of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if any contribution pursuant to this Section 2.9(e) were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the preceding sentences of this Section 2.9(e). The amount paid or payable in respect of any Claim shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.9(e) to the contrary, no indemnifying party (other than the Company) shall be required pursuant to this Section 2.9(e) to contribute any amount greater than the amount of the net proceeds received by such indemnifying party from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement giving rise to such Claim, less the amount of any indemnification payment made by such indemnifying party pursuant to Sections 2.9(b) and (c). In addition, no Holder of Registrable Securities or any Affiliate thereof shall be required to pay any amount under this Section 2.9(e) unless such Person or entity would have been required to pay an amount pursuant to Section 2.9(b) if it had been applicable in accordance with its terms.

 

(f) The indemnity and contribution agreements contained herein shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution which any indemnified party may have pursuant to Law or contract and shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made or omitted by or on behalf of any indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of the Registrable Securities by any such party.

 

(g) The indemnification and contribution required by this Section 2.9 shall be made by periodic payments of the amount thereof during the course of the investigation or defense, as and when bills are received or expense, loss, damage or liability is incurred.

 

2.10. Limitations on Registration of Other Securities; Representation. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Major Investors, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company giving such holder or prospective holder any registration rights the terms of which are (i) more favorable taken as a whole than the registration rights granted to the Holders hereunder unless the Company shall also give such rights to such Holders or (ii) on parity with the registration rights granted to the Holders hereunder; provided, however, the prior written consent of a Major Investor will be required prior to the Company entering into any such agreement with any such holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company to the extent such agreement disproportionately adversely affects any such Major Investor relative to the other Holders of Registrable Securities.

 

  28  

 

 

2.11. No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company shall not hereafter enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent in any material respects with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement.

 

Section 3. Underwritten Offerings.

 

3.1. Requested Underwritten Offerings. If requested by the underwriters for any underwritten offering pursuant to a registration or offering requested under Section 2.1, the Company shall enter into a customary underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Such underwriting agreement shall (i) be satisfactory in form and substance to the Applicable Initiating Holders, (ii) contain terms not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement in any material respect, unless otherwise agreed by (1) the Applicable Initiating Holders and (2) the underwriters for such underwritten offering, and (iii) contain such representations and warranties by, and such other agreements on the part of, the Company and such other terms as are generally prevailing in agreements of that type, including, without limitation, indemnities and contribution agreements. Any Participating Holder shall be a party to such underwriting agreement and may, at its option, require (unless otherwise agreed by (i) the underwriters and (ii) the Applicable Initiating Holders) that any or all of the representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such underwriters shall also be made to and for the benefit of such Participating Holder; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to make any representations or warranties with respect to written information specifically provided by a Participating Holder for inclusion in any registration statement or prospectus. Unless otherwise agreed by (i) the underwriters and (ii) the Applicable Initiating Holders, each Participating Holder shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Participating Holder, its ownership of and title to the Registrable Securities, any written information specifically provided by such Participating Holder for inclusion in any registration statement or prospectus and its intended method of sale or distribution; and any liability of such Participating Holder to any underwriter or other Person under such underwriting agreement for indemnity, contribution or otherwise shall in no case be greater than the amount of the net proceeds received by such Participating Holder upon the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such underwriting agreement and in no event shall relate to anything other than information about such Participating Holder specifically provided by such Participating Holder for use in any registration statement or prospectus.

 

3.2. Piggyback Underwritten Offerings. In the case of a registration or offering pursuant to Section 2.2, if the Company shall have determined to enter into an underwriting agreement in connection therewith, all of the Participating Holders’ Registrable Securities to be included in such registration shall be subject to such underwriting agreement. Any Participating Holder may, at its option, require (unless otherwise agreed by (i) the underwriters and (ii) the Applicable Initiating Holders) that any or all of the representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such underwriters shall also be made to and for the benefit of such Participating Holder and that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement be conditions precedent to the obligations of such Participating Holder; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to make any representations or warranties with respect to written information specifically provided by a Participating Holder for inclusion in any registration statement or prospectus. Unless otherwise agreed by (i) the underwriters and (ii) the Applicable Initiating Holders, each Participating Holder shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Participating Holder, its ownership of and title to the Registrable Securities, any written information specifically provided by such Participating Holder for inclusion in any registration statement or prospectus and its intended method of sale or distribution; and any liability of such Participating Holder to any underwriter or other Person under such underwriting agreement shall in no case be greater than the amount of the net proceeds received by such Participating Holder upon the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such underwriting agreement and in no event shall relate to anything other than information about such Holder specifically provided by such Holder for use in any registration statement or prospectus.

 

  29  

 

 

Section 4. General.

 

4.1. Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities. The Company agrees that it shall not effect or permit to occur any combination or subdivision of shares of Common Stock which would adversely affect the ability of any Holder of any Registrable Securities to include such Registrable Securities in any registration or offering contemplated by this Agreement or the marketability of such Registrable Securities in any such registration or offering. Subject to the foregoing, the Company agrees that it will take all reasonable steps necessary to effect a combination or subdivision of shares of Common Stock if in the reasonable judgment of (a) the Applicable Initiating Holders or (b) the managing underwriter for the offering, such combination or subdivision would enhance the marketability of the Registrable Securities. Each Holder agrees to vote all of its shares of capital stock of the Company in a manner, and to take all other actions reasonably necessary, to permit the Company to carry out the intent of the preceding sentence including, without limitation, voting in favor of an amendment to the Company’s organizational documents in order to increase the number of authorized shares of capital stock of the Company. In any event, the provisions of this Agreement shall apply, to the full extent set forth herein with respect to the Registrable Securities, to any and all shares of capital stock of the Company, any successor or assign of the Company (whether by merger, share exchange, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise) or any Subsidiary or parent company of the Company which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or in substitution for Registrable Securities and shall be appropriately adjusted for any dividends, stock splits, reverse splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like occurring after the date hereof.

 

4.2. Rule 144 and Rule 144A. If the Company shall have filed a registration statement pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Exchange Act or a registration statement pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act in respect of the Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents, the Company covenants that (i) so long as it remains subject to the reporting provisions of the Exchange Act, it will timely file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (including, but not limited to, the reports under Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act referred to in subparagraph (c)(1)(i) of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended (“Rule 144”)) or, if the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Holder of Registrable Securities, make publicly available other information so long as necessary to permit sales by such Holder under Rule 144, Rule 144A under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended (“Rule 144A”), or any similar rules or regulations hereafter adopted by the SEC, and (ii) it will take such further action as any Holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (A) Rule 144, (B) Rule 144A, (C) Regulation S under the Securities Act or (D) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any Holder of Registrable Securities, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

 

  30  

 

 

4.3. Nominees for Beneficial Owners. If Registrable Securities are held by a nominee for the beneficial owner thereof, the beneficial owner thereof may, at its option, be treated as the Holder of such Registrable Securities for purposes of any request or other action by any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement (or any determination of any number or percentage of shares constituting Registrable Securities held by any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities contemplated by this Agreement); provided, however, that the Company shall have received assurances reasonably satisfactory to it of such beneficial ownership.

 

4.4. Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the written consent of (a) the Company and (b) the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities (or their respective successors, assigns and legal representatives). Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 4.4 shall be binding upon the Company, the Major Investors, the Other Investors and each of their respective successors and assigns. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar). No failure or delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof or of any other or future exercise of any such right, power or privilege.

 

4.5. Notices. All notices, demands and other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (i) if personally delivered, on the date of delivery, (ii) if delivered by express courier service of national standing (with charges prepaid), on the Business Day following the date of delivery to such courier service, (iii) if deposited in the United States mail, first-class postage prepaid, on the fifth (5th) Business Day following the date of such deposit, (iv) if delivered by facsimile transmission, upon confirmation of successful transmission, (x) on the date of such transmission, if such transmission is completed at or prior to 5:00 p.m., local time of the recipient party on a Business Day, on the date of such transmission, and (y) on the next Business Day following the date of transmission, if such transmission is completed after 5:00 p.m., local time of the recipient party, on the date of such transmission or is transmitted on a day that is not a Business Day, or (v) if via e-mail communication, on the date of delivery. All notices, demands and other communications hereunder shall be delivered as set forth below and to any other recipient at the email address or address indicated on Schedule A hereto and to any subsequent holder of securities subject to this Agreement at such email address or address as indicated in the Company’s records, or pursuant to such other instructions as may be designated by the party to receive such notice:

 

if to the Company, to:

 

iPic Entertainment Inc.

433 Plaza Real Boulevard, Suite 335

Boca Raton, FL, 33432

(561) 393-3269

Attention: Hamid Hashemi

Fax: (561) 886-3258

Email: hamid.hashemi@ipic.com

 

  31  

 

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP 

One New York Plaza

New York, New York 10004

Telephone: (212) 859-8000

Fax: (212) 859-4000

Attention: Andrew B. Barkan

Email: andrew.barkan@friedfrank.com

 

If to the Major Investors or the Other Investors, to the email address or address set forth opposite the name of such other Holder on Schedule A or such other email address or address indicated in the records of the Company.

 

4.6. Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and the respective successors, permitted assigns, heirs and personal representatives of the parties hereto, whether so expressed or not. This Agreement may not be assigned by any Holder without the consent of the Company. Upon any such permitted assignment, such assignee shall have and be able to exercise and enforce all rights of the assigning Holder which are assigned to it (to the extent set forth in the Assumption Agreement) and, to the extent such rights are assigned, any reference to the assigning Holder shall be treated as a reference to the assignee (to the extent set forth in the Assumption Agreement). If any Holder shall acquire additional Registrable Securities, such Registrable Securities shall be subject to all of the terms, and entitled to all the benefits, of this Agreement; provided, however, that the obligations of the Company and of any Holder of Registrable Securities, other than those obligations contained in Sections 2.9 and 4.14, shall terminate and have no further force or effect with respect to the Company and any such Holder at such time that such Holder no longer holds any Registrable Securities. In addition, subject to Section 2.10, additional Persons may become parties to this Agreement with the consent of the Company by executing and delivering to the Company a joinder to this Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

 

  32  

 

 

4.7. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the other documents referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto which form part hereof constitute the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

4.8. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Court Proceedings; Waiver of Jury Trial. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York. Each of the Parties irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Commercial Division of the New York Supreme Court located in in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York for the purpose of any suit, action, proceeding or judgment relating to or arising out of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. Service of process in connection with any such suit, action or proceeding may be served on each Party anywhere in the world by the same methods as are specified for the giving of notices under this Agreement. Each of the Parties irrevocably waives any objection to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such courts and irrevocably waives any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT TO REQUEST A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT.

 

4.9. Interpretation; Construction.

 

(a) The table of contents and headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, do not constitute part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or otherwise affect any of the provisions hereof. Where a reference in this Agreement is made to a Section, such reference shall be to a Section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

 

(b) The parties have participated jointly in negotiating and drafting this Agreement. In the event that an ambiguity or a question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provision of this Agreement.

 

4.10. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed and delivered in any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or electronic mail), each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

4.11. Severability. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any person or any circumstance, is invalid or unenforceable, (a) a suitable and equitable provision shall be substituted therefor in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid or unenforceable provision and (b) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application thereof, in any other jurisdiction.

 

  33  

 

 

4.12. Remedies. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that each party hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement, without the posting of any bond, and, if any action should be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, none of the parties hereto shall raise the defense that there is an adequate remedy at Law. All remedies, either under this Agreement, by Law, or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

4.13. Further Assurances. Each party hereto shall do and perform or cause to be done and performed all such further acts and things and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments, and documents as any other party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

4.14. Confidentiality. Each Holder agrees that any non-public information which such Holder may receive relating to the Company or its Subsidiaries or parent company or relating to any proposed registration or offering pursuant to this Agreement (including any notice thereof) (the “Confidential Information”) will be held strictly confidential and will not be disclosed by it to any Person without the express written permission of the Company for the period in which it owns shares of Common Stock and for two (2) years thereafter; provided, however, that the Confidential Information may be disclosed (i) in the event of any compulsory legal process or to comply with any applicable Law, subpoena or other legal process or in connection with any filings that the Holder may be required to make with any regulatory authority; provided, however, that in the event of compulsory legal process, unless prohibited by applicable Law or that process, each Holder agrees (A) to give the Company prompt notice thereof and to cooperate with the Company in securing a protective order in the event of compulsory disclosure and (B) that any disclosure made pursuant to public filings will be subject to the prior reasonable review of the Company, (ii) to any foreign or domestic governmental or quasi-governmental regulatory authority, including without limitation, any stock exchange or other self-regulatory organization having jurisdiction over such party, (iii) (x)to each Holder’s Affiliates or to its or its Affiliates’ officers, directors, employees, partners, limited partners, beneficiaries, accountants, lawyers and other professional advisors and current or prospective lenders (or other sources of debt financing) and (y) current or prospective limited partners, investors or other holders of equity in any Major Investor for use relating solely to management of the investment or administrative purposes with respect to such Holder or to the extent such information is required to be provided or is customarily provided to current limited partners, investors or holders of equity of any such Holder or Affiliate thereof (collectively, “Holder Representatives”); provided, that such Holder shall be liable for any breach of this Section 4.14 by such Holder Representative who has received Confidential Information from such Holder, (iv) by any Major Investor, in the course of its normal reporting activities to its investors, and current and prospective partners, equity holders and beneficiaries with respect to the following types of Confidential Information related to the investment by such Major Investor, as applicable, in shares of Common Stock: (1) the cost and value of such Major Investor’s shares of Common Stock and (2) a general description of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including their respective names and industry and information regarding their respective businesses, financial conditions and results of operations; provided, that this clause (iv) shall not be deemed to permit any Major Investor to make any disclosure of Confidential Information (including the name of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) by way of a press release or otherwise, and (v) to any rating agency when required by it (it being understood that prior to such disclosure, such rating agency shall undertake to preserve the confidentiality of such Confidential Information).

 

4.15. Opt-Out Requests. Each Holder shall have the right, at any time and from time to time (including after receiving information regarding any potential public offering), to elect to not receive any notice that the Company or any other Holders otherwise are required to deliver pursuant to this Agreement by delivering to the Company a written statement signed by such Holder that it does not want to receive any notices hereunder (an “Opt-Out Request”); in which case, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company and other Holders shall not be required to, and shall not, deliver any notice or other information required to be provided to Holders hereunder to the extent that the Company or such other Holders reasonably expect such notice or information would result in a Holder acquiring material non-public information within the meaning of Regulation FD promulgated under the Exchange Act. An Opt-Out Request may state a date on which it expires or, if no such date is specified, shall remain in effect indefinitely. A Holder who previously has given the Company an Opt-Out Request may revoke such request at any time, and there shall be no limit on the ability of a Holder to issue and revoke subsequent Opt-Out Requests; provided, that each Holder shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize the administrative burden on the Company arising in connection with any such Opt-Out Requests.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

  34  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

  THE COMPANY:
   
  iPic Entertainment Inc.
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

 

 

  MAJOR INVESTORS:
   
  [___________________]
     
  By:                      
    Name:
    Title:

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

 

 

  OTHER INVESTORS:
   
  [___________________]
     
  By:                          
    Name:
    Title:

 

 

 

 

Schedule A

Notices

 

Major Investors

 

Village Roadshow Attractions, Inc.

Village Roadshow Limited

PO Box 2275

Prahran, Victoria 3181, Australia

 

with a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:

 

Simon Phillipson

Village Roadshow Limited

PO Box 2275

Prahran, Victoria 3181, Australia

 

Teachers’ Retirement System of Alabama and Employees’ Retirement System of Alabama (these two entities will be treated as one Major Investor for all purposes, including without limitation the number of demand registrations such Major Investor may make pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i) of this Agreement)

Retirement Systems of Alabama

201 South Union Street

Montgomery, AL 36130

 

with a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to:

 

Jennifer Moseley, Esq.

Burr & Forman LLP

420 North 20th Street

Suite 3400

Birmingham, Alabama 35203

 

Hashemi Holdings, LLC and/or Hamid Hashemi as an individual (Hashemi Holdings, LLC and Hamid Hashemi will be treated as one Major Investor for all purposes, including without limitation the number of demand registrations such Major Investor may make pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i) of this Agreement)

 

c/o iPic Entertainment Inc.

433 Plaza Real

Suite 335

Boca Raton, FL 33432

 

 

Other Investors

 

Hashemi Holdings, LLC and/or Hamid Hashemi as an individual

c/o iPic Entertainment Inc.

433 Plaza Real

Suite 335

Boca Raton, FL 33432

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

FORM OF ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 

This Assumption Agreement (this “Assumption Agreement”) is made as of [_____], by and among [_____] (the “Transferring Holder”) and [_____], a Permitted Transferee of the Transferring Holder (the “New Holder”), in accordance with that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of [__] (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, the “Agreement”), by and among iPic Entertainment Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and the other Holders party thereto.

 

WHEREAS, the Agreement requires the New Holder, as a condition to the assignment of the Transferring Holder’s rights under the Agreement, to become a party to the Agreement by executing this Assumption Agreement, and upon the New Holder signing this Assumption Agreement, the Agreement will be deemed to be amended to include the New Holder as [a Major Investor] / [an Other Investor] thereunder.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Party to the Agreement. By execution of this Assumption Agreement, as of the date hereof the New Holder is hereby made a party to the Agreement as [a Major Investor] / [an Other Investor] thereunder. The New Holder hereby agrees to become a party to the Agreement and to be bound by, and subject to, all of the representations, covenants, terms and conditions of the Agreement that are applicable to, and assignable under the Agreement by, the Transferring Holder, in the same manner as if the New Holder were an original signatory to the Agreement. Execution and delivery of this Assumption Agreement by the New Holder shall also constitute execution and delivery by the New Holder of the Agreement, without further action of any party.

 

2. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement unless otherwise noted.

 

3. Representations and Warranties of the New Holder.

 

a. Authorization. The New Holder has all requisite power and authority and has taken all action necessary in order to duly and validly approve the New Holder’s execution and delivery of, and performance of its obligations under, this Assumption Agreement. This Assumption Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the New Holder and constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of the New Holder, enforceable against the New Holder in accordance with its terms.

 

b. No Conflict. The New Holder is not under any obligation or restriction, nor shall it assume any such obligation or restriction, that does or would materially interfere or conflict with the performance of its obligations under this Assumption Agreement.

 

Exhibit A-1

 

 

 

4. Further Assurances. The parties agree to execute and deliver any further instruments or perform any acts which are or may become necessary to effectuate the purposes of this Assumption Agreement.

 

5. Governing Law. This Assumption Agreement and all amendments and supplements to it, including any issues as to the meaning or validity of any part of it and the rights and obligations of the parties under it, and all actions or proceedings of any nature whatsoever arising out of or relating to this Assumption Agreement, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the domestic substantive Laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice of Law or conflicts of Law provision or rule that might otherwise cause the application of the domestic substantive Laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

6. Counterparts. This Assumption Agreement may be executed in counterparts, including by electronic transmission, each of which will be deemed an original hereof but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

7. Entire Agreement. This Assumption Agreement, the Agreement and the other documents referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto which form part hereof contains the entire understanding among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede any prior agreement between the parties hereto concerning the subject matter hereof.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

  

Exhibit A-2

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties have executed this Assumption Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

  TRANSFERRING HOLDER
   
  [_____]
     
  By:  
  Name:                 
  Title:  
     
  NEW HOLDER
   
  [_____]
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  
     
  Notice Address: [_____]
  [_____]
  [_____]
  Attn: [_____]
  Facsimile: [_____]
  Email: [_____]

 

Accepted and Agreed to as of the date first written above:

 

COMPANY

 

iPic Entertainment Inc.

 

By:      
  Name:    
  Title:    

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 6.8 

 

 

 

FORM OF IPIC GOLD CLASS HOLDINGS LLC

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

 

 

 

THE COMPANY INTERESTS REPRESENTED BY THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS. SUCH COMPANY INTERESTS MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF AT ANY TIME WITHOUT EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT AND LAWS OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM, AND COMPLIANCE WITH THE OTHER SUBSTANTIAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY SET FORTH HEREIN.

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Page
   

ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS

2
   
ARTICLE II. ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS 13
Section 2.01 Formation of Company 13
Section 2.02 Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement 13
Section 2.03 Name 13
Section 2.04 Purpose 13
Section 2.05 Principal Office; Registered Office 13
Section 2.06 Term 13
Section 2.07 No State-Law Partnership 14
     
ARTICLE III. MEMBERS; UNITS; CAPITALIZATION 14
Section 3.01 Members 14
Section 3.02 Units 14
Section 3.03 Reorganization; the Corporation’s Capital Contribution; the Corporation’s Purchase of Membership Units; Member Distribution 15
Section 3.04 Authorization and Issuance of Additional Units 15
Section 3.05 Repurchase or Redemption of Shares of Class A Common Stock 16
Section 3.06 Certificates Representing Units; Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates;  Registration and Transfer of Units 16
Section 3.07 Negative Capital Accounts 17
Section 3.08 No Withdrawal 17
Section 3.09 Loans From Members 17
Section 3.10 Equity Plans 17
Section 3.11 Dividend Reinvestment Plan, Cash Option Purchase Plan, Stock Incentive Plan or Other Plan 19
     
ARTICLE IV. DISTRIBUTIONS 20
Section 4.01 Distributions 20
     
ARTICLE V. CAPITAL ACCOUNTS; ALLOCATIONS; TAX MATTERS 21
Section 5.01 Capital Accounts 21
Section 5.02 Allocations 22
Section 5.03 Regulatory Allocations 22
Section 5.04 Final Allocations 24
Section 5.05 Tax Allocations 24
Section 5.06 Indemnification and Reimbursement for Payments on Behalf of a Member 25
     
ARTICLE VI. MANAGEMENT 25
Section 6.01 Authority of Manager 25
Section 6.02 Actions of the Manager 26
Section 6.03 Resignation; No Removal 26

 

i 

 

 

Section 6.04 Vacancies 26
Section 6.05 Transactions Between Company and Manager 26
Section 6.06 Reimbursement for Expenses 26
Section 6.07 Delegation of Authority 27
Section 6.08 Limitation of Liability of Manager 27
Section 6.09 Investment Company Act 28
Section 6.10 Outside Activities of the Manager 28
     
ARTICLE VII. RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF MEMBERS 29
Section 7.01 Limitation of Liability and Duties of Members 29
Section 7.02 Lack of Authority 30
Section 7.03 No Right of Partition 30
Section 7.04 Indemnification 30
Section 7.05 Members Right to Act 31
Section 7.06 Inspection Rights 32
     
ARTICLE VIII. BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS, AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS 32
Section 8.01 Records and Accounting 32
Section 8.02 Fiscal Year 32
Section 8.03 Reports 32
     
ARTICLE IX. TAX MATTERS 33
Section 9.01 Preparation of Tax Returns 33
Section 9.02 Tax Elections 33
Section 9.03 Tax Controversies 33
     
ARTICLE X. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF UNITS; PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS 34
Section 10.01 Transfers by Members 34
Section 10.02 Permitted Transfers 34
Section 10.03 Restricted Units Legend 35
Section 10.04 Transfer 35
Section 10.05 Assignee’s Rights 36
Section 10.06 Assignor’s Rights and Obligations 36
Section 10.07 Overriding Provisions 36
     
ARTICLE XI. REDEMPTION AND EXCHANGE RIGHTS 38
Section 11.01 Redemption Right of a Member 38
Section 11.02 Election and Contribution of the Corporation 40
Section 11.03 Exchange Right of the Corporation 40
Section 11.04 Reservation of Shares of Class A Common Stock; Listing; Certificate of the Corporation 41
Section 11.05 Effect of Exercise of Redemption or Exchange Right 41
Section 11.06 Tax Treatment 41
     
ARTICLE XII. ADMISSION OF MEMBERS 41
Section 12.01 Substituted Members 41
Section 12.02 Additional Members 42

 

ii 

 

 

ARTICLE XIII. WITHDRAWAL AND RESIGNATION; TERMINATION OF RIGHTS 42
Section 13.01 Withdrawal and Resignation of Members 42
     
ARTICLE XIV. DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION 42
Section 14.01 Dissolution 42
Section 14.02 Liquidation and Termination 43
Section 14.03 Deferment; Distribution in Kind 43
Section 14.04 Cancellation of Certificate 44
Section 14.05 Reasonable Time for Winding Up 44
Section 14.06 Return of Capital 44
     
ARTICLE XV. VALUATION 44
Section 15.01 Determination 44
Section 15.02 Dispute Resolution 44
     
ARTICLE XVI. GENERAL PROVISIONS 45
Section 16.01 Power of Attorney 45
Section 16.02 Confidentiality 46
Section 16.03 Amendments 46
Section 16.04 Title to Company Assets 46
Section 16.05 Addresses and Notices 47
Section 16.06 Binding Effect; Intended Beneficiaries 47
Section 16.07 Creditors 47
Section 16.08 Waiver 47
Section 16.09 Counterparts 48
Section 16.10 Applicable Law 48
Section 16.11 Severability 48
Section 16.12 Further Action 48
Section 16.13 Delivery by Electronic Transmission 48
Section 16.14 Right of Offset 48
Section 16.15 Effectiveness 48
Section 16.16 Entire Agreement 49
Section 16.17 Remedies 49
Section 16.18 Sovereign Immunity 49
Section 16.19 Descriptive Headings; Interpretation 49

 

iii 

 

 

IPIC GOLD CLASS HOLDINGS LLC

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of the Effective Time (as defined herein), is entered into by and among IPIC GOLD CLASS HOLDINGS LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and its Members (as defined herein).

 

WHEREAS, iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC (“iPic-Gold Class”) was initially formed as a limited liability company, pursuant to and in accordance with the Delaware Act (as defined herein) by the filing of the Certificate (as defined herein) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to Section 18-201 of the Delaware Act on August 17, 2010;

 

WHEREAS, iPic-Gold Class entered into a Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2010 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, but excluding amendments made on or subsequent to April 21, 2017, together with all schedules, exhibits and annexes thereto, the “Initial LLC Agreement”), with the members of the Company party thereto;

 

WHEREAS, iPic-Gold Class entered into an Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of April 21, 2017 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time to, but excluding amendments made on or subsequent to November 21, 2017, together with all schedules, exhibits and annexes thereto, the “First Amended and Restated LLC Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, iPic-Gold Class entered into a Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of November 21, 2017 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time to but excluding the date hereof, together with all schedules, exhibits and annexes thereto, the “Second Amended and Restated LLC Agreement”), which the parties listed on Schedule 1 hereto have executed in their capacity as members (including pursuant to consent and joinders thereto) (collectively, the “Original Members” of iPic-Gold Class);

 

WHEREAS, the Original Members hold membership units (the “Original Units”) of iPic-Gold Class, as specified in Schedule 1 hereto;

 

WHEREAS, simultaneously with the entering into of this Agreement, certain of the Original Members will liquidate and distribute Original Units to their direct or indirect equity owners (collectively, the “Non-Original Members” and, together with the remaining Original Members, the “Continuing Members”) who will then become direct holders of Membership Units (the “Non-Original Units” and, together with the Original Units still held by the remaining Original Members following the liquidation and distribution described earlier in this WHEREAS clause, the “Continuing Units”);

 

  1  

 

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO (as defined herein), the Continuing Members of iPic-Gold Class will contribute their membership interests in iPic-Gold Class to the Company in exchange for all of the membership interests in the Company, following which iPic-Gold Class will be 100% owned and controlled by the Company;

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to have iPic Entertainment Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), effect an initial public offering (the “IPO”) of shares of its Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 (the “Class A Common Stock”), and in connection therewith, to amend and restate the Second Amended and Restated LLC Agreement as of the Effective Time (as defined herein) to reflect (a) a reorganization of the Company (the “Reorganization”), (b) the addition of the Corporation as a Member (as defined herein) in the Company and its designation as sole Manager (as defined herein) of the Company, and (c) the rights and obligations of the Members of the Company that are enumerated and agreed upon in the terms of this Agreement effective as of the Effective Time, at which time the Second Amended and Restated LLC Agreement shall be superseded entirely by this Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, the Continuing Members are the members of the Company as of the Effective Time and after giving effect to the Reorganization;

 

WHEREAS, exclusive of the shares issued on the Subsequent Closing Date (as defined below), the Corporation will sell shares of its Class A Common Stock to public investors in the IPO and will use the net proceeds received from the IPO (the “IPO Net Proceeds”) to purchase newly issued Membership Units from the Company pursuant to that certain Membership Unit Purchase Agreement (as defined herein); and

 

WHEREAS, the Corporation may issue additional shares of Class A Common Stock in connection with the IPO on one or more Subsequent Closing Dates and, if there are Subsequent Closing Dates, any additional net proceeds raised on such dates (the “Subsequent Closing Date Net Proceeds”) shall be used by the Corporation to purchase newly issued Membership Units from the Company pursuant to the Membership Unit Purchase Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Members, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS

 

The following definitions shall be applied to the terms used in this Agreement for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary.

 

10% Member” means (i) a Member that holds a direct Percentage Interest of at least 10% or (ii) a Person that holds, directly and/or indirectly and together with such Person’s Affiliates, a Percentage Interest of at least 10% provided that the Company has knowledge that such Person (together with such Person’s Affiliates) holds, directly and/or indirectly, a Percentage Interest of at least 10%.

 

  2  

 

 

Additional Member” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.02.

 

Adjusted Capital Account Deficit” means with respect to the Capital Account of any Member as of the end of any Taxable Year, the amount by which the balance in such Capital Account is less than zero. For this purpose, such Member’s Capital Account balance shall be:

 

(a) reduced for any items described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5), and (6); and

 

(b) increased for any amount such Member is obligated to contribute or is treated as being obligated to contribute to the Company pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) (relating to partner liabilities to a partnership) or 1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i) (relating to minimum gain).

 

Admission Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.06.

 

Affiliate” (and, with a correlative meaning, “Affiliated”) means, with respect to a specified Person, each other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified. As used in this definition and the definition of Majority Member, “control” (including with correlative meanings, “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means possession, directly or indirectly, of power to direct or cause the direction of management or policies (whether through ownership of voting securities or by contract or other agreement).

 

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Appraisers” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.02.

 

Assignee” means a Person to whom a Company Interest has been transferred but who has not become a Member pursuant to Article XII.

 

Assumed Tax Liability” means, with respect to a Member, for any calendar quarter, an amount, as determined by the Manager in good faith, equal to the Distribution Tax Rate multiplied by the excess, if any, of (i) such Member's allocable share of the estimated or actual net taxable income of the Company, as determined for federal income tax purposes, allocated to such Member pursuant to Section 5.05 (taking into account such Member's share of any adjustments to taxable income under Sections 734 and 743 of the Code and, for the avoidance of doubt, such Member's share of any income, gain or loss allocable to such Member under Section 704(c) of the Code), calculated from the IPO Closing Date through such calendar quarter, over (ii) such Member’s allocable share of any net taxable losses of the Company for such Fiscal Year and prior Fiscal Years beginning with the IPO Closing Date (taking into account such Member’s share of any adjustments to taxable income under Sections 734 and 743 of the Code and, for the avoidance of doubt, such Member’s share of any income, gain or loss allocable to such Member under Section 704(c) of the Code) that were not previously utilized in the calculation of the Assumed Tax Liabilities. For the avoidance of doubt, the Assumed Tax Liability of a Member shall be determined without regard to whether such Member is subject to federal, state or local income tax on taxable income of the Company allocated to such Member.

 

  3  

 

 

Base Rate” means, on any date, a variable rate per annum equal to the rate of interest most recently published by The Wall Street Journal as the “prime rate” at large U.S. money center banks.

 

Black-Out Period” means any “black-out” or similar period under the Corporation’s policies covering trading in the Corporation’s securities to which the applicable Redeeming Member is subject, which period restricts the ability of such Redeeming Member to immediately resell shares of Class A Common Stock to be delivered to such Redeeming Member in connection with a Share Settlement.

 

Book Value” means, with respect to any Company property, the Company’s adjusted basis for U.S. federal income tax purposes, adjusted from time to time to reflect the adjustments required or permitted by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(d)-(g).

 

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday or a Sunday or a day on which banks located in New York City, New York generally are authorized or required by Law to close.

 

Capital Account” means the capital account maintained for a Member in accordance with Section 5.01.

 

Capital Contribution” means, with respect to any Member, the amount of any cash, cash equivalents, promissory obligations or the Fair Market Value of other property that such Member contributes (or is deemed to contribute) to the Company pursuant to Article III hereof.

 

Cash Settlement” means immediately available funds in U.S. dollars in an amount equal to the Redeemed Units Equivalent.

 

Certificate” means the Company’s Certificate of Formation as filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware.

 

Change of Control Transaction” means (a) a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets determined on a consolidated basis, (b) a sale of a majority of the Company’s outstanding Units (other than (i) to the Corporation or (ii) in connection with a Redemption or Exchange in accordance with Article XI) or (c) a sale of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of any Material Subsidiary of the Company; in any such case, whether by merger, recapitalization, consolidation, reorganization, combination or otherwise; provided, however, that none of (w) a transaction solely between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on the other hand, nor (x) nor a transaction solely for the purpose of changing the jurisdiction of domicile of the Company, nor (y) a transaction solely for the purpose of changing the form of entity of the Company, nor (z) a sale of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, whether by merger, recapitalization, consolidation, reorganization, combination or otherwise, shall in each case of clauses (w), (x), (y) and (z) constitute a Change of Control Transaction.

 

Class A Common Stock” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Class B Common Stock” means the Class B Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Corporation.

 

  4  

 

 

Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Company Interest” means the interest of a Member in Profits, Losses and Distributions.

 

Continuing Members” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Continuing Units” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Contribution Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01(b).

 

Corporate Board” means the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

Corporation” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement, together with its successors and assigns.

 

Credit Agreement” means that certain Second Amended and Restated Master Loan and Security Agreement by and among iPic-Gold Class, as Borrower; the Company, as Holdings; each subsidiary of iPic-Gold Class from time to time party thereto; and the Employees’ Retirement System of Alabama and the Teachers’ Retirement System of Alabama, as Lenders; dated as of the Effective Time; including all exhibits, schedules and attachments thereto as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time and including any one or more refinancings or replacements thereof, in whole or in part, with any other debt facility or debt obligation.

 

Delaware Act” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del.L. § 18-101, et seq., as it may be amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

 

Direct Exchange” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.03(a).

 

Distributable Cash” shall mean, as of any relevant date on which a determination is being made by the Manager regarding a potential distribution pursuant to Section 4.01(a), the amount of cash that could be distributed by the Company for such purposes in accordance with the Credit Agreement (and without otherwise violating any applicable provisions of the Credit Agreement).

 

Distribution” (and, with a correlative meaning, “Distribute”) means each distribution made by the Company to a Member with respect to such Member’s Units, whether in cash, property or securities of the Company and whether by liquidating distribution or otherwise; provided, however, that none of the following shall be a Distribution: (a) any recapitalization that does not result in the distribution of cash or property to Members or any exchange of securities of the Company, and any subdivision (by Unit split or otherwise) or any combination (by reverse Unit split or otherwise) of any outstanding Units or (b) any other payment made by the Company to a Member that is not properly treated as a “distribution” for purposes of Sections 731, 732, or 733 or other applicable provisions of the Code.

 

Distribution Tax Rate” shall mean the highest combined U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate applicable to an individual or, if higher, a corporation, resident in the state of Florida, and taking into account such factors considered relevant by the Manager, including, without limitation, the character of the income in question and the application of “passthrough deduction” or other special tax rules to the extent relevant, determined in the sole discretion of the Manager.

 

  5  

 

 

Effective Time” has the meaning set forth in Section 16.15.

 

Entity Tax” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03(e).

 

Equity Incentive Plan” means the iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC 2017 Equity Incentive Plan, as the same may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Equity Plan” means any stock or equity purchase plan, restricted stock or equity plan or other similar equity compensation plan now or hereafter adopted by the Company or the Corporation.

 

Equity Securities” means (a) Units or other equity interests in the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (including other classes or groups thereof having such relative rights, powers and duties as may from time to time be established by the Manager pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including rights, powers and/or duties senior to existing classes and groups of Units and other equity interests in the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company), (b) obligations, evidences of indebtedness or other securities or interests convertible or exchangeable into Units or other equity interests in the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, and (c) warrants, options or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire Units or other equity interests in the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

 

Event of Withdrawal” means the expulsion, bankruptcy or dissolution of a Member or the occurrence of any other event that terminates the continued membership of a Member in the Company. “Event of Withdrawal” shall not include an event that (a) terminates the existence of a Member for income tax purposes (including, without limitation, (i) a change in entity classification of a Member under Treasury Regulations Section 301.7701-3, (ii) a sale of assets by, or liquidation of, a Member pursuant to an election under Code Sections 336 or 338, or (iii) merger, severance, or allocation within a trust or among sub-trusts of a trust that is a Member) but that (b) does not terminate the existence of such Member under applicable state law (or, in the case of a trust that is a Member, does not terminate the trusteeship of the fiduciaries under such trust with respect to all the Company Interests of such trust that is a Member).

 

Exchange Election Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.03(b).

 

Expense Reimbursement Agreement” means that certain Expense Reimbursement Agreement, dated as of [l] [l], 2018, by and among iPic-Gold Class, the Company and the Corporation.

 

Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset, its fair market value determined according to Article XV.

 

  6  

 

 

First Amended and Restated LLC Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Fiscal Period” means any interim accounting period within a Taxable Year established by the Company and which is permitted or required by Section 706 of the Code.

 

Fiscal Year” means the Company’s annual accounting period established pursuant to Section 8.02.

 

Governmental Entity” means (a) the United States of America, (b) any other sovereign nation, (c) any state, province, district, territory or other political subdivision of (a) or (b) of this definition, including any county, municipal or other local subdivision of the foregoing, or (d) any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of government on behalf of (a), (b) or (c) of this definition.

 

Governmental Member” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.18.

 

Indemnified Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.04(a).

 

Independent Directors” means the members of the Corporate Board who are “independent” under the standards set forth in Rule 10A-3 promulgated under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1933, as amended, and the corresponding rules of the applicable exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is traded or quoted.

 

Initial LLC Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Investment Company Act” means the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time.

 

IPO” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

IPO Closing Date” means the closing date of the IPO, which for the avoidance of doubt means the date on which all IPO Net Proceeds required to be delivered pursuant to the Selling Agency Agreement have been delivered to the Corporation in respect of its sale of Class A Common Stock excluding any proceeds from the sale of shares subsequent to the IPO Closing Date but pursuant to the same offering statement under which the IPO was effectuated (the closing date of such subsequent sale of shares referred to as the “Subsequent Closing Date”).

 

IPO Membership Unit Purchase” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.03(b).

 

IPO Net Proceeds” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

IRS” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.03(f).

 

Joinder” means a joinder to this Agreement, in form and substance substantially similar to Exhibit A to this Agreement.

 

  7  

 

 

Law” means all laws, statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations of the United States, any foreign country and each state, commonwealth, city, county, municipality, regulatory body, agency or other political subdivision thereof.

 

LLC Employee” means an employee of, or other service provider to, the Company or any Subsidiary, in each case acting in such capacity.

 

Losses” means items of Company loss or deduction determined according to Section 5.01(b).

 

Majority Members” means the Members (which may include the Manager) holding a majority of the Voting Units then outstanding; provided that, if as of any date of determination, a majority of the Voting Units are then held by the Manager or any Affiliates controlled by the Manager, then “Majority Members” shall mean the Manager together with Members (other than the Manager and its controlled Affiliates) holding a majority of the Voting Units (excluding Voting Units held by the Manager) then outstanding.

 

Manager” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01.

 

Market Price” means, with respect to a share of Class A Common Stock as of a specified date, the last sale price per share of Class A Common Stock, regular way, or if no such sale took place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices per share of Class A Common Stock, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the Stock Exchange or, if the Class A Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on the Stock Exchange, as reported on the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading or, if the Class A Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price, or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System or, if such system is no longer in use, the principal other automated quotation system that may then be in use or, if the Class A Common Stock is not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the Class A Common Stock selected by the Corporate Board or, in the event that no trading price is available for the shares of Class A Common Stock, the fair market value of a share of Class A Common Stock, as determined in good faith by the Corporate Board.

 

Material Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company that, as of any date of determination, represents more than (a) 50% of the consolidated net tangible assets of the Company or (b) 50% of the consolidated net income of the Company before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (calculated in a manner substantially consistent with the definition of “Consolidated Net Income” and/or “EBITDA” or similar definition(s) appearing therein in the Credit Agreement, including such additional adjustments that are permitted to be made to such measure as described in “Adjusted EBITDA” or a similar definition appearing in the Credit Agreement).

 

  8  

 

 

Member” means, as of any date of determination, (a) each of the members named on the Schedule of Members and (b) any Person admitted to the Company as a Substituted Member or Additional Member in accordance with Article XII, but in each case only so long as such Person is shown on the Company’s books and records as the owner of one or more Units.

 

Membership Unit” means a Unit representing a fractional part of the Company Interests of the Members and having the rights and obligations specified with respect to the Membership Units in this Agreement.

 

Membership Unit Purchase Agreement” means that certain Membership Unit Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Corporation and the Company.

 

Membership Unit Redemption Price” means the arithmetic average of the volume weighted average prices for a share of Class A Common Stock on the principal U.S. securities exchange or automated or electronic quotation system on which the Class A Common Stock trades, as reported by Bloomberg, L.P., or its successor, for each of the five (5) consecutive full Trading Days ending on and including the last full Trading Day immediately prior to the Redemption Date, subject to appropriate and equitable adjustment for any stock splits, reverse splits, stock dividends or similar events affecting the Class A Common Stock. If the Class A Common Stock no longer trades on a securities exchange or automated or electronic quotation system, then a majority of the Independent Directors shall determine the Membership Unit Redemption Price in good faith.

 

Minimum Gain” means “partnership minimum gain” determined pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(d).

 

Net Loss” means, with respect to a Fiscal Year, the excess if any, of Losses for such Fiscal Year over Profits for such Fiscal Year (excluding Profits and Losses specially allocated pursuant to Section 5.03 and Section 5.04).

 

Net Profit” means, with respect to a Fiscal Year, the excess if any, of Profits for such Fiscal Year over Losses for such Fiscal Year (excluding Profits and Losses specially allocated pursuant to Section 5.03 and Section 5.04).

 

Non-Original Members” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Non-Original Units” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Officer” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(b).

 

Optionee” means a Person to whom a stock option is granted under the Equity Incentive Plan.

 

Original Members” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Original Units” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Other Agreements” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.04.

 

  9  

 

 

Percentage Interest” means, as among an individual class of Units and with respect to a Member at a particular time, such Member’s percentage interest in the Company determined by dividing such Member’s Units of such class by the total Units of all Members of such class at such time. The Percentage Interest of each member shall be calculated to the 4th decimal place.

 

Permitted Transfer” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.02.

 

Person” means an individual or any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, joint venture or any other organization or entity, whether or not a legal entity.

 

Pro rata,” “pro rata portion,” “according to their interests,” “ratably,” “proportionately,” “proportional,” “in proportion to,” “based on the number of Units held,” “based upon the percentage of Units held,” “based upon the number of Units outstanding,” and other terms with similar meanings, when used in the context of a number of Units of the Company relative to other Units, means as amongst an individual class of Units, pro rata based upon the number of such Units within such class of Units.

 

Profits” means items of Company income and gain determined according to Section 5.01(b).

 

Redeemed Units” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01(a).

 

Redeemed Units Equivalent” means the product of (a) the Share Settlement, times (b) the Membership Unit Redemption Price.

 

Redeeming Member” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01(a).

 

Redemption” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01(a).

 

Redemption Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01(a).

 

Redemption Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01(a).

 

Redemption Right” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01(a).

 

Registration Rights Agreement” means that certain Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Corporation and certain of the Continuing Members (together with any joinder thereto from time to time by any successor or assign to any party to such Agreement).

 

Regulatory Allocations” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.03(f).

 

Reorganization” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Retraction Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.01(b).

 

Schedule of Members” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01(b).

 

  10  

 

 

SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, including any governmental body or agency succeeding to the functions thereof.

 

Second Amended and Restated LLC Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and any successor to such statute, rules or regulations. Any reference herein to a specific section, rule or regulation of the Securities Act shall be deemed to include any corresponding provisions of future Law.

 

Selling Agency Agreement” means the Selling Agency Agreement, dated as of [l] [l], 2018, by and among the Corporation and Tripoint Global Equities, LLC.

 

Share Settlement” means a number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the number of Redeemed Units.

 

Stock Exchange” means The Nasdaq Stock Market.

 

Subsequent Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in the definition of IPO Closing Date.

 

Subsequent Closing Date Net Proceeds” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or business entity of which (a) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (b) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity (other than a corporation), a majority of the voting interests thereof are at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by any Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, references to a “Subsidiary” of the Company shall be given effect only at such times that the Company has one or more Subsidiaries, and, unless otherwise indicated, the term “Subsidiary” refers to a Subsidiary of the Company.

 

Substituted Member” means a Person that is admitted as a Member to the Company pursuant to Section 12.01.

 

Tax Distribution Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(b)(i).

 

Tax Distributions” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.01(b)(i).

 

Tax Matters Representative” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.03.

 

Taxable Year” means the Company’s accounting period for U.S. federal income tax purposes determined pursuant to Section 9.02.

 

  11  

 

 

Trading Day” means a day on which the Stock Exchange or such other principal United States securities exchange on which the Class A Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business (unless such trading shall have been suspended for the entire day).

 

Transfer” (and, with a correlative meaning, “Transferring”) means any sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other disposition of (whether directly or indirectly, whether with or without consideration and whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of Law) (a) any interest (legal or beneficial) in any Equity Securities or (b) any equity or other interest (legal or beneficial) in any Member if substantially all of the assets of such Member consist solely of Units.

 

Treasury Regulations” means the income tax regulations promulgated under the Code and any corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations.

 

Unit” means a Company Interest of a Member or a permitted Assignee in the Company representing a fractional part of the Company Interests of all Members and Assignees as may be established by the Manager from time to time in accordance with Section 3.02; provided, however, that any class or group of Units issued shall have the relative rights, powers and duties set forth in this Agreement, and the Company Interest represented by such class or group of Units shall be determined in accordance with such relative rights, powers and duties.

 

Unvested Corporate Shares” means shares of Class A Common Stock issued pursuant to the Equity Incentive Plan that are not Vested Corporate Shares.

 

Value” means (a) for the Equity Incentive Plan, the Market Price for the trading day immediately preceding the date of exercise of a stock option under such Equity Incentive Plan and (b) for any Equity Plan other than the Equity Incentive Plan, the Market Price for the trading day immediately preceding the Vesting Date.

 

Vested Corporate Shares” means the shares of Class A Common Stock issued pursuant to the Equity Incentive Plan that are vested pursuant to the terms thereof or any award or similar agreement relating thereto.

 

Vesting Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(c)(ii).

 

Voting Units” means (a) the Membership Units and (b) any other Units other than Units that by their express terms do not entitle the record holder thereof to vote on any matter presented to the Members generally under this Agreement for approval; provided that (i) no vote by Voting Units shall have the power to override any action taken by the Manager or to remove or replace the Manager, (ii) the Voting Units have no ability to take part in the conduct or control of the Company’s business and (iii) notwithstanding any vote by Voting Units hereunder, the Manager shall retain exclusive management power over the business and affairs of the Company in accordance with Section 6.01(a).

 

  12  

 

 

ARTICLE II.
ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

 

Section 2.01 Formation of Company. The Company was formed on December 22, 2017 pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act.

 

Section 2.02 Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement. The Members hereby execute this Agreement for the purpose of establishing the affairs of the Company and the conduct of its business in accordance with the provisions of the Delaware Act. The Members hereby agree that during the term of the Company set forth in Section 2.06 the rights and obligations of the Members with respect to the Company will be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Delaware Act. On any matter upon which this Agreement is silent, the Delaware Act shall control. No provision of this Agreement shall be in violation of the Delaware Act and to the extent any provision of this Agreement is in violation of the Delaware Act, such provision shall be void and of no effect to the extent of such violation without affecting the validity of the other provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that where the Delaware Act provides that a provision of the Delaware Act shall apply “unless otherwise provided in a limited liability company agreement” or words of similar effect, the provisions of this Agreement shall in each instance control; provided further, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Section 18-210 of the Delaware Act shall not apply or be incorporated into this Agreement.

 

Section 2.03 Name. The name of the Company shall be “iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC.” The Manager in its sole discretion may change the name of the Company at any time and from time to time. Notification of any such change shall be given to all of the Members and, to the extent practicable, to all of the holders of any Equity Securities then outstanding. The Company’s business may be conducted under its name and/or any other name or names deemed advisable by the Manager.

 

Section 2.04 Purpose. The primary business and purpose of the Company shall be to engage in such activities as are permitted under the Delaware Act and determined from time to time by the Manager in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

Section 2.05 Principal Office; Registered Office. The principal office of the Company shall be at 433 Plaza Real, Suite 335 Boca Raton, FL 33432, or such other place as the Manager may from time to time designate. The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware shall be c/o Harvard Business Services, Inc., 16192 Coastal Highway, in the City of Lewes, County of Sussex, Delaware 19958, and the registered agent for service of process on the Company in the State of Delaware at such registered office shall be Harvard Business Services, Inc. The Manager may from time to time change the Company’s registered agent and registered office in the State of Delaware.

 

Section 2.06 Term. The term of the Company commenced upon the filing of the Certificate in accordance with the Delaware Act and shall continue in existence until termination and dissolution of the Company in accordance with the provisions of Article XIV.

 

  13  

 

 

Section 2.07 No State-Law Partnership. The Members intend that the Company not be a partnership (including, without limitation, a limited partnership) or joint venture, and that no Member be a partner or joint venturer of any other Member by virtue of this Agreement, for any purposes other than as set forth in the last sentence of this Section 2.07, and neither this Agreement nor any other document entered into by the Company or any Member relating to the subject matter hereof shall be construed to suggest otherwise. The Members intend that the Company shall be treated as a partnership for U.S. federal and, if applicable, state or local income tax purposes, and that each Member and the Company shall file all tax returns and shall otherwise take all tax and financial reporting positions in a manner consistent with such treatment.

 

ARTICLE III.
MEMBERS; UNITS; CAPITALIZATION

 

Section 3.01 Members.

 

(a) Each Continuing Member previously was admitted as a Member and shall remain a Member of the Company upon the Effective Time.

 

(b) The Company shall maintain a schedule setting forth: (i) the name and address of each Member; (ii) the aggregate number of outstanding Units and the number and class of Units held by each Member; (iii) the aggregate amount of cash Capital Contributions that has been made by the Members with respect to their Units; and (iv) the Fair Market Value of any property other than cash contributed by the Members with respect to their Units (including, if applicable, a description and the amount of any liability assumed by the Company or to which contributed property is subject) (such schedule, the “Schedule of Members”). The applicable Schedule of Members in effect as of the Effective Time is set forth as Schedule 2 to this Agreement. The Schedule of Members shall be the definitive record of ownership of each Unit of the Company and all relevant information with respect to each Member. The Company shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a Person registered on its records as the owner of Units for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in Units on the part of any other Person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the Delaware Act.

 

(c) No Member shall be required or, except as approved by the Manager pursuant to Section 6.01 and in accordance with the other provisions of this Agreement, permitted to loan any money or property to the Company (except pursuant to the Credit Agreement) or borrow any money or property from the Company.

 

Section 3.02 Units. Interests in the Company shall be represented by Units, or such other securities of the Company, in each case as the Manager may establish in its discretion in accordance with the terms and subject to the restrictions hereof. Immediately after the Effective Time, the Units will be comprised of a single class of Membership Units (with an aggregate of 25,000,000 Membership Units being authorized for issuance by the Company). To the extent required pursuant to Section 3.04(a), the Manager may create one or more classes or series of Membership Units or preferred Units solely to the extent they are in the aggregate substantially equivalent to a class of common stock of the Corporation or class or series of preferred stock of the Corporation; provided that as long as there are any Members of the Company (other than the Corporation), then no such new class or series of Units may deprive such Members of, or dilute or reduce, the pro rata share of all Company Interests they would have received or to which they would have been entitled if such new class or series of Units had not been created except to the extent (and solely to the extent) the Company actually receives cash in an aggregate amount, or other property with a Fair Market Value in an aggregate amount, equal to the pro rata share allocated to such new class or series of Units and the number thereof issued by the Company.

 

  14  

 

 

Section 3.03 Reorganization; the Corporation’s Capital Contribution; the Corporation’s Purchase of Membership Units; Member Distribution.

 

(a) Reorganization. In connection with the Reorganization, immediately prior to the Effective Time, the Continuing Members of iPic-Gold Class will contribute their membership interests in iPic-Gold Class to the Company in exchange for all of the membership interests in the Company.

 

(b) The Corporation’s Membership Unit Purchase. Following the Reorganization, immediately upon the Effective Time, the Corporation will contribute the IPO Net Proceeds and the Subsequent Closing Date Net Proceeds to the Company in exchange for [l] Membership Units pursuant to the Membership Unit Purchase Agreement (the “IPO Membership Unit Purchase”). The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the IPO Membership Unit Purchase will result in a “reevaluation of partnership property” and corresponding adjustments to Capital Account balances as described in Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) of the Treasury Regulations.

 

Section 3.04 Authorization and Issuance of Additional Units.

 

(a) The Company shall undertake all actions, including, without limitation, a reclassification, distribution, division or recapitalization, with respect to the Membership Units, to maintain at all times a one-to-one ratio between the number of Membership Units owned by the Corporation and the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, disregarding, for purposes of maintaining the one-to-one ratio, (i) Unvested Corporate Shares, (ii) treasury stock or (iii) preferred stock or other debt or equity securities (including without limitation warrants, options or rights) issued by the Corporation that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Common Stock (except to the extent the net proceeds from such other securities, including any exercise or purchase price payable upon conversion, exercise or exchange thereof, has been contributed by the Corporation to the equity capital of the Company). In the event the Corporation issues, transfers or delivers from treasury stock or repurchases Class A Common Stock in a transaction not contemplated in this Agreement, the Manager shall take all actions such that, after giving effect to all such issuances, transfers, deliveries or repurchases, the number of outstanding Membership Units owned by the Corporation will equal on a one-for-one basis the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock. In the event the Corporation issues, transfers or delivers from treasury stock or repurchases or redeems the Corporation’s preferred stock in a transaction not contemplated in this Agreement, the Manager shall have the authority to take all actions such that, after giving effect to all such issuances, transfers, deliveries, repurchases or redemptions, the Corporation holds (in the case of any issuance, transfer or delivery) or ceases to hold (in the case of any repurchase or redemption) equity interests in the Company which (in the good faith determination by the Manager) are in the aggregate substantially equivalent to the outstanding preferred stock of the Corporation so issued, transferred, delivered, repurchased or redeemed. The Company shall not undertake any subdivision (by any Membership Unit split, Membership Unit distribution, reclassification, recapitalization or similar event) or combination (by reverse Membership Unit split, reclassification, recapitalization or similar event) of the Membership Units that is not accompanied by an identical subdivision or combination of Class A Common Stock to maintain at all times a one-to-one ratio between the number of Membership Units owned by the Corporation and the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock, unless such action is necessary to maintain at all times a one-to-one ratio between the number of Membership Units owned by the Corporation and the number of outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock as contemplated by the first sentence of this Section 3.04(a).

 

  15  

 

 

(b) The Company shall only be permitted to issue additional Units or other Equity Securities in the Company to the Persons and on the terms and conditions provided for in Section 3.02, this Section 3.04, Section 3.10 and Section 3.11. Subject to the foregoing, the Manager may cause the Company to issue additional Membership Units authorized under this Agreement at such times and upon such terms as the Manager shall determine and the Manager shall amend this Agreement as necessary in connection with the issuance of additional Membership Units and admission of additional Members under this Section 3.04 without the requirement of any consent or acknowledgement of any other Member.

 

Section 3.05 Repurchase or Redemption of Shares of Class A Common Stock. If, at any time, any shares of Class A Common Stock are repurchased or redeemed (whether by exercise of a put or call, automatically or by means of another arrangement) by the Corporation for cash, then the Manager shall cause the Company, immediately prior to such repurchase or redemption of Class A Common Stock, to redeem a corresponding number of Membership Units held by the Corporation, at an aggregate redemption price equal to the aggregate purchase or redemption price of the shares of Class A Common Stock being repurchased or redeemed by the Corporation (plus any expenses related thereto) and upon such other terms as are the same for the shares of Class A Common Stock being repurchased or redeemed by the Corporation.

 

Section 3.06 Certificates Representing Units; Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates; Registration and Transfer of Units.

 

(a) Units shall not be certificated unless otherwise determined by the Manager. If the Manager determines that one or more Units shall be certificated, each such certificate shall be signed by or in the name of the Company, by the Chief Executive Officer and any other officer designated by the Manager, representing the number of Units held by such holder. Such certificate shall be in such form (and shall contain such legends) as the Manager may determine. Any or all of such signatures on any certificate representing one or more Units may be a facsimile, engraved or printed, to the extent permitted by applicable Law. The Manager agrees that it shall not elect to treat any Unit as a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code unless thereafter all Units then outstanding are represented by one or more certificates.

 

(b) If Units are certificated, the Manager may direct that a new certificate representing one or more Units be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Company alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon delivery to the Manager of an affidavit of the owner or owners of such certificate, setting forth such allegation. The Manager may require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Company a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate.

 

  16  

 

 

(c) Upon surrender to the Company or the transfer agent of the Company, if any, of a certificate for one or more Units, duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, in compliance with the provisions hereof, the Company shall issue a new certificate representing one or more Units to the Person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Manager may prescribe such additional rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate relating to the issue, Transfer and registration of Units.

 

Section 3.07 Negative Capital Accounts. No Member shall be required to pay to any other Member or the Company any deficit or negative balance which may exist from time to time in such Member’s Capital Account (including upon and after dissolution of the Company).

 

Section 3.08 No Withdrawal. No Person shall be entitled to withdraw any part of such Person’s Capital Contribution or Capital Account or to receive any Distribution from the Company, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

Section 3.09 Loans From Members. Loans by Members to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions. Subject to the provisions of Section 3.01(c), the amount of any such advances shall be a debt of the Company to such Member and shall be payable or collectible in accordance with the terms and conditions upon which such advances are made.

 

Section 3.10 Equity Plans.

 

(a) Options Granted to Persons other than LLC Employees. If at any time or from time to time, in connection with the Equity Incentive Plan or otherwise, a stock option granted over shares of Class A Common Stock to a Person other than an LLC Employee is duly exercised:

 

(i) The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after such exercise, make a Capital Contribution to the Company in an amount equal to the exercise price paid to the Corporation by such exercising Person in connection with the exercise of such stock option.

 

(ii) Notwithstanding the amount of the Capital Contribution actually made pursuant to Section 3.10(a)(i), the Corporation shall be deemed to have contributed to the Company as a Capital Contribution, in lieu of the Capital Contribution actually made and in consideration of additional Membership Units, an amount equal to the Value of a share of Class A Common Stock as of the date of such exercise multiplied by the number of shares of Class A Common Stock then being issued by the Corporation in connection with the exercise of such stock option.

 

(iii) The Corporation shall receive in exchange for such Capital Contributions (as deemed made under Section 3.10(a)(ii)), a corresponding number of Units of a class correlative to the class of Equity Securities for which such stock options were granted.

 

  17  

 

 

(b) Options Granted to LLC Employees. If at any time or from time to time, in connection with the Equity Incentive Plan or otherwise, a stock option granted over shares of Class A Common Stock to an LLC Employee is duly exercised, the following events will be deemed to have occurred:

 

(i) The Corporation shall sell to the Optionee, and the Optionee shall purchase from the Corporation, for a cash price per share equal to the Value of a share of Class A Common Stock at the time of the exercise, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the quotient of (x) the exercise price payable by the Optionee in connection with the exercise of such stock option divided by (y) the Value of a share of Class A Common Stock at the time of such exercise.

 

(ii) The Corporation shall sell to the Company (or if the Optionee is an employee of, or other service provider to, a Subsidiary, the Corporation shall sell to such Subsidiary), and the Company (or such Subsidiary, as applicable) shall purchase from the Corporation, a number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the excess of (x) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock as to which such stock option is being exercised over (y) the number of shares of Class A Common Stock sold pursuant to Section 3.10(b)(i) hereof. The purchase price per share of Class A Common Stock for such sale of shares of Class A Common Stock to the Company (or such Subsidiary) shall be the Value of a share of Class A Common Stock as of the date of exercise of such stock option.

 

(iii) The Company shall transfer to the Optionee (or if the Optionee is an employee of, or other service provider to, a Subsidiary, the Subsidiary shall transfer to the Optionee) at no additional cost to such LLC Employee and as additional compensation to such LLC Employee, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock described in Section 3.10(b)(ii).

 

(iv) The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after such exercise, make a Capital Contribution to the Company in an amount equal to all proceeds received (from whatever source, but excluding any payment in respect of payroll taxes or other withholdings) by the Corporation in connection with the exercise of such stock option. The Corporation shall receive for such Capital Contribution, a number of Units equal to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock for which such option was exercised.

 

(c) Restricted Stock Granted to LLC Employees. If at any time or from time to time, in connection with the Equity Incentive Plan or otherwise, any shares of Class A Common Stock are issued to an LLC Employee (including any shares of Class A Common Stock that are subject to forfeiture in the event such LLC Employee terminates his or her employment with the Company or any Subsidiary) in consideration for services performed for the Company or any Subsidiary:

 

(i) The Corporation shall issue such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as are to be issued to such LLC Employee in accordance with the Equity Plan;

 

(ii) On the date (such date, the “Vesting Date”) that the Value of such shares is includible in taxable income of such LLC Employee, the following events will be deemed to have occurred: (a) the Corporation shall be deemed to have sold such shares of Class A Common Stock to the Company (or if such LLC Employee is an employee of, or other service provider to, a Subsidiary, to such Subsidiary) for a purchase price equal to the Value of such shares of Class A Common Stock, (b) the Company (or such Subsidiary) shall be deemed to have delivered such shares of Class A Common Stock to such LLC Employee, (c) the Corporation shall be deemed to have contributed the purchase price for such shares of Class A Common Stock to the Company as a Capital Contribution, and (d) in the case where such LLC Employee is an employee of a Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to have contributed such amount to the capital of the Subsidiary; and

 

  18  

 

 

(iii) The Company shall issue to the Corporation on the Vesting Date a number of Units equal to the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issued under Section 3.10(c)(i) in consideration for a Capital Contribution in cash in an amount equal to the product of (x) the number of such newly issued Units multiplied by (y) the Value of a share of Class A Common Stock.

 

(d) Future Stock Incentive Plans. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed or applied to preclude or restrain the Corporation from modifying or terminating the Equity Incentive Plan, or from adopting, modifying or terminating stock incentive plans for the benefit of employees, directors or other business associates of the Corporation, the Company or any of their respective Affiliates. The Members acknowledge and agree that, in the event that any such plan is adopted, modified or terminated by the Corporation, amendments to this Section 3.10 may become necessary or advisable and that any approval or consent to any such amendments requested by the Corporation shall be deemed granted by the Manager without the requirement of any further consent or acknowledgement of any other Member.

 

(e) Anti-Dilution Adjustments. For all purposes of this Section 3.10, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock and the corresponding number of Membership Units shall be determined after giving effect to all anti-dilution or similar adjustments that are applicable, as of the date of exercise or vesting, to the option, warrant, restricted stock or other equity interest that is being exercised or becomes vested under the Equity Incentive Plan or other Equity Plan and applicable award or grant documentation.

 

Section 3.11 Dividend Reinvestment Plan, Cash Option Purchase Plan, Stock Incentive Plan or Other Plan. Except as may otherwise be provided in this Article III, all amounts received or deemed received by the Corporation in respect of any dividend reinvestment plan, cash option purchase plan, stock incentive or other stock or subscription plan or agreement, either (a) shall be utilized by the Corporation to effect open market purchases of shares of Class A Common Stock, or (b) if the Corporation elects instead to issue new shares of Class A Common Stock with respect to such amounts, shall be contributed by the Corporation to the Company in exchange for additional Units. Upon such contribution, the Company will issue to the Corporation a number of Units equal to the number of new shares of Class A Common Stock so issued.

 

  19  

 

 

ARTICLE IV.
DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 4.01 Distributions.

 

(a) Distributable Cash; Other Distributions. To the extent permitted by applicable Law and hereunder, Distributions to Members may be declared by the Manager out of Distributable Cash or other funds or property legally available therefor in such amounts and on such terms (including the payment dates of such Distributions) as the Manager shall determine using such record date as the Manager may designate; such Distributions shall be made to the Members as of the close of business on such record date on a pro rata basis in accordance with each Member’s Percentage Interest as of the close of business on such record date; provided, however, that the Manager shall have the obligation to make Distributions as set forth in Sections 4.01(b) and 14.02; and provided further that, notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, no Distributions shall be made to any Member to the extent such Distribution would render the Company insolvent. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, insolvency means the inability of the Company to meet its payment obligations when due. Promptly following the designation of a record date and the declaration of a Distribution pursuant to this Section 4.01(a), the Manager shall give notice to each Member of the record date, the amount and the terms of the Distribution and the payment date thereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, it is intended that the Manager shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Law and hereunder, have the right in its sole discretion to make Distributions to the Members pursuant to this Section 4.01(a) in such amounts as shall enable the Corporation to pay dividends or to meet its obligations.

 

(b) Tax Distributions.

 

(i) On or about each date (a “Tax Distribution Date”) that is five (5) Business Days prior each due date for each quarterly “estimated tax” payment for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Company shall be required to make a Distribution to each Member of cash in an amount equal to the excess of such Member’s Assumed Tax Liability, if any, for such quarter over the Distributions previously made to such Member pursuant to this Section 4.01(b) with respect to such taxable period (the “Tax Distributions”).

 

(ii) In the event that the Assumed Tax Liability determined with respect to the Corporation is less than the actual amount that the Corporation is required to pay in respect of U.S. federal, state and local income taxes, the Tax Distributions made to the Corporation shall be increased so that the Corporation receives an amount sufficient to pay its actual U.S. federal, state and local income tax liabilities, as determined by the Manager in good faith.

 

(iii) To the extent a Member otherwise would be entitled to receive less than its Percentage Interest of the aggregate Tax Distributions to be paid pursuant to this Section 4.01(b) (including as a result of Section 4.01(b)(ii)) on any given date, the Tax Distributions to such Member shall be increased to ensure that all Distributions made pursuant to this Section 4.01(b) are made pro rata in accordance with such Member’s Percentage Interest.

 

  20  

 

 

(iv) If, on a Tax Distribution Date, there are insufficient funds on hand to distribute to the Members the full amount of the Tax Distributions to which such Members are otherwise entitled, Distributions pursuant to this Section 4.01(b) shall be made to the Members to the extent of available funds in accordance with their Percentage Interests and the Company shall make future Tax Distributions as soon as funds become available sufficient to pay the remaining portion of the Tax Distributions to which such Members are otherwise entitled.

 

(v) In the event of any audit by, or similar event with, a taxing authority that affects the calculation of any Member’s Assumed Tax Liability for any taxable year, or in the event the Company files an amended tax return, each Member’s Assumed Tax Liability with respect to such year shall be recalculated by giving effect to such event (for the avoidance of doubt, taking into account interest or penalties). Any shortfall in the amount of Tax Distributions the Members and former Members received for the relevant taxable years based on such recalculated Assumed Tax Liability promptly shall be distributed to such Members and the successors of such former Members, except, for the avoidance of doubt, to the extent Distributions were made to such Members and former Members pursuant to Section 4.01(a) and this Section 4.01(b) in the relevant taxable years sufficient to cover such shortfall.

 

(vi) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Distributions pursuant to this Section 4.01(b), if any, shall be made to a Member only to the extent all previous Distributions to such Member pursuant to Section 4.01(a) with respect to the Fiscal Year are less than the Distributions such Member otherwise would have been entitled to receive with respect to such Fiscal Year pursuant to this Section 4.01(b).

 

(c) Restricted Distributions. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not make any Distribution to any Member on account of any Company Interest if such Distribution would violate any applicable Law, the terms of the Credit Agreement or any other agreement to which the Company or any subsidiary of the Company is subject.

 

(d) Payments Under the Expense Reimbursement Agreement. All payments under the Expense Reimbursement Agreement shall be treated as a fee in consideration for the obligations and limitations under this Agreement and shall not be treated as Distributions.

 

ARTICLE V.
CAPITAL ACCOUNTS; ALLOCATIONS; TAX MATTERS

 

Section 5.01 Capital Accounts.

 

(a) The Company shall maintain a separate Capital Account for each Member according to the rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). For this purpose, the Company may (in the discretion of the Manager), upon the occurrence of the events specified in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), increase or decrease the Capital Accounts in accordance with the rules of such Treasury Regulation and Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g) to reflect a revaluation of Company property.

 

  21  

 

 

(b) For purposes of computing the amount of any item of Company income, gain, loss or deduction to be allocated pursuant to this Article V and to be reflected in the Capital Accounts of the Members, the determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for U.S. federal income tax purposes (including any method of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization used for this purpose); provided, however, that:

 

(i) The computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall include those items described in Code Section 705(a)(1)(B) or Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) and Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), without regard to the fact that such items are not includable in gross income or are not deductible for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

(ii) If the Book Value of any Company property is adjusted pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such property.

 

(iii) Items of income, gain, loss or deduction attributable to the disposition of Company property having a Book Value that differs from its adjusted basis for tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Book Value of such property.

 

(iv) Items of depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions with respect to Company property having a Book Value that differs from its adjusted basis for tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the property’s Book Value in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(g).

 

(v) To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to Code Sections 732(d), 734(b) or 743(b) is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis).

 

Section 5.02 Allocations. Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.03 and Section 5.04, Net Profits and Net Losses for any Fiscal Year or Fiscal Period shall be allocated among the Capital Accounts of the Members pro rata in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.

 

Section 5.03 Regulatory Allocations.

 

(a) Losses attributable to partner nonrecourse debt (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4)) shall be allocated in the manner required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i). If there is a net decrease during a Taxable Year in partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(3)), Profits for such Taxable Year (and, if necessary, for subsequent Taxable Years) shall be allocated to the Members in the amounts and of such character as determined according to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4).

 

  22  

 

 

(b) Nonrecourse deductions (as determined according to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(1)) for any Taxable Year shall be allocated pro rata among the Members in accordance with their Percentage Interests. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.03(a), if there is a net decrease in the Minimum Gain during any Taxable Year, each Member shall be allocated Profits for such Taxable Year (and, if necessary, for subsequent Taxable Years) in the amounts and of such character as determined according to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f). This Section 5.03(b) is intended to be a minimum gain chargeback provision that complies with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f), and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.

 

(c) If any Member that unexpectedly receives an adjustment, allocation or Distribution described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6) has an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit as of the end of any Taxable Year, computed after the application of Sections 5.03(a) and 5.03(b) but before the application of any other provision of this Article V, then Profits for such Taxable Year shall be allocated to such Member in proportion to, and to the extent of, such Adjusted Capital Account Deficit. This Section 5.03(c) is intended to be a qualified income offset provision as described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.

 

(d) If the allocation of Net Losses to a Member as provided in Section 5.02 would create or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit, there shall be allocated to such Member only that amount of Losses as will not create or increase an Adjusted Capital Account Deficit. The Net Losses that would, absent the application of the preceding sentence, otherwise be allocated to such Member shall be allocated to the other Members in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests, subject to this Section 5.03(d).

 

(e) Profits and Losses described in Section 5.01(b)(v) shall be allocated in a manner consistent with the manner that the adjustments to the Capital Accounts are required to be made pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(j), (k) and (m).

 

(f) The allocations set forth in Section 5.03(a) through and including Section 5.03(e) (the “Regulatory Allocations”) are intended to comply with certain requirements of Sections 1.704-1(b) and 1.704-2 of the Treasury Regulations. The Regulatory Allocations may not be consistent with the manner in which the Members intend to allocate Profit and Loss of the Company or make Distributions. Accordingly, notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article V, but subject to the Regulatory Allocations, income, gain, deduction and loss shall be reallocated among the Members so as to eliminate the effect of the Regulatory Allocations and thereby cause the respective Capital Accounts of the Members to be in the amounts (or as close thereto as possible) they would have been if Profit and Loss (and such other items of income, gain, deduction and loss) had been allocated without reference to the Regulatory Allocations. In general, the Members anticipate that this will be accomplished by specially allocating other Profit and Loss (and such other items of income, gain, deduction and loss) among the Members so that the net amount of the Regulatory Allocations and such special allocations to each such Member is zero. In addition, if in any Fiscal Year or Fiscal Period there is a decrease in partnership minimum gain, or in partner nonrecourse debt minimum gain, and application of the minimum gain chargeback requirements set forth in Section 5.03(a) or Section 5.03(b) would cause a distortion in the economic arrangement among the Members, the Members may, if they do not expect that the Company will have sufficient other income to correct such distortion, request the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to waive either or both of such minimum gain chargeback requirements. If such request is granted, this Agreement shall be applied in such instance as if it did not contain such minimum gain chargeback requirement.

 

  23  

 

 

Section 5.04 Final Allocations. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Agreement except Section 5.03, the Manager shall make appropriate adjustments to allocations of Profits and Losses to (or, if necessary, allocate items of gross income, gain, loss or deduction of the Company among) the Members upon the liquidation of the Company (within the meaning of Section 1.704 1(b)(2)(ii)(g) of the Treasury Regulations), the transfer of substantially all the Units (whether by sale or exchange or merger) or sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Company, such that, to the maximum extent possible, the Capital Accounts of the Members are proportionate to their Percentage Interests. In each case, such adjustments or allocations shall occur, to the maximum extent possible, in the Fiscal Year of the event requiring such adjustments or allocations.

 

Section 5.05 Tax Allocations.

 

(a) The income, gains, losses, deductions and credits of the Company will be allocated, for federal, state and local income tax purposes, among the Members in accordance with the allocation of such income, gains, losses, deductions and credits among the Members for computing their Capital Accounts; provided that if any such allocation is not permitted by the Code or other applicable Law, the Company’s subsequent income, gains, losses, deductions and credits will be allocated among the Members so as to reflect as nearly as possible the allocation set forth herein in computing their Capital Accounts.

 

(b) Items of Company taxable income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Company shall be allocated among the Members in accordance with Code Section 704(c) so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Company for federal income tax purposes and its Book Value using the traditional method, as described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3(b).

 

(c) If the Book Value of any Company asset is adjusted pursuant to Section 5.01(b), subsequent allocations of items of taxable income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and its Book Value in the same manner as under Code Section 704(c) using the traditional method, as described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-3(b).

 

(d) Allocations of tax credits, tax credit recapture, and any items related thereto shall be allocated to the Members pro rata as determined by the Manager taking into account the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(ii).

 

(e) For purposes of determining a Member’s pro rata share of the Company’s “excess nonrecourse liabilities” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-3(a)(3), each Member’s interest in income and gain shall be in proportion to the Units held by such Member.

 

  24  

 

 

(f) Allocations pursuant to this Section 5.05 are solely for purposes of federal, state and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Member’s Capital Account or share of Profits, Losses, Distributions or other Company items pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.06 Indemnification and Reimbursement for Payments on Behalf of a Member. If the Company or the Manager is obligated to pay any amount to a Governmental Entity (or otherwise makes a payment to a Governmental Entity) that is specifically attributable to a Member or a Member’s status as such (including federal or state withholding taxes, state personal property taxes and state unincorporated business taxes, but excluding payments such as professional association fees and the like made voluntarily by the Company on behalf of any Member based upon such Member’s status as an employee of the Company), then the Company or the Manager shall be entitled to withhold in respect of any such amounts and, to the extent that the Company or the Manager does not so withhold, such Person shall indemnify the Company and the Manager in full for the entire amount paid (including interest, penalties and related expenses). The Company or the Manager may offset Distributions or payments of any other amounts to which a Person is otherwise entitled under this Agreement against such Person’s obligation to indemnify the Company and the Manager under this Section 5.06. A Member’s obligation to make contributions to the Company under this Section 5.06 shall survive the termination, dissolution, liquidation and winding up of the Company and the Manager, and for purposes of this Section 5.06, the Company and the Manager shall be treated as continuing in existence. The Company and the Manager may pursue and enforce all rights and remedies they may have against each Member under this Section 5.06, including instituting a lawsuit to collect such contribution with interest calculated at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the Base Rate plus 300 basis points (but not in excess of the highest rate per annum permitted by Law). Each Member hereby agrees to furnish to the Company and the Manager such information and forms as required or reasonably requested in order to comply with any laws and regulations governing withholding of tax or in order to claim any reduced rate of, or exemption from, withholding to which the Member is legally entitled. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 5.06 shall apply to Redemptions and Direct Exchanges of Membership Units.

 

ARTICLE VI.
MANAGEMENT

 

Section 6.01 Authority of Manager.

 

(a) Except for situations in which the approval of any Member(s) is specifically required by this Agreement, (i) all management powers over the business and affairs of the Company shall be exclusively vested in the Corporation, as the sole manager of the Company (the Corporation, in such capacity, the “Manager”) and (ii) the Manager shall conduct, direct and exercise full control over all activities of the Company. The Manager shall be the “manager” of the Company for the purposes of the Delaware Act. Except as otherwise expressly provided for herein and subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Members hereby consent to the exercise by the Manager of all such powers and rights conferred on the Members by the Delaware Act with respect to the management and control of the Company. Any vacancies in the position of Manager shall be filled in accordance with Section 6.04.

 

(b) The day-to-day business and operations of the Company shall be overseen and implemented by officers of the Company (each, an “Officer” and collectively, the “Officers”), subject to the limitations imposed by the Manager. An Officer may, but need not, be a Member. Each Officer shall be appointed by the Manager and shall hold office until his or her successor shall be duly designated and shall qualify or until his or her death or until he shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided. Any one Person may hold more than one office. Subject to the other provisions in this Agreement (including in Section 6.07 below), the salaries or other compensation, if any, of the Officers of the Company shall be fixed from time to time by the Manager. The authority and responsibility of the Officers shall include, but not be limited to, such duties as the Manager may, from time to time, delegate to them and the carrying out of the Company’s business and affairs on a day-to-day basis. The existing Officers of the Company as of the Effective Time shall remain in their respective positions and shall be deemed to have been appointed by the Manager. All Officers shall be, and shall be deemed to be, officers and employees of the Company. An Officer may also perform one or more roles as an officer of the Manager.

 

  25  

 

 

(c) The Manager shall have the power and authority to effectuate the sale, lease, transfer, exchange or other disposition of any, all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (including the exercise or grant of any conversion, option, privilege or subscription right or any other right available in connection with any assets at any time held by the Company) or the merger, consolidation, reorganization or other combination of the Company with or into another entity.

 

Section 6.02 Actions of the Manager. The Manager may act through any Officer or through any other Person or Persons to whom authority and duties have been delegated pursuant to Section 6.07.

 

Section 6.03 Resignation; No Removal. The Manager may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Members. Unless otherwise specified in the notice, the resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof by the Members, and the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. For the avoidance of doubt, the Members have no right under this Agreement to remove or replace the Manager.

 

Section 6.04 Vacancies. Vacancies in the position of Manager occurring for any reason shall be filled by the Corporation (or, if the Corporation has ceased to exist without any successor or assign, then by the holders of a majority in interest of the voting capital stock of the Corporation immediately prior to such cessation). For the avoidance of doubt, the Members have no right under this Agreement to fill any vacancy in the position of Manager.

 

Section 6.05 Transactions Between Company and Manager. The Manager may cause the Company to contract and deal with the Manager, or any Affiliate of the Manager, provided such contracts and dealings are on terms comparable to and competitive with those available to the Company from others dealing at arm’s length or are approved by the Members and otherwise are permitted by the Credit Agreement. The Members hereby approve the Membership Unit Purchase Agreement.

 

Section 6.06 Reimbursement for Expenses; Treatment of Underwriting Discount.

 

(a) The Manager shall not be compensated for its services as Manager of the Company except as expressly provided in this Agreement. The Members acknowledge and agree that, upon consummation of the IPO, the Manager’s Class A Common Stock will be publicly traded and therefore the Manager will have access to the public capital markets and that such status and the services performed by the Manager will inure to the benefit of the Company and all Members; therefore, the Manager shall be reimbursed by the Company and/or iPic-Gold Class for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred on behalf of the Company and/or iPic-Gold Class, as described in that certain Expense Reimbursement Agreement, of even date herewith, entered into by and among iPic-Gold Class, the Company and the Corporation. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company, iPic-Gold Class and its Subsidiaries are expressly permitted to make payments under the Expense Reimbursement Agreement; such payments shall be treated as permissible payments under the Credit Agreement and shall not be treated as Distributions.

 

  26  

 

 

(b) In the event that shares of Class A Common Stock are sold to selling agents in the IPO (or in any subsequent public offering) at a price per share that is lower than the price per share for which such shares of Class A Common Stock are sold to the public in the IPO (or in such subsequent public offering, as applicable) after taking into account selling agents’ discounts or commissions and brokers’ fees or commissions (such difference, the “Discount”), the Company shall reimburse the Manager for such Discount by treating such Discount as an additional Capital Contribution made by the Manager to the Company and increasing the Manager’s Capital Account by the amount of such Discount. To the extent practicable, expenses incurred by the Manager on behalf of or for the benefit of the Company shall be billed directly to and paid by the Company.

 

Section 6.07 Delegation of Authority. The Manager (a) may, from time to time, delegate to one or more Persons such authority and duties as the Manager may deem advisable, and (b) may assign titles (including, without limitation, chief executive officer, president, chief executive officer, chief financial officers, chief operating officer, vice president, secretary, assistant secretary, treasurer or assistant treasurer) and delegate certain authority and duties to such Persons as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time. Any number of titles may be held by the same individual. The salaries or other compensation, if any, of such agents of the Company shall be fixed from time to time by the Manager, subject to the other provisions in this Agreement.

 

Section 6.08 Limitation of Liability of Manager.

 

(a) Except as otherwise provided herein or in an agreement entered into by such Person and the Company, neither the Manager nor any of the Manager’s Affiliates shall be liable to the Company or to any Member that is not the Manager for any act or omission performed or omitted by the Manager in its capacity as the sole manager of the Company pursuant to authority granted to the Manager by this Agreement; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided herein, such limitation of liability shall not apply to the extent the act or omission was attributable to the Manager’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or knowing violation of Law or for any present or future breaches of any representations, warranties or covenants by the Manager or its Affiliates contained herein or in the other agreements with the Company. The Manager may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its agents, and shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent (so long as such agent was selected in good faith and with reasonable care). The Manager shall be entitled to rely upon the advice of legal counsel, independent public accountants and other experts, including financial advisors, and any act of or failure to act by the Manager in good faith reliance on such advice shall in no event subject the Manager to liability to the Company or any Member that is not the Manager.

 

  27  

 

 

(b) Whenever this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein provides that the Manager shall act in a manner which is, or provide terms which are, “fair and reasonable” to the Company or any Member that is not the Manager, the Manager shall determine such appropriate action or provide such terms considering, in each case, the relative interests of each party to such agreement, transaction or situation and the benefits and burdens relating to such interests, any customary or accepted industry practices, and any applicable United States generally accepted accounting practices or principles.

 

(c) Whenever in this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein, the Manager is permitted or required to take any action or to make a decision in its “sole discretion” or “discretion,” with “complete discretion” or under a grant of similar authority or latitude, the Manager shall be entitled to consider such interests and factors as it desires, including its own interests, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Company or other Members.

 

(d) Whenever in this Agreement the Manager is permitted or required to take any action or to make a decision in its “good faith” or under another express standard, the Manager shall act under such express standard and, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, shall not be subject to any other or different standards imposed by this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein, and, notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, so long as the Manager acts in good faith, the resolution, action or terms so made, taken or provided by the Manager shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein or impose liability upon the Manager or any of the Manager’s Affiliates.

 

Section 6.09 Investment Company Act. The Manager shall use its best efforts to ensure that the Company shall not be subject to registration as an investment company pursuant to the Investment Company Act.

 

Section 6.10 Outside Activities of the Manager. The Manager shall not, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any business or operations, other than in connection with (a) the ownership, acquisition and disposition of Membership Units, (b) the management of the business and affairs of the Company and its Subsidiaries, (c) the operation of the Manager as a reporting company with a class (or classes) of securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and listed on a securities exchange, (d) the offering, sale, syndication, private placement or public offering of stock, bonds, securities or other interests, (e) financing or refinancing of any type related to the Company, its Subsidiaries or their assets or activities, and (f) such activities as are incidental to the foregoing; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided herein, the net proceeds of any financing raised by the Manager pursuant to the preceding clauses (d) and (e) shall be made available to the Company, whether as Capital Contributions, loans or otherwise, as appropriate, and, provided further, that the Manager may, in its sole and absolute discretion, from time to time hold or acquire assets in its own name or otherwise other than through the Company and its Subsidiaries so long as the Manager takes commercially reasonable measures to ensure that the economic benefits and burdens of such assets are otherwise vested in the Company or its Subsidiaries, through assignment, mortgage loan or otherwise or, if it is not commercially reasonable to vest such economic interests in the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the Members shall negotiate in good faith to amend this Agreement to reflect such activities and the direct ownership of assets by the Manager. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to prohibit the Manager from executing any guarantee of indebtedness of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

 

  28  

 

 

ARTICLE VII.

RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF MEMBERS

 

Section 7.01 Limitation of Liability and Duties of Members.

 

(a) Except as provided in this Agreement or in the Delaware Act, no Member (including without limitation, the Manager) shall be obligated personally for any debts, obligation or liability solely by reason of being a Member or acting as the Manager of the Company. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the failure of the Company to observe any formalities or requirements relating to the exercise of its powers or management of its business and affairs under this Agreement or the Delaware Act shall not be grounds for imposing personal liability on the Members for liabilities of the Company.

 

(b) In accordance with the Delaware Act and the laws of the State of Delaware, a Member may, under certain circumstances, be required to return amounts previously distributed to such Member. It is the intent of the Members that no Distribution to any Member pursuant to Article IV shall be deemed a return of money or other property paid or distributed in violation of the Delaware Act. The payment of any such money or Distribution of any such property to a Member shall be deemed to be a compromise within the meaning of Section 18-502(b) of the Delaware Act, and, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, any Member receiving any such money or property shall not be required to return any such money or property to the Company or any other Person. However, if any court of competent jurisdiction holds that, notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement, any Member is obligated to make any such payment, such obligation shall be the obligation of such Member and not of any other Member; provided, however, that any Governmental Member shall not be required to make any such payment. In the event any court of competent jurisdiction holds that a Member that is a Governmental Member is obligated to make such a payment, such Member will not be required to make such payment; rather, such payment shall be made by withholding funds otherwise subsequently distributable to such Member to satisfy such Member’s obligation to return such money or property to the Company.

 

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement (subject to Section 6.08 with respect to the Manager), to the extent that, at law or in equity, any Member (or any Member’s Affiliate, manager, general partner, director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of any Member or of any Affiliate of a Member) has duties (including fiduciary duties) to the Company, to the Manager, to another Member, to any Person who acquires an interest in a Company Interest or to any other Person bound by this Agreement, all such duties (including fiduciary duties) are hereby eliminated, to the fullest extent permitted by law, and replaced with the duties or standards expressly set forth herein, if any. The elimination of duties (including fiduciary duties) to the Company, the Manager, each of the Members, each other Person who acquires an interest in a Company Interest and each other Person bound by this Agreement and replacement thereof with the duties or standards expressly set forth herein, if any, are approved by the Company, the Manager, each of the Members, each other Person who acquires an interest in a Company Interest and each other Person bound by this Agreement.

 

  29  

 

 

Section 7.02 Lack of Authority. No Member, other than the Manager or a duly appointed Officer, in each case in its capacity as such, has the authority or power to act for or on behalf of the Company, to do any act that would be binding on the Company or to make any expenditure on behalf of the Company. The Members hereby consent to the exercise by the Manager of the powers conferred on them by Law and this Agreement.

 

Section 7.03 No Right of Partition. No Member, other than the Manager, shall have the right to seek or obtain partition by court decree or operation of Law of any Company property, or the right to own or use particular or individual assets of the Company.

 

Section 7.04 Indemnification.

 

(a) Subject to Section 5.06, the Company hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any Person (each an “Indemnified Person”) to the fullest extent permitted under the Delaware Act, as the same now exists or may hereafter be amended, substituted or replaced (but, in the case of any such amendment, substitution or replacement only to the extent that such amendment, substitution or replacement permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than the Company is providing immediately prior to such amendment), against all expenses, liabilities and losses (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Person (or one or more of such Person’s Affiliates) by reason of the fact that such Person is or was a Member or is or was serving as the Manager, Officer, Tax Matters Representative, employee or other agent of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a manager, officer, director, principal, member, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust or other enterprise; provided, however, that no Indemnified Person shall be indemnified for any expenses, liabilities and losses suffered that are attributable to such Indemnified Person’s or its Affiliates’ gross negligence, willful misconduct or knowing violation of Law or for any present or future breaches of any representations, warranties or covenants by such Indemnified Person or its Affiliates contained herein or in the other agreements with the Company. Expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by any such Indemnified Person in defending a proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding, including any appeal therefrom, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such Indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

 

(b) The right to indemnification and the advancement of expenses conferred in this Section 7.04 shall not be exclusive of any other right which any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, agreement, bylaw, action by the Manager or otherwise.

 

(c) The Company shall maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, or substantially equivalent insurance, at its expense, to protect any Indemnified Person (and the investment funds, if any, they represent) against any expense, liability or loss described in Section 7.04(a) whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such Indemnified Person against such expense, liability or loss under the provisions of this Section 7.04. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to purchase and maintain property, casualty and liability insurance in types and at levels customary for companies of similar size engaged in similar lines of business, as determined in good faith by the Manager, and the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to purchase directors’ and officers’ liability insurance (including employment practices coverage) with a carrier and in an amount determined necessary or desirable as determined in good faith by the Manager.

 

  30  

 

 

(d) If this Section 7.04 or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Person pursuant to this Section 7.04 to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Section 7.04 that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law.

 

Section 7.05 Members Right to Act. For matters that require the approval of the Members, the Members shall act through meetings and written consents as described in paragraphs (a) and (b) below:

 

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided by this Agreement, acts by the Members holding a majority of the Units, voting together as a single class, shall be the acts of the Members. Any Member entitled to vote at a meeting of Members or to express consent or dissent to Company action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for it by proxy. An electronic mail, telegram, telex, cablegram or similar transmission by the Member, or a photographic, photostatic, facsimile or similar reproduction of a writing executed by the Member shall (if stated thereon) be treated as a proxy executed in writing for purposes of this Section 7.05(a). No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after eleven months from the date thereof, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be revocable unless the proxy form conspicuously states that the proxy is irrevocable and that the proxy is coupled with an interest. Should a proxy designate two or more Persons to act as proxies, unless that instrument shall provide to the contrary, a majority of such Persons present at any meeting at which their powers thereunder are to be exercised shall have and may exercise all the powers of voting or giving consents thereby conferred, or, if only one be present, then such powers may be exercised by that one; or, if an even number attend and a majority do not agree on any particular issue, the Company shall not be required to recognize such proxy with respect to such issue if such proxy does not specify how the votes that are the subject of such proxy are to be voted with respect to such issue.

 

(b) The actions by the Members permitted hereunder may be taken at a meeting called by the Manager or by the Members holding a majority of the Units entitled to vote on such matter on at least 120 hours’ prior written notice to the other Members entitled to vote, which notice shall state the purpose or purposes for which such meeting is being called. The actions taken by the Members entitled to vote or consent at any meeting (as opposed to by written consent), however called and noticed, shall be as valid as though taken at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice if (but not until), either before, at or after the meeting, the Members entitled to vote or consent as to whom it was improperly held signs a written waiver of notice or a consent to the holding of such meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. The actions by the Members entitled to vote or consent may be taken by vote of the Members entitled to vote or consent at a meeting or by written consent, so long as such consent is signed by Members having not less than the minimum number of Units that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all Members entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the action so taken, which shall state the purpose or purposes for which such consent is required and may be delivered via email, without a meeting shall be given to those Members entitled to vote or consent who have not consented in writing; provided, however, that the failure to give any such notice shall not affect the validity of the action taken by such written consent. Any action taken pursuant to such written consent of the Members shall have the same force and effect as if taken by the Members at a meeting thereof.

 

  31  

 

 

Section 7.06 Inspection Rights. The Company shall permit each Member and each of its designated representatives to (i) visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries, all at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice, (ii) examine the corporate and financial records of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and make copies thereof or extracts therefrom, (iii) consult with the managers, officers, employees and independent accountants of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries concerning the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. The presentation of an executed copy of this Agreement by any Member to the Company’s independent accountants shall constitute the Company’s permission to its independent accountants to participate in discussions with such Persons and their respective designated representatives.

 

ARTICLE VIII.
BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS, AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

Section 8.01 Records and Accounting. The Company shall keep, or cause to be kept, appropriate books and records with respect to the Company’s business, including all books and records necessary to provide any information, lists and copies of documents required to be provided pursuant to Section 8.03 or pursuant to applicable Laws. All matters concerning (a) the determination of the relative amount of allocations and Distributions among the Members pursuant to Articles III and IV and (b) accounting procedures and determinations, and other determinations not specifically and expressly provided for by the terms of this Agreement, shall be determined by the Manager, whose determination shall be final and conclusive as to all of the Members absent manifest clerical error.

 

Section 8.02 Fiscal Year. The Fiscal Year of the Company shall end on December 31 of each year or such other date as may be established by the Manager.

 

Section 8.03 Reports. The Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered, upon the later of (i) one hundred (100) calendar days after the end of each Fiscal Year and (ii) thirty (30) Business Days after the issuance of the final financial statement report for a Fiscal Year by the Company’s auditors, to each Person who was a Member at any time during such Fiscal Year, all information reasonably necessary for the preparation of such Person’s United States federal and applicable state income tax returns.

 

  32  

 

 

ARTICLE IX.
TAX MATTERS

 

Section 9.01 Preparation of Tax Returns. The Manager shall arrange for the preparation and timely filing of all tax returns required to be filed by the Company. On or before March 15, June 15, September 15, and December 15 of each Fiscal Year, the Company shall send to each Person who was a Member at any time during the prior quarter, an estimate of such Member’s state tax apportionment information and allocations to the Members of taxable income, gains, losses, deductions and credits for the prior quarter, which estimate shall have been reviewed by the Company’s outside tax accountants. In addition, no later than the later of (i) one hundred (100) calendar days after the end of each Fiscal Year and (ii) thirty (30) Business Days after the issuance of the final financial statement report for a Fiscal Year by the Company’s auditors, the Company shall send to each Person who was a Member at any time during such Fiscal Year, a statement showing such Member’s final state tax apportionment information and allocations to the Members of taxable income, gains, losses, deductions and credits for such Fiscal Year and a completed IRS Schedule K-1. Each Member shall notify the other Members upon receipt of any notice of tax examination of the Company by federal, state or local authorities. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Corporation shall have the authority to prepare the tax returns of the Company using such permissible methods and elections as it determines in its reasonable discretion, including without limitation the use of any permissible method under Section 706 of the Code for purposes of determining the varying Company Interests of its Members. Without binding the Company on future Transfers of Company Interests or future admissions of Additional Members, immediately prior to admission of the Corporation as a Member, the Company will close the books for purposes of complying with the Treasury Regulations under Section 706 of the Code.

 

Section 9.02 Tax Elections. The Taxable Year shall be the Fiscal Year set forth in Section 8.02. The Company and any eligible Subsidiary shall make an election pursuant to Section 754 of the Code, shall not thereafter revoke such election and shall make a new election pursuant to Section 754 to the extent necessary following any “termination” of the Company or the Subsidiary under Section 708 of the Code. Each Member will upon request supply any information reasonably necessary to give proper effect to any such elections.

 

Section 9.03 Tax Controversies.

 

(a) Tax Matters Representative. The Corporation or its designee is hereby designated as the “tax matters partner,” “partnership representative” or any similar role, as applicable, within the meaning of the Code and applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax law, and shall have all of the rights, authority and power and shall be subject to all of the obligations associated therewith to the extent provided in the Code, Treasury Regulations and applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax law (the “Tax Matters Representative”). In all other cases, the Tax Matters Representative shall represent the Company in all tax matters to the extent allowed by law.

 

(b) Tax Expenses. Expenses incurred by the Tax Matters Representative in such capacity as set forth in this Section 9.03, shall be borne as a Company expense. Such expenses shall include, without limitation, out-of-pocket costs such as fees of attorneys and other tax professionals, accountants, appraisers and experts, and filing fees.

 

(c) BBA Elections. The Tax Matters Representative shall promptly notify each 10% Member if the IRS audits any Company tax return and if the Company receives a final partnership administrative adjustment or final partnership adjustment. Any decisions made by the Tax Matters Representative, including, without limitation, whether or not to elect the application of Section 6226 of the Code, as amended by Section 1101 of the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015 (P.L. 114-74) (the “BBA”), with respect to any imputed underpayment, or settle or contest any tax matter, or extend the period of limitations for the assessment or collection of any tax and the choice of forum for such contest shall be made in the Tax Matters Representative’s sole discretion. Each Member agrees to cooperate with the Tax Matters Representative and to do or refrain from doing any or all things reasonably requested by the Tax Matters Representative with respect to the conduct of such proceedings.

 

  33  

 

 

(d) Tax Returns and Tax Deficiencies. Each Member agrees that such Member shall not treat any Company item inconsistently on such Member’s federal, state, foreign or other income tax return with the treatment of the item on the Company’s return. Any deficiency for taxes imposed on any Member (including penalties, additions to tax or interest imposed with respect to such taxes and any taxes imposed pursuant to Code Section 6226 as amended by the BBA) will be paid by such Member and if required to be paid (and actually paid) by the Company, will be recoverable from such Member.

 

(e) Tax Exempt Entity Members. If the Company does not make an election under Code Section 6226, as amended by the BBA, and is therefore subject to an entity-level tax (including any related interest or penalties) (an “Entity Tax”) as a result of adjustments to items of income, gain, deduction, loss, or credit of the Company for any taxable year under audit, then the Company and the Corporation will use commercially reasonable efforts to protect a tax exempt Member from the economic burden of any Entity Tax, including by using commercially reasonable efforts to: (i) reduce the amount of any Entity Tax liability owed by the Company on account of the tax exempt status of a Member as provided in Section 6225(c)(3) of the Code, as amended by the BBA, and (ii) cause the tax exempt Member not to pay for or otherwise bear the economic burden of any Entity Tax to the extent of any reduction described in clause (i) above.

 

ARTICLE X.
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF UNITS; PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS

 

Section 10.01 Transfers by Members. No holder of Units may Transfer any interest in any Units, except Transfers (a) pursuant to and in accordance with Section 10.02 or (b) approved in writing by the Manager. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Transfer” shall not include an event that terminates the existence of a Member for income tax purposes (including, without limitation, a change in entity classification of a Member under Treasury Regulations Section 301.7701-3, a sale of assets by, or liquidation of, a Member pursuant to an election under Code Sections 336 or 338, or merger, severance, or allocation within a trust or among sub-trusts of a trust that is a Member), but that does not terminate the existence of such Member under applicable state law (or, in the case of a trust that is a Member, does not terminate the trusteeship of the fiduciaries under such trust with respect to all the Company Interests of such trust that is a Member).

 

Section 10.02 Permitted Transfers. The restrictions contained in Section 10.01 shall not apply to any Transfer (each, a “Permitted Transfer”) pursuant to (i)(A) a Change of Control Transaction, (B) a Redemption or Exchange in accordance with Article XI hereof or (C) a Transfer by a Member to the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) a Transfer by any Member to such Member’s spouse, any lineal ascendants or descendants or trusts or other entities in which such Member or Member’s spouse, lineal ascendants or descendants hold (and continue to hold while such trusts or other entities hold Units) 50% or more of such entity’s beneficial interests, (iii) pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution, or (iv) a Transfer to a partner, shareholder, member or Affiliated investment fund of such Member; provided, however, that (A) the restrictions contained in this Agreement will continue to apply to Units after any Permitted Transfer of such Units, and (B) in the case of the foregoing clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv), the transferees of the Units so Transferred shall agree in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement and, the transferor will deliver a written notice to the Company and the Members, which notice will disclose in reasonable detail the identity of the proposed transferee. In the case of a Permitted Transfer by any Continuing Member of Membership Units to a transferee in accordance with this Section 10.02, such Member (or any subsequent transferee of such Member) shall be required to also transfer the fraction of its remaining Class B Common Stock ownership corresponding to the proportion of such Member’s (or subsequent transferee’s) Membership Units that were transferred in the transaction to such transferee. All Permitted Transfers are subject to the additional limitations set forth in Section 10.07(b).

 

  34  

 

 

Section 10.03 Restricted Units Legend. The Units have not been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, in addition to the other restrictions on Transfer contained in this Agreement, cannot be sold unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is then available. To the extent such Units have been certificated, each certificate evidencing Units and each certificate issued in exchange for or upon the Transfer of any Units (if such securities remain Units as defined herein after such Transfer) shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SPECIFIED IN THE AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF IPIC GOLD CLASS HOLDINGS LLC, AS MAY BE AMENDED AND MODIFIED FROM TIME TO TIME, AND IPIC GOLD CLASS HOLDINGS LLC RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REFUSE THE TRANSFER OF SUCH SECURITIES UNTIL SUCH CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN FULFILLED WITH RESPECT TO ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER. A COPY OF SUCH CONDITIONS SHALL BE FURNISHED BY IPIC GOLD CLASS HOLDINGS LLC TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE.”

 

The Company shall imprint such legend on certificates (if any) evidencing Units. The legend set forth above shall be removed from the certificates (if any) evidencing any units which cease to be Units in accordance with the definition thereof.

 

Section 10.04 Transfer. Prior to Transferring any Units (other than pursuant to a Change of Control Transaction), the Transferring Holder of Units shall cause the prospective Transferee to be bound by this Agreement as provided in Section 10.02 and any other agreements executed by the holders of Units and relating to such Units in the aggregate (collectively, the “Other Agreements”), and shall cause the prospective Transferee to execute and deliver to the Company and the other holders of Units counterparts of this Agreement and any applicable Other Agreements. Any Transfer or attempted Transfer of any Units in violation of any provision of this Agreement (including any prohibited indirect Transfers) (a) shall be void, and (b) the Company shall not record such Transfer on its books or treat any purported Transferee of such Units as the owner of such securities for any purpose.

 

  35  

 

 

Section 10.05 Assignee’s Rights.

 

(a) The Transfer of a Company Interest in accordance with this Agreement shall be effective as of the date of its assignment (assuming compliance with all of the conditions to such Transfer set forth herein), and such Transfer shall be shown on the books and records of the Company. Profits, Losses and other Company items shall be allocated between the transferor and the Assignee according to Code Section 706, using any permissible method as determined in the reasonable discretion of the Manager. Distributions made before the effective date of such Transfer shall be paid to the transferor, and Distributions made after such date shall be paid to the Assignee.

 

(b) Unless and until an Assignee becomes a Member pursuant to Article XII, the Assignee shall not be entitled to any of the rights granted to a Member hereunder or under applicable Law, other than the rights granted specifically to Assignees pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however, that, without relieving the transferring Member from any such limitations or obligations as more fully described in Section 10.06, such Assignee shall be bound by any limitations and obligations of a Member contained herein that a Member would be bound on account of the Assignee’s Company Interest (including the obligation to make Capital Contributions on account of such Company Interest).

 

Section 10.06 Assignor’s Rights and Obligations. Any Member who shall Transfer any Company Interest in a manner in accordance with this Agreement shall cease to be a Member with respect to such Units or other interest and shall no longer have any rights or privileges, or, except as set forth in this Section 10.06, duties, liabilities or obligations, of a Member with respect to such Units or other interest (it being understood, however, that the applicable provisions of Sections 6.08 and 7.04 shall continue to inure to such Person’s benefit), except that unless and until the Assignee (if not already a Member) is admitted as a Substituted Member in accordance with the provisions of Article XII (the “Admission Date”), (i) such assigning Member shall retain all of the duties, liabilities and obligations of a Member with respect to such Units or other interest, and (ii) the Manager may, in its sole discretion, reinstate all or any portion of the rights and privileges of such Member with respect to such Units or other interest for any period of time prior to the Admission Date. Nothing contained herein shall relieve any Member who Transfers any Units or other interest in the Company from any liability of such Member to the Company with respect to such Company Interest that may exist on the Admission Date or that is otherwise specified in the Delaware Act and incorporated into this Agreement or for any liability to the Company or any other Person for any materially false statement made by such Member (in its capacity as such) or for any present or future breaches of any representations, warranties or covenants by such Member (in its capacity as such) contained herein or in the other agreements with the Company.

 

Section 10.07 Overriding Provisions.

 

(a) Any Transfer in violation of this Article X shall be null and void ab initio, and the provisions of Sections 10.05 and 10.06 shall not apply to any such Transfers. For the avoidance of doubt, any Person to whom a Transfer is made or attempted in violation of this Article X shall not become a Member, shall not be entitled to vote on any matters coming before the Members and shall not have any other rights in or with respect to any rights of a Member of the Company. The approval of any Transfer in any one or more instances shall not limit or waive the requirement for such approval in any other or future instance. The Manager shall promptly amend the Schedule of Members to reflect any Permitted Transfer pursuant to this Article X.

 

  36  

 

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of Section 10.01 and Article XI and Article XII), in no event shall any Member Transfer any Units to the extent such Transfer would:

 

(i) result in the violation of the Securities Act, or any other applicable federal, state or foreign Laws;

 

(ii) cause an assignment under the Investment Company Act;

 

(iii) in the reasonable determination of the Manager, be a violation of or a default (or an event that, with notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) under, or result in an acceleration of any indebtedness under, any promissory note, mortgage, loan agreement, indenture or similar instrument or agreement to which the Company or the Manager is a party, including the Credit Agreement; provided that (x) the payee or creditor to whom the Company or the Manager owes such obligation is not an Affiliate of the Company or the Manager and (y) such indebtedness, individually or in the aggregate, has an aggregate principal amount then outstanding that is greater than $25,000,000;

 

(iv) cause the Company to lose its status as a partnership for federal income tax purposes or, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, be considered to be effected on or through an “established securities market” or a “secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof,” as such terms are used in Section 1.7704-1 of the Treasury Regulations;

 

(v) be a Transfer to a Person who is not legally competent or who has not achieved his or her majority under applicable Law (excluding trusts for the benefit of minors);

 

(vi) cause the Company to be treated as a “publicly traded partnership” or to be taxed as a corporation pursuant to Section 7704 of the Code or successor provision of the Code; or

 

(vii) result in the Company having more than one hundred (100) partners, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h)(1) (determined pursuant to the rules of Treasury Regulations Section 1.7704-1(h)(3)).

 

  37  

 

 

ARTICLE XI.
REDEMPTION AND EXCHANGE RIGHTS

 

Section 11.01 Redemption Right of a Member.

 

(a) Each Member (other than the Corporation) shall be entitled to cause the Company to redeem (a “Redemption”) its Membership Units (the “Redemption Right”) at any time following the expiration of any contractual lock-up period relating to the shares of the Corporation that may be applicable to such Member. A Member desiring to exercise its Redemption Right (the “Redeeming Member”) shall exercise such right by giving written notice (the “Redemption Notice”) to the Company with a copy to the Corporation. The Redemption Notice shall specify the number of Membership Units (the “Redeemed Units”) that the Redeeming Member intends to have the Company redeem and a date, not less than seven (7) Business Days nor more than ten (10) Business Days after delivery of such Redemption Notice (unless and to the extent that the Manager in its sole discretion agrees in writing to waive such time periods), on which exercise of the Redemption Right shall be completed (the “Redemption Date”); provided that the Company, the Corporation and the Redeeming Member may change the number of Redeemed Units and/or the Redemption Date specified in such Redemption Notice to another number and/or date by mutual agreement signed in writing by each of them; provided further that a Redemption Notice may be conditioned by the Corporation or the Company on the closing of an underwritten distribution of the shares of Class A Common Stock that may be issued in connection with such proposed Redemption. Unless the Redeeming Member timely has delivered a Retraction Notice as provided in Section 11.01(b) or has revoked or delayed a Redemption as provided in Section 11.01(c), on the Redemption Date (to be effective immediately prior to the close of business on the Redemption Date) (i) the Redeeming Member shall transfer and surrender the Redeemed Units to the Company, free and clear of all liens and encumbrances, and (ii) the Company shall (x) cancel the Redeemed Units, (y) transfer to the Redeeming Member the consideration to which the Redeeming Member is entitled under Section 11.01(b), and (z), if the Units are certificated, issue to the Redeeming Member a certificate for a number of Membership Units equal to the difference (if any) between the number of Membership Units evidenced by the certificate surrendered by the Redeeming Member pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 11.01(a) and the Redeemed Units.

 

(b) In exercising its Redemption Right, a Redeeming Member shall be entitled to receive the Share Settlement or the Cash Settlement; provided that the Corporation shall have the option as provided in Section 11.02 and subject to Section 11.01(d) to select whether the redemption payment is made by means of a Share Settlement or a Cash Settlement. Within three (3) Business Days of delivery of the Redemption Notice, the Corporation shall give written notice (the “Contribution Notice”) to the Company (with a copy to the Redeeming Member) of its intended settlement method; provided that if the Corporation does not timely deliver a Contribution Notice, the Corporation shall be deemed to have elected the Share Settlement method. If the Corporation elects the Cash Settlement method, the Redeeming Member may retract its Redemption Notice by giving written notice (the “Retraction Notice”) to the Company (with a copy to the Corporation) within two (2) Business Days of delivery of the Contribution Notice. The timely delivery of a Retraction Notice shall terminate all of the Redeeming Member’s, Company’s and the Corporation’ rights and obligations under this Section 11.01 arising from the Redemption Notice.

 

  38  

 

 

(c) In the event the Corporation elects a Share Settlement in connection with a Redemption, a Redeeming Member shall be entitled to revoke its Redemption Notice or delay the consummation of a Redemption if any of the following conditions exists: (i) any registration statement pursuant to which the resale of the Class A Common Stock to be registered for such Redeeming Member at or immediately following the consummation of the Redemption shall have ceased to be effective pursuant to any action or inaction by the SEC or no such resale registration statement has yet become effective; (ii) the Corporation shall have failed to cause any related prospectus to be supplemented by any required prospectus supplement necessary to effect such Redemption; (iii) the Corporation shall have exercised its right to defer, delay or suspend the filing or effectiveness of a registration statement and such deferral, delay or suspension shall affect the ability of such Redeeming Member to have its Class A Common Stock registered at or immediately following the consummation of the Redemption; (iv) the Corporation shall have disclosed to such Redeeming Member any material non-public information concerning the Corporation, the receipt of which results in such Redeeming Member being prohibited or restricted from selling Class A Common Stock at or immediately following the Redemption without disclosure of such information (and the Corporation does not permit disclosure); (v) any stop order relating to the registration statement pursuant to which the Class A Common Stock was to be registered by such Redeeming Member at or immediately following the Redemption shall have been issued by the SEC; (vi) there shall have occurred a material disruption in the securities markets generally or in the market or markets in which the Class A Common Stock is then traded; (vii) there shall be in effect an injunction, a restraining order or a decree of any nature of any Governmental Entity that restrains or prohibits the Redemption; (viii) the Corporation shall have failed to comply in all material respects with its obligations under the Registration Rights Agreement, and such failure shall have affected the ability of such Redeeming Member to consummate the resale of Class A Common Stock to be received upon such redemption pursuant to an effective registration statement; (ix) the Redemption Date would occur three (3) Business Days or less prior to, or during, a Black-Out Period; provided further, that in no event shall the Redeeming Member seeking to revoke its Redemption Notice or delay the consummation of such Redemption and relying on any of the matters contemplated in clauses (i) through (ix) above have controlled or intentionally materially influenced any facts, circumstances, or Persons in connection therewith (except in the good faith performance of his or her duties as an officer or director of the Corporation) in order to provide such Redeeming Member with a basis for such delay or revocation. If a Redeeming Member delays the consummation of a Redemption pursuant to this Section 11.01(c), the Redemption Date shall occur on the fifth Business Day following the date on which the conditions giving rise to such delay cease to exist (or such earlier day as the Corporation, the Company and such Redeeming Member may agree in writing).

 

(d) The number of shares of Class A Common Stock or the Redeemed Units Equivalent that a Redeeming Member is entitled to receive under Section 11.01(b) (whether through a Share Settlement or Cash Settlement) shall not be adjusted on account of any Distributions previously made with respect to the Redeemed Units or dividends previously paid with respect to Class A Common Stock; provided, however, that if a Redeeming Member causes the Company to redeem Redeemed Units and the Redemption Date occurs subsequent to the record date for any Distribution with respect to the Redeemed Units but prior to payment of such Distribution, the Redeeming Member shall be entitled to receive such Distribution with respect to the Redeemed Units on the date that it is made notwithstanding that the Redeeming Member transferred and surrendered the Redeemed Units to the Company prior to such date.

 

(e) In the event of a reclassification or other similar transaction as a result of which the shares of Class A Common Stock are converted into another security, then in exercising its Redemption Right a Redeeming Member shall be entitled to receive the amount of such security that the Redeeming Member would have received if such Redemption Right had been exercised and the Redemption Date had occurred immediately prior to the record date of such reclassification or other similar transaction.

 

  39  

 

 

Section 11.02 Election and Contribution of the Corporation. In connection with the exercise of a Redeeming Member’s Redemption Rights under Section 11.01(a), if the consideration for such Redemption is obtained from the Corporation, the Corporation shall contribute to the Company the consideration the Redeeming Member is entitled to receive under Section 11.01(b). The Corporation, at its option, shall determine whether to contribute, pursuant to Section 11.01(b), the Share Settlement or the Cash Settlement. Unless the Redeeming Member has timely delivered a Retraction Notice as provided in Section 11.01(b), or has revoked or delayed a Redemption as provided in Section 11.01(c), on the Redemption Date (to be effective immediately prior to the close of business on the Redemption Date), if the consideration for such Redemption is obtained from the Corporation, (i) the Corporation shall make its Capital Contribution to the Company (in the form of the Share Settlement or the Cash Settlement) required under this Section 11.02, and (ii) the Company shall issue to the Corporation a number of Membership Units equal to the number of Redeemed Units surrendered by the Redeeming Member. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that the Corporation elects a Cash Settlement with consideration obtained from the Corporation, the Corporation shall only be obligated to contribute to the Company an amount in respect of such Cash Settlement equal to the net proceeds (after deduction of any [selling agents’ / underwriters’] discounts or commissions and brokers’ fees or commissions) from the sale by the Corporation of a number of shares of Class A Common Stock equal to the number of Redeemed Units to be redeemed with such Cash Settlement; provided that the Corporation’s Capital Account shall be increased by an amount equal to any Discount relating to such sale of shares of Class A Common Stock in accordance with Section 6.06. The timely delivery of a Retraction Notice shall terminate all of the Company’s and the Corporation’ rights and obligations under this Section 11.02 arising from the Redemption Notice.

 

Section 11.03 Exchange Right of the Corporation.

 

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article XI, the Corporation may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect to effect on the Redemption Date the exchange of Redeemed Units for the Share Settlement or Cash Settlement, as the case may be, through a direct exchange of such Redeemed Units and such consideration between the Redeeming Member and the Corporation (a “Direct Exchange”). Upon such Direct Exchange pursuant to this Section 11.03, the Corporation shall acquire the Redeemed Units and shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as the owner of such Units.

 

(b) The Corporation may, at any time prior to a Redemption Date, deliver written notice (an “Exchange Election Notice”) to the Company and the Redeeming Member setting forth its election to exercise its right to consummate a Direct Exchange; provided that such election does not prejudice the ability of the parties to consummate a Redemption or Direct Exchange on the Redemption Date. An Exchange Election Notice may be revoked by the Corporation at any time; provided that any such revocation does not prejudice the ability of the parties to consummate a Redemption or Direct Exchange on the Redemption Date. The right to consummate a Direct Exchange in all events shall be exercisable for all the Redeemed Units that would have otherwise been subject to a Redemption. Except as otherwise provided by this Section 11.03, a Direct Exchange shall be consummated pursuant to the same timeframe and in the same manner as the relevant Redemption would have been consummated if the Corporation had not delivered an Exchange Election Notice.

 

  40  

 

 

Section 11.04 Reservation of Shares of Class A Common Stock; Listing; Certificate of the Corporation. At all times, the Corporation shall reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of issuance upon a Redemption or Direct Exchange, such number of shares of Class A Common Stock as shall be issuable upon any such Redemption or Direct Exchange pursuant to Share Settlements; provided that nothing contained herein shall be construed to preclude the Corporation from satisfying its obligations in respect of any such Redemption or Direct Exchange by delivery of purchased Class A Common Stock (which may or may not be held in the treasury of the Corporation) or the delivery of cash pursuant to a Cash Settlement. The Corporation shall deliver Class A Common Stock that has been registered under the Securities Act with respect to any Redemption or Direct Exchange to the extent a registration statement is effective and available for such shares. The Corporation shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to list the Class A Common Stock required to be delivered upon any such Redemption or Direct Exchange prior to such delivery upon each national securities exchange upon which the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock are listed at the time of such Redemption or Direct Exchange (it being understood that any such shares may be subject to transfer restrictions under applicable securities Laws). The Corporation covenants that all Class A Common Stock issued upon a Redemption or Direct Exchange will, upon issuance, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. The provisions of this Article XI shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with the corresponding provisions of the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation.

 

Section 11.05 Effect of Exercise of Redemption or Exchange Right. This Agreement shall continue notwithstanding the consummation of a Redemption or Direct Exchange and all governance or other rights set forth herein shall be exercised by the remaining Members and the Redeeming Member (to the extent of such Redeeming Member’s remaining interest in the Company). No Redemption or Direct Exchange shall relieve such Redeeming Member of any prior breach of this Agreement.

 

Section 11.06 Tax Treatment. Unless otherwise required by applicable Law, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree a Redemption effected with consideration received from the Corporation or a Direct Exchange, as the case may be, shall be treated as a direct exchange between the Corporation and the Redeeming Member for U.S. federal and applicable state and local income tax purposes.

 

ARTICLE XII.
ADMISSION OF MEMBERS

 

Section 12.01 Substituted Members. Subject to the provisions of Article X hereof, in connection with the Permitted Transfer of a Company Interest hereunder, the transferee shall become a substituted Member (“Substituted Member”) on the effective date of such Transfer, which effective date shall not be earlier than the date of compliance with the conditions to such Transfer, and such admission shall be shown on the books and records of the Company.

 

  41  

 

 

Section 12.02 Additional Members. Subject to the provisions of Article X hereof, any Person that is not a Continuing Member may be admitted to the Company as an additional Member (any such Person, an “Additional Member”) only upon furnishing to the Manager (a) counterparts of this Agreement and any applicable Other Agreements and (b) such other documents or instruments as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to effect such Person’s admission as a Member (including entering into such documents as the Manager may deem appropriate in its reasonable discretion). Such admission shall become effective on the date on which the Manager determines in its reasonable discretion that such conditions have been satisfied and when any such admission is shown on the books and records of the Company.

 

ARTICLE XIII.
WITHDRAWAL AND RESIGNATION; TERMINATION OF RIGHTS

 

Section 13.01 Withdrawal and Resignation of Members. No Member shall have the power or right to withdraw or otherwise resign as a Member from the Company prior to the dissolution and winding up of the Company pursuant to Article XIV. Any Member, however, that attempts to withdraw or otherwise resign as a Member from the Company without the prior written consent of the Manager upon or following the dissolution and winding up of the Company pursuant to Article XIV, but prior to such Member receiving the full amount of Distributions from the Company to which such Member is entitled pursuant to Article XIV, shall be liable to the Company for all damages (including all lost profits and special, indirect and consequential damages) directly or indirectly caused by the withdrawal or resignation of such Member. Upon a Transfer of all of a Member’s Units in a Transfer permitted by this Agreement, subject to the provisions of Section 10.06, such Member shall cease to be a Member.

 

ARTICLE XIV.
DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

 

Section 14.01 Dissolution. The Company shall not be dissolved by the admission of Additional Members or Substituted Members or the attempted withdrawal or resignation of a Member. The Company shall dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon:

 

(a) the unanimous decision of the Manager together with the Members that then hold Voting Units to dissolve the Company;

 

(b) a Change of Control Transaction that is not approved by the Majority Members;

 

(c) a dissolution of the Company under Section 18-801(4) of the Delaware Act; or

 

(d) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company under Section 18-802 of the Delaware Act.

 

  42  

 

 

Except as otherwise set forth in this Article XIV, the Company is intended to have perpetual existence. An Event of Withdrawal shall not cause a dissolution of the Company and the Company shall continue in existence subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

Section 14.02 Liquidation and Termination. On dissolution of the Company, the Manager shall act as liquidator or may appoint one or more Persons as liquidator. The liquidators shall proceed diligently to wind up the affairs of the Company and make final distributions as provided herein and in the Delaware Act. The costs of liquidation shall be borne as a Company expense. Until final distribution, the liquidators shall continue to operate the Company properties with all of the power and authority of the Manager. The steps to be accomplished by the liquidators are as follows:

 

(a) as promptly as possible after dissolution and again after final liquidation, the liquidators shall cause a proper accounting to be made by a recognized firm of certified public accountants of the Company’s assets, liabilities and operations through the last day of the calendar month in which the dissolution occurs or the final liquidation is completed, as applicable;

 

(b) the liquidators shall cause the notice described in the Delaware Act to be mailed to each known creditor of and claimant against the Company in the manner described thereunder;

 

(c) the liquidators shall pay, satisfy or discharge from Company funds, or otherwise make adequate provision for payment and discharge thereof (including, without limitation, the establishment of a cash fund for contingent liabilities in such amount and for such term as the liquidators may reasonably determine) first, all expenses incurred in liquidation; and second, all of the debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company; and

 

(d) all remaining assets of the Company shall be distributed to the Members in accordance with Article IV by the end of the Taxable Year during which the liquidation of the Company occurs (or, if later, by ninety (90) days after the date of the liquidation). The distribution of cash and/or property to the Members in accordance with the provisions of this Section 14.02 and Section 14.03 below constitutes a complete return to the Members of their Capital Contributions, a complete distribution to the Members of their interest in the Company and all the Company’s property and constitutes a compromise to which all Members have consented within the meaning of the Delaware Act. To the extent that a Member returns funds to the Company, it has no claim against any other Member for those funds.

 

Section 14.03 Deferment; Distribution in Kind. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 14.02, but subject to the order of priorities set forth therein, if upon dissolution of the Company the liquidators determine that an immediate sale of part or all of the Company’s assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss (or would otherwise not be beneficial) to the Members, the liquidators may, in their sole discretion, defer for a reasonable time the liquidation of any assets except those necessary to satisfy Company liabilities, including to satisfy liabilities under the Credit Agreement (but not loans to the Company by any other Members) and reserves. Subject to the order of priorities set forth in Section 14.02, the liquidators may, in their sole discretion, distribute to the Members, in lieu of cash, either (a) all or any portion of such remaining Company assets in-kind in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.02(d), (b) as tenants in common and in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.02(d), undivided interests in all or any portion of such Company assets or (c) a combination of the foregoing. Any such Distributions in kind shall be subject to (y) such conditions relating to the disposition and management of such assets as the liquidators deem reasonable and equitable and (z) the terms and conditions of any agreements governing such assets (or the operation thereof or the holders thereof) at such time. Any Company assets distributed in kind will first be written up or down to their Fair Market Value, thus creating Profit or Loss (if any), which shall be allocated in accordance with Article V. The liquidators shall determine the Fair Market Value of any property distributed in accordance with the valuation procedures set forth in Article XV.

 

  43  

 

 

Section 14.04 Cancellation of Certificate. On completion of the distribution of Company assets as provided herein, the Company is terminated (and the Company shall not be terminated prior to such time), and the Manager (or such other Person or Persons as the Delaware Act may require or permit) shall file a certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State of Delaware, cancel any other filings made pursuant to this Agreement that are or should be canceled and take such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Company. The Company shall be deemed to continue in existence for all purposes of this Agreement until it is terminated pursuant to this Section 14.04.

 

Section 14.05 Reasonable Time for Winding Up. A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly winding up of the business and affairs of the Company and the liquidation of its assets pursuant to Sections 14.02 and 14.03 in order to minimize any losses otherwise attendant upon such winding up.

 

Section 14.06 Return of Capital. The liquidators shall not be personally liable for the return of Capital Contributions or any portion thereof to the Members (it being understood that any such return shall be made solely from Company assets).

 

ARTICLE XV.
VALUATION

 

Section 15.01 Determination. “Fair Market Value” of a specific Company asset will mean the amount which the Company would receive in an all-cash sale of such asset in an arms-length transaction with a willing unaffiliated third party, with neither party having any compulsion to buy or sell, consummated on the day immediately preceding the date on which the event occurred which necessitated the determination of the Fair Market Value (and after giving effect to any transfer taxes payable in connection with such sale), as such amount is determined by the Manager (or, if pursuant to Section 14.02, the liquidators) in its good faith judgment using all factors, information and data it deems to be pertinent.

 

Section 15.02 Dispute Resolution. If any Member or Members dispute the accuracy of any determination of Fair Market Value in accordance with Section 15.01, and the Manager and such Member(s) are unable to agree on the determination of the Fair Market Value of any asset of the Company, the Manager and such Member(s) shall each select a nationally recognized investment banking firm experienced in valuing securities of closely-held companies such as the Company in the Company’s industry (the “Appraisers”), who shall each determine the Fair Market Value of the asset or the Company (as applicable) in accordance with the provisions of Section 15.01. The Appraisers shall be instructed to give written notice of their determination of the Fair Market Value of the asset or the Company (as applicable) within thirty (30) days of their appointment as Appraisers. If Fair Market Value as determined by an Appraiser is higher than Fair Market Value as determined by the other Appraiser by 10% or more, and the Manager and such Member(s) do not otherwise agree on a Fair Market Value, the original Appraisers shall designate a third Appraiser meeting the same criteria used to select the original two. If Fair Market Value as determined by an Appraiser is within 10% of the Fair Market Value as determined by the other Appraiser (but not identical), and the Manager and such Member(s) do not otherwise agree on a Fair Market Value, the Manager shall select the Fair Market Value of one of the Appraisers. The fees and expenses of the Appraisers shall be borne by the Company.

 

  44  

 

 

ARTICLE XVI.
GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 16.01 Power of Attorney.

 

(a) Each Member who is an individual hereby constitutes and appoints the Manager (or the liquidator, if applicable) with full power of substitution, as his or her true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in his, her or its name, place and stead, to:

 

(i) execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record in the appropriate public offices (A) this Agreement, all certificates and other instruments and all amendments thereof which the Manager deems appropriate or necessary to form, qualify, or continue the qualification of, the Company as a limited liability company in the State of Delaware and in all other jurisdictions in which the Company may conduct business or own property; (B) all instruments which the Manager deems appropriate or necessary to reflect any amendment, change, modification or restatement of this Agreement in accordance with its terms; (C) all conveyances and other instruments or documents which the Manager deems appropriate or necessary to reflect the dissolution and liquidation of the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including a certificate of cancellation; and (D) all instruments relating to the admission, withdrawal or substitution of any Member pursuant to Article XII or XIII; and

 

(ii) sign, execute, swear to and acknowledge all ballots, consents, approvals, waivers, certificates and other instruments appropriate or necessary, in the reasonable judgment of the Manager, to evidence, confirm or ratify any vote, consent, approval, agreement or other action which is made or given by the Members hereunder or is consistent with the terms of this Agreement, in the reasonable judgment of the Manager, to effectuate the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b) The foregoing power of attorney is irrevocable and coupled with an interest, and shall survive the death, disability, incapacity, dissolution, bankruptcy, insolvency or termination of any Member who is an individual and the transfer of all or any portion of his, her or its Company Interest and shall extend to such Member’s heirs, successors, assigns and personal representatives.

 

  45  

 

 

Section 16.02 Confidentiality. The Manager and each of the Members agree to hold the Company’s Confidential Information in confidence and may not use such information except in furtherance of the business of the Company or as otherwise authorized separately in writing by the Manager. “Confidential Information” as used herein includes, but is not limited to, ideas, financial product structuring, business strategies, innovations and materials, all aspects of the Company’s business plan, proposed operation and products, corporate structure, financial and organizational information, analyses, proposed partners, software code and system and product designs, employees and their identities, equity ownership, the methods and means by which the Company plans to conduct its business, all trade secrets, trademarks, tradenames and all intellectual property associated with the Company’s business. With respect to the Manager and each Member, Confidential Information does not include information or material that: (a) is rightfully in the possession of the Manager or each Member at the time of disclosure by the Company; (b) before or after it has been disclosed to the Manager or each Member by the Company, becomes part of public knowledge, not as a result of any action or inaction of the Manager or such Member, respectively, in violation of this Agreement; (c) is approved for release by written authorization of the Manager of the Company or the Board of Directors of the Corporation; (d) is disclosed to the Manager or such Member or their representatives by a third party not, to the knowledge of the Manager or such Member, respectively, in violation of any obligation of confidentiality owed to the Company with respect to such information; or (e) is or becomes independently developed by the Manager or such Member or their respective representatives without use or reference to the Confidential Information.

 

Section 16.03 Amendments. This Agreement may be amended or modified upon the consent of the Majority Members. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment or modification (a) to this Section 16.03 may be made without the prior written consent of the Manager and the Majority Members, (b) to any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement which terms and conditions expressly require the approval or action of certain Persons may be made without obtaining the consent of the requisite number or specified percentage of such Persons who are entitled to approve or take action on such matter, and (c) to any of the terms and conditions of Article VI or Section 14.01 (and related definitions as used directly or indirectly therein) may be made without the prior written consent of the Manager, which consent may be given or withheld in the Manager’s sole discretion.

 

Section 16.04 Title to Company Assets. Company assets shall be deemed to be owned by the Company as an entity, and no Member, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Company assets or any portion thereof. The Company shall hold title to all of its property in the name of the Company and not in the name of any Member. All Company assets shall be recorded as the property of the Company on its books and records, irrespective of the name in which legal title to such Company assets is held. The Company’s credit and assets shall be used solely for the benefit of the Company, and no asset of the Company shall be transferred or encumbered for, or in payment of, any individual obligation of any Member.

 

  46  

 

 

Section 16.05 Addresses and Notices. Any notice provided for in this Agreement will be in writing and will be either personally delivered, or received by certified mail, return receipt requested, or sent by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) to the Company at the address set forth below and to any other recipient and to any Member at such address as indicated by the Company’s records, or at such address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party. Notices will be deemed to have been given hereunder when delivered personally or sent by telecopier (provided confirmation of transmission is received), three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mail and one (1) day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier service. The Company’s address is:

 

to the Company:

 

iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC

433 Plaza Real, Suite 335

Boca Raton, FL 33432
Attn: Hamid Hashemi, President and Chief Executive Officer
E-mail: hamid.hashemi@ipic.com

 

with a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to:

 

iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC
433 Plaza Real, Suite 335

Boca Raton, FL 33432
Attn: Paul Safran, SVP and General Counsel
E-mail: paul.safran@ipic.com

 

and

 

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP
One New York Plaza
New York, New York 10004
Attn:           Daniel J. Bursky

    Andrew B. Barkan

Facsimile:  (212) 859-4000

E-mail:        daniel.bursky@friedfrank.com

           andrew.barkan@friedfrank.com

 

Section 16.06 Binding Effect; Intended Beneficiaries. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

 

Section 16.07 Creditors. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of or enforceable by any creditors of the Company or any of its Affiliates solely because it is a creditor, and no creditor who makes a loan to the Company or any of its Affiliates may have or acquire (except pursuant to the terms of a separate agreement executed by the Company in favor of such creditor) at any time solely as a result of making the loan any direct or indirect interest in Company Profits, Losses, Distributions, capital or property other than as a secured creditor.

 

Section 16.08 Waiver. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

 

  47  

 

 

Section 16.09 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which will be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement binding on all the parties hereto.

 

Section 16.10 Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware. Any dispute relating hereto shall be heard in the state or federal courts of the State of Delaware, and the parties agree to jurisdiction and venue therein.

 

Section 16.11 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable Law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable Law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or the effectiveness or validity of any provision in any other jurisdiction, and this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

Section 16.12 Further Action. The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking such actions as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

 

Section 16.13 Delivery by Electronic Transmission. This Agreement and any signed agreement or instrument entered into in connection with this Agreement or contemplated hereby, and any amendments hereto or thereto, to the extent signed and delivered by means of an electronic transmission, including by a facsimile machine or via email, shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original agreement or instrument and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as if it were the original signed version thereof delivered in person. At the request of any party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument, each other party hereto or thereto shall re-execute original forms thereof and deliver them to all other parties. No party hereto or to any such agreement or instrument shall raise the use of electronic transmission by a facsimile machine or via email to deliver a signature or the fact that any signature or agreement or instrument was transmitted or communicated through such electronic transmission as a defense to the formation of a contract and each such party forever waives any such defense.

 

Section 16.14 Right of Offset. Whenever the Company is to pay any sum (other than pursuant to Article IV) to any Member, any amounts that such Member owes to the Company which are not the subject of a good faith dispute may be deducted from that sum before payment. For the avoidance of doubt, the distribution of Units to the Corporation shall not be subject to this Section 16.14.

 

Section 16.15 Effectiveness. This Agreement shall be effective immediately prior to the time at which the IPO closes on the IPO Closing Date (the “Effective Time”). The Second Amended and Restated LLC Agreement shall govern the rights and obligations of the Company and the other parties to this Agreement in their capacity as holders of Membership Units prior to the Effective Time.

 

  48  

 

 

Section 16.16 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, those documents expressly referred to herein (including the Registration Rights Agreement), any indemnity agreements entered into in connection with the Second Amended and Restated LLC Agreement with any member of the board of managers at that time and other documents of even date herewith embody the complete agreement and understanding among the parties and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way. For the avoidance of doubt, the Second Amended and Restated LLC Agreement is superseded by this Agreement as of the Effective Time and shall be of no further force and effect thereafter.

 

Section 16.17 Remedies. Each Member shall have all rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement and all rights and remedies which such Person has been granted at any time under any other agreement or contract and all of the rights which such Person has under any Law. Any Person having any rights under any provision of this Agreement or any other agreements contemplated hereby shall be entitled to enforce such rights specifically (without posting a bond or other security), to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights granted by Law.

 

Section 16.18 Sovereign Immunity. The Company understands that any Governmental Member reserves all immunities, defenses, rights or actions arising out of its status as a sovereign state or entity, including those under the Eleventh Amendment to the United States Constitution and applicable state law. No provision of this Agreement or any agreements entered into in connection therewith (the “Transaction Documents”) shall be construed as a waiver or limitation of such immunities, defenses, rights or actions. Nevertheless, to the greatest extent permitted by applicable law, the foregoing shall not limit the validity and legally binding nature of the contractual obligations of the Governmental Member under the Transaction Documents and shall not be interpreted to relieve the Governmental Member from any of its obligations under the Transaction Documents, nor shall it reduce or modify the rights of the Company, other Members or the Board of Directors to enforce such obligations at law or in equity.

 

Section 16.19 Descriptive Headings; Interpretation. The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a substantive part of this Agreement. Whenever required by the context, any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa. The use of the word “including” in this Agreement shall be by way of example rather than by limitation. Reference to any agreement, document or instrument means such agreement, document or instrument as amended or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, and if applicable hereof. Without limiting the generality of the immediately preceding sentence, no amendment or other modification to any agreement, document or instrument that requires the consent of any Person pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other agreement will be given effect hereunder unless such Person has consented in writing to such amendment or modification. Wherever required by the context, references to a Fiscal Year shall refer to a portion thereof. The use of the words “or,” “either” and “any” shall not be exclusive. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. Wherever a conflict exists between this Agreement and any other agreement, this Agreement shall control but solely to the extent of such conflict.

 

  49  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed or caused to be executed on their behalf this Amended and Restated Operating Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:

 

  IPIC GOLD CLASS HOLDINGS LLC
     
  By: iPic Entertainment Inc., its Manager
     
  By:  
  Name: Hamid Hashemi
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

SOLE MANAGER:

 

  IPIC ENTERTAINMENT INC.
     
  By:  
  Name: Hamid Hashemi
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Operating Agreement]

 

 

 

 

MEMBERS:

 

  IPIC HOLDINGS, LLC
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Operating Agreement]

 

 

 

 

  VILLAGE ROADSHOW ATTRACTIONS USA, INC.
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Operating Agreement]

 

 

 

 

  TEACHERS’ RETIREMENT SYSTEM OF ALABAMA
     
  By:        
    Name:
    Title:

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Operating Agreement]

 

 

 

 

 

  EMPLOYEES’ RETIREMENT SYSTEM OF ALABAMA
            
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Operating Agreement]

 

 

 

 

 

  REGAL/ATOM HOLDINGS, LLC
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Operating Agreement]

 

 

 

 

 

  PVR LIMITED
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Operating Agreement]

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT

 

This JOINDER AGREEMENT, dated as of ___________, 20__ (this “Joinder”), is delivered pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of [l], 2018 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “LLC Agreement”) by and among iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), iPic Entertainment Inc., a Delaware corporation and the manager of the Company (the “Corporation”), and each of the Members from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the respective meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

 

1. Joinder to the LLC Agreement. Upon the execution of this Joinder by the undersigned and delivery hereof to the Corporation, the undersigned hereby is and hereafter will be a Member under the LLC Agreement and a party thereto, with all the rights, privileges and responsibilities of a Member thereunder. The undersigned hereby agrees that it shall comply with and be fully bound by the terms of the LLC Agreement as if it had been a signatory thereto as of the date thereof.

 

2. Incorporation by Reference. All terms and conditions of the LLC Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference in this Joinder as if set forth herein in full.

 

3. Address. All notices under the LLC Agreement to the undersigned shall be direct to:

 

[Name]
[Address]
[City, State, Zip Code]
Attn:
Facsimile:
E-mail:

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Joinder as of the day and year first above written.

 

  [NAME OF NEW MEMBER]
     
  By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 

 

 

Acknowledged and agreed
as of the date first set forth above:

 

IPIC GOLD CLASS HOLDINGS LLC  
     
By: IPIC ENTERTAINMENT INC., its Manager  
     
By:    
  Name  
  Title:  

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 6.9

 

FORM OF

 

MEMBERSHIP UNIT PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This MEMBERSHIP UNIT PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of [●], 2018, by and between iPic Entertainment Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Corporation is contemplating an offer and sale of its shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Class A Common Stock” and such shares, the “Shares”), to the public in a best efforts initial public offering (the “IPO”) pursuant to the Offering Statement (as defined herein);

 

WHEREAS, the Corporation desires to use the net proceeds from the IPO to purchase Membership Units of the Company, and the Company desires to issue its Membership Units to the Corporation in exchange for such net proceeds from the IPO;

 

WHEREAS, immediately prior to or simultaneous with the purchase by the Corporation of the Membership Units and consummation of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Company, the Corporation, and the other Members (as defined in the LLC Agreement (as defined below)) will enter into that certain Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company in the form substantially set forth as Exhibit A hereto (such agreement, as it may be amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “LLC Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, upon the Effective Time (as defined below), the Corporation will become the sole manager of the Company; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties hereto intend for the Corporation’s contribution to the Company of the proceeds received from the Corporation’s IPO in exchange for Membership Units to be treated as a contribution of property governed by Section 721(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Corporation and the Company agree as follows:

 

AGREEMENT

 

Article I.
Definitions

 

Section 1.01        Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified in this Section 1.01:

 

Company” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

 

 

 

Corporation” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

Effective Time” means the “Effective Time” as defined in the LLC Agreement.

 

Encumbrance” means, with respect to any specified asset, any security interest, lien, mortgage, claim, charge, pledge, restriction, option, reservation, equitable interest, deed of trust, right of first refusal, easement, servitude or encumbrance of any nature.

 

Initial Closing” means the closing of the transactions contemplated in Sections 2.01, 2.02 and 2.04.

 

Initial Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03.

 

Initial Consideration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.02.

 

Initial Units” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.01.

 

Initial Proceeds” means the net proceeds received by the Corporation in exchange for the issuance and sale of Shares in the IPO. Initial Proceeds will be calculated as the product of (a) the sum of (i) the price per share at which Shares are sold to the public in the IPO minus (ii) the aggregate selling agents’ commissions in such offering, multiplied by (b) the number of Shares sold to the public in the IPO without giving effect to any exercise of the Subsequent Closings. For the avoidance of doubt, Initial Proceeds shall not include the Subsequent Proceeds.

 

IPO” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

LLC Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Membership Units” means the “Membership Units” of the Company as defined in the LLC Agreement.

 

Offering Circular” means the final offering circular for the IPO contained in the Offering Statement.

 

Offering Statement” means the Corporation’s offering statement on Form 1-A, file no. 024-10773, as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“Selling Agency Agreement” means the Selling Agency Agreement, dated as of [ ● ], 2018, by and among the Corporation and TriPoint Global Equities, LLC.

 

“Selling Agents” means TriPoint Global Equities, LLC; Roth Capital Partners, LLC; and Telsey Advisory Group LLC.

 

Shares” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

  2  

 

 

Subsequent Closing” means the closings of the transactions contemplated in Sections 3.01, 3.02 and 3.04.

 

Subsequent Closing Dates” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.03.

 

Subsequent Proceeds” means the net proceeds received by the Corporation in exchange for the issuance and sale of Shares in the IPO but solely as a result of the holding of Subsequent Closings. Subsequent Proceeds will be calculated as the product of (a) the sum of (i) the price per share at which Shares are sold to the public in the IPO minus (ii) the aggregate selling agents’ commissions in such offering, multiplied by (b) the number of Shares sold to the public in the IPO solely to the extent one or more Subsequent Closings are held. For the avoidance of doubt, Subsequent Proceeds shall not include the Initial Proceeds.

 

Subsequent Units” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01.

 

Transaction Documents” mean the transactional and organizational documents entered into prior to, or contemporaneously with, this Agreement by either the Company or the Corporation, as applicable, in connection with the IPO.

 

Article II.
Initial Closing

 

Section 2.01        Company Issuance of Membership Units to Corporation. The Company hereby agrees to issue to the Corporation on the Initial Closing Date, and the Corporation hereby agrees to subscribe for, purchase and accept on the Initial Closing Date, free and clear of all Encumbrances, an aggregate number of Membership Units equal to the aggregate number of Shares sold (excluding any Shares sold in any Subsequent Closings) in the IPO (such Membership Units collectively, the “Initial Units”).

 

Section 2.02       Consideration. The consideration for the Initial Units shall be an amount equal to the Initial Proceeds (the “Initial Consideration”).

 

Section 2.03        Initial Closing. The Initial Closing shall be held at the offices of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, One New York Plaza, New York, NY 10004 at the time and date on which all the conditions set forth in Article VI have been satisfied or waived, or at such later time and date as the Corporation and the Company shall agree in writing (such time and date, the “Initial Closing Date”).

 

Section 2.04        Initial Closing Deliverables.

 

(a)        The Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, the following documents to the Corporation at the Initial Closing:

 

(i)        evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation that the Corporation has been registered as the holder of the Initial Units in the books and records of the Company (which evidence may be satisfied by the Schedule of Members attached to the LLC Agreement at the Effective Time, as modified to give effect to the Initial Closing); and

 

(ii)       all other customary documents, instruments or certificates as shall be reasonably requested by the Corporation and as shall be consistent with the terms of this Agreement.

 

  3  

 

 

(b)        The Corporation shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, the following to the Company at the Initial Closing:

 

(i)        the Initial Consideration by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account specified by the Company at least one business day prior to the Initial Closing; and

 

(ii)       all other customary documents, instruments or certificates as shall be reasonably requested by the Company and as shall be consistent with the terms of this Agreement.

 

Section 2.05        Closing Costs; Transfer Taxes and Fees. The Company shall be solely responsible for the documentary and transfer taxes and any sales or other similar taxes, if any, imposed on the issuance and sale of the Initial Units by the Company to the Corporation under this Agreement, as well as any deficiency, interest or penalty asserted with respect thereto.

 

Article III.
SubseQUENT Closings

 

Section 3.01        Corporation Purchase of Additional Membership Units from the Company Section 3.02. Solely to the extent that the Selling Agents determine to hold one or more Subsequent Closings, the Company hereby agrees to sell to the Corporation on each Subsequent Closing Date, and the Corporation hereby agrees to purchase and accept from the Company on each Subsequent Closing Date, free and clear of all Encumbrances, an aggregate number of Membership Units equal to the aggregate number of Shares sold to investors in conjunction with each Subsequent Closing (such Membership Units collectively, the “Subsequent Units”). The Corporation and the Company hereby acknowledge and agree that the obligation of the Company to issue any Subsequent Units in connection with any Subsequent Closing are contingent upon the Selling Agents and the Corporation’s decision to hold any Subsequent Closings. If any Subsequent Closings are held, the Corporation will, on each Subsequent Closing Date, contemporaneously with the sale of Shares by the Corporation to investors, purchase an aggregate number of Subsequent Units from the Company equal to the aggregate number of Shares purchased by investors from the Corporation in conjunction with such Subsequent Closing.

 

Section 3.02        Consideration. On each Subsequent Closing Day, the consideration for the Subsequent Units shall be an amount equal to the Subsequent Proceeds (the “Subsequent Consideration”). The Corporation shall pay the Subsequent Consideration to the Company.

 

  4  

 

 

Section 3.03        Subsequent Closings(a). Each Subsequent Closing shall be held at the offices of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP, One New York Plaza, New York, NY 10004 at the time and date on which all the conditions set forth in Article VI have been satisfied or waived, or at such later time and date as the Corporation and the Company shall agree in writing (each such time and date, a “Subsequent Closing Date”).

 

Section 3.04        Subsequent Closing Deliverables.

 

(a)        The Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, the following documents to the Corporation at each Subsequent Closing:

 

(i)        evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation that the Corporation has been registered as the holder of the Subsequent Units in the books and records of the Company (which evidence may be satisfied by the Schedule of Members attached to the LLC Agreement at the Effective Time, as modified to give effect to the Subsequent Closing); and

 

(ii)       all other customary documents, instruments or certificates as shall be reasonably requested by the Corporation and as shall be consistent with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(b)        The Corporation shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, the following to the Company at each Subsequent Closing:

 

(i)        the Subsequent Consideration by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account specified by the Company at least one business day prior to the Initial Closing; and

 

(ii)       all other customary documents, instruments or certificates as shall be reasonably requested by the Company and as shall be consistent with the terms of this Agreement.

 

Section 3.05        Closing Costs; Transfer Taxes and Fees. The Company shall be solely responsible for the documentary and transfer taxes and any sales or other similar taxes, if any, imposed on the sale and transfer by the Company of any Subsequent Units to the Corporation under this Agreement, as well as any deficiency, interest or penalty asserted with respect thereto.

 

Article IV.
Representations and Warranties of the Company

 

As of the date of this Agreement and as of each of the Initial Closing Date and, if applicable, any Subsequent Closing Date, the Company represents and warrants to the Corporation as follows:

 

Section 4.01        Organization; Good Standing; Qualification. The Company is a limited liability company, duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has the requisite power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets, and to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted. The Company is in good standing and qualified to do business in the State of Delaware and in each other jurisdiction where the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its ability to enter into this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

  5  

 

 

Section 4.02        Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the issuance by the Company of the Initial Units and, if applicable, any Subsequent Units, have been duly authorized by the Company. This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) the effect of rules of law governing the availability of equitable remedies.

 

Section 4.03        Consents. Except as has been obtained or will be obtained prior to the Initial Closing and, if applicable, any Subsequent Closing, no consent, approval or authorization of, or designation, declaration or filing with, any governmental authority or other third party on the part of the Company is required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Article V.
Representations and Warranties of the Corporation

 

As of the date of this Agreement and as of each of the Initial Closing Date and, if applicable, any Subsequent Closing Date, the Corporation hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

Section 5.01        Organization; Good Standing; Qualification. The Corporation is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Corporation has the requisite power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets, and to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted. The Corporation is in good standing and qualified to do business in the State of Delaware and in each other jurisdiction where the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on its ability to enter into this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 5.02        Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the subscription to the Initial Units have been duly authorized by the Corporation. This Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Corporation enforceable against the Corporation in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) the effect of rules of law governing the availability of equitable remedies.

 

Section 5.03        Consents. Except as has been obtained or will be obtained prior to the Initial Closing and, if applicable, any Subsequent Closing, no consent, approval or authorization of, or designation, declaration or filing with, any governmental authority or other third party on the part of the Corporation is required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 5.04        Investor Representations.

 

(a)        The Corporation is acquiring the Membership Units from the Company for its own account as an investment and not with a view to sell, transfer or otherwise distribute all or any part thereof to any other person in any transaction that would constitute a “distribution” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

  6  

 

 

(b)        The Corporation acknowledges and agrees that (i) it has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Membership Units and (ii) it can bear the economic risk of its investment in the Membership Units.

 

(c)        The Corporation is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

(d)        The Corporation understands that neither the offer nor sale of the Membership Units by the Company hereunder has or will have been registered pursuant to the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws, that all of the Membership Units will be characterized as “restricted securities” under federal securities laws and that, under such laws and applicable regulations, none of the Units can be sold or otherwise disposed of without registration under the Securities Act or a valid exemption thereunder.

 

(e)        The Corporation acknowledges and agrees that it (i) has, without reliance on the Company, made its own inquiry and investigation into, and based thereon has formed an independent judgment concerning, the Company and the Membership Units and (ii) has been furnished with, or given adequate access to, such information about the Company and the Membership Units as it has requested.

 

(f)         The Corporation further acknowledges and agrees that (1) the only representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made in connection with its purchase of the Membership Units from the Company are the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made in this Agreement, and the Corporation has not relied upon any other representations or information made or supplied by or on behalf of the Company or its representatives, including any information provided by or through the Company’s advisors, and that the Corporation will not have any right or remedy arising out of any such representation or other information and (2) any claims that the Corporation may have against the Company for breach of any representation or warranty shall be based solely on the representations and warranties set forth in Article IV.

 

Section 5.05        Regulation D Eligibility. Neither the Corporation nor any of its directors, executive officers or affiliates (the Corporation together with such Persons, the “Corporation Covered Persons”) are subject to a Disqualification Event, except, if applicable, for a Disqualification Event as to which Rule 506(d)(2)(ii) or (iii) or (d)(3) is applicable. The Corporation has exercised reasonable care to determine whether any Corporation Covered Person is subject to a Disqualification Event. The purchase of Membership Units from the Company by the Corporation will not subject the Company to any Disqualification Event.

 

Article VI.
Conditions to Closing

 

Section 6.01        Conditions to the Obligations of All Parties. The obligations of the parties under this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment or waiver of the following conditions:

 

(a)        There shall not have been issued and be in effect any order, decree or judgment of, or in, any court, tribunal of competent jurisdiction or governmental authority which makes the issuance by the Company of the Initial Units to the Corporation, the sale by the Company of any Subsequent Units to the Corporation, or any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement illegal or invalid;

 

  7  

 

 

(b)        The Corporation shall have entered into the Selling Agency Agreement with respect to the IPO and all conditions to the consummation thereof shall have been, or will contemporaneously be, satisfied, except for conditions to be satisfied under this Agreement at the Initial Closing and, if applicable, any Subsequent Closing;

 

(c)        The Company shall have been recapitalized in the manner described in the Offering Circular; and

 

(d)        The transactions described in the Offering Circular under “Offering Circular Summary—Summary of the Transactions”, other than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, shall have been completed prior to, or will be completed contemporaneously with, the execution of this Agreement.

 

Section 6.02        Condition to Obligations of the Corporation. In addition to the conditions specified in Section 6.01, the obligations of the Corporation under this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment or waiver of the following conditions:

 

(a)        all covenants, agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement to be performed by the Company on or prior to each of the Initial Closing and, if applicable, any Subsequent Closing, shall have been performed or complied with in all material respects;

 

(b)        each of the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement that is qualified as to a material adverse effect shall be true and correct, and each of the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement that is not so qualified shall be true and correct in all material respects, in each case, as of the date of this Agreement and as of each of the Initial Closing Date and, if applicable, any Subsequent Closing Date as though made on and as of the Initial Closing Date and, if applicable, a Subsequent Closing Date (except to the extent in either case that such representations and warranties speak as of another date);

 

(c)        solely with respect to the Initial Closing, the Company shall have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to the Corporation instruments of transfer and other transaction documents, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, to effect the issue of the Initial Units by the Company and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including those documents identified in Section 2.04(a); and

 

(d)        solely with respect to any Subsequent Closing, if any, the Company shall have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to the Corporation instruments of transfer and other transaction documents, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, to effect the sale and transfer of the Subsequent Units by the Company and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including those documents identified in Section 3.04(a).

 

  8  

 

 

Section 6.03        Conditions to the Obligations of the Company. In addition to the conditions specified in Section 6.01, the obligations of the Company under this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment or waiver of the following conditions:

 

(a)        all covenants, agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement to be performed by the Corporation on or prior to the Initial Closing and, if applicable, any Subsequent Closing shall have been performed or complied with in all material respects;

 

(b)        each of the representations and warranties of the Corporation set forth in this Agreement that is qualified as to a material adverse effect shall be true and correct, and each of the representations and warranties of the Corporation set forth in this Agreement that is not so qualified shall be true and correct in all material respects, in each case, as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Initial Closing Date and, if applicable, any Subsequent Closing Date as though made on and as of the Initial Closing Date and, if applicable, any Subsequent Closing Date (except to the extent in either case that such representations and warranties speak as of another date);

 

(c)        solely with respect to the Initial Closing, the Corporation shall have delivered to the Company instruments of transfer and other transaction documents, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to effect the issue of the Initial Units by the Company and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including those documents identified in Section 2.04(b); and

 

(d)        solely with respect to any Subsequent Closing, if any, the Corporation shall have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to the Company instruments of transfer and other transaction documents, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to effect the sale and transfer of any Subsequent Units by the Company and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including those documents identified in Section 3.04(b).

 

Article VII.
Termination

 

If the conditions set forth in Article VI are not satisfied or waived on or before the completion of the IPO or if the Offering Statement is withdrawn for any reason prior to that date, this Agreement shall become null and void and be of no further force or effect whatsoever and neither the Company nor the Corporation shall have any further obligations hereunder or with respect hereto. To the extent that no Subsequent Closings are held on or prior to 11:59 p.m. New York City time on [●], 20181, all obligations of the Company and the Corporation related to the Subsequent Closings hereunder will terminate and be extinguished as of such time and date.

 

  9  

 

 

Article VIII.
Covenants

 

Section 8.01        Further Assurances. From time to time after the date of this Agreement, the Corporation shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Company such further documents and instruments and shall do and cause to be done such further acts as the Company shall reasonably request to carry out more effectively the provisions and purposes of this Agreement. From time to time after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Corporation such further documents and instruments and shall do and cause to be done such further acts as the Corporation shall reasonably request to carry out more effectively the provisions and purposes of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, no party hereto shall be required to make any representations or warranties except as and to the extent provided herein.

 

Section 8.02        No Transfer or Encumbrance. Between the date hereof and each of the Initial Closing Date and, if applicable, any Subsequent Closing Date, except as specifically disclosed in the Offering Circular, the Company shall not issue, grant, sell, transfer, pledge or otherwise hypothecate any additional Membership Units or any rights to any Membership Units.

 

Section 8.03        Conduct of the Business. Between the date hereof and each of the Initial Closing Date and, if applicable, any Subsequent Closing Date and except as specifically disclosed in the Offering Circular, the Company shall (i) conduct the business of the Company in the ordinary course consistent with past practice, (ii) use all commercially reasonable efforts to (A) retain the services of its key employees, (B) preserve the Company’s relationships with material customers, suppliers, sponsors, licensees and creditors, and (C) maintain and keep the Company’s properties and assets in as good repair and condition as at present, ordinary wear and tear excepted, (iii) maintain its capital structure as it exists on the date of this Agreement, except as specifically contemplated hereunder.

 

Article IX.
Miscellaneous

 

Section 9.01        Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process; Waiver of Jury Trial.

 

(a)        This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

 

(b)        Each of the parties hereto (i) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (or, if the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware declines to accept jurisdiction over a particular matter, any state or federal court within the State of Delaware) in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, (ii) agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court and (iii) agrees not to bring any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any other court. Each of the parties hereto waives any defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any action or proceeding so brought and waives any bond, surety or other security that might be required of any other party with respect thereto. Each party hereto agrees that service of summons and complaint or any other process that might be served in any action or proceeding may be made on such party by sending or delivering a copy of the process to such party to be served at the address of such party and in the manner provided for the giving of notices in Section 9.02. Nothing in this Section 9.01, however, shall affect the right of any party hereto to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by applicable law. Each party hereto agrees that a final, non-appealable judgment in any action or proceeding so brought shall be conclusive and may be enforced by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.

 

  10  

 

 

(c)        AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED FOR INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (AFTER HAVING THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH COUNSEL), EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE MATTERS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

Section 9.02        Notices. All notices, demands or other communications to be given under or by reason of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been received when delivered personally, or when transmitted by overnight delivery service, addressed as follows:

 

If to the Corporation:

 

iPic Entertainment Inc.

433 Plaza Real, Suite 335

Boca Raton, FL 33432

Attn: Hamid Hashemi, President and Chief Executive Officer

Facsimile: (561) 393-3269

E-mail: hamid.hashemi@ipic.com

 

with copies (which copies shall not constitute notice) to:

 

iPic Entertainment Inc.

433 Plaza Real, Suite 335

Boca Raton, FL 33432

Attn: Paul Safran, SVP and General Counsel

E-mail: paul.safran@ipic.com

 

and

 

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP

One New York Plaza

New York, New York 10004

Attn:   Daniel J. Bursky

 Andrew B. Barkan

Facsimile:   (212) 859-4000

E-mail:        daniel.bursky@friedfrank.com

  andrew.barkan@friedfrank.com

 

  11  

 

 

If to the Company:

 

iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC

433 Plaza Real, Suite 335

Boca Raton, FL 33432

Attn: Hamid Hashemi, President and Chief Executive Officer

Facsimile: (561) 393-3269

E-mail: hamid.hashemi@ipic.com

 

with copies (which copies shall not constitute notice) to:

 

iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC

433 Plaza Real, Suite 335

Boca Raton, FL 33432

Attn: Paul Safran, SVP and General Counsel

E-mail: paul.safran@ipic.com

 

and

 

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP

One New York Plaza

New York, New York 10004

Attn:   Daniel J. Bursky

 Andrew B. Barkan

Facsimile:   (212) 859-4000

E-mail:        daniel.bursky@friedfrank.com

  andrew.barkan@friedfrank.com

 

Any party to this Agreement may change its address for notices, demands and other communications under this Agreement by giving notice of such change to the other party hereto in accordance with this Section 9.02.

 

Section 9.03        Survival. The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein shall survive any investigation made by any of the parties hereto and the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 9.04        Benefit of Parties; Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns. This Agreement may not be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of the other parties to this Agreement, and any assignment without such consent shall be null and void. Nothing herein contained shall confer or is intended to confer on any third party or entity that is not a party to this Agreement any rights under this Agreement.

 

Section 9.05        Amendment. This Agreement may not be amended, modified, altered or supplemented except by means of a written instrument executed on behalf of each of the Corporation and the Company.

 

  12  

 

 

Section 9.06        Waiver. No failure on the part of either party hereto to exercise any power, right, privilege or remedy under this Agreement, and no delay on the part of either party hereto in exercising any power, right, privilege or remedy under this Agreement, shall operate as a waiver thereof; and no single or partial exercise of any such power, right, privilege or remedy shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or of any other power, right, privilege or remedy.

 

Section 9.07        Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the other provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect. Any provision of this Agreement held invalid or unenforceable only in part or degree will remain in full force and effect to the extent not held invalid or unenforceable.

 

Section 9.08        Entire Agreement. This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties hereto and supersedes all other agreements and understandings between the parties hereto relating to the subject matter hereof.

 

Section 9.09        Counterparts and Facsimiles. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other. The parties hereto may execute the signature pages hereof and exchange such signature pages by facsimile transmission.

 

Section 9.10        Interpretation of Agreement.

 

(a)        As used in this Agreement, the words “include” and “including, “and variations thereof, shall not be deemed to be terms of limitation, and shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

 

(b)        Unless otherwise specified, references in this Agreement to “Articles,” “Sections” and “Exhibits” are intended to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits to, this Agreement.

 

(c)        The Section headings contained in this Agreement are solely for the purpose of reference, are not part of the agreement of the parties and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(d)        Each party hereto and its counsel cooperated in the drafting and preparation of this Agreement and the documents referred to in this Agreement. Any rule of law or any legal decision that would require interpretation of any ambiguities in this Agreement against the party that drafted it is of no application and is hereby expressly waived.

 

[Signature pages follow]

 

  13  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed on the day and year first above written.

 

  IPIC GOLD CLASS HOLDINGS LLC
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  
     
  IPIC ENTERTAINMENT INC.
     
  By:                  
  Name:   
  Title:  

 

 

[Signature Page to Common Unit Purchase Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Form of LLC Agreement

 

[See attached]

 

 

 

Exhibit 6.10

 

FORM OF

 

EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Expense Reimbursement Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of [●], 2018 by and among iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (including any successor, the “Operating Company”), iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (including any successor, the “Holdings”) and iPic Entertainment Inc., a Delaware corporation (including any successor, the “Corporation”). Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 3.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the initial public offering of the Corporation (the “IPO”), the Operating Company, Holdings and the Corporation desire to enter into this Agreement in order to provide for the payment to or on behalf of the Corporation by the Operating Company and/or Holdings of certain costs, fees and expenses as provided herein.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby confirmed, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Expenses.

 

(a) In consideration of the benefits received by the Operating Company in connection with the IPO and the Transaction Agreements, commencing on the date hereof and continuing for the term of this Agreement as set forth in Section 2, Holdings will, or will cause its subsidiary the Operating Company to, pay to or on behalf of the Corporation any and all (i) reasonable customary costs, fees and expenses related to any public or private offering of shares of the Corporation, in either a registered or an exempt offering pursuant to the Securities Act, including without limitation the IPO, and the registration of the Corporation’s shares on any national securities exchange incurred by the Corporation, including all registration and filing fees, costs, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky Laws, U.S. Financial Industry Regulatory Authority Inc. fees, exchange listing and ongoing fees, printing expenses, transfer agent’s and registrar’s fees, cost of distributing prospectuses in preliminary and final form as well as any supplements thereto, and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Corporation and all independent certified public accountants and other Persons retained by the Corporation, and costs, fees and expenses incurred by the Corporation pursuant to (x) the underwriting agreement used in connection with the public offering (but not including any underwriting discounts or commissions attributable to the sale of shares of Class A Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Class A Common Stock”), of the Corporation) or (y) the selling agency agreement used in connection with an exempt offering (but not including any selling agents’ discounts or commissions attributable to the sale of shares of the Class A Common Stock); (ii) reasonable customary corporate, securities and administrative costs, fees and expenses incurred by the Corporation from time to time, including fees and disbursements of all investment bankers, financial advisers, legal counsel, audit and accounting fees (including those of the Corporation’s independent registered public accounting firm), tax advisory fees, investor relations fees, consultants, advisors and other Persons retained by the Board of Directors (or equivalent) and costs, fees and expenses associated with the Corporation’s public reporting obligations, including any filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, filings with and fees associated with listing the shares of Class A Common Stock on any securities exchange or over-the-counter trading market, Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (or any other Governmental Entity), payments or deductibles for insurance policies held by the Corporation (including, without limitation, for D&O insurance), costs associated with stockholder meetings, equity plan administrator fees, and legal and other costs, fees and expenses associated with such corporate housekeeping or administrative matters; (iii) losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with any indemnification or expense advancement required by Law or provided by any organizational document of the Corporation or an indemnification agreement (approved by the Board of Directors (or equivalent)) by and between the Corporation and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation (but only to the extent that all such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs, fees and expenses required to be paid by the Corporation, are actually paid); (iv) losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with any indemnification obligations of the Corporation under the Registration Rights Agreement (but only to the extent that all such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs, fees and expenses are required to be paid by the Corporation to certain of its stockholders under the Registration Rights Agreement, are actually paid); (v) any franchise taxes paid or payable by the Corporation arising solely as a result of the Corporation’s status as a corporation, and any income taxes, if any, paid or payable by the Corporation arising solely as a result of receiving any amounts pursuant to this Agreement, and any other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain the corporate existence of Parent or otherwise imposed upon Parent as an entity; (vi) any costs, fees and expenses payable or reimbursable to any members of the Board of Directors (or equivalent) or any committee thereof or any of its wholly-owned subsidiaries in accordance with the terms of any resolutions or policies approved by the Board of Directors; (vii) to the extent paid by the Corporation, any salary, benefits, fees, expenses or other compensation paid to any officers or employees of the Corporation; and (viii) any other costs, fees, expenses or similar expenditures reasonably incurred by the Corporation in connection with its being a public company (clauses (i) through (viii), collectively, the “Expenses”).

  

 

 

 

(b) The Corporation shall submit (or shall cause to be submitted) to the Operating Company (i) a written request or invoice specifying any particular Expenses as and when incurred by the Corporation and/or (ii) a written, intracompany invoice on a monthly basis specifying the Expenses incurred by the Corporation during the preceding calendar month (any written request or invoice specified in clauses (i) or (ii) of this Section 1(b) is referred to as an “Invoice”). If reasonably requested by the Operating Company, the Corporation shall provide documentation evidencing the incurrence of any Expenses. The Operating Company shall pay to such third party or the Corporation by check or wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account specified by such third party and/or the Corporation, respectively, an aggregate amount equal to the aggregate Expenses identified on the applicable Invoice upon the earlier of the date on which such payment is due and payable to the applicable third party or 14 days following the Operating Company’s receipt of such Invoice; provided, however, that the Operating Company shall not be obligated to make any payment of Expenses to such third party or the Corporation unless and until any reasonably requested documentation evidencing the incurrence of Expenses has been provided to the Operating Company. To the extent that, subsequent to the payment of any Expenses by the Operating Company pursuant to any Invoice, all or a portion of any Expense is reimbursed to the Corporation by a third party or is otherwise deemed not to have been incurred by the Corporation, then the Corporation shall immediately return (or shall cause to be returned immediately) such reimbursed or deemed amounts to the Operating Company. The Corporation’s failure to timely provide an Invoice or identify an Expense on an Invoice shall in no way limit any right to payment pursuant to this Agreement for such Expense.

 

(c) If the costs, fees, expenses or similar expenditures are more appropriately borne by Holdings, then the Corporation shall submit (or shall cause to be submitted) to Holdings all of the information required in Section 1(b) above, in which case Holdings shall have the obligations set forth in Section 1(b) above to reimburse the Corporation, rather than the Operating Company.

 

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, neither Holdings nor the Operating Company shall have any obligation to make payment for any Expense except in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 1(b) or Section 1(c) of this Agreement or in accordance with the procedures set forth in the LLC Agreement.

 

2. Term. This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the earlier to occur of (i) 90 days after the date that the Corporation provides written notice of its desire to terminate this Agreement, and (ii) the date of any dissolution or winding up of any of the Corporation, Holdings or the Operating Company. In the event of a termination of this Agreement, Holdings and/or the Operating Company shall pay to the Corporation all unpaid Expenses incurred prior to the date of such termination.

 

3. Definitions. For purposes of this agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Corporation.

 

Corporation” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(a).

 

Governmental Entity” means any federal, state or local court, administrative or regulatory agency or commission or other governmental authority, domestic or foreign (including any applicable stock exchange).

 

Holdings” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

Invoice” has the meaning set forth in Section 1(b).

 

Law” means, any United States, federal, state or local or any foreign law (in each case, statutory, common or otherwise), constitution, treaty, convention, ordinance, code, rule, statute, regulation, (domestic or foreign), Order or other similar requirement enacted, issued, adopted, promulgated, entered into or applied by a Governmental Entity.

  

  2  

 

 

LLC Agreement” means that certain Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among Holdings and its Members (as defined therein), and the other Persons that may from time to time become parties thereto in accordance with the terms thereof (as amended from time to time).

 

Operating Company” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

Order” means any order, writ, injunction, ruling, decree, judgment, award, injunction, settlement or stipulation issued, promulgated, made, rendered or entered into by or with any Governmental Entity (in each case, whether temporary, preliminary or permanent).

 

Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, trust or other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

 

Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Corporation and the holders named therein, dated as of the date hereof.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect from time to time.

 

Transaction Agreements” means, collectively, (i) this Agreement; (ii) the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation; (iii) the LLC Agreement; and (iv) the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

4. Addresses and Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by delivery in person, by courier service, by fax, by electronic mail (delivery receipt requested) or by certified or registered mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be as specified in a notice given in accordance with this Section 4).

 

(a) If to the Corporation, to:

 

iPic Entertainment Inc.

433 Plaza Real, Suite 335

Boca Raton, FL 33432

Attn: Hamid Hashemi, President and Chief Executive Officer

Facsimile: (561) 393-3269

E-mail: hamid.hashemi@ipic.com

  

  3  

 

 

with copies (which copies shall not constitute notice) to:

 

iPic Entertainment Inc.

433 Plaza Real, Suite 335

Boca Raton, FL 33432

Attn: Paul Safran, SVP and General Counsel

E-mail: paul.safran@ipic.com

  

and

  

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP

One New York Plaza

New York, New York 10004

Attn: Daniel J. Bursky

Andrew B. Barkan

Facsimile: (212) 859-4000

E-mail: daniel.bursky@friedfrank.com 

andrew.barkan@friedfrank.com

 

(b) If to Holdings, to:

 

iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC

433 Plaza Real, Suite 335

Boca Raton, FL 33432

Attn: Hamid Hashemi, President and Chief Executive Officer

Facsimile: (561) 393-3269

E-mail: hamid.hashemi@ipic.com

  

with copies (which copies shall not constitute notice) to:

 

iPic Gold Class Holdings LLC

433 Plaza Real, Suite 335

Boca Raton, FL 33432

Attn: Paul Safran, SVP and General Counsel

E-mail: paul.safran@ipic.com

  

and

  

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP

One New York Plaza

New York, New York 10004

Attn: Daniel J. Bursky

Andrew B. Barkan

Facsimile: (212) 859-4000

E-mail: daniel.bursky@friedfrank.com

andrew.barkan@friedfrank.com

  

  4  

 

 

(c) If to the Operating Company, to:

 

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC

433 Plaza Real, Suite 335

Boca Raton, FL 33432

Attn: Hamid Hashemi, President and Chief Executive Officer

Facsimile: (561) 393-3269

E-mail: hamid.hashemi@ipic.com

 

with copies (which copies shall not constitute notice) to:

  

iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC

433 Plaza Real, Suite 335

Boca Raton, FL 33432

Attn: Paul Safran, SVP and General Counsel

E-mail: paul.safran@ipic.com

  

and

  

Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP

One New York Plaza

New York, New York 10004

Attn: Daniel J. Bursky

Andrew B. Barkan

Facsimile: (212) 859-4000

E-mail: daniel.bursky@friedfrank.com

andrew.barkan@friedfrank.com

  

5. Amendments and Modifications. Except as otherwise provided herein, no amendment, modification, or variation of any provision of this Agreement shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

6. No Waiver. The failure of any party hereto, at any time or times, to require strict performance by the other party hereto of any provision of this Agreement shall not waive, affect or diminish any right of such party thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance herewith. Any suspension or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall not suspend, waive or affect any other provision of this Agreement whether the same is prior or subsequent thereto. None of the undertakings, agreements and covenants of any party hereto contained in or contemplated by any other provision of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been suspended or waived by any other party hereto, unless such waiver or suspension is by an instrument in writing signed by an officer of or other authorized employee of such party and directed to any other party hereto specifying such suspension or waiver.

 

7. Successors and Assigns; Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of all of the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any successor or permitted assign of the Corporation or the Operating Company by operation of law. Neither the Corporation nor the Operating Company may assign their obligations under this Agreement. The terms and provisions of this Agreement are for the purpose of defining the relative rights and obligations of the parties hereto with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and no Person shall be a third party beneficiary of any of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

  

  5  

 

 

8. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements collectively constitute the entire agreement, and supersede all prior agreements, understandings, representations and warranties, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

 

9. Severability. Wherever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable Law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable Law, the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to be severable but only to the extent consistent with economic and other purposes of this Agreement.

 

10. Consent to Jurisdiction. Each party agrees that it shall bring any action, suit, demand or proceeding (including counterclaims) in respect of any claim arising out of or related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, exclusively in any state or federal court located in the State of Delaware (the “Chosen Courts”), and solely in connection with claims arising under this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (i) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Chosen Courts, (ii) waives any objection to laying venue in any such action, suit, demand or proceeding in the Chosen Courts, (iii) waives any objection that the Chosen Courts are an inconvenient forum or do not have jurisdiction over any party and (iv) agrees that service of process upon such party in any such action, suit, demand or proceeding shall be effective if notice is given in accordance with Section 4.

 

11. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

12. Governing Law. This Agreement (and all claims, controversies and causes of action, whether in contract, tort or otherwise) and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with, the Laws of the State of Delaware.

 

13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

14. Interpretation. Any references to an agreement or organizational document herein shall mean such agreement or organizational document, as may be amended, modified and/or supplemented (and/or as any provision thereunder may be waived) from time to time in accordance with its terms.

 

15. Headings. The descriptive headings of the several Articles and Sections contained in this Agreement are and shall be without substantive meaning or content of any kind whatsoever and are not a part of the agreement between the parties hereto.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

  

  6  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

  CORPORATION:
   
  IPIC ENTERTAINMENT INC.
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
   
  HOLDING COMPANY:
   
  IPIC GOLD CLASS HOLDINGS LLC
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
   
  OPERATING COMPANY:
   
  IPIC-GOLD CLASS ENTERTAINMENT, LLC
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

[Signature Page to Expense Reimbursement Agreement]

 

Exhibit 6.14

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into (and shall be deemed effective) as of September 30, 2010 (the “Effective Date”) by and between IPIC-GOLD CLASS ENTERTAINMENT, LLC, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and HAMID HASHEMI (“Executive”).

R E C I T A L S:

WHEREAS, Executive is to be employed as the CEO of the Company,

WHEREAS, Executive and the Company desire to provide for the employment of the Executive by the Company;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein set forth, the parties agree as follows:

1.              Duties. Upon the Effective Date, the Company shall employ and the Executive agrees to be employed as CEO of the Company. The Executive’s position and reporting relationship, as well as his duties, authority and responsibilities, are subject to the terms herein and modification, from time to time, of the Company’s Board of Directors as specifically set forth in the Company’s Operating Agreement. The Executive shall devote substantially all his time, attention and skill to such duties, except for paid vacation and other excused absence periods, and shall use his reasonable best efforts to promote the success of the business. Nothing in this Section 1, however, will prevent Executive from engaging in additional activities in connection with personal investments, other non-competing business opportunities and community affairs.

2.              Term. The initial term of this Agreement shall be five (5) years, beginning on the Effective Date of this Agreement (the “Initial Term”), and shall automatically renew for successive one-year periods thereafter, unless the Executive or the Company agree not to renew, in writing, at least 90 days prior to the commencement of a Renewal Term (each, a “Renewal Term”), or unless earlier terminated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. The Initial Term and all Renewal Terms are collectively referred to hereinafter as the “Term.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Initial Term or any Renewal Term shall terminate on the date of any of the Termination Events set forth in Section 4 below.

3.              Compensation. The Company shall pay and the Executive shall accept as full consideration for the services to be rendered hereunder compensation consisting of the following:

a.              An initial annual base salary (“Base Salary”) as set forth on Schedule A;

b.              Bonus compensation (“Bonus”) as set forth on Schedule B;

c.              Such other perquisites and benefits for which senior employees of the Company are generally eligible, including, but not limited to, health, disability and life insurance;

d.              Paid vacation each year in accordance with the Company’s policies;

 

 

 

e.              Reimbursement for reasonable business related travel expenses incurred by Executive in the course of performing his duties and responsibilities under this Agreement which are consistent with the Company’s policies in effect from time to time with respect to travel expense, subject to the Company’s requirements with respect to reporting and documentation of such expenses;

f.               Membership dues in YPO/WYPO; and

g.              Monthly reasonable automobile expenses including lease/finance payments (not to exceed $1,300 per month), insurance and gas.

4.              Termination Events. Any and all rights of the Executive under this Agreement will terminate (except as otherwise provided in this Section 4):

a.              Upon the death of the Executive.

b.              Upon the Disability (as hereinafter defined) of the Executive, immediately upon notice from a party to the other.

c.              For Cause (as hereinafter defined), immediately upon notice from the Company to the Executive, or such later time as such notice may specify.

d.              If Executive resigns for Good Reason (as hereinafter defined).

For purposes of this Section 4, Executive will be deemed to have a “Disability” if, for physical or mental reasons, the Executive is unable to perform Executive’s duties under this Agreement for ninety (90) consecutive days or one hundred twenty (120) days during any twelve (12) month period as determined in accordance with this Section 4. The Disability of the Executive will be determined by a medical doctor selected by the Company and the Executive. The determination of the medical doctor selected under this Section 4 will be binding on all parties. The Executive must submit to a reasonable number of examinations by the medical doctor making the determination of Disability under this Section, and the Executive hereby authorizes the disclosure and release to the Company of such determination and all supporting medical records. If the Executive is not legally competent, the Executive’s legal guardian or duly authorized attorney-in-fact will act in the Executive’s place under this Section, for the purposes of submitting the Executive to the examinations, and providing the authorization of disclosure required herein.

2 

 

 

For purposes of this Section 4, “Cause” shall mean the Executive’s: (i) breach of fiduciary duty, gross negligence or willful misconduct; (ii) any knowing and material act or omission involving dishonesty, disloyalty or fraud with respect to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their customers or suppliers; (iii) reporting to work under the influence of alcohol or illegal drugs, the use of illegal drugs (whether or not at the workplace) or other repeated conduct causing the Company or any of its subsidiaries substantial public disgrace or disrepute or substantial economic harm; (iv) substantial and repeated failure to perform duties as reasonably directed by the Company’s board of directors in accordance with the Company’s Operating Agreement; (v) conviction of, or a guilty plea or plea of no contest to, a crime involving moral turpitude or a felony; (vi) the unlawful or fraudulent misappropriation or unlawful or fraudulent attempted misappropriation of Company’s funds or property; (vii) any act or omission aiding or abetting a competitor, supplier or customer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to the material disadvantage or detriment of the Company; or (viii) material breach of his obligations under this Agreement which is not cured to the Company’s reasonable satisfaction within 15 days after notice thereof to Executive.

For purposes of this Section 4, “Good Reason” shall mean (i) a demotion, a change in the Executive’s reporting relationship, or any diminution of the Executive’s duties, authority or responsibilities without the Executive’s prior written consent; or (ii) the relocation of the offices of the Executive more than 25 miles from their present location without the Executive’s prior written consent; or (iii) a material breach of this Agreement by the Company, which breach is not cured to the Executive’s reasonable satisfaction within 15 days after notice to the Company.

e.              Effective upon termination of the Agreement, the Company will be obligated to pay the Executive (or in the event of his death, his designated beneficiary) only such compensation as is provided for in this Section, which compensation shall be in lieu of all other amounts in settlement or otherwise. Receipt of said compensation by Executive shall constitute a complete release of any and all claims Executive may have against the Company. For purposes of this Section:

(i)             if the Company, or its successor or assigns, terminates this Agreement without Cause, or if Executive resigns for “Good Reason,” the Executive shall be entitled to receive a lump-sum severance payment equal to the sum of three (3) years Base Salary and fifty percent (50%) of three (3) years Bonus (based on the prior year’s compensation or, if terminated prior to December 31, 2011, three (3) years Base Salary and three (3) years Bonus and Bonus shall mean then Base Salary; or

(ii)           if this Agreement is terminated as a result of Executive’s Disability, the Executive shall be entitled to receive the Base Salary and a pro rata Bonus based on the year during which such termination is effective; or

(iii)         if this Agreement is terminated because of Executive’s death, the Executive shall be entitled to receive the Base Salary and a pro rata Bonus based on the year during which such termination is effective; or

(iv)          if this Agreement is terminated for any reason other than those set forth in Section 4(e)(i), (ii), or (iii) above, the Executive shall be entitled to receive Base Salary only through the date of termination, and shall not be entitled to any other compensation for the calendar year during which the termination occurs or any subsequent calendar period, including, but not limited to, any Bonus that has not already been paid.

f.               Executive’s accrual of or participation in plans providing for benefits will cease at the effective date of termination of this Agreement and Executive will be entitled to accrued benefits pursuant to such plans only as provided in such plans. Executive will not receive, as part of his termination pay pursuant to this Section 4, any payment or other compensation for any vacation, holiday, sick leave or other leave unused on the effective date of termination pursuant to this Agreement, except to the extent required to be paid by applicable law.

3 

 

 

5.              Withholding. Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, all payments required to be made by the Company hereunder to the Executive or the Executive’s estate or beneficiaries shall be subject to the withholding of such amounts, if any, relating to tax and other payroll deductions as the Company may reasonably determine it should withhold pursuant to any applicable law or regulation. In lieu of withholding such amounts, the Company may accept other arrangements pursuant to which it is satisfied that such tax and other payroll obligations will be satisfied in a manner complying with applicable law or regulation.

6.              Miscellaneous.

a.              Assignment. This Agreement is personal to each of the parties hereto, and neither party may assign or delegate any of the rights or obligations hereunder without first obtaining a written consent of the other party.

b.              Collateral Agreements. This Agreement constitutes the entire Agreement between the parties respecting the employment of Executive, and there are no representations, warranties or commitments relating to such employment, except as set forth or referred to herein. This Agreement may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto.

c.              Notices. Any notice, request, demand or other communication hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be duly given when personally delivered to an officer of the Company or to Executive, as the case may be, or when delivered by national next-business day delivery service or certified mail at the following addresses:

If to the Company:

IPIC-GOLD CLASS ENTERTAINMENT, LLC

3300 Airport Road, Suite 203

Boca Raton, Florida 33431

Attention: ________________

If to the Executive:

HAMID HASHEMI

3300 Airport Road, Suite 203

Boca Raton, Florida 33431

d.              Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed and construed and interpreted, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be determined, in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law, provision or rule.

e.              Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts. All executed counterparts shall constitute one Agreement notwithstanding that all signatories are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart.

4 

 

 

f.               No Set Off. Company shall not be allowed to setoff, or unilaterally reduce or withhold from, any compensation or benefits provided for under this Agreement, except as is specifically set forth herein.

g.              Attorney’s Fees. In any litigation arising under this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the non-prevailing party all reasonable attorney fees and costs incurred by the prevailing party.

5 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement effective as of the day and year first written above.

  COMPANY:
  IPIC-GOLD CLASS ENTERTAINMENT, LLC
  By:

/s/Robert Kirby

  Name:

Robert Kirby

  Its:

 

 

  EXECUTIVE:
 

/s/Hamid Hashemi

  HAMID HASHEMI

 

6 

 

 

Schedule A

Base Salary

Contract Term: 5 years
Initial Base Salary: $675,000
Increase: Minimum of 5% annual increase beginning January 1, 2012 or based on Merit at the discretion of the board.

 

 

 

 

Schedule B

Bonus

Bonus: Performance based and up to 100% of the salary. First year capped at 50% of salary.
Bonus Conditions: 100% of the bonus upon achieving budgeted EBITDA. 50% at the discretion of the board if budgeted EBITDA is not achieved. Bonus is payable by March 31 following end of the financial year.

 

 

Exhibit 6.15

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This First Amendment to Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into this 5th day of May, 2016 (the “Effective Date”) by and between IPIC-GOLD CLASS ENTERTAINMENT, LLC, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and HAMID HASHEMI (the “Executive”).

R E C I T A L S:

WHEREAS, the Executive is currently employed as the CEO of the Company; and

WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company have heretofore entered into an Employment Agreement effective as of September 30, 2010, with regard to the terms of the employment of the Executive by the Company; and

WHEREAS, the parties wish to amend the terms and conditions of the Employment Agreement effective as of September 30, 2010 as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the sum of Ten Dollars ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration from one party to the other, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1.       Section 3(c) of the Employment Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following Section 3(c) is hereby substituted in its place and stead:

(c)       Such other perquisites and benefits for which senior employees of the Company are generally eligible, including, but not limited to, health, disability, life insurance, long term incentive plan, stock option plan, etc.

2.       Schedule B attached to the original Employment Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the revised Schedule B as attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, effective with the Board approval of the 2015 bonus payout, payable in 2016.

3.       This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall constitute an executed original. Signatures to this Amendment transmitted by facsimile transmission, by electronic mail in “portable document format”(“.pdf”) form, or pictorial appearance of a document, will have the same effect as physical delivery of the paper document bearing the original signature.

4.       Except as amended by this First Amendment, all terms and conditions of the original Employment Agreement effective September 30, 2010 are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

[Signature page follows.]

 

 

Signature page to First Amendment to Employment Agreement between Ipic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC and Hamid Hashemi

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this First Amendment effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

COMPANY:

 

IPIC-GOLD CLASS ENTERTAINMENT, LLC

 

 

By: /s/ Bruce Hodges                                        

Name:         Bruce Hodges

Retirement Systems of Alabama Member

 

 

By: /s/ Julie Raffe                                                

Name:          Julie Raffe

Village Roadshow Member

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE:

 

 

/s/ Hamid Hashemi                                              

HAMID HASHEMI

 

 

 

 

Schedule B

Bonus

 

Bonus: Performance based and up to 125% of the salary.
Bonus Conditions: 75% of the bonus upon achieving 90% of the targeted EBITDA budget, 100% of the bonus upon achieving the targeted EBITDA budget, and 125% of the bonus upon achieving 110% of the targeted EBITDA budget. Bonus is payable following the end of the financial year.

 

 

 

Exhibit 8.1

 

FORM OF CLOSING ESCROW AGREEMENT

 

This CLOSING ESCROW AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) dated as of this __ day of ________, 2018 by and among iPic Entertainment Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), having an address at 433 Plaza Real Suite 335, Boca Raton, FL 33432; TriPoint Global Equities, LLC, having an address at 1450 Broadway, 26th Floor, New York, NY 10018 (“Selling Agent”), and WILMINGTON TRUST, N.A. (the “Escrow Agent”), with its principal corporate trust office at 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890.

 

All capitalized terms not herein defined shall have the meaning ascribed to them in that certain Final Offering Statement, dated ________ __, 2018, as amended or supplemented from time-to-time, including all attachments, schedules and exhibits thereto (the “Offering Statement”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, the Company proposes to sell (the “Financing Transaction”) a maximum of 2,165,000 shares (the “Shares”) of its Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 (“Class A Common Stock”), at an offering price of $18.50 per share for an offering amount of $40,052,500 in a public offering (the “Offering”) to investors (each, an “Investor,” and collectively, the “Investors”); and

 

WHEREAS, subject to all conditions to closing being satisfied or waived, the closing(s) of the Offering shall take place from time to time until the earlier of (a) the date which is one year after this Offering being qualified by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC” or the “Commission”), or (b) the date on which this Offering is earlier terminated by the Company in its sole discretion (the “Termination Date”) (the earlier of (a) or (b), the “Final Termination Date”); and

 

WHEREAS, there is no minimum offering amount and all funds shall only be returned to the potential Investors in the event the Offering is not consummated or if the Company, in its sole discretion, rejects all or a part of a particular potential Investor’s subscription; and

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the Financing Transaction contemplated by the Offering Statement, the Company entered into a Selling Agency Agreement between the Company and the Selling Agent, and certain other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates necessary to carry out the purposes thereof, including without limitation the Offering Statement (collectively, the “Transaction Documents”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Selling Agent desire to establish an escrow account with the Escrow Agent into which the Company and Selling Agent shall instruct the Investors to deposit checks and other instruments for the payment of money made payable to the order of “WILMINGTON TRUST, N.A. as Escrow Agent for iPic Escrow,” and the Escrow Agent is willing to accept said checks and other instruments for the payment of money in accordance with the terms hereinafter set forth; and

 

 

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Selling Agent represent and warrant to the Escrow Agent that they have not stated to any individual or entity that the Escrow Agent’s duties will include anything other than those duties stated in this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Selling Agent represent and warrant to the Escrow Agent that a copy of each document that has been delivered to the Investors and third parties that include Escrow Agent’s name and duties, has been attached hereto as Schedule I.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1.       Delivery of Escrow Funds.

 

(a) Selling Agent and the Company shall instruct the Investor to deliver to Escrow Agent checks made payable to the order of “WILMINGTON TRUST, N.A. as Escrow Agent for iPic Escrow,” or wire transfer to:

 

Wilmington Trust Company

ABA #: 031100092

A/C #: [                          ]

A/C Name: iPic Escrow

Attn: Boris Treyger

 

International Wires:

 

M&T

Buffalo, New York

ABA: 022000046

SWIFT: MANTUS33

Beneficiary Bank: Wilmington Trust

Beneficiary ABA: 031100092

A/C #: [                          ]

A/C Name: iPic Escrow

 

All such checks and wire transfers remitted to the Escrow Agent shall be accompanied by information identifying each Investor, subscription, the Investor’s social security or taxpayer identification number and address. In the event the Investor’s address and/or social security number or taxpayer identification number are not provided to Escrow Agent by the Investor, then Selling Agent and/or the Company agree to promptly upon request provide Escrow Agent with such information in writing. The checks or wire transfers shall be deposited into a non interest-bearing account at WILMINGTON TRUST, N.A. entitled “WILMINGTON TRUST, N.A. as Escrow Agent for iPic Escrow” (the “Escrow Account”).

 

(b)       The collected funds deposited into the Escrow Account are referred to as the “Escrow Funds.”

 

(c)       The Escrow Agent shall have no duty or responsibility to enforce the collection or demand payment of any funds deposited into the Escrow Account. If, for any reason, any check deposited into the Escrow Account shall be returned unpaid to the Escrow Agent, the sole duty of the Escrow Agent shall be to return the check to the Investor and advise the Company and Selling Agent promptly thereof.

 

2

 

 

2.       Release of Escrow Funds. The Escrow Funds shall be paid by the Escrow Agent in accordance with the following:

 

(a)       In the event that the Company advises the Escrow Agent in writing that the Offering has been terminated (the “Termination Notice”), the Escrow Agent shall promptly return the funds paid by each Investor to such Investor without interest or offset.

 

(b)       At each Closing, the Company and the Selling Agent shall provide the Escrow Agent with written instructions regarding the disbursement of the Escrow Funds in accordance with Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof and signed by the Company and the Selling Agent (the “Disbursement Instructions”).

 

(c)       If by 5:00 P.M. Eastern time on the Final Termination Date, the Escrow Agent has not received written Disbursement Instructions from the Company and Selling Agent regarding the disbursement of the Escrow Funds in the Escrow Account, if any, then the Escrow Agent shall promptly return such Escrow Funds, if any, to the Investors without interest or offset. The Escrow Funds returned to the Investors shall be free and clear of any and all claims of the Escrow Agent.

 

(f)       The Escrow Agent shall not be required to pay any uncollected funds or any funds that are not available for withdrawal.

 

(g)      The Selling Agent or the Company will provide the Escrow Agent with the payment instructions for each Investor, to whom the funds should be returned in accordance with this section.

 

3.       Acceptance by Escrow Agent. The Escrow Agent hereby accepts and agrees to perform its obligations hereunder, provided that:

 

(a)       The Escrow Agent may act in reliance upon any signature reasonably believed by it to be genuine, and may assume that any person who has been designated by Selling Agent or the Company to give any written instructions, notice or receipt, or make any statements in connection with the provisions hereof has been duly authorized to do so. Escrow Agent shall have no duty to make inquiry as to the genuineness, accuracy or validity of any statements or instructions or any signatures on statements or instructions. The names and true signatures of each individual authorized to act singly on behalf of the Company and Selling Agent are stated in Schedule II, which is attached hereto and made a part hereof. The Company and Selling Agent may each remove or add one or more of its authorized signers stated on Schedule II by notifying the Escrow Agent in writing of such change in accordance with this Agreement, which notice shall include the true signature for any new authorized signatories. The Escrow Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any order, judgment, opinion, or other writing delivered to it in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement without being required to determine the authenticity or the correctness of any fact stated therein or the propriety or validity of service thereof.

 

3

 

 

(b)       The Escrow Agent may act relative hereto in reliance upon advice of counsel in reference to any matter connected herewith. The Escrow Agent shall not be liable for any mistake of fact or error of judgment or law, or for any acts or omissions of any kind, unless caused by its willful misconduct or gross negligence.

 

(c)       Selling Agent and the Company agree, jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold the Escrow Agent and its employees, officers, directors and agents harmless from and against any and all claims, losses, costs, liabilities, damages, suits, demands, judgments or expenses (including but not limited to reasonable attorney’s fees) claimed against or incurred by Escrow Agent arising out of or related, directly or indirectly, to this Escrow Agreement unless caused by the Escrow Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Selling Agent and the Company agree, jointly and severally, to pay or reimburse the Escrow Agent upon request for any transfer taxes or other taxes relating to the Escrow Funds incurred in connection herewith and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Escrow Agent with respect to any amounts that it is obligated to pay in the way of such taxes. Escrow Agent shall not incur any liability for performing or not performing any act or fulfilling any duty, obligation or responsibility hereunder by reason of any occurrence beyond the control of Escrow Agent, including, without limitation, war (whether declared or existing), revolution, insurrection, riot, civil commotion, accident, fire, explosion, stoppage of labor, strikes and other differences with employees; the act, failure or neglect of the parties hereto (other than Escrow Agent) or any of their agents; any delay, error, omission or default of any mail, courier, facsimile or wireless agency or operator; or the acts or edicts of any government or governmental agency or other group or entity exercising governmental powers. The terms of this paragraph shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

(d)       In the event that the Escrow Agent shall be uncertain as to its duties or rights hereunder, the Escrow Agent shall be entitled to (i) refrain from taking any action other than to keep safely the Escrow Funds until it shall be directed otherwise by a court of competent jurisdiction, or (ii) deliver the Escrow Funds to a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(e)       The Escrow Agent shall have no duty, responsibility or obligation to interpret or enforce the terms of any agreement other than Escrow Agent’s obligations hereunder, and the Escrow Agent shall not be required to make a request that any monies be delivered to the Escrow Account, it being agreed that the sole duties and responsibilities of the Escrow Agent shall be to the extent not prohibited by applicable law (i) to accept checks or other instruments for the payment of money and wire transfers delivered to the Escrow Agent for the Escrow Account and deposit said checks and wire transfers into the non-interest bearing Escrow Account, and (ii) to disburse or refrain from disbursing the Escrow Funds as stated above, provided that the checks received by the Escrow Agent have been collected and are available for withdrawal. The Escrow Agent makes no representation as to the validity, value, genuineness or collectability of any security or other document or instrument held by or delivered to it.

 

(f)       The Escrow Agent shall be obligated to perform only such duties as are expressly set forth in this Agreement. No implied covenants or obligations shall be inferred from this Agreement against the Escrow Agent, nor shall the Escrow Agent be bound by the provisions of any agreement by the Company beyond the specific terms hereof. Without limiting the foregoing, the Escrow Agent shall dispose of the Escrow Funds in accordance with the express provisions of this Agreement, and has not reviewed and shall not make, be required to make or be liable in any manner for its failure to make, any determination under the Transaction Documents, or any other agreement, including, without limitation, any determination of whether (i) the Company has complied with the terms of the Transaction Documents, (ii) an investment in the Shares is suitable for the proposed Investors, or (iii) the Transaction Documents complies with applicable securities laws.

 

4

 

 

(g)       No provision of this Agreement shall require the Escrow Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder. The Escrow Agent is acting under this Agreement as a stakeholder only and shall be considered an independent contractor with respect to each party. No term or provision of this Agreement is intended to create, nor shall any such term or provision be deemed to have created, any trust, joint venture, partnership, or debtor/creditor relationship between or among the Escrow Agent and any of the parties.

 

(h)       In no event shall the Escrow Agent be liable for any lost profits, lost savings or other special, exemplary, consequential or incidental damages even if the Escrow Agent has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage.

 

4.       Resignation and Termination of the Escrow Agent. The Escrow Agent may resign at any time by giving 30 days’ prior written notice of such resignation to Selling Agent and the Company. Upon providing such notice, the Escrow Agent shall have no further obligation hereunder except to hold as depositary the Escrow Funds that it receives until the end of such 30-day period. In such event, the Escrow Agent shall not take any action, other than receiving and depositing the Investor’s checks and wire transfers in accordance with this Agreement, until the Company has designated a banking corporation, trust company, attorney or other person as successor. Upon receipt of such written designation signed by Selling Agent and the Company, the Escrow Agent shall promptly deliver the Escrow Funds to such successor and shall thereafter have no further obligations hereunder. If such instructions are not received within 30 days following the effective date of such resignation, then the Escrow Agent may deposit the Escrow Funds held by it pursuant to this Agreement with a clerk of a court of competent jurisdiction pending the appointment of a successor. In either case provided for in this paragraph, the Escrow Agent shall be relieved of all further obligations and released from all liability thereafter arising with respect to the Escrow Funds.

 

5.       Termination. The Company and Selling Agent may terminate the appointment of the Escrow Agent hereunder upon written notice specifying the date upon which such termination shall take effect, which date shall be at least 30 days from the date of such notice. In the event of such termination, the Company and Selling Agent shall, within 30 days of such notice, appoint a successor escrow agent and the Escrow Agent shall, upon receipt of written instructions signed by the Company and Selling Agent, turn over to such successor escrow agent all of the Escrow Funds; provided, however, that if the Company and Selling Agent fail to appoint a successor escrow agent within such 30-day period, such termination notice shall be null and void and the Escrow Agent shall continue to be bound by all of the provisions hereof. Upon receipt of the Escrow Funds, the successor escrow agent shall become the escrow agent hereunder and shall be bound by all of the provisions hereof and the Escrow Agent shall be relieved of all further obligations and released from all liability thereafter arising with respect to the Escrow Funds and under this Agreement.

 

6.       Investment. All funds received by the Escrow Agent shall be held only in non-interest bearing bank accounts at WILMINGTON TRUST, N.A.

 

5

 

 

7.       Compensation. Escrow Agent shall be entitled, for the duties to be performed by it hereunder, to a fee of $2,500.00, which fee shall be paid by the Company upon the signing of this Agreement. In addition, the Company shall be obligated to reimburse Escrow Agent for all fees, costs and expenses incurred or that become due in connection with this Agreement or the Escrow Account, including reasonable attorney’s fees. Neither the modification, cancellation, termination or rescission of this Agreement nor the resignation or termination of the Escrow Agent shall affect the right of Escrow Agent to retain the amount of any fee which has been paid, or to be reimbursed or paid any amount which has been incurred or becomes due, prior to the effective date of any such modification, cancellation, termination, resignation or rescission. To the extent the Escrow Agent has incurred any such expenses, or any such fee becomes due, prior to any closing, the Escrow Agent shall advise the Company and the Company shall direct all such amounts to be paid directly at any such closing. The terms of this paragraph shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

8.       Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if sent by hand-delivery, by facsimile (followed by first-class mail), by nationally recognized overnight courier service or by prepaid registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the addresses set forth below:

 

If to Selling Agent:

 

TriPoint Global Equities, LLC

1450 Broadway, 26th Floor

NY, NY 10018

Phone: (240) 864-0449

Email: mark@tpglobal.com

 

If to the Company:

 

Hamid Hashemi
Chief Executive Officer
433 Plaza Real

Suite 335

Boca Raton, FL 33432

Phone: (561) 886-3234

Email: hamid.hashemi@ipic.com

 

Copy:

 

Andrew B. Barkan
Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP
One New York Plaza, New York, NY 10004

Email: Brian.Margolis@friedfrank.com

Phone (212) 859 8468

 

6

 

 

If to Escrow Agent:

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, N.A.

166 Mercer Street, Suite 2R

New York, New York

Attention: Boris Treyger

Phone: (212) 941-4416

Fax: (212) 343-1079

 

9.         General.

 

(a)       This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to agreements made and to be entirely performed within such State, without regard to choice of law principles and any action brought hereunder shall be brought in the courts of the State of Delaware, located in the County of New Castle. Each party hereto irrevocably waives any objection on the grounds of venue, forum non-conveniens or any similar grounds and irrevocably consents to service of process by mail or in any manner permitted by applicable law and consents to the jurisdiction of said courts. Each of the parties hereto hereby waives all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(b)       This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the matters contained herein and supersedes all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings relating thereto.

 

(c)       All of the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by, the parties hereto, as well as their respective successors and assigns.

 

(d)       This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded or canceled, and any of the terms or conditions hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument executed by each party hereto or, in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. The failure of any party at any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect its right at a later time to enforce the same. No waiver of any party of any condition, or of the breach of any term contained in this Agreement, whether by conduct or otherwise, in any one or more instances shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such condition or breach or a waiver of any other condition or of the breach of any other term of this Agreement. No party may assign any rights, duties or obligations hereunder unless all other parties have given their prior written consent.

 

(e)       If any provision included in this Agreement proves to be invalid or unenforceable, it shall not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

 

(f)       This Agreement and any modification or amendment of this Agreement may be executed in several counterparts or by separate instruments and all of such counterparts and instruments shall constitute one agreement, binding on all of the parties hereto.

 

7

 

 

10.       Form of Signature. The parties hereto agree to accept a facsimile or email PDF transmission copy of their respective actual signatures as evidence of their actual signatures to this Agreement and any modification or amendment of this Agreement; provided, however, that each party who produces a facsimile or email PDF signature agrees, by the express terms hereof, if requested by another party hereto, to place, promptly after transmission of his or her signature by fax, a true and correct original copy of his or her signature in overnight mail to the address of the other party.

 

11.       Termination. This Agreement will terminate upon the Final Termination Date.

 

12.       Automatic Succession.  Any business entity into which the Escrow Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any entity resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Escrow Agent shall be a party, or any entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Escrow Agent, shall be the successor of the Escrow Agent hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.

 

13.       Anti-Terrorism/Anti-Money Laundering Laws.

 

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT PROCEDURES FOR OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT - To help the United States government fight the funding of terrorism or money laundering activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person who opens a new account. What this means for the parties to this Agreement: the Escrow Agent will ask for your name, address, date of birth, and other information that will allow the Escrow Agent to identify you (e.g., your social security number or tax identification number.) The Escrow Agent may also ask to see your driver’s license or other identifying documents (e.g., passport, evidence of formation of corporation, limited liability company, limited partnership, etc., certificate of good standing.)

 

Each party to this Agreement hereby agrees to provide the Escrow Agent, prior to the establishment of the Escrow Account, with the information identified above pertaining to it by completing the form attached as Exhibit B and returning it to the Escrow Agent. Exhibit B includes one form for individuals and another form for entities.

 

[The balance of this page intentionally left blank – signature page follows]

 

8

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

iPic Entertainment Inc.     TriPoint Global Equities, LLC
         
By:     By:  
  Name: Hamid Hashemi     Name: Mark Elenowitz
  Title:   CEO     Title:   CEO

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, N.A.  
     
By:    
  Name: Boris Treyger  
  Title: Vice President  

 

9

 

 

Schedule I

 

Form 1-A

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule II

 

The Escrow Agent is authorized to accept instructions signed or believed by the Escrow Agent to be signed by any one of the following on behalf of the Company and the Selling Agent.

 

iPic Entertainment Inc.

 

  Name   True Signature  
         
  Hamid Hashemi      

 

TriPoint Global Equities, LLC

 

  Name   True Signature  
         
  Mark Elenowitz      

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

FORM OF ESCROW DISBURSEMENT INSTRUCTIONS

AND RELEASE NOTICE

 

Date:

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, N.A.

1100 North Market Street

Wilmington, Delaware 19890

Attention: Boris Treyger

 

Dear Mr./Ms _______:

 

In accordance with the terms of paragraph 2(c) of a Closing Escrow Agreement dated as of [ ], 2018 (the "Escrow Agreement"), by and between iPic Entertainment Inc (the “Company”), TriPoint Global Equities, LLC (“Selling Agent”) and WILMINGTON TRUST, N.A. (the "Escrow Agent"), the Company and Selling Agent hereby direct the Escrow Agent to distribute all of the Escrow Funds (as defined in the Escrow Agreement) in accordance with the following wire instructions:

 

________________________:              $

 

________________________:              $

 

________________________:              $

 

Very truly yours,

 

iPic Entertainment Inc.

 

By:    
Name: Hamid Hashemi  
Title: CEO  
     
TriPoint Global Equities, LLC  
     
By:             
Name: Mark Elenowitz  
Title: CEO  

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 11.2

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use in this Offering Statement of iPic Entertainment Inc. on Form 1-A of our report dated December 5, 2017 on the balance sheet of iPic Entertainment Inc. at October 18, 2017 and to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in the Offering Circular, which is part of this Offering Statement.

 

  /s/ Crowe Horwath LLP

 

Fort Lauderdale, Florida

January 10, 2018

 

Exhibit 11.3

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use in this Offering Statement of iPic Entertainment Inc. on Form 1-A of our report dated December 5, 2017 on the consolidated financial statements of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC and to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in the Offering Circular, which is part of this Offering Statement.

 

  /s/ Crowe Horwath LLP

 

Fort Lauderdale, Florida

January 10, 2018

Exhibit 11.6

 

 

CONSENT OF EASTERN CONSOLIDATED PROPERTIES, INC.

 

We hereby consent to the use of our firm’s name in the Offering Statement on Form 1-A to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission by iPic Entertainment Inc. (the “Company”), an affiliate of iPic-Gold Class Entertainment, LLC in connection with an initial public offering by the Company of its Class A Common Stock, and any amendments thereto, including the offering circular contained therein (the “Offering Circular”), and to the inclusion of quotations or summaries of or references in the Offering Circular to information contained in the market analyses or reports prepared for and supplied to the Company by Eastern Consolidated Properties, Inc. Eastern Consolidated Properties, Inc. also hereby consents to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Offering Statement.

 

 

EASTERN CONSOLIDATED PROPERTIES, INC.  
   
   
By: /s/ Peter Takiff  
Name: Peter Takiff  
Title: CFO  
     
Date: January 9, 2018  

 

Exhibit 12.1

 

[Letterhead of Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP]

 

January 10, 2018

 

iPic Entertainment Inc.

433 Plaza Real Boulevard, Suite 335

Boca Raton, Florida 33432

 

Re: Offering Statement on Form 1-A, File No. 024-10773

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel to iPic Entertainment Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the proposed offering by the Company of up to 2,165,000 shares (the “Shares”) of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, pursuant to an Offering Statement on Form 1-A (File No. 024-10773) (as amended, the “Offering Statement”), filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) pursuant to Regulation A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

The Shares are proposed to be sold pursuant to a selling agency agreement (the “Selling Agency Agreement”) to be entered into among the Company and Tripoint Global Equities, LLC, as representative of the several selling agents named therein. With your permission, all assumptions and statements of reliance herein have been made without any independent investigation or verification on our part, and we express no opinion with respect to the subject matter or accuracy of such assumptions or items relied upon.

 

In connection with this opinion, we have (i) investigated such questions of law, (ii) examined the originals or certified, conformed, facsimile, electronic or reproduction copies of such agreements, instruments, documents and records of the Company, such certificates of public officials and such other documents and (iii) received such information from officers and representatives of the Company and others as we have deemed necessary or appropriate for the purposes of this opinion.

 

In all such examinations, we have assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of original and certified documents and the conformity to original or certified documents of all copies submitted to us as conformed, facsimile, electronic or reproduction copies. As to various questions of fact relevant to the opinion expressed herein, we have relied upon, and assume the accuracy of, certificates and oral or written statements and other information of or from public officials and officers and representatives of the Company.

 

Based upon the foregoing and subject to the limitations, qualifications and assumptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that the Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered pursuant to the Selling Agency Agreement against payment of the consideration set forth therein, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

The opinion expressed herein is limited to the applicable provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as currently in effect, and no opinion is expressed with respect to any other laws or any effect that such other laws may have on the opinion expressed herein. The opinion expressed herein is limited to the matters stated herein and no opinion is implied or may be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated herein. We undertake no responsibility to update or supplement this letter after the Offering Statement has been qualified.

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Offering Statement and to the references to this firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the offering circular included therein. In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  /s/ Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP
   
  FRIED, FRANK, HARRIS, SHRIVER & JACOBSON LLP